BULLETIN v3 OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB VOL. 31 FOUNDED BY WILLIAM H. LEGGETT, 1870 EDITOR JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART ASSOCIATE EDITORS DANIEL TREMBLY MACDOUGAL WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS ANNA MURRAY VAIL NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON Tracy ELLIoT HAZEN MARSHALL AVERY HowE NEW YORK I 904 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB THE New Era Printinc House LANCASTER Pa CONTENTS ARTHUR, J. C. New species of Uredineae, III - Harper, R. M. Explorations in the coastal — or Georgia ee the season of 1902 (with four figures) - MuRRILL, W. A. The Be honiccsi's of North America, VI. The genus Polyporus - ‘ Ropinson, W. J. The spines of Fouquieria 2 (with shirts: ‘ures - RicHARDS, H, M. and MacDouGar, D. T. The influence of carbon monoxide and other gases upon plants BERky, E. W. Additions to the flora of the Matawan fotiseatii (with plates 1-5) : tercvae 1; Concerning some West American smuts (vith seven- teen figures) - DANDENO, J. B. The mechanics of s seed- sispersion in Ricinus com- munis - Howe, M. A. Notes on Bahaman ene (with bins 6) - - - ARTHUR, J. C. Taxonomic ee of the spermogonium es two figures) - HARSHBERGER, J. W. A iplopcumnighic sketch of extreme south- _ eastern Pennsylvania (with four figures) - CusHMaN, J. A. Desmids from southwestern Colcestic vith plat 7) - Britton, N. L. Four new North American birches - Ricuwarps, H. M. and MacDouGat, D. T. The influence of saibae monoxide and other gases upon plants: a correction - Peck, C. H. New species of fungi - - Evans, A.W. Hepaticae of Puerto Rico, IV. _Odontolejeunes, en lejeunea and Prionolejeunea (with plates 8-12) - - Morcan, T. H. Polarity and regeneration in a has a igure - NEtson, A. New plants from Wyoming, II Warrinace: A. The effect of chemical irritation on the ca tvanet of fungi - Satmon, E. S. A revision oi some — of Eetropothecium vith plates 13 and 14) . MourrRIL1L, W. A. The Ehivpatarees of North America, VII. The genera Hexagona, Grifola, Romellia, Coltriciaand Coltriciella = - Cook, O. F. The nomenclature of the royal palms - OsterHouT, G. E. Notes on Colorado plants (with a fi sce . GRUENBERG, B. C. and Gigs, W. J. Chemical notes on ‘bastard * logwood (with two figures) - - eee iv CONTENTS BICKNELL, E. P. Studies in Sisyrinchium, X. The species of Cali- ornia - CusHMAN, J. A. Notes on Micrasterias from southeastern Massa- chusetts (with three figures) - - RypBeErG, P. A. Studies on the Rocky bias flora, XI - 3 Murrit., W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America, VIII. ae lopilus, Pycnoporus and new monotypic genera - SHaw, C. H. Note on the sexual generation and the develapeiaes of the seed-coats in certain of the Papaveraceae (with plate 15) - Cannon, W. A. Observations on the apis sae of Phoradendron villosum and P. californicum (with six figures - GriaeGs, R. wo new species of American wild bananas with a re- vision of the generic name - VaiL, A. M. Studies in the Rd taiacear, VIII. A new species of Asclepias from Kansas and two Pak isesene from New York (with plates 16-19) - - COcCKERELL, T. D. A. The North American species of Hymenoays (with plates 20-23) - pene, 4. Ee. The acne shaped stomata of ha Emory (with plate 24) - KELLIcOTT, W. E. The daily sisi icing of cell- iedivision and of elon- gation in the root of Allium (with eight figures) - EMERSON, J. T. nea piled of a and Diplodia vith pate 25) RYDBERG, P. ‘. Stailies on the ak Mountain flora, XII - . CusHMAN, J. A. Desmids from Newfoundland (with plate 26) - - Horne, W. T. An anomalous structure on the leaf of a bean reeset . (with five figures) - - - House, H. D. The si telus of Calnereien se iaonns - MuURRILL, W: A. The i geom North America, IX. Inonotus, Sesia and monotypic genera Britton, N. L. On Pisonia ‘kia re its allies - - - - EMERSON, J. T. Notes on the blackening of Baptisia tinctoria - - RyDBERG, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora, XIII - + Maxon, W. R. A new Asplenium from Mexico (with a figure) - - CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE - - - - CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE - - - - KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR - - - S s eta TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (I901I- se lol, 169, _ INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1 231, 305, ‘ai 4hhy Eile 577, 617, 449 659 ges aa ie ai a Dates of Publication No. 1, for January. Pages 1-56. Issued January 19, 1904. No, 2, February. 57-112. February 11, 1904. Ne 3 March 113-176. March 12, I1g04 No. 4, April 177-238. April 28, 1904 Nass; May 239-308. ay 18, 1904 No.6, June 309-366. June 24, 19¢4 NOs 7; July. 367-414. July 29, 1904 No. 8, August 415-456, August 26, 1904 Nas 3.0, September 457-522. October 4, I No. 10, October 523-580. November 1, 1904 No. 11, November 581-620 November 28, 1904. No. 12, December. 621-682. January 9, 1g05. Errata Page 18, the comma at the end of line 7 belongs at the end of line 6, and the period at the end of line 8 belongs at the end of line 7. Page 87, line 32, for Harvardii read Havardi. Page 88, line 36, for C/athorix read Cladothrix. Page 215, line 10, for innovota read innovata. Page 288, line 15, for ‘‘ urspiinglich.’’ read ‘‘ urspriinglich.”’ Page 347, line 18, for ‘‘ Blowing Rock’’ read ‘‘ Flat Rock.’’ Page 569, lines 33 and 37, for £. read G. The most important errors in the /rdex to American botanical literatus e which have been noted are the following : Abrams, L.R. Flora of Los Angeles, etc. In the note, for ‘‘following’’ read ‘‘ flowering’’ (page 231). Barrett, 0. W. Correction and comment. The date should be 1904 instead of 1902 (page 232). Eaton, A.A. A preliminary list of Preridophyta, etc. For ‘‘ Dead County”’ read ‘‘ Dade County’’ (page 362). Emerson, J. T. Initials incorrectly given as J. E. (page 618). Parlin, J.C. Some causal elements, etc. For ‘‘causal’’ (page 519). Pierre, L. Incorrectly spelled Peirre (page 413). Sheldon, E. P. The forest wealth of Oregon. For ‘‘1-52’’ read ‘‘ 1-32”’ (page 580). read *' casual’’ VOL. 3! JANUARY, 1904 NOT — BULLETIN- F OF THE - TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB €ditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART So Associate Editors NATHANIEL Lorp BRITTON _ DANiEL TReMBLy MacD 2 Tracy ELLiot HAZEN WILLIAM ALPHONSO Mi : MARSHALL Avery Howe . 4 ide a a ee iw President, HON. ADDISON BROWN, LLD. fo “HENRY oe RUSBY, d .D. oa EDWARD Ss. BURGESS, Pu.D. Corresponding Secretary, ACB SEARLE, A.M. JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. tat cal Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. _ Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, Treasurer, FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City. GS po beried to- iets inclusive: Bins secon act ‘Tussiag f° Vou. 31 No I, BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB JANUARY, 1904 New species of Uredineae — III, J. C. ARTHUR The following sixteen species of rusts have been detected among material sent for identification, in large part submitted by Professor F. S. Earle, curator of fungi of the New York Botanical Garden. I am also directly indebted for material to E. W. D. -Holway, C. V. Piper, J. M. Bates and E. Bartholomew and indirectly to Messrs. Heller, Baker, Tracy, Goodding, Craig, Underwood and Griggs. Two thirds of the species are trans-Mississippian, and the remainder from Porto Rico. It is worthy of special note that, with the exception possibly of four species at the most, the descriptions here given are incomplete, as they include but one or two out of the possible three, four, or even more spore-forms. It should be the endeavor of those botanists, who are privileged to collect in the regions where these species abound, to secure the remaining spore-forms in order that the descriptions may be com- pleted. Uromyces Pavoniae sp. nov. III. Teleutosori hypophyllous, round, crowded in circinating groups, I—3 mm. across, compact, early naked, pulvinate, chest- RENO NS ; teleutospores obovate-globose, 18-20 by 23-28 p, rounded at both ends; wall medium thick, 2-3 y, thicker above, | 4-7 #, smooth, chestnut-brown ; pedicel slender, colorless, once to twice length of spore. : On Pavenia racemosa L., between Mayaguez and aes Porto Rico, June 14 to July 22, 1901, L. M. Underwood, no. 193. The species belongs to the section Lefto- Uromyces, as the spores ger- minate in the sorus. {The p preceding number of the Butietin, Vol, 30, No. 12, for December, 1903 so ett eal he Or ee 5 D 1903.] oes ARTHUR: NEW SPECIES OF UREDINEAE Uromyces Hellerianus sp. nov. O, I. Spermogonia and aecidia unknown. II. Uredosori hypophyllous, round, early naked, pulverulent, light chestnut-brown, encircling epidermis inconspicuous; uredo- spores globose, sometimes triangular-globose, 20-26 y in diam- eter; wall thin, 1.5—2, cinnamon-brown, pores 2 or 3, scattered. IIL. Teleutosori hypophyllous, round, early naked, pulveru- lent, dark chestnut-brown, encircling epidermis inconspicuous ; teleutospores globoid to ovoid, 21-24 by 27-36 y, rounded at both ends; wall smooth, chestnut-brown, thick, 3 4, apex with a ~ prominent, hyaline umbo, 7-11; pedicel less than half length of _ spore, delicate, colorless. On Cayaponia racemosa (Sw.) Cogn., Adjuntas road five miles from Ponce, Porto Rico, December 4, 1902, A. A. Heller, no. 6206. Differs from Uromyces Cayaponiae P. Henn. especially in having smooth teleutospores with a large umbo. Puccinia Canadensis sp. nov. III. Teleutosori amphigenous, somewhat gregarious, pustular, coalescing, soon naked, pulverulent, chestnut-brown, remains o the membranous epidermis conspicuous ; teleutospores narrowly elliptical or linear-oblong, 10-15 by 37-58 y, ol.tuse at both ends ; wall thin, 1-2 4”, cinnamon-brown, minutely rugose, hyaline and thicker at apex, 3-5 4; pedicel delicate, very short, colorless, par- tially deciduous. On Viola orbiculata Geyer (type), Laggan, Alberta, August 23, 1902, and Glacier, British Columbia, September 3,.1902; both collections by £. W. D. Holway. Hosts determined by Edward L. Greene. This species is the American representative of the European P. alpina, and like it belongs to the section Aicropuc- cinta. It differs in having paler and more slender spores, with more irregular sculpturing, which is so minute that it can scarcely be detected except when dry. In July, 1901, the writer with Mr. Holway published a paper in the Iiinnesota Lotanical Studies on the violet rusts of North America, in which Aecidium pedatum (Schw.) Arth., Puccinta 4 | Violae (Schum.) DC. and P. effusa D. & H., the then known spe- ) cies, were fully described. Since that time Mr. Holway has not — only collected the above additional species, but has also found P- Fergussoni B. & Br. on Viola Langsdorfi Fisch., at Glacier, B. C., = oe 10, 1901. ARTHUR: NEW SPECIES OF UREDINEAE 3 Puccinia Parnassiae sp. nov. III. Teleutosori amphigenous, somewhat gregarious, pustular, coalescing, soon naked, pulverulent, chocolate-brown, membra- nous epidermis conspicuous ; teleutospores elliptical, 16-20 by 30- 37 4, rounded or obtuse at both ends; wall uniformly thin, 1-2 p», chestnut-brown, smooth or obscurely punctate above, sometimes with slight hyaline umbo at apex ; pedicel colorless, half the length of spore or less, appearing shorter by being partially deciduous. On Parnassia fimbriata Banks, Banff, Alberta, August 16, 1902 (type), &. W. D. Holway. Also on same host at Silver Lake, Utah, 9,000 ft. alt., August 15, 1903, A. O. Garrett, no. 288. The species apparently possesses no uredo, as no trace of uredo- spores could be found even in the teleutosori. It may belong to the section Micropuccinia. A species of Uromyces occurs on Parnassia in Europe and a heteroecismal deczdium, but no Puc- cinia. The Uredo Parnassiae West. of Belgium, said to be on Parnassia palustris, is shown by Lagerheim to be an error for Uromyces Valerianae. Puccinia Sieversiae sp. nov. III. Teleutosori amphigenous, but more beneath, scattered, round or oval, at first bullate and covered by the thin epidermis, soon naked, pulverulent, chestnut-brown ; teleutospores elliptical or obovate-oblong, 20-26 by 32-40, rounded at both ends or somewhat narrowed below, slightly or not constricted at the sep- tum ; wall obscurely rugose, appearing smooth, cinnamon-brown, medium thick, 1.5-2.5 4, thicker above, 4-6, sometimes with semi-hyaline umbo; pedicel short, half length of spore or less, delicate, nearly colorless. On Steversia turbinata (Rydb.) Greene, Fish Lake, Uintah Mts., Utah, July 17, 1902, Leshe N. Goodding, no. 1377. The species is one of the very few belonging to this genus occurring upon the Rosaceae. Puccinia Bakeriana sp. nov. II. Uredosori hypophyllous, round, early naked, pulverulent, cinnamon-brown ; uredospores large, globose, or obovoid, 34—42 by 39-45 4; wall light honey-yellow, thick, 4-6 at sides, 12 p at apex, closely and coarsely tuberculate, pores large, three, ap- proximately equatorial ; contents orange when fresh, segregated. III. Teleutosori hypophyllous, scattered, round, early naked, _ pulverulent, chocolate-brown ; teleutospores ellipsoid, sometimes 4 ARTHUR: NEW SPECIES OF UREDINEAE obovate-oblong, irregular, 24-32 by 40-55 4, rounded at both ends, slightly or not constricted at the septum ; wall uniformly medium thick, 2.5—3 », noticeably and closely tuberculate, choco- — late-brown ; pedicel short, colorless, incompletely deciduous. On Heracleum lanatum Michx., Pillar Point, San Mateo — County, California, October 1, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1735. Puccinia Diplachnis sp. nov. II. Uredospores in the teleutosori broadly ellipsoid or nearly globose, 19-21 by 24-26 »; wall colorless, thick, 3 4, closely and © finely verrucose, pores apparently 4, equatorial. III. Teleutosori chiefly hypophyllous, oblong or linear, soon — naked, pulvinate, prominent, compact, blackish-brown ; teleuto- spores ellipsoid, 20-24 by 32-39 4, slightly or not contracted at the septum, rounded or obtuse at both ends ; wall smooth, medium ~ thick, 1.5-2.5 , thicker at the apex, 3-7 yp, chestnut-brown; pedicel tinted next the spore, one to two and a half times length ~ of the spore. On Diplachne dubia Benth., Big Springs, Texas, October 13, | 1902, S. M. Tracy, no. 8270. The description of the uredo — stage is incomplete, as no separate sori were seen. It is probable - that the rust on Diplachne serotina of Germany is the same species, judging from Sydow, Uredineen, no. 414, although both the uredo — and teleutospores are a little larger than in the American speci- _ men. The species differs materially from /Puccinia australis Kérn. on Molinia, which has its aecidum on Sedum. In P. aus- tralis the teleutosori and spores are lighter colored, and the uredo spores have thicker, deep golden yellow walls, with coarser sculp- Puccinia Helianthellae sp. nov. II. Uredosori amphigenous, scattered, round, soon naked, pul verulent, chestnut-brown; uredospores globose, large, 25-32 4 in diameter ; wall chestnut-brown, thick, 3, finely and sparingly — echinulate with blunt points, pores 2, equatorial and opposite. : III. Teleutosori ROP RESTO scattered, round, soon naked oblong, 20-26 by 30-40 p, rounded or obtuse at both ends, — slightly or not a ac at the septum; wall smooth, chestnut brown, medium thick, 2—2.5 4, sometimes slightly thicker at apex. 2.5—4 2; pedicel colorless, delicate, often as long as the — imperfectly fugacious. ARTHUR: NEW SPECIES OF UREDINEAE 5 On Helianthella Nevadensis Greene, Nevada County, California, July 31, 1903, d. A. Heller, no. 7072. An easily recognizable species on account of its large, thick-walled uredospores, which are of the same shade of brown as the teleutospores. It is prob- able that Aecrdium Heltanthellae Arth. (Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 348), found in Wyoming, is an early stage of this species, but no direct proof is at hand. Ravenelia Caesalpiniae sp. nov. O. Spermogonia chiefly epiphyllous, arising beneath the cuticle, crowded in small groups, depressed, 15-18 » high by 60-1004 broad, golden yellow, becoming brownish. If. Uredosori chiefly hypophyllous, arising beneath the cuticle, at first in small groups circinating about the spermogonia, finally irregularly scattered, roundish or oblong, at first yellowish, after- ward ochraceous, ruptured cuticle noticeable; uredospores ob- ovate-cuneate, 16-23 by 28-35; wall thin, 1.5-2 4, sometimes slightly thicker above, 1.5~3 4, chestnut-brown, often paler and almost hyaline below, nearly or entirely smooth above, promi- nently and evenly echinulate below, pores 4, a little above the middle; paraphyses of the periphery clavate, nearly colorless, wall uniformly thin, I-1.5, paraphyses intermixed with the spores numerous, capitate, slightly tinted above, head globose with very thick wall, pedicel solid. III. Teleutospores unknown. On Caesalpinia sp., near Bayamon, Porto Rico, June 14~July 22, 1901, L. M. Underwood and R. F. Griggs, no. 879. Ravenelia Portoricensis sp. nov. II. Uredosori amphigenous, in circinating groups about 3 mm. across, subepidermal, soon naked, pulverulent, fulvous, encircling epidermis noticeable ; uredospores elliptical, 16-18 by 24-297; wall medium thick, 2.5 4, golden yellow, thickly echinulate, pores 8, scattered ; paraphyses none. Ill. Teleutospores unknown. On Cassia emarginata L., Ponce, Porto Rico, December 3, 1902, A. A. Heller, no. 6193. Uredo superior sp. nov. IJ. Uredosori mish Te elongated, tectate, spores escaping through slits in the epidermis; uredospores globoid, 28-34 by 32-34; wall thick, 3-4 4, light chestnut-brown, thickly echinu- late, pores 2, in upper hemisphere. 6 ARTHUR: NEW SPECIES OF UREDINEAE On Fimbristylis spadicea Vahl, borders of low swampy ground | along the coast eight miles west of Ponce, Porto Rico, December, 4 1902, A. A. Heller, no. 6279. The spores are very much larger | and coarser than those of the Puccinia occurring on Fimbristyhs i ins Mexico. No teleutospores were found. Aecidium Qnosmodii sp. nov. 7 O. Spermogonia amphigenous, in very small circular groups, — . inconspicuous, punctiform, honey-yellow, entirely immersed, ol epidermal, seen in vertical section globose, g0—120 # in diameter ; ostiolar filaments 60-80 p» lon Sr res Uae wa 4 I. Aecidia hypophyllous, is small circular groups, or solitary, — small, pustular; peridia delicate, erect or somewhat recurved, margin coarsely lacerate, peridial cells much thicker on outer than — on inner side ; aecidiospores globoid, 19-23 by 20-29p; wall : colorless, medium thick, 2—2.5 p, closely and finely verrucose. On Oxosmodium molle Michx. Type collection from Calla- way, Nebraska, May 25, 1902, 7, M@. Bates. It has also been re- : ported from Kansas (Bartholomew, Kans. Ured. 180) and North q Dakota (Bolley, Agric. Sci. 5: 263), both on O. Carolinianum DC. Aecidium Mertensiae sp. nov. O. Spermogonia epiphyllous, in small circular groups, crowde: punctiform, wholly immersed, subepidermal, seen in vertical sec- tion, globose, 65-120 in diameter; ostiolar filaments 60—-go long. me T Aecidia hypophyllous, in circular groups, crowded, broa and low; peridia spreading, recurved, coarsely lacerate ; aecidio- spores globoid, 19-26 by 22-284; wall colorless, very be , I-2 4, minutely and closely verrucose, appearing smooth ; tents deep orange-yellow, On Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) Don, near Lolo Creek, in the Bitter Root Mountains, Idaho, August 10, 1902, C. V. Piper. On M. Sibirica (L.) Don, Jefferson Lake, Marion County, Oregon, August, 1892, Moses Craig. The former to be taken as the type. Aecidium malvicola sp. nov. O. Spermogonia epiphyllous, in groups, punctiform, honey- yellow, immersed, subepidermal, in vertical section globose, 100 125 : in diameter ; ostiolar filaments very numerous, 35—80 4 lon: I. Aecidia hypophyllous, in diffuse circular groups often | mm. in diameter ; peridia short, cylindrical, margin erect or s what revolute, erose ; aecidiospores globoid, 14-22 by 16-, wall colorless, thin, r. 5 4, minutely and evenly Verraeaee SS ee ee re ee ee ee ee pe Ae ok tea) & ARTHUR: NEW SPECIES OF UREDINEAE 7 On Althaea rosea L. (type), Callaway, Nebraska, July 1, 1902, J. M. Bates. On Malvastrum coccineum (Pursh) Gray, Wakeeney, Kansas, June 15, 1903, and Callirrhoe involucrata (Nutt.) Gray, Rooks County, Kansas, May 31, 1902, &. Bartholomew. There are three species of Aectdium occurring upon various malvaceous hosts found on the western plains. It is not difficult to dis- tinguish them. *Carolinian area”’ is simply the fall-line, the cause of which is purely geological, and not climatic. It should not be inferred, however, that the fall-line is always so sharply defined as to be visible in the field at a single glance. On the contrary it cannot usually be definitely located within a_ mile or two, except along the larger streams. Nevertheless, it seems to be an impassable barrier for many species of plants ; and _ the great difference in aspect of the topography and flora on opposite sides of this line is apparent to the most indifferent — observer. 3 A few places of historical or geographical interest visited on — this trip will now be mentioned. In June I spent a week in the vicinity of Augusta, where the — most interesting natural feature, to a botanist at least, is the sand- : hills, so well known to winter visitors. These are part of a line of sandy elevations which extend along or near the fall-line from * Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 12!: 356, 357. 1891. The introductory portion of this paper is recommended to the careful consideration of the reader. : OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 11 central North Carolina to western Georgia, with some interrup- tions. Little is known of the origin and geological history of — these fall-line sand-hills, and they deserve further study. Their flora is of course eminently xerophytic, but need not be discussed here. Augusta was visited in the eighteenth century by Bartram and Michaux, and in the nineteenth by Baldwin, Croom, Leavenworth, Olney, Ravenel, McCarthy, Sargent, Small and other botanists. It is now the home of Mr. A. Cuthbert, the discoverer of several species new to science, with whom I had the pleasure of compar- Fic. 1. General view of fall-line sand-hills near Augusta. June 8. ing notes. The influence of Michaux’s work in this vicinity is strikingly shown by the fact that of the flora of these particular sand-hills most of the characteristic species and several of the genera were discovered and described by him. In November I examined other portions of the fall-line sand- hills, in the counties of Talbot, Taylor and Jones. The area in Talbot and Taylor Counties extends about twenty miles east and west and perhaps nearly as far north and south, but is little known. 12 HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN Here the sand-hills rise to six or seven hundred feet above sea- level and considerably above the adjacent metamorphic hills. They are comparatively level, however, as is well illustrated at Tangent in Taylor County, where the railroad track is straight beyond the horizon in both directions. This region is sparsely settled, and its pine forests still furnish lumber and turpentine in merchantable quantities. The manufacture of turpentine here is. of interest because a distance of at least fifty miles, including the whole width of the outcrop of the Eocene formations, intervenes between this and the pine-barren region where the rest of the turpentine of Georgia is now produced. This western sand-hill area seems to have been first made known to science by Elliott. Bartram, who traversed these coun- ties (or rather the area now included in them) in the summer of Fic, 2, Open portion of Okefinokee Swamp. August 7. 1776, and again the following winter, must have passed just to the north of the sand-hills, for he does not mention them in his Travels. Elliott visited them early in the nineteenth century, and discovered there several new species, among them Chrysopogom secundus, Thysanella fimbriata, Dicerandra linearifolia and Chry- sopsis pinifolia, * all of which I also saw in the same region, Elli- ott’s route was along the ‘‘ Federal Road,” which runs along oF near the fall-line and connects the present cities of Macon and Columbus (neither of which existed in Elliott’s time). OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 13 sand. hills except the late Dr. Hugh M. Neisler, who lived for many years in Butler, the county-seat of Taylor County, and sent speci- mens from there (many of which are now preserved in the Torrey Herbarium) to Dr. Torrey. At Reynolds, in the same county, I met a grandson of Dr. Neisler, who took me to another historic spot, the site of the Indian Agency at the crossing of the Federal Road and Flint River, where Dr. Baldwin spent several weeks in the spring of 1812.* The two species which Dr. Baldwin dis- covered here I was unable to find. But on the river bank just above the Agency (and at or near the fall-line) I saw growing in intimate association Hydrangea quercifolia and Hypericum aureum, both of which were discovered within a few miles of this place by Bartram in July, 1776, the former east of the river and the latter west. Both were also noted near the Agency by Dr. Baldwin. In June I explored portions of the sand-hills of the Oconee and Ocmulgee Rivers, opposite Dublin and Hawkinsville respec- tively. These river sand-hills are probably of a different origin from the fall-line sand-hills, but their flora is similar in composition and almost identical in aspect. Analogous sand-hills occur along the left sides of many other streams in Southeast Georgia, but are rare in Southwest Georgia and seem to be unknown in Alabama. In August I spent two days (6th to 8th) in Okefinokee Swamp (which is mostly in Charlton County), in company with Mr. P. L. Ricker, of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Okefinokee Swamp differs materially from the two other great swamps of the eastern United States (Dismal Swamp and the Everglades) in being about 50 miles inland and over 100 feet above sea-level, but it has sev- eral features in common with each. No account of the flora of Okefinokee has ever been published, but space will not permit a detailed description here. The swamp, although exceedingly in- teresting phytogeographically, seemed to contain no endemic spe- cies of flowering plants. About 75 species were observed, but this may not be over half the total number in the swamp. Later in the same month we visited two islands on the neigh- boring coast, both now favorite summer resorts: St. Simon’s, in Glynn County, and Cumberland, in Camden. These islands were * See Reliq. Baldw. 58-62 ef seg. 14 HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN visited in the eighteenth century by Bartram and Michaux, but seem to have been untouched in the nineteenth by all botanists except Dr. Baldwin, who visited Cumberland occasionally during the few years of his residence at St. Mary’s, on the adjacent main- land. Some portions of Cumberland island rise about 50 feet above sea-level, which is higher than most, if not all, of the other islands along the Georgia coast, and probably as high as any part of the mainland of Camden County. The floras of the two islands are remarkably different, considering their proximity to each other and to the mainland. On September 4 I visited two interesting bodies of water in the southern part of Lowndes County, near Lake Park. Ocean Fic. 3. Ocean Pond, Lowndes County. September 4. Pond, the larger of the two, is said to be about two miles in di- ameter, and is probably the largest pond inthe state. But, strange to say, for over fifty years it has been represented seven or eight miles from its true position on all maps of the state which show it at all. Its water is quite clear and the shore mostly sandy, like that of Open Pond in Decatur County, * which I visited the sum- mer before. Among other interesting plants seen in Ocean Pond © and along its shores were Sagittaria isoetiformis, Hydrochloa fim: tans, Ertocaulon septaigulare (no, 1608), Lachnocaulon Beyricht- anum (no. 1607), Polygonum hirsutum (uo. 1609), and Nymphaea orbiculata (no. 1610). * See Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 299. My 1903. a Se ee ee OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 15 Long Pond, about a mile away, is about half as large as Ocean Pond. Its water is also clear, but it has no shore (at least on the side examined), being bordered by a fringe of cypress swamp. It is analogous in many ways to Cane Water Pond in Decatur County.* In Long Pond I collected an apparently undescribed species of Mymphaca (no, 1611). These two ponds, like the two similar ones in Decatur County, are partly surrounded by dry sandy areas characterized by -riogonum tomentosum and other xerophytes. Toward the end of the same month I revisited the type locality of Rhynchospora solitaria and Baldwinia atropurpurea, the two species which I discovered in Tifton two years before. The local- ity (a characteristic area of primeval moist pine barrens) is so near the center of the city that it is in imminent ieacises of destruction Po by the encroachments of civilization, but y both species are common enough elsewhere in thé same and Sdiosuide counties, In October I studied portions of Randolph, Clay and Quitman Counties, in the Cretaceous and Eocene regions, making head- quarters at Cuthbert for about three weeks. Cuthbert is one of the oldest cities in southwest Georgia, but seems never to have been visited by a traveling botanist before, though there was resi- dent in the city at that time an enthusiastic amateur, Rev. C. H. Hyde, to whom I am indebted for his hospitality and for guiding me to many interesting places in the vicinity. Cuthbert, though south of latitude 32°, has an elevation of nearly 500 feet and is several miles outside of the pine-barrens, in a region of red hills not unlike some of those in Middle Georgia. Pinus palustris seems to be entirely absent from a considerable area (whose limits have not yet been accurately determined) around Cuthbert and extending through several counties, where P. echinata takes its place. On steep shaded hillsides and in rich ravines in this part of the state, where the original forest has not been destroyed, plants of more northern range abound, and I was continually surprised at finding such species as Adiantum pedatum, Phegopteris hexagonop- tera, Brachyelytrum erectum, Vagnera racemosa, Polygonatum bi- florum, Uvularia perfoliata, Trillium erectum, Pogonia verticillata * See Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 290. My 1903. 16 HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN (no. 1762), Sanguinaria Canadensis, Actaea alba, Xanthorrhiza — apiifolia, Hydrangea arborescens, Viola tripartita glaberrima, Dirca — palustris (no. 1790), Panax quinquefolium, Kalmia latifolia and — Phryma Leptostachya, associated with coastal plain types like Pinus 4 glabra, Rhapidophyllum Hystrix and Magnolia grandiflora. Other — very interesting plants were found on the banks of the Chattahoo- chee River near Georgetown (in the Cretaceous region) and Fort — Gaines (Eocene). } On October 23, in company with Mr. Hyde, I visited a cave P (known as Grier’s Cave), in Randolph County, about ten miles ; north of Cuthbert. Over several acres around this cave a com- — pact limestone of the Midway or Clayton period (lowest Eocene) : crops out in huge boulders and ledges, and supports a deciduous : forest containing a great variety of herbs as well as trees. The | aspect of the place is much like that of the Mountain Limestone — area at the north end of Pigeon Mountain in Walker County,* 3 and some species are common to the two places. An interesting feature of the flora of the rocky woods around Grier’s Cave is the 3 large number of plants with barbed fruits, adapted for dissemina- 3 tion by animals. Representatives of at least six families with this adaptation were observed. The following species of more than ordinary interest were col- _ lected or observed in 1902: ‘ : ADIANTUM PEDATUM L, Grows luxuriantly on the steep shady north side of a high bluff along Samochechobee Creek in Clay County, where I collected it 2 on October 28 (xo. 1786). This locality (in latitude 31° 38’) © is, I believe, considerably farther south than any other known for this species, and is the only one known in the coastal plain im — Georgia and adjacent states. : ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS L. a Very abundant on the perpendicular rocky walls (Eocene) of the same creek near its confluence with the Chattahoochee Rivet just above Fort Gaines. Seen also on the bluff of the river itself tO * See Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 456, 482. 1901. ES ee Ee ee a . iia ? OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF I902 17 at Fort Gaines, and just above Georgetown, where I collected it on overhanging Cretaceous rocks on October 16 (no. 1756). ERAGROSTIS AMABILIS (L.) Wight & Arn. ; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey, 251. 1841 In the BuLLETIN for July, 1902, Scribner and Merrill have re- ported the occurrence of this Asiatic ornamental grass in Middle Florida. In September I found it quite common as a weed along moist roadsides and railroad ditches in the vicinity of Quitman (no. 1676) and Moultrie. There is nothing in its mode of occur- rence to suggest its having escaped from cultivation (if indeed it has ever been cultivated in that part of the country) and it seems to be thoroughly naturalized. ERAGROSTIS SIMPLEX Scribn. Bull. Div. Agrost. U. S. Dept. Agric. No. 7, ed. 3, 250. 1900 ‘‘ F. Brownet Nees’”’ of Chapman and several other authors. A weed of unknown origin which is common along most rail- roads in South Georgia, especially in the pine-barren region. Collected in Colquitt County, September 22 (zo. 17656). Previ- ously reported only from Florida. FIMBRISTYLIS PERPUSILLA Harper; Small, Fl. S. E. States, 188. 1903 Although this species has already been described, it has several peculiarities which could not be mentioned in the limited space of the original description. The plant was collected (in flower) on the muddy bottom of a dried-up pine-barren pond near Leslie, Sumter County, on the morning of October 9 (zo. 1729). It was very abundant, but so small as to be scarcely visible to a person standing up. Its only associates visible to the naked eye were two bryophytes, Riccia Sullivantii and Ephemerum tenerum, the latter almost microscopic. The vegetative period of the /zmdéristys must be very brief and irregular, for the pond in which it grows cannot be expected to dry up at the same time every year, and there may be years in which it does not dry up at all.* In this respect our * On July 13, 1903, I revisited the type-locality and found it covered by about three feet of water. No trace of the Fimbristylis could be found in several handfuls of mud taken from the bottom. 18 HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN plant is inversely analogous to some species of /soetes (/. melano- spora and J, Orcuttit, for instance), which grow in shallow depres- sions on rocks and vegetate only in wet seasons. Fimbristylis perpusilla is one of the smallest and simplest species of the genus, but it is too different from the other species occurring in the vicinity to be regarded as a depauperate form of any of them and besides the specimens were perfectly healthy and vigorous, F, autumnalis sometimes finds its way into pine-barren ponds as. Fic. 4. Type-locality of /inebristylis perpusilla, near leslie, Sumter County. October 9. they dry up in summer or fall, but in so doing it changes none of its characters. A depauperate form of /. Frankii (also associated with a Riccia) has been found by Mr. A. A. Eaton on muddy shores of a pond in Kingston and East Kingston, N. H., but it is quite different from my plant. By its floral characters /. perpusilla seems nearest related to F. Vahli, but in that species (which is not known in Georgia) the culms are densely tufted and erect or nearly so, and the spikelets PIT gre ne — EE a EE Pa rae OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 19 are all sessile, while in /. perpusilla the culms (8 or 10 to each plant) are prostrate, and of the 3 to 6 spikelets in each umbel some are sessile and some on peduncles 1-4 mm. long. (That part of the original description conflicting with this is erroneous.) Mr. M. L. Fernald has suggested the resemblance of my plant to ¥. dipsacea (Rottb.) B. & H., an Asiatic species, but this resemblance is probably only accidental. /. dipsacea has been treated as the type of a distinct genus (Echinolytrum Desv.), on account of some peculiarities of its achenes, which find no parallel in my plant. It should be borne in mind that nearly all the pine- barren plants are endemic species, so that the probability of one of them being identical with an Asiatic species is very small. And there is not the slightest possibility of my plant having been introduced. RHYNCHOSPORA SOLITARIA Harper, Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 468. Igor Collected again at the type-locality in Tifton, September 26 (zo. 7677); also seen in similar situations in Colquitt County a few days earlier and in Irwin County a few days later. Since seeing this species in the field again I can now indicate its affinities with more certainty. It seems nearest related to X. ciliaris (Michx.) Mohr (RX. czliata Vahl), from which it differs principally in being more slender and glabrous, with longer erect leaves, narrower spikelets and longer perianth bristles, and in its later flowering period. These two species, together with R. Baldwinti, seem to form a small natural group. If my view is correct &. solitaria is not a near relative of R. Zracyi (which is scarcely a true Rhyncho- spora), which it immediately follows in Dr. Small’s Flora, RHAPIDOPHYLLUM Hystrix (Pursh) Wendl. & Drude This, one of the rarest of our palms, I first found in rich shady woods northwest of Cuthbert, on October 21 (wo. 1769). Here there were only a few specimens, but a few days later I found it more abundant in similar situations along Samochechobee Creek in Clay County. This species seems to have been previously known in Georgia only from the type-locality, “near the town of Savannah,” but I 20 HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN am not aware that any botanist now living has seen it in that part of the state. LACHNOCAULON BrEyRICHIANUM Sporleder; Koernicke, Linnaes, 27> §07. 1954 In rather dry pine-barrens near the eastern edge of Okefinokee Swamp in Charlton County, August 9 (vo. 1497); also above high-water mark on the sandy shore of Ocean Pond, Lowndes _ County, September 4 (zo. 7607). Previously known in Georgia only from the type-locality, ‘‘ad ripas paludum prope Ebenezer,” where it was discovered by Beyrich about seventy years ago. Dr. Morong, in his remarks on this species,* erroneously places Ebenezer in Middle Georgia. The original Ebenezer, visited by Beyrich, was on the Savannah River in Effingham County, but is now extinct or nearly so. In later years there have been two ~ or three other Ebenezers in Georgia, and it was probably one of — these which misled Dr. Morong. | eee ERIOCAULON TEXENSE Koernicke, Linnaea, 27: 594. 1854 } Collected on July 2 in flat pine-barrens near Huntington, Sumter County, in a place which was quite dry at the time, but becomes a shallow pond in wet weather (zo. 7395). Previously — known only from Texas. (The reference to Florida under this species in Dr. Small’s Flora is an error, probably typographical, Georgia having been intended.) This species is about intermediate in appearance between £. compressum and E. decangulare, and if | it has been seen elsewhere in the East it has probably been mis- taken for one of these other species. TRADESCANTIA COMATA Small In rich woods on Germain’s Island in the Savannah River, Columbia County, 15 or 20 miles above the fall-line, June 7 (72. 7296). Altitude about 175 feet. Previously reported only from the mountains. Juncus BRAcHYcaRPUS Engelm. In river-bottoms near the same island, collected on the same Se nnaaates | Yliematiralh Gr AMEN MO Ont Me * Bull. Torrey Club, 18: 361, 362. D 1891. OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 21 day (wo. 1295). Very few stations for this in the Southeastern States are known, probably no other in Georgia. MELANTHIUM DISPERSUM Small Several specimens collected in a sandy bog in the pine-barrens east of Folkston, Charlton County, in full bloom on the morning of August 12 (zo. 7506). Previously known only from a single imperfect specimen from Walton County, Florida, collected by A. H. Curtiss in 1885. J7. Virginicum, its nearest relative, flowers a month or two earlier in Georgia. Uvuraria Froripana Chapm. (Oakesiella Hloridana Small) Not rare, in rich damp woods, Dublin, Laurens County, with full-grown fruit in June (zo. 7363). Seen in October in similar situations near Cuthbert. The fruit, which has not hitherto beem described, furnishes additional characters for distinguishing this species from its congeners. The capsule is always acuminate, tapering into a short beak, instead of being obtuse as in the two related species, U. pudberula and U. sessilifolia. The bracted pe- duncle mentioned by Chapman, but overlooked by Small, seems to be also a perfectly constant character which is not shared by the other species. CROOMIA PAUCIFLORA (Nutt.) Torr. Collected in rich shady woods on the bank of the Chattahoo- chee River in Quitman County, October 16 (xo. 7757), with flow- ers and fruit all gone. This is doubtless the only station in Georgia now known for this rare plant. Its resemblance to Smilax ecirrhata, which grows with it, is striking. Sattx FLoripana Chapm. I refer tentatively to this almost unknown species specimens collected in wet woods at the outer (eastern) base of the sand-hills of the Ocmulgee in Pulaski County below Hawkinsville, June 27 (zo. 1381). My specimens were slender erect trees about ten feet tall and two inches in diameter, with tasteless bark roughish below and smooth above. The twigs were very brittle not only at the bases but throughout. No trace of fruit was found, but my ma- 22 HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN terial, as far as it goes, seems to be a perfect match for the type- | specimen in the Torrey Herbarium, collected by Dr. Chapman in West Florida. QUERCUS MYRTIFOLIA Willd. Abundant on the driest sand-hills of the Satilla River in Pierce County near Waycross, where with other shrubby plants (and no — herbs or trees) it forms almost impenetrable thickets six to ten feet — high and of unknown extent (70. 7466). This locality is about 60 ~ miles inland and 100 feet above sea-level. On August 1g I col- — lected the same oak in a thicket of similar aspect, but somewhat _ different composition, in the interior of Cumberland Island (vo. 1540). This species strikes me as being much more closely re- lated to Q. nigra L. (Q. aquatica Walt.) than to Q. Virginiana, of which it was long considered a variety. POLYGONUM ARIFOLIUM L. In the swamp of the Satilla River in Camden County opposite — Woodbine, within the influence of tide, but in fresh water, August 23 (uo. 1563). My specimens are all sterile. Previous records of the occurrence of this species as far south as the coast of — Georgia seem to be lacking. With it I found among other things Juncus Canadensis J. Gay, which was also a novelty in these E parts. MAGNOLIA MACROPHYLLA Michx. This tree is common in rich woods along Samochechobee : Creek all the way across Clay County (vo. 7793), but I have — never met with it elsewhere. SARRACENIA FLAVA X MINOR Harper, Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 332. Je 1903 Although described from a single specimen, this hybrid seems to be not particularly rare or evanescent. In July, 1902, I found © (and photographed) several specimens within a few feet of each — other in wet pine-barrens in Douglas, Coffee County (mo. 74 Ey, Here, as at the type-locality (about sixty miles distant) both parr : ents were growing in the immediate vicinity. The hybrid hae shown no tendency to flower yet. OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 23 SARRACENIA PURPUREA L., After looking in vain for this species in Georgia for several years, I found a quantity of it in a sandy bog in Randolph County not far from Coleman (which is several miles outside of the pine- barrens) on October 28 (wo. 7783). About the same time Mr. Hyde obtained a flowering specimen collected by the late Mrs. Sarah Thompson in Lee County, May 11, 1895. Dr. Mohr in his “ Plant Life of Alabama” says nothing about this species being rare in that state, but it is certainly rare in Georgia, and very few stations for it are known in the other south- ern states. All of the seven known species of Sarracenia have now been found in the coastal plain of Georgia. With the. pos- sible exception of Florida, no other state is known to contain them all. CHRYSOBALANUS OBLONGIFOLIUS Michx. Specimens collected in Coffee County on July 22 (wo. 7433) showed a variation apparently hitherto unknown in this species and the genus and family to which it belongs. Many of the flow- ers had two or three carpels, and several specimens showed both or all three well on the way to maturity. The plants were per- fectly normal in other respects, and there is no reason for suppos- ing the extra number of carpels a freak. It is simply a variation which has been overlooked. CUBELIUM CONCOLOR (Forst.) Raf. Common on the bank of the Savannah River on Germain’s Is- land, Columbia County (in the metamorphic region), June 7 (xo. 1297). Also seen among limestone rocks in woods near Grier’s Cave, Randolph County, October 23. Not previously reported from Georgia. My specimens differ from those which have been described, in being glabrous throughout, but seem to be otherwise identical. Eryncium _Lupovicianum Morong (£. integrifolium Ludovicianum C. & R.) Observations on this species during the season convince me that it is specifically distinct from £. integrifolium Walt. (£. virga- 94 . HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN tum Lam.). While the two species are similar in habitat, their — ranges are different. Near the southern border of the state, in the counties of Lowndes, Brooks and Thomas, £. zxtegrifolium alone | occurs, while fifty miles farther north, in the vicinity of Tifton, I have seen only &. Ludovictanum. But around Moultrie, an inter- ' mediate point, both species occur, often together, without showin any tendency to intergrade. E. integrifolium has much the wider range, even in Georgia, — where it is found in the metamorphic region as well as in the © coastal plain. It is represented by wo. 7672, from Valdosta, September 5, and E. Ludovicianum by no. 1664, from Colquitt — County, September 24. : PANAX QUINQUEFOLIUM L. | In rich shady woods northwest of Cuthbert, Randolph County ; ; also on the high bluff along Samochechobee Creek in Clay — County. Rarely found so far south, these localities being below : latitude 32°. I have heard several rumors of the occurrence of | this much-sought plant elsewhere in the coastal plain, but most — of these on being investigated prove to be based on Jetragonotheca helianthoides L., a totally dissimilar plant which in some unac-— countable way has also received the name of “ ginseng,” * and | moreover is said to possess valuable medicinal properties, being , “good for rheumatism.”’ : CHIMAPHILA MACULATA (L.) Pursh A few specimens seen on September 29 in rich woods neaf Little River southwest of Tifton, Berrien County. This species: does not seem to have been found so far south before. ANANTHERIX CONNIVENS (Baldw.) Feay ; Wood, Class Book, 594. 1861 a a The authorship of this combination is usually credited to Gray | (Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 66. 1876), but it was published in Wood's. Class Book several years earlier. I collected this species in full _ | bloom in wet pine-barrens in Coffee County near Douglas, July 18 (zo. 1426), and observed it in similiar situations in several othef * This fact was noted by Messrs. Pollard and Maxon in 1900. See Plant World, 3: 142. $ 1900 | | | . | ee ee Re eT ee Dc a a at i OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 25 Southeast Georgia counties. It seems to be always scarce, rarely more than three or four specimens being visible at once. DICERANDRA ODORATISSIMA Harper, Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 479. 1901 Collected on the sand-hills of Little River southwest of Tifton, Berrien County, September 30 (zo. 7695). At this station, which is probably near the western limit of the species (sand-hills being rare farther west), the plants are much less abundant and vigorous than at the type-locality, forty miles farther east. GERARDIA GEORGIANA C. L. Boynton, Biltmore Bot. Stud. 1: 148. 1902 Collected in rather dry pine-barrens around a small pond in Thomas County south of Thomasville on the morning of Septem- ber 19 (zo. 1637). Intimately associated with G. paupercula (Gray) Britton (zo. 7638), which it much resembles, though this is not necessarily its nearest relative. Previously known only from the type-locality, near Cordele. One character overlooked by the author is that the corolla of G. Georgiana is spotless. I find that the markings of the corollas in Gerardia, which can be studied to advantage only in living specimens, often afford valuable diagnostic characters. GERARDIA FILICAULIS (Benth.) Chapm. Seen only in rather dry grassy pine-barrens near Tyty, Worth County, on the morning of September 30 (wo. 7698). Fairly abundant but very inconspicuous. Not previously reported north of Florida. LoBELIA FLACCIDIFOLIA Small Collected in the swamp of Cedar Creek near Wrightsville, Johnson County, in flower June 16 (zo. 7747), also in the swamp of Ochlocknee Creek near Moultrie, Colquitt County, September 25 (wo. 1676). Flowers earlier than most species of Lode/ia. EupATORIUM INCARNATUM Walt. Seen only in the rocky woods near Grier’s Cave, Randolph County, in flower October 23 (0. 1777). Probably not known elsewhere in Georgia. Dr. Mohr reports but one station for it in Alabama. 26 HARPER: EXPLORATIONS IN THE COASTAL PLAIN CHRYSOPSIS PINIFOLIA Ell. On the fall-line sand-hills near Butler, Taylor County, No- — vember 6 (zo. 7802). The only earlier specimen I have seen was collected by Elliott himself in the same region. This species be- — comes stoloniferous late in the season, a fact which has not been 4 noted before. SOLIDAGO AMPLEXICAULIS T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 218. 1842 Not rare in rich shady woods in Randolph County northwest _ of Cuthbert, in full bloom on October 21 (zo. 7764). Not pre- viously reported from Georgia. This species was named in a rather unusual way. The authors when describing it assumed it to be — the same as S. amplexicaulis Martens,* of which they had seen — the name but not the description. Soon afterward + they found that Martens’ S. amplexicaulis was a synonym of S. Riddell Frank. According to the views held at that time, this necessitated _ no change in the name of Torrey and Gray’s plant, but on the — principle of ‘‘ once a synonym always a synonym,” it would have to be changed. This is a case which seems to have escaped the — attention of the nomenclature reformers. BALDWINIA ATROPURPUREA Harper, Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 483. Igo! At the time I described this species I had some doubts as to ‘ its validity, but I have none now. In 1902 I collected it near = Moultrie on September 20 (wo. 7644), and in the next two weeks saw it at many other places in the counties of Colquitt, Worth, — Berrien, Irwin and Dooly, always in moist slightly sloping pine-_ barrens. It grows in wetter places than does B. uniflora (but the two species are often found near together), and flowers several weeks later. I find also that its involucral bracts are smaller and more numerous than those of its congener. Also that the stems 4 are usually purplish at the base, and commonly produce more. — branches (and consequently more heads) than in B. uniflora. — There is not the slightest possibility of confusing the two species, and it is remarkable that 2. kali was overlooked so long. * Bull. Acad. Brux. 8: 66. 1841. Fl. N. A.2: Saq4. 1843. OF GEORGIA DURING THE SEASON OF 1902 27 MARSHALLIA RAMOSA Beadle & Boynton, Biltmore Bot. Stud. 1: 8. f/. 2. Igo! In dry pine-barrens and at bases of imperfectly developed sand-hills in Johnson county near Wrightsville. In flower June 16 (vo. 1342). This seems to be the second collection made of this species. Its corollas are decidedly paler than those of the common species, JZ. graminifolia, being nearly white. MESADENIA SULCATA (Fernald) Small (Cacalia sulcata Fernald) Collected in wet woods about a mile east of Killen, Clay County, October 29 (70. 7792), also seen in similar places in Ran- dolph County south of Cuthbert. The affinity of this species with Cacalia ovata Ell. (which may not be the same as C. ovata Walt.), to which Mr. Fernald compared it, is rather remote. It is much more closely related to JZ. tuderosa (Nutt.) Britton and M. Floridana (Gray) Greene. These three species, suderosa, sul- cata and Floridana, differing from each other principally in range, habitat and shape of leaves, form a small group characterized by grooved or sharply angled stems, plantain-like leaves green on both sides and tapering at the base, and especially by the winged keels of the involucral bracts. This latter character was over- looked by the authors of the two latter species and is very rarely mentioned in descriptions, being inconspicuous in dried specimens. The wings are usually 1-2 mm. broad. A specimen collected by A. H. Curtiss on ‘ Borders of swamps, Walton County, Florida,” in September, probably many years ago (zo. 1560, distributed as Cacalia Floridana), is Mesa- denia sulcata. In the Biltmore Herbarium there are specimens of it collected at different points in the same county, August I, 1899, and September 26, 1900. COLLEGE Point, N. Y. ~* i a ie Fe " b ‘ nf: Pas i a 1 ? a 1) a : F Bie, The Polyporaceae of North America—VI. The genus Polyporus WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL The genus Polyporus, as established by Micheli (Nov. Pl. Gen. 129. p/. 70-71. 1729), was such a natural division and so clearly distinguished that it remained intact for over a century. Its nom- enclatorial type was P. leptocephalus (Jacq.) Fr. and associated with this species were some of the most common and well-known mem- bers of the family. Unfortunately, however, Linnaeus retained the name Ao/efus for all pore-bearing fungi, and those mycologists who adopted Micheli’s genus failed to establish it according to modern ideas. Adanson, for example, only cited Micheli’s figures and listed no properly named species; Haller used only poly- nomials ; and Scopoli in his /z/roductio listed no species at all under Polyporus. It was thus left to Paulet (Icon. Champ. A/. 73. 1793) to securely establish the genus. Paulet’s work, written twenty or more years before its publication, contains descriptions and figures of six species of Polyporus ; P. Ulmi, P. frondosus, P. umbtlicatus, P. carbonarius, P. fasciatus and P. Tuberaster, four of which belong to Micheli’s genus in the strictest sense. The first species, P. U/mi, is the very common one well known as P. sgua- mosus (Huds.) Fr. and must be considered the nomenclatorial type of Polyporus according to principles now in vogue. The general use of Polyporus instead of Boletus is chiefly due to Fries, who, without knowledge of Paulet’s work, ‘‘ restored”’ the name in 1815 and made it popular in spite of the influence of Linnaeus. In recent systems of classification the original significance of the term Polyporus has been somewhat perverted. Karsten, for example, assigned Polyporus to the terrestrial central-stemmed forms and placed the wood-loving species under the new genus Polyporellus (Medd. Soc. Faun. et. Fl. Fenn. 5: 37.1879). Quélet adoptéd new names for both of these groups, Ca/oporus for the first and Leucoporus for the second, and erected the monotypic genus Cerioporus on Polyporus caudicinus (Enchiridion Fungorum, 164-167. 1886). Patouillard followed Quelet in the main, but 29 | q 30 MurrRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorRTH AMERICA used Polyporus in the Karstenian sense instead of Ca/oporus and proposed the new name JMe/anopus for the group to which Karsten had assigned the name Polyporellus (Hymenom. Eur. 137. 1887). One finds, therefore, four modern generic names, Polyporedlus, Leucopovus, Cerioporus and Melanopus, associated either with the type or with a near ally of the type of the genus Polyporus and hence synonymous with it. The species of this genus are in general very similar in appear- ance and habit, most of them being small dark-colored plants attached to fallen branches and other decaying wood on or neat the ground. One species, however, P. caudicinus, is very large and does considerable damage to living trees, especially in Europe where it is abundant. The smallest plant of the genus is P. Act w/a, a tropical form only two millimeters in diameter represented by a single specimen in the Kew herbarium. Many other species of this group are based upon very scanty collections, some well preserved, others now in poor condition, and most of them inade- quately described. The task of the monographer is, therefore, in this case unusually difficult and his results more or less unsatis-_ factory. : : Synopsis of the Norih American species _ . Stipe pallid or light brown, centrally attached, not darker than the aa Stipe — or partly black or fuliginous, variously attached, ay ‘sua than | 17 the pileu 2. Margin of pileus not ciliate. 3 Margin of pileus ornamented with cilia, which often disappear with age. 129 3. Pileus beset near the margin with hydnoid process F. hydnicepse Pileus plainly villose, tomentose or scabrous, often becoming glabrous with age. ileus minutely tomentose or glabrous ins the first 4. Pileus pies irregular, pre margin involute ; stipe axa tubes small, , dissepiments dentate. cab ie Pileus ial or tomentose . Pileus becoming virgate from the rupture of the cuticle, tubes 2 to a mm., decuh rent, dissepiments dentate. 3. P. virgatis KS ' Pileus not becoming virgate. Oy wn 6. Pileus less than 2 cm. in diameter, ochraceous, tubes 2 to a mm., decurrent to the base of the stipe. 7 se af delicatus. Pileus more than 2 cm. in diameter. e iii lal [°) _ _ ~ wn Cal ys Murrit_: PoLypoRaAcEAE OF NortH AMERICA 31 . Tubes decurrent, very short, entire, pileus dark purple, ornamented here and there with paler radiating lines, surface finely tomentose, becoming glabrous. 5. P. dibaphus. Tubes not decidedly decurrent, denticulate when mature, pileus yellowish to smoky black, villose, at length glabrous, spores oblong, curved, : 6. P. Polyporus. . Sporophore goblet-shaped, pileus less than 3 cm. broad, shallowly aia at the 7. Fy. Tee center, stipe long, striate, expanding into the pileu To ie trumpet-shaped, pileus 5-10 cm. ae sendy ae stipe pal 8. ong, pallid, pulverulent. raterellus. sidan not as above. 9. . Pileus minute, 2 mm. in diameter, umbilicate, margin involute, pores alveolar. P. Acicula, Pileus ei IO cm. or more in diameter, aaa stipe short, thie. hispid, pores at length sinuous, dissepiments dentat P. discordeus. Pileus of medium size, 2-5 cm, in diameter. 10, . Context whitish or brownish in color, extremely thin. rt. Context golden-yellow, not extremely thin, tubes remote from the stipe. 11. P. phaecoxanthus. . Pileus brown, polished, context light brown, tubes decurrent. 12. P. Columbiensis. Pileus white or pallid, more or less translucent, context white, tubes adnate, ex- I ceedingly minute, 8 to a mm P. obolus. . Tubes alveolar. 13; Tubes not alveolar.’ 15. . Margin of pileus finely hispid, broadly sterile below, surface ochraceous, radiate- striate, stipe brown, pulverulent. 14. P. aemudans. Margin of pileus strigose, fertile below. 14, . Pileus very thin, smooth, pellucid, fragile, stipe thicker below, setulose. 15. P. arcularicllus. Pileus not very thin, fuscous-squamulose to glabrous, stipe equal, grooved, squam- ulose, grayish-fuscous. P. arcularius, . Tubes fairly regular, stipe amiigi not polished, plants rather delicate, cilia vari- 16. able in fom and persiste Tubes very irregular, stipe yee thick and polished, pileus tough, umbilicate, yellowish-white with brown marginal band, cilia short, fugacious. 17. P. vartiporus. Pileus opaque, not translucent, 1-4 cm. in diameter, cilia long, of uncertain dura- tion, plants mostly cespitose. 18. P. Tricholoma. Pileus very thin, more or less translucent, I-2 cm. in diameter, cilia short, slender fugacious, plants not cespitose. 19. P. Cowellii. Pileus squamose, very large, flabelliform, tubes large, alveolar. 20. P. caudicinus. Pileus finely tomentose, drab-colored, with reddish-brown spots, small, circular, tubes rounded, minute. 21. P. maculosus. Pileus glabrous, uniform in color, variable in form, tubes punctiform. 18 32 MurriI_L: PoLyPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA 18. Stipe ivery-black below, pileus usually ochraceous, surface scarcely depressed, mar- in even, not becoming extremely thin. 22. P. elegans. Stipe smoky-black below, pileus oe chestnut-colored, depressed at the center or behind, margin very thin and irregular. 23. P. fissus. 1. PoLtyporus HypDNIcEPS B, & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. Io: 305. 1868 This is one of Wright's plants collected in Cuba. Berkeley's” description is characteristically brief, but, fortunately, the type still exists in fairly good condition in the Kew herbarium. It is” readily distinguished from all other species in the genus by the short cylindrical or subpyramidal hydnoid processes which it” bears on the surface of the pileus near the margin. In shape it — is variable and quite irregular, often breaking into fan-shaped lobes — as it develops and folding inward or outward at the margin as — circumstances determine. The stipe is short, thick, usually blackish and often reticulate. The fruit bodies occur at times in clusters with their stipes closely united at the base. In ceneral_ appearance this species resembles Scutiger griseus and its nea allies, but it seems hardly fleshy enough for that group and is moreover so much like species of Polyporus in habit that I havi retained it in the latter genus as here restricted. : FE ee ee AE AE ES ER MM EO DIY RL te 2. POLYPORUS SCABRICEPS B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 305. 1868 , This species is well named. The type at Kew, collected by Wright in Cuba on decaying wood, is well preserved and still | shows the characteristic scabrous covering. Other characters are the dark brown surface, involute margin, decurrent, dentate tubes. and short brown stipe. Like most of the Cuban species, it is rare and very imperfectly known as regards distribution and variation ee oR een ee 3. PoLyporus vircatus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 304. 1868 Six type plants of this species are at Kew, collected in Cu by Wright. They are of the typical Polyporus form and habit” with rather delicate, fragile tubes and thin cuticle, which at lengt ruptures in a way quite characteristic of the species. This pl resembles P. discoideus, but is tougher, firmer and somewha smaller in addition to being virgate. a ee To a eh ee MurrRILL: PoLyPpORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA oo 4. Potyporus DEuicatus B. & C. Grevillea, 1:-37. 1872 Only one small plant of this species is to be found in the Kew herbarium. It was collected in Alabama by Peters, growing on decaying wood. It is uniformly ochraceous in color, tomentose, of soft elastic substance, with a thin undulate revolute margin. The tubes are angular, 2 to a mm., decurrent even to the base and quite collapsed when dry. The stipe is central and radicate, and the buried portion is darker in color than the rest. At first sight, the surface suggests Polyporus fractipes, the color being very similar in both, but the central stipe, firmer substance and much larger tubes of P. delicatus readily distinguish it from that species. 5. PoLyporus pipapHus B. & C. Grevillea, 1: 36. 1872 This plant resembles P. Polyporus in many respects, but its pore structure appears to be different. It was collected by Peters in Alabama on trunks of //er. The type at Kew is the larger share of a single specimen cut in two. A better de- veloped plant might show closer resemblance to P. Polyporus. One can never be entirely free from the suspicion that species résting upon a slight material basis and closely resembling species that are common and variable may possibly be only undeveloped or depauperate or abnormal forms of the more abundant species. It seems best, however, in the present instance to consider P. dibaphus as distinct until its relationships are more clearly proved. 6. Polyporus Polyporus (Retz) Boletus Polyporus Retz, Vet. Ac. Handl. 253. 1769. Boletus brumalis Pers. Neues Mag. Bot. I: 107. 1794. Batsch, Elench. Fung. p/. ro, f. 42a. 1783. Boletus fasciculatus Schrad. Spic. 154. 1794. Polyporus brumalis Fr. Obs. Myc. 2: 255. 1818. Polyporus luridus B. & C. Grevillea, 1: 37. 1872. Polyporellus brumalis Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et. Fl. Fenn. 5: 37... 1879, Polyporellus Polyporus Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9: 93. 1903. There are two forms of this widely distributed plant, both oc- curring throughout Europe and North America. It was the yel- 34 MurrRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA low, or vernal, form which Retz described, while Schrader was dealing with the darker autumnal form of the plant. In his synop- _ sis, Persoon separates the two forms as varieties vernus and fas- ciculatus. P. luridus of Berkeley and Curtis is to be referred q the latter variety. This species is found on various kinds of decaying wood in forests and groves, usually upon branches lying on the ground. Its persistence far into the winter in the fresh state led Persoon to give it the name by which it is generally known. Among the — specimens examined are the following: Tyrol, Bresadola; Bet- lin, Sydow ,; Finland, Karstex; Sweden, MWurrill ; Canada, Dear- ness, Macoun,; Maine, Ricker; New Hampshire, Mess Minus; Connecticut, Wright ; New York, Shear, Underwood, Overackers Delaware, Commons ; Ohio, Morgan ; Wisconsin, Lapham, 59 mour ; towa, Holway ; Montana, Anderson. 7. Potyporus Tusa B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 305. 1868 4 This species is founded upon a single collection by Wright in Cuba, the types being at Kew. It is readily recognized by its peculiar goblet-shaped form, resembling a long-stemmed Pesisa or a young stage of Cantharellus cibarius. Its substance is rela- tively quite thick, the depression at the center being shallow in- a stead of deep as might be expected from its shape. The margitl, if not straight, is rolled inward instead of outward, and the stipe 1s long, slender and undulate. 3 8. POLYPORUS CRATERELLUs B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. i i ke IO: 305. 1868 The type collection of this species was made by Wright in Cuba. The name is well chosen and refers to a character by which — the plant is easily distinguished from its near allies. Plants col- lected in Louisiana by Langlois are even more deeply infundibuli- | form than the types and are also somewhat larger. The species | occurs on decaying wood and appears usually in small clusters. g. Potyporus Acicuta B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 304. 1868 a This minute species is represented by a single specimen, two millimeters in diameter, collected on decayed wood in Cuba. MurRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA 35 The stipe is long and slender, centrally attached and somewhat hairy at the base. The pileus is umbilicate with involute margin resembling a minute species of Omphalia in shape. In general appearance the plant resembles P. 7richoloma, but the margin is without cilia and the pores are alveolar. 10. PoLyporus piscoipEus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 303. 1868 This species was collected by Wright in Cuba. It is rather larger than most of the members of the genus, but resembles them closely in habit and structure. Its nearest ally is perhaps P. virgatus. Being large, it is rather fleshy, the context becoming soft, corky and elastic when dry. The tubes are rather large, at length sinuose, and become collapsed on drying, indicating a soft condition when fresh. 11. POLYPORUS PHAEOXANTHUS B. & Mont. Sylloge Crypt. 154. 1856 This rare species was collected at Columbus, Ohio, by Sulli- vant. It grew on fallen oak wood. The type at Paris is in frag- ments, but these are well preserved. The character by which the species is at once recognized is the deep yellow color of the con- text. The pileus is convex, reddish-brown, glabrous, scarcely a millimeter thick and about two centimeters broad ; the stipe cen- tral and concolorous, the tubes minute and remote from the stipe. 12. Po_typorus CoLtumBiensis Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: bike ABA ih, This is one of the thinnest species of the family, resembling a brown cuticle stripped from some fruit having a smooth, waxy, polished coat. It is orbicular in shape with a dark central stipe and small decurrent tubes. The type was sent to Berkeley from the Columbia River region of South Carolina. There is also in the Berkeley herbarium a specimen from Chicalahi, Mexico, bear- ing the same name, which may be the same species. 13. PoLyporus oBpoLus Ell. & Macbr. Bull. Iowa Univ. Lab. Nat. Hist. 4: 68. 1896 A small plant with very thin partially translucent pileus, brown central stipe and exceedingly minute pores. Pileus orbicular, f) 36 MurriL_: PoOLypoRACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA plane, 1.5-2.5 X 0.03-0.08 cm.; surface minutely tomentose, radi- ate-rugose, isabelline, fulvous at the center ; margin straight or repand, even, glabrous, entirely devoid of teeth or cilia: context 0.2-—0.7 mm. thick, tough, white, translucent, especially near the margin ; tubes o.I mm. long, 8 to a mm., adnate, white, cylin- drical, ee edges thick, entire ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 3.5-4 X 4.5-5 fe: stipe central, tough, elastic, slender, equal, ee ioe See pti much compressed in drying, 2-4 cm long, I-2 mm. t The above description pie species is made from dried plants now in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, cole lected by C. L. Smith in Nicaragua. Type plants kindly furnished me by Macbride agree in all re- spects with these, being a part of the same collection. The spe- cies is nearly related to P. Tricholoma, but the pileus is very thin and translucent, the margin entirely glabrous and the po“ scarcely one eighth of a millimeter in diameter. 14. PoLyporus aEMULANS B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 304. 1868. = Very little is known of this species beyond the small type call lection from Cuba and Berkeley’s rather meager description. The types are well preserved, however, and show decided characters. They resemble P. arcu/arius in having alveolar tubes, but these tub are broad and shallow and disappear near the margin, leaving 4 sterile marginal band one or two millimeters in diameter. habit, the species resembles P. Polyporus. The whole plant is thin and tough, with brown central stipe. a 15. Polyporus arculariellus nom. nov. Favolus Curtisn Berk. Grevillea, 2 GS. 28s; Kew by Curtis from his North Carolina collections. preserved, however, and shows the very thin pellucid pileus a mented around the margin with long cilia, the oblong favoloid tubes and the centrally attached tapering stipe that characteri@t the species. It is a near ally of Polyporus arcularius, thoug™ smaller and much more delicate, and also closely resembles §' ciliated forms as P. Tricholoma and its near allies ; so that its na ural affinities appear to be with Polyporus rather than with /@ MurrRIL_: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA 37 fus. It is unfortunate that the existence of a Polyporus Curtisti renders it necessary to change the species name in the transfer from one genus to the other. 16. Potyporus ARCULARIUS (Batsch) Fr. Boletus arcularius Batsch, Elench. Fung. 97. 1783. (Mich. Plo Fey S- 1726.) Boletus exasperatus Schrad, Spic. 153. 1794. Polyporus arcularius Fr. Syst. 1: 342. 1821. This species was described by Batsch as follows : “ Stipitatus ; stipite subgracili, subclavato ; pileo membranaceo convexo, sub- ulato-fimbriato ; stipiteque concoloribus, spadiceo-rufis ; cellulis latissimis, rhombeis, aequalibus albis.’’ Fries placed it in the genus Favolus, which he treated as a subgenus under Polyporus. Its tubes are certainly favoloid, but its close relationship to P. Polyporus has kept it near this species rather than with species of Favolus. Wright's specimen of P. dentus from Connecticut seems nothing more than P. arcularius. There is at Kew also the remains of a specimen from Ohio, which very probably belonged in the same category. P. arcularius shows little variation except in size throughout its wide range. It occurs on decaying wood and shows much the same habit as P. elegans and P. Polyporus, but differs from these species in occurring more abundantly in the south. Specimens have been examined from the following localities: Tyrol, bresa- dola ; Connecticut, Earle ; Pennsylvania, /verhart,;, New Jersey, . etrio; Nebraska, Bates; Colorado, Crandall; New Mexico, Earle ; Michigan, Longyear ; Kansas, Bartholomew ; Kentucky, Price; Mississippi, Ricker; Alabama, Farle, Baker ; Florida, Rau, Calkins ; Mexico, C. L. Smith. 17. Polyporus variiporus sp. nov. A small plant resembling P. 7richoloma, but firmer and tougher with thicker stipe and more irregular pores. Pileus orbicular, convex to depressed, I-2.5 x 0.I-0.2 cm., surface glabrous, more or less radiately striate, somewhat concentrically rugose, straw- colored to isabelline, fulvous to chestnut-colored around the mar- gin, which is thin, inflexed, undulate, finely ciliate, the cilia being 38 MurRILL: PoOLypORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA fugacious : context I-1.5 mm. thick, tough, white ; tubes 0.5 mm, in length, 2-4 mm. in diameter, very irregular, much elongated _ radially near the stipe or in marginal folds, not noticeably decur-_ rent, yellowish, polygonal to lamelloid, edges firm, entire, becom- q ing denticulate or fimbriate with age ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, | hyaline, 4 x 7: stipe central, hollow, increasing above, lighter — than the pileus, subglabrous with a silky luster, 2 cm. long, 2-0 — mm. thick, the buried base enlarged, tomentose and frequently black. This species was collected by Earle on his recent trip to Porto. ‘ Rico. It grew on sticks buried in sandy soil in woods. The thick stipe and irregular tubes suggest P. pachypus of Montagne 4 but it is evidently not that species. It differs from nearly related ciliated forms in being conspicuously tougher and thicker wi 4 tubes that are in one place small, regular and polygonal and in another transformed by confluence into long sinuate furro NS resembling the gills of an agaric. This transformation commonly — occurs near the stipe or in pockets made by the partial foldi g of the pileus. d bi 18. Potyporus TricHoLtoma Mont. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. II. 365. 1837. Pl. Cell. Cuba, 240. p/. 17, f. 7. . 1842 This species was originally well described and figured by Mon- I tagne and several specimens of typical plants are still in existence, so that no doubt exists concerning its identity. In addition 10 this, a large number of fresh specimens have recently been Ce : lected in Cuba and Jamaica by Earle and Underwood and some study made of the habits and variations of the species. It is fou 1 to grow in abundance throughout the West Indies and Centr al America, varying but slightly in color, but more in size and sw face markings, occurring usually on dead sticks in woods, a sometimes upon logs and even on cocoanut husks. When see® in the fresh state it is commonly pure white and easily mistaken ol some small agaric, but often with age and always in drying the color changes to pallid or light yellowish-brown, or even to a pale reddish-brown. The type plants were, of course, dried specimé and happened to be darker than is usual with the species. Another variation still more marked and the cause of consi erable confusion is in the size and persistency of the cilia arou! MurrRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 39 the margin of the pileus. Sometimes they are long and rigid, sometimes short and flexible ; they usually disappear at early ma- turity, but occasionally persist until the plant has passed its prime. It is doubtful if Montagne himself knew of these variations, and it is certain that Berkeley was much confused by them. In dealing with the types of this plant it is best to consider the Cuban spec- imens only, since plants from elsewhere were later included in the species concept, which are in reality different things. Likewise, in examining Berkeley’s specimens of Polyporus similis, one must con- fine himself to the Brazilian plants, since the Cuban ones are only P. Tricholoma with the cilia gone. In the same way P. flexipes, P. stipitarius and a few other species have undoubtedly become confused with P. 77icholoma in the minds of not a few mycologists and many collectors. The following collections are in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden: Jamaica, Earle 502, 592, Underwood 2953; Cuba, Underwood and Earle 246, 579, 744, 851; Mexico, C. L. Smith; Nicaragua, C. L. Smith; Cozumel Island, Mi/- Spaugh 1556. 19. Polyporus Cowellii sp. nov. A small light-colored plant resembling an agaric, having a very thin translucent context, minute pores and a slender central stipe. Pileus orbicular, convex to plane, umbilicate, I-2 x 0.02 —0.05 cm.; surface nearly glabrous, minutely concentrically ru- gose, straw-colored to isabelline, becoming darker and hygropha- nous around the margin or in blotches or even over the entire surface, often faintly radiate-striate about the center with delicate white or brown lines; margin very thin, straight or inflexed, somewhat irregular in outline, finely denticulate, the teeth pro- longed into short fugacious cilia: context extremely thin, mem- branous, 0.1-0.2 mm. thick, white or pallid, partially or entirely translucent ; tubes 0.2—0.4 mm. long, 3-6 to a mm., larger by confluence, adnate, pallid, polygonal, edges very thin, subentire, becoming fimbriate with age; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, binucleate, 2.5 x 54: stipe central, solid, very slender, equal, concolorous or slightly darker, pruinose to glabrous, smooth, longitudinally striate, 2-3 cm. long, 0.3-1 mm. thick, soft and milk-white at the center. This species is described from dried plants collected in the island of St. Kitts by Britton and Cowell during September and 40 MurrRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA October, 1901. It was found in considerable quantity growing on decaying wood. There is also in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden another good collection of this species from Porto Rico made by Mr. and Mrs. A. A. Heller in March, 1899. It also grew on dead wood. This latter collection, how- ever, is not considered typical. 20. PoLyporus caupIcINuS (Scop.) Murrill Boletus caudicinus Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2, 2: 469. 1772. Boletus Juglandis Schaeff. Fung. 3: 75. pl. ror—102. _1774- Boletus squamosus Huds. Fl. Angl. 614. 1778. Polyporus Uli Paul. Icon. Champ. p/. 73. 1793. Polyporus squamosus Fr, Syst. 1: 343. 1821. Polyporus caudicinus Murrill, Jour. Myc. g: 89. 1903. Exsicc.: France, Roumeguére 2706, 2707, 3403; Germany, Krieger 860, Sydow 212, Magnus, Murrill; Sweden, Murrill; England, Murrill ; Canada, Dearness ; Connecticut, Underwood. This species is the largest of the genus and occurs in very con- spicuous clusters on the trunks of injured deciduous trees in Europe and America. In London and in some of the cities of Germany I have found it especially abundant on elms, maples, horse chestnuts and other shade trees. It is at present compara- tively rare in America and need not here be seriously considered from an economic standpoint for some years to come. Scopoli’s description is not so clear and definite as might be desired, but in the first variety described there can be no question as to the plant he had in mind, for he speaks of it as multiple, lobed, fleshy, large, growing on the trunks of trees, variegated above with darker spots, light-colored beneath, with large polyg- onal pores. The large pores connect it with the genus /Hexa- gona, but its general structure and habit are those of Polyporus. Young plants collected in Connecticut, by Underwood, in May, showed very short favoloid tubes with thin toothed dissepiments, a milk-white fleshy-tough context and a scaly pileus differing little in color from that of the mature plant. The odor of the — | fresh plant is strong and somewhat mealy ; the base of the stipe is clothed with short dark-brown or black velvety tomentum. It _ is quite possible that in this species we have modifications pro-_ d | MorrILL: PoOLYPORACEAE OF NoRTH AMERICA 41 duced by an abundance of nutritious food such as is not supplied to the common species growing on dead wood. Large size, very rapid growth, ample pores and a somewhat softer context are probably connected with a better food supply and a more vigorous mycelium. In addition to Polyporus, the present species has served as the nomenclatorial type of two recent genera, 7. ¢., Cerioporus Quél. (Ench. Fung. 167. 1886) and Melanopus Pat. (Hymenom. Eur. 137. 1887). 21. Polyporus maculosus sp. nov. A small tough plant nearly related to P. fissus, but minutely tomentose, with rounded nearly glabrous spots of a reddish-brown color. Pileus irregularly orbicular, deeply depressed, 3-3.5 x O.1- 0.2 cm., surface finely and densely tomentose, radiately striate, drab-colored, ornamented with several light-bay or chestnut spots mostly situated about midway between the center and the margin, which is very thin, striate, irregular and somewhat fissured but entirely devoid of teeth or cilia: context 0.5-1.5 mm. thick, tough to corky, pallid; tubes 0.2-0.4 mm. long, 6-7 toa mm., decurrent, pallid or yellowish, subcylindrical, edges entire ; ‘spores ovoid, hyaline, smooth, 3 x 4, immature in these specimens : Stipe central, solid, woody, tapering upward, chestnut-black at the base with blotches of light-yellow, uneven, subglabrous, 2 cm. long, 2~4 mm. thick. This plant was collected in Central America by C. L. Smith. The hymenium is not quite mature, but the other characters are well marked. The peculiar reddish spots seem to be caused by the disappearance of the thick tomentum at certain points. The Species occurs on wood and has the habit of representative plants of this genus. 22. PoLyYpoRUS ELEGANS (Bull.) Fr. Boletus elegans Bull. Herb. France, p/. 46. 1780. Boletus nummularius Bull. Herb. France, p/. 724. 1782. Folyporus elegans Fr. Epicr. 440. 1836-1838. Pat. ‘Tab. Fung. 137. 1883-1886. Abundant throughout Europe and North America on decay- ing branches and trunks of various trees. Being exceedingly vari- able in form, it is not strange that in Europe it is confused with its variable near relative, Polyporus Calceolus (Soletus Calccolus 42 MurriLL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA Bull.) [Polyporus varius (Pers.) Fr.], and some European my colo- gists go so far as to say that P. elegans and P. Calceolus are the same thing; but field studies in Sweden have convinced me that we have nothing in America to correspond to B&. Calceolus of Bulliard, whose description and figure of this species may be easily matched with European specimens from either field or laboratory, while even our most closely allied Canadian forms of P. elegans fail to connect with the European relative. The variety first described as B. nummularius by Bulliard is quite distinct from the typical form when seen in the herbarium, but when both are picked from the same branch in the woods the differences speedily become of minor importance. In the follow- ing partial list of specimens examined, no distinction is made be- tween the two: Tyrol, Bresadola; Finland, Karsten ; Canada, Macoun, Dearness ; Vermont, Burt; Maine, Ricker, Miss White ; Connecticut, Earle ; New York, Underwood, Cooke, Lobenstine ; New Jersey, Ellis ; Ohio, Morgan ; West Virginia, Nuttall ; Michi- gan, Ward; lowa, Holway; Colorado, Bethel, Crandall ; Wash- | ington, Piper, Parker. 23. PoLyporus Fissus Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 6: 318. 1847 | Polyporus trachypus B. & Mont. Syll. Crypt. 154. 1850. Both of the above names were assigned to plants sent from Ohio. Those sent by Lea were small and undeveloped and one or two were accidentally lobed. The tubes were so small as to be overlooked and he labelled them Zhelephora. The collection made by Sullivant at Columbus was evidently described by Mon- tagne. The description is accurate and quite complete. The reason why neither of these names has come into common use iS — due to the fact that our plant was at first miscalled P. picipes, @ _ name given by Fries without good reason to plants of P. calceolus — having particularly black stems. This latter species, so far as We — are aware, does not occur in America, but American specimens at ‘ ? Kew are labeled P. picipes Fr. In the herbarium of Fries at Upsala there is only one specimen of “ P. picipes” from North — America and that is determined by Ellis. For our common - species, then, which has been so generally known as P. picipesy we must make use of Berkeley’s name. MurRILL: PoLyPporRacEAr OF NortTH AMERICA 43 The plant grows upon dead wood and has the habit of P elegans, but is larger and darker in color. It often persists, how- ever, until bleached nearly white. Exsiccati have been studied from Maine, Flarvey, Miss White ; Connecticut, Underwood ; Massachusetts, Seymour ; New York, Clinton, Overacker ; Penn- sylvania, Lverhart ; Vermont, Farlow ; Kentucky, Price ; Wash- ington, Parker ; Michigan, Wood, Miss Minns. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE Polyporus amygdalinus B. & Rav. Greviilea, 1: 49. 1872. This species is said to differ from P. caudicinus in having smaller tubes, but it is probably only a form of that species in an unde- veloped stage. I have not been able to find a type specimen. Polyporus cyathiformis Lev. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 2: 181. 1844. The type of this species was probably burned with most of Leveillé’s types during the occupation of Paris by the Germans. The description corresponds closely with P. craterellus, but it is difficult to determine that the two species are identical. Polyporus pachypus Mont. Pl. Cell. Cuba, 421. 1842. This species is described as caespitose, with thick excentric stipe and membranaceous tubes, which are small and rounded near the Margin and large and favoloid near the stipe. No types have been found in foreign herbaria and Montagne himself said in his Sylloge that the species needed further investigation. Polyporus stipitarius B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 304. 1868. The original description just cited does not materially as- Sist one in interpreting the type plants in the Berkeley herbarium. Most of these types so closely resemble P. Zricholoma that a new description of them seems superfluous ; and the one card of speci- mens which appears to be somewhat different from the rest was listed under P. Tricholoma by Berkeley at the time that P. stzpitarius Was described. Judging from the Kew collections, P. stipitarius appears to differ from P. 7richoloma chiefly in possessing a longer stipe, yet the description calls for a stipe shorter than that of P. Lricholoma. New material may possibly throw light on this prob- lem, but I seriously doubt if Berkeley’s species can ever be en- tirely disentangled from the earlier one of Montagne. Polyporus gracilis K\, Ann. Nat. Hist. 3: 384. 1839. This 44 MurRILL : POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA is a caespitose species with slender pruinose stipe, small pellucid pileus, ciliate margin and very minute polygonal or sinuose tubes. Saccardo considers it the same as P. flexipes Fr. and P. hapalus Berk., but these two species do not, so far as I know, occur in the West Indies or even in Central America. Polyporus Humphreyi P. Henn. Hedwigia, 3'7: 280. 1898. From the description of this species it appears to resemble P. 777- choloma, but has adnate instead of decurrent tubes with whitish fimbriatulate edges. This and the next species are placed here because I have not yet examined the type specimens. Melanopus marasmioides Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. France, 18: 173. 1902. This species is found in Guadeloupe and Martinique and is related to Havolus melanopus. It is deeply umbilicate, ochra- ceous, with translucent denticulate margin, which is sterile below, large shallow radiating tubes and a black central stipe. Undevel- oped plants resemble certain species of Xy/aria. An examination of the plant is necessary to determine whether or not it properly belongs with Polyporus. NEw York City. The spines of Fouquieria * WINIFRED J. ROBINSON The six species now comprised in the genus Fouguieria occupy collectively a region extending from the vicinity of the City of Mexico northward into California, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas. Nearly all of the species find their habitat in arid districts, and the localities from which they have been reported may be comprised within the southern extensions of the Chihuahuan and Sonoran deserts. Among other adaptations, the various species exhibit a capacity for casting off the leaves during seasons of drought, more or less irrespective of the time of the year, while some interesting features of the formation and casting away of the bark have been noticed. All of the species bear strong spines and seem to be included under the single colloquial name “ocotillo” by the Mexicans, who use the living plants for hedges and sometimes erect barriers by thrusting the ends of heavy branches into the ground in rows. Messrs. Coville and MacDougal report having seen shrubs of Fouquieria splendens planted within a few inches of young shade trees in the streets of Alamogordo, New Mexico. The spreading spiny branches were held in a cylindrical clump around the trunk of the tree by means of wire and formed a most effective pro- tection against damage by animals. During the course of some recent work upon this genus, Mr. G. V. Nash called my attention to the unusual manner in which the spines were formed, which he described as ‘“‘ developed within the petivles of the leaves on the new growth, becoming apparent when these fall.” + The general anatomical facts presented seemed of sufficient interest to warrant a detailed examination, and the results of my observations upon Fouguieria splendens and F. Macdougalit, Specimens of which are growing in the conservatories of the New York Botanical Garden, are presented below. * The results described in the following paper were obtained by the aid of a Re- Search Scholarship in the New York Botanical Garden, in 1903. t Nash, G. V. A revision of the family Fouguieriaceae. Bull. Torrey Club, jo: 449. 1903. 45 46 ROBINSON : SPINES OF FOUQUIERIA On the lower side of the petiole of the primary leaves, a woody thickening is developed (Fics. 11 and 12, w) which increases in firmness as the leaf matures. This arises from the cortex, which even in the bud is proliferated to form a thickened area on the outer side of the base of each leaf (Fie. 1, c). As the leaf emerges from the bud a conical portion of the cortex on the lower side of the petiole begins to lose its paren- chymatous character. The cells lengthen, their énds become pointed (Fic. 2, s) and their walls thicken; these changes are WG: 3. Scctién through tad. accompanied by a diminution in their a, young leaf; ¢, cortex, thick- lumina (Fic. 3, s). With phloroglucin ened to form spine; v, vascular and hydrochloric acid they take the tissue. violet color characteristic of sclerenchy- matous cells. The conversion of the parenchyma into scleren- chyma is incomplete in / sflendens, and a slender cone shaped mass of thin-walled cells extends about two thirds of the distance from the base toward the tip of the newly formed spine. This is illustrated by the diagrams of 8 longitudinal and transverse sec- fg 2, Portion of longitudinal section tions shown in Fics. 4,6 and 7, through petiole. 4, cortex; ¢, separating yp. About the time when the /#yer; 5, sclerenchyma. leaf-blade is cast off, the parenchyma-core disintegrates and a hol- low spine remains. In Fouquieria — Macdougalii, on the other hand, — almost the entire mass of the cor _ tex on the outer (lower) side of peer Sete: pase intof SLI IE REEEING OA the petiole is transformed el ERLE steenchyma, making 2 si Gong: SeenON a 1 _ < 5 4 s Fic. 3. Portion of transverse section through petiole. accompanied by the differentiation 2 of a separatory layer of thin-walled, elongated cells (Fics. 2 and tis ROBINSON : SPINES OF FOUQUIERIA 47 3, ¢) in the cortex, between the sclerenchymatous tract and the fibrovascular tissue of the petiole. The sclerenchymatous tissue sustains only mechanical relations to the leaf, and the lamina may be held for extended periods after the completion of the separatory layer. When the vegetative season reaches its end by reason of drought or low temperature, the leaf-blade is cast off; and as its fall occurs simultaneously with its drying out, this desiccation may be taken as the direct cause of the splitting of the separatory layer above mentioned. The separation is identical with that which occurs in the fall of the leaves of many deciduous’ trees in the autumn in general procedure, but the author is not acquainted with any other instance in which the petiole is cut in a longitudinal plane making necessary a separatory layer two or three centimeters in tee itaenticeinet ral Et, siege ipa SS =e v v r . 8 Fic. 4. Diagram of longitudinal section through petiole of Houguzerta splendens. P, parenchyma; s, sclerenchyma; v, vascular tissue. Fic. 5. Diagram of longitudinal section through petiole of /ouguieria Mac- dougaliz. Fic. 6. Diagram of transverse section through petiole of Fouguteria splendens near the ait of spine. G. 7. Diagram of transverse section through petiole of Fouguieria splendens, Fic. 8. Diagram of transverse section through petiole of Fouguieria Macdougalit near base. 1G. 9. Diagram of transverse section through petiole of Fouguceria Macdougalit near the apex of spine. in extent (Fic. 1 3, @). Again, this unique method of excision re- sults in leaving an elongated pointed portion of the petiole 3 or 4 cm. in length attached to a mass of thickened epidermis and cork on the stem where it is retained rigidly for an indefinite period. The Spine and the contiguous portion of the outer tissues of the stem may easily be pulled from the underlying tissues in owguteria Macdougalii (Fic. 10, &) when they are young, but in F. splendens they are less yielding. 48 RoBINSON : SPINES OF FOUQUIERIA In /dria, another genus of the same family, a similar spine, originating in the petiole of the leaf, has been described by Poisson (Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. 1: 278. 1895) and in some species of the nearly related Cantua, of the Polemoniaceae, there is a woody ridge — at the base of each node. The latter, however, is more like the structure which protects the axillary bud in Syringa and Philadel- phus than the spines of the Fouguzeriaceae. The majority of the buds in the axils of the primary leaves do — not elongate to form branches, but develop small clusters of spat- | ulate leaves which are almost sessile and do not form spines — (Fics. 11 and 12, ¢). 3 Engelmann (Bot. Gaz. 8: 338. 1883) was the first to call attention to this peculiar mode of dehiscence of the leaves of Fou- — Fic. 10. Fouguieria a oe showing a, manner of dehiscence of leaf; hy manner in which spine and bark may be peeled from stem. - 11. Young shoot of MISES patie ¢, cluster of secondary leaves; — WwW, hicianes which will form spine. : Fic. 12. Young shoot of Fouguieria splendens : 1G. 13. Spine of Fouguieria Macdougalii. a surface from which upper portion | of petiole has separated. : guerta. Plank (Garden & Forest, g: 73. 1896) says: “ The — bases of the spines appear to arise in the cellular part, leaving the wood full of holes in their decay,”” which statement was doubtless 4 made because of the peculiar growth of the cork between the — spines and the portions of the outer tissues, which adhere to them, making the spines, with their adhering pieces of bark, dry. papery structures, which still have close enough contact with the adjacent cells to leave a scar when they drop off. Van Tieghe™ ROBINSON : SPINES OF FOUQUIERIA 49 (Jour. de Bot. 13: 295. 1899) has described the leaves of the long branches as having sclerenchymatous cells prolonged from the sclerenchymatous layer beneath the epidermis of the stem, on the under side where the epidermis is in contact with the cortex. He considers this subepidermis as the outer part arising from the division of the cortex into two well-differentiated layers, and crit- icises Baillon (Hist. Pl. g: 242. 1888) for referring to the spines as leaves reduced to a midrib. Such a section as that shown in diagram in Fic. 9, where there are several layers of parenchyma- tous cells between the sclerenchyma (s) and the epidermis, shows that the sclerenchymatous cells arise not from a distinct outer layer of the cortex, but within the cortex. Like the prickles of the blackberry and rose, the spines of Fouguieria have no vascular tis- sue, but unlike them, the sclerenchymatous tissue arises from the cortex, not from the cuticle and the abscission layer is nearly at right angles with the axis of the stem instead of being parallel with it and in the surface of the stem. Various questions naturally arise in the study of such a struc- ture as the spines of the Houguiertaceae. How did these spines Originate? Was the stimulus external or internal which caused the original variation? Is Fouguieriaa genus that was separated from its parent form at a remote period, so that the intermediate forms between it and the other Pol/emoniales have become extinct, or is it a relatively new genus? Is it a stable form, or do the different plants vary in wide range ? Spinose processes are so characteristic of desert flora that the inference was long ago drawn that there is a close association between their structure and environment. The usual corollaries of spine development, reduction in surface and elaborate adapta- tions for water-holding, as well as the protective character of the spines themselves in warding off the attacks of animals, are such important factors in the maintenance of a genus in arid regions, that it is easy to reason that they are the outcome of influences in those localities external to the plant. Kerner, Henslow, and others of the older botanists have been inclined to emphasize the principle that “specific forms, on the whole, fit the places they have to live in,” rather than their inherent tendency to variation. No experiments have been performed upon 50 ROBINSON : SPINES OF FOUQUIERIA Fouguieria to test the effect of changed climatic conditions upon it, but it has been observed that in greenhouses the leaves remain attached to the plant a number of months, while in nature they are usually cast off at the end of a few weeks ; and in some years, in the wild state, no leaves are produced. Lothelier’s experiments upon the barberry (Rev. Gén. Bot. 2: 276. 1890) showed that when grown in moist air it loses its spines. _Henslow (Jour. Linn, Soc. Bot. 30: 223. 1895) has madea similar observation for Oxomts spinosa, one variety of which living upon sandy shores is covered with spines, but becomes less and less spinose in favorable condi- tions or under cultivation, and he cites the cultivated apple and pear as similar examples. Miss Dale (Ann. Bot. 15: 59, 497- 1901) has noted that when tubers of Droscorea sent out shoots in light and without moisture, the leaves were scarcely developed at all, and the same thing may now be observed in the Museum of the New York Botanical Garden, where tubers of Dioscorea in the exhibition cases have sent out branches, the leaves of which are — greatly reduced. There is a wide gap between Fouguieria and Cantua, its neat- — est relative among the Po/emoniales, which fact together with the small number of species in the genus, its confinement to a limited — area, and its stability may be taken to indicate that it is an old form, though there is no geological record so far as is known of — any similar spine-bearing form. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1901-1903) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest se Reviews, and papers which ae exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature ot bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not ment eae unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their bien will be appreciated. ndex 1s ay ning monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at ei rate of one t for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted; each subscriber must nie oe cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Barrett, 0. W. A forgotten fruit. [Genipa Americana L.] Plant. World, 6: 263, 264. N 1903 Berry, E. W. The flora of the Matawan formation (Crosswicks clays). Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 45-103. Al. 43-57. 125 1903. Includes 16 new species and varieties of fossil plants, in 12 genera. Berry, E.W. New species of plants from the Matawan formation. Am. Nat. 37: 677-684. f. 7-9. O 1903. cay of five new species of fossil plants. E.G. The splachnums. Bryologist, 6: 91-93. p/. 77. N 1903. Britton, N. L. & Rose, J. N. New or noteworthy North American Crassulaceae. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 1-45. 12S 1903. Bis: new genera and 101 new species; also several new names and new combina- Se V. F. Musci novi Dussianae. Symb. Antill. 3: 421-429. 1 My 1903. Describes 20 new species in 13 gener: Burr, H.G. The embryology of Vallisneria spiralis. Ohio Nat. 3: 439-443. f. 7-17. Je 1903. Campbell, D. H. The origin of terrestrial plants. Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 52: 463-482. 1903. 51 52 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Christ, V.H. Die Varietiten und Verwandten des Asp/enium Ruta- muraria LL. Hedwigia, 42: 153-160. pl. 5-8. 4 Jl 1903; 161- tot. 40 1904, Includes a brief discussion of the American forms. Claassen, E. Interesting specimens of Sfecularia perfoliata. Ohio iat: 3% 418. Ap 1903: Clarke, C.S. Mounting mosses. Bryologist, 6: 102,103. N 1903. Clute, W. N. Fernwort notes —IV. Fern Bull. 11: ro5—-107. [D] 1903. Clute, W. N. The species-conception among the ternate botrychiums. Fern Bull. 11: 115-117. [D] 1903. Dandridge, D. More wild violets of Virginia. Garden, 61: 354, 355. 31 My 1902. : Dietel, P. Bemerkungen iiber einige nordamerikanische Uredineen. — Hedwigia, 42 (Beibl.): 179-181. f. z, 2. 4 Jl 1903. : Includes description of Phragmidium Potentillae-Canadensis sp. nov. Dietel, P. Ueber die Teleutosporenform von Uredo Jaeviuscula D. et H. und iiber MWelampsora Fagi D. et Neg. Ann. Myc. I: 415- 417. 5S 1903. Dietel, P. Ueber die Uvromyces-Arten auf Lupinen. Hedwigia, 42 (Beibl.) : 95-99. 28 Mr 1903. Druery, C. T. New forms of ferns. Fern Bull. 11: 118-120. [D] 1903. Eaton, A. A. The genus Lguisetum in North America. Fifteenth paper. Fern Bull. 11: 1to8—-114. [DJ] 1903. Includes descriptions of three new varieties of A. hiemale, Evans, A. W. Odontoschisma Macounti and its North American allies. Bot. Gaz. 36: 321-348. fl. 78-20. 15 N 1903. Faurot, F. A. Notes on the early development of Astragalus carye- carpus. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 8: 210-214. p/. Q-77. 1901. Fischer, G. [Zr/angen.| Beitrige zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Blattes bei den Trifolieen. (Dissert. Univ. Erlangen.) 1-99 — Erlangen, 1902. Fitzpatrick, T. J. & M. F. L. Betulaceae of Iowa. Proc. Iowa — Acad. Sci. 8: 169-177. igor. Fitzpatrick, T. J.& M.F.L. The Fagaceae of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 8: 177-196. got. : Fitzpatrick, T.J.& M.F.L. The /ug/andaceae of lowa. Proc. lowa — Acad. Sci. 8: 160-169. gor. a UE EAT es begin Bin ii 4 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 53 Gifford, J. The Luquillo Forest Reserve, Porto Rico. Forestry & Irrig. 9: 537-541. N 1903. [Illust.] Gilbert, B. D. The fern flora of New York. Fern Bull. 11: 97-105. [D] 1903. Gilbert, B. D. William Ralph Maxon. Fern Bull. 11: 121. fortr. [D] 1903. Gow, J. E. Preliminary list of the flowering plants of Adair County. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 8: 152-159. Igot. Griggs, R. F. Notes on interesting Ohio willows. Ohio Nat. 4: 11-16. N 1903. Grout, A. J. Some moss societies. Bryologist, 6: 94-96. N 1903. Halsted, B. D. Fungi injurious to forests. Statem. Penn. Dept. For- estry, IQO0I-02: 68-86. pl. 77-26. 1902. Harshberger, J. W. An ecological study of the flora of mountainous North Carolina. Bot. Gaz. 36: 241-258. 15 O 1903; 368-383. 15 N 1903. Haug, B. L. Is Detmer’s experiment to show the need of light in starch-making reliable? Bot. Gaz. 36: 389-g91. f. 7, 2. 15 N 1903. Hemsley, W. B. Fendlera rupicola. Curt. Bot. Mag. 59: p/. 7924. 1 N 1903. Native of southwestern North America. Hennings, P. Zwei neue, Friichte bewohnende Uredineen. Hed- wigia, 42 (Beibl.): 188, 189. 4 Jl 1903. Uredo Goeldiana, on Eugenia, from Brazil; Aecidium Purpusiorum, on Cratae- gus, from Mexico. Hieronymus, G. Se/agine//ae novae. Symb. Antill. 3: 524-527. 1 My 190 , Descriptions of three new species. Hodge, C. F. Nature study and life. i-xvi. 1-514. f. 7-796. Bos- ton, 1902. Holm, T. Some new anatomical characters for certain Gramineae. [Dissert. Catholic Univ. Am.] 1-35. New Haven, 190} [Originally published, with two text-figures, in Bot. Centralb. Beih. 11 : 101-133. 1901. } Holzinger, J. M. On some fossil mosses. Bryologist, 6: 93, 94- N 1903. Hooker, J. D. Cofyledon (Echeveria) pulvinata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 59: pl. 7978. 1 O 1903. Native of Mexico. 54 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ai Da Si oe ce Hooker, J. D. Draba Gilliesii. Curt. Bot. Mag. 59: A/. 7973. "4 S 1903. | Native of Chile, House, H. D. Scolopendrium from Canada. Fern. Bull. 11: 107. [D] 1903. Howell, T. A flora of Northwest America, 1: 563-666. 20 Jl 1902. Includes new species and names in Eriogonum (2), Betula, Salix, Habenaria, Tris, Unifolium and Trillium. | Jones, M.E. Contributions to Western botany, No. 11. 1-22. Rob: inson, Utah, 10 Ap 1903. | Includes descriptions of new species in Leucothoe, Eriogonum (10) and triples | : | | d fy ; (2), and over fifty new trinomials and varieties in several genera. Kellerman, W. A. Minor plant notes, No. 5. Ohio Nat. 4: 20-22. N 1903. [Illust.] : Kurtz, F. Contribuciones Ala Palaeophytologia Argentina. III. Sobre : la existencia de una Dakota-flora en la Patagonia austro- occidental. Rev. Mus. de la Plata, 10: 43-60. 1902. Limpricht, W. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Taccaceen. aa Univ. Breslau.) 1-59. Breslau, 1902. ii Lloyd, C. G. Botanical nomenclature. Am. Jour. Pharm. 74: 393 304. Je 1902. MacDougal, D. T. Some aspects of desert vegetation. Plant World, 6: 249-257. pl. 32-36 + f. 1-5. N 1903. ‘ Mez, C. Myrsinaceae. Symb. Antill. 2: 389-433. 1 O 190 Includes descriptions of new sect in Ardisia (2), Wallenia (5), Biss (2h Conomorpha, Weigeltia and Cybianth Mez, C. Theophrastaceae. ais Antill. 2: 434-451. 10 1904 | Includes descriptions of two new species of Jacguinia. Moore, A.C. The mitoses in the ~~ mother-cell of Paltavicinia: Bot. Gaz. 36: 384-388. f. 7-6. 15 N 1903. Morgan, T. H. Evolution and adaptation. i-xiii. 1-470. 7 pe New York, 1903. Mueller, H. A. Shrubs and trees of Madison County. Proc. Towa Acad. Sci. 8: 196-204. 1go1. Pammel, L. H. The thistles of Iowa, with notes on a few other speci Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 8: 214~239. pl. 12-31 +f. Q-15. 190 Cnicus lowensis and C. Nelsoni are described as new. | Pilger, R. Arthrostylidium Rupr. Symb. Antill. 2: 336. 2° 0 1900; 337-343. 10 igor. o Includes descriptions of five new species. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 55 Poindexter, C.C. The development of the spikelet and grain of corn. Ohio Nat. 4: 3-9. f. z-7z. N 1903. Prenger, A. Systematisch-anatomische Untersuchungen von Blatt und ‘Achse bei den Podalyrieen-Gattungen der nérdlichen Hemisphire und des Kapgebietes, u. s. w. (Dissert. Univ. Erlangen.) 1-111. Erlangen, 1got. Rehm, H. Ascomyceten-Studien I. Hedwigia, 42 (Beibl.): 172- 176. 4 Jl 1903. Includes the descriptions of several new South American species. Rosenthaler, L. Phytochemische Untersuchung der Fischfangpflanze Verbascum sinuatum 1. und einiger anderer Scrophulariaceen. (Dis- sert. Univ. Strassburg.) 1-109. Frankfurt a. M., 1got. Includes an annotated list of all plants which are used to poison fish. Rothrock, J. T. The black willow (Sa/x migra Marsh. ) as a protector of river banks. Statem. Penn. Dep. Forestry, 1901-02: 136, 137. pl. 32. 1902. Sargent, C.S. Crataegus in Rochester, New York. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. 4: 93-136. 1 Je 1903. Includes descriptions of 27 new species. Sargent, C.S. ‘Trees and shrubs; illustrations of new or little known ligneous plants. (Part II.) 1: 51-100. p/. 26-50. Boston, 13 Y 1903. Includes new North American species in Crataegus (8) and Solanum. Schaffner, J. H. The maximum height of plants, V. Ohio Nat. 4: a ey. NN 1964. | Schaffner, J. H. Ohio plants with contractile roots. Ohio Nat. 3: 410. Ap 1903. Schaffner, J. H. Poisonous and other injurious plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 4: 16-19. N 1903; 32-35. D 1903. Schulz,0.E. Cruciferae. Symb. Antill. 3: 493-523- 1 My 1903. Recognizes 23 Antillean species, in II genera. Schumann, K. Gesamtbeschreibung der Kakteen. Nachtrage 1898 bis rg02. i-viii. 1-71. 7. 7-375. Neudamm, 1903. With descriptions of new species in several genera. Shimek, B. Addenda to the flora of Lyon County. Bull. Lab. Nat. ; Hist. State Univ. Iowa, 5: 215, 216. My 19o!. 4 Spegazzini, C. Nova addenda ad floram Patagonicam, Pars III. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, 7: 135-144. 27 F 1902 ; 145-160. 56 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 5 Mr 1902; 161-176. 7 Mrigo2; 177-192. 10 Mr 1902: 193-7 204. . 37 Mr 1902. Includes 26 new species in 18 genera, one of which (Aontkena) is new ; and Halo- phytum gen. nov. = Tetragonia Ameghinot Speg. Spegazzini, C. Nova addenda ad floram Patagonicam, Pars IV. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, 7: 203-208. 17 Mr 1902; 209- 224. 20 Mr 1902; 225-240. 22 Mr 1902; 241-256. 4 AP 1902; 257-272. 5 Ap 1g02; 273-288. 10 Ap 1902; 289-308. 14 Ap 1902. Including 44 new species in 28 genera, one of which ( De/pimoe//a) is new. Stephani, F. Aepaticae novae Dussianae. Symb. Antill.. 2: 469- 472. 1 QO Igor. New species in eight genera. Sydow, H. & P. Beitrag zur Pilzflora Sud-Amerikas. Hedwigia, 42 (Beibl.) : 105, 106. g My 1903. Includes descriptions of 7 new species in 5 genera. Urban, I. Burmanniaceae. Symb. Antill. 3: 430-452. 1 My 1903: A monograph of the West Indian representatives of the family, with four new species and anew genus (JJarthe//a) ; two new Brazilian genera are also described (J/er- siella and Hexapterella) and two new Brazilian species of Gymnosiphon. Urban, I. Enumeratio Gesneriacearum. Symb. Antill. 2: 344-388: 20 Ap Igot. Includes descriptions of 16 new species in 6 genera. Urban, I. Nova genera et species I. Symb. Antill. 2: 452-468. ! O 1901.—II. Symb. Antill. 3: 280-352. 15 Au 1902 ; 353-422 1 My 1903. Descriptions of many new genera and species from the West Indies. Warburg, 0. Ficus Linn. Symb. Antill. 3: 453-492. 1 My 19°93: Thirty-three native Antillean species are recognized, of which twenty-one are de- scribed as new. Waters, C. E. Ferns: a manual for the Northeastern States. i-X!- 1-362. New York. Au 1g03._ [Illust.] Waters, C. E. Field notes. Plant World, 6: 264. N 1903. Whitten, J.C. Das Verhaltnis der Farbe zur Tétung von Pfirsich knospen durch Winterfrost. (Dissert. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg. ) 1-34. f. 7-4. Halle a. S., 1902. Wildeman, E. de. Agave filifera Salm Dyck, var. f/amentosa Baket- Ic. Sel. Hort. Thenensis, 4: 107-110. f/. rgg. Jl 1903. Native of Mexico. Flora of the Southeastern United States By JOHN K. SMALL, Ph.D. Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North ‘stab South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana and the Indian Territory, and in Oklahoma and Texas east of the one-hun- dredth oes with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species, and the geographical saciictiaghheie of each species Large octavo, 1382. Price $3. 60 net. dewine by P. O. or Express money order, or dratt on oN. LY.) Subscriptions may as DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford aoe New York bess The \ Warblers: in olor BIRD- LORE began in its a er, 1903 issue, th s of accu- rately colored plate S$, represen ri nal the plu- mages of North American Warblers,from draw- ings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes and Bruce a e text accompanying these oo plates has been compiled by Prof, W Cooke from the reco ie of ad Biological Roh e d geti igration o' th birds at hundreds of localities, often for long periods. The data f tart, fur e ple, represent the combined work of over 5 f otal of 42 years! Until the supply is exhausted we will ae 20 cents a numbers $1.00 a LISHED FOR THE AUDUBON i cee BY IRD-LORE, beginning February 1, 1904. THE MACMILLAN CO., 66 FIFTH AVE., New Yor C ty plates, to every Su eine THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEVENTH YEAR and MOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens, It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, si se Street, ‘dauetee: N. Y. “INDEX TO PER ICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE s Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on Lbeasy catalogue cards; eng are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E, LLOYD, Corumpia Universiry, New York City I PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Seintapacn of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, ane con- ning notes, news and non- Sweat oe of ae en peiegeily Free em- vers of the Garden. To others, “i copy; $1.00 a year. [Not paride in exch ange. | Vol. I, 1900, viii + 2 p. "Vol. Th, 1508, viii + 204 pp. Vol. II, 1902, vili-+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, soot Oi + 238 pp Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, ee the annual Te of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and t the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free Ay all oben of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and I plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 clave IgOI- ‘1903. Vol. IL, 0. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903. Memoirs of the nals Ete a Garden. Price to resi of the anes ye oo per volum 2.00. [Not offe — in exchan teal j Soins Pasieans "of the Flora of vegans and the Yellowstone Pa “k, + Dr, Per Axel Rydberg, assistant rire of the museums. angement and critical discussion of the Bho, ridophytes and Phan oa s 7 pit with notes from the ein s field teed incling mR ae 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. y. 8vo, 2H) detailed WOE ULE! The reais of Light a + 7 es s upon Growth and ong ee Oe MacDouga 1, first assistant and director of the os An author’s extensive researches together with a general c eideoton er of the oe per of light to plants. The Flies al morphological baailices are illustrated. xvi + 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by signa or members of the staff, and reprinted from ” journals other than above. Price, 25 cents each. Vol, I. Inclusive “of Nos, 1-25, vi + 400 pp. 35 figures in the text and 34 plates. $5.0 RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 43. Some correlations of leaves, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 44. Soil-temperatures and vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No 45. Studies in plant-hybrids, by Dr. William Austin Cannon. No. 46, Some aspects of desert vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 47. Anatomy and physiology of Baccharis genistelloides, by Miss Elsie Kupfer. No. 48. Mutations in plants, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX ParRK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEmoirs OF THE DEPARTMENT : We fay ae. 4 a of the North American Species of the Genus Boda. (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898 rae Poe pages, 84 plates. Price $6.0 Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North Asetiogas Potentilleae (189%). By Per eae Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : 1886-1892. Price $5.00. < © o — ° a _ N ant Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 rice $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151~175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos 176-200. r1g01-1g02. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos 201-. 1903~(current). ae of separate numbers available on application. A Text-book of General rr talk (1896). By Albert Schneider, ane in Botany, 1895-1 avo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Fe $4.2 5 sue $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bingham epartment invites Grdpoaifieie ave to bees of her- barium ie for any of the above named publications. Address Shuey r L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, ata. and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic eu westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sie a voeey 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 es; Vol. 2, 642 pages ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating ‘edery Species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for pes three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10. 5- uw Ferns and their Allies. oe a 1g00. By Lucien Maske Underwood, Professor of Botany, odecimo, 158 pages, 3s figures. Published by “Henry Holt & - Moulds, Mildews, sh Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1 ; C “Pace 81g 236 pages, Io plates. Published by Henry Holt & oO. SS Tex xt-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, p Sone in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. ctavo, 360 pages; 87 aiuseraoue Published by Longmans, Green & Co., New York. Price $ 3.00. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND. MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus 205, 207, 209 and 21 Third Avenue Corner of 18th Street NEW YORK Lear aae SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES — OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR E. eee a Chemicz Stone Wa Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemi cally Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccha- rometers (Polariscopes). Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravi Balances, etc. Le Brun F. Pears & Cog Paris, Platinu H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chem cals. SPECIALTIES : — Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduat Glassware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Fac tories, Bohemian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agat Mortars, Pure Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copp ware, Bunsen’s Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus Chemicals for Sugar Chemists. LABORATORY OUTFITS FOR FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES anp COLLEGE Gtass-BLowinc, ErcHinc, GRINDING AND REPAIRING 2 MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical papers on set subjects, published at irregular iusrvale; Price-$3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. . 1, No. 1; price, $1.00: : Bailey, L. H. A ie of ae types of.various species of the genus Carex. Pages é 1-85. 25 My 1889. pee Vol. 1, No. 2; price, 50 cents ; : em Martindale, EC: arine “ee of the New oer coast and adjacent waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889 eiten Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: eee 2 Spruce, Hepaticae abl spel in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis 185-6, a ate el. H. i Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. Ja = a Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents: : ‘Sturtevant, B. L. On seedless fruits. Pages 1 eer 30 My 1890. Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : eee Halsted, B.D. Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding ais Pages ae oo 1-26, plates 7, 2, 10 S 1890. No. 2; price, 7§ cents: e< ke A.M. & ae A. Cpatiballons to the botany of Virginia. Pages pelege plates ak 23D ae at 2, No. 3; not furnished separately: Holm, T. ee Sabo to ef knowledge of des germination of some North Amer- ican plants. Pages 57~108, pee 4-19. 15 Ap 1891. Vol. 2, No. 4; price, rs cents: ; Be WE. the genus Poligila in North America. Pages 109-132. DD r8or. - Vol. 3, No1; not furnished separately : : Small, J. K. & Heller, A. A. Flora of western North Carolina aiid contiguous “apis Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892 oe : Vol. sts No. 2; price, $2. Mo: . £. The Natadaceae of North eee = ith iostrations, of al os sesh Pages 1- 85: plates 5 20-74. 15 Mr = Mot 3 2 Apso? cen H. 4H. of the plants sleet in - Bolivia iy Miguel : agit ee “pages 1-67. 28 Apr 1893. | : any Vol. 4, No. 1; price, 75 cen! ot L. M. Index He epaticarum. Part I, Digan. Pace es. 1-9 deat. “Vol. 4, No. 2; price, 50 cents: K. ibews A.M. Report on the botanica t cplanslicns i ot season of 1892. ects 2-201, ae igteees a Vol. 4,No.3 Lae 50 cents ) a 296, plates 85-85. = er : : Vol. 5; price, $3.00: : Lie if Pia cca and Stematpot growing soos cultivation in northea: rica. Pag 4 D 1893-31 D1 es No. 1; price, $1 Rusby, H. H. An enumeration of the plants cofiewae: in Bolivia by Miguel Ba Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896. , No. 2; price, 50 cents es 7 A revision ae the North American Seorticietes and Brachpthee Pages a 1897. ; Vol. 0. 3; e life histo price, 50 cents on, I. . es: ry of Spha “Fase Saga plates 86, 87 raalp red ). nig lacustris ( Bataiac occus pluviali 8 Je 1899. ©. 4; price, 50 cents : nderwood, L. M. re 899 A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832 1 D 1899. No. 5; price, 25 cents "85-307 es > a Notes on the lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley. 1 D 1899. Vol. 7; price, $3.0 oo: Vol. &, No: 1; eo $1.75: The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part Pages 26 Au 1899. Part II. Pages ae plates 5-15. a F 1902. Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: ae Bie OE -ejeuneae of the United States and ‘Canada. _ Pages Le & ete ae Pes 8, Ne. 3; Bae: 75 | cents : Vol. 9; price, $3.00 : Ze oh of the Exysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, > ples JAM ALPHONSO Murrite 1904 Danie. TRemBLY Mact 3 NICAL CL €ditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART BULLETIN FEBRUARY Associate Cditors \THANIEL Lorp Britton ‘ORREY BOTA THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB HON. ADDISON BROWN, LLD. Vice-Presidents, RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. HENRY. H. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, F. S. EARLE, A.M. JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City- ¢ FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia esioears ‘New York City. VoL. 3 No. 2 BULLETIN 4 OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB FEBRUARY, 1904 The influence of carbon monoxide and other gases upon plants * H. M. RIcHARDS AND D. T. MacDoucAL Some time since the authors began an investigation of the in- * fluence of carbon monoxide upon plants, in which this gas was used to replace partially or entirely the nitrogen of the air. At- tention was directed chiefly to the effects upon the cell-contents, upon growth and developmental phenomena and no consideration given to the possibility of the use or absorption of the sub- ce by the plant. Later comparative series of experiments made with nitrous oxide and various mixtures furnished for luminating purposes. __ The striking character of the results already obtained, as well the recent publication by Bottomley and Jackson of their con- ions as to the ability of the green plant to utilize carbon mon- in the construction of food-material (Proc. Roy. Soc. 72: 31 Jl 1903), led the authorsto make public at this time : of the important facts that have been brought to light in work, : In most of these experiments the CO used was prepared by decomposition of oxalic acid with strong sulphuric acid. As ck, however, some additional series have been tried with the ‘prepared from other sources, namely, potassic ferro-cyanide, ch when treated with concentrated sulphuric yields CO as the y gaseous product, and by passing a current of carbon dioxide glowing charcoal, giving pure CO. Although in all cases d before the Botanical Society of America at St. Louis, December 30, 1903. Phe “tinge number of the BULLETIN, Vol. 31, No. 1, for oe 1904 (31: I9 Ms 58 RIcHARDS AND MacDouGaL: INFLUENCE OF | | the chemicals used were of the purest form obtainable, it was not thought advisable to trust to the product being free from impurities. Of course in preparing CO from oxalic acid it was necessary to wash out the CO,, which may easily be done, but in addition to this in all but the preliminary experiments the gas was passed over potassium permanganate, mercuric chloride, ete The analyses of gases produced by both methods showed the presence of no impurity except a small portion of atmospheric ait, which varied from 1.3 per cent. to 9 per cent. according to the method of preparation and the setting up of the experiment. The illuminating gas used was taken directly from the mains at Barnard College and at the New York Botanical Garden. No thorough analysis of this mixture was made, but the tests applied showell the presence of an amount of carbon monoxide not far from 40 per cent. of the total volume. A small number of tests were made upon germinating seed- lings and it was found that a proportion of go per cent. or higher of carbon monoxide in the air around the seeds prevented all action of swollen seeds except in the pea, which succeeded in making roots less than a centimeter in length, and ultimately killed all the seeds. A smaller proportion of the illuminating g4° mixture was found to be inhibitory and fatal. Swollen seedlings of several species germinated in atmospheres containing about 7° per cent. of carbon monoxide, but the consequent growth and development was restricted. The results obtained from the exposure of seedlings germinated in the usual manner gave many facts of great interest and signifi cance. The seeds were placed in moist sphagnum and allowed? remain until the seedlings began to free themselves from the seed- coats, in short until the seedling reached a period of rapid growth when there would be likelihood of quick reactions to abnormal conditions. Glass vessels, varying in size according to the size of the seedlings, were then taken and after the flower-pots had bee? properly arranged in them, the air was completely replaced with water, after which a mixture of the gases desired was run in displace the water, except for a water seal at the bottom. In thé water some potash was placed, to absorb the CO, given off, great care being taken to have the flower-pot containing the seedling® | | | CARBON MONOXIDE AND OTHER GASES 59 so supported that there would be no danger of the potash “crawling” and reaching the young plants. The diminution in volume caused by the absorption of CO, was corrected by running in pure oxygen at intervals as required — usually twice every twenty-four hours. Thus the atmosphere (as repeated analyses showed) was kept at normal oxygen pressure and the CO, being so very slightly soluble in water, did not diminish perceptibly. The same is also true of the illuminating gas experiments. In all respects, even to the mechanical manipulation, the controls were treated in the same way as the experiments with the gases. All of the plants had equal illumination, and while of course in the Winter time some etiolation is unavoidable, the conditions of the bell-jars were precisely similar in any one experiment. A list of the seedlings on which experiments have been com- pleted, up to date, is as follows: Vicia faba, Zea Mays, Sinapis alba, Helianthus annuus, Triticum vulgare, Fagopyrum Fagopyrum and Oryza sativa. The effect of these gases on the condition and growth of the above-named seedlings may be considered under the following heads : (1) Growth in length ; (2) growth of secondary members ; (3) growth in thickness (primary) ; (4) growth curvatures ; (5) formation of chlorophyl. It is to be understood that in all of the experiments of this series the nitrogen of the air was replaced with either CO or illuminating gas (referred to hereafter merely as gas”). Under the first head we may take up for consideration a con- siderable number of measurements which have been made. These measurements are of the length of the primary root and of the Shoot, or in the case of the monocotyledonous forms of the di Stance from the seed to the tip of the longest leaf. There is shown in general to be a very clearly marked retardation, which Must finally amount to a toxic effect, in both CO and gas. Taking © average of three experiments with Vicia, each experiment being in itself an average of from 8-10 individuals, we find the *PProximate ratio of the length of the shoot about as follows : © Normal being 25, in CO it is 15, and in gas only 10; while a ag comparison of the length of the primary root gives the fol- Owing ratio: control 30, in CO 12,in gas 10. Corn seedlings 60 RIcHARDS AND MacDouGAL: INFLUENCE OF showed like discrepancies between the normal and the plants grown in CO and gas atmospheres. The ratios of the length of the seedling from the seed to the tip of the longest leaves, taken from three experiments each of which were the averages of at least 8 individuals, is: control 21,in CO 11,in gas 10; of the actual main axis itself : control 20, in CO 15, in gas 10 ; and of the primary root: control 40, in CO 15, in gas Io. The controls showed about twice as many unfolded leaves as did the plants grown in CO, while in gas the leaves had barely begun to break through their sheaths. Buckwheat, sunflower and mustard seedlings exhibited similar behavior and the ratios of the length of their hypocotyledonary stems and of their primary roots would be nearly the same as the forms given above. Squash seedlings showed especially well- marked differences in the different gases, the caulicles of the con- trols being seven times longer than those in gas, while the roots of the former were ten times longer. Those in CO, though a little more developed than the ones in gas, were dwarfed as compared — with the normal. Naturally the squash is sensitive to diminished light so that some etiolation was to be expected, but all were under equal light conditions. Perhaps the most striking of all the | experiments were those with wheat and rice. The wheat grew but little in gas, but fared better in CO. As to the length of the shoot to the tip of the longest leaf, we have the following ratios : con-_ trol 12, in CO 9, in gas 1; while on comparison of the average — length of the several adventitious roots the difference is not $0 marked: control 2, in CO 1.2, in gas 1. The difference in the roots became evident on examining the branches ; secondary root- | lets were almost absent in the specimens from the gas, and wef — few in those plants grown in CO, but were not only plentifully de- i veloped but also branched again in the control experiment. ef normal also showed two unfolded leaves with a third just unroll- | ing, while in the CO specimens there was barely one, and in those | from gas the leaves had hardly broken out of the curiously swollen | leaf-sheath. Rice exhibited one of the most prettily graded series. 4 It grew luxuriantly in the moist atmosphere, and the length of the leaf-tip from the seed being 1 in the gas culture, that in CO would be about 2 and the control 6, with a nearly similar ratio as ren CARBON MONOXIDE AND OTHER GASES 61 the average length of the several roots. As to the branching of the roots and the unrolling of the leaves, what was said about the wheat applies here. In considering the secondary members both of the root and of the shoot, it may be said in general that the seedlings in gas and CO presented a very imperfect development. Branches of the shoot were only observed in V7cta and while the control showed such branches frequently the others did not. Secondary roots were observed in all cases, however, and it was found that in CO and gas the formation of the regular root-system was greatly re- tarded if not inhibited. In the latter secondary branches were few and poorly developed, while the controls would have a healthily developed system. In gas especially the roots often appeared sickly, more so indeed than the shoots. In the corn, while the normal root-system was far from being completely formed in CO Or in gas, an interesting exception was seen as to the production of lateral members, which as has been said are usually fewer in these cases than in the normal. Below the circle of adventitious roots ordinarily developed in corn seedlings a considerable number of supernumerary secondary roots arose without order and grew out for a millimeter or two. In connection with this may be introduced a description of the peculiar thickening noticed at the base of the stem of many of the seedlings grown in CO or in gas. In Vicza for instance the normal diameter of the base of the stem next the seed being 3.5 mm., the CO specimens were 4.5 mm., and those in gas were 5.0 mm. in diameter. Melianthus, Fagopyrum and Stnapis also showed a similar but less well-marked thickening, and the curious enlargement of the leaf-sheath in the wheat and rice seedlings has already been referred to. In corn, however, the difference in size of the stem-base is most conspicuous and seems to be connected with the formation of the supernumerary roots just spoken of. The corn is the only form that has so far been exam- ined microscopically and the anatomical conditions are briefly as follows. The cells of the cortical parenchyma are greatly en- larged, though apparently no more in number. In the plants grown in CO these cells measure from one third to one half more in diameter than do those of the control, while in the gas speci- 62 RICHARDS AND MAcDovuGAL: INFLUENCE OF mens they are swollen to nearly twice their ordinary diameter. The bundle-ring of the developing plerome cylinder is scarcely greater in diameter in the CO specimens than it is in the normal and in the sections examined shows little or no difference in struc- ture. Not so, however, in the plants from the gas cultures. Here the axial bundle-strand is nearly twice the normal diameter, the size of all of the developing bundle-elements is exaggerated to about the same extent as is the parenchyma, and the walls are much less thickened than they normally are. The difference is very striking. The whole stem-base appears to be in a less differentiated condi- tion than normal to it at that age, a circumstance which perhaps accounts for the very free formation of the extra roots. The normal growth being in general checked by the gases used, it is natural to suppose that the growth-curvatures would also be affected, and such appears to be the case. In CO the seed- lings most sensitive (e. g., mustard) showed little or no curva- — ture in response to phototropic stimulus, and in gas whatever development took place was quite irrespective of the angle of the incident rays. Similarly there seemed to be a less degree of sen- sibility to geotropic stimulus, especially noticeable in the adven- titious roots of the corn and in those supernumerary roots formed in the:thickened stem of the same plant. Together with the other inhibitive effects of CO and gas it was noticed that the chlorophyl formed much less quickly than under normal conditions. In fact mustard seedlings, sprouted in the dark, scarcely greened after a week’s exposure to sunlight while in an atmosphere with gas, though the control showed the effects of © the light in the course of a few hours. In CO the action was also retarded, but not nearly so much as in gas. It must not be sup- posed, however, that this lack of chlorophyl is necessarily the explanation of the retarded growth. Most of the seedlings in the above described experiments did not in the course of the experiment pass beyond the stage where they chiefly rely upon the stored food inthe seed. Also in some cases the chlorophy] did finally assume its normal color, without bringing about any increase in the rate 0 growth. Finally it may be said that some experiments which were kept in the dark all the time, showed that the etiolated plants behave similarly to the ones in the light. CARBON MONOXIDE AND OTHER GASES 63 Effect of nitrous oxide. — N,O was prepared from NH,NO,, and purified over ferrous sulphate, potassic hydrate and water. Seed- lings of mustard were arranged in the bell-jars in the same man- ner as in the CO experiments, except that a mercury seal was used. At the beginning of the experiment the hypocotyledonary stems of the seedlings were on the average 4 mm. long. After five days those of the control were 5 cm. and of the ones in 80 per cent. N,O, 2.6 cm., while the average of those in 40 per cent. N,O was about half-way between the two. The root-system also showed the effect of the gas, being both shorter and less branched in the seedlings exposed to the N,O. A trial experiment was also made with fungi to see if these plants could use the gas as a source of nitrogen. Three parallel Series were set up, one with a normal culture fluid containing a nitrate and two with the same culture fluid minus the nitrate. Of the last two, one was left in air, the other exposed to an atmo- sphere containing about 60 per cent. N,O, and normal oxygen. Up to this time neither of the series without nitrates have shown any development, while the control with the normal culture solution has produced a thick fruiting felt. The fungi used were Sterigmatocystis nigra, Penicillium glaucum and Rhizopus nigricans. It has, indeed, been reported somewhat indecisively that nitrous oxide can serve as a nitrogen source, but these negative experi- ments do not agree with such a conclusion. Another phase of the influence of the gases was to be found in their action upon the shoots and roots of woody or succulent perennials. If the basal portion of a shoot of such plants as Gos- Sypium or Haematoxylon were enclosed in a bell-jar with the stem extruding through a tubulure properly sealed around it, both illu- Minating gas and carbon monoxide acted as a very slow poison Which caused the leaves to become desiccated and to fall off after Periods varying from about four to twenty days, and the plants Were killed. _If entire plants of Haematoxylon, Mimosa, Metbomtia (Desmo- dium), Opuntia or Mesembryanthemum, were enclosed in the bell-jar Containing the gases, several important reactions might be noted. First it was to be seen that if the enclosing chambers were filled with a mixture of carbon monoxide or illuminating gas containing ove1 64 Ricuarbs AND MacDouGAL: INFLUENCE OF go per cent. of carbon monoxide, practical asphyxiation occurred in Meibomia, Haematoxylon and Mimosa, the leaves becoming dis- colored and turning brown, but not being cast away, the small amount of oxygen present and the strong toxic action of the other gases cooperating to kill the leaf before separatory layers could be formed. | In all tests in which a supply of oxygen fairly equal to the normal was present, the leaves of the three plants were discolored and cast away within a week, and at the end of that period appeared to be much more seriously damaged than those in higher percent- ages, which appearance however might be seen to be erroneous on closer examination. Plants exposed to both higher and lower proportions for two weeks revived and sent out new leaves when placed in the propagating houses. Tests with young plants of Opuntia tuna and with cuttings of a species of Mesembryanthemum ~ showed that the last named is much more readily killed by the gases, the entire plant perishing after exposures for a month to atmospheres containing as much as 25.5 per cent. carbon mon- oxde. In marked contrast with the foregoing is the behavior of the gametophytes of some of the mosses. Such forms as Catherinea angustata, Dicranella heterophylla and Physcomitrium turbinatum, were able to endure atmospheres containing the highest practic- able proportions of carbon monoxide or of illuminating gas for periods of over three months, with but little damage and that to the older leaves, in which the cell-contents and chloroplasts were variously and deleteriously affected. In two instances sporophytes were formed. During this period the gametophytes had formed numbers of new leaves, and their resistance could not be attri- buted to the possibility of being in a resting condition. Some observations on a more delicate moss, presumably Mnium undulatum, show that these gases are not always without effect even on these plants. It should be said, however, that the changes in the cell-contents herein noted proceed so far and no farther, without involving the death of the plant as a whole. The JZium leaves after exposure for about three weeks to at- mospheres of 80 per cent. CO and of 80 per cent. gas respectively, were in general lighter in color. Microscopical examination con- — CARBON MONOXIDE AND OTHER GASES 65 firmed this and revealed the fact that the chloroplasts had been considerably affected. In the control the cells were full of large, somewhat elliptical chloroplasts and about 2 per cent. of the cells appeared to be dead. In CO the chloroplasts were smaller, with considerable spaces between them, and were fewer in number. In shape they were usually similar to the normal, though in some cases they were curiously elongated. About 20 per cent. of the cells seemed to be dead. In gas as many as 33 per cent. of the cells were dead and often quite empty, and the chloroplasts were much fewer, paler and smaller than in the control, being often nearly spherical in shape. Some of the specimens were returned to the respective gases in which they had been, some were re- turned to the air. After two weeks the specimens returned to the air were examined. The cells not actually killed, had in both the CO and the gas specimens almost regained their normal appear- ance, though still somewhat paler than the normal. In the gas Specimen, however, so many of the cells had been killed that the older leaves dried up. The growing tips of all appeared fairly healthy. The plants returned to the gases were examined after an additional five week’s interval and very little difference was seen as compared with the condition presented at the first examination. Phulotria Canadensis (Elodea Canadensis) was exposed to the same conditions, being arranged so that it came in contact with the Moist surrounding atmosphere. The leaves showed a somewhat similar degeneration, but rather more serious. After eight days €xposure an examination of the CO experiment demonstrated that while the young leaves were not so much affected as compared with the normal, the older leaves were. arsed cells i in the latter had their contents | I lyzed or completely d. Inthe spec- imens from ne gas more than half of, the eettz were dead and in those that were not the chloroplasts were small and pale. The Occurrence of large oxalate crystals was common, suggesting a de- Tangement of the assimilatory functions. In the control almost all of the cells appeared healthy and showed rotation. Some specimens of a WVite//a were followed in a control and an 80 per cent. CO experiment. The older cells of both were attacked by bacteria and killed, but the younger cells remained healthy. In the control the typical rotation was observed and 66 RIcHARDS AND MacDouGaL the cells appeared quite normal. In CO the younger cells while alive were paler than the normal and the peripheral layer of motion- less protoplasm was enormously thick and apparently very much denser than in the usual condition. The chloroplasts were gorged with starch. As a result then of progress already made in our experiments it may be said definitely that carbon monoxide, which has been hitherto considered neutral and without influence on plants, is in effect highly toxic when used to replace, partially or entirely, the nitrogen of the atmosphere. The experiments have not yet yielded sufficient detail to allow any determination of the point at which it ceases to be toxic, or to determine whether or not, like carbon di- oxide, it stimulates growth when present in small proportions in the atmosphere. It has been shown, however, that a wide range of reaction to this substance is to be found among plants. The deleterious action of the carbon monoxide results in modi- fications, of the rate and amount of growth, of the differentiations of the primary tissues, and of the formation of chlorophyl. | Illuminating gas, containing proportions of carbon monoxide slightly above and below 40 per cent., affords, in addition to the toxic action of the carbon monoxide, the results of the action of other substances deleterious to the plant. The contents of this abstract will be published as soon as practicable, but the description of the details of the experimental tests and a consideration of the whole subject will await the con- clusion of the investigation. ee Additions to the flora of the Matawan formation EDWARD W. BERRY (WITH PLATES I-5) The following notes are based for the most part on collections made by the writer near Cliffvood, Monmouth County, New Jer- sey, during the spring and summer of 1903, although some of the material was collected the previous year. This locality, in all probability, furnished the specimens de- scribed by Newberry in his Flora of the Amboy Clays as from “near Keyport.’ He did not, however, recognize it as a distinct horizon. Hollick in 1897 published a brief paper on this flora, recognizing twenty-six species from this locality. The writer in previous papers * increased this number to seventy-two and the . Present contribution raises the number of known species to eighty- five, most of which are represented by well-characterized remains. A complete discussion of this flora is postponed for the pres- ent and will be included in a subsequent paper on the geology of the Matawan formation now in course of preparation. No attempt has been made to give the synonymy except where the species mentioned is new to the flora. FILICALES GLEICHENIA Zipper (Corda) Heer. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 6.) Bae ated Zippet Corda in Reuss, oerw 95. pl. 49. f. r. 1846. Unger, def. Ostr. Sitz. Acad. Wien. 8. p/. 2. /. s. 1867. Schimper, Pal. Vég. Gleichenia Zippei Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 1: 79. p/. 43. f. 4- 1868; 3: 44, 90, 97- Pl. 4, 5,6. fo 1-35 pl. 7. fi 2; pl.25. fo 1-3; pl. 20. f: 10-13. 1874; 4 49. pl. 32. f. 6, 7. 1877; 62: 36. pl. 7. f. 2. 1882; 7: 7. 1883. Newb. Fl, Amboy Clays, 37. /. 7. £ 5.1896. Ward, Ann, Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 19: 664. pl. 162. f. g. 1899. This widespread species is represented in our collections by a single poor specimen, much broken, and showing only the pin- nules of one side. Easily distinguished from Gleichenia Saundersit * Berry, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3 : 45-103. p/. 43-57- 1903. American Natural- ist, 37 : 677-684. f. 8. 190 67 68 BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION Berry, from this formation, by the comparatively longer more rounded pinnules with more numerous secondary veins, nearly all of which are forked. The recorded range for this species is from the Neocomian to the Senonian, inclusive, in Europe, and from the Urgonian to the Cénomanian, inclusive, in this country. GYMNOSPERMAE GEINITZIA FORMOSA Heer. (PLATE 4, FIGURES 2, 3.) Poorly characterized cones of this species were recorded by Hollick from this formation in 1897. Collections made during the past summer contain three characteristic twigs of this species. Leaves are upwards of 12 mm. in length, slender, averaging 1.2 mm. in width, much recurved; only spreading to about 5 mm, from the stem on each side. Differs from the material described by Knowlton * from the Montana formation in the greater length of the leaves, which are also more slender and much more crowded; both have the thick- ened stem. Our specimens agree admirably with Newberry’s fig- ured specimen from the Raritan, which Knowlton (/. c.) considers positively identified. Seguoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Heer from the Matawan formation is much more common, with more slender stems and less crowded leaves, which are also shorter and less recurved. Pinus delicatulus sp. nov. (PLATE I, FIGURE I2.) The single specimen shows a large number of linear, pointed, apparently flat and ribbed, not terete or thickened, much broken and macerated leaves; of which none is apparently perfect. Some fragments are 12 mm. long and all are somewhat less than I mm. in width, and a midrib is plainly discernible in some of the fragments. While the illustration apparently shows needle-like leaves, they appear in the clay as of thin and delicate texture. While these remains may appertain to the same species as the seed described by me from this formation, it has seemed best to keep them separate until they are found more nearly associated. There is considerable resemblance shown to Fontaine’s Laricopsis of the Potomac formation in appearance and in the deciduous nature of their leaves. _ *Knowhlton, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 163: 28. g/. 5. f. 2, 2. 1900. bl a i rt a a BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION 69 PROTOPHYLLOCLADUS SUBINTEGRIFOLIUS (Lesq.) Berry.* (PLATE I, — FIGURE 5.) The Cliffwood specimen has the nervilles fine, .75~1.00 mm. apart, and shows no trace of a midrib, a feature which is scarcely defined in small leaves of this species, and wanting in several of Heer’s figures, as well as in Hollick’s leaf from Staten Island. SEQUOIA GRACILLIMA (Lesq.) Newb. (PLATE 2.) These cones are exceedingly common in the shingle on the beach after severe storms. Last summer’s collections contain no less than thirty-nine specimens, many of which are of consider- able size. Following are the lengths of the largest specimens: 7.3 cm., 7-9 cm., 8.1 cm., 8.25 cm., 8.6 cm., 9 cm., 9.5 cm., 10.2 cm. Plate 2 gives an excellent idea of the appearance and size variations of these cones. igure 3 is the least flattened by com- pression, being nearly round. The scales are hexagonal and in juxtaposition. Most of the specimens, however, are considerably flattened, the scales are somewhat separated, and they do not pre- serve their hexagonal outline with any degree of regularity. This is well shown in figure 4. Sequoia ReicHensacut (Gein.) Heer. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 8.) The specimen figured is probably a small cone of this species, although there is considerable resemblance to some of the cones of the widespread Seguoia Langsdorfii (Brongn.): Heer, of the upper Cretaceous and Tertiary of both continents, which compari- son is heightened by the finding at Cliffwood of a single detached leaf (xo. 4506) not figured or described, which seems referable to that species, but which may perhaps be a leaf of Cunninghamiites elegans or Sequoia heterophylla. Dammara CrirFWooDENsIS Hollick. (PLATE I, FIGURE II.) The proofs of my Matawan Flora were not revised until after I had collected the specimen here figured, and I removed the interrogation mark which Hollick placed after this species, as it seems more nearly allied to the scales of the existing Dammara than any of Heer’s species. * See Berry, Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 440. 1903... 70 BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION The specimen is an unusually perfect one and shows that the nearly straight lateral margins which become very thin are not usually preserved. There is no indication of the apical point figured by Hollick; on the contrary the apex is evenly rounded. In outline and size it is very similar to the scale from Tottenville, Staten Island, doubtfully referred by Hollick to Dammara borealis Heer. In the present collections these scales are not as abundant as in those of the previous season, although they still form a decided element in this flora. CUNNINGHAMITES ELEGANS (Corda) Endl. (PLATE 3, FIGURES 7, 8 OG, 11.) Last summer’s collections contain numerous unmistakable frag- ments of this species, one a twig 7.7 cm. long. CUNNINGHAMITES SQUAMOSUS Heer. Remains of this species are not so common as in the previous season’s collections, but several good specimens were collected including some twigs 8 cm. long. The portions of stems shown on plate 5, figures 2 and 3, are of this species or the preceding. MorIconia CYCLOTOXON Deb. & Ett. Sparingly represented in the collections of 1903 by the same large-sized forms as those previously found. FRENELOPsIS Schenk, Palaeont. 19': 13. 1869 Several species of Cretaceous plants have been referred to this genus, so named from their resemblance to the existing species of frenela of the Australian region. The consensus of opinion seems to be that they are referable to the Cupresseae, although Heer is inclined to ally them with Zphedra among the Guetales, and Schimper includes them in the Zaraceae. In lower Cretaceous times they ranged from the Mediterranean region of Europe to Greenland and North America, and their latest known appearance is in the Senonian of Westphalia. That these somewhat peculiar forms did not become extinct is evidenced by the remains re- ferred to the closely allied, if not identical, genera Widdringtonia, Widdringtonites (Frenelites) and Callitris which occur both in Europe and in America, where they are common in the Creta- BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION Tl ceous Atlantic coastal plain from New Jersey to Greenland. They persist as late as the Miocene, both in Europe (Bohemia, France, Germany and Italy) and in the Arctic region (Kudliset). Schenk (/. c.) calls attention to the great resemblance to Frene- lopsis of the remains from the Italian Tertiary which Massalongo describes under the name of Awlarthrophyton and of which Fon- taine (1889) says: “It is difficult to believe that they belong to different genera.” The living genus is, according to modern usage, included in Callitris Vent., which as thus constituted becomes divisible into four sections: (1) Octoclinis (Frenela Benth.), (2) Hexaclinis (Zrenela Mirb.), (3) Pachylepis (Brongn.) = Widdringtonia Endl, and (4) Eucallitris (Brongn.). The first two sections with some seven species are confined to the Australian region, while section 3 is confined to South Africa and Madagascar, and section 4 with one species, Callitris quadrivalvis Vent., is confined to the north coast of Africa. The habitat of the latter leads Coulter (1901) to suggest a recent avenue of migration through the southern Asiatic region, but it should be remembered that northern Africa was geographically and biologically a part of Europe in the upper Eocene, again in the lower Miocene, and finally during the early Pliocene, so that Calfitris guadrivalvis might well be a relict of the similar species we find in the European Miocene. The South Africa and Madagascar forms may have traversed the ancient land connection between Africa and Asia in order to reach Australia, although their absence in the present Asiatic flora is remarkable if this was the route taken. It is quite possible that their actual migration was over the land bridge formed by the northerly ex- tension of the continent Antarctica, which recent zoo-geographers are making so much use of (Blanford 1890, Forbes 1893, Osborn 1900). The distribution of the Cizpresseae as a whole, in past times as well as in the present, while a problem so intricate as to baffle our present knowledge, is one of exceeding interest. FRENELopsis HoHENEGGERI (Ett.) Schenk. (PLATE 4, FIGURES 9, 10.) ? Culmites priscus Ett. Beitr. Fl. Wealdenp. 1°: 24. aa 1. f- 5 1852. Thuttes Hoheneggeri Ett. ibid. 26. pl. r. f 6, 7. 1852 72 Berry: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION Frenelopsis Hoheneggert Schenk, Palaeont. _ 13. Wt. @ f. §-77 fl. Be ID a: A o,f Os A. 2. 7. % 1860. eer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 9: 73. 2h 18. J Fa. TAs Gt 7. pe. a. fF 7p: gre 62: 16. 1882. Fontaine Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 16: 275. - 42. f. 4, ga. 1893. Newb. Fl. Am- boy Clays, 58. p/. 72. fi 4,5. 1896. This species which is common in the Urgonian of Austrian Silesia has been quite elaborately described and figured by Schenk (2. c.). If the various identifications of other authors are correct it was a widespread and persistent type, ranging from the Neocomian to the Turonian in Moravia, France, and Austrian Silesia, as well as in Greenland (Kome). In the United States it has been re- corded from the Trinity of Texas and the Raritan of New Jersey, while very similar species occur in the Potomac of Maryland and Virginia. Its occurrence in the Matawan brings it down to a still © later period. The Matawan specimens are numerous and frag- mentary, and are distinguished with difficulty from the many frag- ments of other twigs preserved in the clays, all of which except the silicified forms have shrunk and have a more or less jointed appearance. All are decorticated and I fail to find any traces of leaves, but the regularity of the joints and the absence of longitu- dinal cracks in the larger specimens, which are always present in other twigs of similar size, has constrained me to refer them to the above species. Until material with positive traces of leaves is found this reference can only be provisional. Gymnospermous Cone. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 7.) I cannot conclude whether this is a cone with comparatively thin overlapping pointed scales, or whether it is a much-worn cone with thick-keeled scales which would then be inverted in the fig- ure. The scales certainly seem to overlap in places, but this feature is much obscured, and I rather incline to the interpretation that we have a petrified cone of Seguoia which has washed out of the clay and become much reduced and worn smooth in the wash of the beach. As it stands it might be compared, except for its larger size, with the staminate strobili of Podocarpus or Phyllocla- dus. If it should prove to be a cone with imbricated pointed scales I would be inclined to associate it with the genus Cunming- hamites, remains of which are so abundant in this formation. In this connection its resemblance to the cones described by Ettings- BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION is hausen as Cunninghamites Sternbergit, from the synchronous hori- zon of Niederschéna, Saxony, is perhaps more than suggestive. * ANGIOSPERMAE Myrica Linn. Sp. Pl. 1024. 1753 A cosmopolitan genus at the present time, except for the Australian region (Notogaea), although remains referred to this genus have been described by Ettingshausen from the Tertiary of eastern Australia and New Zealand. The existing species number about three-score and are wide- ranging, the same species thriving within wide limits of climate and soil conditions. As might be expected from its scale of organiza- tion, Myrica is abundant during the Cretaceous, showing its great- est display of extinct forms in the Tertiary, however. Well rep- resented in the fossil floras of Europe, Schimper thirty years ago records eighty-six species of leaves and one of fruit, mostly from European localities, where they make their greatest display some- What later in the Tertiary than they do in America. The fossil Species found on this continent number some seventy forms, dis- tributed as follows: Potomac 1; Raritan (N. J.) 8; Raritan (Islands) 3; Dakota 10; Atane 5 ; Patoot 3 ; Montana 2; Laramie 2; Eocene 11; Green River group 19; Miocene 4; Miocene (so-called) of Crested 9. Eighteen of these forms are common to Europe. Myrica Cliffwoodensis sp. nov. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 1.) This species is founded on a single drupe or nutlet, which is 4.1 mm. in diameter, and which is almost certainly referable to Myrica. Although slightly flattened by pressure, it was evidently globose and had a short stem, somewhat under 2 mm. in length. While it may appertain to Myrica Heerii Berry, the only species repre- sented by leaves in this formation, we cannot be certain of this and it was thought best to keep it separate. Seeds, so called, of Myrica are reasonably common as s fossils, of which the following have come to my notice: ate Kreidef. v. ‘Niederschéna : Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, ie 02. lor: 1867 f. ¢-6. 74 BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION Ludwig, 1858, describes them from the Miocene lignite beds of Wetterau at Dor- m in Hesse, and Engelhardt, 1870, detects the same species (Myrica granulosa) in the Tertiary of Saxony, at Quatitz and Kleinsaubernitz. Heer, 1859, describes fruits of A/yrica Ungeri from the Miocene of Switzerland. Heer, 1868, refers fruit and leaves from the Tertiary of North Greenland (Atane- kerdluk) to Myrica acuminata Unger. eer, 1869, describes seeds in the same clays with the leaves of AZyrica Schenk- iana from Quedlinburg (Senonian). The same year Heer describes fruit from Rix- hoft which he referred to Myrica Studeri and from Rauschen which he referred to sags ‘ peat Vindobonensis both from the Baltic Amber (Oligocene). a, 1866, discovered the fruit of IZyrica hakeaefolia in the French Miocene at ree Lesquereux, 1874, describes stems and seeds from the Dakota group of Nebraska ( Myricae? semina). Heer, 1874, describes seeds and leaves from Atanekerdluk, Greenland (Cena rani under the name of Myrica Thulensi. Lesquereux, 1878, describes as eet Myricarum, seeds found with the leaves of Myrica Torreyi at Black Buttes, Wyoming (Laram i 1882, describes fruit dents Ivnanguit, msanae (Cenomanian), Heer, 1883, figures the ip of Myrica ( Comptonia) parvula Heer from the Patoot beds tection Py Greenlan Velenovsky, is ee and figures catkins and fruit of AZyrica from the Ceno- manian of Bohemia POPULITES TENUIFOLIUs Berry. A single leaf of this species collected on July 29, 1903. Quercus Hotticxi Berry. (PLATE 3, FIGURES 4, 5.) The present season’s collection contains two specimens of this species in which the margin is less serrate and more inclined to be crenate, characters which are not very well brought out in the plate. They show some resemblance to Celastrophyllum crenatum Heer, but have a more ascending base and straighter secondaries. Quercus eoprinoides sp. nov. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 11.) Leaf ovate-lanceolate, about 10cm. long by 3.5 cm. in greatest width ; coarsely toothed, the rounded teeth becoming mere undu- lations toward the base ; secondaries straight craspedodrome, leav- ing the midrib at an angle of about 35° ; venation much obscured ; leaf-substance apparently thin but coriaceous in texture. Among the fossil leaves of this genus, ours shows some re- semblance to the forma obtusata of Quercus Westfalica of Hesius & von der Marck (Senonian). In size and outline it may be — compared with Quercus flexuosa Newb. from the Cretaceous of | BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION ras Washington (state) and with Quercus Lyellii Heer from the Green- land Tertiary, both of which however have camptodrome venation. A leaf-fragment from the Laramie of Yellowstone Park termed by Knowlton Phyllites sp.* also seems to be quite similar. Among the living species of oaks this Matawan species bears considerable resemblance to some of the leaves of the hybrid Quercus Rudkinii Britton, which may be found growing within a short distance of where the fossils were obtained. The living species has the venation camptodrome, however. The resem- blance to Quercus prinoides Willd. in size, outline, and venation is most striking ; the only difference being the tendency of the modern leaves to become wider and more decidedly toothed ; numerous identical leaves may be found, however. Quercus prin- cides has a wide range throughout the United States, mostly east of the Mississippi river, and may be phylogenetically related to the Matawan leaf. Ficus aravina Heer. (PLATE I, FIGURES 8, 9 ; PLATE 3, FIGURE 6.) Ficus protogaea Heer (non Ettingshausen, 1867), FI.. Foss. Arct. 3: 108. £/. 29. F. 26; pl. 30. f. 1-8. 1874. Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, 21 : 51. A/. 775. f. - 1894. Ficus pae Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 62: 69. p/. rr. f. 56, 76, 8b; pl. 17.f. 8b; pl. 19. f. rb; pl. 20. f. 1, 2. 1882. 7:26. 1 Remains of several leaves of this species have been found at Cliffwood recalling the handsome leaves of the commonly culti- vated Ficus elastica Roxb. with which Heer originally compared it along with Ficus Benjaminea and F. stricta. There is considerable resemblance to Ficus Krausiana Heer, which is recorded from the Dakota group of Kansas, the Raritan of New Jersey and Marthas Vineyard, as well as from the Cenomanian at Moletein, Moravia. The latter species is however more ovate. Our leaf is almost the counterpart in size, outline and venation of Ficus Peruni Velen. from the Cenomanian of Bohemia. The venation of his figure 2 is identical with the Matawan leaf figured at 6 on our f/ate 3. Velenovsky compares F. Peruni with the living Ficus nitida Thunb. and F. cuspidata and F. pulchella Schott. He compares it with the fossil #& Krausiana Heer, and with the species we are considering. *U. S. Geo& Surv. Monogr.32?: 7. 78 f. 7. 1899. 76 BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION MAGNOLIA SPECIOSA Heer. (PLATE 3, FIGURE IO.) Sai a — Heer, Neue Denksch. Schw. ania _ 20; pL Of. ZT i * sf. 40, f 2: 38bg.. Lesq. Cret. & Ter « ¥2. 2574. Pokies 202. #1. 60. f. 3, g. 1892. Hollick, ane N. Y¥. Acad. on igs 234. pl. 7.f. g. 1893. Bull. Torrey Club : Go, pl. 778. f. 5. 1894 Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 7: 13. 1895. Knowlion in Hill, Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 212: 318. Igor. Described originally from the Cenomanian of Moravia (Mole- tein), it has been identified at various localities in the Dakota Group, Tuscaloosa, and Island Raritan. It has not as yet been detected in the Cenomanian of Greenland, although some of Heer’s figures of Magnolia Capellinii are suggestively similar ; the latter species is, as a rule a wider, more robust leaf. Magnolia speciosa seems related to a group of leaves exempli- fied by Magnolia pseudoacuminata Lesq., of the Dakota ; JZ. tenut- nervis Lesq., as identified by Knowlton from the Montana forma- tion ; MZ. amplifolia Heer, from Moletein and the Dakota, and M. Californica Lesq., from the Tertiary. MAGNoLia CapPELLinit Heer. (PLATE 3, FIGURE 3.) Magnolia Capellinit Heer, Phyll. Crét. Nebr. 21. f/. 7. f. 5, 6. 1866. FI. Foss. Arct. 3: 115. p/. 33, f. r-g. 18743 67: go. age 24. eee as. J. Pte pl. f. 1. 1882. Lesq. Rept. on Clays, N. J. 29. 1878. FI. Group, 203. £/. 66. f. 1. 1892. iialenconks, Fl, eclen: Kreidef. 3: 1884. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 234. pl. 6. f. 6. Pe ane Geol. Soc. Am. 7: 13. 1895. ese, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, : 63. pl. x1. f. 49; pl. 13. f. aga. 1894. eee in 1878 identified this species from the perishable material collected by Professor Cook at Sayreville, N. J., but it has not since been reported from the Raritan. None of New- berry’s Amboy Clay material was of this species, although he made particular search for it. It should be remembered, how- ever, that the majority of his specimens were from other horizons in the Raritan than the one at: Sayreville. This is a characteristic Cenomanian species occurring not only in the Dakota, but in beds of this age in Greenland and in Bohemia. MAGNOLIA TENUIFOLIA Lesq. (PLATE I, FIGURE 7.) A well-defined fragment of a large-leaved Magnolia with slen- der veins, referred to the above species because of other remains _ of this species found here. ~J Berry: FLorA oF THE MATAWAN FORMATION | LrriopENDROpsIS Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 82. 1896 Comparatively small simple emarginate leaves of the mid-creta- taceous, which are ancestral to the more typical species of Lirio- dendron. In view of the wide limits of variation exhibited by the living descendant of these early forms, I am inclined to question the wisdom of generic separation, particularly as the lines of de- marcation between the species of the semplex-primaevum group have not been, nor can they be, closely drawn. Saporta has described remains from the Cenomanian of Padrao Portugal, under the name of Chondrophyton laceratum* which Ward renames + Liriodendropsis lacerata and which he considers very close if not identical with the leaves of this type from the Raritan. I cannot concur in this reference. The remains in question are very vague. Saporta figures two possible interpre- tations, which are quite dissimilar both in venation and in the character of the apex; and the veins, both secondary and tertiary are depicted as running directly to the margin. The parallelism between the Cretaceous flora of Portugal and that of the United States is close and there is no reason why this type of plant may not have evolved independently in both regions, although in my opinion the remains do not, as yet, corroborate this supposition. LIRIODENDROPSIS ANGUSTIFOLIA Newb. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 4.) Liriodendropsis on Newb. Bull. Torrey Club, 14: 6 (in part). pl. 62. f. I. Amboy Clays, 84. f/. 57. f 8 1896. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. ag 12: 235 (in part). pl. 5. f. 3 pl. 7. f. 3- 1893. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 7: 13. 1895. While the absence of the apex makes this reference provisional in view of minor differences in form and venation, I am inclined to so refer it. It is a species we would naturally expect to find in this formation because of its abundance in the Raritan both in New Jersey and the Islands. Laurus PLUTONIA Heer. (PLATE 3, FIGURE I.) A thick lauraceous leaf common at Cliffwood. Laurus Hotiicxi Berry. (PLATE 3, FIGURE 2.) This species appears to be fairly common at Cliffwood. * Saporta, FI. Foss. Fowt. 219. pl. 38. f: gr 5- 1894. + Ward, Rep. U. S, Geol. Surv. 16: 540. 1896. 78 BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION LAURUS PROTEAEFOLIA Lesq. (PLATE I, FIGURE I0.) The leaf figured is of lauraceous texture and denotes a some- what more slender leaf than Lesquereux’s type specimens. The specimen figured was accidentally destroyed. SASSAFRAS PROGENITOR Newb. (PLATE I, FIGURE 3.) Sassafras progenitor Newb.; Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 53. f/. 174. fi 7+ 1894. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 7: 13. 1895. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 88. pl. 27. f. 1-3. 1896. Berry, Bot. Gaz. 34: 442. 1902. While it may seem. unwise to illustrate and include such an incomplete fragment, the exploitation of such imperfect specimens may often be of more importance in the study of ancient floras than that of more perfect and precisely definable remains. The specimen figured, which was the only one found, shows a part of the central and lateral lobes of a leaf that agrees fairly well with this species (compare with Newberry’s fig. 2). This is probably a true species of Sassafras. Sapinpus Morrison! Lesq. The present season’s collections contain larger leaves of this species than those found in this formation in 1902. CELASTROPHYLLUM NEWBERRYANUM Hollick. Hollick obtained this species at Cliffwood a number of years ago. It was not contained in my 1902 collections, but a single specimen was collected on July 29, 1903. ? Eucatyptus GEINITZI Heer. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 5.) The specimen figured from my 1903 collections is more decis- ive than the one previously found at this locality, and shows con-_ siderable details of venation. It is a fragment 6.8 cm. long of 4 linear, somewhat falcate leaf nearly 2 cm. in width, with numerous secondaries which leave the midrib at a wide angle and run with- out curving nearly to the margin, along which they loop in flat arches. This species resembles somewhat the leaf referred by Saporta and Marion and by Hollick to Aralia transversinervia, which leaf is almost certainly not an Aralia. It also resembles 4 single lobe of what I have called Sterculia Cliffwoodensis trom this formation. BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION 79 ARALIA Ravniana Heer. The present season’s collections contain a single, somewhat indefinite specimen of this species. ARALIA PALMATA Newb. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 12.) This was apparently a common species in Matawan times, if we may judge from the abundance of leaf fragments in the clays. The present season’s collections contain numerous fragments of this leaf. The one figured I refer doubtfully to this species. It is certainly the same as wo. 6 of last year’s collection, but both differ from the typical leaves in their straight secondaries. ANDROMEDA Partatorit Heer. (PLATE I, FIGURES I, 2.) Well-characterized remains of doubtful botanical affinity com- mon throughout the Cenomanian of the United States and Green- land. They are particularly abundant in the Raritan formation and the Matawan leaves here figured are the counterpart of several figured by Newberry. They are larger than the leaves from the Dakota group or from Greenland, and are also larger than the Matawan leaves of this species collected in 1902. The second- aries are less numerous and more regularly arched than in New- berry’s Raritan leaves, VisuURNUM Linn. Sp. Pl. 267. 1753 The American fossil forms which are referred to this genus number some forty-seven species, exclusive of seven varieties described by Lesquereux; two of these species occur in Spitz- bergen and one on the Island of Sachalin. They have the fol- lowing distribution: Raritan 1, which is obviously not a Viburnum ; Dakota 6, plus 7 varieties ; Patoot 3; Montana 4; Laramie 7 ; Denver 4; Eocene 2; Fort Union 17; Miocene of U. S. 2; of Greenland 3; Tertiary of Tongue River (Yellowstone Park) 3. Their distribution marks North America as the original home of the genus ; they reached Alaska in the Eocene and crossing the emerged belt where Behring Straits now stand, are found in the Eocene or Oligocene of Sachalin Island. Toward the north and €ast we find them in Greenland in the Senonian (Patoot) and in Spitzbergen in Heer’s “ Miocene,” which is Eocene or Oligocene. 80 BERRY: FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION Three species occur here, two of which are common to Greenland. On the continent of Europe we have one species in the Vra- connian, one in the Senonian, and the balance, which are few in number, Tertiary or recent. The early appearance of Vzburnum, one of the Syipetalae, asso- ciated with Aralia, both epigynous forms, suggests to Coulter * a connection of the Umdcllales with the Sympetalae not admitted in current schemes of taxonomy. Some have been led to doubt the authenticity of the reference of the Cretaceous forms to this genus. It may be noted, however, that most of them have leaves with well-marked characters, which are emphasized by undoubted remains of fruit in a number of in- stances. The majority of the Sympefalae are herbaceous and un- suited for fossilization, while Viburnum is shrubby and inhabits swamps and the banks of streams, thereby offering excellent opportunities for preservation. That it is a type of long standing is evidenced by the number of existing species, by the abundance of individuals, and their wide range. They number upwards of © one hundred, of subtropical and temperate eastern Asia and North America; Europe has but three species, two of which occur in northern Africa. A probably distinct phylum (Oreinotinus Orsted) of about thirty species inhabits Central and South America along the Andes, two of the species being common to Jamaica. Viburnum Mattewanense sp. nov. (PLATE 4, FIGURE 13.) A single imperfect specimen of a leaf clearly referable to this : genus, and differing from Viburnum Hollickii Berry from this 3 formation in its more broadly oval outline and more decided mar- ginal teeth; the ascending basal secondaries are wanting and the | first pair leave the midrib at an angle more than twice as great a5 _ in V. Hollickiz. Leaf 7 cm. wide and between 10 and 11 cm. in length; sub- 4 stance thin; secondaries slender and curved, more remote than if — the existing species ; lower outside branches of the first secondary — have their tips united by a thin vein parallel with the secondary, — indicating that the basal portion of the margin was entire; distad _ the tertiaries curve directly to the marginal teeth; balance of the — tertiaries percurrent at right angles to the secondaries. * Coulter, Morphology of the Angiosperms, 1903. A A EL TI: TA RR REPAY TTS, nS RR ET Re RR so aac ee Berry: Frora OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION 8] INCERTAE SEDIS TRICALYCITES PAPYRACEUS Newb. (PLATE I, FIGURE 4.) Tricalycites papyraceus Newb. ; Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, ar : 63. pl. 180. ff. 1(?),8 1894. A well defined organism of unknown affinity, dicotyledonous according to Hollick. Consists usually of a small nucleus with three membranous wings and is very common in the Raritan of New Jersey, occurring also on Staten and Long Islands, Chappa- quidick and Block Islands, also occurring in the Tuscaloosa for- mation of Alabama. From the Matawan I have obtained but a Single specimen of but one wing. Tricalycites is probably com- parable with the bracts so largely developed in some of the Juglandaceae and Betulaceae. CARPOLITHUS JUGLANDIFORMIS Berry. Carpolithus juglandiformis Berry, Bull. N. Y, Bot. Gard, 3: 100. fl. $6. Ff. 8. 903. Canpotitins dubius Berry, Bull. N, Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 100. pl. 48. fi 7. 1903. The remains named by me Carpolithus juglandiformis in dry- ing and shrinking away from the matrix leave an impression exactly similar to that of Carpolithus dubius, showing that both appertain to the same plant and are the remains of nut-like fruit with a striated husk, the botanical affinity of which I have not been able to conjecture. They show considerable resemblance in a general way to what Newberry * calls Zricarpellites striatus, and which occur abundantly in the Raritan formation at Woodbridge, N. J. The Matawan remains fail to show any pointed apex and have not been found associated in threes, or with any indication of such association. Plate 46, figure 8 (Berry, /. c.) evidently hints at the internal structure but in too vague a manner for discussion. Coniferous Stem, (PLATE 5, FIGURE 5.) This is an interesting and unique specimen recalling the genus Lepidodendron of the Paleozoic. It represents a portion of a stem at the juncture of a branch, the leaf-scars of which were much hollowed out by decay before fossilization. Prof. Lester F. Ward, to whom the specimen was submitted, Suggested its possible relation to Cunninghamites, because of the latter’s abundance in the Matawan formation. * Newb. Fi. Amboy Clays, 132. p/. 46. f. g-13- 1896. 82 Berry: FLorRa OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION It may be compared with our flate 5, fig. 2, which represents a branching stem similar in size and outline; the latter is silicified and retains remains of the attached leaves, rendering it reasonably certain that it is a portion of a stem of Cunmnghamites. Although comparisons are impossible because of the destruction of the type specimen, Dr. Hollick suggests that his Strodclites in- guirendus from this formation may represent a distorted section of a stem like the one here figured. Passaic, N, J. Explanation of plates PLATE I Fics. 1, 2. Andromeda Parlatorit Heer. I Fic. 4. Tricalycites papyraceus Nev Fic. 5. Protopryllocladus subinteg a (Lesq.) Berry. Fic. 6. Sassafras acutilobum Les Fic. 7. Magnolia tenuifolia pie Fic, 10. Laurus proteaefolia Lei sq. Fic. 11, Dammara arlene ges Hollick. Fic. 12. Pinus delicatulus sp. no PLATE 2. eae one tenth) Cones of Sequoia gracillima (Lesq.) N PLATE 3 Fic, 1. Laurus plutonia Heer. ; a Hee Fics. 7-9, 11. Cu RTOS Nesp (Corda) Endl. Fic. 10. Magnolia speciosa Hee PLATE 4 Fic it. lyrica Cliffwoodensis sp. nov. Fics. 2, 3. einitzia formosa Heer. FIG. 4. — angustifolia Newb. Fic. 5. L£ucalyptus Geinitei Heer. Fic. 6. Gleichenia iii Die Heer. Fic. 7. Gymnos' e. Fic. 8. Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Hee Fics. 9, 10. Frenelo, opsts Hoheneggert (Ett. ) Schenk. IG. I Fic. 13. Viburnum ae sp, nov. E 5. (Reduced one tenth) Fics. 1, 5. ee aI stems. Fics. 2, 3. Stems of Cunninghamites. Fic. 4. Unknown organism. Concerning some West American smuts DaviID GRIFFITHS Many of the following notes and descriptions have been pre- pared for nearly a year and are based mainly upon collections made in 1902 and 1903. The extensive territory visited during these two years has naturally yielded unrecorded species as well as furnished additional data regarding imperfectly known forms. This writing furnishes descriptions of only a part of the new spe- cies collected. The writer is indebted to Professor G. P. Clinton for his kind- Ness in examining and giving critical judgment upon many of the species mentioned here. All the specimens discussed will be found in the U. S. National Herbarium and in my private collec- tion, Nearly all of them are also in Professor Clinton’s private herbarium. Sorosporium contortum sp. nov. Sori involving the entire upper internode and head which are transformed into a cylindrical or fusiform black compact mass, the Spore-balls wearing away from the outside gradually by abrasion Or becoming reduced to a powdery mass within the unopened sheath, very variable in length, 5-30 mm. by .6-1.5 mm., com- pletely enclosed within the upper sheath, the internode and head being reduced to a comparatively very short columella, the re- mainder of the cylinder consisting of the bases of the delicate, much contorted, partially developed awns; sterile membrane long-cylindrical and usually extending fully half its length beyond the sheath, the basal portion enveloping the sorus, but the exte- rior half or more sterile and containing only the distal parts of the awns, usually more or less contorted, rupturing easily, and becom- ing lacerated, giving to the plant a very ragged appearance ; its cells hyaline, cuboidal to somewhat elongated with longitudinal, tib-like thickenings ; spore-balls subglobose to ovoid, and often angular, many-spored, 50-62 yz by 50-80 4; spores subglobose to angular-compressed, dark fuscous, 5-8 »# in diameter, with thin, smooth epispores, homogeneous contents, and usually very faint, central or eccentric nuclear area. On Andropogon contortus L., Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona (within the area recently fenced by the U.S. Department of Agri- 83 84 GRIFFITHS: CONCERNING SOME WEST AMERICAN SMUTS culture), September 12, 1902 (type); Santa Rita Mountains, Ari- zona, October 1, 1902 (Griffiths & Thornber); Empire Ranch, Arizona, September 27, 1902 (Griffiths & Thornber). This is a very common and conspicuous fungus throughout the Santa Rita Mountains. It was abundant in the type locality as well as on the south side of the mountains in 1903, but no collec- tions were made of it. It usually destroys all of the heads on the bunch of grass which it attacks. Sorosporium Eriochloae sp. nov. Sori in ovary and surrounded by a sterile membrane which projects but slightly beyond the glumes of the host, its base sur- rounding the aborted pistil and black powdery mass of spores, but the distil end empty or containing only the distal portions of the aborted pistil; its cells hyaline, slightly longer than broad, upper portion early becoming lacerated and recurved; spore-balls sub- globose, angular and very irregular in both outline and size, 50- 65 # by 50-105 p, easily separable; spores dark fuscous, subglo- bose, 10-13.5 # in diameter, angular, with thin, smooth epispore, coarsely granular contents and small but distinct nuclear area. On Lviochloa punctata (Linn.) W. Hamilt., Empire Ranch, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, September 28, 1902 (Griffiths & Thornber). The material cited above is quoted as the type be- cause it is more plentiful than other collections which the writer has made. It was collected by me in the spring of rgo1 in native hay on the ranch of Col. H. C. Hooker in Sulphur Spring Valley, Arizona, and subsequently observed during the fall of 1903 in va- rious localities in southern Arizona. It is a very common species. Ustilago lycuroides sp. nov. ‘ Sorus in ovary which is inflated to a globular, olive greet body, covered with the thin, wrinkled and modified integument, —I.5 mm. in diameter, bearing at its distal end the style and stigma _ but little modified, the interior being completely filled with a hard, — brittle mass of spores which are brown, subglobose to slightly oval and angular, 9.5 to 13 # in diameter’; epispore thin, smooth, con- _ tents granular with a distinct central or eccentric nuclear area. : On Lycurus phleoides H.B.K., Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, : September, 1902 (Griffiths & Thornber). This appears to be 4 very rare species. Only a few smutty heads were found. The exact type locality is one mile north of Greaterville, on the road to Rosemont. | GRIFFITHS: CONCERNING SOME WeEsT AMERICAN SMUTS 85 Ustilago calcara sp. nov. Sorus circular, .5 mm. in diameter to linear and confluent, 5 mm. or more in length extending between the veins and erum- pent upon the exterior of the modified, overlapping sheaths, and less frequently upon the leaves ; internodes and culms in diseased host very much shortened and repeatedly branched, producing miniature witches’ brooms ; spores sooty, black in mass, irregular, globular to ovate, and often pointed, 7-10 # by 7-10.5 #t with one ee contortum, showing upper sheath and sterile membrane, 2. 2. Outline o 2 spore-ball, 215. 3. Spores, X 315- 4. Spores of Utilave Scolochloae, K 320. 5. Ztlletia pulcherrima in spikelet of Panicum obtusum, <2. 6. Spore, X< 315- 7. Upper portion of culm of Br agrostis Neo- Mexicana, showing method of attack OF re a stranguians. Natural s pores of Ustt/ago calcara on nie ee te breviseta, X 315 9. Spore-ball of Thecaphora Thornberi, X 35. 10. Dortiae of the spore-ball, XX 315, showing outlines of the individual spores. II. Spores of Ustilago lycuroides, X 315. 12. Ovary of the host distorted by the smut, ei 8. . Spikelet of Eriochloa punctata showing distortion of ovary by Sorosporium Eri. iochioae, x 5. 14. Distorted ovary ohn method of rupture, X 8. 15. Outline of spore-ball, oC 215. 46. Spores, <3 17. Spore of 7iéletia Wilcexione, # 86 GRIFFITHS: CONCERNING SOME WEST AMERICAN SMUTS or more large, irregular, highly refractory central areas ; epispore thin and smooth. On Bouteloua breviseta Vasey, upon the gypsum deposits east of Roswell, N. M., May 4, 1903. This smut is very abundant in this region, but is easily overlooked because the effect upon the host is likely to be considered due to the work of insects. It is easily distinguishable from the other two species which appear on the leaves and culms of various species of the genus Bouteloua— first, by the effect upon the host ; second, by the entire absence of pustules, which are always found in the other two species. Ustilago Scolochloae sp. nov. Fructification of the smut involving the leaves of the upper two to four nodes which are reduced to such an extent that the blades of the upper ones remain unopened, remainder of the plant nearly normal; sori normally epiphyllous, but sometimes hypo- phyllous in a few places on the inner, more delicate leaves; apparently confined to the blades and seldom if ever occurring on the sheaths, long, linear, often confluent the entire length of the leaf but the entire surface soon covered with the sooty mass of spores ; spores subglobose, uniform in size and shape, 10-13 # in diameter, dark, fuscous, but sooty black in mass, densely and unl- formly covered with coarse, blunt tubercles. On Scolochloa festucacea (Willd.) L., Donner & Blitzen River, Harney Valley, Oregon, July, 1902 (Griffiths & Hunter). Closely related to Ustilago echinata Schrot. UstILaGo Hypopitis (Schl.) Fr. A very peculiar effect of this smut upon one of its common hosts was observed during the past season about 20 miles east of Roswell, N. M. Diéstichhs spicata is very commonly smutted with this species in fields and meadows near the Pecos river where — it is reduced but little, if any, in size. In some of the salty ravines which lead up through the gypsum bluffs, however, the — host appears to be very much reduced in size by the smut. The internodes are very much shortened and the whole plant reduced : to an inch or two in length, with the leaves and sheaths reduced to bract-like structures or in some cases the upper two to four nodes confined within one swollen sheath, presenting an appeal ance not unlike the common smut upon species of Hilaria. GRIFFITHS: CONCERNING SOME West AMERICAN SMUTS 87 Specimens were collected here on the 7th of May and again on the 5th of September, showing the same effect but more pro- nounced at the earlier date. The smut was especially destructive to Stpa Vaseyi in the Raton Mountains of Colorado and New Mexico during the past season. There occurs in California a well-marked variety of this com- mon species on a number of hosts, but it does not seem desirable to give it a name until field work determines whether the charac- ters are constant, because the spores are not distinguishable from some of the common forms. The variation from the typical form On various species of the genera Stipa, Agropyron and Elymus is in the method of attack. Instead of the sorus being within the sheath it occurs on the leaf-blades and inflorescence which are more or less distorted by it. The writer has observed this method of attack on three hosts in California during the past two years. The first collection was made at Cedarville on Puccinellia airoides in July; the second on Sitanion longifolium in Jess Valley in August, 1902, by myself and Mr. Byron Hunter, and the third near Millwood upon two forms of Elymus glaucus by myself last June. In the first and last examples, especially, the hosts were in a very vigorous state of development and this phenomenon may be simply an expression of the vigor of the host. We can hardly Suppose that there is difference enough in the structure of these Species and their close relatives in the genera Poa and Elymus _ upon which the normal form occurs to cause this variation in the method of attack. Ustitaco Hieronymr Schrét. This species is listed on two additional hosts Bouteloua brevi- seta Vasey, upon which it was found rather sparingly about 20 miles east of Roswell, New Mexico, in September, 1903, and B. Harvardit Vasey in the Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, October, 1902. It is often very destructive to the latter species throughout southern Arizona. Ustiraco sTRANGULANS Issat. This has been observed in but one locality, on Eragrostis Neo- Mexicana, in the Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, near Rosemont, 88 GRIFFITHS: CONCERNING SOME WEst AMERICAN SMUTS September, 1902, where it affected every plant upon an acre or more of ground in the vicinity of an old corral where the soil was thoroughly tramped. Tilletia Wilcoxiana sp. nov. Sorus produced in ovary of the host which becomes inflated to an olive green fusiform body, three or four times its normal size; spores light brown in mass, but hyaline by transmitted light, sub- globose, 15-19 # in diameter with a narrow, hyaline enveloping membrane but little exceeding the stout, blunt, uniformly dis- tributed projections on the very thick epispore. On Stipa eminens Andersonit Vasey, Santa Monica, California, Spring, 1901 (Dr. H. E. Hasse). Mr. E. N. Wilcox first dis- covered this smut while studying the genus Stipa (see Bot. Gaz. 34: 66. 1902). + The same host infested by the same species of smut was collected in the original locality by Dr. Hasse again in April, 1902. In all the material at hand the spores are slightly under mature and the description so far as it relates to the color of the spores may have to be modified later. | TILLETIA PULCHERRIMA E, & G. A very destructive smut upon Panicum obtusum H.B.K. throughout southern Arizona. It has been observed in a dozen localities since the autumn of tgoo. It is very easily overlooked. A collection of it was made on the Empire Ranch, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, September, 1902. Thecaphora Thornberi sp. nov. Sorus in ovary which is inflated more or less symmetrically to a spherical body 4~7 or more mm. in horizontal diameter which usually slightly exceeds the vertical, the modified tissues rupturing irregularly at maturity ; spore-balls reddish brown in mass, 70- 1004 by 80-120, oval, subspherical or sometimes compressed angular, opaque at maturity with the individual spores scarcely distinguishable ; spores apparently inseparably united, with thin walls, granular contents, and without visible nuclear areas, about 10 by 134. When young the exterior walls of the spores appea! slightly reticulated, but this is entirely lost at maturity. e On Clathorix lanuginosa Nutt., Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, — about four miles north of Helvetia on the Tucson road, October — 4, 1902 (Griffiths & Thornber). It was abundant in this place but has not been observed elsewhere. So __U. S, DePaRTMeNT oF AGRICULTURE. The mechanics of seed-dispersion in Ricinus communis J. B. DanpDENo Seed-dispersion is a matter of such common knowledge that almost everybody has had some experience with some special adaptation exhibited by certain plants, one way or another. The more common agents which serve the plant’s purpose are wind, water and animals. But there are various other means, not so apparent, and consequently not so well known, which contribute towards the well-being of the plant in its struggle for space (or room) in which to flourish. One method, not so uncommon as is generally supposed, is here examined in some detail with a view towards gaining some definite knowledge in regard to the actual dynamics involved in the Projection of the fruit. To illustrate this problem the castor bean was selected. The advantage to a plant of some special means of transport- ing its seed is so apparent that it needs no comment. How the plant came to possess this special means, is a question which largely belongs to the problem of evolution, and is not here discussed. To understand the whole question fully it is necessary to ex- amine all the conditions. ach plant of the castor bean produces on an average about five flower-clusters, the axis of each cluster being nearly perpendicular to the ground. On each cluster there are about fifty-eight fruits, each borne ona peduncle which inclines about forty-five degrees to the vertical. The axis of each fruit is at right angles (approximately) with the peduncle and inclining to- wards the ground at an angle, therefore, of forty-five degrees with the vertical. At this angle, one of the fruit-parts (carpels) would be projected at an angle of forty-five degrees above the horizontal (theoretically the angle of projection which produces the greatest range). But, as the carpels commence to separate, they do so from the dase of the fruit, thereby lessening the angle of that one carpel some five or ten degrees ; and, since atmospheric conditions have to be taken into account, forty degrees is the angle which gives actually the greatest range, so it is easy to see that the plant as the best actual position to project its seed to the greatest ! 90 DANDENO: SEED-DISPERSION IN RICINUS COMMUNIS distance. The other two carpels cannot be in so good a position, but the plant appears to be able to sacrifice several in order that a few seedlings may obtain a place of advantage the following sea- son. It sacrifices wo carpels that ove may have the maximum of benefit in this respect. As the fruit ripens it loses water gradually and begins to split open septicidally from the base and keeps on splitting thus, until a point is reached about three millimeters from the apex. While this is going on, the carpels are not only separating from one another, but also from the central column which is a continuation of the fruit-stalk. + On three sides of the apical end of this central column are the three placental processes. Each projects into the locule to some extent, but the seed breaks off early from the placenta, leaving this central column wholly separate from the three carpels, yet suspending them because the processes referred to. extend into each carpel through a comparatively large opening near the apical end. The carpels are therefore suspended much in the same manner as if hanging upon a peg; but as the three are still joined together they cannot be separated entirely from the central column until oe of the three is removed. ‘This central column, upon separation from the carpels, is left with three pro- jecting flanges which, together with the processes referred to, prevent any alteration in position of the fruit which might possibly result when the carpels become detached from the column. At first glance this would seem to make no difference; but, when we consider that the carpel first projected will have the greatest momentum it is of some importance. The carpel with its dorsal side uppermost will have the most sun exposure and will con- sequently dry out most quickly. This is the carpel which has the best position, and which will most likely reach the maximum range. A second stage in the process of preparation for actual pro- jection may be said to commence after the carpels are entirely free from the central column. As the carpel dries out, the dorsal wall _ contracts and this contraction produces a pressure which becomes | greater and greater as contraction goes on until the carpel gives : j way at its weakest point. This is at the apical end a are three pairs of tooth-shaped arrangements meeting at a line about — three or four millimeters long. Each carpel splits apart at this i a DANDENO: SEED-DISPERSION IN RICINUS COMMUNIS 91 line with some violence. This acts just as a spring suddenly relaxed ; thus the carpel is projected. This splitting is a loculicidal dehiscence and the seed, though projected with the carpel, is at this time, or soon after, released, but not before. Another structural peculiarity is the prickly surface of the car- pel, and this might easily act in conjunction with the explosion, from the fact that any slight disturbance immediately before the carpels were ready to explode, would cause the explosion, and these carpels might then attach themselves to such animal as might produce the disturbance. This, however, is not taken into consideration. To ascertain the magnitude of the energy of expulsion it was necessary first to determine the actual distance some of the car- pellary parts were projected. This was done in-doors by hanging the mature fruiting branches in a natural position at a given dis- tance, approximately that of the plant, above the horizontal, and then measuring the actual range which the carpels were projected. The plants in the garden were similarly examined and the results did not differ very materially from those obtained in-doors. The average distance from the vertical, of those carpels which seemed to be projected from the position most favorable of the three car- pels, was found to be 3.65 meters, and the average height of the cluster was 1.6 meters. Then, since the angle of rising equals the angle of falling, the real horizontal range would be 3.65 — 1.6 = 2.05 meters. Since the angle of projection is 40°, then 22’, sin 40° +9.8 = 2.05 meters. .°.v= 3.6 (approx.) meters per second, where v is the velocity of projection. Hence the work done in projecting a body weighing .4 grams (the weight of one carpel with contents) would be 2 ( 3s ) X 4.9 X .4 = .264 gram-meters per Sec. = 000264 kgm. per sec. Since there are 3 carpels to one fruit, and 58 (average) fruits on one cluster, and 4 (average) clusters on one plant, each plant would do, by the sudden “filliping”’ of the carpels, 3 x 58 x 4 x.000264 + 76 = .0024 horse powers per second. And if each plant requires 4 square feet of ground space upon which to grow, on one acre there would be 10,890 plants ; there- 92 DANDENO: SEED-DISPERSION IN RICINUS COMMUNIS fore, a measure of the work done in exploding the carpels of the plants on one acre would be 10890 x .0024 = 26.14 horse-powers per second.’ This simply means that the work done is equal to that which one good strong horse could do in 26 seconds. It does not mean the energy that might be required in threshing out the seeds, but it means that energy alone which causes the projection of the carpels. It should also be observed that the calculated range was an approach toward a maximum rather than an average, because no account was taken of the fruit which seemed to have simply fallen, or of those projected from a disadvantageous position, although the energy in the latter case would undoubtedly be the same as that exerted in the projection of those which had been discharged from a position of advantage. _ The energy expanded by the plant is developed directly from the atmosphere, coupled with the heat of the sun ; and indirectly from the cells and contents built up by the plant. Indeed, it is the same quality of energy as that which raises water from the. earth into the atmosphere. The part taken by the plant is the preparation of carpels of such a form as will store up this energy for a time and thus make the best use of it by liberating it a// @ once. What this means to the species in successfully contending for space in which to grow, may be best illustrated by a mathe- matical calculation. Starting with a given plant, it may be seen from our measure- ments that the ground covered by the seedlings from this Ea would be In year 3.65?>< 7 square meters, In 2 years 7.30?) m@ square meters, In 3 years 10.952) = square meters In 100 years 365? > 7 = 41.8707 epdereg 105 acres (approx. ). This does not seem to be a very large area when the length of time is taken into consideration ; but it must be borne in mind that this is only ove means the plant has for scattering its seed. It takes no account of the washing away by water, or the transpor- tation by wind or animals. The calculations are made upon the consideration of the fruit as a projectile alone, and from this the being of the plant. attempt is made to see just how much it has to do with the well- _ Notes on Bahaman algae MARSHALL A, Howe (WITH PLATE 6) A collection of Bahaman algae, mostly marine, secured during the summer of 1903, by Dr. W. C. Coker, of the University of North Carolina, chief of the botanical staff of the Expedition of the Geographical Society of Baltimore to the Bahama Islands,* has been submitted to the writer for determination. This collec- tion includes several rare or novel forms and some of the more in- teresting have been selected for comment below. Dr. Coker’s specimens of algae were all preserved in fluids, either alcohol or so- lutions of formaldehyde, and they have for this reason proved espe- cially satisfactory for study; though in some cases, as may neces- sarily happen, the material was less copious than could be desired. Caulerpa compressa (Web.-v. Bosse). Caulerpa paspaloides, var. typica, f. compressa Web. -v. Bosse, Ann, Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, 15: 353. pl. 30. f. 3, 4. 1898. In four feet of water, off Clarence Harbor, Long Island, Ba- hamas, July 16, 1903. This plant, which agrees closely with Mme. Weber's descrip- tion and figures, is, we believe, absolutely distinct from Cazlerpa paspaloides (Bory) Grev. In C. paspaloides, the primary pinnules are 3- or 4-ranked, so that the ‘“‘frond”’ is distinctly 3- or 4-angled Or 3- or 4-winged, a character that is more strikingly apparent in fresh or fluid-preserved material than in dried specimens ; the sec- ondary pinnules are pectinately secund along the upper side of the rachis and the lowermost of these secondary pinnules are always much shorter than the rachis itself. In Caulerpa compressa, on the other hand, the primary pinnules are so numerous and densely crowded that it is difficult to say how they are arranged, but they are probably 8~12-ranked, and the “‘frond”’ is as cylindrical and dense as that of Dasycladus vermicularis (Scop.) Krasser ; the sec- * For organization of this expedition and outline of its results, see Sczence, I. 18 : 427. 201 93 94 Howe: Notes ON BAHAMAN ALGAE ondary pinnules are pinnately distichous and corymbose, the low- ermost being as long as the rachis or slightly longer; the “pedi- cel”? supporting the four, five, or more digitate primary branches or “fronds” is very short, measuring in Dr. Coker’s specimen only 0.5-1.0 cm. CAULERPA PASPALOIDES (Bory) Grev. Green Cay, in 4 fathoms. RuHIPOCEPHALUS PHOENIX (Ell. & Soland.) Kuetz. Mangrove Cay, Andros, June 26, 1903. Dr. Coker’s speci- mens accord very well with Ellis’s original figure * in regard to the outline of the capitulum, but the flabella are broader, more crowded, and more erect. Specimens collected by the writer at Key West, Florida (zo. 2672, distributed in Phyc. Bor.-Am. as no. 1030) are extremely varied as regards the form of the capi- tulum, only occasionally offering the oblong-ovoid outline figured by Ellis. The capitula of some of these Key West plants are coni- cal, some are broadest near the top, tapering down to the stalk below, and others are much elongated and of uniform width throughout (sometimes g-10o cm. x I-1I.5 cm.), but these eX- tremes are connected by clearly intermediate forms and we thin but one species is represented. Uporea conciutinata (Ell. & Soland.) Lamour. Collected by Dr. Coker at several points; at Green Cay in 4 fathoms of water. Udotea Flabellum (Ell. & Soland.),+ which is much the more common in southern Florida and Porto Rico, does not appear to have been found by Dr. Coker. MicropIcTyon crassum J. Ag. Anal. Alg. Cont. 1: 107. 1894: Green Cay, in 4 fathoms. We are using provisionally for — these plants collected by Dr. Coker the specific name applied by J. Agardh to specimens from the Bahamas sent to him by Mrs. Curtiss, though it is not yet wholly clear how either are to be kept separate from Microdictyon umbilicatum (Velley) Zanard. J. Agardh in proposing MZ. crassum as a new species appears to have — * Ell. & Soland. Nat. Hist. Zooph. p/. 25. f. 2. 1786. + Corallina Flabellum Ell. & Soland. Nat. Hist. Zooph. 124. pl. 24. 1786. : Udotea flabellata Lamour. Hist, Polyp. 311. 1816. Howe: Notes on BAHAMAN ALGAE 95 been influenced chiefly by the “articulis multo brevioribus quam in aliis speciebus’” * * * * “diametro vix longioribus.” But the articuli of the original Conferva umbilicata as figured by Vel- ley (Trans. Linn. Soc. 5: pl. 7. 1800) are also often “ diametro vix longioribus,” even though J. Agardh * describes the articuli of Microdictyon umbilicatum as “ circiter 4-plo longioribus.”’ Velley’s specimens were from New South Wales, and J. Agardh’s remark, “Quae prima vice ad insulas Sandwich detecta fuit C. wmbilicalis, eandem quoque ad Novam Hollandiam obvenire statuit C. Agardh (Syst. p. 85),” seems to indicate that he had seen neither the original plants nor the original description and figures of the first-described species of the genus. Coccocladus + occidentalis laxus var. nov. Fertile plants reaching 7 cm. in height and 10-13 mm. in width, flaccid: sporangia obovoid, oblong-ellipsoidal, or pyriform- subclavate, 460~880 2 x 315-430 p, often twice as long as broad, lateral or occasionally terminal at the ends of branches of the first three (rarely four) orders: aplanospores for a long time closely coherent in a single peripheral layer surrounding a central cavity, radially elongated, 66-85 » x 55-72, mostly 1%4 times as long as broad, usually angular-obovoid or ellipsoidal. (PLATE 6, FIG- URES I AND 2, ; In small sink-holes by Big Pond, Nassau, June 23, 1903. This remarkable plant is so strikingly different from the usual form of Coccocladus occidentalis as to suggest at first sight not only a distinct species, but even a different genus, yet in the pres- ence of some apparently intermediate forms from other collections we dare not propose for it a rank higher than that of variety ; though it is possible that a fuller knowledge of its life-history would lead to another conclusion. Dr. Coker writes that the plant grows “about one mile inland,” in slightly brackish water which responds to the changes of the tide. The lax habit, the elongated Sporangia, and extension of the sporangium-bearing capacity to bos TOR. t Coccoctapus Cramer, Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. 30: — (37). 1887, Botryophora J. Ag. Till Alg. Syst. 5: 139. 1887. Wille, E. & P. Pflanzenfam. 12: 157. 1891. Not Botryophora Bompard, Hedwigia, 6: 129. 1867. neric type of Coccocladus, as also of J. Agardh’s Botryophora, is Dasycladus he ge occidentalis Harv. Ner. Bor.-Am. 3: 38. pl. gr B. 1858. 96 ; Howe: Nortres oN BAHAMAN ALGAE branches of the third (and even the fourth) order are in harmony with the variations which the recent researches of Dr. Livingston * might lead us to expect would occur in a transition from salt to fresh or slightly brackish water. The variety /axws is almost des- titute of the yellowish staining matter which manifests itself so conspicuously in ordinary specimens of this genus whether dried or preserved in fluids. In all conditions of Coccocladus, the spor- angia appear to mature almost simultaneously in all parts of a plant, so that a considerable number of fertile individuals is needed to follow out the stages of spore-formation. In Dr. Coker’s ma- terial of the variety /arus, there occur two or three plants with smaller pyriform-obovoid sporangia showing numerous chloro- phyl-bodies, but apparently no spores ; these we take to be imma- ture aplanosporangia, but in the absence of direct observation of intervening stages the possibility that they represent sporangia of a different sort has suggested itself. Coccocladus occidentalis laxus evidently has a closer affinity with Coccocladus occidentalis Conquerantii,} judging from Cramer’s description, than with the typical C. occidentalis, but, we believe, differs too much from that to bear the same varietal name. The sporangia of C. occidentalis Conquerantii, according to Cramer, are at most only slightly ellipsoidal and occur only on branches of the first two orders. The number of spores to a sporangium and the size of the spores, characters which are in part relied upon by Cramer to separate his Botryophora Con- guerantit from his B. occidentalis, appear in a considerable series of specimens of this genus now accessible to be extremely variable and unreliable for a specific separation. And Cramer’s selection of a comparatively few-spored form for the typical C. occidentalis is hardly justified in view of Harvey’s description of the spores as ‘innumerable,’ a characterization that is well substantiated by * Livingston, B. E, On the Nature of the Stimulus which causes the ss of Form in Polymorphic Green Algae, Bot. Gaz. 30: 289-317. G. Pi. 27; F8. ——. The Réle of Diffusion and Osmotic Pressure in Plants. Dec. Pie Univ. Chicago, II. 8 ¢ Dasycladus a Crouan; Schramm & Mazé, Alg. Guadeloupe, 47 1865. Mazé & Schramm, Alg. Guadeloupe, 108. 1870-77. Botryophora Gongueranti (Crouan) Cramer, Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Naturf. Aces. 32: 6. gf. g 18 Howe: Nores oN BAHAMAN ALGAE 97 specimens of Harvey’s collecting at Key West now in the her- barium of Columbia University, in which the number of spores to a sporangium is 200 or more. The peripheral arrangement of the spores about a central cavity, which Cramer emphasizes as a distinctive character of his Botryophora Conquerantii, and which that variety has in common with our variety /axus, seems to be more constant than number and size of spores and may be more significant. | Specimens agreeing essentially with Cramer’s de- scription of Botryophora Conguerantii have been collected by the writer at Key West, Florida (xo. 1531). Neomeris Cokeri sp. nov. Plants subcylindrical or clavate, 7-14 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. thick, dark green in upper third or fifth, becoming grayish white elow, apex rounded-obtuse or subtruncate, often exhibiting a delicate, translucent apiculum formed of the mantle-caps : * num- ber of successive whorls of branches mostly 60~120; number of branches in a whorl 12-56: hairs of two forms in separate zones, those of one form consisting of a single, clavate, often curved or Somewhat hooked cell rich in chlorophyl and having a maximum diameter about equal to that of the supporting cell, the apex acute, obtuse, or more often apiculate; those of the second form con- sisting of a somewhat similar though slightly narrower basal cell bearing at its apex one or two earlier caducous, more slender branches, these in turn each bearin 2-4 branches ; unicellular airs or basal cells of the multicellular persisting in the upper third or fifth of the plant, the surface after their fall appearing Somewhat shaggy or minutely and irregularly punctate, a cortex Scarcely developed: branches of the first order lightly calcified, Scarcely coherent ; branches of the second order more strongly calcified, irregularly and imperfectly coherent, subfusiform, often Somewhat curved or gibbous, broadest (100-150 2) a little above the middle, tapering to a conico-truncate apex 22-344 broad at the insertion of the hair: sporangia strongly calcified, free or co- herent in short rows of 2-8, pyriform-obovoid, 180-206 yt long (decalcified and including stalk), go-102 in maximum width, calcareous capsule 25~40 4 thick; spores obovoid, 140-156 ux 82-94 . (PLATE 6, FIGURES 3-12. Opposite Current Town, Eleuthera, July 5, 1903. The Material collected consists of about thirty individuals. * « Kappentheile oder Mantelkappen” of Cramer, Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Na- turf. Ges, 32: 12, 1800. 98 Howe: Nores oN BAHAMAN ALGAE Neomeris Cokeri constitutes the third known species of the genus, all of which occur in the West Indian region. The princi- pal diagnostic characters of the three species may be arranged as follows : | Hairs homogeneous ; ends of the branches of the second order forming a cortex with isti cets t Plant isan a Vw) of 3.5 cm.; sporangia spherical or nearly so, strongly | calcified but fre 1. WV. dumetosa.* Pais sell a height of 2 cm. ; sporangia obovoid-oblong or pyriform-obovoid. about twice as long as broad (not including stalk), strongly coherent laterally ie their calcareous capsules, so that the plant in the lower fertile i appears eae annulate. . MV. annulata.t Hairs pianos s, the two forms in different zones ; branches of the ae povies sub- fusiform, tet forming a cortex, surface of the plant after the fall of the hairs somewhat shaggy or minutely and irregularly punctate ; sporangia free or coherent in short rows of 2-8. 3. MV. Cokert. Neomeris annulata is not especially uncommon in the West Indian region. The writer has collected specimens in Bermuda, Key West, Florida (two stations) and Porto Rico (three stations). Of what appears to be the true V. dumetosa, we have seen only * NEOMERIS DUMETOSA art age Polyp. 243. g/. 7. f. 8. 1816. Sonder, Alg. Trop. Austral. 7. 5. f. 8-13. 1871. J. Ag. TillJAlg. Syst. 5 : 147-151. pl. 2. f- < 1887. Cramer, Neue acne Rea Naturf. Ges. 30 : — (10, 38) Pi 2. f. y pl. 1887. Cramer, of. cit. 32:19. pl. 7. f. 13.3 pl. 2.f. 7,8. 1890- De Toni, Syl Me 1: 413. 1889. Solms, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, 51: 70. f/- 8b. f. rr. 1893. { NEOMERIS ANNULATA Dickie, Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 198. 1874. De-Toni, Syll. Alg. 1: 414. 1889. Solms, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, 11: 61-71. p18. fi 4 I> 4s — ahs 43,17. 1593. s Kelleri Cramer, Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. 30 :—(3)- 7’ Bs Fs = a. 7-12 ; pl. 3. f. 1,2. 1887. Cramer, of. cit. 32: 9. pl. 2. f. 1-123 pl. 2.f- 1-6; pl. 4. f. 15-24. 1890. De-Toni, Syll. Alg. 1: 413. 1889. Neomeris Eruca Farlow; Cramer, Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. 32* 9, 18, 19. 1890. The names Dactylopora Benge D. eo and J. sacspece of Parker and Jones (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. III. 473, 474. 1860), quoted by Cramer in the synonymy of his ea Kelleri, were originally applied ae to calcified spore- masses and fragments of a Meomeris from the ‘‘ East Indian and other tropical seas,” and cannot, in our opinion — especially since the discovery of Neomeris Cokeri with its peculiar hairs —be safely identified with any definite — though as between Neomeris dumetosa and N. annulata, retisi ora Eruca and D, Annulus clearly belong with the latter type. ‘the name Neomeris Eru. @ F it apparently was first published by Hauck in Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. (9: iy 1888) but this, so far as _ technicalities of publication are concerned, rests on the eens at Eruca synony™ alone, and is bieacom. we believe, of uncertain application Howe: Notes oN BAHAMAN ALGAE 99 one specimen — the one from Hawaii distributed as Veomerts dume- tosa by Miss Tilden in American Algae, xo. g45. No. 668 of the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana (St. Thomas, Bérgesen, Jan. 1896) distributed as Neomeris dumetosa has, in the two copies seen, the characters of VV. axnulata. The original description of Neo- meris dumetosa, as given by Lamouroux, with its “ bulles conoides ou pédiculées, se touchant entre elles tant elles sont nombreuses, mais sans ¢tre coalescentes,” combined with Cramer’s redescription of the original material (collected in the Antilles by Richard) can leave little doubt as to what Meomeris dumetosa really is. The type of Veomeris annulata came from Mauritius, where it was col- lected by Colonel Nicolas Pike. The species is not represented in Colonel Pike’s herbarium, now in the possession of the New York Botanical Garden, but Count Solms has seen * the original material preserved in the British Museum and his figures drawn from Mauritius specimens would apply very well to the specimens from Bermuda, Porto Rico, and St. Thomas, alluded to above. Solms-Laubach refers Porto Rican material to this species, using the name Meomeris annulata, and Cramer refers to the same both Porto Rican and Bermudian specimens, preferring, however, the name Neomeris Kellert. Cystosemra Myrica (Gmel.) Ag. Gregory Town, Eleuthera. Lracora annuata J. Ag. Gregory Town, Eleuthera. Somewhat resembling Ziagora valida in habit, but clearly dis- tinct — firmer, beautifully annulate from near the base to the par- tially calcified apices; the apices are rounded-obtuse in fluid-pre- served material, but often become attenuate-acuminate on drying. The annulations appear to be due to unequal calcification in well- defined alternating zones. New York BoranicaL GARDEN. * Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, 11: 61. 1893. 100 Howe: Notes on BAHAMAN ALGAE Explanation of plate 6 Figs. 1 and 2. Coccocladus occidentalis laxus ; 3-12, Neomeris Cokert. 1. One of the whorled branches of Coccocladus occidentalis laxus, with sporangia, ie Bae 2. A single sporangium, & 40. > 3. Meomeris Cokeri, natural size A single plant, X 8. At the apex, in this individual, is a zone of multicellular hairs, surrounding and cial the apiculum formed of the mantle-caps ; below, are the unicellular hairs, and farther downward, the lime-coated sporangia, isolated, or CO- erent in 5. Apical nae of another plant, 12. The hairs in the apical region are here of the unicellular kind and the apiculum iend of the mantle-caps is conspicuous 5 below is a zone of siete hairs. . A fertile primary branch, with branches of the second order, each, in this case, bearing a unicellular hair, > 40. Sie calcified. ) 7. A similar fertile primary branch, < 40. (Decalcified.) 8. A fertile primary branch, a handscheds of the second order, each, in this case, bearing a pte ris hair, & 40. (Decalcified. ) 9. conditions in this figure are similar to those eagarioaet in Fig. 8, except that only a basal cells of the multicellular hairs now pers: Scars remain ee the places of insertion of the hair-segments which have oe In this stage the tw rms of hairs sometimes resemble each other, but the persisting bases of the vated lular may be recognized by the presence of these scars, which are always entirely wanting on hairs of the unicellular kind to. Part of a primary whorl, with sporangia and branches of the second order, < 40, with caicanscns coating. 11. A single primary branch, with sporangium and branches of second order, with calcareous coating, < 37. mature spore, within the sporangium, decalcified, « 53 The drawings have been made by the writer, with some assistance from Mr. A. Mariolle in preparing them for reproduction. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1901-1908) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of ar aieion An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany. Reprints are not men hehe unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor tO errors or omission their Sesh will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and poner in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Ames, 0. Lobelia x syphilitico-cardinalis. Rhodora, 5: 284-286. Bl. 49. 22 D 1903. Ames, 0. Natural hybrids in Spiranthes and Habenaria. Rhodora, 5: 261-264. pL. 47. 19 N 1903. Arthur, J.C. The genus Puccinia. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1902: 81-83. 1903. Atkinson, G. F. Geaster leptospermus : a correction. Bot. Gaz. 36: 467. 19 D 1903. Atkinson, G.F. The genus Harpfochytrium in the United States. Ann. Myc. 1: 479-502. fl. 70 +f. A-F. N 1903. Bates, J. M. The finding of Puccinia Phragmitis (Schum.) Korn. in Nebraska. Jour. Myc. 9: 219, 220. 31 D 1903. Baum, H. E. The breadfruit.—III. Plant World, 6: 273-278. bl. 37. D 1903. Baum, H.E. The name of the breadfruit. Science, II. 18: 439. 20 1903. Berger, A. Opuntias. Gard. Chron. II. 34: 89-93. / 32-42. 8 AU 1903 ; » J. Y. The transpiration of Sparteum junceum and other xero- phytic shrubs. Bot. Gaz. 36: 464-467. fz, 2. 19 D 1903. 101 102 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Berry, E.W. Aradia in American palaeobotany. Bot. Gaz. 36: 421-428. 19 D 1903. Berry, E. W. A question for morphologists. Torreya, 3: 170, 171. 19 N 1903. Bickern, W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Casimiroa edulis LaLlave. Archiv Pharm. 241: 166-176. 27 My 1903. Borge, 0. Die Algen der ersten Regnellschen Expedition. II. Des- midiaceen. Ark. Bot. 1: 71-138. A/. 7-5. 9g Je 1903. Borge, O. Die Algen der ersten Regnellschen Expedition. III. Zyg- nemaceen und Mesocarpaceen. Ark. Bot. 1: 277-285. pl. Z5- 17 Au 1903. Britton, E.G. The Jenman collection of ferns. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 85, 86. My 1903. Britton, N. L. Cornelius Van Brunt. ‘Torreya, 3: 177-179. fortr. 22 D 1903. Brownell, L. W. Campers’ tidbits. Edible and poisonous mush- rooms. Outing, 42: 654-657. S 1903. ([Illust.] Bryhn, N. Ad cognitionem generis muscorum Amédystegit contribu- M tiones. I. De Amblystegio noterophilo animadversiones. Nyt. Mag. Vid. 41: 45, 46. 29 Ja 1903. Burbridge, F. W. Philadelphus Mexicanus. Gard. Chron. II. 34: 218, 219. f. 89. 265 1903. Burr, H.G. Annotated catalogue and outline of a monograph of the Ohio Junc?. Ann. Rep. Ohio Acad. Sci. 9: 31-33. 1902. Cameron, F. K. Toxic effects of acids on seedlings. Science, II. 18: 411, 412. 255 1903. Carrier, J.C. La flore de l’Ile de Montreal, Canada. Bull. Acad. Internat. Géogr. Bot. 12: 55,56. 1 F 1903; 209, 210. 1 My 1903. Castle, W. E. Mendel’s law of heredity. Science, II. 18: 396-406. 25 S 1903. Cavers, F. Explosive discharge of antherozoids in Hepfaticae. Torrey, 3: 179-183. 22 D 1903. Cavers, F. On asexual reproduction and regeneration in /epaticae. New Phytol. 2: 121-133. fi 7-5. 24 Je 1903; 155-165. f. 6-8. 29 Jl 1903. Chamberlain, E. B. New stations for Maine plants. Rhodora, 5: 289. 22 D 1903. ea ae ee a —_ INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 103 Chodat, R. & Hassler, E. Plantae Hasslerianae, soit énumération des plantes récoltées au Paraguay. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 701-732. 31 Jl 1903 ; 780-811. 31 Aur1g03; 906-941. 30S 1903; T007- 1039. 31 O 19033; t097-1127. 5 D 1903. Includes new species in Stevia, Eupatorium (4), A@tkania, aspile (4), Verbesina (2), Viguiera (2), Spilanthes, Calea (4), Porophyllum, hee Trixis (2), Polycar- paea, Physostemon, Serjania, Cardiospermum, Jussieua (2), Mayepea, Menodora, Spi- gelia (3), Ceratosanthes, Mariscus, Rynchospora, Alstroemeria, Cypella, Sisyrinchium (5), Déoscorea (5), Zaccarum, Pirigueta (4) and Zurnera (2). Cockerell, T. D. A. The Colorado rubber plant. Bull. Colo. Coll. Mus. I: 1, 2. rr D 1903. Description of a new species and two new subspecies of Picradenia, all from Colo- do. Collins, J. F. Coradlorhiza innata and Taraxacum erythrospermum in Rhode Island. Rhodora, 5: 291, 292. 22 D 1903. Collins, J. F. Woodsia glabella in Maine. Rhodora, 5: 286. 22 D 1903. Cook, 0. F. Four new species of the Central American rubber tree. Science, II. 18: 436-439. 2 O 1903. A key to all the known species of Castilla ( Castzlloa) is given. Crawford, J. Some interesting plants formerly abundant near German- town, Pa. Plant World, 6: 286, 287. D 1903. Dandeno, J. B. Phototropism under light-rays of different wave- lengths. Science, II. 18: 604-606. f. 7, 2. 6 N 1903. Daniels, F, The Kent County, Mich., upland plant societies. Science, I. 18: 215-217. 14 Au 1903. Davy, J. B. Notes on the vegetation of the Transvaal. Science, II. 18: 696-699. 27 N 1903. Denniston R. H. & Werner, H. J. The structure of the stem, root and leaf of Aschscholtzia Californica Cham. Pharm. Arch. 6: 113- 116. fl. 1-3. 1903. Dusén, P. Bataes zur Bryologie der Magellanslander, von Westpata- gonien und Siidchile. Ark. Bot. 1: 441-466. p/. 18-28. 5S 1903. Several new species of Andreaea are described. - Dusén, P, Beitrage zur Laubmoosflora Ostgrénlands und der Insel Jan Meyen. Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27': 1-71. p/. 1-4. Igor. Includes three new species of Brym from East Greenland. én, P. Zur Kenntnis der Gefisspflinzen Ostgrénlands. Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27°: 1-70. p/. 7-6. 1901. 104 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Earle, F. S. A key to the North American species of /vocybe —1. Torreya, 3: 168-170. 19 N1903;—II. - Torreya, 3: 183, 184. 22 D 1903. Eastwood, A. Notes on Garrya with descriptions of new species and akey. Bot. Gaz. 36: 456-463. 19 D 1903. Includes descriptions of three new species. Eaton, A. A. Additional notes on Botrychium tenebrosum. Rhodora, 5: 274-276. pl. 8. 19 N 1903. Eaton, A. A. Three new varieties of /soetes. Rhodora, 5: 277-280. 1g N 1903. Ellis, J. B. & Everhart, B. M. New species of fungi. Jour. Myc. Q: 222-225.. 31 D 1903. Ten new species in seven genera. Ferguson, M.C. ‘The spongy tissue of Strasburger. Science, II. 18: 308-311. 45 1903. Fernald, M. L. Pursh’s report of Dryas from New Hampshire. Rhodora, 5: 281-283. 22 D 1903. Freeman, G. F. Lycopodium Selago on Mt. Holyoke, Massachusetts. Rhodora, §: 290. 22 D 1903. Fries, R. E. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Ornithophilie in der stid- amerikanischen flora. Ark. Bot. 1: 389-440. pl. 77. 27 AU1903- Fries, R. E. Myxomyceten von Argentinien und Bolivia. Ark. Bot. I: 57-70. 29 My 1903. Ganong, W. F. The vegetation of the Bay of Fundy salt and diked marshes: an ecological study. Bot. Gaz. 36: 161-186. f. I-35: 15 S 1903; 280-302. f. 6. 15 O 19033; 349-367. f. 7-24. 15 N 1903; 429-555. f. 25, 16. 19 D 1903. Greenman, J. M. New and otherwise noteworthy angiosperms from Mexico and Central America. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 39: 67-120. 25S 1903. N ne new species in 61 genera, including 4 new genera of Compositae « Eupa- toriastrum, Altamirania (changed to Asfiliopsis in a supplementary leaflet), Eryngio- phyllum and Urbinella Griggs, R. F. On some species of He/iconia. Bull. Torrey Club, 39: 641-664. p/. 29, 70 +f. I-37. 5 D 1903. Eleven new species are described. is Hallier, H. Ueber den Umfang, die Gliederung und die Verwandt- - schaft der Familie der Hamamelidaceen. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 14‘ 247-260. 1903. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 105 Harger, E. B. A new station for Phaseolus perennis, Rhodora, 5: 291. 22 D 1903. Harshberger, J. W. The flora of the serpentine barrens of southeast Pennsylvania. Sciénce, II. 18: 339-343. 11 S 1903. Herzer, H. Six new species, including two new genera, of fossil plants. Ann. Rep. Ohio Acad. Sci. 9: 22-29. pl. 1-7 +f. J, 2. 1902. New species in Palaeophycus, Caulopteris, Cystiphycus (gen. nov.), Psaronius, Arthrophycus and Nodophycus (gen. nov.). Herzog, T. Anatomisch-systematische Untersuchung des Blattes der Rhamneen aus den Triben : Ventilagineen, Zizypheen und Rhamneen. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 15: 95-207. 1903. Hickman, M. A. Notes on the cleavage-plane in stems and falling leaves. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1902: 93-95. 1903. [[llust.} Hieronymus, G. Selaginellarum species novae vel non satis cognitae. II. Selaginellae e subgenere (vel sectione) Heterophyllc. Hed- Wigia, 41: 170-202. 5 Au 1902. Includes descriptions of three new American species. Hitchcock, A. S. A list of plants collected in Lee County, Florida. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 9: 189-225. 1902. Hock, F. Ankémmlinge in der Pflanzenwelt Mitteleuropas wahrend des letzten halben Jahrhunderts. VIII. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 15: 387-407. 1903. Holm, T. Linnaeus’ work on ferns. Torreya, 3: 187, 188. 22 D 1903. House, H. D. Notes on the flora of Oneida Lake and vicinity. Tor- reya, 3: 165-168. 19 N 1903. Hume, H.H. Ustilaginae of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 9: 226- 240. 1902. Includes descriptions of new species in Ustilago, Tilletia, Neovossia and Entyloma 2). Johnston, J. R. On Cauloglossum transversarium Fries (Bosc. ). Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 38: 59-74. A/. Jl 1902. Johnston, J. R. A revision of the genus P/averia. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 39: 277-292. D 1903. Kellerman, W. A. Minor mycological notes. II. Jour. Myc. 9: 238- 239- 31 D 1903. [Illust.] 106 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ‘Kellerman, W. A. Ohio fungi. Fascicle VI. Jour. Myc. 9: 17- 24. 14 F 1903; Fascicle VII. Jour. Myc. 9: 110-116. 29 My 1903; Fascicle VIII. Jour. Myc. g: 171-176. 29 O 1903. Kellerman, W. A. Report for 1900 on the State Herbarium, including additions to the State plant list. Ann. Rep. Ohio Acad. Sci. 9: 40-47. 1902. Kellerman, W. A. Uredineous infection experiments in 1903. Jour. Myc..g: 225-238. 41x D 1g03. King, C. A. Observations on the cytology of Aratospora pulchra Thaxter. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 211-245. p/. rI-T5: N 1903. Kofoid, C. A. Plankton studies, IV. The plankton of the Illinois River, 1894-1899. Part I. Quantitative investigations and general results. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 6: 95-629. p/. 1-50. N 1903. Kneucker, A. Bemerkungen zu den ‘‘ Gramineae exsiccatae,’’ XV. und XVI. Lieferung, 1903/04. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 9: 168-171- 15 O 1903; 189-193. 15 N 1903; 204, 205. 15 D 1903. Kraemer, H. The conservation and cultivation of medicinal plants. Am. Jour. Pharm. 75: 553-569. D 1903. Kranzlin, F. Schomburgkia Campecheana. Gard. Chron. III. 34: 381, 382. 5 D 1903. A new species (perhaps a hybrid) from ‘* Central America’’ (Mexico). Kupfer, E. M. Anatomy and physiology of Baccharis genistelloides. Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 685-696. f z-r7. 5 D 1903. Leavitt, R.G. Reversionary stages experimentally induced in Droser@ intermedia. Rhodora, 5: 265-272. f. z. 19 N 1903. Lindman, C. A.M. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der tropisch-amerikanischen Farnflora. Ark. Bot. 1: 187-275. p/. 7-1g. 4S 1903. Iucludes new South American species in Lindsaea (2), Adiantum (4) Polypodium (6), Gymnogramme, Acrostichum and Aneimia (2). Lindman,C.A.M. Die Bliiteneinrichtungen einiger siidamerikanischet Pflanzen. I. Leguminosae. Bihang Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27": 1-63. jf. 1-19. 24 Mr 1902. Lindman, C. A.M. Remarks on some American species of Zricho- manes Sm. sect. Didymoglossum Desv. Ark. Bot. 1: 7-56. f. 1-37: 25 My 1903. Includes descriptions of three new species. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 107 Livingston, B. E. Michigan plant societies again. Science, II. 18: 435, 436. 20 1903. Loew, F. A. The toxic effect of H and OH ions on seedlings of Indian corn. Science, II. 18: 304-308. 4S 1903. MacDougal, D. T. Mutations in plants. Am. Nat. 37: 737-770. f. I-10. N 1903. Malme, G. 0. A. Asclepiadaceae Paraguayenses a D:re Hassler col- lectae. Bihang Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27°: 1-40. pl. got. New species are described in Oxypetalum (6), Blepharodon and Marsdenia. Malme, G. 0. A. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der siidamerikanischen Arten der Gattung Prerocaulon Ell. Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27”: 1-27. pl. 1-4. got. Nine species are recognized, of which 5 are described as new. Malme, G. 0. A. Ex herbario Regnelliano. Adjumenta ad floram phanerogamicam Brasiliae terrarumque adjacentium cognoscendam. IV. Passifloraceae, Aristolochiaceae, etc. Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 275: 1-25. f. 7-8. Tgol. Malme, G. 0. A. Ex herbario Regnelliano. Adjumenta ad floram phanerogamicam Brasiliae terrarumque adjacentium cognoscendam. V. Violaceae, Vitaceae, Rhamnaceae, Eriocaulaceae. Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27": 1-38. pl. z, 2+f. 1-5. 1901. New species in Cissus, Zizyphus and Papaclanthus (2). Malme, G.0. A. Die Flechten der ersten Regnellschen Expedition. II. Die Gattung Rinodina (Ach.) Stiz. Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 28': 1-53. f. 7, 2. 31 My 1902. Masterman, E. E. Notes on the cocklebur. Ann. Rep. Ohio Acad. Cl. 9: 20, 21. 1go2. Masters, M. T. Calochortus pulchellus Douglas. Gard. Chron. Ill. we. 523, 154, 147. 7. 52, 59. 2% Au 1903. Discusses the synonymy of this species and C. amabilis Purdy. Masters, M. T. Crossosoma Californicum. Gard. Chron. II. 34: 130. f, 50. 22 Au 1903. Maxon, W.R. A fern new to the United States. Torreya, 3: 154, 185. 22D 1903. Notes the occurrence of Asplenium auritum Sw. in Florida. Mereschkowsky, C. Ueber Piaconeis, ein neues Diatomeen-Genus. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 15: 1-30. pl. 1 +f. 1-74-1903. Descriptions of two new genera, P/aconeis and Staurophora, both of wide distri- bution, 108 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Metz, A. Anatomie der Laubblatter der Celastrineen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Vorkommens von Kautschuk. Beih. Bot. Cen- tralb. 15: 309-386. 1903. Miyake, K. Contributions to the fertilization and embryogeny of Abies balsamea. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 14: 134-144. p/. 6-8. 1903- Morgan, A. P. A new species of Ber/esiella. Jour. Myc. 9: 217- 31 D 1903. Murr, J. Chenopodium-Beitrige. Magyar Bot. Lap. 1: 111-115. 12 Ap 1902; 337-344. pl. 1-4. 17 D 1902; 359-369. 7 F 1903; 3: 4-11. fi. 7,8. 4 Mr 1903. Various references to American material, some of the new species being wholly American. Mutchler, F. A/pxomycetes of Lake Winona. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. Ig02: II5-120. 1903. Nash, G. V. A new bamboo from Cuba. Torreya 3: 172, 173- 19 N 1903. Description of Arthrostylidium angustifolium sp. nov. Neger, F. W. Ueber die geographische Verbreitung der Aelola nidulans (Schw.) Cooke. Ann. Myc. 1: 513. N 1903. Osmun, A.V. Cuscuta trifolia in Massachusetts. Rhodora, 5: 299% 491., 22 D 1903. Pammel, L. H. Preliminary notes on the flora of western Iowa, €S-. pecially from the physiographical ecological standpoint. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 9: 152-180. f 7-17. 1902. Pammel, L. H. & King, C. M. The vascular cryptogams of Iowa and the adjoining parts of southeastern Minnesota and western Wiscon- sin. Proc. lowa Acad. Sci. 9: 134-151. pl. 10-371 +f. 2-6. 190?- Pease, A.S. The genus 7yisefum in Andover, Massachusetts. Rhod- ora, 5: 289, 290. 22 D 1903. Peckolt, T. Volksbenennungen der brasilianischen Pflanzen und Pro- dukte derselben in brasilianischer (portugiesischer) und der von der Tupisprache adoptiren Namen. Pharm. Arch. 6: 14-16, 22, 23) 64, 79, 80, 93-96, 124-128. 1903. Rand, E.L. Matricaria discoidea in New Hampshire. Rhodora, 5‘ 236. 22 Di 1903. Rehm, H. Die Discomyceten-Gattung A/eurina Sacc. Ann. My¢- I: 514-516. WN 1903. ae oe ig z INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 109 Reineck, E. M. Riograndenser Orchideen, Cacteen und Baumbe- wohner. Deuts. Bot. Monatss. 20: 124-128. O 1902; 21: 8, 9. Ja 1903; 40-43. Mr 1903. Ricker, M. Introduction to studies on the fertilization of plants. Bull. Univ. Montana Biol. Ser. 1: 210-214. f. 6. 1903. Ricker, M. Some devices tending to insure cross fertilization of plants. Bull. Univ. Montana Biol. Ser. 1: 263-270. f. 24-30. 1903. Robinson, B. L. Records of Wolfia Columbiana in Massachusetts. Rhodora, 5: 287, 288. 22 D 1903. Rolfe, R. A. + Catasetum trifidum g and 9. Orchid Rev. 10: 199, 200. Je 1902. Rolfe, R. A. Cattleya porphyroglossa. Orchid Rev. 10: 330, 331. N 1902. Rolfe, R. A. Cartleya Roeslit. Orchid Rev. 9: 253, 254. Au 1901; TO: 222, 223. Jl 1go02. Rolfe, R. A. Lpidendrum oblongatum. Orchid Rev. 9: 280. S 1go!. Rolfe, R. A. The genus Brassavola. Orchid Rev. 10: 65-70. Mr Lgo2. Rolfe, R. A. Gongora Charontis. Orchid Rev. 9: 264. S Igot- Rolfe, R.A. Zaelia rupestris. Orchid Rev. 9: 346. N 1got. Rolfe, R. A. Lycaste brevispatha, Orchid Rev. 10: 113, 114. f. 77. Ap Igo2. Rolfe, R. A. Lycaste crinita, Orchid Rev. 10: 176. Je 1902. Rolfe, R. A. AMaxillaria macrura. Orchid Rev. 10: 343, 344- N 1902. Rolfe, R. A. Schomburgkia Thomsoniana, Orchid Rev. 9: 325- N rgor. Rolfe, R. A. Sievkingia suavis. Orchid Rev. 10: 325. N 1902. Rolfe, R. A. Stanhopea connata, Orchid Rev. 9: 295, 296. O Igor, Rolfs, F.M. Corticium vagum B, & C. var. Solani Burt, a fruiting Stage of Rhizoctonia Solani. Science, Il. 18: 729. 4 D 1903. Rostowzew, S. J. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Peronosporeen. Flora, 92: —. pl. ri-1jz7. 60 1903. chie: efly with riniones ahs: “ Plasmopora) Cubensis, which is made the type of a new genus, Pseudoperonospor 110 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Safford, W. E. Extracts from the note-book of a naturalist on the island of Guam.—VIII. Plant World, 6: 147-153. p/. 27. Jl 1903 ;—IX. Plant World, 6: 173-179. pi. 27. Au 1903 ;—X. Plant World, 6: 205-211. p/. 28. S 1903—XI. Plant World, 6: 232-237. pl. 70. O 1903;—XII. Plant World, 6: 257-262. N 1903;—XIII. Plant World, 6: 278-284. p/. 98. D 1903. Schaffner, J. H. Notes onthe nutation of plants. Ohio Nat. 4: 30-32. f. 7, 2. D 1903. Selby, A.D. Notes on plants for — Ann. Rep. Ohio Acad. Sci. 9: 38-40. 1902. Simmons, H.G. Preliminary report on the botanical work of the second Norwegian polar expedition, 1898-1902. Nyt Mag. Vid. 41: 223-238. 15 Je 1903. Simpson, C. T. Effects on vegetation of the hurricane in Florida. Plant World, 6: 284, 285. D 1903. Stapf, O. On the nomenclature of the pampas-grass. Gard. Chron. Ill. 34: 399, 400. 12 D 1903. Calls attention to the overlooked name J/oorea Lemaire, 1855, which antedates — Cortaderia Stapf, 1897. Starback, K. Ascomyceten der ersten Regnellschen Expedition, I. Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27°: 1-26. f/. 1901. Includes descriptions of numerous new species and varieties in different genera. Stearns, R. E. C. Eucalypts in the Philippines. Science, II. 18: 439, 440. 20 1903. Stephani, F. Species Hepaticarum. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 98- 129. 31 Ja1903; 326-341. 31 Mr 1903; 522-537. 3 Je19033- 596-611. 30 Je 1903; 873-888. 30 S 1903; 959-974. 31 O 1903. Includes three new American species of Plagiochila. Stone, W. Arisaema pusillum in Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Tor yeya, 3; 71, 172. 216 N 260%, Suksdorf, W. N. Washingtonische Pflanzen. Deuts. Bot. Monatss. 19: 91-93. Je Igor. Svedelius, N. Zur Kenntnis der saprophytischen Gentianaceen- Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 28: 1-16. f. z-zz. 25 Ap 1902: pate H.& P. Urophiyctis hemisphaerica (Speg.) Syd. Ann. Ms = 647, Sve: N 1904. eee 2 es s ee Saas ae pene es : “eet ORE 2k Ce eee, ] oe” SP el ae. | Se eee ee ris eel ee oe ee ek ol oo ees ee ee ee INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 11] Thompson, J. R. Boniato—atree ora yam? Plant World, 6: 287, 288. D 1903. Transeau, E. N. On the geographic distribution and ecological rela- tions of the bog-plant societies of northern North America. Bot. Gaz. 36: 401-420. f. 7-37. 19 D 1903. True, R.H. East Tennessee pink root. Pharm. Rev. 21: 364. S. 1903. Underwood, L.M. A summary of our present knowledge of the ferns of the Philippines. Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 665-684. 5 D 1903. 3 Warnstorf, C. Vier neue exotische Sphagna. Magyar Bot. Lap. 1: 43-46. 11 Mr 1902. Includes S. Geheebié sp. nov. from Brazil. Warsow, G. Systematisch-anatomische Untersuchungen des Blattes bei der Gattung 4cer mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Milchsafti- lemente. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 15: 493-601. fi 1-4. 1903. Waters, C. E. Asplenium ebeneum proliferum. Rhodora, 5: 272, 273. 19 N 1903. [Illust.] Watson, W. Cereus Greggii. Gard. Chron. III. 34: 93.7 43. § Au 1903. Whetzel, H. H. A new method of mounting superficial fungi. Jour. Myc. g: 218, 219. 31 D 1903. Whitford, H.N. The forest and the prairie. Bull. Univ. Montana, Biol. Ser. 1: 249-254. 1903. Whitford, H. N. The forest trees. [Conifers of Montana.] Bull. Univ. Montana, Biol. Ser. 1: 215-229. f. 7-76. 1903. Whitford, H.N. The plant associations. Bull. Univ. Montana, Biol. mer. X: 271-274. ph s2 +f GTi 1903 : - Wildeman, E. de. Cupressus Arizonica Greene. Ic. Sel. Hort. The- =" Nensis, 4: 111-114. pl. 145. Jl 1903- ES i Native of Arizona and northern Mexico. _= Wille, N. Algologische Notizen—X. Ueber die Algengattung 2 Sphaerella Somm. Nyt. Mag. Vid. 41: 94-109. 1 My 1903. Wille, N. Algologische Notizen— XI. Ueber die Gattung Chlamy- domonas. Nyt. Mag. Vid. 41: 109-162. p/. 3, 4. 1 My 1903. With synopses of all known species of Chlamydomonas and Chloromonas. Williams, R. S. Bolivian Mosses. Part I. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. ss 104-134. 19 O 1903. ncludes twenty-nine new species in twenty genera, of which three are new : oe Teretidens and Aligrimmia. Chry- it? INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Wirt, G. H. A severed but growing white pine tree trunk at Monte Alto. Statem. Penn. Dep. Forestry, 1Ig01-02: 138. A/. 37. 1902. Woods, A. F. Bacterial spot, a new disease of carnations. Science, Uh Set. $47) F45.;, 25.0 1905. Woolson, G. A. Another station for Asplenium ebeneum Hortonae. Fern Bull. 11: 122. [D] 1903. Wooton, E.0. ‘The ferns of the Organ Mountains. Torreya, 3: 161- 164. 19 N 1903. Zeleny, C. The dimensional relations of the members of compound leaves. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 134-174. fi 1-77. 23 O 1903- BuLL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 31, PLATE I 10 FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION BuLL. TORREY CLUB, VOLUME 31, PLATE 2 FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION SEQUUIA GRACILLIMA (LESQ, ) NEWs. ULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 31, PLATE 3 MATAWAN F IRMATLION FLORA OF THE Butt, TORREY CLUB VOLUME 31, Pt Olt 31, ATE 4 FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION IN, a Tn en an, I —————— EE SS ee UB VOLUME 31, PLATE 5 FLORA OF THE MATAWAN FORMATION BuLL. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 31, PLATE 6 as SSS = Con ery: es 1A fr7 ) < = ON ey 4: f) Vu ip SS / Howe 1, 2 CocCO LADUS OCCIDENTALIS LAXUS M. A. 3-12 NEOMERIS COKER! M. A. Howe FOR SALE-A Collection of Delaware Plants This is the largest collection of the plants of the State that has yet been made, and includes a number of its rare and scarce plants; the lower and higher orders are both represented. For particulars address ALBERT COMMONS, WILMINGTON, DEL. 1903, issue p eries of accu- rately colored plates, representing all the plu- mages of North American Warblers,from draw- ngs by Louis Agassiz Fuertes and Bruce fall The Warblers in Colo BIRD-LORE began eS ee The text accompanying these beautiful plates has been compiled by Prof. W. W. 2 t Zp OF 6.5 é 20 cents a number; $1.00 a year plates, to every subscriber to Vol. VI of D FOR THE AUDUBON SOCIETIES sy BIRD-LORE, beginning February 1,1904. ‘THE MACMILLAN CO., 66 FIFTH AVE., New York City THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEVENTH YEAR anp MOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Eepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on these are furnished to subscribers at the library catalogue cards; rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, CoLumBIA UNIVERSITY, New York City I PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con taining notes, news and non-technical articles of ee sagen Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, Io cents a copy; $1.00 Not irae in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 pp. Vol. II, Tas gt 204 pp- Vol. III, 1902, viii+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 pp Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying the chap va Sait seca carried out in the Garden. Free to a og members of the Garden ; S, S, #3. per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and I2 plates, ies ane tT, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, ae 1903. Vol. III, No. 9, 174 pp., 15 ates 1903. Memoirs of the New bagaeh Botanical Garden. Price to ese of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not ts in exch Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of anaes and ‘ie ¢ Yellowstone Park, a oe — Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and cri discussion of the Pte teridophytes and Phan ateonecnnen of the pri with notes ig the author’s field book and inc re descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with detail ed Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Decne ss upon Growth and ge “ea acDougal, first assistant and director of ue es atories. _ or’s extensive researches together with a ral pees ME rat the Spr of light to plants. The principal ach giaigical hatches are illustrated. xvi -+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures. ¥Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals ~~ so above. Price, 25 -s each. 11. Inclusive of Nos. 1-25, vi-+ 400 pp. 35 figures in the text and 34 Pah $5. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 43. Some correlations of leaves, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No, 44. Soil-temperatures and vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 45. Studies in plant-hybrids, by Dr. William Austin Cannon. No. 46. Some aspects of desert vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 47. Anatomy and physiology of Baccharis genistelloides, by Miss Elsie M. Kupfer. No. 48. Mutations in plants, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEmorrs OF THE DEPARTMENT : vs 1. ee of the North American Species of the Genus eet (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895- yg Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North heen Potentilleae (189%). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896 uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00, Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895~1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7, Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 2or-. 1903-(current List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General ae (1896). By Albert sesay vena Fellow in Botany, 1895-1 230 pages, 76 plates. Price ee za) Magee $3.80 (paper). Published) Willard N. Clute & Co. e Department invites Sipiode eres nee of her- barium material for any of the above named agetgee age Address Professor se eh Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. ustrated Flora ‘at the Northern United States, Canada, and Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of cae 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- Bro Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 Pages ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in ie text, illustrating pets species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for ai three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $ I0.0 5. Our "Na tive Ferns and their Allies. mare Edition) rg00. By Lucien ae Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published = Henry Holt & Co., rgd York, Price $1.00. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 18 Cc Duodecimo, 236 aie teh plates. Published by Henry Holt & 0. Price $1 ye. "Text book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 189 Octavo , 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Publish hed by Lees, Green & Co. .» New York. Price $3.00. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third. Ave., , Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus” Sole Agents for ee ee ee Sg 5 ; 4 C. A. Fm Our Specialty : 7 KAHLBAUM’S” MICROSCOPES @ C. P. rei and ve and Reagen ACCESSORIES : SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES Cc. P. Filters cmt 92! os BALANCES GENOSSEN’S ind Famous Labora- m tory aay i WEIGHTS .y And foe sn many other renowned Euro houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. Price 83.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. Vol. 1, No.1; price, $1.00: “age § L. H. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. a ’ Vol. 1, No. 2; price, 50 cents : Martindale, I. C. Marine algae of ei bra a coast and adjacent waters of — Staten Island. Pages 87-1112. 24 A . Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 ¢ Spruce, R. A2faticae Bolivianae, in Modis cy ee ssleeaalis annis 85-5, a cel. H. aL Rusby lectae. Pages 1 13-140. 20 Ja 1890. Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents: _ * Sturtevant, E. lL. On seedless fruits. Pages 141-187. 30 My sas Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : B. D. Reserve neg materials in buds and surrounding parts. Pages 1-26, pare Sp Be OS e . Vol. e sana. 2; price, 75 cents: : Van, a. A. M. & Hollick, A. Contributions to the botany of Vewulac pees a6 plates 3, g. 23 D 1890. oe Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : Holm, T. Contributions to the knowledge of the germination of some a Amer. ican | plants. Pag ag deus it 5-19. nae Ap 1891. : e ‘0. 4; price, 75 cents: net ce a wine W.E. wis zine aes in North America. re 109-132 Vol. 3, No 1: not furnished separately :. Small, J.K. & Heller, A. - Flora of western North Caroling ont terionye Pages 1-39: 20 F 1892. : Vol. 3, No. 2; price, $2. T. The Vaiadaceae of North America [with ilustrations of all the pe “oe Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. Vol. 3, No. 3; price, 50 cents ae enumeration of ae e988 collected. in “Bolivia tL ss Pages 1-67. 28 Apr 189 ae Vol. 4, No. - ra Stosiew L.M. Index Hepaticarum. Part Vol. ¢ ee 3. ie , A. M. Report on the botanical ral diay the season of 1892. dace atrs. ie 7 Vol. 4, No. 3; price, 50 cents: n enumeration of the plants cc Boee 203-274. 10 Mr-17 Ap 1895. Vol. 4, No. 45 price, 5296, plates ol. 5; price, $3.00 ae a Pteridophyta and Spermateth gd growing without cultivation in. northeastern — D 1894. rth America. Pages 1-377. D 1293-31 ol. 6, ay ZL: price SRR25t ; Rusby, H. H. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1806. Vol. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cents Grout, A.J. A revision of the North American Jsofheciaceae and Brachythecia. Pages 131-210. 30 J] i807. Vol. os No. 3; price, 50 cents : Hazen, T. E. e life history of Sphaez peo lacustris ( Haematoceccus pluvials). Pages 24I- ae, es 86, °7 poe ed). 8 Je 1899. : , No. 4; price, 50 cen nts Underwood, L. M. A review a the genera of ferns ie prior to 1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899 Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cen Fink, B. Notes on the lichen distribution in the upper a Valley. Pages 285-307. - D 1899. 5 Vol. 7; price, $3. Howe, M.A. The efaticae and Anthocerotes of Califcarsin. Pages 1-208, plates 88-122. 5 Au 3899. 8, No. 1; price, $1.75 : . Lloyd, F. BE. The comparative embryology of the Rudiaceae. Part I. Pages 1-26, plates r-g. 26 Aut899. Part II. Pages 27-112, gs 4§-15. 15 F 1902. ol. 8, No. 2; pric vans, A. W. bocag L sn of the United Saka. aa Canada. Pages 113-183 plates 16-22. 15 F = , No. 3; price, 75 ¢ _ Britton, B. G. & Taylor, ‘- The life history of one lineata, Pages 185-211, + | plates 23-37. 30 1902. Vol. 9; price, $3.00: Salmon, B.S. A monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, plates 1-9. 4 0 1900. 1. 10; price, $3.00 Burgess, E. S. arti of a ‘Clshige botany in its feletion to Aster. Pages i-xil, 1-447. 22N1 No. 1; price Vol LIS: gure, D. The North American Sordariaceae. Pies 1-134, plates 1-19. 3° My 11, No. 2; price, $1.7 = The I es plates 20-42. 2, No. 1; price, Vo $1.50: : Northrop, A. R. Flora of ae Providence and Andros (Bahama Islands). Pages 1-98, plates 1-19. 10 D 1902. Address : TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, Columbia University, New York City- Vol. 1 € Ulothricaceae and Chaetophoraceae of the United States. Pages O 1902. i MARCH, 1904. BULLETIN OF THE €ditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART Associate Editors THE TORREY oes ICAL CLUB President. HON. ADDISON BROWN. LED: Vice- Presidents, HENRY: HL RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD S. BURGESS, Px.D. Recordings Secretary, Corresponding Secretar. yy FE, S-- EARLE, AcM: JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, Treasurer, FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia Universtiy. New York City. MEETINGS " Meetings | twice each month from October to ihe inclusive: the second Tuesday, at 8:00 P.M., at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St.; the last Wednesday, at 3:30 P.M., in the Museum Building of the New ie Botanical Garden. PUBLICATIONS All subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publications of the Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, Francis E. Lloyd, Columbia Uni- versity, New York City Bulletin. Monthily, ceechliahed 1870, Price, $3.00 a year; single numbers 3° cents. Of former volumes, only 2, 3, 5, 13, 20, 21, and 24-30 can be supplied sepa> — . rately ; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended for publication in the BuLtetin should be addressed to Dr. John Hendley Barnhart, — Editor, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Torreya. Monthly, established 1901, Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in- tended for publication in TORREYA should be addressed to Dr. Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See last pages of cover. ) Preliminary Catalogue of errr and sett ania within 100 miles of New York made 1888. Price, $1.00. Biante A Sas uak Ub aaaee VoL. 31 No. 3 BULLETIN ‘a OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ay ooo MARCH, 1904 Taxonomic importance of the spermogonium* J. C. ARTHUR It is as well at the outset to disclaim all intention of treating the subject from any real knowledge of the true nature of the spermo- _ gonium. The name implies a sexual function, either active or ob- solete. The similarity in structure to the pycnidia of lichens has induced many attempts to discover a similarity in function, but wholly without success. So far as known, the spermatia, which are discharged abundantly from the spermogonium, have no con- nection with the further development of the fungus. They may be induced to grow somewhat and bud, when placed in a nutrient solution, but no permanent structure has ever been obtained, and No parasitic connection has ever been established. So far as pres- _ ent knowledge extends, the spermogonium is an isolated organ with functions not yet conjectured, or whose original functions Pave been lost through modifications, possibly induced by para- Sitism. Cytological evidence shows very distinctly that the spermo- -gonium is an organ in no wise comparable with the uredosorus or aecidium. The spermatia, which are discharged abundantly from he ‘spermogonium, contain each but a single nucleus, which arises of the BULLETIN, Vol. 31, No. 2, for February, 1904 1904.] 114 ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM Sappin-Trouffy regards the uninucleated condition as suggestive of senility. Waiving this inference, observe that both aecidiospores and ure- dospores are binucleated, and that the nuclei arise from the binucle- ated mycelium in the usual vegetative manner characteristic of the rusts. Both spore-forms are therefore conidia, and serve the purpose of rapid propagation of the species, being purely asexual in origin and function. This, of cqurse, has always been assumed for the uredospores, but often denied for the aecidiospores. The work of a number of eminent cytologists no longer leaves the slightest doubt regarding the correctness of this view, and whatever degree of sexuality has been assumed for the aecidium must henceforth be abandoned. Turning to the teleutospore we find that each cell contains two nuclei when young, but that they soon fuse in a manner highly suggestive of a sexual function. The explanation of this nuclear fusion as a genuine sexual act was first proposed by Dangeard and Sappin-Trouffy nearly ten years ago, and quite recently reaf- firmed by Harper, and again very recently by Holden and Harper in an important contribution to the nuclear phenomena in Co/eo- sporium. During germination the single nucleus of the teleuto- spore moves into the promycelium, and by dividing twice furnishes a nucleus for each of the four sporidia. In the sporidium the nu- cleus once more divides, but this time the process is unaccompan- ied by division of the cell, and thus the vegetative binucleated condition is again established, which is maintained throughout the life-cycle until the teleutospore is again reached, unless the spet- mogonium may be considered as introducing an interruption. However, as the uninucleated spermatia are discharged into the air and come to naught, and as the mycelium bearing the spermo- gonium continues the cycle by developing potentially active spores, aecidiospores for example, it is evidently permissible for our present purpose to ignore the spermogonium in tracing the nuclear cycle. Although our knowledge of the nuclear history is not com- plete, yet enough has been established to permit of a reasonable inference regarding the nuclear cycle, which may be stated in brief, as follows: A fusion takes place in the teleutospore, having the physiological effect of a sexual act, and establishing the begin- ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM 115 ning of the nuclear cycle. During germination the one nucleus divides into four, one for each of the four sporidia. By the time the sporidium is ready to form mycelium, its nucleus has sep- arated into two, lying side by side, and henceforth these paired nuclei maintain an independent existence. When a new cell of the mycelium or a conidiospore is formed, each of the paired nuclei divides, half of each remaining in the old cell and half going to the new one. Thus the two associated nuclei have an independent line of descent from the time of leaving the sporidium of the germinating teleutospore until they arrive in a teleutospore again. This account of nuclear phenomena has been given to show that the life-cycle of a rust begins with the germinating teleuto- spore, that is, the sporidium; that the spermogonium is a prob- lematical organ quite saz generis; and that all other sorts of rust spores are of a conidial or asexual character. The spore-forms of the rusts and the spore-bearing structures present an endless diversity, which is one of the charms of the study, and at the same time is a source of perplexing difficulties. There are, however, but two types of uredineal conidia; the aecidium and the uredo. These have received different names when presenting different aspects, and it may be well to mention the more common of these appellations. When the aecidial peridium is elongated and dehisces by numerous longitudinal slits the aecidium is called a roestelia, a form found on pomaceous hosts ; when the peridium is extended and breaks irregularly we have a peridermium, which occurs on coniferous hosts ; when the peridium is wanting the aecidium is called a cacoma. The uredo, when it assumes a resting state, has spores with indurated, brown walls and persistent pedicels, which are called amphispores. But throughout all the variety of forms, the aecidiospore and the ured- Ospore retain their conidial character. It is not always easy to decide whether a certain spore-struc- ture is an aecidium or a uredo, and it would not be difficult to point out many instances where they are confused in the — Writings of some of the most eminent uredinologists, were it not both ungracious and uncalled for to do so. In general they may be distinguished by the spores of the aecidium always being pro- 116 ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM duced in chains, and those of the uredo being produced singly on evident pedicels, except in case of the genera of the Co/cosporieae and Chrysomyxeae, where they as well as the aecidiospores are in chains. In all cases the aecidium is developed before the uredo in point of time. This brings us to a consideration of the succession of spore- forms in the cycle of development. In the first place it may be said that the order is invariable. The germinating teleutospore gives rise to the sporidium, from the mycelium of which is pro- duced first the spermogonium, then the aecidium, and later comes the uredo, and then the teleutospore completing the cycle. Either the aecidium or the uredo may be omitted from the cycle of de- velopment, or both may be omitted, as occurs in many species, but the spermogonium is rarely omitted, and the teleutospore with its sporidium never. The developmental order and the suppression of spore-forms may be represented in four series. By using the Roman numerals I, II and III for aecidia, uredo and teleutospore respectively, the cipher for the spermogonium, and the letter y for the sporidium, the series may be shown in tabular form, or they may be represented diagrammatically. By far the largest number SUCCESSION OF SPORE-FORMS A. Complete series. B. Uredo wanting. | C. Aecidia wanting | D. No uredo or aecidia- | x y y y oO | fe) oO Oo I | 1 | | = II ~ ll | = III | III | Ill | Ill J = ee of species are illustrated by the first series, having all spore-forms present ; a much smaller number by the second series, having the uredo suppressed ; and a still less number by the third series, having the aecidium suppressed. The fourth series, with both conidial forms suppressed, claims many species, however, and possibly more than either the second or third. In each of the four series the spermogonium is sometimes suppressed. Very little attention has been given to the presence or absence of the spermogonium, however, and the recorded data bearing upon the matter are extremely meager. At present it is unwise to venture an opinion whether the non-appearance of this structure in any ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM 117 species is due to conditions of growth, to adaptations extending over a long period, to reduction as the result of parasitism, or to specific variation. All that can be said is that it seems probable that in some species the spermogonium is wholly wanting, but that in the great majority of species it is present. The general conception of the spermogonium is, I venture to say, that of a minute structure necessarily accompanying the aecidium, although in some exceptional cases it may occur in connection with the other spores. This view is the outgrowth of ‘TTELEUTOSPORE a Sporipium eS TELEUTOSPORE SPORLDIUM of f Le ow SPERMOGONIUM <— ‘ Meg AECIDIUM A B TELEUTOSPORE TELEUTOSPORE DIUM g SPORIDIU SPoRIpium S, 59° Peay, =, Jar, SPERMOGONIUM D Fic. 1. Diagrams to illustrate the succession of spore-forms in a cycle of develop- ment'; A, all spore-forms present; B, uredo-stage suppressed ; C, edeitnmmn-sings sup- Pressed ; D, both uredo and aecidium suppressed. The suppression of spore-forms Sometimes extends also to the spermogonium. the teaching of DeBary. The spermogonium was first described by Tulasne in 1851, and believed to be the male organ of repro- duction. In 1866 DeBary published his epoch-making work on the morphology and physiology of the fungi, and in this he says 118 ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM that with a few exceptions the spermogonia are the constant ac- companiment and precursors of the aecidia, and that this points to a sexual relation between them (page 169). Inthe second edition of the work in 1865 this statement is elaborated, and has been made familiar to English-speaking botanists through the transla- tion of 1887 (page 276). As exceptions DeBary recorded in his earlier work that in cultures of Endophyllum Sempervivt, which usually produces spermogonia, repeated generations of aecidia occurred without a trace of spermogonia. In 1879 Schroter observed that aecidia of Uromyces on Ervum and of Puccinia on Galium Aparine are produced throughout the warm months, but that only the first generation in springtime is accompanied by spermogonia. In 1891 Barclay made observations upon a Uromyces on Jasminunt sempervivum in India which produced aecidia accompanied by spermogonia when sporidia from germin- ating teleutospores were sown, but which produced aecidia unac- companied by spermogonia when aecidiospores were sown. In 1895, in an article on rust-fungi with repeated formation of aecidia, Dietel added to the number of such species, coming to the con- clusion that, in those species of Uromyces and Puccinia which form aecidia and teleutospores but no uredospores, the aecidio- spores have the power again to bring forth aecidia, provided the mycelium is not perennial in the host. He called the aecidia arising directly from germination of teleutospores ‘“ primary aecidia,’’ and those arising from germination of aecidiospores ‘secondary aecidia,” and noted that spermogonia were usually absent from the latter. The same descriptive method has since been employed with the uredo; the primary uredospores being those which arise first accompanied by spermogonia; and the secondary uredospores, often of a different size and appearance, being those which come later without spermogonia. Going back to the statement of DeBary, which is also the accepted view of every subsequent writer, that usually the spermo- gonia are the accompaniment and precursors of the aecidia, or in a few cases, we may add, of the uredo, we are now in a position to point out that the statement is only true in a superficial way, and in reality is misleading. Every one who has made cultures of | the rusts knows that, in about a week after sowing the germinat- i ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM 119 ing teleutospores, there will appear spermogonia, without any regard to the kind of spore that is to follow. The spermogonium is clearly the first fruiting structure to arise in the cycle of de- velopment, that is, the first to follow nuclear fusion, which we may assume to be the sexual act. If we are, therefore, to regard the spermogonium as having any necessary association with other spore-forms, it must be with what precedes, that is, with the sporidium of the teleutospore, rather than with the conidia which follow. That this is physiologically as well as morphologically true is shown by the fact that the conidia closely following the spermogonia are usually larger and in many ways more vigorous than those conidia which arise from the germination of conidia, and thus are further removed from the reinvigoration of nuclear fusion. In some species with primary and secondary uredo, as for example, Puccinia suaveolens, and Phragmidium Potentillae on Potentilla Canadensis, the primary uredo when fresh can be told at a glance by the richer coloration and the larger and more compact sorus. It may be argued that the reason why the primary uredo is larger and stronger is because of its association with the spermogonium, which may be true, but if so, the explanation of it can not now be shown or even clearly conjectured. It is evi- dent, however, that assuming the nuclear fusion in the teleutospore to be an invigorating process, and that position seems fairly unas- Sailable, the effect of the fusion must be most marked in the earliest fruiting-bodies, and grow less and less the greater the number of removes, and hence the difference between the primary and secondary uredo. Before reaching the chief feature of this paper there is one more phase of cyclar development that should be presented. It is the relation of the repeating conidia to the succession of spore- forms. The incompleteness of knowledge of full life-histories is especially felt in making generalizations regarding this feature of development. All that can be claimed is probable correctness. Both tabular and diagrammatic methods of illustration may be employed as before. When the uredo occurs in the series, the uredospores by germination give rise to a mycelium that at once Produces more uredospores, and these may repeat the process, and so on indefinitely, or until the favorable season for growth 120 ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM draws to a close, in this manner widely distributing the species. If no uredo occurs in the series, the aecidiospores often possess the power of repetition ; and if neither uredo nor aecidia occur, the teleutospores may act in the same way, as in the numerous species of the Lepto-Uredineae. It is worthy of note that in a complete series of spore-forms there is but one generation of aecidia, and that the mycelium bear- ing the aecidia does not continue, as a rule, to live and produce ~ uredospores, but comes to an end with the fruiting of the aecidia. The fungus is then re-established by aecidial germination. Thus the development is thrown into two hemicycles. One may inci- dentally observe that, except as an aid to heteroecism, there ap- pears no evident advantage to the fungus in possessing two coni- dial spore-forms. All the work of dissemination is equally well done by either one of the two forms, acting alone. SUCCESSION OF SPORE-FORMS. A. Complete series | B. Uredo wanting. C. Aecidia wanting. | D. No uredo or aecidia. ¥ y y | y oO O Oo | +e) I I aut | aes III | Ill | I | ul The repeating spore-forms are in heavy type. An observation more pertinent to our inquiry is, that the spermogonium occurs but once in the cycle, not being repeated with each generation of repeating aecidia or uredo. In case the teleutospore takes on the conidial function it is uncertain whether the spermogonium is repeated with each summer generation of not. In Puccinia Malvacearum, and similar Lepto-Uredineae, the spermogonium seems to be wholly suppressed, even with the first generation in spring. It is unnecessary, however, for the pur- poses of this paper either to decide or to discuss this doubtful point. After this rather tedious exordium I am prepared to make the first of two statements regarding the taxonomic value of the sper- mogonium : to record its presence, and the spore-generation with which it is associated, gives valuable information regarding the probable length of the cycle. By referring to the last diagrams it will be clear at a glance, that if spermogonia and uredospores ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM 121 are found arising from the same mycelium, aecidia do not occur in the cycle; and if spermogonia and teleutospores are found arising from the same mycelium, there are neither uredo nor aecidia in the cycle. If we read a diagnosis in which only teleutospores are Fic. 2, Diagrams to illustrate the succession of spore-forms, the continuity of the mycelium, and the repeating generation, within a cycle of development. Curved lines represent mycelium; when the lines branch, two kinds of spores are borne by the same mycelium, usually one succeeding the other in point of time ; Il, primary teleutospores ; iii, secondary or repeating teleutospores ; I, primary oe ; i, Secondary or repeating aecidia ; II, primary uredo ; ii, secondary or repeating uredo ; ¥, Sporidia ; 0, spermogonia. ’ ibnibtets eicte of development, the repeating generation being the uredo ; rs cycle with the uredo suppressed, the aecidium being the repeating generation ; - cyc with the aecidium suppressed, the uredo being the repeating generation - PD, cyce e wit both aecidium and uredo suppressed, the teleutospore being the repeating generation. mentioned, there is no way of judging whether the rust also pos- Sesses aecidia and uredo or not, unless it is stated that the teleuto- Spores germinate immediately upon maturity, when usually, ae though not invariably, other spore-forms are absent. To mention 122 ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM that spermogonia are directly associated with the teleutospores sets the matter at rest. The same is true when they are associated with the uredo. But when they are associated with the aecidia, the case is somewhat different. Only in instances where teleuto- spores and aecidia arise from the same mycelium, and immediately adjoining, can it be told from a specimen in hand that the cycle is without uredospores. It should be mentioned, that it is not to be inferred that when spore-forms are suppressed, all trace of them is lost. On the contrary, when the uredo-form is suppressed, a few uredospores are often found intermixed with the teleutospores ; and when both aedicia and uredo are suppressed, a few peridial cells and uredo- spores may occur in the teleutosori, reminders of two lost conidial generations. My second statement regarding the taxonomic value of the spermogonium is, that position, form, color and size, are characters worth recording, but have only minor value, as the range of vari- ation is slight. The spermogonium is usually a flask-shaped body, averaging 100-150 in diameter, formed immediately beneath the epidermis. The narrow neck protrudes through the epidermis, in order to discharge the spermatia into the air. Sometimes, especi- ally in certain species of rusts parasitic upon Ranunculaceae, Ana- cardiaceae, Rosaceae and Cuesalpiniaceae, the spermogonium is formed in the upper epidermal wall, just beneath the cuticle, and _ is then more or less hemispherical or conical. Intermediate forms sometimes occur, but the variation is usually inconsiderable. The position of the spermogonia in relation to the accompanying spore- form is also worth noting. The two structures are usually upon opposite sides of the leaf bearing them, but occasionally both are on the same side. The spermogonia sometimes occupy a small limited area, with the conidiosori on the opposite side of the leaf, or encircling them on the same side; or they may be scattered thickly or sparsely over large areas intermixed with the conidio- sori, or opposite them, The purpose of the paper has now beet attained, if the two- fold value of including information about the spermogonium in every descriptive account of a rust has been made clear. Spe! mogonial characters probably have little or no generic value, but ARTHUR: IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMOGONIUM i273 their specific value is considerable, first as an indication of the nature of the life-cycle, and secondly in furnishing positive char- acters for identification. Incidentally it has been explained that the common conception of the spermogonium as an accom- paniment of the aecidium, or other spore-forms, is incorrect and misleading. The spermogonium should rather be considered a fixed structure accompanied by some other spore-form as a rule, but in no wise dependent upon the same. PURDUE UNIVERSITY. A phyto-geographic sketch of extreme southeastern Pennsylvania JoHN W. HARSHBERGER TOPOGRAPHY The area considered in this phyto-geographic survey com- prises the region of Pennsylvania drained by Wissahickon creek, lower Schuylkill river, Cobbs creek, Darby creek, Crum creek, Ridley creek and Chester creek, extending to the divide between Chester creek and the lower Brandywine. It is part of the well- characterized Piedmont plateau in the Atlantic drainage system, and comprises the district situated south and southeast of the range of hills formed by the Laurentian syenites. All of the streams mentioned, with the exception of the Wissahickon, the Brandywine, which heads in the low limestone of the Chester valley, and the Schuylkill, which rises in the mountains, take their rise to the east and southeast of the divide formed by the range of hills that owe their origin to the resistance of the Lauren- tian syenite rocks to erosion, from the earliest geologic time. The Wissahickon, the Schuylkill and the Brandywine flow from the low limestone Chester valley and through gneiss gorges on their way to the Delaware river. In the case of the Wissahickon, the act is startlingly bold, because accomplished by a small stream. It may be stated here briefly that when the gorges of the Wissa- hickon, the Schuylkill and the Brandywine were made, Chester val- ley was at a much higher level. Its soft limestone rocks were dis- solved faster than the gneiss, hence the width of the Chester valley and other limestone valleys compared with the narrow valleys cutin the harder gneissic rock. Cobbs, Darby, Crum, Ridley and Ches- ter creeks rise upon, or on the eastern slopes of the Laurentian tidge which extends in a general southwestern direction from be-- yond the Delaware at Trenton to West Chester, Chester county, Pennsylvania. This ridge, reaching a general elevation of 300- 590 feet, marks the boundary of the limestone Chester and Whitemarsh valleys, crosses the Schuylkill below Norristown and widens in Chester county into a confused range of hills. The Streams, just mentioned, flow generally southeastward into the 125 126 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH Delaware river, striking across several geologic formations. The Laurentian syenites are cut into by the headwater tributaries of these streams, which make gorges in the newer gneissic rocks of the region, finally flowing across the alluvial plain found along the Delaware river. The shorter streams with less volume of water have not cut across the Laurentian divide, but they are and have been con- stantly at work widening and deepening their gorges, so that in the last few miles of their courses they often run practically at base-level, as indicated by the sluggishness of their flow. During their existence, these creeks, as well as the master-streams men- tioned above, have been subjected to various vicissitudes through oscillations of the earth’s surface. Several times their lower stretches have been subjected to depression and elevation. Dur- ing periods of depression, their mouths have been drowned by the encroachment of the sea upon the preceding land-surface, the Delaware river becoming an estuary of the Atlantic ocean, with the deposit of sediments in the form of mud, sand and gravels. Nevertheless the streams of the region have been constantly at work reducing the country to a peneplain, eating away the sand and gravel deposited during submergence and leaving undisturbed patches to tell the tale of their former existence. During perio of subsidence, erosion has been less active, but during long periods of elevation the streams have been reawakened and started afresh into active earth-leveling. The Piedmont plateau and the alluvial coastal strip in south- east Pennsylvania were, with the similar region in New Jersey; subjected to movements of the earth’s surface. The following may be recognized as of importance in the consideration of the aes from a phyto-geographic aspect : . The post-Triassic uplift and the subsequent dicen of the mu peneplain. 2. The Cretaceous subsidence and deposition. 3. The post-Cretaceous uplift. 4. The Miocene submergence and the deposition of the Mio- cene beds. 5. The post-Beacon-Hill submergence and the development of the pre-Pensauken peneplain. HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 127 6. The Pensauken submergence and the deposition of the Pensauken formation. 7. The post-Pensauken uplift and the erosion accomplished between this uplift and the last glacial. epoch. 8. The last glacial epoch. During the Pensauken submergence the land was depressed to such an extent as to drown the Delaware river at its lower end, allowing the sea to pass up its valley and over the peneplain which had been developed during the previous cycle of erosion, so that a broad sound was formed which connected Raritan bay with Delaware bay. The Delaware river entered the Pensauken sound at Trenton, and the Schuylkill river, Cobbs, Darby, Crum, Ridley and Chester creeks emptied into this sound, having their lower portions drowned through this submergence. The mouth of the Delaware river during the post-Pensauken uplift was transferred to Delaware bay, the creeks above men- tioned assumed their old relationship to the country and began again actively to erode their basins. This cycle of erosion lasted until the ice of the last glacial epoch invaded the northern portion of the state. The topography of the region under consideration was changed but little and what changes were brought about were due to the deposition of drift, which was far from uniform.” These topographic and geologic facts have been mentioned somewhat at length, because they have strikingly influenced the vegetation of the country since Cretaceous times, when we have a great and sudden inswarming of the higher plants of modern types, at the close of the lower Cretaceous. The great feature of this period was its dicotyledonous forests. Thus the following genera of trees found in southeast Pennsylvania to-day date from the Cretaceous period : Fagus, Liguidambar, Liriodendron, Salix, Quercus, Castanea, Betula, Alnus, Platanus, Sassafras, Diospyros, Juglans and Hicoria. The botanical character of the Amboy Clays of coastal New Jersey, influenced by the changes of elevation described above, will be seen from the following brief synopsis.t * Gf. Salisbury, R. D. The physical geography of New — Geol. Surv. Jeg 1898, — Heilprin, A. Town geology. — Leslie, PY. Final report, om Geol. Suet, Rand, T. D. Notes on the geology of southeastern Pennsylvania. Proc. Acad. “Nat, Sci. Phila. rg00: 160-338. 1900. t Dawson, J. W. The geological history of plants. 204. 128 HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH The angiosperms form about seventy species, which include three of Magnolia, four of Lériodendron, three or four of Satz, three of Celastrophyllum, one of Celastrus, four or five of Avalia, two of Sassafras, one of Cinnamomum, one of Hedera (with leaves that are apparently identical with those described by Heer as belonging to Andromeda), Cissites, Cornus, Diospyros, Eucalyptus, Ficus, Mex, Juglans, Laurus, Menispermites, Myrica, Myrsine, Prunus, Rham- nus and others.* A statement of the above facts is proof that during the Ter- tiary period and up to its close a dense forest existed in north tem- perate and arctic latitudes. The northern portion of this forest and the tenderer species unable to withstand the nipping frosts were exterminated with the advance of the glaciers. South of the great terminal moraine, which reaches as far south as the Ohio river, but separated from it by a zone tenanted by arctic-alpine plants and other boreal species now found on mountain-tops and in the Hudsonian and Arctic belts of North America, the original Ter- tiary forest, minus such genera as Eucalyptus, Ficus, Cinnamemum, etc., persisted, reaching its greatest denseness in the region drained by the Tennessee river and its tributaries. One tongue of this forest of less denseness probably reached in a northeastward direc- tion, as far north as a line following the windings of the west branch of the Susquehanna river to the Blue Ridge, thence along the Blue Ridge to the Schuylkill river, thence across to the southeast side of Great Valley and following the hills on the south side of Great Valley to the Delaware river. Arbitrarily considered, all of the territory above this line and between it and the terminal moraine was a country influenced by the glacial cold. All of the country south of it, protected by the Allegheny mountains, the Blue Ridge and other ranges of hills to the eastward of the Schuylkill river, was covered by a forest com- posed in the main of those species of trees, not destroyed by the glacial cold, that had existed in this region, and also in the far north prior to the advent of the last glacial epoch. Comparing the northern remnant of the magnificent Tertiary forest with the south- ern remnant of this forest in the region drained by the Tennessee * Knowlton, F. H. A catalogue of the Cretaceous and ‘tas plants of North America. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. 152. 1898. a rn mn LL SR a= HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 129 river, and in the southern Appalachian mountains, generally speaking, it lacks many of the peculiar arboreous and herbaceous species which characterize the flora of the south and which have their nearest living representatives in the flora of eastern China and Japan. With the retreat of the great ice-sheet, the region once cov- ered by the ice was restocked by trees and herbs derived from three main sources of supply : (1) Scandinavia, (2) Hudsonian zone of the Glacial period, (3) Appalachian forests (north and south). The Scandinavian plants migrated eastward during the inter-glacial period and tenanted the moraines, nunataks and arctic strip of ter- ritory throughout the later glacial epoch. With the retreat of the. glaciers, they migrated northward with the ice sheet, or they per~ sisted on the tops of high mountains which existed as nunataks: during the ice age, or they remained as boreal islands in sphag- num-bogs, or in cold and shaded ravines. A northward migra-. tion of Hudsonian species and of Appalachian species in concen~ tric waves also took place at the close of the Glacial period.* The action of the several uplifts and depressions of the earth’s surface described was most profound upon this forest, the history of which has been traced. With every submergence of the lower portions of the creeks of the region and of the Delaware river, the forest in the area of submergence was destroyed, or if existing on the higher grounds, was subjected to such extensive changes of level, as to highly modify its character and the distribution of the component species. Many species were crowded together by the change of level and the wearing away of the strata to which they had become adapted, for ‘“ if we suppose the earlier Mesozoic uplands to be the seat of the existing dicotyledons, then by the lowering of the surface by gradual consumption of the interstream areas, these forms must have been brought into conflict with the flora of the lowlands and thereby forced into a contest for Supremacy.’’ Xerophytes of the hillsides and rock exposures (such as ser- s,C. C. Post-Glacial origin and migrations of the life of the north- eastern Unied Se , Jour. Geol. x : 303. S 1903. t Woodworth, J. B. The meee between baseleveling and organic evolution. Am. Geol. 14: Oe O 1894 130 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH pentine)* are replaced by mesophytes, which thrive in rich alluvial soils ; mesophytes, by the wearing away of the soil and the for- mation of cliffs, by xerophytes, such as exist on the serpentine barrens of southeast Pennsylvania ; hydrophytes replace meso- phytes, when an area becomes too wet for the tenancy of ordi- nary plants. Thus, if we apply such principles to the study of our region, southeastern Pennsylvania, the dry ground formed by the post-Cretaceous uplift was the seat of a dense mesophytic forest, by erosion mesophytes of the plain were replaced by xero- phytes of the hillside, and by a still more pronounced base-level- ing process, the xerophytes were again replaced by mesophytes. ‘When the submergence occurred and the forest was drowned, a ‘series of hydrophytes filled the tidal estuaries to be replaced by terrestial plants at the next uplift. Shull + gives an interesting case in point. The distribution of Tsoetes saccharata Engelm. along Chesapeake bay is explained by the geomorphic movements of the coastal plain. The present elevation of land is such that the water of the bay is fresh about ten kilometers below the mouth of the Susquehanna river. Dur- ing periods of greater elevation the water was fresh farther to the south. When the land was so elevated that the water was fresh at the mouth of the Potomac river, favorable habitats along the shore of the bay must have been occupied by the progenitors of the colonies of /scetes saccharata which now occur in the upper estuarine portion of the tributary rivers. As the land sank and the rivers were ponded farther and farther from their mouths, new areas became adapted to the growth of /svefes, and new colonies were formed. Simultaneously the colonies furthest down stream were destroyed by the advance of salt water. In this way there came to be, instead of a single colony or group of colonies at the head of Chesapeake bay, as many distinct colonies as there were ponded tributaries. So long as the land continued to sink, the successful reproduction was on the up-stream side, and destruction followed pari-passu on the down-stream side until the present con- * Harshberger, J. W. Ray of the serpentine barrens of southeast Pennsylvania. Science, II. 18: 339-343. go + Shull, G. H. So ned distribution of /soctes saccharata: Bot. Gaz. 36: 199- S 1903. HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 131 dition of widely separated colonies was brought about. In periods of elevation the reverse process must have taken place, and the many distinct areas must have been merged again into one. As we find /soetes saccharata Engelm. nowhere else than in Chesa- peake bay and J/svetes riparia Engelm. nowhere else than in Dela- ware bay, it seems fair to assume that the physiographic changes mentioned above as controlling the distribution of the former spe- cies have influenced the distribution of /scetes riparia along Dela- ware bay in a somewhat similar manner. We can picture to ourselves the manner in which the area up- lifted from the water was tenanted by various species of dry-land plants. The process may have been gradual, permitting the gradual adjustment of the newly implanted vegetal covering, or it may have been sudden, followed by an inrush of species. Lange * describes an interesting case, illustrating the latter process. The establishment of vegetation upon the flood-plain of the Delaware river may best be studied on islands formed by the deposition of silt about some obstacle in the river. A bar origi- nates. The first vegetation consists largely of annuals, then come willows, and finally a characteristic flood-plain forest. The red maple (Acer rubrum) appears, then poplars and the ash (/raxinus Americana). Gradually the plain becomes dry enough to permit the development of a true mesophytic forest. Some such stages were passed through by the vegetation of southeastern Pennsy]- vania with each uplift following a process of depression. The Same forces are at work now that were active in past geologic time, and the same laws are in operation which then controlled the distribution of plants. The history of the upland plant associations is somewhat differ- ent from that of the lowland. In tracing the genetic development of these associations, we must consider especially the vegetation Cowles + has described the origin of the vegetation of clay ravines. None of this class of ravines are found typically developed in southeastern Pennsylvania. Rock-gorges are common and are occupied by all of the streams that drain the The physical nature of the gneissic of the creek ravines. region under consideration. *Lange, D. Revegetation of Trestie Island. Minn. Bot. ated. 2: 621. 1901. ¢ Cowles, H. C. The physiographic ecology of Chicago and vicinity. Bot. Gaz. : 88, i. 3r 190 ioc HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH and syenitic rocks excludes landslide action and lateral cutting is relatively slow, as compared with ravines formed in clay. Thus. the conditions are much more favorable for the growth of plants in a rock-gorge than ina clay ravine. Rock-gorges are shady and often the rocks drip with water and are, therefore, carpeted with mosses, ferns and liverworts. Shade-loving plants abound, whose leaves are broad and thin. The stages of development pass more slowly in rock-gorges. With the gradual widening of the cafion, however, the character of the flora undergoes a slow change, so that the vegetal covering is never stable, but con- stantly shifting, now of one appearance and with the lapse of time and change of physiographic conditions of another. The character of the soil conditions, therefore, influences the particular kind of vegetation, so that we may have with the same exposure of light, heat and moisture a different flora, if the super- ficial soil deposits are different. Recent work * appears to show that, contrary to opinions that have long been held, there is no obvious relation between the chemical composition of the soil as determined by methods of analysis used and the yield of crops, but that the chief factor determining yield is the physical condition of the soil under suitable climatic conditions. The rainfall deter- mines the productiveness of a country. Temperature and rainfall together are one of the most important natural resources of a country. Clearly, therefore, the distribution of species does not depend so much upon the chemical character of two different strata,t but it is because one geologic area has advanced further in its life his- tory than the other. The vegetation, for example, of a clay hill to-day will be seen on a sand hill in the future. The laws that control changes in the plant covering of a country are, therefore, plainly physiographic. Wherever hills are being eroded, valleys widened, rivers deepened, waterfalls eliminated, lakes filled, or coastal plains enlarged, there must be a constant change in the plant societies, or a succession in definite order of plant groups. * Whitney, M. and Cameron, F. K. The esting vt the soil as related to crop production. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bureau Soils, Bull. 903. + Cowles, H. C. The influence of the cern paw on the character of the vegetation. Bull. Am. Bureau Geog., Je- l(t, ——_— aR el Ta ee a - HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 133 PLANT FORMATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS Southeastern Pennsylvania is a region of hills, of valleys, of meadows and of rocky ravines sloping down in general from the Laurentide hills to the Delaware river. It represents an original table-land whose general elevation was about 500 feet above tide-level. Originally the surface, hills as well as river-plain above the fresh-water marshes which line the Delaware river, was covered by a dense forest of trees. Since the settlement of the country the most desirable land has been under cultivation, and many flourishing manufacturing towns, as Philadelphia, Chester, Conshohocken and Norristown, are found partly on the river-plain and partly situated on the rolling hills formed by the newer gneissic rocks. Culturally speaking, several kinds of land may be distinguished, such as river-land, marsh-land, city- and town-land, farm- and cultivated land, uncultivated wood- land, uncultivated barren land, and abandoned farm-land. Botanically considered, the following ecologic plant formations and associations may be distinguished, and these are determined approximately by the character of the areas above mentioned. A. UNCULTIVATED. AQUATIC-PLANT FORMATION.—The rivers and creeks of our region, especially in their lower courses, have smooth stretches of water in which grow a number of aquatic species. These species in the tidal estuaries are usually of the larger sort and are well adapted to grow in water where there is a change of level between low and high tide of about three feet. In many of the streams, the tidal flow is of considerable strength and the current estab- lished, therefore, influences the distribution of the vegetation to a marked extent. Where the flow is less strong and swift, there the Material in the form of mud and silt is deposited and upon this allu- vial material aquatic plants take root and gradually raise the level of these areas by catching and holding fresh deposits of silt. “The result is a tidal marsh intersected by numerous meandering chan- nels through which the tidal water ebbs and flows. In the Schuylkill river above the dam at Fairmount is such a deposit of silt. Vadlisneria spiralis L. forms a pure association of Such extent as seriously to interfere with the navigation of the 134 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH river by pleasure craft (Va//isneria association). In some of the smaller streams and in ponds formed in artificial depressions, Phi/- otria Canadensis (Michx.) Britton (Elodea Canadensis Michx.) abounds. A fine growth of this plant, the water-weed, is found in an abandoned quarry-hole at Leiperville, Pa., and another ina small stream near Horticultural Hall, Fairmount Park (4/odea as- sociation). The spatterdock, Nymphaea advena Soland. (Nuphar advena Ait. f.)is probably the commonest aquatic plant that grows in the tidal portions of the streams of southeast Pennsylvania. It covers acres of mud ground and stretches as a pure association for miles along the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers (Vuphar associa- tion). Associated with it in shallower water the pickerel-weed, Pontederia cordata L., abounds, forming in places pure associa- tions. This interesting plant with trimorphic flowers is most abund- ant on the New Jersey side of the Delaware river (Pontederia association). The duckweeds are found in the ditches and ponds of the region. This is true especially of the district in South Phil- adelphia known as the Neck. The agricultural land, kept in a high state of fertility by the application of city manurial waste, is inter- sected by numerous ditches where abound Sfirodela polyrhiza (LJ Schleid., Lemna minor L., Wolfia Brasiliensis Wedd., and Wolffia Columbiana Karst. (Lemna association). Orontium aquaticum L., the goldenclub, is also a plant that forms in places ecologic groups (Orontium association). The water-chinquapin, Nelumbo /utea (Willd.) Pers., twenty-five years ago existed in the region of the ‘‘Neck.’’ With the spread of the city southwest, the plant was destroyed. POND-PLANT FORMATION. — There are no ponds or lakes of any size natural to southeastern Pennsylvania; all that now exist are artificial. Some of them occupy depressions from which | clay has been taken for bricks; others occupy the bottoms of rock quarries, while still others have been formed by the dam- ming of streams. The only natural ponds are of small size and are rather pools formed in a depression near some perennial spring. The ecologist finds in such natural pools, or along their edges, a collection of species that seem to give character to them, such as Chrysosplenium Americanum Schwein. (Chrysosple- nium association), Veronica Americana Schwein., Typha /atifola HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 135 L., Philotria Canadensis (Michx.) Britton, Acorus Calamus L., Iris versicolor L., Myriophyllum verticillatum L., § pirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schleid., Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.) B. S. P. (C. rhombotdea DC.), C. rotundifolia Michx., Caltha palustris L., Myosotis palustris (L.) Lam., Roripa palustris (L). Bess. (Nasturtium palustre DC.), Koripa Nasturtium (L.) Rusby (Nasturtium officinale R. Br.) (Vas- turtium association), /suardia palustris L. (Ludwigia palustris Ell.) and various algae, viz., Spirogyra, Hydrodictyon, Conferva, Nitella, Oedogonium, Volvox, Luglena and Mesocarpus. TIDAL-MARSH-PLANT FORMATION. — This formation was studied along the Delaware and at the mouths of the Schuylkill river, Crum and Darby creeks. The most satisfactory place to study the ecologic disposition of the plants is at the mouth of Crum creek, where the botanist can take advantage of a wooden foot- bridge (two thousand feet long) constructed to connect a light- house with the mainland (Fic. 1). The tidal marshes have been formed by a variety of contributing forces. Material brought down by the rivers has been sorted and distributed over the tidal areas by the tides and currents of the streams that meet here. The location of these deposits and their superficial extent has de- pended upon the character, force and direction of the currents. Elaborate plans are in existence showing the currents of all the Navigable streams in southeastern Pennsylvania. These may be consulted at the office of the United States engineer in charge of harbor improvements. The material is too abundant and the details too specialized to present in a paper of this character. The banks of the streams influenced by tidal action are lined by thickets composed of Platanus occidentalis L., Gleditsia tria- canthos L., Alnus rugosa (Du Roi) K. Koch, (Adnus serrulata Willd.), Acer ruérum L., Salix alba L., Liquidambar Styracifiua L., Fraxinus Americana L., Sambucus Canadensis L., Cephalanthus occidentalis L., Rosa lucida Ehrh. with Parthenocissus quinguefolia (L.) Planch. (Ampelopsis quinquefolia Michx.) and Rubus nigrobac- cus Bailey. The herbaceous associations of the woody plants men- tioned are in this rich alluvial soil Thalictrum polygamum Muhl., Fleracleum lanatum Michx., Agrimonia parvifiora Soland., Allium vneale L., Ambrosia trifida L., Impatiens biflora Walt. (/. fulva Nutt), In mud near the bank, associations of the rose mallow, 136 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH Hibiscus Moscheutos L., occur, with occasional patches of the senst- tive fern, Onoclea sensibilis L. Along the edges of the stream- banks in the shallow water grow Clinopodium vulgare L. (Cala- mintha Clinopodium Benth.), /Jussiaea diffusa Forsk. (J. repens Sw.), Sagittaria latifolia Willd. (S. variabilis Engelm.), Czcuta maculata L., Ludwigia alternifolia L., Stachys palustris L. and Asclepias incarnata \.. In the deeper water fringing the shore of the creeks, strips of wild rice, Zizania aquatica L. (Zizanta association) and of Nymphaea advena Soland. (Nuphar association) are found. The tidal marshes of the rivers Delaware and Schuylkill are extensive and may be in places one half a mile wide (Fic. 1). Several well-marked zonal areas of marsh vegetation are notice- able in making an ecologic survey. Some of the marshes have been diked. Others at high tide are flooded with water, and yet the ecologist can distinguish relative depths of water by the character of the vegetation alone (Fics. 2, 3, 4). If one begins with the open channels of the creeks and ditches that intersect the marshes, the following zonal areas can be distinguished. In the deeper water along the channel, the reed-grass, Z7zania aquatica (Zizania association) forms the outer fringe of vegetation (FIGS. 2, 3, 4, A, AA) and where it does not occur Nymphaea advena re- places it and forms a pure growth (Vu/har association) (FIGs. 2, 3, Z). In July two colors of reed-grass are noticeable: a dark green mature form in deep water (Fics. 2, 3, 4, 4) and a light green immature growth of reed-grass inside of the dark green area (Fics. 3, 4, 4d). In the shallower water behind the reed-grass and spatterdock several associations of plants are seen. One area (Fic. 2, /) is characterized by the commingling of Sagittaria lati- folia, Impatiens biflora, Ambrosia trifida, Nymphaea advena, with an occasional association of Hibiscus Moscheutos (Fic. 2, H) and on the drier area Sambucus Canadensis (Fic. 2, KKK, KKKK), Cepha- lanthus occidentalis, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Rubus nigrobaccus and a few willows, Salix alba (Fics. 2, 4, W ). In other areas (Fic. 2, O) Impatiens biflora, Rudbeckia laciniata and Sagittaria latifolia occur, and on drier soil (Fic. 2, 17) Thalictrum polygamum and Heracleum lanatum. As shown in Fic. 3, D, Typha /atifolia forms a pure association (7)pha association) surrounded by HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 137 Ambrosia trifida and Sagittaria latifolia (Fic. 3, BBB), in other areas this forms pure associations (Fics. 3, 4, 2) and in still other situations it is mixed with Cicuta maculata (Sagittaria-Cicuta association) (Fic. 3, /°). Cephalanthus occidentalis always occurs in the drier soil of the tidal marshes and in a number of places r ; peiaware aan Little Tinicum Jd, e IG. 1. Map showing position of tidal-marsh region surveyed, Thearea traversed 'S represented as the dotted portion of the map. The area surveyed ecologically is represented by the portion designated by the oblique lines (V). The area of the eauies (P ) enlarged in figures 2, 3, and 4 is inclosed by the heavy lines. The easil fon of the Scirpus association is shown at Q. The open river marsh (not diked ) is Indicated, as also the location of the high ground. With it grow Cornus Amomum Mill. (Cornus sericea L.), Sambucus Canadensis L., (Fic. 2, S), Stachys palustris L. and Convolvulus sepium L.. (Calystegia Sepium L.) (Fic. 3,). Alluvial islands occur in the channels of the streams. These are at first covered by the Spatterdock, and as the soil becomes drier through the building action of these plants, the spatterdock is replaced by other plants, 138 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH until the island becomes dry enough to support tree vegetation. The disposition of the several associations of plants can be studied best by reference to the graphic representations of plant distribution accompanying the text. The marshes have been drained in many cases sufficiently to raise marsh-grass for hay. The ditches of such converted marshes afford many interesting plants, such as Fic. 2. Porti f tidal-marsh-plant f tion shown in Fig. 1. A, area of Zizania ase L.; £, Nuphar seacelation ify Sagittaria latifolia Willd. and Ambrosia trt- jida L KK, Sambucus Canadensis L., Cephalanthus occidentalis L. and Rubus nigro- Hise er. KEKE, area occupied = willows, W, and Sambucus Canade nsis L. 3 Hf, Hibise. sie Miehanres Ls O, /mpatiens biflora Walt., Rudbechia latifolia Willd. and Sagittaria latifolia Willd. ; M, Thalictrum polygamum Muhl. and Heracleum lana- tum Michx. Spirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schleid., Lemna minor L., Wolffia Brast- zensis Wedd., W. Columbiana hak (Lemna association), Ponte- devia cinate L. (Fic. 4, C), Asclepias incarnata L., Typha latifolia L., Sagittaria subulata (L.) Buchenau (S. pusilla Nutt.), S. rigida Pursh (S. heterophvila Pursh), S. latifolia Willd., Zizania aquatica HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 139 L. and Hibiscus Moscheutos L. Outside of these associations and growing in the deeper water along the banks of the Delaware River is an association of Scirpus lacustris L. (Scirpus associa- tion) (Fic. 1, Q, near lighthouse). SWAMP-PLANT FORMATION. — The swamps of the region under consideration are of three kinds, as determined by their origin: (1) Swamps that owe their origin to a stream flowing over a low, ee oBo <0 OMOES % OP 9 O95 Crum ree Fic. 3. Portion of the tidal-marsh-plant formation shown in Fig. 1. A, dark green Zizania aquatica L. ; nN & (= oo aQ Ln) ® o = i = Ss BS 8 S. Pal Sambucus Canadensis L., Cornus amomum Mill. and Cephalanthus occidentalis L. ; R, Sagittaria latifolia Willd. and Rudbeckia laciniata L. flat area of country; (2) swamps due to underground springs ; (3) swamps due to the collection of the drainage water of an area into a natural basin-shaped depression. True sphagnum bogs are not represented in southeastern Pennsylvania. This 140 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH does not exclude sphagnum mosses from the category of swamp plants, but bogs which owe their character to them are absent, and peaty deposits such as one finds associated with the sphag- num are entirely wanting. The swamp plants characteristic of the region may be enumerated in the following list: Carex, Sci- pus and Cyperus, several species, Onoclea sensibilis L., Osmunda Crum Cree Fic. 4. Portion of ay iiees sly formation shown in Fig. 1. A, dark Zizania aquatica L,; AA een Zizania aguatica L.; B, Sagittaria a Willd. ; 88, Sagittaria sre Willd., a form with narrower ‘lonhees AAA, dark light green Zizania aquatica L., mixed; W, Salix alba L.; C, Pontederia cordata - vegalis L., O. Claytoniana L., O. cinnamomea L., Spathyema foetida (L.) Raf., Acorus Calamus L., Typha latifolia L., T. angus- tifolia L., Iris versicolor L., Carex squarrosa \., Veratrum viride Ait., Thalictrum polygamum Muhl., Impatiens biflora Walt., /. HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 141 aurea Muhl., Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.) B. S. P., Drosera rotun- difolia L., D. intermedia Hayne, Sarracenia purpurea L., Myosotts palustris Withering, Mimulus ringens ., Cicuta maculata ae Fleracleum lanatum Michx., Lobelia syphilitica L., L. cardinalis L., Bidens laevis (L.) B. S. P., B. bipinnata L., B. Jrondosa L., Rudbeckia laciniata L., Eupatorium purpureum ., Heliopsis heli- anthoides (L.) B. S. P., Stachys palustris L., Alnus rugosa (DuRoi) K. Koch, Benzoin Benzoin (L.) Coult., Sambucus Canadensis L., Mex verticillata ( Li} Puc ‘Gray: The plants mentioned in the list fall naturally into several eco- logic associations. Thus, we have the Symplocarpus association, consisting of Spathyema foetida, Osmunda regalis, O. Claytoniana, 0. cinnamomea, Cardamine bulbosaand Onoclea sensibilis. The Iris, Typha and Acorus associations are clearly demarcated. Herac- ‘eum lanatum forms in swampy places a pure growth, as do also Veratrum viride and Lupatorium purpureum (Heracleum, Veratrum, Eupatorium associations). eliopsis helianthoides, Rudbeckta lact- mata, Commelina Virginica, Polygonum sagittatum, Mentha spicata and Vernonia Noveboracensis are usually together in aliuvial bottom lands at the mouths of streams where the soil is wet (Heliopsis- Rudbeckia association). In similar situations grow Solidago rugosa Mill, Hydrocotyle umbellata L., Carduus lanceolatus Hoffm, and Lobelia Syphilitica L. IXED-DECIDUOUS-FOREST FORMATION. — Originally the forest Covered most of the surface of southeast Pennsylvania. In some places, notably on the Wissahickon creek within the confines of Fairmount Park and in areas on Crum creek, the primeval forest still remains. Mr. J. Howard Lewis, Sr., and his progenitors have Preserved inviolate a large tract of timber along Crum creek, While the surrounding country settled by patent in 1681 and 1682 has been cleared of its timber for many years. A study of such Preserves shows the character of the original forest. The domi- Nant and secondary forest trees grow on precipitous rocks, on declivitous hillsides, on the plateau surfaces left as a remnant of a °rmer peneplain, on the creek bottoms of the region, where the trees reach their largest size, and on the Delaware river plain down to where the forest formation merges with the river marsh Plant formation. All of the areas occupied by the cultivated-plant 142 HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH formations recognized in this paper, as well as the roadside-plant formation, the pasture-field-plant formation, the ruderal-plant for- mation, part of the barren-plant formations and alluvial-soil-plant formations were covered by the original forest. This fact is men- tioned because it illustrates how man has altered the character of the original plant formations. By the removal of the original forest, by the introduction of various cultivated plants and weeds, the long-established balance produced by the competition of the native species is rudely disturbed and exotic species come into conflict with the resident species and even the character of the undisturbed formations is altered by the injection of new species into them. However, enough of the virgin forest remains to per- mit a phyto-geographic survey. The original forest was a meso- phytic one. It probably passed through various vicissitudes de- pendent upon the topographic changes, so that the xerophytic forest of the hillside was gradually replaced by a mesophytic for- est. The tendency has been in the entire region to the culmina- tion of the forest in the mesophytic type. The forest, of great original density, may be looked upon as the northeastern exten- sion of the forest found developed in its highest character in the region drained by the Tennessee river and its tributaries and by streams arising in the southern Allegheny mountains and flowing eastward into the Atlantic. Arbitrarily, a line drawn from a point where the Ohio joins the Mississippi river, east to the Cum- berland mountains and thence along the Allegheny mountains to the west branch of the Susquehanna river in Pennsylvania, then to the Blue Ridge and along it to the Schuylkill river, following the hills on the south side of the Great Valley to the Delaware river, represents the northern limit during glacial times of the forest which during the Miocene period extend north into the Arctic regions. The northeastern extension of the forest of glacial times was much poorer in species than the mixed deciduous forest farther south. This was probably due to the killing of the less hardy species by the glacial cold. Only those species remained in the area mentioned that were hardy. These hardy species, therefore, represent the main constituent species of the present-day forest with the possible introduction of a few additional species that ‘mi- ae i, _§_«—s= i, §»§-— reer, niin cs _- —_ Cl l—E Ler ee ee a ee ae ne, 7 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 143 grated north from the denser forest that clothed the valleys and slopes of the southern Allegheny mountains. The dominant trees of the forest that covered and still covers in patches southeastern Pennsylvania is composed of the following species: Tulip-poplar, Liviodendron Tulipifera 1..; chestnut, Cas- tanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh. (Castanea sativa Americana Gray); black walnut, Juglans nigra L.; red oak, Quercus rubra L.; white oak, Q. alba L.; scarlet oak, Q. coccinea Wang.; chestnut oak, Q. Prines L.; Spanish oak, Q. digitata (Marsh.) Sudw. (Q. falcata Michx.); beech, Fagus Americana Sweet (F. ferruginea Ait.); ficoria ovata (Mill.) Britton (Carya alba Nutt.); hackberry, Ce/tis occidentalis L..; butternut, Juglans cinerea L.; sweet gum, Liguid- ambar Styraciflua L.; persimmon, Diospyros Virginiana L.; white elm, Ulmus Americana L.; white ash, Fraxinus Americana L.; wild red cherry, Prunus Pennsylvanica Lf; pignut, Hicoria glabra (Mill.) Britton (Carya porcina Nutt.); silver maple, Acer sacchari- num L. (Acer dasycarpum Ehrh.); sugar maple, Acer saccharum Marsh. (Acer saccharinum WWang.); red maple, Acer rubrum L., buttonwood, Platanus occidentalis L.; small-fruited hickory, Hicoria microcarpa (Nutt.) Britton (Carya microcarpa Nutt.); and iron- wood, Ostrya Virginiana (Mill.) Willd. These trees are found Ona great variety of soils, but reach their greatest size on the dry alluvial soils of the creek and river bottoms. Thus the black walnut, tulip-poplar, white elm, buttonwood, red maple and silver maple reach their best development on such soils. The white oak, white ash, chestnut, etc., seem to grow equally well in the drier upland soils. The red cedar, Juniperus Virginiana L., On the other hand, seems to be confined to barren places and to rocky outcrops, while the trees that grow along the banks of the Streams within the region comprise the red maple, Acer rubrum L.; the hornbeam, Carpinus Caroliniana Walt.; swamp oak, Quercus palustris DuRoi; buttonwood, Platanus occidentalis L.; box-elder, Acer Negundo L. (Negundo aceroides Moench); beech, Fagus Amer- tcana Sweet ; Sassafras Sassafras (L.) Karst. (S. officinale Nees), and several birches and willows. These trees form a dense canopy, and shade the forest floor, So that the secondary species, shrubs, sapling trees and herbs, Must be tolerant of such dense shade. The dominant trees 144 HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH reached great size in the primeval forest, for some are left which attest this. Thus are found white oaks six to eight feet in diameter, buttonwood trees six feet across, white pine five feet in diameter, beeches four feet, black walnut trees four to five feet, tulip-poplars six feet, sassafras trees two feet and a half. The secondary species tolerant of the shade are the dogwood, Cornus florida L., red mulberry, Morus rubra L., service berry, Amelan- chier Canadensis (L.) Medic, bladdernut, Staphylea trifolia L., Judas-tree, Cercis Canadensis L., hazel, Corylus Americana Walt., witch hazel, Hamamelis Virginiana L., and striped maple, Acer Pennsylvanicum L., while as shrubs occur smooth alder, A/nus rugosa (Du Roi) K. Koch, spice-bush, Benzoin Benzoin (L.) Coul- ter, dockmackie, Viburnum acerifolium ., arrowwood, Viburnum dentatum L., stagbush, Viburnum prunifolium 1., strawberry bush, Euonymus Americanus L., wahoo, Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq., and pinxter flower, Asa/ea nudiflora L. (Rhododendron nudiflorum Torr.) ; Sambucus Canadensis, the elder, also occurs in the region and at present is found usually in open places with alluvial soil forming thickets of some denseness. The laurel, Kalmia J/atifolia L., high-bush huckleberry, Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) Torr. & Gray and deerberry, Polycodium stamineum (L..) Greene (Vaccinium stamineum L.), are found in the drier forest soils throughout the region. The lianes which grow upon the dominant and secondary forest trees are several grape-vines, Vitis cordifolia Michx., V. la- brusca L., V. aestivalis Michx., V. vulpina L. (V. riparia Michx.), Virginia creeper, Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch., poison ivy, Rhus radicans L., and several species of the genus S7/az. The climbing bittersweet, Ce/astrus scandens L., moonseed, Ment- spermum Canadense L., Sicyos angulatus L., wild-yam, Dioscorea villosa L., and wild balsam apple, Micrampelis lobata (Michx.) Greene (Echinocystis lobata Torr. & Gray) are climbing plants found along the courses of streams. A peculiar type of this mixed deciduous forest is found on the serpentine rock formations of the region under consideration. The botanist can identify the serpentine areas, by the vegetation alone, for the species which are character-plants, although occurring elsewhere in the region, are here grouped together in such a man- ner and in such number, as to sharply delimit these areas from the = ee OO Ee 0! i i On ee a ee Be i. eel ba = & HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 145 surrounding country. The dominant trees on the serpentine bar- rens are Quercus alba L., Q. stellata Wang., Quercus Marylandica Muench, Acer rubrum L., Lirivdendron Tulipifera L., Nyssa syl- vatica Marsh., Juniperus Virginiana L., Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh., Fagus Americana Sweet, Quercus rubra L. and Prunus serotina Ehrh., while associated with these trees are Sassafras Sassafras (L.) Karst. Rhus glabra L., Kalmia latifolia L., Salix tristis Ait., Cornus florida L., Viburnum dentatum L., Polycodium stamineum (L.) Greene, Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) Torr. & Gray, Viburnum acerifolium L. and Benzoin Benszoin (L.) Coult. The lianes are Vitis aestivalis Michx., Parthenocissus quinquefolia ( L.) Planch., Rhus radicans L., Smilax rotundifolia L. and S. glauca Walt. The herbaceous plants of the forest floor are found in pure association, or they occur sparingly distributed along with other herbs that form together a mixed vegetation. The habitats of the different herbaceous associations are controlled by photic and edaphic conditions. Thus in the deep shade of the dominant trees, the botanist finds the following plants forming pure associa- tions and each association may be distinguished by the generic Name of the plant : April. — Asarum Canadense ., Bicuculla cucullaria (L.) Millsp. (Dicentra cucullaria DC.), Erythronium Americanum Ker, Claytonia Virginica L., Pedicularis Canadensis L., Epigaca repens Lam., Thalictrum dioicum L. May. — Cubelium concolor (Forst.) Raf. (Solea concolor Ging.), Podophyllum peltatum 1., Triosteum perfoliatum L., Tradescantia Vir, giniana L,., Mertensia Virginica (L.) DC., Caulophyllum thalic- trowdes (L.) Michx., Hydrophyllum Virginicum L. ~ July. — Gaultheria procumbens L. The following ferns are also found in pure association in the forest : Adiantum pedatum 1., Dryopteris spinulosa (Retz) Kuntze, (Aspidium spinulosum Swartz), Dryopteris marginalis (L.) i AY (Aspidium marginale Swartz), Dryopterts acrostichoides (Michx.) Kuntze (Aspidium acrostichoides Sw.) and Phegopterts Phegopterts (L.) Underw. (P. polypodioides Fée). | Along the woodland streams, growing in the damp loamy soil of such situations and controlled by the amount of soil-moisture 146 HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH present are a number of associations characterized by a single plant, as follows : April. — Hloerkea proserpinacoides Willd. May. — Polemonium reptans ., Valerianella chenopodifolia (Pursh.) D.C., Ornithogalum umbellatum ., Heracleum /anatum Michx. June. — Lysimachia nummularia L. July. — Impatiens biflora Walt., 7. aurea Muhl., Thalictrum polygamum Muhl., Adicea pumila (L.) Raf. (Pilea pumila Gray). August. — Leptamnium Virginianum (L.) Raf. (Epiphegus Virginiana Bart.), Lobelia cardinalis L., Commelina nudifiora ie C. Virginica L. September. — Eupatorium purpureum L. The rocky outcrops in the woods consisting either of ledges or of angular boulders formed by frost action are covered by several well-characterized associations formed by pure growths of the following species : Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link, Polypodium vulgare L. April. — Saxifraga Virginiensis Michx., Aquilegia Canaden- sts L, May. — Heuchera Americana L. The herbaceous flora of the woods found on the serpentine areas of southeastern Pennsylvania has been discussed in a papét by the writer entitled ‘The flora of the serpentine barrens of southeast Pennsylvania.” * As the facts have been presented there in some detail, it is hardly necessary to repeat the obset- vations so recently published. The student is referred to that paper for an account of the distribution of the serpentine plants. Besides these pure associations of plants found in the woods of southeast Pennsylvania occur a large number of species, rich in number of individuals, but scattered on the forest floor, sep® rated from each other by spaces filled up with other characteristic woodland species, likewise isolated. These plants, therefore, form a mixed vegetation which covers the ground except where the pure associations of single species occur and give character to the herbaceous flora of such woodland areas. The following species : may be included in this category. They are arranged, because : * Science, II. 18: 339-343. 11S 1903. HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 147 what follows, according to the months in which they appear in flower. Botrychium Virginianum (L.) Swartz, Asplenium Filixfoemina (L.) Bernh. April. — Dentaria laciniata Muhl., Viola palmata 1.., Ranun- culus abortivus L., Geranium maculatum L., Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Torr., Erigeron pulchellus Michx. (Z. bellidifolium Muhl.), Sanguinaria Canadensis L., Hepatica FHlepatica (L.) Karst. (17. irt- loba Chaix.), Syndesmon thalictroides (L.) Morong (Anemonella thalictroides Spach), Panax trifolia L. (Arata trifolia Decsne & Planch.), Mitella diphylla L., Viola Labradorica Schrank (V. canina Muhlenbergii Gray), V. blanda Willd., V. villosa Walt., V. pedata L., Carex Pennsylvanica Lam., Barbarea Barbarea (L.) MacM. (2. vulgaris R. Br., Ranunculus fascicularis Muhl. ay. — Washingtonia longistylis (Torr.) Britton (Osmorrhiza longistylis DC.), Vagnera racemosa (L.) Morong (Smilacina race- mosa Desf.), Viola pubescens Ait., Thalesia uniflora (L.) Britton (Aphylion unifiorum Gray), Oxalis stricta L.(O. corniculata stricta Sav.), Uvularia sessilifolia L. (Oakesia sessilifolia Watson), Trien- tals Americana (Pers.) Pursh, Salomonia commutata (R. & S.) Britton (Polygonatum giganteum Dietr.), Wedeola Virginica L.., Gal- lorchis spectabilis (L.) Rydb. (Orchis spectabilis L.), Hypoxis hir- Suta (L.) Coville (H. erecta L.), Tiarella cordifolia L., Hydrastis Canadensis L., T) haspium trifoliatum aureum (Nutt.) Britton (7. au- reum N utt.), drata nudicaulis L., Cypripedium acaule Att., Allium tricoccum Ait., Arisaema Dracontium (L.) Schott, Hiteracium ven- osum L., Oxalis violacea 1.., Uvularia perfoliata L., Smilax herbacea L., Geranium maculatum \.., Juncoides campestre (L.) Kuntze (Luzula campestris DC.), Ficaria Ficaria (L.) Karst. (Ran- unculus Ficaria L.). June. — Pyrola rotundifolia L., Galium triflorum Michx., C Jno- Slossum Virginicum L., Corallorhiza odontorhisa Nutt., Uvularia Srandifiora Smith, Scutellaria serrata Andrews, Leptorchts liliifolia (L.) Kuntze (Liparis liliifolia Richard), Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. (C. pubescens Willd.), Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb., Azeracium Gronovit L., 7. scabrum Michx., Chimaphila maculata (L.) Pursh, Galium aparine L. July. — Gimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt., Urticastrum divarica- 148 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH tum (L.) Kuntze (Laportea Canadensis Gaud.), Chelone glabra L., Panicum dichotomum L., Lilium Canadense L., Monotropa uniflora L., Prunella vulgaris L., Silene stellata Ait., Phryma_ lepto- stachya L. August. — Lobelia syphilitica L., Solidago bicolor L., Aster macrophyllus L., Panicum microcarpon Muhl. September. — Aster Jacvis L., Solidago caesia L., Collinsonia Canadensis L. All of these species are not found in a single wooded area. They are distributed in different combinations in southeastern Pennsylvania. Thus such local plants as Cypripedium parvifiorum, C. hirsutum, Camptosorus rhizophyllus, Galeorchis spectabilis, Hy- arastis Canadensis and Leptorchis liliifolia occur only in a few places in the region, but they are mentioned because they are plants which grow best in the deep shade formed by the crown of the dominant forest trees. The vegetal covering of the forest floor also differs with the season of the year, so that the spring flora is distinct from that of the summer flora, and the summer flora is dis- tinct from the autumn flora. In the lists above this succession of floras is displayed, as far as the phenologic data at command will permit. The woodland species are most numerous in the spring, because the conditions are most favorable for their growth. Such plants as.the bloodroot, wild ginger, May apple, windflower and lady’s slipper abound. The summer flora of the woods is poorer in the number of species. Such plants as touch-me-not, cardinal lobelia, boneset, all-heal, etc., are found with a number of funguses, such as Russula, etc. The autumn flora of the forest consists of asters, golden-rods, mints, and a large number of toadstools and mushrooms, which feed saprophytically upon the humus of the soil composed of leaf-mold and rotted wood. The phenologic distri- bution of the woodland species is, therefore, quite as marked 4s their geographic habitat and controls associations of species in 4 most intimate manner. The seasonal sequence of species is one of the controlling factors in the struggle for existence. With the exception of the rivalry of the root and underground stem systems for ground-space, the spring plant may be said not to come into competition with the summer- and- autumn flowering species and conversely. HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 149 The mutual aid which plants show is quite as important in the grouping of associations, as the struggle for light and soil room. The beech-drop for example is dependent on the beech, and hence it is only found where the beech is an element of the forest, The Indian-pipe occurs only in woods where there is abundant humus, as also the majority of ericaceous plants provided with mycorhiza. Certain funguses are dependent upon the material formed by the decay of certain other plants and they, therefore, abound only where this material is found. The fungous flora of a particular forest area comes and goes in an inexplicable manner. One season there will be an abundance of a particular species and during another season that species cannot be found, but will be replaced by some other form. The character of the rainfall, whether light, heavy or frequent is a determining factor in the appearance of plants. With a heavy downpour most of the water which has fallen runs off the surface and does very little good. On the other hand, gentle rains which come frequently soften the ground, and thus furnish some water to the lower strata, or at least preserve the supply which is already there. The writer be- lieves that there is a delicate balance of some kind established be- tween fungi and the climatic and edaphic conditions of any neigh- borhood. It is only when the climatic and edaphic conditions are Suitable that the fungus species again appears.* The conditions, therefore, which control the character of the vegetal covering of a mesophytic forest are most complex and intricate. HEMLOCK FORMATION. — This formation occurs on the sloping hillsides and precipitous banks of streams and is developed notably on Wissahickon and Crum creeks. It is found generally along the Wissahickon creek and at the ox-bow of Crum creek below the Springfield water works on the north and west banks of the stream at this point. The forest of hemlocks consists in a few Places of a pure growth without the admixture of any other tree Species, but usually associated with the hemlock, 7suga Canaden- sis (L.) Carr. the botanist finds the beech, Fagus Americana and ted maple, Acer rubrum. These trees are tolerant of the dense shade of the hemlocks. Where the forest floor has not been dis- * G. Whitney, M. & Cameron, F. K. The chemistry of the soil as related to ‘top production, U.S. Dep. Agr. Bureau Soils Bull. 22 : 47-55- 150 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH turbed, sapling hemlocks, beeches and red maples are present ready to replace the dominant trees when they have succumbed to the wind. On the floor of the forest in places Lycopodium lucidulum Michx. forms an association (Lycopodium association). The laurel, Kalmia latifolia L., occurs in the drier soils and forms a thicket (Kalmia association). Mitchella repens L. carpets the ground (AMit- chella association) and Viola rotundifolia Michx. is a character- plant with which grows Peramium pubescens (Willd.) MacM., Czuna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb., Hieracium paniculatum L., and in late summer Aster divaricatus L. In many places, the hemlock, 7suga Canadensis, forms an element in the mixed-deciduous-forest formation. When such is the case, it is found in isolated patches usually of a few trees near the water-courses on steep hillsides. It forms then an association (7swga association) and with Lycopodium lucidulum are found three other species, viz., Lycopodium annotinum L., L. clavatum L., and L. obscurum L. (L. dendroideum Michx.), which grow near ihe hemlocks. Two alternative hypotheses may be adduced for this. Either an original hemlock forest has been replaced by a deciduous one, or occasional hemlock trees have been under certain edaphic conditions developed amidst the com- ponent species of the deciduous forest. ; SERPENTINE-BARREN TREELESS FORMATION.—The details con- cerning this formation will not be given here, as an account has been given elsewhere of the character of the vegetation of the ser- pentine barrens.* The herbs found upon the broken-down ser- pentine rock are Phlox subulata L. (Phlox association), 77 yifolium aureum L. (T. agrarium L.), Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Karst. (Pteris aquilina L.), Verbascum Blattaria L., Panicum latifolium L., Potentilla Canadensis L., Cerastium oblongifolium Torr. (C erastium association), Sezecio Balsamitae Muhl. (Senecio aureus Balsamitae Torr. & Gray), Castilleta coccinea (L.) Spreng., Arenaria stricta Michx., Zalinum teretifolium Pursh, [rophorus glaucus (L.) Nash (Setaria glauca Beauv.), Aster ericoides depauperatus Porter, P oly- gonum tenue Michx., Lespedeza Virginica (L.) Britton, Andropogon scoparius Michx., Solidaga puberula Nutt., Eupatorium aronaticum L., Panicum dichotomum L., Koellia flexuosa (Walt.) MacM. Harshberger, J. W. The flora of the serpentine barrens of southeast Pennsyl- ania. Science, II. 18: 339-343. 11 S 1903. | . HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 151 (Pycnanthemum linifolium Pursh) and in wet places Cyperus tnflexus Muhl. and Fimébristylis laxa Vahl. MEADOW-PASTURE-FIELD-PLANT FORMATION. * — From early historic accounts of the region, the original forest was interspersed with open glades and natural meadows where for some edaphic reason the trees did not grow. These areas (such as we have left in the “ Indian clearing’ near Lima, Delaware County, and in the Playwicky clearing in Bucks County) were settled upon first, and with the exception of the areas above mentioned we have no natural openings that have not been altered by the hand of man. The botanist, therefore, has no data upon which to base a state- ment of the plant covering of such open, treeless areas. Several kinds of fields may be distinguished. A classification of the plants according to the character of the inclosed areas might be made, but it would be too minute for a general phyto-geo- graphic survey, such as this paper is intended to be. The uncul- tivated fields of southeastern Pennsylvania may be classified as follows : I. Fields formed by clearing of the original timber. 2. Wet fields that may be called meadows, usually level and Situated in low ground. 3. Barren fields characterized by the shallowness or poor char- acter of the soil. 4. Dry fields that are fertile, but lack abundant water, the rain draining off after it falls. These fields are situated usually on hill- Sides, 5. Fields with rich soil that have been fallow, and that are used as pastures, 6. Abandoned fields in which weeds have been allowed to Tow rampant and in which trees are beginning to appear. Fields of the first class, formed by the clearing away of the Criginal timber, are usually at once cultivated by plowing and Sowing between the stumps; occasionally, however, they are left Uncultivated and they become veritable weed patches. Most of the herbaceous weeds, mentioned as growing in cultivated areas, appear and occupy the ground. Some of the original woodland * Fora list of plants peculiar to this formation on Darby Creek, the writer is under iZations to Miss Lydia P. Borden, of Manoa, Delaware County, Pa. i. HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH species, such as Podophyllum peltatum L., etc., remain as a char- acteristic plant growth. If permitted to relapse again to natural conditions, fields of the first class become fields of the sixth class in three or four years time. Meadow-land (2) may be defined as that which has been re- claimed from a too wet condition by ditch or tile drainage. Com- pared with other field-areas meadows are relatively better supplied with ground water. Meadow-land merges into a swamp on the one hand or a cultivated field on the other. Plants growing in meadow-land are, therefore, not subjected to the vicissitudes of cul- tivation, but they are trodden down and browsed upon by cattle turned into such areas. Associations of species are not always clearly marked in meadows and no attempt is made to group the plants together naturally. A list of meadow plants is given by way of calling attention to the plants of the region which grow in such localities. Anthoxanthum odoratum L., Dactylis glomerata L., Lolium per- enne L., Andropogon Virginicus L., Phleum pratense L., Alopecurus geniculatus L., Agrostis alba L., Poa annua L., P. compressa L., P. pratensis L., P. trivialis L., Cyperus strigosus L., Carex (various species), Juncus (several species), Scirpus (several species), 7 vifo- lium pratense L., T. repens L., T. agrarium L., T. procumbens L., T. hybridum 1., Melilotus alba Desv., Muscari botryoides (L.) Mill., Daucus Carota L., Hedeoma pulegioides Pers., Hypericum perfora- tum L., Polygonum Pennsylvanicum L., P. scandens L. (P. duime- torum scandens Gray), Eupatorium perfoliatum L., E. ageratowdes L., £. purpureum L., Prunella vulgaris L., Chrysanthemum Leucan- themum L., Achillea Millefolium L., Lappula Virginiana (L.) Greene (Echinospermum Virginicum Lehm.), Sirophostyles angu- losa Ell., Glechoma hederacea L. (Nepeta Glechoma Benth.), Nepeta Cataria L., Potentilla Canadensis L., Salvia lyrata L., Specularia perfoliata (L..) A. DC., Ranunculus bulbosus L., R. abortivus Ls R. septentrionalis Poir., Bursa Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton (Capsella Bursa-pastoris Moench), Barbarea Barbarea (L.) MacM. (BP. onl- garis R. Br.), Taraxacum Taraxacum (L.) Karst. (T. officinale Weber), Alsine media L. Growing in the wetter portions of the meadows near the _streams that frequently run through such areas, the botanist finds =o. _— =~ = HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 153 Spathyema foetida, Heracleum lanatum, Rudbeckia laciniata, Limpa- tiens biflora, I. aurea, Lobelia syphilitica, L. cardinals, Bidens lae- vis, B. bipinnata, B. frondosa, Cicuta maculata, Thalictrum poly- gamum, Lilium superbum, Monarda fistulosa, Sium cicutaefolium, Lobelia Nuttallit, Mimulus ringens, Myosotis palustris, Iris versi- color, Stellaria longifolia, Mentha spicata, Lysimachia guadrifolia, Veratrum viride and Scutellaria integrifolia. Many of these plants have remained after the removal of the timber and some of them have advanced into the meadows from the adjacent forest. This is especially true of the species enumerated below. They are woodland species that have adapted themselves to growing in the open. Erythronium Americanum Ker., Valerianella chenopodifolia (Pursh) DC., Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.) B. S. P., Polemonium reptans Michx., Senecio aureus L., Ornithogalum um- bellatum .., Tradescantia Virginiana L., Geranium maculatum L., Podophyllum peltatum 1., Steironema ciliatum (L.) Raf., Lilium superbum L., Monarda fistulosa L., Bicuculla cucullaria (L.) Millsp., Arisaema triphyllum, (L.) Torr., Phytolacca decandra L., Salomonia commutata (R. & S.) Britton, Clematis Virginiana L. along the fences, Vagnera racemosa (L.) Morong, Hydrophyllum Virginicum L., Salvia lyrata L., Origanum vulgare L., Thaspium trifoliatum aureum (Nutt.) Britton, Vio/a (several species), Voularia perfoliata L., Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt., Mentha (several spe- cies), Commelina nudifiora L., Scutcllaria integrifolia L. he pasture-fields of categories 3, 4, 5 supply a number of plants which are not found in the meadow-land proper. Most of the aforementioned grasses are encountered and also a large num- ber of woodland species, that have been introduced since the tim- ber was removed, as well as the majority of the introduced weeds mentioned above. The plants listed below usually grow in drier soil than the meadows afford. Helianthus giganteus L., Rudbeckia hirta L., Vernonia Nove- Loracensis Willd., Solidago serotina Ait., S. nemoralis Ait., S. ru- Sosa Mill., S. caesia L., Aster ericoides L., A. puniceus L., Ambro- Sia artemisiacfolia L., Bidens discoides (T. & G.) Britton (Coreopsis aiscoidea Torr. & Gray), Heliopsis helianthoides (L.) B. S. P. (Heliopsis laevis Pers.), Arctium Lappa L., Asclepias Syriaca L. (A. 154 HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH Cornuti Decaisne), A. purpurascens L., Apocynum androsaemi- folium L., Clinopodium vulgare, Hypericum perforatum L., Dian- thus prolifera L.., Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. (Oenothera biennis L.), Chenopodium album \.., Cunila origanotdes (L.) Britton (C. Mar- ana \..) Potentilla Canadensis L., Houstonta caerulea L., Linaria Linaria (L.) Karst. (£. vulgaris Mill.), Specularia perfoliata (L.) i, A. _ The soil of fields, which may be designated as sandy loam, supports a number of additional species. Parsonsia petiolata (L.) Rusby (Cuphea viscosissima Jacq.)s Veronica officinalis L., V. serpyllifolia L., Antennaria plantagini- folia Hook, Potentilla Canadensis L., Fragaria Virginica Mill., Lepidium Virginicum L., Rumex acetosella L., Rubus Canadensis L., Stsyrynchium anceps Cav., Penstemon pubescens Solander, Plan- tago lanceolata L., P. Virginica L., P. major L., Trichostema dichotomum L., Lobelia inflata L. ,Verbascum Thapsus L., V. Blat- taria L., Abutilon Abutilon (L.) Rusby (A. Avicennae Gaertn.), Ly- copus Virginicus L., L. sessilifolius Gray, Anaphalis margaritacea Benth. & Hook., Naéalus altissima (L.) Hook. (Prenanthes altis- stma L.), N. albus (L.) Hook. (Prenanthes alba L.), Galinsoga par- vifora Cav., Euphorbia corollata V.., Leonurus Cardiaca L., Con- volvulus Sepium ., Leptilon Canadense (L.) Britton (Arigeron Canadensis L..), Agrimonia Eupatoria L., Potentilla Norvegica es Matricaria inodora L., Trifolium pratense L., T. repens L., T. agra- rium L., T. procumbens L., Oxalis stricta L. (O. corniculata stricta Sav.), Malva rotundifolia L., Rhus radicans L. (along fences and stone heaps), Saponaria officinalis L., Lysimachia nummutaria L., Andropogon scoparius Michx., A. Virginicus L., Paspalum setaceum Michx., Syutherisma sanguinalis (L.) Nash. (Panicum sanguinale L.), Panicum nitidum Lam., P. capillare L., Ixophorus glaucus (L.) Nash (Setaria glauca Beauv.), /. viridis (L.) Nash (S. viridis Beauv.), Anthoxanthum odoratum 1., Phleum pratense L., Alope- curus geniculatus L., Agrostis alba L., Holcus lanatus L., Avena fatua L., Capriola Dactylon (L.) Kuntze (Cynodon Dactylon Pers.), Eleu- sine Indica (L.) Gaertn., Sieglingia sesleroides (Michx.) Scribn. (Triodia cuprea J. F. Jacq.), Dactylis glomerata L., Poa annua Lay P. pratensis L., P. trivialis L., P. compressa L., Festuca ovina L., Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv., Panicum rostratum Muhl. (P. 4- ceps Michx.). HARSHBERGER: PHYYO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 155 Fields (6) that are abandoned after a long period of cultiva- tion and in which weeds have been permitted to grow rampant and in which trees begin to appear, show some interesting changes in the flora which are not mentioned in connection with fields of the first category. In such fields, trees appear not from the stump, but as chance seedlings, that grow from seeds carried by the winds or animals. The predominant weeds noticed on an old dam site along Crum creek were Eupatorium purpureum .., Aster (several species), Solidago (several species), Rubus (several species), Chelone glabra L., Ambrosia trifida L., Rudbeckia laciniata L., etc. These were surrounded by small trees of the following species : Betula lenta L., Liriodendron Tulipifera L., Acer rubrum L., Ulmus Americana L. and Fraxinus Americana LL. All of these trees have winged fruits and without doubt the trees grew from seeds Wafted to the open dam site by the wind. _ RoapstpE-pLaAnT FORMATION.— The flora of a roadside is peculiar, Along the highways we find a miscellaneous assort- ment of plants, mostly weeds, with an admixture of native plants that are able to compete with foreign introductions and that have adapted themselves to growing under the more trying conditions of the open, shadeless, dust-laden environment. The weeds of the roadsides in southeastern Pennsylvania have been derived from two main sources, viz., Europe, and eastern North America. The European weeds seem to get the upper hand in the struggle for existence for several reasons: (1) Because they have been longer associated with man and his methods of cultivation ; (2) because they have adapted themselves during a thousand years, since Europe was a forest wilderness, to living in the open, in fields along roadsides, and in garden patches ; (3) because in migrating to a new country they have been removed from their competitors by whom they were held in subjection through the. struggle for existence ; (4) because in eastern North America they come into Competition with native species mostly derived from the forests and that have not had sufficient time to adapt themselves to the changed conditions produced by the destruction of the forests, the cultivation of the soil and growth in open places subjected to the full force of the sunlight. estern American weeds, seem to have an advantage, because 156 HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH derived from an open prairie country, where, with frequent fires and the roaming of herds of buffaloes and antelopes, they have been subjected to environmental conditions very similar to those which are met with in the more highly cultivated districts of our eastern states. Plants derived from the native flora can hardly be looked upon as weeds (“plants out of place’’). Only a few of our troublesome weeds are native. The native plants have usually persisted in the soil when a road has been constructed, and in many places they are found in greatest abundance along the highways in rich arable land, because they have been left in undisturbed possession of the stretches of land on either side of the roadway, while the same species have been exterminated in the cultivated fields. In other cases native plants have migrated from the woods and natural meadows to the roadside and have implanted themselves there, especially in those districts of our country cut off from the railroad and other lines of cross-country travel. The plants in the follow- ing list are arranged according to their source: Europe. — Linaria Linaria (L.) Karst., Daucus Carota L., Phieum pratense L., Hypericum perforatum L., Rumex crispus L., R. obtusifolius L., R. Acetosella L., Verbascum Thapsus L., V. Blat- taria L., Plantago lanceolata L., Allium vineale L., Trifolium pra- tense L., T. arvense L., Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L.., Arctium lappa L., Xanthium glabratum (DC.) Britton (X. strumarium L.), Anthemis Cotula DC., A. arvensis L., Taraxacum Taraxacum (L.) Karst., Cerastium vulgatuua L., Lactuca scariola L., Asparagus officinalis L., Saponaria officinalis L., Melilotus alba L.., Mollugo verticillata L., Carduus lanceolatus 1.., C. arvensis (L.) Robs. (Cnicus arvensis Hoffm.), Datura Stramonium L., D. Te atula L., Syntherisma sanguinalis (L.) Nash (Panicum sanguinale L.), Chae- tochloa glauca (L.) Scribn. (Setaria glauca Beauv.), Eleusine Indica (L.) Gaertn., Polygonum Persicaria L., Chenopodium album L., C. anthelminthicum L. (C. ambrosioides anthelminthicum Gray), Att plex hastata L., Amaranthus spinosus ., Portulacca oleracea L., Cerastium viscosum 1., Euphorbia Cyparissias L., Convolvulus arvensis L., Cichorium Intybus 1. Eastern North America. — Erigzron annuus (L.) Pers., Achillea Millefolium L., Plantago Rugelii Decaisne, Barbarea Barbarea (L.) HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 157 MacM., Trifolium repens L., Lepidium Virginicum L., Equisetum arvense L., Ambrosia trifida L., Rhus glabra L., Phytolacca decan- dra\.., Nabalus altissimus (L.) Hook., Asclepias Syriaca L., Ox- ais stricta L., Onagra biennis (L.) Scop., Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L., Rhus radicans L., Bidens bipinnata L., B. connata Muhl.; Verbena hastata L.., Solanum Carolinense L., Panicum capillare L., Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. Polygonum aviculare L., P. Pennsylvanicum ., Amaranthus graccizans L. (A. albus L.), Convolvulus Sepium L., Commelina Virginica L. Western North America. — Helianthus annuus L., Rudbechia hirta L.. India. — Adutilon Abutilon (L.) Rusby. RUDERAL-PLANT FORMATION. —-It is a difficult matter to dis- tinguish clearly between the roadside plant formation and the ruderal plant formation, because near our large cities the condi- tions influencing vegetation are nearly similar along the much fre- quented highways and the neglected waste areas, or rubbish heaps. Ruderal areas are distinguished rather by the absence of certain plants found by the roadside and by the numerical frequency of the species, than by a difference in the component plants. The ruderal plant formation may be said to consist of those plants which will grow on rubbish heaps, or on made ground formed by ashes and other dry material representing the waste of a large city, ortown. Such dumping places are found usually near the out- skirts, and the material, as it settles down, is first covered with a rank growth of weeds and other coarse plants. Later such areas are divided into building lots. All of our large cities afford exam- ples of such waste heaps and fields. The association of species depends largely on chance. It is determined by the way in which _ Seeds, roots and other plant material are heaped together in the Waste. Near Philadelphia the following plants are most abundant in the ruderal formation : Plantago Rugelii, Linaria Linaria, Daucus Carota, Rumex cris- pus, R, obtusifolius, Verbascuin Thapsus, Arctium Lappa, Xanthium Slabratum, Lactuca scariola, Melilotus alba, Carduus lanceolatus, atura Stramonium, Datura Tatula, Syntherisma sanguinalts, Chae- tochloa glauca, Atriplex hastata, Chenopodium album, C. anthelmin- thicum, Amaranthus spinosus, Cichorium Intybus, Melilotus officinalss, 158 HARSHBERGER: PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH Trifolium hybridum, Lepidium Virginicum, Ambrosia artemistacfolia, Bidens connata, Panicum capillare, Amaranthus graecizans, Soli- dago (several species), Aster (several species), Populus alba, Helt- anthus annuus, Citrullus vulgaris, Onagra biennis. The list of weeds that grow in waste places near Philadelphia and other large manufacturing towns of our region is not exhausted with the above enumeration. Only the commonest plants have been mentioned. In general, it may be said that the plants of the ruderal formation are coarse, tall, much-branched weeds of an ill smell and producing an abundance of easily distributed fruits and seeds. These weeds owe their presence in such abundance to the perfect means of distribution which they possess, as hooks, wings, tufts of hair, or other contrivances. BALLAST-PLANT FORMATION. — Ballast-ground may be defined as a place where the material used to steady ships at sea, such as sand, gravel, stone, rubble and the like, is unloaded from vessels and piled up in heaps along the water’s edge. The material com- posing ballast has been gathered from a great number of sources in a great many parts of the world, South America, Australia, Europe and India, from whence the ships have cleared. The re- sult is that roots, stems, fruits and seeds of a heterogeneous assem- blage of plants are mixed up in the ballast stuff, and when this lies exposed for some time the roots begin to grow and the seeds to germinate, until the ballast heap is covered by plants native to diverse parts of the globe. Some of these plants will appear but once. Others will remain and become adventitious. B. CULTIVATED. Southeastern Pennsylvania is preéminently an agricultural country. It is a country of well-kept, carefully cultivated farms. Now, however, many of the finest farms have been converted into suburban demesnes, where, dictated by the wealth and culture of the owners, large sums have been expended upon buildings and landscape improvements. For convenience and because the clas- sification is a natural one the cultivated plant formation may be divided into the following areas : 1. Cereal-rootcrop-clover area. 2. Orchard area. i i a i a ental HARSHBERGER : PHYTO-GEOGRAPHIC SKETCH 159 3. Vegetable-garden area, (a) Kitchen-gardens, (b) Truck- gardens. 4. Nursery area. 5. House- and garden-plant area. 6. Botanic-garden area. These must be dismissed because an accurate and detailed de- scription is not possible here. They are mentioned because the natural vegetation of the region has been modified and influenced by the establishment of farms, gardens and suburban parks. Ifa phyto-geographic chart of the region was to be constructed, such as Robert Smith has done for Scotland, all of these areas would have to be surveyed and located upon the map. In closing, the writer believes that enough has been given in this sketch to serve as an introduction to the plant geography of a region of consid- erable botanical interest, historic and otherwise. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, Desmids from southwestern Colorado Jos—EpH A. CUSHMAN (WITH PLATE 7) The material in. which the desmid forms here noted were con- tained was collected in July, 1903, by Mr. Walter S. Tower. The amount of material was small and not at all rich. It was from moss growing at the edge of a small lake about a hundred yards wide, at the head of Tank Creek. This stream is a tribu- tary of the Animas and runs into the river about six miles below Needleton, Colorado. The altitude of the lake was 3,540 meters. At this altitude, where vegetation was not at all abundant, several genera of desmids were found. .None of the filamentous forms were noted, however. Several of the forms are not typical and differ from the described varieties. The following species were noted (the numbers given with each species, H. C. mo. 422, etc., have reference to the numbered slides in the author's herbarium) : Pentum Dicrrus (Ehrenb.) Bréb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 150. A/. 25. J. 3. 1848. (PLATE 7, FIGURE I.) Long, 215 y; lat. 65. A truncate from very much like that figured by Wolle, Desm. U. S. ed. 2. pl. 6g.f. 7. (H.C. 20. 428.) Penium closterioides spirogranatum var. nov. (PLATE 7, FIGURE 2.) Long. 138; lat. 33. Apices granulate, middle portion with an irregular granular spiral band connecting the apical portions. (H.C. no. 426.) Cytinprocystis Americana W. & G. S. West, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 33: 281. pl. 18. f. 5,6. 1898. (PLATE 7, FIGURE Long. 53; lat. 2 5. The specimen in every way fits the description and figure. The original specimen was from Ithaca, N.Y. (H.C. no. 426.) CLosteRium sTRIOLATUM ERECTUM forma f Klebs, Schrift. Phys.- Oekon. Gesells. K6nigsberg, 22: 14, p/. 2.f. 10. 1879. Long. 3304; lat. 304; lat. apic. 15. (H. C. wo. 426.) 161 162 CUSHMAN: DESMIDS FROM COLORADO PLEUROTAENIUM TRABECULA (Ehrenb.) Naeg. Einz. Alg. 104. 7. 6.f. A. 1849. (PLATE 7, FIGURE 4.) Long, 5124; lat. ad bas. semicell. 31 4; lat. apic. 21 y; lat. ad. inflat. 34.54. (H.C. uo. 426.) CoOSMARIUM MARGARITIFERUM Menegh. Linnaea, 14: 219. 1840. Long. 474; lat. 42; lat. isthm. 15. (H. C. xo. 426.) Frequent. CosmariuM Borrytis Menegh. Linnaea, 14: 220. 1840. Long. 70 p; lat. 5g; lat. apic. 19.5 2; lat. isthm. 23 4. (H. C. no. 426.) CoSMARIUM LAEVE SEPTENTRIONALE Wille, Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1070: 43. fl. 72. f- 74. 1879. Long. 18; lat. 15 4; lat. isthm. 4.5-5 4. (H.C. mo. 422.) Common. CosMARIUM MENEGHINII Braunti (Reinsch) Hansg. Arch. Naturw. Landesd. Bohm. 6°: 195. 1888. Long. 27 y; lat. 21 7; lat. isthm. 6. Very similar to Wolle, Desm. U.S. ed. 2. i. 48. f. 28. 1892. (H. C. no. 422.) Cosmarium balteum Coloradense var. nov. (PLATE 7, FIGURE 5.) Long. 77.5 2; lat. 56 5 lat. apic. 19 7; lat. isthm. 184. Dif- fers from the species (C. balteum W. &. G. S. West, Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II. 5: 249. pl. 15. f. r.. 1896) by its smaller size, and with the central basal series represented by a single subcentral granule. (H. C. wo. 454.) EvASTRUM vERRUCOsUM Ehrenb. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1833: 247. 1835; var. (PLATE 7, FIGURE 6.) Long. 1024; lat. 764; lat. lob. pol. 32y; lat. isthm. 25 4 (H. C. no. 422.) Common. Evastrum Drpetta Ralfs, Ann. Nat. Hist. 14: 190. pl. 7. 4 ?: 1844; var. (PLATE. 7, FIGURE 7.) Long. 110-116»; lat. 434; lat. lob. pol. 25 ~; lat. isthm. 15 4 Very much like the smaller variety figured by Wolle (Desm. U.S. ed. 2. p/. 33. f. 9), but the polar lobe is much broader. In Wolle’s figure the ratio of the polar lobe to the diameter is 1 to 2.5, in the Colorado specimens 1-1.7. (H. C. ”%- - 426, 451, etc.) Very common. CUSHMAN: DESMIDS FROM COLORADO 163 XANTHIDIUM HASTIFERUM JouNsont W. &. G. S. West, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 33: 299. pl. 17. f.17. 1898; forma longis- pinum form. nov. (PLATE 7, FIGURE 8.) Spines much longer and stouter than in the typical variety as figured by Johnson (Bull. Torrey Club, 22: 295. p/. 293. J. To. 1895). Often with several additional granules below the usual row. Long. s. spin. 56/4; long. c. spin. 874; lat. s. spin. 50; lat. c. spin. 96y; lat. isthm. 144. (H. C. no. 454.) Common. Xanthidium hastiferum Toweri var. nov. (PLATE 7, FIGURE 9.) Long. s. spin. 57 #; long. c. spin. 714; lat. s. spin. 46.5 4; lat. c. spin. 102; long. spin. 234; lat. isthm. 12p; crass. 344. Variety with longer spines than usual, the apical spines usually entirely wanting. Membrane smooth and without thickenings. Close to var. ¢evolutum as. figured by Nordstedt (Sv. Vet.-Acad. Handl. 22°: pl. 4. J: 24. 1888), but the spines are longer and stouter and the membrane is not thickened or colored in any way in the middle of the semicells, as in that variety. This tends toward certain varieties of X. antilopeum but specimens were found with a trace of a rudimentary spine in the position where it would be found in typical X. hastiferum. The variety is named for the collector, Mr. W. S. Tower. Micrastertas ROTATA (Grev.) Ralfs, Ann. Nat. Hist. 14: 259. pl. OJ. f 1844 Long, 270; lat. 226; lat. lob. pol. 60y; lat. isthm. 55 /. Close to the form figured by Wolle, Desm. U. S. ed. 2. p/. 38.7.2. (H.C. no, 422.) STAURASTRUM ECHINATUM Bréb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 215. p/. 35. ae 1648: Lat. 31 yp, (H. C. no. 422.) Staurastrum Johnsoni Coloradense var. nov. (PLATE 7, FIG- URE IO.) Differs from the species (S. Johnsont W. & G. S. West, Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II. 5: 266. pl. 17. f. 16. 1896), in being 164 CuSHMAN: DESMIDS FROM COLORADO somewhat larger, with the lower side of the processes fully as rough as the upper. In this respect it is more like S. leptocladum Nordst., but it has the form of processes of S. Johnsoni, and the apices are tridentate. Long. 51 y; lat 96; lat. isthm. to. (H.C. 20. 422.) Boston SOCIETY OF NATURAL HIsTorRY. Explanation of plate 7 All figures & 450. Fic. 1. Pentium Digitus (Ehrenb.) Bréb, Fic, 2. P. closterioides spirogranatum var. nov. ¥ic. 3. Cylindrocystis Americana W. & G. S. West. Fic. 4. Pleurotaenium Trabecula (Ehrenb.) Naeg. Fic. 5. Cosmarium balteum Coloradense var. nov. Fic. 6. uastrum verrucosum Ehrenb., var. Fic. 7. a, £. Didelta Ralfs, var. ; 4, end view a Xanthidium hastiferum Johnsoni W. & G. S. West, forma longispinum | form. nov = ~ Q © Oe Ie eisstioreokd Tewivd Sax, no Fic. 10. Staurastrum JSohnsont ti ai var. nov. Four new North American birches N. L. BritTTon ; Betula Utahensis sp. nov. Young twigs densely resinous-glandular, greenish-brown, be- coming bright brown and shining. Young leaves hairy on both sides, the older ones glabrous, except for a few hairs on the veins beneath, ovate to ovate-orbicular, sharply dentate with abruptly tipped teeth, acute, 5 cm. long or less and sometimes as wide as long, narrowed or truncate at the base, the upper surface dull green ; staminate catkins 5 cm. long or longer ; strobiles cylindric, stout, 3-4 cm. long, more than 1 cm. thick, borne on stalks about 6 mm. long, their scales nearly as wide as long, finely pubescent and ciliate, the lateral lobes obliquely-ovate, widely spreading and about as long as the triangular-lanceolate, pointed, middle one ; nut obovate, 2 mm. long, narrower than its wings. Type specimens collected in City Creek Cajion, Salt Lake City, by S. G. Stokes, This appears to differ markedly from Setula fontinalis by its very thick strobiles and the widely spreading lateral lobes of | their scales. Betula Piperi sp. nov. This tree is described by Professor Piper as attaining a height Of 15 m. and being slender and graceful, with drooping branches, and dark bronze bark which does not peel off readily. The young twigs are very slender, green and glandular; leaves ovate, thin, Sharply irregularly serrate, acute, 5 cm. long or less, broadly to Narrowly cuneate at the base, pubescent when young, glabrous or nearly so and shining on the upper surface when mature ; petioles '~2 cm. long; stipules ovate, about 5 mm. long; staminate cat- Kins 6-8 cm. long ; strobiles narrowly-cylindric, 3-5 cm. long, about 8 mm. thick, stalked, their scales about 6 mm. long, rather longer than wide, 3-lobed at the top, puberulent and ciliate, the lateral lobes widely spreading and obtuse, about as long as the Narrower, acute, middle one, the stalk-like base of the scale cun- fate ; nut 1.5-2 mm. long, obovate to oblong, wider than its wing. Type collected by Professor C. V. Piper, July 9, 1901, nine Miles south of Pullman, Washington. 165 166 Britton: Four NEw Nortu AMERICAN BIRCHES ‘Betula Sandbergi sp. nov. Young twigs loosely pubescent, green, becoming brown. Leaves rhombic-ovate, acute, rather evenly serrate, dark green and strongly netted-veined on the upper side, light green, very glandular and slightly pubescent on the veins beneath, 6 cm. long or less, cuneate at the base; petioles glabrous, 1.5 cm. long or less ; staminate catkins 6 cm. long or more; strobiles slender- stalked, cylindric, 2—2.5 cm. long, about 6 mm. thick, their scales about 4 mm. long, pubescent, 3-lobed at the apex, the middle lobe a little longer than the blunt ascending lateral ones, all the lobes blunt; nut oval to obovate, 1.5 mm. long, rather narrower than its wings. Type collected by J. H. Sandberg in swamps, Hennepin County, Minnesota, June, 1890, and distributed as Betula mgra. Betula Alleghaniensis sp. nov. Resembling B. /enta and B. lutea, attaining about the same size as the former but smaller than the latter. Bark either close and furrowed, or peeling off in thin yellowish gray layers ; young twigs long-pubescent, becoming brown and shiny ; leaves ovate to ovate- oblong, usually gradually acuminate, 12 cm. long or less, rather coarsely and sharply serrate, mostly cordate at the base but some- times rounded, dark green and glabrous above, yellow-green and more or less pubescent on the veins beneath when mature ; petioles pubescent, about 1 cm. long; staminate catkins 6 cm. long oF more, their scales broadly ovate and obtusish ; strobiles oblong- cylindric, 2-3 cm. long, very short-stalked or sessile, their scales 4-6 mm. long, pubescent, nearly or quite as wide as long, 3-lobed above the middle, the wedge-shaped part below the lobes short, the margins ciliate; nut narrowly obovate to oblong, 2-3 mm. long, mostly narrower than its wings. Type specimen distributed by the Biltmore Herbarium, %¢- z619, collected on the upper slopes of Mt. Pisgah, western North Carolina, September 21, 1897. This tree has been confused with both the cherry birch and the yellow birch. Its range as known to me is from Massa- chusetts to Quebec and northern Michigan, south to southern New York, Pennsylvania, and in the mountains to Georgia. F New York Boranicat GARDEN. eS —— _ — The influence of carbon monoxide and other gases upon plants H. M. RicHarps anp D. T. MacDoucat A CORRECTION By reason of direct misinformation imparted by the Chemiker- Kalender of R. Biedermann (pages 348-349 in the 1904 edition), it is necessary to introduce a correction in the estimates of the CO content of the illuminating gas mixtures used in the experi- ments described under the above title in the February issue of the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. It is categorically stated in the above-mentioned Chemiker-Kalender that ethylene and the two higher hydrocarbons of the same series (all of which may be present in considerable quantities in illuminating gas) are wot absorbed by an ammoniacal solution of cuprous chloride. Such, however, has been since found to be incorrect ; these hydro- carbons may be so absorbed, at least as far as the first named is concerned, Consequently the approximate CO content of the gas in ques- tion is uncertain, but was probably nearer 25 per cent., and there- fore on page 58, line 14, and page 66, line 20, Vol. 31, of the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, the numeral 40 should be striken out and the numeral 25 substituted. This does not invalidate, but rather strengthens the conclusion that the greater toxic effect of illuminating gas over CO alone, on the plants experimented with, is due to other gases than the CO itself, om ey ast ane a fp eie Paa i INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1901-1903) he aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. eviews, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted Some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; eac subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence rae to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club Arthur, J.C. The aecidium asa device to restore vigor to the fungus. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 23: 65-69. 1902. Barron, L. Cycads in fruit. Am. Gard. 23: 119,120. f. 28. 22F 1902. Beal, W. J. Syllabus for a short course on grasses and other forage plants. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 2: 21-23. O 1901. Bessey, C. E. Evolution in rales oe plants. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc. 25: 5-12. N 1903. Bessey, C. E. The modern conception of the structure and classifica- tion of desmids, with a revision of the tribes, and a rearrangement of the North American genera. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc. 23: 89-97. Pl. 79. 1901. »C.E. Notes on the poisonous plants of Nebraska. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 23: 34-41. 1902. Bessey, C.E. The structure and classification of the Phycomycetes, with a revision of the families and a rearrangement of the North American genera. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc. 25: 27-54. f/. 2. N 1903. Proc. 169 170 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Bolley, H. L. A preliminary note on the cause of ‘‘ flax-sick’’ soil. Fusarium Lint sp. nov. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 22: 42-46. IgOT. Booth, N.0O. A study of grape pollen and what the results indicate. Am. Gar. 23: 767, 768.. 29 .N 1902 5.784, 785....6.D 1902, Bower, F. 0. Studies in the morphology of spore-producing mem- bers. — No. V. General comparisons and conclusions. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B. 196: 191-257. 6 N 1903. Bradford, G.M. A brief history and outline of the work done by the Botanical Club at the Michigan Agricultural College. Rep. Mich. . ‘Acad. Sci): 27 85, 86. O r1907. Brown, T. S. ‘The starches of the official barks. Drugg. Circ. & Chem. Gaz. 46: 158-161. Aurgoz. [Illust.] Burbank, L. Some of the fundamental principles of plant breeding. Am. Gard. 23: 639, 640, 642. 4 O Igo2. Bush, B. F. A new genus of grasses. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 13: 175-183. p/. 7, 8. 11 D 1903. Neeragrostis gen, nov. Clark, H.L. Notes on the flora of Eaton County [Michigan]. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 51, 52. 1902. Conover, L. L. Asparagus plumosus. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 63- 66. 1902. Crevecoeur, F. F. List of fossil plants collected in the vicinity of Onaga, Kan. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 18: 124-128. f. 7-3. 1903- Davidson, A. New plant records for Los Angeles County, Part III. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 70. 30 Je 1903. Davis, C. A. Notes on U¢ricularia cornuta Michx. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 53, 54- 1902. Davis, C. A. Wolfia notes. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 54. 199?- Dawson, M. On the anatomical characters of the substance ‘‘ Indian . soap.’’ ‘Trans. Can. Inst. 7: 1-6. A/. z. Au Igot. A fungus (Polyporus sp. ?), disintegrated by two other fungi parasitic upon it. Denton, M.C. The interfoliar scales of monocotyledonous aquatics. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 50. rgoz. Fitzpatrick, T. J.& M. F.L. The Scrophulariaceae of lowa. Proc. Towa Acad. Sci. 10: 136-176. 1903. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 171 Galloway, B. T. Report of the Chief of the Bureau of Plant Industry [for 1901-1902]. Ann. Rep. U. S. Dept. Agric. 1902: 47-108. 1902. Garrett, A.O. A provisional list of the Uredineae of Bourbon County, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 18: 147-150. 1903. Gould, C.N. Notes on trees, shrubs and vines in the Cherokee Nation. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 18: 145, 146. 1903. Harris, J. A. The germination of Pachira, with a note on the names of two species. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 13: 203-209. p/. g- #Z, 12 D 1903. Harris, J. A. Polygamy and certain floral abnormalities in So/anum. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 13: 185-202. 12 D. 1903. [Llust.] Harshberger, J. W. The form and structure of the mycodomatia of Myrica cerifera .. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila: 55: 352-362. pi. 16,27. 18 Au 1903. Harshberger, J. W. The mutation of Aidiscus Moscheutos L. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 55: 326, 327. 8 Jl 1903. Hartley, C. P. Improvement of corn by seed selection, Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1902: 539-552. p/. 71-77- 1903- Hasse, H.E. Additions to the lichen flora of Southern California. Part III. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 71-73. 30 Je 1903. Heimerl, A. Monographie der Nyctaginaceen I. Bougainvillea, Phe- optilum, Colignonia. Denks. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Nat. Cl. 70: OT FS): Pl. Fy-as © TEST. : New species from South America in Bougainvillea (3) and Colignonia (2). Heller, A. A. Notes on plants from middle western California. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 65-70. 30 Je 19 Includes descriptions of new species in Hookera, a ue Alsine, Arenaria, Evt- egonum, Delphinium, Crategus and Mentzelia. Henderson, L. F. Grasses and forage plants in Idaho. Idaho Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 38: 193-256. My 1903. _ [Illust.] Holm, T. Studies in the Cyperaceae. XVIII. On Carex fusca and Carex bipartita All. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 15: 145-152. F 1903. Holmes, E. M. ‘The botanical source of commercial coca leaves. Pharm. Jour. 66: 3, 4. 4. 7-7. 5 Ja igor; 81, 82. 26 Ja Igor. [Ilust. ] Holmes, E. M. ZLachnanthes tinctoria EN. Pharm. Jour. 68: 10 8 F 1902. [Illust.] 172 INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Hopkins, C. G., Smith, L. H. & East, E. M. The structure of the corn kernel and the composition of its different parts. Ill. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 87: 77-112. f 7-4. Au 1903. Jeffrey, E.C. The comparative anatomy and phylogeny of the Conif- erales. Part 1. The genus Seguoia. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 5: 441-459. pl. 68-71. N 1903. Jensen, A. E. & Denniston, R.H. Structure of stem bark of Hama- melis VirginicaL. Proc. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 49: 409-413. / 1-8. IgOl. Jones, L. R. Are our native horsetails or ferns poisonous? Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 22: 7o-74. Ig01. Krembs, A. J. & Denniston, R. H. The structure of the stem of Myrica Gale L. and Myrica cerifera L. Proc. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 49: 414-423. f. 7-12. 1901. Laflamme,C, Jacques-Philippe Cornuti — Note pour servir 4 I’ histoire des sciences au Canada. ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, II. 7*: 57-72: Igol. Larsen, J. A disease of the white birch. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 46-49. 1902. Notes on the disease caused by the beetle, dngrilus anxius. Lazenby, W. R. Some notes on the water content of certain plants. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 23: 195-200. 1902. Loesener, T. Monographia Aguifoliacearum. Pars I. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 78: 1-598. p/. z-75. 1 Mr Igol. MacKay, A. H. Botanical bibliography of Canada, 1900. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, II. 7*: 141, 142. 1901. Mackie, W. W. The value of oak leaves for forage. Cal. Agric. Exp- Sta. Bull. 150: 1-21. f. r-20. 1903. Mackintosh, R.S. Notes on some of the insects and fungous dis- eases affecting horticultural crops. Ala. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 124: 84-104. f. 1-8. .My 1903. Maiden, J. H. On the identification of a species of Lucalyptus from the Philippines. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 25: 691, 692. 11 Ap 1993- Masters, M. T. The arrangement of the air-canals in the stalks of nymphaeas. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 26: 840-843. Ap 19°?: [Illust. ]. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE iia Matthew, G. F. A backward step in palaeobotany. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, II. 7‘: 113-122. gor. Miller, F. G. & Pammel, L. H. A study of the germination and growth of Leguminosae, especially with reference to small and large seed. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 22: 133-159. pl. 1-5. 1901. Also reprinted as Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 62: 155-177. f/. r-5. D 1901. Moore, G.T. The contamination of public water supplies by algae. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1902: 175-186. f/. 78, 19. 1903. Nelson, E. A revision of certain species of plants of the genus 47- tennaria. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 697~713. 4 Je 1901. Contains descriptions of several new species and subspecies. Nelson, E. W. The agaves, a remarkable group of useful plants. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1902: 313-320. ~/. 39-76. 1903. Olsson-Seffer, P. Examination of organic remains in postglacial de- posits. Am. Nat. 37: 785-797. f. z, 2. D 1903. Pammel, L. H. Some changed conditions of our flora incident to the settlement of the state [Iowa]. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 22: 1O7—-8E2. YOOT. Pammel, L. H. Some ecological notes on the vegetation of the Uin- tah mountains. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 10: 57-68. p/. 15-22. 1903. Parish, S. B. A few new or rare Southern California plants. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 81-83. 6 O 1903. [Illust.]. Includes description of Da/ea Saundersii sp. nov. Perrédés, P. E. F. The anatomy of the stem of Derris uligtnosa Benth., an eastern fish poison. Proc. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 50: 321I- 331. pl. 1-9. 1902. Plowman, A. B. Electromotive force in plants. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 15: 94-104. F 1903. Pollock, J. B. The relation of the fibro-vascular bundles in the root and hypocotyl in Zchinocystis lobata Torr. & Gray. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 40-42. f.1-g. 1902. Reed, H.S. The ecology of a glacial lake. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 43-45. 1902. Rolfe, R. A. Diacrium indivisum. Orchid Rev. 11: 187. Je 1903. Rolfe, R. A. Epidendrum Chioneum. Orchid Rev. 11: 35. F 1903. Rolfe, R. A. The genus Campylocentrum. Orchid Rev. 11: 245- 247. Au 1903; 278. S 1903. 174 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Rolfe, R. A. The genus. Chloraca. Orchid Rev. I1: 133, 134- My 1903. Rolfe, R. A. The genus Crypfophoranthus. Orchid Rev. II: 302- 304. O 1903. Rolfe, R. A. Masdevallia Lauchiana. Orchid. Rev. 11: 347, 348. N 1903. Rolfe, R. A. Maxillaria funerea. Orchid Rev. 11: 232. Au 1903. Rolfe, R. A. Alaxillaria gracilis. Orchid Rev. I1: 230. Au 1903. Rolfe, R. A. Afaxillaria pulla. Orchid Rev. 11: 328. N 1903. Rolfe, R. A. Rodriguesia Batemanit. Orchid Rev. 11: 283, 284. S 1903. Rolfe, R.A. Zheodorea gomestoides. Orchid Rev. 11: 20. Ja1go3- Rusby, H. H. Jamaica sarsaparilla from Honduras? Drugg. Circ. & Chem. Gaz. 47: 224-226. f. r-10. N 1903. Rusby, H. H. More concerning Truxillo coca leaves. Drugg. Cire. & Chem. Gaz. 45: 48, 49. f. z, 2. Mr 1901. Sayre, L. E. Gelsemium. Drugg. Circ. & Chem. Gaz. 45: 244, 245: J. 2-7. A) THOR: Schlotterbeck, J. 0. & Eckler, C. R. The development and structure of the seed of Stylophorum diphyllum. Proc. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 50: 401-404. pl. 1902. Schlotterbeck, J. O. & Eckler,C. R. The structure and development of the fruit of ///ictum Floridanum. Proc. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 49: 285-289. pl. 7,2. 901. Sedgwick, T.F. The rootrotof taro. ‘iJawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. Re So the FE, ae BOORS Sellards, E. H. Fossil plants in the Permian of Kansas. ‘Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 17: 208, 209. Igot. Shimek, B. Living plants as geological factors. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 10: 41-48. pl. 2-77. 1903. Slade, H. B. Some conditions of stock poisoning in Idaho. Idaho Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 37: 159-190. Fe 1903. [Illust.] Smyth, B. B. Preliminary list of medicinal and economic Kansas plants, with their reputed therapeutic properties. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 18: 191-209. f. 7-23. 1903. : . INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 175 Stevens, F. L. Poisoning by ZLepiofa Morgani Pk. Jour. Myc. 9: 220-222. 31 D 1903. Stone,G. E. Diseases of the cucumber. Am. Gard. 23: 511. 9 Au 1902. Stone, G. E. Injuries to shade trees from electricity. Mass. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 91: 1-21. fi 7-72. Au 1903. Stone, G. E. & Smith, R. E. Report of the Botanists [for 1900]. Mass. Agric. Exp. Sta. Ann. Rep. 13: 71-83. Ja 1901 Notes on Aster diseases ; nematode worms ; cucumber mildew ; Russian thistle ; and influence of chemical solutions upon the germination of seeds. Stone, G. E. & Smith, R. E. Report of the Botanists [for 1902]. Mass. Agric. Exp. Sta. Ann. Rep. 15: 27-42. 3 Includes notes on plant diseases in 1902, and influence of sterilized soil on seed- germination Stone, W. Racial variation in plants and animals, with special refer- ence to the violets of Philadelphia and vicinity. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 55: 656-699. p/. 37-39. 25 N-4 D 1903. Twight, E. H. Resistant vines and their hybrids. Cal. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 148: 1-13. f. 7-37. 1903. Webber, H. J. Improvement of cotton by seed selection. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1902: 365-386. p/. 43-45. 1903. Weed, C. M. New Hampshire wild flowers. N. H. Agric. Exp. Sta. Nature Study Leafl. 4: 35-48. Ap 1903. [Illust.] Weems, J. B. & Hess, A. W. A study of the food value of some of _ the edible fungi of Ames [Iowa]. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 23: 165-172. 1902, White, D. Two new species of algze of the genus Buthotrephis, from the Upper Silurian of Indiana. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 24: 265- 270. pl. 16-18. 30N 1901. B. divaricata and B. Newlinii. Wieland, G. R. Polar climate in time the major factor in the evolu- tion of plants and animals. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 16: 401-430. D 1903. Wiggers, A. F. A. Trichomes of some drugs of the United States Pharmacopoeia. Drugg. Circ. & Chem. Gaz. 46: 93-96. My 1902. [Illust.] Wilcox, E. M. A leaf-curl disease of oaks. Ala. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 126: 181-187. pl. +f. 1-37- O 1903. 176 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Wildeman, E. de. Chiococca brachiata Ruiz et Pav. var. acutifolia Muell. ae Ic. Sel. Hort. Thenensis, 4: 127-130. pl. rg9. S 1903. Native of Brazil. Winton, A. L. American wheat screenings. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 26: 339-358. f. 45-59. 1903. Devoted chiefly to the anatomy of weed seeds. Winton, A.L. The anatomy of edible berries. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 26: 288-325. f. 7-376. 1903. Winton, A. L. The anatomy of the fruit of certain cultivated sorghums. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 26: 326-338. f. 37-44. 1903. Yendo, K. Three species of marine Ecéal/ocystis. Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 17: 199-206. p~/. 8. 20 D 1903. ‘ Includes description of 2. Wil/eana sp. nov., from Port Renfrew, B. C. BuLL. TORREY CLUB VOL. 31, Pus '% ak : A e J aese oe ones DESMIDS FROM COLORADO FOR SALE-A Collection of Delaware Plants CONTAINING ABOUT 20,000 SPECIMENS This is the largest collection of the plants of the State that has yet been made, and includes a number of its rare and scarce plants ; the lower and higher orders are both represented. For particulars address ALBERT COMMONS, WILMINGTON, DEL. The Warblers in olor BIRD-LORE Wit i Ee 1903, issue, the publication of a series of accu- rately colored plates, represent ing all the plu- mages of North A Varbl from dr. ngs by Louis Agassiz Fuertes and Bruce Horsfa ij accompanying these beautiful plates “has 5 a Prof, W. Cooke from the records of the Biological Sue- ae and g ives the average acs f migration of ese birds at hundreds of localities, often for tne — ods. The dara for the Redsta: art _ ov. work of 50 re servers for a total of 427 years! Until the supply ts Poh da we wilt dé & pivea Sic kodeara WDEr , 1QOZ, ISSUL, co sie e first two colored Warbler 20 cents a numbers $1. 00 2 tes, to every subscriber to Vol. VI o/ pla SHED FOR THE AUDUBON stern BY BIRD-LORE, beginning February 1,1904. THE pare ep 66 Fi-TH AVE., New York Cily at =r BRYOLOCGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEMNENTH YEAR ann MOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens, It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, a ee Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE is Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on + library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the ate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, Covumpra University, New York City I PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, ae Later, con- taining oan news and non-technical articles of apn inte Free to all m bers of the Garden. To others, Io cents a Sot $1.00 a year. [Not “oficred in exchange.| Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 Vol. Be ss viii + 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, vili+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, shied Mi 238 p ulletin of the dh York Botanical Garden, eee the annual reports of the omen -in-Chief and other official documents, and technica dying the results of ciara carried out 2 Se Garden. Free to sta ae of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. , Nos, 1-5, 4 , 3 maps, and I plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, oe PP» 30 tg ie "1903. Vol. II, No. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903. Memoirs of the New York Botani rsa — Price to we air of the re $1.0 oo per volume. To others, $2. [No red in excha Le An pbasreege’ Catalogue of the I Flora of Montana cand Ng : ‘ellowstone Par ni Dr, Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the An arrangement and teak discussion of the Eases nat es and ancien “of the pai. with notes from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species. 8v p- Vol. Bis The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, D ie by Dr. D. T. Mac Jougal, first assistant and director of the la sider n ac count of the author’s extensive coger es together with a gen consideration of the relation of se to plants. The — morphological sei aan are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 be ures Contributions from the New York Botanical Gar A series of tech- nical papers written ir etcinn or i of the staff, and vena! pal journals other than above, 25 cents e Vol. I. Inclusive "Of Nos. I- ah a 4 ee ek 35 figures in the text and 34 plates. $5.00 RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH, No. 43. Some correlations of leaves, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 44. Soil-temperatures and vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No 45. Studies in plant-hybrids, by Dr. William Austin Cannon. No. 46. Some aspects of desert vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 47. Anatomy and physiology of Baccharis genistelloides, by Miss Elsie M. No. 48. Mutations in plants, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . Memoirs oF THE DEPARTMENT : ol. 1. A Monograph ef the North American Species of the Genus Peoria: (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1395 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1598. uarto, 178 as 84 plates. Price $6.0 nograph of the North ppstesaat PotentiNeae (189%). By Per Axel “pero, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00, Vol. 4 s. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. rot-125. 13896-1897. Price $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. r1go1-1g902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos 2zo1-. £903~-(current). feel of separate numbers available on application. 3 Text-book of General mt om a (1896). By Albert gepsrasia Fellow in agen 1895-18 avo, 230 pages, 76 plates. sa $4. a paged $3.80 (paper). Publishe. by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamto Department invites propositions rotatiee ; Sirens of ao barium material ee any of the above named Se Addres sor L. M. wood, Columbia University, N. ity. An Ill ae lora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the uthern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor ye net: 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642. | Pages ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating gts | Species describ: | Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, | $9.00 for three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, gyi + “3 a 4c 5: t Native Ferns and their Allies. Soggy Edition) rg00. By Lucien ies Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. uodecimo, 158 piges, 35 figures. Published Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $1.00. 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. . By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896— ” “Pree gg 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & wie pe $1.50. A Tex oe of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtig, Assisinict | in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. tavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, Green & Co. » New York. Price $3.00 ESTABLISHED 1857 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., usher sal Sickk.c YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Cia KAHLBAUM’S €. P. Chemicals Our Specialties ¢ MICROSCOPES & ult and Reagents ACCESSORIES CARL 4 SCHLEICHER ~ & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES C. P. Filters — _— SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S and Famous Labora- Bt Glassware WEIGHTS p tory oe nd for prom here sletied houses im our ise COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. MEMOIRS OF THE TCRREY BOTANICAL CLUB _ A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at ssceoalie falerenie Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. ol. 1, No. 1; price, $1.00: ‘28 L. H. Studies of Yes types of various species of the genus Carex. Pages = 1889. Fcc gucal sea Bailey, L 1-85. 25 My No. 2; not favusahied separati Vol. 1, ely: Martindale, I. C. Marine ane of the New Jersey coast and adjacent waters of Staten Island. Pages 87- 24 Au 1889. Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 ce Spruce, R. /epaticae Bolivianae, in And het eh Ar cick annis 1885-6, a tH: H. Rusby lecta Pages 113-140. a 1890. Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents: a Sturtevant E.L. On sicticad fruits. Pages 141-187. 30 My 1890. ‘ol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : Halsted, B.D. Reserve = materials in buds and surrounding pars. Pas I-26, plates 7, 2. 10S1 s tise. 2; price, 75 cents: Vail, A. M. & Hollick, A. Contributions to the botany of — Pages 27-' flats 35 23 D 1890 ere Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : Holm, T. Contributions to the knowledge of the germination of some: North ican plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-19 15 Ap 1891. Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents: Se eee W.E. The genus Polygata in North America. Pages. 109-132. 3 - Vol. 3. Nol; not fafuithed separately : S Heller, A. A. Flora of | western North Carolina and toy “Pages 1-39. 20F 1892. ‘Vol. 3, No. 2; price, : + The Naiadaceae of North Aunties in istration of all the _ Pages sare 1 Siero taser hee . ; price, PANS 1293-31 See ate pas price, es eee 4 ze: soasiegenne of the plants collected in Bolivia by pi 8 Bang. Part 3 Pages 1-130. N_ 1896, : Pe Stet 6, No. 2; price, 50 cents : = oe A.J. A revision of the North American PU and Brachyheca: vc Peers, pee 30 Jl i897. 1. 6, No. 3; price, 50 cents Hazen, ge a 3 life history of Spa — lacustris bic: puciat _ Pages 231-246, fk 86, 2s (color ed)... 8 Je 1899. ote : O. 4; price, 50 cen i Underwood, L. M. A review of the genera of ferns sud Sis prior to 1832. Pages” - BRE #B 3 1Di 1899. 3 No.5 j price, 25 cents : ve . 7; price, $3. M.A. The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes a ‘California. Pages 1-208, peter ‘§ Au F899. : they 8, No. 1; price; $1.75: ise y. oe ERE e embryology of the Rudiaceae. Part}. Pages 1-2 : ail d-g. 26 An 95. ae TE xi 27-112, aes 5-05. 15 F 1902. No. 2; price, $1.00 Vol. 8, ae Aw. The ecusenacsdias the United States ee Canada. Pages 113-183+ _ 10-22, 15 F 4902, ee : Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 cents : BE. — Taylor, A. The life ‘history of Vittaria lineata, Pages 185-21 30 Aas as : Vol. 9; price, $3.00 os of the Exysiphaccae. vere 1-292, pole ig 4 Vol. 10; price, $3.00: ; 28 Sores or yscvameode in its relation to Aster. — 3] APRIL, 1904 BULLETIN OF THE RREY BOTANICAL CLU €bditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART | Associate Editors NATHANIEL Lord BriTTON _ DANnieL TREMBLY MacDouéA -— WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL * THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, HON. ADDISON BROWN, Hk 8S Vice- Presidents, HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD S_ BURGESS, Pu. D. Recording Secretary, F. S. EARLE, A.M. JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York ‘ Corresponding Secretary, 7) reasurer, FRANCIS E. LLOYD 2 Columbia Universtiy, New York City. — twice each ote from October to » May inclusive : the second Te 3 PUBLICATIONS Is and other business communications oe to > the publica I Treasurer, e VoL. 31 No. 4 'e BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB APRIL, 1904 New species of Fungi 4 CHARLES H. Peck _ Lepiota brunnescens _ Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, obtuse or umbonate, _ whitish, the cuticle soon cracking and forming brownish granules _ Fr squamules except in the center, sometimes radiately rimose on the margin, flesh white, taste sweet; lamellae close, ventricose, free, white; stem equal or slightly thickened toward the base, hollow, fibrous, white, with a slight but subpersistent annulus ear the middle ; spores elliptic, 6-8 » long, 4—5 #2 broad. Pileus 2-3 cm. broad; stems 3-5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. Open woods and grassy places, near St. Louis, Mo. July and August. N. M. Glatfelter. E . This singular species, when fresh, resembles Lefiota cristata, ut in drying, the whole plant changes color. The stem below the annulus at first becomes reddish brown, but soon changes to wn and in 12-24 hours the whole plant becomes brown. ruises also cause a change of color. Tepiota Glatfelteri __ Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, obtuse or slightly umbo- Nate, slightly and innately fibrillose, gray, grayish brown or brown, Sometimes tinged with purple, the center usually darker, some- times radiately rimose on the margin, flesh white ; lamellae close, nceolate, free, white or whitish ; stem equal or nearly so, firm, Stuffed or hollow, white, the annulus slight, persistent ; spores y elliptic, 6-8 » long, 4-5 » broad. : - Pileus pe oa ued 4 an 4-5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. _ Ground in woods, near St. Louis. July, August. N. M. atfelter ; [The preceding number of the BuLLertn, Vol. 31, No. 3, for March, 1904 (31: 176, pl. 7) was issued 12 Mr 190g.) 178 Peck : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI A rare but peculiar species belonging to the section Clypeo- laria, but distinct and easily recognized by the dark but somewhat variable color of the pileus, of which the cuticle does not form scales but sometimes becomes radiately rimose on the margin. Tricholoma viscosum Pileus fleshy, convex, the irregular or wavy margin often turned upward when old, even, glutinous, shining when dry, yel- lowish tawny, darker or reddish brown in the center, flesh white, odor slight but unpleasant; lamellae narrow, close, nearly free, white ; stem firm, equal, brittle, solid, flexuous, glutinous, white above, brown below; spores minute, subglobose, 3-4 long. Pileus 2-5 cm. broad; stem 2.5—4 cm. long, 4—5 cm. thick. Low ground near St. Louis. August and September. N. M. Glatfelter. Clitocybe piceina Pileus fleshy, firm, convex or nearly plane, dry, white or whitish, tinged with gray when young, flesh compact, white, taste pungent, odor strong, disagreeable ; lamellae close, decurrent or sometimes strongly decurrent in lines running down on the stem, creamy white ; stem equal or nearly so, firm, stout, solid, subfibrous, commonly striate at the top with raised longitudinal lines ; spores globose, 5-6 # in diameter. Pileus 6-10 cm. broad ; stem 5-7 cm. long, 12-18 mm. thick. Under spruce trees near Chicago. September. ‘W. S. Moffat and L. H. Watson. In the dried specimens the pileus sometimes assumes a yellow- ish tint. The species is closely allied to C. cerussata and C. albis- stma. From the former it may be separated by its larger globose spores and from the latter by its whitish color being less clear and persistent. From both it differs in the more strongly decurrent lamellae, pungent taste and disagreeable odor. Collybia umbonata Pileus thin, conic becoming convex or nearly plane with de- flexed margin, prominently umbonate, glabrous, bay red or chest- nut color, sometimes darker in the center than on the margin, lamellae numerous, subdistant, narrowed toward the stem, nearly free, whitish ; stem rather long, glabrous, equal or slightly tapet ing upward, hollow, radicating, colored like or a little paler than the pileus ; spores minute, elliptic, 6-8 » long, 4-5 y broad. _ Pileus 2-3 cm broad; stem 5-15 cm. long, 4-6 mm. thick. PEcK : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 179 On and about old redwood stumps. California. December. W. R. Dudley and E. B. Copeland. The color of this species is similar to that of some forms of C. dryophila, but in structure it is more closely related to C. radicata. The underground part of the stem is sometimes as long as the part above ground. Russula luteobasis Pileus convex, becoming nearly plane, even or slightly and in- distinctly striate on the margin, rosy red or pink, becoming paler or yellowish either wholly or in the center only, the cuticle sep- arable, flesh white or whitish ; lamellae adnate or adnexed, equal, creamy yellow or whitish, becoming dingy with age or in drying ; stem nearly equal, slightly furfuraceous, stuffed, white, yellow at the base ; spores subglobose, 8 p long, sometimes only 7 » broad. Pileus 2.5—7 cm. broad ; stem 2.5—5 cm. long, 4-12 mm. thick. Near St. Louis, Mo. June to August. N. M. Glatfelter. A Species well marked by the change of color in the pileus and the yellow base of the stem. Clitopilus sphaerosporus Pileus fleshy but thin, nearly plane, with the margin involute — or decurved, umbonate or slightly depressed in the center, dry, minutely tomentose pubescent, dark gray or blackish-brown, flesh White ; lamellae thin, narrow, close, unequal, slightly decurrent, whitish, faintly tinged with pink; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, solid, firm, colored like the pileus, with a white mycelioid tomentum at the base; spores pale pink, globose, uninucleate, 5-6 w in diameter. ; Pileus I~2.5 cm. broad ; stem 2-4 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. Among fallen leaves in ravines. Near St. Louis, Mo. Au- gust and September. Rare. N. M. Glatfelter. The pink tint of the lamellae and spores is so faint that by careless observation the fungus is liable to be mistaken for a clitocybe. Flammula eccentrica Pileus thin, broadly convex, obtuse or slightly umbilicate, dry, minutely squamulose, tawny, yellowish or reddish ferruginous, flesh whitish; lamellae rather broad, close, somewhat sinuate adnate, dingy, ochraceous, becoming ferruginous: stem equal or slightly tapering upward, commonly eccentric, solid, fibrillose, yellowish or dingy ochraceous, becoming brownish without and Within ; spores bright ferruginous, elliptic, (1 ong, about Su broad. )? ? 4- 5-16 w# | P 6X7 -F 4 sm ‘tyfe mm ater: e | eee 1 Pd 180 Peck : NEw SPECIES OF FUNGI Pileus 2.5-3.5 cm. broad; stem 2-3 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick, often curved. Decaying wood. Near St. Louis, Mo. September and Oc- tober. N. M. Glatfelter. Flammula Braendlei Pileus convex becoming nearly plane with incurved margin, sometimes irregular, fibrillose squamulose, especially in the cen- ter, slightly viscid, purplish when young, soon yellowish or yel- lowish white, sometimes with bluish green stains, flesh whitish ; lamellae thin, close, adnate or slightly decurrent, bright ferrugin- ous when mature; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, ‘fibril- lose, hollow, whitish streaked with brown, veil webby, sometimes forming a silky zone on the stem and becoming conspicuous by the spores lodging on it; spores elliptic, 6-8 » long, 4-5 y broad. Pileus 2.5—5 cm. broad; stem 2.5—5 cm. long, 4—8 mm. thick. "Single or cespitose on decaying trunks. September to No- vember. Near Washington. F. J. Braendle. Near St. Louis N. M. Glatfelter. This species is quite attractive by reason of the bright ferrug- inous color of the mature lamellae and the spores. It belongs to the section Serice/lae. Sometimes the pileus is slightly umbilicate. Agaricus solidipes Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, squamose or rimose squamose, white or whitish, involute on the margin, flesh white, unchange- able, taste sweet, agreeable ; lamellae close, free, dull pink chang- ing to dull sepia, finally brownish black; stem very short, equal or tapering upward or downward, glabrous, solid, white or whit- ish, the white veil slight, often adhering entirely to the margin of the pileus; spores elliptic, 8-1o » long, 5-6 » broad. Pileus 2-7 cm. broad; stem 2-4 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick. Prairie pastures. Colorado. June. E. B. Sterling. A species well marked by its squamose pileus, involute or in- * curved, often appendiculate margin and by its short solid stem. Agaricus rutilescens Pileus fleshy, firm, convex with incurved margin, becoming nearly plane, even or sometimes rimose and minutely fibrillose, dingy white, becoming ferruginous, reddish-brown or bay in drying, flesh whitish changing to reddish where cut or broken; lamellae close, narrow, free, reddish becoming blackish-brown ; stem equal or nearly so, firm, stuffed, silky, white, changing to reddish where Peck : NEw SPECIES OF FUNGI 181 wounded, often abruptly bulbous at the base, veil white, often ad- hering partly to the margin of the pileus and partly to the stem ; spores broadly elliptic, 7-8 » long, 5-6 u broad. ileus 2.5—6 cm. broad ; stem 5-10 cm. long, 6-10 mm thick. Manured ground in pasture. Denver, Colorado. June. E. B. Sterling. This differs from Agaricus compester rufescens in having its pileus minutely fibrillose, in its flesh becoming reddish where wounded, not bright red, and in its gills being at first reddish in- stead of white. It resembles Ag. maritimus in some respects but differs in its assumed color and in the absence of a seaside odor. Agaricus sphaerosporus Pileus fleshy, firm, broadly convex, sometimes slightly de- pressed in the center, glabrous, whitish, the cuticle sometimes ri- mose, and the incurved young margin occasionally wavy or irreg- ular when mature, flesh white, unchangeable ; lamellae thin, close, rounded behind, reaching the stem, but free from it, rosy red, be- coming blackish-brown ; stem nearly equal, thick, firm, solid, straight or curved, whitish, the thin white veil rupturing and ad- hering partly to the margin of the pileus and partly to the stem, forming a slight, fringed soon evanescent annulus ; spores globose or nearly so, 7.5-8 » long, 6—7.5 » broad. : Pileus 7-12 cm. broad; stem 3-10 cm. long, 2~3 cm. thick. Rich soil. Denver, Colorado. June. E. B. Sterling. This species closely resembles large forms of the common mushroom, from which it may be separated by its glabrous pileus, solid stem and nearly globose spores. Mr. Sterling has eaten it freely with- out harm and considers it a good edible mushroom. Agaricus cothurnatus Pileus fleshy, convex with involute margin, dry, glabrous or minutely pulverulent on the margin, chalky white, flesh white ; lamellae close, free, chocolate color becoming black ; stem nearly equal, white, with dense radicular fibers at the base, sheathed below by the white veil which forms a cup-like annulus with lacerated _ Margin above; spores subglobose, 8—9 » long, 7-8 y broad. Pileus 5~7.5 cm. broad ; stem 3-5 cm. long, 10-12 mm. thick. Rich soil along roadsides and paths. Denver, Colorado. March, FE. B. Sterling. The chocolate color of the young gills and the sheathed base of the stem are notable distinguishing characters of this species. ¢ 182 Peck: NEw SPECIES OF FUNGI Marasmius Copelandi Pileus thin, tough, broadly convex, glabrous, tawny, taste and odor strong, unpleasant; lamellae few, unequal, distant, adnate, pallid ; stem slender, tough, hollow, velvety pubescent and brown below, paler and less densely pubescent above ; spores subfusiform, more sharply pointed at one end, 12-15 long, 4 » broad. Pileus 1-2 cm. broad; stem 4—6 cm. long, I—2 mm. thick. On dead leaves of Quercus densiflora. Woodside, California. December. E. B. Copeland. It is related to IZ. perforans. Clavaria myceliosa Stem slender, solid, irregularly branched above, tawny, with an — abundant mycelium which forms whitish, branching strands among decaying leaves and twigs; branches short, divergent or wide spreading with few branchlets, colored like the «stem, the ultimate branchlets mostly acute, whitish; spores subglobose, 4 / long. Scattered or gregarious, 1-2.5 cm. tall, stems about .5 mm. thick. Among fallen leaves and twigs under redwood trees. Moun- tains near Stanford University, California. December. E. B. Copeland. The abundant rhizomorphoid mycelium is a marked feature of this species. The plant is inodorous but has a slight peppery taste. It is allied to our eastern C. pusilla, but it is a smaller, more slender plant with the slender stem branched above only, and with the few short branches more widely spreading. Helvella Stevensii Pileus somewhat saddle-shaped, the two lobes deflexed, sub- orbicular, free, white, becoming yellowish or creamy yellow with age and brown in drying, under surface persistently white, eve, pruinose velvety ; stem terete, even, solid or stuffed, occasionally hollow in large specimens, pure white, pruinose velvety above ; a5¢t cylindric ; spores even, broadly elliptic, 20 long, 12 broae usually containing a single large nucleus; paraphyses filiform, clavate at the apex, colorless. Plant 4-5 cm. tall ; pileus 10-20 mm. broad. Open woods of oak and hickory. Oakland co., Mich. Juné R. H. Stevens. Related to H. gracilis and H. Panormitana, but differing fro™ both in the pure white color of the young fresh plant. New YorK STATE MUSEUM. Se Ss Lee iat aca cena a manele, Bla Hepaticae of Puerto Rico IV. ODONTOLEJEUNEA, CYCLOLEJEUNEA AND PRIONOLEJEUNEA ALEXANDER W. EvANs (WirH PLaTEs 8-12) _ ODONTOLEJEUNEA In his subgenus Odonto-Leyeunea, Spruce * grouped together a number of Lejewncae Holostipae in which dentate or spinose leaves were borne on a prostrate axis, the latter being closely ad- herent to the substratum by means of radicelliferous discs devel- dope on the underleaves. In the other subgenera of this group, in which dentate or spinose leaves also occurred, as, for example, Thysano-Lejeunea and Dicrano-Lejeunca, the leafy axes were pendulous or ascending from a prostrate caudex and were almost or quite destitute of rhizoids. Odonto-Lejeunea was further char- acterized by a strongly flattened perianth more or less toothed along the sharp lateral keels and emarginate at the apex. Although classed among the Holostipae, Spruce included in his subgenus certain species, such as Lejeunea Peruviana Lehm. & Lindenb., in which the majority of the underleaves were bifid, and others, such as L. convexisti~a Lehm. & Lindenb., in which a tendency toward the development of bifid underleaves might sometimes be observed. Schiffner’s genus Odontolejeunea + has the same limits as Spruce’s subgenus,but Stephani understands the genus ina some what more extended sense and includes in it at least one species, L. accedens Gottsche, t which Spruce referred to Priono-Lejeunea (under the name Z. leptocardia Spruce). In this species, as well as in certain others recently described by Stephani,§ the under- leaves are invariably bifid. Although in many respects a natural group, the genus Odontolejeunca as understood by Stephani or even by Schiffner is more comprehensive than is usual among the oo * Hep. Amaz. et And. 142. 1884. t Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 13: 127. 1893. { Hedwigia, 27: 284. 1888 4L. c.35: 120. 1896. 183 184 Evans: HEpaATICAE OF PUERTO RICO Lejeuneae and includes an almost continuous series of species con- necting the very different genera Dicranolejeunea and Prionolezeunea, In fact, such a species as O. /unulata (Web.) Schiffn., which may be considered the type of the genus, is much more closely related to certain Décranolejeuneae than it is to Z. accedens or even to L. convexistipa; and L. accedens, on the other hand, is hardly to be separated generically from such a Prionolejeunea as P. microdonta (Gottsche) Steph. Fortunately the series may be divided into two clearly defined groups or genera. The first of these is composed entirely of species with undivided underleaves and includes the first four of the species described by Spruce under Odonto-Lejeunea. For this genus the name Odontolejeunca may be retained. In the sec- ond genus, which may be designated Cyclolejeunea, some of the species have undivided underleaves and others have bifid under- leaves. This genus includes most if not all of the remaining species described by Spruce. The slight difference in the underleaves, which by itself would be of but little moment, is supported by the much more important generic characters noted below. The genus QOdontolejeunea in its restricted sense is composed entirely of tropical species. The type of the genus, O. /unudata, is found in both America and Africa, but the remaining species, $0 far as known, are exclusively American. Although occasionally found on bark, the species are most at home on living leaves and include some of the largest and most conspicuous of our epiphyl- lous hepatics. The plants are usually olive green in color, vary- ing to brownish or yellowish, but are apparently never pale green or whitish. In spite of the prostrate habit of the plants, the leaves are not closely appressed to the substratum. When dry they are irregularly crispate and wrinkled; when moist they are convex and strongly revolute along the postical margin. The lobes of the leaves spread widely from the axis and are commonly broad and rounded at the apex. On well-developed leaves the margin is sharply and irregularly dentate, the teeth being scattered and consisting of from one to a considerable number of cells. The lobule of normal leaves encloses a distinct water-sac and the free margin is appressed to the lobe (pLaTE 8, FIGURE 2). Along the margin are found from two to four scattered teeth, but the hyaline ——— citation Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PueRTO RIco 185 papilla instead of being marginal is situated on the antical surface of the lobule at some little distance from the margin (FIGURE 6), very much as Leitgeb describes for ““Phragmicoma.’* A somewhat simi- lar lobule is found in Brachiolejeunca and also in some of the species of Marcehesinia, but it is very different from that found in Cycloleyeunea and Prionolejeunea. The leaf-cells in Odontolejeunea are plane or nearly so and their thin walls are firm and frequently pigmented. Trigones and intermediate thickenings, although small, are everywhere conspicuous (FIGURE 3), but there are no ocelli. The underleaves in Odontolejeunea are approximately orbicular in shape and are commonly described as auriculate at the base. The latter character, however, does not accurately portray the true conditions, because in reality the strongly auriculate appear- ance is due to the peculiar way in which the underleaves are at- tached to the axis. The line of insertion is long and sharply arched, and the basal part of the underleaf broadens out so abruptly from this line that it becomes folded upon itself, the fold forming what is apparently the inner edge of a large basal auri- cle (FIGURE 2). In many cases the lower margin of the underleaf does not extend at all beyond the line of insertion, and of course under these circumstances there is no true auricle whatever; in other cases a slight auricle is developed. The margins of the underleaves are more or less toothed. The radicelliferous discs are highly developed and normally give rise to rhizoids not only from their margins but also from their postical surface. On ordi- nary underleaves the marginal rhizoids are in a single layer and are more or less palmately branched at their extremities. All of the rhizoids secrete an abundant supply of a tenacious jelly-like substance, a peculiarity possessed by the majority of epiphyllous Lejeuneae. The position of the © inflorescence is variable even in the Same species, being sometimes borne on a leading branch and Sometimes on a short branch. The inflorescence innovates on One side and frequently the innovation itself is repeatedly flori- ferous. The lobules of the bracts are represented by minute basal folds (riGuREs 8, g) and the bracteole is undivided (FicuRE 10). The oie ee iis Paiste ona * Unters, iiber Lebermoose, 2: 14. 1875. Apparently the “ studied was P. Mackaii (Hook. ) Dumort. ( = Nerviesteta Mackati S, F. Gra 186 Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO essential characters of the perianth have already been noted, but it may be added that the lateral keels are distinctly winged and that the teeth are borne on the margins of the wings (FIGURE 1). The ¢ inflorescence consists of a long spike with closely imbricated diandrous bracts, and the corresponding bracteoles are developed throughout its entire length. So far as known the vegetative re- production is entirely by means of leafy propagula occupying the position of normal branches and comparable with those found in Leptolejeunea and Drepanolejeunea. Two species of Odontolejeunea are now known from Puerto Rico and each has apparently been collected but a single time. The first of these, O. Junulata, was found many years ago by the Italian botanist Balbis, whose specimens are listed in the Synopsis Hepaticarum under ZL. sortwosa Lehm. & Lindenb. These speci- mens have been examined by Stephani * and also by Schiffner t and are referred by both to O. /unulata, of which L. sortuosa is now considered a synonym. The other species is O. Sceberiana (Gottsche) Schiffn., recently collected by the writer. Since the specimens of Balbis have not been readily accessible, the following description of O. /unulata is based largely on Jamaican specimens. ODONTOLEJEUNEA LUNULATA (Web.) Schiffn. Jungermannia lunulata Web. Hist. Musc. Hepat. Prodr. 33. 1815. Jungermannia tortuosa Lehm. & Lindenb.; Lehmann, Pug. Plant..4:. 80.) i842. Lejeunea lunulata Nees; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 326. 1845: Lejeunea tortuosa Lehm. & Lindenb.; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. S37) Thaw Jungermannia phyllogenides Brid.; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 327- 1845 (as synonym). Lejeunea Martinicensis Lindenb.; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 328: 1845. Lejeunea (Odonto-Lejeunea) lunulata Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 145. 1884. siesan igang lunulata Schiffn.; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenfam, 1°: 128. 1893. a * Hedwigia, 27: 287. 1888. + Bot. Jahrb. 23: 596. 1897. spina cae pve . a ——— Evans: HEpaTICAE OF PuERTO RIco 187 Brownish or yellowish green, scattered or loosely caespitose, often mixed with other Leyeuneae: stems 0.17 mm. in diameter, irregularly branched, the branches widely spreading : leaves imbri- cated, the lobe widely spreading, convex and more or less revolute along postical margin, falcate-ovate, 1.7 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion, antical margin arching across or just beyond the axis and strongly curved from base to apex, postical margin approximately straight, apex broad and rounded, whole margin sharply dentate, the teeth scattered, each consisting usually of a cell with a strongly thickened outer wall arising from a base two cells wide, postical margin with two teeth much larger than the others and separated from each other by a broad lunulate sinus; lobule suborbicular in outline, 0.35 mm. long, the strongly inflated inner half lying parallel with the axis and bulging beyond the free margin, outer half appressed to lobe, free margin curved from base to end of keel, usually bearing three scattered teeth, two side by side at about the middle of the margin, the other midway between these and end of keel, the teeth blunt, commonly two or three cells long and one or two cells wide at the base, often curved toward the lobe; cells of lobe plane or nearly so, averaging 18 yw at the margin and 30» in median and basal regions, walls thin but firm, trigones triangular, rarely con- fluent, intermediate thickenings numerous, oval: underleaves con- tiguous or slightly imbricated, broadly orbicular, 0.7 mm. long, 0.85 mm. wide, attached by a narrowly arched line of insertion and apparently strongly biauriculate at base, the auricles subquad- rate in form; apex broad and rounded, often revolute ; margin sharply denticulate, the majority of the teeth minute and consist- ing of single projecting cells, one or two teeth in the basal region often larger than the others and broadly triangular in outline: inflorescence dioicous: © inflorescence sometimes on a leading ranch, more frequently on a short branch, innovating on one or on both sides, the innovation usually floriferous and sometimes repeatedly so; bracts obliquely spreading, slightly plicate at the very base, ovate to oblong, 0.95 mm. long, o. ) mm. wide, apex rounded to subacute, margin sharply dentate as in normal leaves ; bracteole free, orbicular-obovate, 0.75 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, middle portion convex postically with a plane or revolute border, margin irregularly denticulate or dentate with scattered teeth ; perianth obovate in outline, 1.25 mm. long, 0.95 mm. wide, cuneate toward base, broad and truncate or slightly retuse at the apex with a distinct beak, antical face plane, postical face with a distinct keel, broad and rounded below, narrow and sharp above, lateral wings extending to or below the middle of the perianth, two or three cells broad, each bearing about twelve sharp and 188 Evans: HEPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO usually unicellular teeth: © inflorescence terminal on a leading branch or occupying a short branch ; bracts in about twelve pairs, imbricated, the lobe ovate, subacute, with three to seven marginal teeth, lobule about half as long as lobe, ovoid, keel arched, free margin involute, the marginal teeth blunt or obsolete ; bracteoles imbricated, similar to the underleaves but more shortly inserted, margin varying from entire to minutely crenulate or denticulate : mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 8, FIGURES I-15). On living leaves. Puerto Rico, Ba/bis; these specimens, growing on orange leaves, were probably collected near the coast. Weber describes the type locality of the species as follows: e regionibus tropicis in foliis M/usae. Although not so stated, his specimens doubtless came from the American tropics where the species is widely distributed. ‘ Oware,” * the type locality for Jungermannia toriuosa, is the only known African station for the plant. ODONTOLEJEUNEA SIEBERIANA (Gottsche) Schiffn. Leeunea Sieberiana Gottsche; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 328. 1845. Lejeunea (Odonto-Lejeunea) Sieberiana Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 143. 1884. Lejeunea (Odonto-Lejeunea) chaerophylla Spruce, /. c. 147. pl. 27, 388A, Odontolejeunea Sieberiana Schiffn.; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 17: 127. 1893. Similar in color and in general appearance to O. /unulata: stems about 0.12 mm. in diameter, irregularly branched: leaves imbricated, the lobe widely spreading, convex and more or less revolute along postical margin, falcate-ovate, 1.7 mm. long, I.2 mm. wide, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion, antical margin arching across or just beyond the axis, nearly straight near base, then strongly curved to apex, postical margin approximately straight, apex broad and rounded, whole margin sharply dentate with about twenty scattered teeth, each tooth con- sisting usually of a cell with a strongly thickened outer wall arising from a base two cells wide, teeth along postical margin} somewhat larger than the others but not so discrepant in size as in O. /unu- fata; \obule suborbicular in outline, 0.35 mm. long, inner half inflated but léss so than in the previous species, outer half appressed to lobe, free margin curved from base to end of keel, * «*Qware’’ is apparently the modern ‘‘ Wari,’’ near the mouth of the Niger. EvaANs : HEPATICAE OF PuERTO RIco 189 usually with three or four scattered and equidistant teeth in outer portion, the teeth as in O. /unulata; cells of lobe plane or nearly sO, averaging 16 # at the margin, 23 # in the middle and 30 zat the base, thin-walled, the triangular trigones and oval intermediate thickenings a little smaller than in the previous species: under- leaves distant, 0.6 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, obovate, plane or nearly so, apex broad, the apparent basal auricles rounded, margin commonly entire below and varying above from entire to sharply denticulate, the teeth sometimes conspicuous: inflorescence autoi- cous: Q inflorescence borne on a leading branch or on a short branch, innovating on one side, the innovation often floriferous ; bracts obliquely spreading, slightly complicate at base, unsym- metrically obovate, 0.95 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, margin more sharply dentate than in the leaves, antical margin strongly curved, postical margin nearly straight, apex broad and rounded ; bracteole free, orbicular to oblong, about as large as the bracts, margin plane, varying from entire to sharply denticulate ; perianth obovate in outline, 1.35 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, broadly cuneate toward base, broad and shortly obcordate at apex with a short beak, anti- cal face plane or nearly so, postical face with a distinct keel some- times bearing a few short teeth in the upper portion, lateral wings extending almost to the base, two to five cells broad, each about twelve-dentate, the teeth sharp, two to five cells long and usually two cells wide at the base: (J inflorescence occupying a short branch ; bracts in three to six pairs, imbricated, the lobe ovate, rounded or subacute and apiculate, margin entire or nearly so; lobule as in O. lunulata; bracteoles contiguous, oblong to obovate, margin entire: mature sporophyte not seen. ' On living leaves. El Yunque, Zvans (182). Also known from the following localities: Andes of Peru and Ecuador, Spruce; Mexico, Lichmann; Brazil, Beyrich, Beske, Lindman; Cuba, Wright ; Jamaica, Maxon, Evans; Dominica and St. Vincent, Elliott ; Costa Rica, Pittier. The type-specimens are said to have been collected on the island of Mauritius, but Stephani looks upon this statement as an error due to the mixing of labels and concludes that Sieber’s specimens also came from tropical America. At all events the species has not recently been collected in Africa. Lejeunea chaerophylla Spruce is here reduced to O. Steberiana on the authority of Schiffner,* who is supported in his statements by Stephani.t Both of these writers examined Sieber’s type. * Nova Acta Acad. Caes.-Leop. 60: 230. 1893; also Bot. Jahrb. 23: 588. 1897. 1 Hedwigia, 34: 238. 1895. 190 Evans: HEPATICAE OF PUERTO RIco According to Stephani, Spruce himself at one time acquiesced in the reduction, but apparently he changed his mind later because in his ‘‘ Hepaticae Elliottianae,’’ published shortly after his death, it is maintained that both species are distinct.* The specimens of Lejeunea chaerophylla, distributed in Hepaticae Spruceanae, have entire underleaves and perichaetial bracteoles, and to this extent differ from many of the West Indian forms of O. Szeberiana, but as the denticulation of these parts is always variable, this slight dif- ference can hardly be considered sufficient to separate the species. It will be seen from the descriptions given above that O. /unu- lata and O, Sieberiana are very closely related species. The most important difference between them is in the inflorescence, which is monoicous in one and dioicous in the other. Since the plants are rarely sterile this difference can usually be demonstrated. The characters derived from the vegetative organs are subject to so much variation that they must be used with caution in separating the species, and yet, supported by the inflorescence, they are of some importance. The postical margin of the lobe, for example, in O. Sieberiana is more regularly dentate than in O. /unulata and fails to show the deep and conspicuous sinus between its two middle teeth. The lobule also, in the monoicous species, is less. strongly inflated and more regularly denticulate along its free margin, and the leaf-cells have smaller trigones and intermediate thickenings. The underleaves afford differential characters which are a little more reliable than those drawn from the leaves; in 0. Sieberiana they are rounded and entire in the basal portion, and, if they are dentate at all, the teeth increase in size toward the plane apex ; in O. dunulata the basal portions often project outward as sharp teeth, while the revolute apex is very minutely denticulate- So far as the writer’s experience goes, O. Sieberiana is found at rather high altitudes (2,000 feet and above), while O. /wnulata occurs in the plains; and apparently this difference in habitat has been noted by other observers. Under the name Lejeunea (Odonto-Lejeunca) calcarata, Sprucet describes a plant from the Amazon to which he doubtfully refers the old Phragmicoma calcarata Mont.t This species was long * Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 336. 1894. + Hep. Amaz. et And. 146. 1884. ft Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 1g: 261. 843. Evans: HEeEpaticaE OF Puerto RIco 191 ago reduced by Gottsche * to a synonym of O. /unulata and was afterwards so regarded by Montagne himself.+ Spruce separates his plant on account of the acuminate spurs into which the basal angles of the underleaves are said to be produced. In the speci- mens distributed in Hepaticae Spruceanae this peculiarity is not very clearly exhibited, and many of the underleaves are no more spurred than is usual in O. /enxulata,; it is therefore difficult to form a definite opinion as to the validity of Spruce’s species. Judging from the distributed specimens alone the plant is hardly worthy of specific rank. VEGETATIVE REPRODUCTION IN ODONTOLEJEUNEA Leafy propagula have been observed by the writer in O. dunu- lata and also in O. Sieberiana and are essentially alike in the two Species. They are much less abundant than in certain species of Leptolejeunea and Drepanolejeunea and are apparently never borne on specialized microphyllous branches as is so often the case in those genera. Germinating propagula may readily be found in the vicinity of an older plant, but so far only three cases have been noted in which the propagulum was still attached to the parent axis. In one of these it grew out just behind an ordinary branch-leaf at some distance from the apex of the branch (PLATE 8, FIGURE 12); in the other two cases it occupied a similar posi- tion with respect to a bract in the middle of a long antheridial spike. In all three cases the empty sheaths of older propagula could also be demonstrated, and these were always larger and more conspicuous than the basal sheaths of ordinary leafy branches. In two of the cases noted the propagulum arched forward across the axis in such a way as to turn its morphologically postical sur- face upward, very much as in Lepfolejeunea exocellata ; in the third case the propagulum spread widely from the axis and turned its postical surface downward as in a normal branch. The first leaf of a propagulum is smaller than the first leaf of an ordinary branch and is obovate in shape (FIGURE 13); it is moreover strongly reflexed and its lobule is practically obsolete, being represented merely by a hyaline papilla. The second leaf * Syn. Hep. 326. 1845. ft Sylloge, 72. 1856. 192 Evans: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO RICO is also strongly reflexed but bears a rudimentary lobule; the third and succeeding leaves are similar to ordinary leaves, gradu- ally increasing in size and acquiring normal lobules. The first underleaf is similar to that found at the base of an ordinary branch ; it is small and flat, oblong in outline without any indica- tion of basal auricles, and is entire on its margin; it apparently possesses no rhizoid-initials and is attached by a short straight line of insertion. The second underleaf is the most remarkable fea- ture of the propagulum and shows very striking modifications. It is orbicular in shape and is also entire on the margin, but the base is deeply and truly auriculate, the region of insertion being short and at about the middle of the underleaf. The axis-cells, by which the attachment is effected, become elongated and push the underleaf away from the axis, forming as it were a kind of stalk (FIGURE 15). At the top of this stalk the disc is developed and eventually becomes larger than the underleaf itself. The disc consists of two layers of cells, those in the middle being at first small and polygonal in outline and forming a patch about six cells across. The marginal cells, which are really rhizoids, are likewise in two layers and very soon become long and narrow, radiating out in all directions. Instead of remaining distinct, as rhizoids commonly do, they are united except at their tips and thus form, around the middle of the disc, a broad and continuous border crenulated on the edge (FicuRE 14). These rhizoids pos- sess ina marked degree the property of secreting slime. After a propagulum has established itself, the middle cells of the disc may also develop rhizoids. The third and succeeding underleaves of the propagulum are similar to ordinary underleaves and develop radicelliferous discs of the usual type. CYCLOLEJEUNEA The genus Cyclolejeunea as here understood has four represen- tatives in Puerto Rico. The first of these, C. Chitonia, is known from British Guiana and from several of the Lesser Antilles ; the second and third, C. convexistipa and C. accedens, have already been listed from the island * and have a wide distribution in South America; the fourth, C. angulisti~a, is apparently restricted to * Hedwigia, 27: 281, 284. 1888, Evans: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 193 the West Indies. Even as it stands the extremes of the genus are rather more diverse than is usual in the Lejeuneae, and it is possible that it should be still further subdivided ; for the present, however, it seems wisest to leave it intact. All of the species of Cyclolejeunea, so far as known, are confined to the American trop- ics and are found on living leaves or on the bark of trees. The genus may be characterized as follows: Cyclolejeunea gen. nov. Lejeunea p. p. G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 1845. Leeunea subgenus Odonto-Lejeunea p. p. Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 1884. Lejeunea subgenus Priono-Lejeunea p. min. p. Spruce, 1. c. Odontolejeunea p. p. Schiffn.; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- fam. 1893. Plants medium-sized to large, sometimes delicate in texture sometimes more robust, varying in color from pale green or whitish to brownish or olive green: stems prostrate and adherent to the substratum, sparingly to copiously branched : leaves con- tiguous to densely imbricated, the lobe widely spreading, plane or slightly convex, not revolute along the postical margin, falcate- ovate, broad at the apex and usually rounded or apiculate but never acute, margin varying from entire to coarsely and irregu- larly dentate ; lobule inflated and forming a distinct water-sac, keel more or less arched, free margin involute, tipped at the apex by a single cell bearing a marginal hyaline papilla at its proximal base ; leaf-cells sometimes delicate and scarcely thickened at the angles, sometimes with distinct trigones and intermediate thicken- ings ; ocelli usually but not invariably present : underleaves approx- imately orbicular in form, sometimes undivided, sometimes regu- larly bifid, sometimes undivided or bifid in the same species, at-~ tached by a short and scarcely arched line of insertion : inflores- cence usually dioicous: Q inflorescence borne on a more or less abbreviated branch or on a leading branch, innovating on one side, the innovation sometimes floriferous ; bracts unequally bifid, about as large as the leaves, lobule small but usually distinct ; perianth strongly flattened but with a distinct postical keel, broad and emarginate above, lateral keels more or less toothed, some- times winged : inflorescence occupying a shorter or longer branch ; bracts imbricated, diandrous: vegetative reproduction by means of disc-like gemmae borne on the margins of the leaves. (Name from xvxi0¢, a disc, and Lefeunea, in allusion to the gemmae). 194 Evans: HEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RICO The most important of the characters which separate the genus just described from Odontolejeunea are drawn from the vegetative organs and concern both leaves and underleaves. The margin of the lobe, for example, in Cyclolejeunea, is extremely variable with respect to its dentation ; in some species it is minutely and regu- larly crenulate or denticulate from projecting cells (PLATE 10, FIGURES 2, 4); in others it varies from entire to coarsely dentate on the same individual (PLATE 8, FIGURE 16); in Odontolejeunea the margin of the lobe is always sharply dentate. The lobule in Cyclolejeunea bears a single tooth on the free margin, and the hyaline papilla is also marginal, being borne at the proximal base of this tooth (PLATE 8, FIGURE 22; PLATE Q, FIGURES IO, 17); in Odontolejeunea the free margin of the lobule bears several teeth and the papilla is displaced from the margin. The underleaves in the two genera are very different with respect to their method of attachment to the axis, the line of insertion in Cyclolejeunea being short and scarcely arched (PLATE 8, FIGURES 16, 17) instead of long and sharply arched as in the other genus. Radicelliferous discs are found in both genera but are not a constant feature in Cyclolejeunea, the underleaves in certain species giving rise directly to rhizoids. Other differences in the underleaves, relating to the presence or absence of an apical sinus, have already been alluded to. The perichaetial bracts of Odontolejeunca are characterized by being practically elobulate, while those of the new genus have well developed lobules (PLATE 8, FIGURE 23). In the vegetative reproduction, finally, we find a very striking difference which is probably to be considered generic; in Odontolejeunea this 1s carried on by means of the leafy propagula already described; in Cyclolejeunea the vegetative reproduction is by means of peculiar marginal gemmae in the form of discs, similar in some respects to those found in Cololejeunea and its allies, but differing from them in the details of development and germination. These gemmae will be discussed after the description of species. Cyclolejeunea Chitonia (Tay]l.) Lejeunea Chitonia Tayl.; Lehmann, Pug. Plant. 8: 27. 1844 (misprinted ‘‘Z. Ciitonta’’). Odontolejeunea subbifida Steph. Hedwigia, 35: 117. 1896. Evans: HepaTicaE oF Puerto RIco 195 Brownish or olive green, sometimes varying to pale green or yellowish, densely tufted: stems 0.3 mm. in diameter, copiously and irregularly branched, the branches widely spreading, often ascending : leaves densely imbricated, the lobe more or less con- vex, broadly falcate-ovate, 1.25 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion, antical margin arching across or just beyond axis, slightly incurved near base, then strongly outwardly curved to apex, postical margin straight or nearly so, often with a blunt fold near end of keel, apex rounded or obtuse, often apiculate, margin varying from entire to sharply dentate, the teeth in extreme cases reaching a length of four cells and a width of two cells at the base, each tooth tipped with a sharp cell having a strongly thickened outer wall; lobule narrowly ovoid, 0.5 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, tapering and more or less curved toward end of keel, strongly inflated, keel slightly rough- ened from projecting cells, free margin involute to beyond apex, then passing by a shallow and long sinus to end of keel, apical tooth short and somewhat pointed, strongly curved ; cells of lobe convex, averaging 18 y at the margin, 35 # in the middle and 45 pz at the base, rather thick-walled with large triradiate trigones sep- arated by narrow pits or sometimes by an oval intermediate thick- ening between two pits; ocelli 80 long, 35 # wide, commonly in a group of three, situated at the base of the lobe but separated from the line of insertion by one or two rows of cells: underleaves imbricated, broadly orbicular, 0.7 mm. long, 0.9 mm. wide, cuneate or subauriculate at the base, shortly bifid at the apex with obtuse or rounded sinus and broad rounded or apiculate lobes, margin vary- ing from entire to sharply and irregularly denticulate in the upper part: inflorescence dioicous: Q inflorescence on a short branch, innovating on one side, the innovation commonly floriferous ; bracts obliquely spreading, the lobe obovate, 1.25 mm. long, 0.95 mm. wide, margin entire to dentate, the keel sometimes narrowly winged in the lower part, lobule oblong, 0.6 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide, rounded to acute at the apex, margin entire ; bracteole free, obovate, 0.85 mm. long, 0.6 mm. wide, shortly bifid at the apex with connivent obtuse or rounded lobes and narrow sinus, margin entire or nearly so; perianth almost hidden by the bracts, cunet- form in outline with slightly bulging sides, 1.25 mm. long, 0.95 mm. wide, antical face plane, postical keel low and rounded, apex broad and emarginate with an indistinct beak, lateral keels sharp, €xtended upward as broad, rounded or truncate auricles, entire or minutely and irregularly denticulate in the upper part and often apiculate at the outer angles, sometimes bordered by one or two Interrupted and very narrow wings: i inflorescence and mature Sporophyte not seen (PLATE 8, FIGURES 16-23). 196 Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO On bark of trees, more rarely on rotten logs. North slope of the Luquillo Mountains, He//er (1233, 4736 p. p.). El Yunque, Evans (28, 75, 82, 160). The species is also known, in sterile condition, from British Guiana, Greville, the type-locality, from St. Vincent (collector not named), and from Martinique and Guade- loupe, Duss.* C. Chitonia is closely related to C. Peruviana (Lehm. & Lindenb.) comb. nov.+, a widely distributed epiphyllous species which is also to be expected in Puerto Rico. In fact the two species are so closely allied that both Spruce { and Stephani § con- sidered them synonymous. The type-specimen of Leyeunea Chi- tonia in the Taylor herbarium is sterile aud rather fragmentary but is clearly the same as the variable plant described above. It would be difficult, however, to gain an accurate idea of the species from the type-specimen alone. Odontolejeunea subbifida is a robust and sterile form in which the foliar teeth are less pronounced than usual. The Puerto Rico specimens show all gradations between forms of this. type and those in which the leaves are sharply dentate, and in some cases variations of this character are exhibited by an individual plant (rFicurE 16). The striking variability in the teeth seems to be due, at least in part, to differences in the external conditions under which development takes place. When a stem or a branch has plenty of room for growth its leaves become large and the margin tends to be entire or minutely denticulate ; when a branch is crowded or limited in its growth for any other reason the leaves are smaller and the margin is more likely to be dentate. The production of gemmae is also correlated with an increase in the size of the teeth. The variability in the teeth affects not only *Cf. Stephani; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 277. 1902 : + =_/ungermannia Peruvian na Lehm, & Siadeuhs 3 Lehmann, Pug. Plant. 5: 18, 1832. Lejeunea Peruviana Lehm. & Lindenb. ; ie, & N. Syn. Hep. 339: 1845. Lejeunea oat ies Posies Son . Amaz. et And. 15!- 1884. Odontolejeunea Peruviana Schiffn. ; Engler & ier Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1°: « - 1893 t Hep. Amaz. et And. 152. 1884. 3 Hedwigia, 29: 70. 1890 et reduced not only Z. Chitonia to synony™Y but also Z. foliorum Nees (Syn. H p- 326), and Stephani added Z, adg/utinata Tayl. (Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 389. 1846) Ree L. epitheta Tayl. (/. c. 395). The phate mens of the last two species show that while Z. vtehiaiins 4 is a the same a5 C. Peruviana, L. epitheta is a synonym of Drepanolejeunea inchoata, as since pointed out by Stephani himself (Hedwigia, 35: 83. 1896). Evans: HEPpPATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 197 the ordinary leaves but also the underleaves, the lobes of the peri- chaetial bracts and the lateral keels of the perianth. The develop- ment of trigones in the leaf-cells is likewise subject to a great deal of variation. What may be considered a typical condition is described above and figured on the plate (FIGURE Ig), but in many cases the trigones are poorly developed and difficult to demonstrate and the walls appear as if they were uniformly thickened. Between these two extremes are all possible gradations. Aside from its difference in habitat C. Chitonia is a more robust plant than C. Peruviana and has more densely imbricated leaves and underleaves. The lobe is broad and the lobule narrows grad- ually toward the end of the keel, the apical sinus being long and very shallow. In C. Peruviana the lobe is narrower and usually more gradually pointed, and the lobule narrows more abruptly,,the apical sinus being shorter and deeper; in the majority of the leaves there is a distinct angle between the end of the keel and the postical margin of the lobe, and in many cases the outer part of the lobule is curved abruptly backward and forms a sort of tooth at its junction with the lobe, as already described by Spruce. The apical tooth of the lobule in C. Peruviana is shorter than in _ C. Chitonia and is scarcely curved. Ocelli are found in both species and the leaf-cells are very much alike, but the walls in C. Chitonia tend to be more strongly thickened. The underleaves of C. Peruviana are extremely variable, being sometimes undivided and sometimes more or less bifid; and their margins, although usually sharply dentate, are occasionally entire. They tend, how- ever, to be much more toothed than in C. Chitonia and when bifid often show acute divisions. On the smaller branches the under- leaves are commonly revolute on both sides, a peculiarity rarely seen in the larger species. Spruce describes the perichaetial bracts of C. Peruviana as being much smaller than the leaves ; this is true of the inner bract only (that next the innovation), the outer bract being of about the same size as the leaves. The same marked inequality occurs also in C. C/itonia (FIGURE 23), but the bracteal lobes are broader and the bracteole has blunt instead of acute divisions and seems to be invariably entire. The perianths in the two species are very much alike. In his original description of Odontolejeunea subbifida, Stephani 198 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO calls attention to the strong resemblance which it bears in size, color and general appearance to certain members of the genus Platyleyeunea. He discerned, however, even from his sterile spect- mens, that this resemblance was merely superficial and that the true alliance of the species was elsewhere, a view which the fertile specimens from Puerto Rico amply confirms. It differs from Platylejeunea more especially in its more or less dentate leaves, in its larger and differently constructed lobules, in its bifid under- leaves with their short line of attachment, and in its longer 9 branch with much larger bracts and bracteoles. Cyclolejeunea convexistipa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Jungermannia convexistipa Lehm. & Lindenb.; Lehmann, Pug. Plant. 6: 43. 1834. Phragmicoma Surinamensis Mont. Ann, Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 16: 11d, 1843. Lejeunea convexistipa Lehm. & Lindenb.; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 328. 1845. Jungermannia patinfera Tayl.; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 329. 1845 (as synonym). Lejeunca Surinamensis Mont.; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 329. 1845. Lejeunca Mougeotii Lindenb. & Gottsche; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 329. 1845. Lejeunea (Odonto-Lejeunea) Surinamensis Spruce, Hep. Amaz. , et And. 149. 1884. Lejeunca (Odonto-Lejeunea) stachyclada Spruce, /.c. 150. 1884- Lijeunea (Odontolejeunea) convexistipa Steph. Hedwigia, 27: 284. 1888. Odontolejeunea convexistipa Schiffn. Bot. Jahrb. 23: 583. 1897. ; Pale or bright green, growing in thin and intricate mats, often in company with other Lejeuneae ; stems 0.09 mm. in diametef, copiously and irregularly branched, the branches obliquely °F widely spreading, often ascending, usually with smaller leaves than the stem: leaves contiguous or loosely imbricated, the lobe plane or slightly convex, falcate-ovate, 0.75 mm. long, 0.45 mm. wide, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion but decurrent at the antical base by a single cell, antical margi? arching across or just beyond axis, slightly incurved near base, then strongly outwardly curved to apex, postical margin straight or nearly so, sometimes continuous with the keel but usually wit Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PuERTO Rico 199 a slight indentation near junction, apex broad, rounded to sub- acute, often apiculate by a single sharp cell, margin varying from entire to irregularly crenulate, denticulate or serrulate, each tooth consisting of a single cell; lobule ovoid, 0.17 mm. long, 0.12 mm. wide, strongly inflated, keel more or less arched, smooth or slightly roughened from projecting cells, free margin involute to apex or beyond, sinus lunulate, apical tooth sharp and slightly curved ; cells of lobe plane or slightly convex, averaging 16» at the mar- gin, 21 # in the middle and 35 x 21 at the base, thin-walled and with small trigones ; ocelli commonly two, measuring 45 x 28 p, situated side by side near the base of the lobe and separated from the line of insertion by a single row of cells: underleaves distant, broadly orbicular, 0.17 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide, abruptly cuneate at the base, apex broad, rounded or slightly retuse, margin nor- mally entire: inflorescence dioicous: Q inflorescence borne on a short branch, innovating on one side, the innovation commonly short and sterile, rarely floriferous ; bracts obliquely spreading, the lobe ovate to obovate, 0.65 mm. long, 0.4 mm. wide, margin sharply denticulate, lobule oblong, 0.25 mm. long, 0.1 mm. wide, rounded to subacute at the apex, margin entire; bracteole free, orbicular, 0.4 mm. long, cuneate toward base, margin entire ; perianth about half exserted, cuneiform in outline with slightly bulging sides, o. mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, antical face plane, postical kee] broad and rounded, apex broad and emargi- nate with a short beak, lateral keels sharp, smooth or somewhat roughened from projecting cells, not winged, extended upward as broad, rounded or truncate auricles, usually more or less denticu- late in the upper part: (J inflorescence usually occupying a long branch ; bracts in many pairs (6-22), loosely imbricated, strongly inflated, ‘shortly bifid, the lobe obtuse, often apiculate, margin en- tire, lobule obtuse, keel strongly arched and often with a crenulate wing one cell broad ; bracteoles found throughout spike, distant, oblong, commonly entire: mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 9, FIGURES I~16), On living leaves and on the bark of trees. North slope of the Luquillo mountains, Heller (4326, 4329). El Yunque, Evans (7, 19,22, 55,142,162). First collected in Puerto Rico by Schwanecke and afterwards found there by Sintents (4, 97). The species is very widely distributed in the American tropics, and two type-localities, St. Vincent and Barbadoes, are recorded by the original authors. The description of the leaves and underleaves as given above is drawn from those which are normally developed. In many Cases, however, the normal branches are largely replaced by short 200 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO gemmiparous branches, on which the leaves and underleaves differ materially from those described (FIGURE 4). On these modified branches the leaves are ligulate in form and are not falcate, the two margins being approximately straight and parallel; the apex of the lobe is rounded or truncate and the outer portion is much more coarsely dentate than on ordinary leaves. The cells of the lobe are of about the same size throughout (FIGURE 9g). The lobules of these modified leaves become more and more rudimen- tary on passing from the base of the branch toward the apex and are finally reduced to minute and indistinct basal folds. The un- derleaves on the gemmiparous branches are close together and more or less squarrose ; they are, moreover, strongly convex, and it is probable that the species derived its name from underleaves of this type. The margin in the broad apical region is frequently denticulate, and sometimes the two teeth nearest the middle are larger than the others, thus giving the appearance of a shortly bifid underleaf with a shallow apical sinus. The complicated synonymy of C. convexistipa is due largely to the occurrence of these peculiar branches, which sometimes completely mask the true characters of the species ; it has been ably elucidated by Stephani.* The perianth of C. convexistipa is also subject to considerable variation, although the form described may be considered typical. In some cases the postical keel is extended upward as a distinct auricle or horn, and in rarer instances an antical keel, also with a horn, makes its appearance. Usually these supplementary horns are shorter than the lateral, but in one observed case they were fully as long and gave rise to a four-horned perianth. The posi- tion of the horns, however, was different from what we find in Cera- toleyeunea, where two of the horns are developed from the upper angles of the postical keel. In other cases the floral leaves, which normally unite to form the perianth, fail to do so properly and leave an incomplete organ. Occasionally the abnormal union €x- presses itself in the development of irregular wings growing out from the surface of the perianth. It is not difficult to distinguish C, Chitonia from the species just described, although the two are rather closely related. C. convex stipa is a smaller plant, much more delicate in texture and usually of apaler color. It differs further in its less crowded leaves and * Hedwigia, 27: 284. 1888. rn amelie Evans: HEeEpaTICAE OF Puerto Rico 201 underleaves and in the fact that the latter are normally undivided. In the floral organs the differences are not very marked, but the broader perichaetial bracts of C. Chitonia and the shortly bifid bracteole may be alluded to in this connection. Cyclolejeunea accedens (Gottsche) Lyjunea accedens Gottsche ; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 339. 1845. Leeunea (Privno-Lejunea) leptocardia Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 159. 1884. Lejeunea (Odontolejeunea) accedens Steph. Hedwigia, 27: 281. pl. 14, f. 34-38. 1888 Pale green, growing in thin loose mats, often in company with other hepatics: stems o.1 mm. in diameter, sparingly and irregularly branched, the branches widely spreading, usually with smaller leaves than the stem: leaves imbricated, the lobe widely spreading, plane or nearly so, falcate-ovate, I.4 mm. long and 1.1 mm. wide on the main stem, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion but decurrent at the antical base y a single cell, antical margin nearly straight near base, then strongly curved to apex, postical margin straight or slightly in- curved, usually forming a continuous line with keel, apex broad and rounded on stem-leaves, varying to obtuse or subacute on small branches, margin sometimes entire or subcrenulate but usu- ally sharply crenulate or denticulate from projecting cells; lobule ovoid, 0.3 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, strongly inflated, keel more or less arched, roughened from projecting cells, free margin Strongly involute to beyond apex, sinus short and lunulate, apical tooth blunt and slightly curved ; cells of lobe convex except in basal region, averaging 244 at the margin, 35 / in the middle and 45 X 35 at the base, each cell bearing a blunt median wart, rep- resenting a local thickening of the outer wall, walls otherwise thin, trigones and intermediate thickenings wanting or minute and in- distinct ; ocelli none: underleaves broadly orbicular, 0.28 mm. 3 mm. wide, obtuse or subacute, margin denticulate, lobule oblong, 0.17 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide, usually blunt, sometimes poorly 202 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO developed ; bracteole ovate, 0.35 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide, bifid one third to one half with acute, erect lobes and narrow sinus; perianth projecting slightly beyond the bracts, triangular-obovate in outline, 0.75 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, antical face plane, pos- tical keel low and broad, apex emarginate and with a very indis- tinct beak, lateral keels sharp, extended upward as rounded auricles, lateral wings extending to or below the middle of the perianth, two to six cells broad, denticulate or serrulate on the margin from projecting cells, surface of perianth smooth or some- what roughened near wings: < inflorescence terminal or occupy- ing a shorter or longer branch; bracts in about six pairs, some- times more numerous: mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 9, FIGURES 17—23). On living leaves. El Yunque, Avans (27 p. p.). Also collected by Schwanecke. Other stations for the species are the following : St. Kitts, Breutel, the type-locality ; Guadeloupe, Husnot ; Dominica and St. Vincent, A//oft ; Peruvian Andes, Spruce ; Bolivia, Rusby. The identity of Lejeunea leptocardia with C. accedens was pro- visionally acknowledged by Spruce when he distributed his exsic- catae, and was afterward affirmed more positively by Stephani.” There is certainly no essential difference between the specimens in the Hepaticae Spruceanae and those collected on El Yunque. The generic position of the species is a little uncertain, because it approaches Prionolejeunea so closely, as has already been noted. It is here separated from Prionolejeunea and placed in Cyclolejeunea on account of its prostrate habit, the rounded lobes of its leaves, the different cell-structure, the longer female branch and the mar- ginal discoid gemmae. The cell-walls of C. accedens are so transparent that it is some- times difficult to demonstrate the tubercles on the leaf-cells except along the margin. In doubtful cases staining with methyl-blue will show whether they are present or not. The occurrence of these tubercles is of course a somewhat aberrant character for the genus and would be equally aberrant for either Prionolezeunea ot Odontolejeunea ; it indicates a certain relationship with Zrachyle- Jeunea, to which, however, C. accedens cannot belong on account of its flattened, emarginate perianth. There is no Puerto Rico species except the following with which C. accedens is likely to be confused. From C. convexistipa, * Hedwigia, 35: £20. 1896. Evans: HEpaATICAE OF Puerto RIco 203 which it resembles in size and color and in the nature of its gemmae, it may at once be distinguished by its exocellate leaves, by its reg- ularly bifid underleaves, by its autoicous inflorescence and by its winged perianth. Most of these characters will also separate it from the much more robust C. Chitonia. Cyclolejeunea angulistipa (Steph.) Leeunea angulistipa Steph. Hedwigia, 29: 69. 1890. Prionolejeunea angulistipa Steph. 2. c. 35: 118. 1896. Pale yellowish or whitish green, becoming brownish upon dry- ing, loosely tufted : stems 0.09 mm. in diameter, less closely ad- herent to the substratum than in the other members of the genus, sparingly and irregularly branched, the branches widely spread- ing: leaves loosely imbricated, the lobe abruptly dilated from a Narrow base, widely spreading (in outer part), broadly falcate-ovate, 0.5 mm. long, 0.45 mm. wide, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion, but decurrent at the antical base by a single cell, antical margin straight or slightly incurved near base, then strongly outwardly curved to apex, postical margin straight or somewhat outwardly curved, forming an angle of go° or more with keel, apex broad, rounded to obtuse, margin minutely and regularly crenulate or denticulate from projecting cells, except close to the antical base ; lobule ovoid, 0.17 mm. long, 0.1 mm. wide, much inflated, keel strongly arched, more or less roughened from pro- jecting cells, free margin strongly involute to apex, sinus broad and lunulate, apical tooth curved and rather sharp; cells of lobe slightly convex, averaging 16 4 at the margin, 25 in the middle and 32 X 25 # at the base, rather thick-walled, the triangular trigones and the occasional intermediate thickenings large and conspicuous ; ocelli when present one to four in number, measuring 50 x 35 /, Situated near the base of the lobe, but separated from the line of insertion by one or two rows of cells: underleaves distant, orbicular or rhombic-orbicular, 0.14 mm. long, bifid about one half (to within two or three cells of the radicelliferous region) with triangular, acute and erect lobes separated by an acute to obtuse sinus, margin entire or subcrenulate, often angular-dentate on the sides : inflores- cence dioicous: © inflorescence borne on a leading branch, more farely on a short branch, innovating on one side, the innovation commonly branched and sometimes floriferous ; bracts obliquely Spreading, the lobe obovate, unsymmetrical, 0.45 mm. long,o.3 mm. wide, rounded at the apex, entire or subcrenulate, lobule oblong to lanceolate, 0.2 mm. long, 0.08 mm. wide, margin as in lobe ; bracteole free, obovate from a narrow base, 0.45 mm. long, 0.3 204 Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PuERTO RIco mm. wide, bifid from one third to one half with triangular, erect or connivent, acute to obtuse lobes separated by a narrow sinus, margin as in bracts; perianth about half exserted, cuneiform in outline with nearly straight sides, 0.85 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, antical face plane, postical keel low and broad, apex slightly emar- ginate and with a short beak, lateral keels sharp, extended upward as rounded, very narrowly bialate auricles, the wings sharply dentic- ulate with unicellular teeth: J inflorescence occupying a short branch or terminal on a longer one, sometimes proliferating from the apex ; bracts in six pairs or less, contiguous or loosely imbri- cated, strongly inflated and slightly bifid, the lobe more or less pointed and slightly denticulate, the lobule blunt and entire, keel strongly arched and narrowly winged in outer part, the wing cren- ulate and composed of a single row of cells ; bracteoles present in the lower part of the spike, similar to the underleaves, but smaller: mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 10, FIGURES I-17) On bark of trees and on logs. North slope of the Luquillo Mountains, Heller (4716, 4738, 4743 p. p.). Also known from Martinique, /errottet, and recently collected by the writer in Jamaica. The type-locality is not definitely indicated by Stephani. C. angulistipa is about as close to Prionolejeunea as the pre- ceding species and is placed in Cyclolejeunca for essentially the same reasons. The cell-structure, however, in the present species would hardly separate it from Prionolejeunea, and the female branch, although normally long, is sometimes much abbreviated. The leaves, on the other hand, are usually conspicuously ocellate, and the marginal gemmae are very abundantly produced, being found occasionally even on the perichaetial bracts; both of these peculiarities indicate an alliance with C. convexistipa, although the gemmae are somewhat different in the two species. As in other species of doubtful generic affinity, the position of C. angulistipa must be determined from a combination of characters rather than from a single generic difference, and another writer might decide in favor of Prionolejeunea without violating the natural relation- ships of the plant. C. angulistipa is a smaller plant than C. accedens but is at the same time more robust on account of its thicker cell-walls and conspicuous trigones. The leaves are further distinguished by being ocellate and by the fact that their cells, although convex, lack the peculiar tubercles found in C. accedens. In the inflores- Evans: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO Rico 205 cence and floral organs there are also important differences, C. ac-_ cedens being autoicous instead of dioicous and developing much broader wings on the lateral keels of the perianth. The two spe- cies differ finally in place of growth, C. angulistipa being found on bark while C. accedens prefers living leaves. Among the species of Prionolcjeunea, P. microdonta, which has not yet been reported from Puerto Rico, resembles C. angulistipa in its general appearance, in its blunt leaves, in its subfloral inno- vations, and in the characters of its perianth. The leaves of P. microdonta, however, are more delicate in texture, more sharply denticulate and are usually exocellate, although Spruce apparently attributes ocelli to the species.* It differs further in its autoicous inflorescence and in its normally abbreviated female branch, as well as in its lack of gemmae. VEGETATIVE REPRODUCTION IN CYCLOLEJEUNEA f According to Cavers,{ discoid gemmae have been recorded in Radula, Porella, Frullania and the following genera of the Lejeu- neae: Metzgeriopsis, Colurolejeunea, Cololejeunea, Lejeunea and Odontolejeunea. To these Diplasiolejeunea may be added, and it is probable that further study will lengthen the list still more. Under the genus Odontolejeunea the only species mentioned is O. mirabilis Steph. ms., which we know merely from one of Goe- bel’s figures representing a single gemma.§ Judging from this figure alone the species should be referred to Cyclolejeunea rather than to Odontolejeunca, the method of attachment of this gemma being the same as in C. Peruviana. The source of most of our information on these interesting reproductive bodies’ is Goebel’s Paper on “epiphytische Farne und Muscineen,” || which was based largely on specimens collected in Java. In the species of Cyclolejeunea, studied by the writer, the gemmae are all composed of a single layer of cells. Each gemma is borne ona marginal leaf-cell, which projects slightly beyond the * Hep. Amaz. et And. 158. 1884. A short account of the vegetative pectic on in Cyclolejeunea was read before the Society of Plant Morphology and Physiology, Philadelphia, December, 1903. se Stract in Science, II. 19: 415. 1904. The undescribed species referred to is C angulistipa, £ New Phytol. 2: (15)-(20). 1903. ¢ Organographie der arene mete f. 175, f. 1898. | Ann. Jard. Buitenzorg, 7: 3. pl. r-g. 1887. 206 _ Evans: HEPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO other cells and functions asa stalk. The gemma is attached to the stalk-cell by two basal cells which can usually be distinguished by their greater length. The separation of the gemmae is by a schizolytic process, which leaves intact both the stalk-cell and the two basal cells of the gemma. The development, structure and germination of the gemmae differs somewhat in the various spe- cies and will be described in considerable detail. In Cyclolejeunea accedens, which will be taken up first, the gemmae arise normally from the antical margin of an unmodified leaf. One of the pointed marginal cells bulges slightly beyond its neighbors and becomes enlarged at its extremity. The en- larged portion is then cut off by a wall and forms the mother-cell of the future gemma (PLATE 9, FIGURE I8). The wall cutting off the mother-cell is not at right angles to the surface of the leaf but is oblique to it and lies in such a way that the cell cut off partly overlaps the stalk-cell when looked at from above. The mother- cell then divides into two unequal cells by a second oblique wall and this is cut by a third oblique wall. The young gemma now consists of three cells: two of these, the basal cells, connect the gemma with the stalk-cell and apparently undergo no further divisions ; the third is a wedge-shaped cell, entirely free from the stalk-cell and beginning at once to function as an apical cell. As the development of the gemma continues, the basal cells lengthen and grow back over the surface of the leaf, in this way displacing the region of attachment to the stalk-cell until it comes to lie at some little distance from the margin of the gemma on its ventral surface (FIGURES 19, 20). While these changes are going on in the basal cells, the apical cell is undergoing a series of rapid divisions and soon gives rise to a circular cell-layer composed of a consid- erable number of small cells. In the subsequent growth of the gemma these cells increase markedly in size, but their growth is apparently unaccompanied by further cell divisions, the apical cell itself eventually becoming indistinguishable from the other mar- ginal] cells (FIGURE 21). The adult gemma is not flat but is shaped very much like a watch-glass and lies with its convex surface turned toward the leaf. The cells composing it show very little differentiation, but the marginal cells are a little smaller than the others and their Evans: HEpATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 207 walls are more delicate. Two of the marginal cells, during the development of the gemma, lengthen out into unbranched rhizoid- like structures, which ultimately become a little longer than its radius. These cells lie, one-on each side, about midway between the apical cell and the base of the gemma, and their outgrowths are more or less closely appressed to its convex lower surface (FIGURE 21). Apparently none of the marginal cells are modified into the curious organs of attachment, which Goebel describes and figures for Cololejeunea Goebelit. When a gemma becomes detached it must fasten itself firmly to the substratum before further development can take place. This is done by means of radiately branched rhizoids, which spring from the marginal cells and secrete an abundant supply of slime. Apparently all of the marginal cells are able to develop rhizoids of this character, but many of them fail to do so. The number and position of the rhizoids varies accordingly on different gemmae (FIGURES 22, 23). In all cases observed, where a gemma had es- tablished itself firmly, it had first of all been turned over and had thus been enabled to present its concave surface to the substratum ; but whether or not this is an absolutely necessary proceeding could only be proved by experiment. In any case the gemma would be in a most unstable position if it lay with its convex sur- face turned toward the substratum, and this instability would be increased rather than diminished by the two long rhizoid-like out- growths above described. By turning the concave surface down- ward, on the other hand, the gemma is able to present its entire circumference to the substratum and at the same time to enclose a capillary space where water can be temporarily retained. Through the inversion of the gemma the surface which was originally ven- tral becomes dorsal, and apparently the two outgrowths, which are now turned away from the substratum, undergo no further development. These structures, therefore, although without doubt morphologically rhizoids, do not assume the function of holding € gemma in place. The established gemma does not give rise at once to a leafy axis but develops instead a protonemal structure in the form of a flat oblong or ligulate thallus, closely appressed to the sub- Stratum (FIGURES 22, 23). Its behavior, therefore, is very much 208 Evans: HeEpatTIcAE OF PUERTO Rico like that of the two Javan species of Radula, R. Hedingeri and R. Tjibodensis, described by Goebel.* In order to distinguish a pro- tonemal structure of this type from the similar protonemata some- times found in spore-germination, S¢ehiffner + proposes the term ‘Brutknospenvorkeim’”’ or ‘‘gemmothallium,’’ which well ex- presses the facts in the case. In the gemmae of C. accedens the gemmothallia may apparently arise from any part of the margin. In the majority of cases, however, the apical region is favored, and it is possible under these circumstances that the old apical cell reassumes its function of dividing and becomes the apical cell of the gemmothallium. Next to the apical region one of the two basal cells seems to be the favorite starting-point for the new structure, and in some cases two or more gemmothallia may be found on a single gemma (FIGURE 23). From whatever region it arises the gemmothallium grows by means of a two-sided apical cell and finally equals or surpasses in size the original gemma. It affixes itself to the substratum by means of rhizoids like’ those found on the gemma, but owing to its flat character these rhizoids are not confined to the margin but can grow out from any part of the ventral surface. The apical cell of the gemmothallium event- ually becomes the apical cell of the leafy shoot. This gives rise at first to two very rudimentary leaves unaccompanied by an underleaf; the third and fourth leaves, however, begin to show the foliar characters of the species and are accompanied by an underleaf in the ordinary way. The gemmae of C. convexistipa are very similar to those of C. accedens and are attached to the leaf by two basal cells in the same way. They are, however, larger and commonly bear three or four unbranched marginal rhizoids instead of two. They are distin- guished further by a persistent apical cell which can be readily demonstrated in a mature gemma (FIGURE 14). Here again the gemma is normally inverted before it germinates ; it also affixes itself to the sustratum by means of rhizoids springing from its marginal cells. These rhizoids, however, do not arise from the ventral surface of the marginal cells as in C. accedens but from the outer edges, and are usually less branched (FIGURE 16). The gemmae of C. convexistipa do not develop gemmothallia but * Ann. Jard. Buitenzorg, 7: 51-54. p/. 6, 7. f 60-67. 1887. ¢ Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 43: 207. 1893. Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PuERTO Rico 209 grow at once into leafy shoots, the two-sided apical cell of a gemma becoming directly the tetrahedral apical cell of a new axis (FIGURE 15). Apparently a gemma never develops more than one leafy shoot. In their structure and germination the gemmae just described bear much resemblance to those of Radula compla- nata, of which we have an account by Cavers.* In both Radu/a and Cyclolejeunea, therefore, the gemmae of certain species produce gemmothallia, while those of other species fail to develop these remarkable structures. In C. Chitonia the gemmae are essentially like those of C. convexistipa and consequently retain their apical cells ; in many cases, however, they lack the unbranched marginal rhizoids. Germination in this species has not been observed. In C Peruviana the gemmae also retain their apical cells, but the region of attachment, through the division of the basal cells, is displaced toward the center of the gemma instead of being marginal. The gemmae of C. angulistipa differ in several important respects from those found in other species of Cyclolejeunea. As in C. accedens one of the marginal cells of a leaf projects beyond its neighbors (PLATE 10, FIGURE 10) and is divided by a wall into a stalk-cell and the mother-cell of the future gemma. The dividing wall, however, is at right angles to the surface of the leaf. The mother-cell then divides by a longitudinal wall into two equal cells situated side by side (FIGURE 11). In each of these cells the succeeding divisions go on independently. The cell first divides into an inner and outer cell by a wall at right angles to the longi- tudinal wall (FIGURE 12). The inner cell may or may not undergo a few irregular divisions. The outer cell behaves at once like an apical cell and continues to cut off segments for a considerable time (FIGURES 13, 14). The adult gemma is flat and ligulate in form, lying in the same plane as the leaf and parallel with its mar- gin (FIGURES 9,15). The stalk-cell is attached at the bottom of a distinct depression, and the two basal cells are indistinguishable €xcept by their position. If a plane is passed through the stalk- cell and at right angles to the surface of the leaf, it will cut the gemma into symmetrical halves, each of which has developed trom one of the two cells resulting from the original division of the mother-cell. The marginal cells are scarcely different from the others, but a few of them give rise to long spreading rhizoids lying * New Phytol. 2: (18). 1903. 210 Evans: HepaTIcAE OF PUERTO RICO in the plane of the gemma. The two apical cells, which are of course marginal cells as well, are persistent and can easily be dis- tinguished at the ends of the gemma. Occasionally an unsym- metrical gemma may be observed, and this is usually caused by the arrested development of one of the apical cells. There is at present no evidence whatever that the adult gemmae are dorsiven- tral, a condition which is apparently found in C. accedens and C. convextstipa. Owing to the habitat of C. anvgulistipa —on rough bark — the marginal rhizoids are usually sufficient to hold the gemmae in place when they become separated from the parent plant ; some- times, however, a few supplementary rhizoids are produced. The germination does not always follow the same type. In cases which may be considered the more typical, one of the apical cells gives rise at once to a leafy shoot without the interpolation of a gemmothallium (FIGURE 16). In other cases a long strap-shaped gemmothallium is developed, which may or may not produce other structures of the same sort by proliferation (FIGURE 17). The growth of the gemmothallium is by means of a two-sided apical cell, and this is probably directly derived from the similar cell of the original gemma. When proliferation takes place the secon- dary gemmothallia may grow out from the apex of the primary one or from other parts of its margin. In C. angudistipa, there- fore, the two types of germination which are described above are both exhibited. The processes of vegetative reproduction in this species may be still further complicated. The gemmothallium, for example, may itself give rise to gemmae of the ordinary type, resembling in this respect the highly developed protonema or gemmothallium of Metzgeriopsis.* In other cases a leaf-cell may grow out into 4 thalloid structure with a single apical cell, from which a leafy shoot eventually develops. This is doubtless an example of a protonema growing directly from a vegetative cell instead of from a spore and resembles the cases described and figured by Goebel.t A protonema of this type is scarcely to be distinguished by its appearance from a gemmothallium. a FCS Goebel, . Soa aps is a pl. 7. f- 72. 1887; also Schiffner, Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 43: -f f } Flora, 92: 17. ee z, “ey 19. ae Evans: HEpATICAE OF Puerto RIco 21] PRIONOLEJEUNEA The genus Prionoleyeunca comprises a group of closely related species, all of which are found in moist tropical forests. It attains its highest development in America, but a few species from western Africa have recently been described. No species are known with certainty from Asia or from the islands of the Pacific. In their choice of a substratum the species are much less particular than in either Odontolejeunea or Cyclolejeunea. Some of them occur on rocks, others on rotten logs or on trees, still others on the roots and bases of tree ferns; in some cases the same form may be found on various substrata. Nearly all of them show a tendency to creep over tufts of larger mosses and hepatics, and it is most unusual to find a patch composed of a single species free from admixture of any sort. The species are all small and delicate and are pale green or yellowish in color. The characters derived from the leaves are extremely uniform throughout the genus. The lobe spreads widely from the axis and is attached, very much as in Harpale- Jeunea, by an almost longitudinal line of insertion decurrent by a single cell. Just beyond the lobule the lobe is abruptly dilated into a broadly ovate or orbicular expansion (PLATE II, FIGURES 2, 19), the margins both, antical and postical being more or less rounded. At the apex it is usually abruptly acute or apiculate but is sometimes obtuse or even rounded, and there is often con- Siderable variation in these respects even in a single specimen. The middle part of the lobe is convex but the margin is plane and appressed to the substratum, thus leaving a small capillary space underneath the lobe. Except in a single species the margin of the lobe is distinctly crenulate or denticulate. Each tooth is commonly a single projecting cell (PLATE 10, FIGURE 22; PLATE II, FIGURE 21); in some cases every marginal cell forms a tooth of this character, in other cases the teeth are separated from one another by cells which do not project: sometimes a few of the teeth will be larger than the others and composed of two or three cells apiece. The denticulation of the leaves is subject to a great deal of variation even on a single individual, and the characters derived from the marginal teeth must therefore be used with the utmost caution in distinguishing between near allies. 212 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO The leaf-cells also exhibit considerable uniformity. The outer wall of each cell is usually more or less convex, making the sur- face of the leaf slightly roughened and approaching in this respect the genus Zrachylejeunea; but the convex wall is not thickened except sometimes on the marginal teeth. .Trigones and _inter- mediate thickenings, although varying greatly in size, can almost always be demonstrated (PLATE 10, FIGURE 21), Ocelli are absent from all the Puerto Rico species and it is doubtful if they occur anywhere in the genus. The lobule is built up on essentially the same principle as in Harpalejeunea and Cyclolejeunea. It has a strongly arched keel, more or less roughened throughout, and the free margin is tipped with a single curved cell (PLATE 10, FIGURE 24), which is normally appressed to the lobe and thus assists in forming the opening into the well-developed water-sac. The hyaline papilla is proximal in position, but the depression in which it is situated is very shallow or even entirely obsolete. The papilla itself is conspicuous and lies parallel with the free margin, very much as in Hygrolejeunea and Taxilejeunca. Sometimes a lobule is poorly developed and fails to show some of the characters just enumerated. The underleaves, which are very much like those of Zrachyle- jeunea, are usually small and distinct and vary in shape from broadly ovate to orbicular. They are deeply bifid with triangular lobes separated by a broad sinus. The rhizoids when present grow out from a definite patch of thin-walled cells at the base of the underleaf (PLATE II, FIGURE 9), and sometimes an extremely rudimentary disc is developed. The radicelliferous region is sep- arated from the base of the sinus by from one to three cells and is bounded on each side by a single large cell. The line of insertion is short and scarcely arched. The margin of the underleaf is usually entire or crenulate but is sometimes angular-dentate on the sides. In the majority of the species the inflorescence is autoicous but in a few it is dioicous. The female branch is extremely short and rarely bears more than a single rudimentary leaf and a single underleaf in addition to the involucre and perianth. Occasionally a single pair of normal leaves with their underleaf is interpolated between the rudimentary leaf and the bracts (PLATE 11, FIGURE 18), but this condition seems to be unusual and is limited to certait jg) ea pe MA ALES Se nc Ce A Sea RN Pi rt | ORS ERE. CE Oe PaO eee aaa ee aT eS een ea ena ee Ora ee ORNS eee ai ag asa a a ell Ee RL See ee TTT SE tS A” ee i ee ks ee Evans: HeEpaTicaE OF Purrto RIco pak species. In most of the species the female branch is simple; in a few it is subtended by a short sterile or male innovation ; and a very few species have been described in which both conditions are found. One of the most characteristic features of the genus is the perianth, which, however, finds its counterpart in Odontolejeunea, in Cycloleyeunca and in certain species of Cololejeunea. This organ broadens out gradually from a narrow base and varies at the apex from ‘truncate to emarginate. The apical beak is short or obso- lete. The perianth in most of the species is strongly compressed with sharp lateral keels and a broad and rounded postical keel. The lateral keels are usually provided in the upper part with two narrow and interrupted, denticulate to laciniate wings. The char- acters derived from the floral organs are the most reliable in dis- tinguishing the species of this difficult genus, and it is rarely advis- able to attempt the determination of material which is wholly sterile. Taking the genus asa whole it shows a close relationship with Cyclolejeunca and Zrachylejeunea. From the first of these it differs in its general habit, in its invariably short female branch, and in its lack of gemmae. In fact, so far as is known at present, no species of Prionolejeunea exhibits specialized organs of vegetative repro- duction, although in one or two cases flat protonemata have been observed growing out from ordinary leaf-cells. The absence of ocelli will also separate the present genus from most of the species of Cycloleyeunea. When compared with 7rachyleyeunca the resem- blance in leaves and underleaves is at once apparent, even the lobules being built up on the same type in the two genera ; but Lrachylejeunea is amply distinct in its inflated, five-keeled perianth. nly one species of Prionolejeunea, P. denticulata (Web.) Schiffn.,* has been recorded from Puerto Rico. This was found in the collection of Schwanecke, and the old determination of Hampe and Gottsche + has recently -been confirmed by Schiffner.t Unfortunately the original Jungermannia denticulata of Weber § is Shrouded in so much mystery that it is impossible to state defi- nitely just which modern species or group of species it represents. The original description does not help at ail; it merely gives a * Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 13: 127. 1893. { Bot. Jahrb. 23: 585. 1897. @ Hist. Musc. Hepat, Prodr, 30. 1815. 214 Evans: HeEpatricAE OF PUERTO RIco very brief characterization of the leaves and underleaves and would apply to almost any species of Prionolejeunea or even to species of other genera of the Leyeuneae. Weber’s description of the type- locality is also indefinite ; it is given as follows: ad Z7ichom. rig- idum ill. Sprengel. observavit, et absque nomine olim communi- cavit. Later references to Weber's type-specimens are both vague and confusing. Under Lejeunea denticulata Nees, in the Synopsis Hepaticarum, the first specimen quoted is from the following locality: ad Trichomanes radicans Jamaicae (Spreng. in Hb. Web.); this is the only specimen noted from the Weber herbarium and also the only one under which reference is made to Sprengel. It was pre- sumably determined by Weber himself even if it did not represent a part of his type-material. In Stephani’s paper on “‘ Die Gattung Leeunea im Herbarium Lindenberg,” two specimens are quoted under L. denticulata,* either of which might be a part of Weber's type, although no definite statement to this effect is made. The first of these is No. 6277, “ad. Zrichom. rigid.” ; the second 1s No. 6278, “ Patria? Sprengel.’”’ According to Stephani neither of these is the true Z. denticulata as he understands the species: the first becomes the type of his new L. angulistipa ; the second is sterile and indeterminable, but is also distinct. Whether he studied the Jamaican specimen referred to in the Synopsis does not appeat from his writings, and there are apparently no later references of any sort to Weber’s specimens. The only fact to be learned from the evidence just submitted is that /ungermania denticulata was probably an aggregate and that it may have included other forms than those mentioned by Stephani. Under the circumstances it seems wisest to allow the name to disappear from the literature. This conclusion is supported by the fact that recent writers have applied the name L. denticulata to entirely distinct species. The plant described + and distributed by Spruce, for example, is desti- tute of subfloral innovations, while in a specimen from Guadeloupe, determined by Gottsche and kindly communicated by Stephani, innovations are present and the leaves present a different cell-struc- ture. The specimens collected by Schwanecke have not been €*- amined by the writer. eo pesca * Hedwigia, 29: 69. 1890. t Hep. Amaz. et And. 156. 1884. Evans: HeEpatricaE OF PurerRto RIco 215 In the following pages five species of Prionolejeunea from Puerto Rico are described. One of these is P. aemula (Gottsche), already known from two of the Lesser Antilles ; the others are apparently new. Itis probable that further exploration of the island would increase the list of species very materially, since several sterile and indeterminable forms occur in the collections already made. It is also probable that the geographical distribution of one or more of the new species will eventually be found to extend into the neigh- boring islands. Prionolejeunea innovota sp. nov. Dull yellowish green, becoming brownish upon drying, loosely and intricately caespitose: stems 0.09 mm. in diameter, prostrate and loosely adherent to the substratum, sparingly branched, the branches obliquely to widely spreading: leaves contiguous or subimbricated, the lobe widely spreading, more or less convex, falcate, 0.35 mm. long, c.3 mm. wide, outer part ovate-orbicular, abruptly dilated from a narrow basal region, antical margin straight or slightly incurved near base then strongly outwardly curved to apex, postical margin also strongly curved, apex broad, apiculate or abruptly acute, whole margin (except close to the antical base) sharply denticulate from projecting cells, the teeth regular except in the apical region ; lobule ovoid, 0.15 mm. long, 0.1 mm. wide, inflated throughout, keel arched, forming a distinct angle of 90° or more with postical margin of lobe, free margin involute to beyond apex, sinus short and lunulate, apical tooth rather sharp and distinctly curved; cells of lobe slightly convex, averaging 14 x 16 wat the margin, 28 » in the middle and 35 x 234 at the base, walls rather thin, the trigones and the occasional intermediate thickenings small and sometimes indistinct’; under- leaves distant, orbicular, 0.15 mm. long, bifid one half to two thirds (to within two or three cells of the radicelliferous portion) with erect, triangular and acute lobes separated by a broad, acute to lunulate sinus, margin usually with one or two short angular teeth on each side, otherwise entire : inflorescence autoicous : Q inflorescence on a very short branch, innovating on one side, the innovation sometimes short and sterile, sometimes an antheridial spike; Q bracts widely spreading, the lobe obovate, 0.5 mm. long, 0.3 mm. wide, rounded, apiculate or acute at the apex, mar- gin almost as in the leaves but the teeth sometimes a little more irregular, lobule oblong to lanceolate, 0.2 mm. long, 0.12 mm. Wide, blunt or acute at the apex, margin entire or slightly dentic- ulate ; bracteole free, broadly ovate or orbicular-ovate, 0.35 mm. long, 0.3 mm. wide, bifid about one half with acute, erect or con- 216 Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO nivent lobes and narrow sinus, margin slightly and irregularly crenulate or denticulate from projecting cells; perianth well ex- serted, broadly triangular in outline with nearly straight sides, 0.75 mm. long, 0.55—-0.65 mm. wide, postical keel low and broad, apex slightly but distinctly emarginate with a very indistinct beak, lateral keels extended upward as rounded auricles, bearing above the middle two narrow and interrupted wings, sharply and irreg- ularly denticulate to laciniate on the margin, the teeth one to four cells long and one to three cells broad at the base, surface of perianth smooth or a little roughened from projecting cells, the postical keel sometimes more markedly scabrous in the upper part: J‘ inflorescence occupying a short branch ; bracts in two to six pairs : mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE IO, FIGURES 18-27). On roots of a tree fern. North slope of the Luquillo Moun- tains, Heller (4637). The perianth of P. innovata varies considerably in width and is sometimes quite a little broader than in the specimen figured. It is further remarkable for the distinct teeth which are often to be observed in the upper part of the postical keel ; in one case noted the keel was obscurely two-angled and the teeth were arranged along the angles. So far as is known at present this is the only species on the island in which subfloral innovations are developed. Its immediate allies, therefore, must be sought among species from other regions. Apparently the closest of these is Lejeunea (Priono-Lejeunea) mac- vocardia Spruce,* from the Peruvian Andes, in which the inflores- — cence is also autoicous. In this species, however, the leaves are blunter and are sometimes obtuse or even rounded, the marginal denticulations are less prominent, the underleaves are entire except for the apical sinus, the margins of the bracts are no more sharply toothed than in the leaves, and the perianth is more deeply and narrowly emarginate. No other described species seem to be very close. P. mucrodonta, P. subobscura Spruce + and P. validiuscula Spruce f have subfloral innovations and are also autoicous, but a three species are more robust than P. zznovata, their leaves are usually even blunter than in Z. macrocardia and their underleaves are also destitute of marginal teeth. These three plants were originally described from South American specimens, but P. cro- donta has been recorded from St. Vincent and P. validiuscula from Oe ae * Hep et And. 158. 1884. 220. 7. Bract, < 35. 8. Bracteole, * 35. 9. Leaves with gemmae, antical view, < 25. 10-14. Developing gemmae, 220: in fig. 10 the mother-cell has not yet been cut off from the stalk-cell ; in fig, 11 this division has taken place and the mother-cell has di- vided by a longitudinal wall; in fig. 12 the two basal cells and the two apical cells may be seen ; in figs. 13. and 14a series of segments have been cut off by the apical cells. 15. Part of adult gemma, GA the still active a cell, ae basal depression where the stalk-cell is attache three marginal rhizoids, >< 2 16, been, gemm with a young leafy shoot growing from one m its eee regions, < 50. "oie ating gemma, 35. e figures were all drawn from specimens pete: by A. Heller (4776, 4738). Prionolejeunea innovata Evans. 18. Branch with perianth and antheridial spike, postical view, X 35. 19. Part of stem, postical view, 35. 20. Leaf, antical view, 21. Cells from middle of lobe, & 310. 22. Cells from antical margin of lobe, 220. 23. Apex of lobe, 220. 24. Apex of lobule, X 220. 25. Part of under- leaf, 220. 26, Bract, X50. 27. Bracteole, 50. The figures were all drawn from the type-specimens. PLATE II Prionolejeunea aequitexta Evans. 1. Part of plant with perianth, postical view. X35. 2. Leaf, antical view, * 35. 3. Cells from middle of lobe, 310. 4 Cells from antical ital of lobe, 220. 5-7. pone of lobes, & 220. 8. Apex of lobule, ¥ 220. 9. Basal part of underleaf, 220. 10-12. Apices of underleaf- divisions, 220. 1 ea ¥yS Biaets;, Se a5. 35. 1G. el asics < 35. 17. Cross- section * perianth, 35. The figures were all drawn from the type-specimens. oe aemula (Gottsche) Evans. 18. Part of plant with perianth and sstoctiied female inflorescence, postical view, 35. 19. Two leaves, antical view, MSS. 2 (20. os fis middle of lobe, < 310. 21. Cells from antical margin of lobe, > 220. 22. Apex of lobe, x 220.. 23. Apex of lobule, X 220. 24. Part of under- eaf, 220. 25. Lateral tooth of underleaf, 220. 26, a Bracts, X 35: Bracteole, 35. The figures were all drawn from specimens collected by the writer ( 103 p- p-) PLATE 12 Prionolejeunea Hlleri Evans. 1. Part of plant with perianth and male inflores- cence, apie view, < 35. 2. Part of stem, postical view, < 35. 3. Leaf, antical view, X 35. 4. Cells from middle of lobe, X 310. 5. Cells from antical margin of lobe, 220. : Apex of lobe, X 220. 7. Apex of lobule, X 220. 8. Underleaf, 220. g-II. 2 = 50. 12, 13. Bracteoles, X50. The faviies were all drawn from pay wise specim onolejeunea mesa ot Evans. 14. Part of plant with perianth, postical view, ee 35. 15. Leaf, antieal view, 35. 16. Cells from middle of lobe, ly 310. 17. Cells from antical margin of lobe, 220. 18, 19. — of lobes, 220. 20 Apex of lobule, < 220. 21. Part of underleaf, 220. 22. Apex of sean -di- vision, < 220. 23-25. Bracts, & 35. 26, 27. aa < 35. 28. Cross-sec ction of perianth, < 35. The figures were all drawn from the type-specimens. Polarity and regeneration in plants T. H. Morcan The earlier and greater development of the buds that stand at the distal end of a piece of a willow than of those that stand nearer to the base of the piece bears a certain general resemblance to the phenomenon of polarity in animals, and has led, in fact, to the use of the same word for both processes. This comparison needs, I think, to be more critically examined. During the past summer I have kept pieces of several plants, from which the leaves were removed, in a moist chamber with the lower end of the pieces in water, and have watched the development of the buds. In most cases, as in the willow, the more distal, though not neces- sarily the most distal, buds are the first to develop, and it could be easily seen that those that unfolded first were, as a rule, the largest and most advanced buds present on the piece when it was removed from the plant. In other words, the relative strength of the buds determines which develop first, and it seems most plausi- ble that in consequence of this development the other buds might be kept from unfolding because those that got the start used up all the available food substances that were present, or were being manufactured in the piece. It appears, therefore, that the result is not so much the outcome of the polarity of the piece, acting at the time of regeneration, as of preexisting conditions in the piece at the time of its removal from the plant. These determine which buds shall be the first to unfold. Whether or not this difference in the condition of the buds of the original piece has itself been regulated by polar relations in the growing point is a question for further consideration, but in any case it is one that does not involve the immediate question of the regeneration of the isolated piece. In one of the plants that I examined, the proximal and not the distal buds of the piece were the first to develop. It is this case that I wish more especially to discuss in connection with the prob- lem of polarity in plants. The plant was the common burdock, Arctium Lappa (Lappa officinalis). The leaves and the lateral ranches were cut off from half a dozen vigorous plants, and the 227 228 MorGAN: POLARITY AND REGENERATION IN PLANTS denuded stalk was left standing in place in connection with its original roots. In the course of about ten days new buds began to grow out near the base of the stalk. They unfolded rapidly and at the end of about two weeks had reached the condition shown in the figure. The new shoots arose in or near the angles between the main stem and the lateral branches (which had been cut off). These branches stand in the axils of the lower leaves. No shoots at all appeared in the upper regions of the stem, although the latter remained green and in good condition. It may appear that the results in this case are connected with the attachment of the stem to the old roots. The fact that large branches arise near the base of the main stem may be interpreted to mean that these parts receive a large share of the substances that come up from the roots. In order to see if this sug- gestion had any value I cut off other stems from their roots, stripped them of their leaves and branches, and placed the lower ends in dishes of water. In these cases also the lower buds alone unfolded and none appeared in the upper parts of the stem. To determine whether the result is due to ! the better development of the buds at the | base rather than due to the movement towards the base of food or of so-called formative sub- stances, I cut a few of the stems into three pieces. In those in which any development took place this occurred in the basal pieces, and in one case in the lower part of the second piece as well, but no buds developed in the distal pieces, although to all appearances these remained in good condition. Whether these _ distal pieces would after a much longer time (I kept them nearly | ¢- 3 i - a Sey tere Pe 02a eens _— ee an ~ " three weeks) have developed buds, I do not know. MorGAN: POLARITY AND REGENERATION IN PLANTS 229 This last experiment, while not satisfactory in all respects, yet suffices to show that the development of the basal buds in the long pieces is not due to the polarity localizing, as it were, the development at the base, nor to the flow of substances downward, but is due to the stronger buds being present in the basal region. These results recall the cases of Lilium candidum and Lachen- alia luteola, These plants do not set seed, but produce bulblets at the base. This formation of basal bulblets is attributed by Goebel to the flow of food substances in the plants towards the base which causes the bulblets to develop in this region, and at the same time deprives the seeds of the necessary material for their development. The explanation appears to me to be exactly the reverse. The buds that give rise to the bulblets in these plants are so vigorous that they utilize all of the food substances that are present, and thus deprive the seeds of food material that they might possibly make use of if the bulbs did not develop. It is not, I think, the flow of food substances downwards that causes the bulblets at the base to develop, but the vigorous bulblets in this region draw into themselves so much of the available food substances that not enough is left for the seeds. It might be claimed in the case of the burdock, that when the stalk, deprived of its leaves, is left attached to the old roots, mate- rial from the roots rising up into the stem will affect the basal buds first ; or it might be claimed that since there are large fibro- vascular bundles that go to the basal nodes these bring to this region materials from the roots that cause the buds to develop, but that this is not the real explanation was shown above by the experiment of removing the stem from the roots. The result ap- Pears to be due rather to the more vigorous condition of the basal buds. Whether, as I have said, this condition of the plant is itself to be thought of as ultimately the outcome of its polarity, is a question that I do not think we can profitably discuss as yet. £ it is, then the polarity in the growing point has already acted and determined the relative development of the buds in the different regions. When the piece containing these buds is removed, their further development is first determined by the stage that they are already in, or by their greater vigor, which may, in most vais mean the same thing. In the second place certain buds having gotten a start use up all or most of the available food materials and thus check the further development of the other buds. 930 MorGan: POLARITY AND REGENERATION IN PLANTS In the light of these facts and conclusions certain of the state- ments that I made in my book on “‘ Regeneration”’ in regard to the cause of the development of the apical buds in a piece of the willow must be recast. The development of the apical buds of the willow, and of other similar plants, and of the basal buds in the burdock appear both to be due, not to a dynamic relation (polarity) between the two ends of the piece, but to a static condition already existing in the piece before its removal, namely, the relative state of develepment of its buds. From this point of view Sachs’ theory of formative stuffs plays no directive part in the regeneration of pieces of the plants. The presence of food stuffs enters into the problem only in so far as certain parts are supposed to be able to draw on that which is present, while other parts (the less developed buds) are not so able to make use of the common supply. The flow of these food stuffs through the plant appears from this point of view not to be due to the stuffs tending to flow of themselves in certain directions, or as the result of the action of some outside agent, as gravity, but their flow may be simply a question of diffusion from those places where they exist in larger amounts to other places where there is not so much of the substance present. If the more vigorous and some- what older parts can make use of this material more rapidly than can the less well-developed parts, there will be a steady flow of soluble food substances towards the growing parts, because in these regions the material is being more rapidly used up, and hence the region is relatively poorer in these materials. The flow is then a purely physical problem. This assumption is, of course, not different from that usually employed by botanists to account for the flow of soluble substances from one part of a plant to other parts. It appears, therefore, that polarity in the plant is not the cause of the flow of substances through the plant, as Goebel seems t0 imply in certain parts of a recent article,* nor does polarity appear to regulate the development of certain buds and hold others in check.+ Possibly some such factor may determine in the growing regions of the plant the relative rate of development of certain buds, but even this is not certain and remains to be further examined. Bryn MAWR COLLEGE. * Goebel. Bull. Torrey es 30: 197-205. 1903. Also Biolog. Centralbl. 22: — sit lee 481-505. t Morgan. Bull. Torrey wht 30: 206-213. 1903. | | INDEX “TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1904) aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. eviews, and papers which relate exclusively to piers bs abet horticulture, pansticeoeea products of vegetable origin, or laboratory m s are not included, an no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. he occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence eis to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Clu Abrams, L. R. Flora of Los Angeles and vicinity. i-xi. 1-474. Stanford University, Cal. 5 Ap 1904. A descriptive manual of the following plants of the region. Abrams, L. R. Quercus Wislizent in Southern California. Bull So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 3: 1, 2. 12 Ja 1904. Ames, 0. A contribution to our knowledge of the orchid flora of southern Florida. Contrib. Ames Bot. Lab. 1: 1-23. p/. 1-72. 10 F 190 Includes diesteigkiac of Zropidia Eaton sp. nov. Ames, 0. Spiranthes Grayinom. nov. Rhodora,6: 44. 17 F 1904. S. simplex A. Gray, not Griseb. Ames, 0. Spiranthes neglecta. Rhodora,6: 27-31. pl. 52 +f. 2, 2 17 F rgo04. A new species from the eastern United States. Andrews, A.L. Some interesting mosses from a southern Vermont peat-bog. Rhodora, 6: 43, 44. 17 F 1904. Arthur, J.C. Cultures of Uredineae in 1903. Jour. Myc. 10: 8-21. 3° Ja 1904. Arthur, J.C. An interesting unpublished work on fungi. Torreya, A 2i-23.' 26 F-10904. Hedwig’s Descriptio et adumbratio microscopico-analytica fungorum. Zon INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Arthur, J. C. New species of Uredineae —III. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 1-8. 19 Ja 1904. New species in Uromyces (2), Puccinia (6), Ravenelia (2), Uredoand Aecidtum (5). Arthur, J. C. Taxonomic importance of the spermogonium. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 113-123. 7. 7, 2. 24 Mr 1904. Atkinson, G. F. A new Zemanea from Newfoundland. Torreya, 4: 26. 25 F 1904. L. ( Sacheria) borealis sp. nov. Atkinson,G. F. Note on the genus Harfochytrium. Jour. Myc. 10: 3-8. pl. 72. f. 24-33. 30 Ja 1904. Bailey, W. W. Undraped trees. Plant World, 7:67, 68. Mr 1904. Banker, H. J. Observations on Phallus Ravenelit. Torreya, 4: 5-8. 27 Ja 1904. Barrett, O. W. Correction and comment. Plant World, 7: 15. Ja 1902. Beal, W. J. Vitality of seeds. Bot. Gaz. 37: 222. 18 Mr 1904. Beal, W. J. What is a bud and how long does it retain its identity ? Plant World, 7: 42. F 1904. ; Berry, E. W. Additions to the flora of the Matawan formation. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 67-82. f/. 7-5. 11 F 1904. New (fossil) species in Pinus, Myrica, Quercus and Viburnum. Berry, E. W. Primary venation in Cinnamomum. Torreya, 4: 10, El. . 7 fa 1004, Blodgett, F. H. Frost-weeds and other winter notes. Plant World, 7: 63-66. f. 7-5. Mr 1904. Brainerd, E. Notes on New England violets. Rhodora, 6: 8-17- pl. 50. 30 Ja 1g04. Britton, E. G. Pafillaria nigrescens (Sw.) Jaeg. & Sauerb. Bry- ologist, 7: 14, 15. 12 Ja 1go4. [Illust.] Britton, E. G. The relation of plants to birds and insects. Plant World, 7: 69, 70. Mr 1904. Britton, N. L. Agdestis clematidea Moc. & Sessé. Torreya, 4: 24- 25 F 1904. ° Notes the occurrence of this plant in Cuba. Britton, N. L. Crataegus Porteri. Torreya, 4: 39, 40. 12 Mr 1904: Britton, N. L. Four new North American birches. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 165, 166. 24 Mr 1904. Four new species of Betula. bo Oo ww) INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Britton, N.L. The /wncaceae of the West Indies. Torreya, 4: 23. 25 F 1904. Notes the occurrence of Juncus aristulatus Michx. in Cuba, Burnham, S. H. Notes on Zfigaea repens. Torreya, 4: 25. 25 F 1904. Canby, W. M. Joseph Hinson Mellichamp. Torreya, 4: 8-10. 27 Ja 1904. Cockerell, T. D. A. Some fungi collected in New Mexico. Jour. Myc. 10: 49-51. 19 Mr 1904. Cockerell, W. P. Note on a rubber-producing plant. Science, II. 19: 314, 315. 19 F 190 Pic peta odorata utilis, native of Colorado, Cockerell, W. P. A trip to the Truchas Peaks, New Mexico. Am. Nat. 37: 887-891. 8F1 With lists of plants and insects pee above timber-line. Coker, W.C. Selected notes, III. Bot. Gaz. 37: 60-63. f. 1-17. 20 Ja 1904. Collins, J. F. The black spruce in Rhode Island. Rhodora, 6: 41, 42. 17 F 1go4. Congdon, J. W. A new lupine from California. Muhlenbergia, 1 38. 9 Ja 1904. Lupinus deflexus sp. nov. Cushman, J. A. Desmids from southwestern Colorado. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 161-164. pl. 7. 24 Mr 1904. Dandeno, J.B. The mechanics of seed-dispersion in Ricinus communts. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 89-92. 11 F 1904. Darwin, F. Ona self-recording method applied to the movements of stomata. Bot. Gaz. 37: 81-105. f 7-15. 18 F 1904. Davenport, E. B. Recollections of Charles Christopher Frost. Rho- dora, 6: 25-27. portrait. 17 F 1904. Davenport, G. E. Miscellaneous notes on New England ferns, — VI. Rhodora, 6: 31-33. 17 F 1904. Dobbins, F, The parsleys. Plant World, 7: 14, 15. Ja 1904. Dudley, W. R. & Thompson, C. H. Notes on Californian Uredineae and descriptions of new species. Jour. Myc. 10: 52-55. 19 Mr 1904. Includes new species in Puccinia (3) and Uromy-es. Duvel, J. W. T. Preservation of seeds buried in the soil. Bot. Gaz. 37: 146, 147. 18 F 1904. 234 INDEX To AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Earle, F. S. The necessity for reform in the nomenclature of the fungi. Science, II. 19: 508-510. 25 Mr 1go4. Eggleston, W. W. The Crafaeg? of Fort Frederick, Crown Point, New York. Torreya, 4: 38, 39. 12 Mr 1904. Farmer, J. B. On the intepretation of the quadripolar spindle in the Flepaticae. Bot. Gaz. 37: 63-65. 20 Ja 1904. Fernald, M. L. Preliminary lists of New England plants, — XIII. Juncaceae. Rhodora, 6: 34-41. 17 F 1904. Includes description of /uscus Oronensis sp, nov. Galloway, B. T. The twentieth century botany. Science, II. 19: 11-18. 1 Ja 1904. Ganong, W. F. The cardinal principles of ecology. Science, II. 19: 493-498. 25 Mr 1904. Ganong, W. F. On the present confusion in the names of American plants. Educ. Rev. Atl. Prov. Canada, 17: 196-198. Ja 1904. Garber, J. F. The life history of Ricctocarpus natans. Bot. Gaz. 37: 161-177. fl.9, 10+ f. 1-g. 18 Mr 1904. Goodding, L. N. Southwestern plants. Bot. Gaz. 37: 53-59. 20° Ja 1904. Includes new species in Eriogonum, Cerastium, Draba, Cowania, Geranium, Rhus (2), Apocynum, Cressa and Phacelia. Gorman, M. W. Oregon wild flowers in need of protection. Plant World, 7: 18-20. Ja 1904. Graves, C.B. Noteworthy plants of southeastern Connecticut,—lIV. Rhodora, 6: 48, 49. 7 Mr 1904. Greenman, J. M. Notes on southwestern and Mexican plants. Bot. Gaz. 37: 219-222. 18 Mr 1904. Includes description of Centaurea Rothrockii sp. nov. Griffiths, D. Concerning some West American smuts. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 83-88. f 7-77. 11 F 1904. Includes new species in Sorosporium (2), Ustilago (3), Tilletia and 7) hecaphora. Grout, A. J. Notes on Vermont mosses. Bryologist, 7: 5-7- 12 Ja 1904. Hall,H.M. Some contributions to the phytogeography of Southern California. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 3: 19-22. 20 F 1904. Harper, R. M. Explorations in the coastal plain of Georgia during the season of 1902. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 9-27. f. 7-4. 19 Ja 1904. : Harper, R. M. A newstation for Aradis Georgiana. Torreya, 4: 24 ae. 25 F 1904. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 235 Harris, C. W. Lichens—Fe/tigera. Bryologist, 7: r-g. pl. r +f. 7, 2. ae la 004; Harris, W. P. & Harris, C. W. Lichens and mosses of Montana. Bull. Univ. Montana, Biol. Ser. 1: 309-331. p/. 58-64. 1904. Harshberger, J. W. A phytogeographic sketch of extreme southeastern Pennsylvania. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 125-159. 7. z-g. 24 Mr 1904. Hedgcock, G. G. A note on Rhizoctonia. Science, Il. 19: 268. 12 F 1904 Hedgcock, G.G. Proof of the identity of Phoma and Phyllosticta on the sugar beet. Jour. Myc. 10: 2, 3. 30 Ja 1904. Heller, A. A. New Labiates from California. Muhlenbergia, 1: 31- 37- 9 Ja 1904. New species in Scuéei/aria (2), Agastache, Stachys and Monardella (5). Heller, A. A. Western species, new and old. —I. Muhlenbergia, 39-46. 9]Ja1go4;—II. Muhlenbergia.1: 47-62. 22 F 1904. Includes the new genera Zéurophyton ( = Chloraea Austinae) and Polemoniella ( = Polemonium micranthum) ; new species in Veratrum, Holodiscus, Boisduvalia, Gilia (2), Pentstemon, Orthoca rpus (2), Sisyrinchium, Ranunculus, > ersteaty MP Rosa, Lathyrus, Trifolium, Heliotropium, Valeriana and Achillea ; also various new names and new combinations. Henderson, L. F. Some experiments with fungus diseases in 1903. Idaho Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 39: 257-272. Ja 1904. Hervey, E. W. Plants new to the flora of New Bedford. Rhodora, 6: 22, 23. 30 Ja 1904. Holferty,G. M. Tne archegonium of Mnium cuspidatum. Bot. Gaz. 37: 106-126. pl. 5,6. 18 F 1904. Holzinger, J. M. The genus Hymenostomum in North America. Bryologist, 7: 8-10. 12 Ja 1904. Howe, M. A. Notes on Bahaman algae. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 93- loo. p/. 6. 11 F 1904. Includes description of Neomeris Cokeri sp. nov. Kellerman, W. A. Elementary mycology. Jour. Myc. 10: 90-95. 1g Mr 1904. Kellerman, W. A. Minor mycological notes. III. Jour. Myc. 10: 62-64. p/. 77. 19 Mr 1904. Kellerman, W.A. Ohio fungi. Fascicle IX. Jour. Myc. 10: 55- 62. 19 Mr 1904. Knowlton, F. H. The misuse of ‘‘ formation’’ by ecologists. Sci- ence, II. 19: 467, 468. 18 Mr 1904. 236 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Leavitt, R. G. Partial reversion in: leaves of the fern-leaved beech. Rhodora, 6: 45-48. f. a—d. 7 Mr 1904. Lewis, C. E. Studies on some anomalous dicotyledonous plants. Bot. Gaz. 37: 127-138. pl. 7-8. 18 F 1904. MacMillan, C. Cumaphytism in A/arta. Bot. Gaz. 37: 147-149. ft, a 4348F 1904. Merrill, E. D. The American element in the Philippine flora. Bur. Gov. Lab. (Philipp. ) 1903°: 19-36. 20 Ja 1904. Merrill, E. D. New or noteworthy Philippine plants. Bur. Gov. Lab. (Philipp. ) 1903°: 5-18. 20 Ja 1904. Includes descriptions of 15 new species in 13 genera. Merriman, M.L. Vegetative cell-division in AZ/um. Bot. Gaz. 37: 178-207. pl. 11-13. 18 Mr 1904. Miller, M. F. Pogonatum urnigerum (L.) Beauv. Bryologist, 7: 4, 5. 12 Jargo4. [Illust.] Morgan, A. P. A new Melogramma. Jour. Myc. 10: 49. 19 Mr 1904. M. patens sp. nov. Morgan, A. P. A new Sirothecium. Jour. Myc.10: 1. 30 Ja 1904- S. fragile sp. nov. Murrill, W.A. The Polyporaceae of North America—VI. The genus Polyporus. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 29-44. 19 Ja 1904. Includes descriptions of three new species. Newcombe, F. C. & Rhodes, A. L. Chemotropism of roots. Bot. Gaz. 37: 23-35. 20 Ja 1904. Osmun, A. V. A summer in Salisbury, Connecticut. Torreya, 4: 33-35. 12 Mr 1904. Pepoon, H. S. Destruction ofa farm flora. Plant World, 7: 44, 45- Jody So EB Done Perkins, J. Fragmenta florae Philippinae. Contributions to the flora of the Philippine Islands. 1: i~iv. 1-66. Leipzig, 1904. Includes descriptions of 49 new species in 20 genera. Price, S. F. Kentucky oaks. Plant World, 7: 32-36. f. 7-77. F 1904. Rehder, A. Preliminary lists of New England plants, — XIV. Rho- dora, 6: 54-61. 7 Mr 1904. Cornaceae and Caprifoliaceae. Rehder, A. The pseudo-monoclinism of Chionanthus Virginica- Rhodora, 6: 18-20. f 7-4. 30 Ja 1904. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 237 Richards, H. M. & MacDougal, D. T. The influence of carbon mon- oxide and other gases upon plants. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 57-66. 11 F 1904; 167. 24 Mr 1904. Robinson, B. L. The identity of Amychia dichotoma. Rhodora, 6: 50-53. 7 Mr 1904. Robinson, W. J. The spines of Fouguieria. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 45-50. f. 1-137. 19 Ja 1904. Safford, W. E. Extracts from the note-book of a naturalist on the island of Guam. — XIV. Plant World, 7: 1-8. pd. 7. Ja 1904; —XV. Plant World, 7: 25-31. p/. 2. F 1904; —XVI. Plant World, 7: 53-60. fl. g. Mr 1904. Safford, W. E. Henry Elwood Baum. Plant World, 7: 36-40. portrait. F 1go4. Seymour, M.C. A newly introduced Galium. Rhodora, 6: 22. 30 Ja 1904. Notes the occurrence of G. praecox Lang at Norfolk, Conn. Shriner, F. A. & Copeland, E. B. Deforestation and creek flow about Monroe, Wisconsin. Bot. Gaz. 37: 139-143. 18 F 1904. [Illust.] Smith, E. F. & Swingle, D. B. The dry rot of potatoes due to fusarium oxysporum. U.S. Dep. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 55: 1-64. p/. r-8. 16 F 1904. Smith, J D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central American republics. XXV. Bot. Gaz. 37: 208-214. 18 Mr 1904. New species are described in Svoanea, Platymiscium, Cassia, omnia Arthro- stemma, Oreopanax, Solanum (4), Brachistus, Coccoloba and Melis Snow, L. M. The effects of external agents on the pees of root- hairs. Bot. Gaz. 37: 143-145. 18 F 1904. Spillman, W. J. Horticultural varieties of common crops. Science, Il. 19: 34, 35. 1 Ja 1904. Squires, W. A. Wild flowers of prairie and canyon in northern Idaho. Plant World, 7: 41. F 1904. Stone, G. E. Physiological appliances —I. Torreya, 4: 1-5. f 7. 2: 27 Ja 1904;—TII. Torreya, 4: 17-20.f 3, 5- 25 F 1904. Sumstine, D. R. The slime-moulds of Pennsylvania. Torreya, 4: 36-38. 12 Mr 1904. Thom, C. Craterellus taxifolius, a new species of Thelephoraceae. Bot. Gaz. 37: 215-219. f. 7-8. 18 Mr 1904. Tullsen, H. Notes from Pine Ridge Agency, S. Dak. Plant World, 7: 1-13. Ja 1904. 238 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Waters, C. E, Plant wounds and natural pruning. Plant World, 7: 60-63. Mr 1904. Weatherby, C.A. Panicum Commonsianum in Connecticut. Rhodora, G: 42, 43. 27 F -t904. Weld, L. H. Botanical survey of the Huron River Valley. II. A peat bog and morainal lake. Bot. Gaz. 37: 36-52. f. 7-6. 20 Ja 1904. Wiegand, K. M. Some notes on Gadum. Rhodora, 6: 21, 22. Ja 1904. Wiley, H.W. The raphides of calcium oxalate. Science, II. 19: 434. 11 Mrigogq. Wylie, R. B. The morphology of Elodea Canadensis. Bot. Gaz. 37: 1-22. pl. r-g. 20 Ja 1904. 30 Butt. Torrey CLus VOL. 31, PES 1-15. ODONTOLEJEUNEA LUNULATA (Web.) Schiffn. 16-23. CYCLOLEJEUNEA CHITONIA (Tayl.) Evans. VOEs 41; Fi29 Butt. Torrey CLuB JEUNEA CONVEXISTIPA (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Evans. I-16. CYCLOLE JEUNEA ACCEDENS (Gottsche) Evans. YCLOLE Pies ye ee Buti. Torrey CLuB VOL. 39, PE. 10 1-17.CYCLOLEJEUNEA ANGULISTIPA (Steph.) Evans. 18-27. PRIONOLEJEUNEA INNOVATA Evans. BuLL. TorRREY CLUB Vou. 31, Prev 1-17. PRIONOLEJEUNEA AEQUITEXTA Evans. 18-28. PRIONOLEJEUNEA AEMULA (Gottsche) Evans. BuLL. ToRREY CLUB VOL. 31, PE.I2 I-13. PRIONOLEJEUNEA HELLERI Evans. 14-28. PRIONOLEJEUNEA EXAURICULATA Evans. ea ne The Warblers in ——— BIRD-LORE b egan in its December, 1903, issue, the publication of a series of accu- + rately colored plates, ite all the plu- ages of North i ings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes and Bruce a t ga any these beautiful e long periods. The data for the Re art, for example f over work so observers for a total of 427 ye ratil the supply ts ee Sars we will “Sh me. 20 cents a number; $1.00 a year AUDUBON SOCIETIES sy BIRD-LORE, beginning February 1,1904. THE RACHILLAN C0,, 66 FIFTH AVE., New York City lates, to every Subscriber to Vol. VI of THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEMENTH YEAR and VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, ap eae as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a yea Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, — 1a baee INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on yap catalogue cards; seg are furnished to sabuceibers at the e of one cent for each c: Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, Cotumpia University, New York City. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, ae con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of oo ener Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy; $I. Not pres in exchange] Vol. I, 1900, viii+-213 pp. Vol. II, 1501, viii es 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, viii-+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 pp Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual | reports of the Director-in- Chief a nd other official documents, and technical a the results of investigations carried out in the — Free on all “members of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, 190I- "1903. Vol. III, - 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903. moirs of aes Bow aoe greg Garden. Price to a of the Garten, a ee Ss, $2. [ Not offered in exchan coal Aanotse Catalogue of ‘ite? F oo a Montana and the Sores en boo ix 25 _ pp. Roy. 8vo, with de tailed ma The qaaenen of Light das Darkness upon Growth and Devcon. by ia T. MacDougal, first assis and director of the laboratories. An 4 count ts the author’s extensive pectartises together with a general consideration ef the relation of ~~ to plants. The abr morphological features are illustra ted. xvi + 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figu: Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by st ny pene or members of the staff, ms reprinted from pads other ae above, Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volum Vol Inclusive ‘ot Nos. 1-25, vi+ 400 pp. 35 tee in the text and 34 plates. Vol. If. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 43. Some correlations of leaves, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 44. Soil-temperatures and vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 45. Studies in plant-hybrids, by Dr. William Austin Cannon. No. 46. Some aspects of desert vegetation, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal. No. 47. Anatomy and physiology of Baccharis genistelloides, by Miss Elsie M. Kupfer. No. 48. Mutations in plants, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX ParK, NEW YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEMorIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : ¥o ie ae: | ep of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonim £1895 )- By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1595 ; y- 19g N nograph of the North Aaceeue Potentilleae ( 1898 3). By Per. Axel yitliens Fellow in Botany, 1896— Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897 rice $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current). List ie separate numbers available on application. 3- Text-book of “General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Scher, Fellow | in Botany, 1895-1896. 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 ate $3.80 (paper). Published. Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton The Department invites propositions relative 3 ian of wi barium material for any of the above named publications. Addr aden L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the outhern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlanti c Ocean westwar to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor ° nan 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brow Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 42 Pages ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in "the text, Mestratiog “lnety Species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for Ha three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10. err ae tive Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) rgco. By Lucien Sates Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. uodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published e Henry Holt & Co., New York, Price $1. 06. j 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896— Duodecimo, 236 ices. ge plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Alank in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, & Co., New York. Price $3.00. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus | Sole Agents for p= | C: 5m KAHLBAUM’S C. P. Chemicals Our Specialties : MICROSCOPES and Reagents — and A ACCESSORIES CARL xs SCHLEICHER NDS & SCHULL’S © MICROTOMES ilters | BALANCES and + tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other a renowned European 7 houses in our line. ut 0 , ie ia ‘ COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ° A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at regu tater ice 63.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. a: " Vol. 1, No. 1; price, $1 ty Ona iB Balley, L H. Studies of the types oe various species of the genus Carex, Pages’ 1-85. “25 My 1889. ue ae NODS > Dot furnished separately Martindale, I. C ae ae of the New Jersey coast and adjacent waters o Staten Island. Pages $7-111. 24 Au 1889. ee Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents agg R. Hefaticae Bolivianae, in And nee! Boliviae bias annis 1885-6, a Gs 8» S H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja a ; Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ce Sturtevant, E.L. On Bue a fruits. Pages 141- anu 30 My 1890. ol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : Be. Halsted, B. D. Reserve food-materials in buds and er parts. Pages 1-26, plates 7, 2. 10 S 1890 on , NO. 25 price, 7§ cents A. M. & Hollick, A. Contributions to the elas of Virginia. Pages 2-6 “Het 30 fn 23) 1890. Vol. * No. 3; a furnished separately : ! Contributions to the knowledge of the gerninston of some North Amer- fean ae Pages 57- roe ees fans 15 Ap 1891. o. 4; et 75 28 sd 3, No. 2; e, $2.00 T. The Naiadaceae of North pS 6 [with isesibions: of all the oof Pages 1-65, plates ee 15 Mr 1893. eS Mol. 3, No. 3; not furnished separately : H.H. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia Bae Miguel $e 28 Pages 1-67. 28 Apr 1893. Vol. 4, No. 1; ot ished spate = Index Ze, PRs 1 i. M. bs ee Vol. 5; price, $3.00: beets Sek of Pavey and se Essig growing without cultivation in northeastern rica. oo 4 D 1293-31 D 18094. is , No. 1; price, $1.25: | Rosby, H. H.H. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Part 3. Pages Seat 7 1. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cents Grout, A A revision oe oa North Acca Jeckecacea: and Brachytheca “paues i -210. = ce ie No. 3; price, 50 cents : Hazen, T. BE. The life fs story of Sphaé ella lacustris ( Haematococcus plurialis) oe 2i —— plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je 1899. ie Vi 0. 4; price, §0 cents Gaawcan L. M. A review cf-the genera of ferns seeds prior to 1832. Pages 247-283. 1D 1899. ee “peas 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: - Fink, B. Notes on the lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley. 285- -307. 1 D 1899 Vol. 7; price, $3.00 = Howe, M. A. The Flepaticae and edits of ‘Californie Pages 1-208, Us ee: 5 Au 1899. a Vol ol. 8, No. 1; price, $1 By he ‘oya, F . B. The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part I = 4-4. as Au 1899, Part lf, Pages 27-112, ee e275. Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.0 ee pa ae of the United States me Canada. Pages If 1 Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 ¢ vehi Sop A. The life history of pee aereee: 1902. Wot. 9: price, $3.00 ne eee an oe to Auer. “Pag &; = § ee! BULLETIN — . OF THE ‘ €ditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART Associate Editors ELtiot HAZEN WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL ALL AverY Howe _ HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS — ae ANNA Murray VAIL THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Pres ident, HON. ADDISON BROWN, LLD Vice-Presidents, HENRY H. shee ies M.D. EDWARD S. BURGESS, Px.D. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Fics: EARLE ACMoo JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D. “Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Treasurer, ‘ FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia Universtiy, New York City. MEETINGS Meetings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, at 8:00 P.M., at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St.; the last Wednesday, at 3:30 P.M., in the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden. PUBLICATIONS All Vatectiohian and other business communications relating to the publications of the Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, Francis E. Lloyd, Columbia Uni- versity, New York City 4 Bulletin. Monthly, established 1870. — $3.00 a year; single numbers 3° cents. Of former Nene only 2, 3, 5, 13, 20, 21, and 24-30 can be supplied sep# rately ; Certain numbers of other volumes are eee but the entire stock of some ‘humbers has been ae for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended for publication in the BULLETIN should be addressed to Dr. John Hendley Barnhart, Editor, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Torreya. Monthly, established 1901, Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts i tended for publication in Torreya should. be siieed to be Marshall A. How ee New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. {See last pages of cover. ) Preliminary Catalogue of a and Pteridophyta within 100 miles of New York City, 1888. Price, $1. VoL. 31 No. 5 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB MAY, 1904 New plants from Wyoming, XV AVEN NELSON E ~ Eriogonum vegetius (T. & G.) Perennial, the root woody, ragged, more or less branched at the summit and clothed by the dead leaf-bases : stems scapose, at first white-tomentose, becoming denuded and green, I-3 dm. high, moderately stout : leaves basal, from nearly oval to spatulate or narrowly lance-oblong, 2~5 cm. long, white-tomentose, tending to become green and glabrate above ; the petioles short or sometimes as long as the blade: inflorescence highly characteristic as fol- lows: —a single large sessile (or short-peduncled) involucre at the Summit of the scape, from the base of which arise a pair of peduncles (very variable in length), at the summit of which is _ another involucre and another pair of proliferating’ peduncles, — such proliferation sometimes occurring a third or even a fourth time with constantly shortening rays: floral bracts large and quite similar to the lower leaves : involucres several- to many-flowered : __ perianths yellow, more or less silky-villous, on rather long but ss variable pedicels ; the inner segments distinctly longer than the _ outer, all spatulate or obovate: akene angled by a firm narrow _ wing-like margin. This is the £. Jamesii flavescens of Watson’s Revision (Proc. _ Am, Acad. 12: 25 5) and &. flavum vegetius T. & G. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 156. __ So far as I am aware no one has heretofore taken up the earlier Name of this plant, which is most characteristically distinct, though lied to E. Jamesii as placed by Watson rather than to £. favum. cé previously very briefly described, a fuller characterization ee Sate % [The preceding number of the BULLETIN, Vol. 31, No. 4, for April, 1904 (31: 238, pl. 8-12) was issued 28 Ap 1904.] 239 240 NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING may be of service. It occurs from southern Wyoming to New Mexico and specimens of it are not rare. Excellent ones were secured at Sherman, Wyoming, in August, 1901, 70. 8574. Eriogonum salinum sp. nov. _ Perennial, from a low freely-branched woody base or caudex, with dry shreddy bark : herbaceous stems simple, erect, leafy, 1-2 dm. long, terminating in a short naked peduncle: leaves narrowly lanceolate, rather crowded, mostly erect, subsucculent, white with a fine closely-felted tomentum below (as are also the stems, and in- florescence), short-petioled, glabrous above but very pale, 2-3 cm. long: inflorescence a short broad-topped crowded irregular cyme (not more than 8 cm. high and usually much less), the branching mostly trichotomous but often with some smaller accessory rays ; the lower bracts 1 cm. long or less, linear, the others greatly re- duced : involucres narrowly turbinate, subsessile, several-flowered, their teeth seemingly obtuse but when divested of their tomentum sharply acute: perianth small, white, its segments obtuse, often apiculate; the outer oblong-elliptic; the inner longer than the outer, obovate: stamens and style-branches included; ovary glabrous. Allied to &. microthecum Nutt., and to E. effusum Nutt., but quite distinct from either. The season’s branches are simple and permanently leafy. The tomentum is of a different character from that of the allied species and the leaves on the upper surface have in the dried state a somewhat glistening or unctuous appearance. The short inflorescence, forming so small a part of the whole height of the plant, is in sharp contrast to the ample inflorescence of its allies. In this respect it suggests Z. Jonesii Watson. This species is an inhabitant of strongly saline soils, as its ap- pearance would suggest. The type was secured on Salt Wells Creek, Sweetwater Co., July 17, 1897, and is mo. 3753. It was distributed as £. effusum Nutt. A Chenopodium aridum nom. nov. Chenopodium Wolfii Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 248; not C. Wolfii Simk. Flora Austro-Hungarica, a species founded upon specimens by G. & J. Wolff, from Transylvania; nor C. Wolffa Simk. Termész. Fiizetek, 3: 164. 1879. ag, pence a canna ya ‘- ‘ FEET pes lade ‘ re a r ‘iia ™ iia _ ee — = ~ 2 —— NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 241 ’ Physaria didymocarpa lanata var. nov. Habit and size of the species ; basal leaves more inclined to be irregularly toothed, but the variety mainly distinguished by its copious pubescence as follows: white throughout with long- branched stellate hairs and a more copious simpler pubescence, giving the plant a tomentose appearance especially upon the bases of the crowded crown-leaves and to a lesser degree in the inflor- escence : the fruits large, thin and papery. Collected by L. N. Goodding in the Big Horn Mountains, on Steep slopes at the head of the middle fork of Powder river, July 19, 1901, no. 326. “ Linum compactum sp. nov. Apparently perennial, from slender rhizomes having somewhat enlarged crowns at the surface of the ground: murky-green, with a scabrous puberulence throughout, seemingly also subglutinous : stems crowded on the crowns, short (about 1 dm. long), each freely short-branched, thus forming plants of subspherical aspect, Striate but not all wing-angled: leaves very numerous especially below, divaricate or the lower widely spreading, linear, scarcely exceeding 1 cm. in length, mucronate, the midnerve obscure, the margins slightly cartilaginous-thickened, often with a few minute Stipitate glands on the margin near the base ; no stipular glands ; OWers numerous, on terete or sometimes wing-angled pedicels scarcely longer than the sepals: sepals lanceolate, obscurely ak. nerved, short-cuspidate, glandular-ciliate on the scarious margin, 5-6 mm. long, hardly surpassing the mature fruit: petals yellow, ° Wholly glabrous, less than 1 cm. long: filaments linear, not enlarged at base; anthers oval, large, attached near the base: styles free for one third of their length: capsule ovoid, obtuse, about 4 mm. long. This species is allied to Z. puberulum (Engelm.) Heller and to L. Arkansanum G. E. Osterh. The former differs from this species in its glaucous hue, and in having stipular glands, filaments tri- angular-ovate at base, and styles united to the summit. The latter differs in having longer leaves, sepals twice as long, and styles united tothe summit. Both differ from the species now described in habit, being corymbosely branched from the base up, and in having much larger orange-colored flowers, the petals of which ate pubescent at base. The type is zo. 8297, secured on the North Platte River near the eastern border of Wyoming, Torrington, June 28, 1901, when it was in full fruit almost past blossoming. 242 NELSON : NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING “ Anogra violacea sp. nov.* Biennial or possibly more enduring, from a vertical, semi- woody taproot: stems several to many, erect with a decumbent base, 2-3 dm. high, violet or purplish throughout (or at least broadly splotched), appearing smooth but puberulent under a lens: crown-leaves rather small, linear-oblanceolate, entire or toothed, few if any of them surviving the first season: stem-leaves puberulent, dark green, numerous, 4-8 cm. long, linear-oblong or narrowly oblanceolate, coarsely sinuate dentate and some of them deeply pinnatifid, the lobes acute, triangular to oblong: flowers axillary, congested at the summit of the stems: buds drooping, oblong or slightly enlarged towards the obtusish tip, pubescent with flat crinkled hairs which are densest at the apex : calyx-lobes a little more than half as long as the tube, tips free: petals tri- angular-obcordate, sinus broad and shallow, 1-20 mm. long, scarcely longer than the calyx-lobes, white, drying pink: young capsule largest near the base, tapering gradually to a slender apex, subangulate, sinuate-tubercled on the margins, sparsely hispid-ciliate, about as long as the calyx-lobes. This species probably finds its nearest ally in A. adbicaulis (Pursh) Britt., from which its numerous, erect, violet stems, its glabrous aspect, its smaller flowers and its divaricate capsule easily separate it. It occurs in the greatest profusion in sandy draws in south- central Wyoming. Type specimen xo. 3075, Point of Rocks, June I, 1897. ~ Pachylophus glabra sp. nov. Acaulescent and completely glabrous throughout: perennial (possibly short-lived), from a thick deep-set semi-fleshy root which is caespitosely branched at summit ; the enlarged crowns rough with the old dead petioles: leaves crowded on the crowns, nearly linear, 7-12 cm. long, remotely and irregularly toothed on the margins, tapering to both ends, acute at apex, at base passing gradually into the slender petiole which is about half as long as the blade: flowers not equalling the leaves ; the calyx-tube slen- der, only slightly enlarged at the throat, 1 dm. or less long; calyx-lobes about 2 cm. long: petals somewhat inequilateral, broad, deeply cleft-cordate, about 2 cm. long, white, turning pin in fading: the versatile anthers and the filaments subequal, about * The description of this species wes prepared some years since but was withheld from publication. Dr. Rydberg now kindly writes me that he has received it in good fruit. <‘‘ The fruit is narrowly linear-cylindric, standing out at right angles to the sem and therefore in (sharp) contrast to A. albicaults.”’ NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING 243 12mm. long: the stigmas surpassing the petals when the latter are closed : fruits small, 12-15 mm., strictly basal, not tubercled and but slightly angled. If one accepts the current descriptions of P. caespitosa (Nutt.) Raimann as really applying to the Oenothera caespitosa of Nuttall, there can then be no doubt about the validity of the species now described. In Nuttall’s Genera he uses the word “smooth” of the leaves and “ cespitose”” of the crowns which is just the case in the now proposed P. glabra. But he also speaks of the large size of the flowers and the tuberculate capsule which are characters of the pubescent plant we have so long recognized as Nuttall’s. Whatever, then, Nuttall’s plant may prove to be, the present one Seems distinct and is readily known by its wholly glabrous condi- tion, narrow leaves which surpass the much smaller flower, and the capsule which is not tubercled but which has four rounded veins. The type specimens were collected on the Platte River bottoms, near Badger, Wyoming (Laramie County), June 1, 1901, xo. 8340. “ Lavauxia flava sp. nov. Stemless, perennial (probably short-lived) from somewhat fleshy roots, nearly glabrous, only a little pubescence on the Margins of the leaves: leaves crowded on the crown, oblong- lanceolate in outline, gradually narrowed to the margined base, deeply and irregularly runcinate-pinnatifid, 15-25 cm. long (in- cluding petiole): flowers much shorter than the leaves ; calyx- tu © 4~7 cm. long, its lobes about 2 cm. long: petals yellow, in- variably turning pink with age and in drying, obovate, attached by a broad base, entire and broadly rounded at summit: stamens Shorter than the petals, the filaments rather broad, the anthers attached about one third of their length from the base: capsule oblong, narrowly wing-angled, 2-3 cm. long, one third as broad : Seeds numerous, cuneate-obovate, slightly concave with a carinate tidge on the ventral side, and with a narrow crest-like margin round the obtuse summit. At least some of the plants from the Rocky Mountains which have passed as Lavauxia triloba (Nutt.) Spach are distinct from that Species, whether we consider the Nuttallian plant from the Red river country (Arkansas) or that one in literature which is said to have white flowers. Nuttall’s plant was described as having 244 NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING large membranaceous leaves, somewhat trilobed petals (hence the name), and ovoid capsules with broad reticulated wings. None of these characters apply to Z. flava. It has a capsule both relatively and actually longer than that of the other, with narrow wings and not very evident reticulation. In the seeds we find further evidence of the distinctness of the two since L. fava does not possess the tubercle on the inner upper face nor the broad tooth at the apex. Dr. Watson seems to be the only one who has called attention to the yellow flowers of this western form, which he has done in two instances, viz., Bot. King’s Rep. 107, and FI. Calif. 1: 224; and in both cases he was, of course, dealing with the western plants. I do not venture to say that all the plants of the west that have heretofore been called Z. tviloba belong to L. fava. That can only be determined by finding whether they have the charac- ters of the latter. Hence I name a type, my xo. 219, Laramie, June, 1894, and as illustrative of it all of my numbers, distributed from time to time, under the name Lavauxia (Oenothera) triloba. , Gentiana monantha sp. nov. An alpine annual, mostly much less than 1 dm. high: stem simple or with one or two branchlets from the base, very short, of few internodes, only 1-3 cm. high, terminated by a slender naked one-flowered peduncle very much longer than the stem; te accessory branchlets (if any) tardily developed and with a shorter peduncle : leaves oblong to spatulate, 5-10 mm. long: calyx one fourth shorter than the corolla and somewhat exceeding its tube, sepals 4, equal, oblong-lanceolate, subacute, distinct nearly to the base: corolla about 12 mm. long, its tube twice as long as the 4 lance-ovate subacute lobes ; the fimbriae of the crown rather coarse and short : stamens shorter than the corolla-tube. This is G. tenella, in so far as the plant of the southern Rocky Mountains is concerned. Seemingly very rare and probably not well represented in the herbaria. Most of what has been dis- tributed as G. /ene/la, in so faras my own specimens are concerned, belongs to other species (G. acuta, G. heterosepala, etc.). The true G. tenella Rottb. is an arctic plant with 5-merous flowers, the obtuse corolla-lobes as long as its tube; the calyx only half as long as the corolla and with unequal sepals. Et i Sere e NELson: NEW PLANTS FROM WyYoMING © 245 The best example I have seen of G. monantha is Dr. Clements’ no. $50, Mirror Lake (altitude 3500 m.), Colorado, Sept. 6, 1901 ; I name this as the type. Chondrophylla gen. nov. Small biennials (?) from a few cm. to 1 dm. high, the stems single or several from the slender root. Leaves numerous, small, opposite, seemingly imbricated below because of the short inter- nodes, the margins white and scarious or cartilaginous. Flowers solitary and deriainut Calyx narrow, 4- or 5-toothed. Corolla salver-form when expanded, plicate at the sinuses with broad emarginate lobes or plates, without crown or glands. Anthers cordate, versatile. Seeds oblong, with a close coat. The two species following, which have long stood as a section of Gentiana, are so completely out of harmony with the other sections of that genus that it would certainly tend toward sim- plicity to elevate the section to generic rank. In doing so I have used the sectional name of Bunge and Grisebach. The minute cartilage-margined leaves, the solitary terminal flowers, the versa- tile anthers are generic characters separating these plants from Gentiana. “ Chondrophylla Fremontii (Torr.) Gentiana humilis of Gray, Syn. Fl. 2': 120; Engelm. Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 2: 217, pi. 9; G. Fremontii Torr, in Frém. Rep. 94; probably G. humilis Stev. Act. Mosq. 3: 258. 1812; Griseb. Gent. 251: not G. humilis Salisb. Prodr. 137. 1796. Since the specific name so long in use is not available, I take up Torrey’s name. “Chondrophylla Americana (Engelm.) Gentiana prostrata Americana Engelm. Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 2: 217, pl. 9, 1862; probably not Gentiana prostrata Haenke ; Jacq. Coll. 2: 66, nor of later authors. The Rocky Mountain plant seems to be distinguishable from the arctic and European forms, so Engelmann’s name is adopted. ’ Hedeoma ovata sp. nov. Perennial, the slender branches of the caudex widely divaricate from the summit of the taproot ; stems slender, branched, 12-20 cm. high, puberulent with recurved hairs: leaves entire, oval, from 246 NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYOMING broadly to narrowly so, 7-15 mm. long, glabrous above, nearly so below, crowded and more bract-like upward: flowers small, cym- ulose in the axils, short-pedicelled and bracteolate: calyx about 5 mm. long, its lower teeth surpassing the upper, somewhat hispid- pubescent -on the tube and teeth: corolla inconspicuous, barely surpassing the longer calyx-teeth, the upper lip 2-lobed; stam- inodia wanting. . Not closely allied to any of the northern species. The type number, collected by the writer, on Pole Creek, June 30, 1895, was distributed as 7. Reverchoni, to which it may be most nearly allied. “Castilleja pilifera sp. nov. Perennial, more or less finely pilose throughout ; stems several from the crown of a caudex, slender and erect from a somewhat decumbent base, 15—25 cm. high: leaves numerous, flaccid, nearly linear, entire or with one or more linear divergent lobes, 3-6. cm. long: calyx a little shorter than the bracts, equally cleft above and below to the middle; the lobes linear and rarely more than bidentate at apex: corolla about 2 cm. long (shorter than the calyx), tubular; the lip as long as the galea and about one fourth as long as the tube, its linear teeth as long as the obscurely saccate base. It is strongly to be suspected that most if not all the plants of the Rocky Mountains that have heretofore been called C. pilosa (Orthocarpus pilosus) are not that species at all. That species was founded on very limited material, but the original description by Watson, in Bot. King’s Rep., 231, calls attention to the calyx, ‘cleft nearly to the base anteriorly, 4-lobed to the middle and shorter than the corolla.” The description in Flora of California may cover this species alone, but that of Gray, Syn. Fl., un- doubtedly is more inclusive though too brief to indicate that fact clearly. C. pilosa probably belongs in the Sierra Nevada and northwestward. The type of C. pilifera is no. 5878, A. & E. Nelson, Soda Butte, Yellowstone Park, July 15, 1899. It was distributed as C. pilosa. “ Symphoricarpos Tetonensis sp. nov. Wholly glabrous; branches dark brown, with smooth bark (not shreddy) ; the young twigs light brown; leaves green, some- what lighter beneath and subglaucous, narrowly elliptic and taper- a pea ae = NELSON: NEW PLANTS FROM WYoMING 247 ing somewhat cuneately from the middle to the acute ends, 3-4 cm. long, entire or with a few irregular acute teeth, the veins con- spicuous and the margin slightly thickened-revolute; petioles slender, 4-6 mm. long, dilated and somewhat connate at base: flowers in the upper axils, mostly twin, drooping, on short pedi- cels: calyx minute, less than 2 mm. long, acetabuliform, its lobes about as long as the shallow cup: ovary oblong, 3-4 mm. long, about twice as long as the lanceolate bracts at its base, which in turn are about as long as the pedicels —all of these structures purplish-blue as if with bloom: corolla ochroleucous tinged with pink, gradually dilated-tubular, less than 1 cm. long, its rounded lobes half as long as the tube, nearly glabrous within, only a few inconspicuous hairs near the middle of the tube, glandular from the hairs down: filaments shorter than the anthers; style glab- rous, half as long as the corolla; fruit not known. This is a member of the S. oreophilus group, which now con- tains several species. Among them, however, there is’no species so wholly glabrous, nor with leaves like those of the species now proposed. The floral characters, while characteristic, are less noticeable, The type is xo. 1025, by Merrill and Wilcox, Teton Moun- tains, Wyoming, July 26, 1901. Paratypes (probably) in the National and in the New York Botanical Garden herbaria. UNIVERSITY OF WyomiNc. eee, CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE A Nomenclature Commission was appointed by the Botanical Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science at a meeting held in Washington, D. C., January 2, 1903. At this meeting a series of rules for nomenclature was presented and referred to the Commission, which has carefully considered all the principles involved, and has tested the application of the principles to all kinds of cases. The Commission has found that, for purposes of more exact statement, and to reach more satisfactory results, some rearrangement and modification of the rules as proposed at this Washington meeting are advisable. The principles have been carefully compared with those advanced in the Laws for Nomen- clature adopted at the Paris Botanical Congress in 1867, and at the Botanical Congress held in Genoa in 1892, together with Propositions advanced by various groups of botanists, and by indi- viduals, during the past few years, and the methods pursued by zoologists have also been studied ; all with the plan of obtaining a code of nomenclature which will best satisfy all interests involved. The action of the International Botanical Congress, held in Paris in 1900, by which the subject of nomenclature is to be brought before the International Congress to be held at Vienna in 1905, has been considered, and the decision there reached to base a new Set of rules upon those adopted by the Paris Congress of 1867 has had our careful attention. This action contemplates the modi- fication of the Paris Laws of 1867 by amendment, abandonment, or substitution of its various articles. We have found, however, that the Paris Laws of 1867 are not satisfactorily adaptable to precisely this consideration, for the reasons that their arrangement is not philosophical in the light of modern experience and knowl- edge, that many important principles are either not recognized, or else given altogether too meager consideration, and that there is awant of definite and exact statement, which leads to ambiguity. e therefore recommend, and propose also to move in the Vienna Congress of 1905, that, in accordance with the provisions of the 2 250 CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE committee on organization of the Congress of 1905, the code of laws of 1867 be amended by the abandonment of all its articles and the substitution of the appended code. J. C. ArtHur, Professor of Plant Physiology and Pathology, Purdue Uni- versity. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, Editor, Torrey Botanical Club. N. L. Britton, Divector-in-Chief, New York Botanical Garden. STEWARDSON BRowN, Conservator, Botanical Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS, Assistant Professor of Botany, State University of Nebraska. O. F. Cook, Botanist in charge of Investigations in Tropical Agriculture, United States Department of en Assistant Curator (Crypto- gamia), United States National Herbari JoHN M. CouLTER, af cares of Botany, hist of Chicago, Editor, Botanical Gazette FREDERICK V. CovILLE, Chief Botanist, United States Department of Agri- culture; Curator, United States National Herbarium. F. S. EARLE, Director, Estacién Agronémica Central de Cuba. ALEXANDER W. EVAns, AsststantProfessor of Botany, Yale University. Tracy E. HAZEN, Tutor in Botany, Barnard College, Columbia University. ARTHUR HOLtick, Assistant Curator (Palaeobotany), New York Botanical Garden. ; MARSHALL A, HowE, Assistant Curator (Algae), New York Botanical Gar- den, Editor, Torreya. F, H. Knowiton, United States Geological Survey; Custodian (Mesozoic Plants), United States National Museum. GEORGE T. Moore, Physiologist, in charge of Laboratory of Plant Phys- tology, United States Department of Agriculture; Custodian (Algae), United States National Herbarium. E. L. Morris, Head of the Department of Biology, Washington (D. C.) fligh Schools, WILLIAM ALPHONSO MuRRILL, New York Botanical Garden. H. H. Russy, Professor of Physiology, Botany and Materia Medica, and Dean of the Faculty, College of Pharmacy of the City of New York. L. SHEAR, Plant Pathologist, United States Department of Agri- culture. WILLIAM TRELEASE, Director, Missouri Botanical Garden Lucien M. UNDERWOOD, frofessor of Botany, Columbia Stuer sity. Davip WuiteE, United States Geological Survey ,; Custodian (Palaeozoic Plants), United States National Museum WILiiaM F. WIGHT, Assistant, Geographic Danny, United States Depart- ment of Agriculture, MEMBERS AND ALTERNATES OF THE NOMENCLATURE COMMISSION cee oe CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE Part I. PRINCIPLES. 1. The primary object of formal nomenclature in systematic biol- ogy is to secure stability, uniformity and convenience in the designation of plants and animals. 2. Botanical nomenclature is treated as beginning with the general application of binomial names of plants (Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum, 1753). 3. Priority of publication is a fundamental principle of botanical nomenclature. Two groups of the same category cannot bear the same name. Nore.—Previous use of a name in zoology does not preclude its use in botany. 4. The application of a name is determined by reference to its nomenclatorial type. Part II. Canons. Section I. Categories of Classification. Canon 1. Connected or coherent groups of individuals are termed species, Canon 2. Species are grouped into genera; genera into tribes ; tribes into families ; families into orders ; orders into classes ; classes into phyla. Nore.—Order is preferable to cohort and phylum to division, conforming to zoological usage. Canon 3. When additional categories are necessary for the con- venient présentation of relationships, they are to be obtained by the recognition of intermediate groups, the names of which are formed by prefixing sub- to the names of the above principal categories. EXAMPLES.—Subspecies, subgenus, subfamily, suborder. Canon 4. Other terms, such as group, section, series, division, and branch, may be used for more convenient temporary ar- rangement under the above categories, but their names are » to have no validity in formal taxonomy. NoTEe.—The term variety is relegated to horticultural usage. 25 252 CopE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE Section IT, Formation of Names. Canon 5. Specific and subspecific names consist of Latin or Latinized adjectives or substantives, the latter being either nominatives in apposition or genitives. EXAMPLES. —Afookerianus ; europaeus ; vulgaris; heterophyllus; malvi- cola; Tulipifera; Tuna; Engelmanni,; Sonorae ; Trifolii Canon 6. Generic and subgeneric names consist of Latin or Latinized substantives, or equivalent terms. EXAMPLES.—fosa; Convolvulus; Hedysar Pistia: Liguidam- bar, Couroupita, Tsuga,; Gloriosa ; ue: “Mani Canon 7. Names for subtribes, orders, and pennies groups, are formed from names of component genera. (2) For names of tribes add -eae, of families -aceae, of orders -ales, to the stem of the generic name. EXAMPLES.—Aoseae; Rosaceae; Rosales. (6) For names of subtribes add -anae, of subfamilies -atae, of suborders -ares, to the stem of the generic name. EXAMPLES.—Rosanae; Rosatae; Rosares. Canon 8. Names for subclasses and higher groups consist of plural Latin or Latinized substantives. EXAMPLES.— Monocotyledones ; Angiospermae ; Pteridophyta. Section IIT, Publication of Names. Canon 9g. A specific or subspecific name is published when it has been printed and distributed with a description (or in palaeobotany a figure), or with a reference to a previously published description. EXAMPLES.—Coursetia arborea Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 183 (1859), is published with a description; Cynanchum nivale Nym. Syll. Fi. Eur. 108 nivale Boiss. & Heldr. ; Pterospermites Whitei Ward, Ann. Rep Surv, 6: 556. p/. 56, f. 5, 6 (1885), a fossil species, is published with a figure, but without a description (a) Names published for primary subdivisions of species are treated as subspecific names, however designated by their authors. ERE SiO we minima Marsh, Arb. Am. 68 (1785) 5 Scirpus maritimus B fluviatilis Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. ¥. 3: 324 (1836) 5 Zizia aurea var. erate aan '& Rose, Bot. Gaz. 12: 138 (1887) ; these are primary divisions of species, wae are recognizable as subspecies. | 3 CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 253 (6) In the transfer of a species from one genus to another the original specific name is retained, unless the result- ing binomial has been previously published. EXAMPLES.—Bromus giganteus L. Sp. Pl. 77, is Festuca gigantea (L.) Vill. Hist Pl. Dauph. 2: 110 (1787); Arum tise L. = Pl. 965, is to be known as Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Torr. Fl. N, Y. 239 (1843), not as AGE er atrorubens Blume, boughs 1: 97 (183 Laurus Sassafras L. Sp. Pl. 371, is to be known as Sassafras Sassafras (L.) Karst. Deutsch. FI. - (1881), not as Sassafras officinale Nees & Eberm. Handb. Med.-pharm. Bot. 2: 418 (1831); however, Schoenus pusillus Sw. sete —— & Sp. Pl. 20 (1788), when transferred to Ryn- chospora, Rynchospora pusilla (Sw.) Griseb. Kar. 123 (1857), beneuse prior to 1857 the same boowial had been used for an- other species, Rynchospora pusilla Chapm. (1849). (c) A subspecies elevated to specific rank retains the same name, unless the resulting binomial has been previously published. PS a 5 ee — EXAMPLES.—Sfarganium simplex androcladum Engelm. in A. | Gray, Man. ed. 5, 481 (1867), if regarded as a distinct species, becomes Sparganium androcladum (Engelm.) Morong, Bull. Torrey Club, 15 : | q 78 (1888) ; however, Juncus acuminatus robustus Engelm. Trans. Acad, } Sci. St. Louis, 2: 463 (1868), does not become Juncus robustus (Engelm. ) Coville in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 1: 395 (1896), because prior to 1896 the binomial had been used for another species, Juncus robustus S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14: 302 (1879) Canon 10. A generic or subgeneric name is published when it has been printed and distributed (1) with a generic or specific description (or in palaeobotany a figure) and a binomial spe- cific name, (2) witha generic and specific name and the citation of a previously published description, or (3) with a reference to a specific description, which is associable by citation with a previously published binomial species. EXAMPLES, —Pachysandra Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 177 la is pub- lished with a generic and specific description and a binomial speci er Brasenia Schreb. ex Gmel. Syst. 2 : 853 (1791), is published with a generic de- scription and a binomial specific name ; Si/phium L. Sp. Pl. 919 ( 1753), is pub- Schloth. lished with a ongr pesgage and a binomial specific n name ; y Fpmeates the previously published ae lypodium Filix-mas L. Sp. Pi. (1753), inas- much as both Adanson and Linnaeus cite Fz/ix mas of F neg 254 CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE Canon 11. Names of subtribes, orders, and intervening groups are published when they have been printed and distributed with direct or indirect citations of sige genera. EXAMPLES.—Moraceae Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 266 (1847), is published with the citation of component genera ; ee Eagle Syll. ed. 2, 63 (1898), is published with the citation of component gen CaANoNn 12. A name is not published by its citation in synonymy, or by incidental mention. EXAMPLES.—L£cheveria spicata, cited by De Candolle, Prodr. 3: 349 (1828), as a synonym of Fougutera formosa, is not published, and does not in- validate Echeveria DC. published on page 401 of the same volume ; 4crosti- chum Plumieri ‘* Desv. herb.,’’ cited as a synonym of 4. viscosum in Fée, Mém Fam. Foug. 2: 46 (1845), is not published, and arg not invalidate Acrostichum Plumieri Fée, published as a species on e of the same work; Hormisus opuntioides Targ., cited by Bertoloni, Amoen. aad 316 (1819), as a synonym of Fucus Sertolara Bertol. (= Halimeda Tuna), is not thereby publishe Canon 13. Of names published in the same work and at the same time, those having precedence of position are to be regarded as having priority. EXAMPLES.—A/sine L. Sp. Pl. 272, is to be regarded as having priority over Stel/aria L. Sp. Pl. 421; Aira spicata L. Sp. Pl. 63, is to be regarded as having ipa over Aira oticue aL. Sp. Pl. 64; Hibiscus Moscheutos L. Sp. 693, is to be regarded as having priority over H/. palustris, which it precedes on the same page. Section IV. Application of Names. Canon 14. The nomenclatorial type of a species or subspecies is the specimen to which the describer originally applied the name in uaoeeag EXAMPLES.—Polypodiun z L. Sp. Pl. 1091, is typified by the desig- nation of a specimen collected in p OES Kalm; Stachys arenicola Britton, Man. 792 (1901), is typified by the designation of a specimen from Staten Island, New York ; Carex intumescens Fernaldii Bailey, Bull, Torrey Club, 20: 418 (1893), is typified by a specimen collected at Cedar Swamp, naeuile County, Maine, by M. L. Fernald. (a) When more than one specimen was originally cited, the type or group of specimens in which the type is included may be indicated by the derivation of the name from that of the collector, locality or host. MPLES.— Eriogonum Porteri Small, Bull. Torrey Club, 25:41 feb is chad on several specimens, of which the one collected by T. C. Porter is the type; Gat//ardia arizonica A. Gray, Syn. Fl, N. Am. 17: CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 255 353 (1884), is based on several specimens, of which the one collected by Palmer in Arizona is the type; Cuscuta Cephalanthi Engelm. Am, Jour Sci. 43: 336 (1842), is based on specimens from several hosts, of bic the one from Cephalanthus is the type (6) Among specimens equally eligible, the type is that first figured with the original description, or in default of a figure the first mentioned. EXAMPLES.—Calyptridium roseum S, Wats. Bot. King’s Exp. 44. Pl.6, f. 6-8 (1871), is based on at least three specimens, of which ihe one figured is the type ; Arn vifolia Hook. Fl. Bor, Am. 1 : 331 (1833), is based on two specimens, neither of which is figured, and the one first mentioned, which was collected by Drummond in alpine woods of the ocky Mountains, is the type. (c) In default of an original specimen, that represented by the identifiable figure or (in default of a figure) description first cited or subsequently published, serves as the type. XAMPLES.— Trillium sessile I. Sp. Pl. 340, is based on three cita- tions, of which the second is the pide sii! nape by a figure ; Centaurea Scabiosa L. Sp. Pl. 913, i mber of citations, of which the first mentioned is the ict as no ‘aun are cited. Canon 15. The nomenclatorial type of a genus or subgenus is the species originally named or designated by the author of the name. If no species was designated, the type is the first bi- nomial species in order eligible under the following provisions : (2) The type is to be selected from a subgenus, section or other list of Assen originally designated as typical. Exa —Psilogramme Kuhn, Festschr. 50-Jahr. Jub. Kénigs. Gace zu ais. 5 332 (1882), is typified by the first mentioned species of the second section Zupstlogramme, and not from species ee in the first section Jamesonia, which is ae n a generic name previously pub- lished; Phania DC. Prodr. 5: 114 ( RN is typified by P. ere DC., the only species of ree ain Eupha (6) A figured species is to be selected ea than an unfig- ured species in the same work ; or, in the absence of a figure, preference is to be given to a species accompanied by the citation of a figure. EXAMPLES.—Lespedeza Michx. Fl. Bor, Am. 2: 70 (1803), is typi- typified by Randia tetracantha (Cav.) DC., the second species cited, as this had been figured by Cavanilles, whereas Randia Humboldtiana DC., the species first mentioned by Hooker, had not been figured. 256 CopDE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE (c) The types of genera adopted through citations of nonbi- nomial literature (with or without change of name), are to be selected from those of the original species which receive names in the first binomial publication. The genera of Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum (1753) are to be typified through the citations given in his Genera Plan- tarum (1754). Notre.—The Species Plantarum contains no generic references, but the 1754 edition of the Genera Plantarum was evidently prepared at the same ee = was in — a yen sereraeed volume of the same work. It than other editions with the treatment followed in the Species Plantarum, and thus makes it possible to retain more of the Linnaean a names in their current application. Ex ES.—Cypripedium L. Sp. Pl. 951, 2 genus adopted from refort with a change of his name Ca/cco/us, is typified by Fae gt Catccutis, the only species common to both authors; Sese/i L. Sp. a genus adopted from B oerhaave, | is typified by the second spices of Linnaeus, Seseli montanum, which is the first in Linnaeus of the — common to both authors; Sz/eme L. Sp. Pl. 416, a genus adopted fro Dillenius with a change of his name Viscago, is weno by Silene cesiied the first in Linnaeus of the thirteen species figured by Dillenius; /r7tz/- Jaria L. Sp. Pl. 303, a genus adopted from Tournefort, is typified by the fifth species of Linnaeus, fritillaria Meleagris, which is one of the three species included in /riti//aria by both authors, and is selected from these three am it is the one figured by Tournefort. (d) When a prebinomial generic name is displaced by the (e ) publication of a generic name within binomial usage, the application of the displaced name to a species under the new aA name designates the type. EXAMPLE.—Dianthus L. Sp. Pl. 409, a genus adopted from Tourne- fort with a sae as eof his name Gadatiad: is typified by Dianthus Caryophyllus, one of the fifteen original species of Linnaeus. The application to a genus of a former specific name of one of the included species, designates the type. XAMPLES.—Amsonia Walt. Fl. Car. 98 (1788), is typified by Taternaenonana Amsonia L., one of its two fey species ; Sordarta Ces. & DeN. C + Soc. Critt.. tal, vere is typified by Sphaeria Sordoria 1 Fr. r., one of its twelve etka spec (/) To avoid change in the current iia: o a Linnaean generic name, a well-known economic species may be selected as the type, in accordance with the principle stated by Linnaeus (Phil. Bot.197. 1751): ‘Si genus receptum, secundum jus naturae et artis, in plura dirimi | CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 257 debet, tum nomen antea commune manebit vulgatissimae | et officinali plantae.”’ \ EXAMPLES.—/oa L. Sp. Pl. 67, is typified by P. pratensis L., the commonest of its original species ; Jo//ugo L. Sp. Pl. 89, is typified by AZ. | verticillata L., the commonest of its original species Section V. Rejection of Names. | Canon 16. A name is rejected when preoccupied (homonym). (2) A specific or subspecific name is a homonym when it has | been published for another species under the same ge- neric name. Two subspecies of the same genus shall . not retain the same name. _ ExaMPLes.—Acer saccharinum Wang. Amer, 36. p/. 2 i ie mO (1787), is a homonym of Acer saccharinum L. Sp. Pl. 1055 (1753); Vac- | cinium myrtilloides Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 32 (1834), is a prog of Vaccinium myrtilloides Michx. Fl. Bor, Am. 1: 234 (1803), and is rejected whether the latter species is regarded as distinct or not; Juncus nodosus megacephalus Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2: 326 (1843), is a homonym of Juncus megacephalus M. A. Curtis, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 1 : 132 (1835) ; oo iia ( Walt.) Britton, Mem. Torrey Club, 5 : 31 A ica ae is a hom f Chrysopsis pilosa Nutt. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 7: 66 iia,» ne is to be rejected, notwithstanding the fact that Ergot Pilosum Walt. was published in 1788; Carex scoparia moniliformis Tuckerm. Enum. Meth. Car. 17 (1843), a Carex straminea moniliformis Tuckerm, /oc. ci#., can not both be maintained. () A generic or subgeneric name is a homonym when previ- ously published, or proposed in print, for another genus. EXAMPLES.— Jorreya Arn. Ann, Nat. Hist. 1: 130 (1838), isa homo- nym of Zorreya Raf. Am. Mo, Ma ag. 3: 356 (1818), < Torreya Raf. Jour. Phys. 89 : 105 (1819), of Ss Anat Neue Entdeck. 2: 121 (1821), and of Zorreya Eat. Man. ed. 5, 420 (1829); Aivularia Ag. Syn. Alg. Scand. xxxviii (1817), is a Ae of Rivularia Roth, Cat. I : 212 (1797); esaea Lamour. Nouv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 3: 185 (1812), is a homonym of Mesaea Commers. ex Juss. Gen. Pl. 332 (1789); Bul/i- arda DC, Bull. Soc. Philom. 349: 1 (1801), is a homonym of Budliarda Neck. Elem. 2: 321 (1790). (¢) Similar names are to be treated as homonyms only when a aes they are mere variations in the spelling of the same word ; or in the case of specific and subspecific names, when they i differ iad in — or genitive termination. t EXAMPLES. — Penicil/us and Penicillium, Callitriche and Calothrix, Nemastylis ake Nadie Pterigophyllum and Pteridophyllum, may be maintained ; Cyathophora and Cyathophorum, Asterocarpus and Astro- carpus can not be maintained. Greenei and Greeni, named for different 258 CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE persons, Greene and Green, may be maintained in the same genus; vr- ginicus, virginianus and virginiensis, oreganus and oregonensis, Hookeri and Hookerianus, can not be maintained in the same genus. Canon 17. A name is rejected when there is an older valid name based on another member of the same group (metonym). EXxAMPLES.—Meibomia Heist. ex Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 509 (1763), is based on Hedysarum canadense L. Sp. Pl. 748, and Desmodium Desv. Jour. de Bot. Desmodium is to be rejected; Boletopsis P. Henn. Nat. Pflanzenf. 11**: 194 (1899), cannot stand as a genus to include a section bearing the name Boletinus Kalchb., the latter having en ge a as a genus in 1877; Sisymbrium aap L. Sp. Pl. 659 53)> rium Sinapistrum Crantz, Stirp. r. ed. 2, 52 (1769), and ile ae ate Jacq. Coll. 1: 70 “(1786), rome different types, but if these are regarded as atta to the same species, the two later names are metonyms of that of Linnae Canon 18. A name is rejected when there is an older valid name based on the same type (typonym). ExaMPLes.—Afiegia Pers. Syn. 1: 101 (1805), is a typonym of Arunai- naria Michx. Fl, Bor. Am. 1: 1803), both parti based on the same spe- cies; Asplenium Vincentis Christ, Bot. Jahrb. 24: 109 (1897), is a typonym of A. Guildingit Jenm. Gard. Chron. III. 70 hoes both being based on H. H. Smith’s 20. 1746 from St. Vince Canon 19. A name is rejected when the natural group to which it applies is undetermined (hyponym). (a) A specific or subspecific name is a hyponym when it has not been connected with a description identifiable by diagnostic characters or by reference to a type specimen, figure or locality. EXAMPLES. —Gentiana hybrida Raf. Med. Rep. II. 5: 353 (1808); isa hyponym, as no diagnosis is published ; Lechea furfuracea Raf. New Fl. Am. 1: 92 (1836), is a hyponym, as its description is not identifiable. (6) A generic or subgeneric name is a hyponym, when it is not associable, at least by specific citation, with 4 binomial species previously or simultaneously published ; or when its type species is not identified. EXAMPLES.—Adodendrum Necker, Elem. 1: 214 (179°); and Cale- stam Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 446 (1763), are hyponyms, because their authors neither named a binomial species nor cited a species which had pre- viously received a binomial name; Vudilus Raf. Atl. Jour. 176 (1833), . hyponym, as its type species, XN. paradoxus, has not been identified. CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 259 ParT III. OrrHoGRAPHY AND CITATION. Section I, Orthography. 1. The original orthography of names is to be maintained, except ‘in the following cases ; the change not to affect priority. (2) Manifest typographical errors may be corrected. EXAMPLES.—Scoria Raf. isa misprint for Hicoria ; Rumhora Raddi is a misprint for Rumohra, named for K. von Rumohr athe a ee Adjectival names of species and subspecies agree in gender with the generic name with which they are associated. EXAMPLES. oe eet eae = great oo? (L.) Meissn.; Szsy is (L. ) Bess. (¢) Generic names derived from personal names should be feminine, and if originally of other forms should be corrected. ExAmPLes.—Lippius S. F. Gray, Kantius S. F. Gray, Pallavicinius S. F. Gray, should be changed to Lippia, Kantia, and Pallavicinia an yet date from 1821 when originally published. (2) In the case of names proposed in works in which v and j were used as vowels or uand i as consonants they should be corrected to agree with modern usage. EXAMPLES.—Euonymus, not Evonymus ; Naias, not Najas; Neu- tani not Mevropteris; Rivularia, not Riuularia (Rivel aria); Jungia, ungia 2. Generic names ‘i seid be written with initial capital letters. EXAMPLES.—Desfontainea, not desFontainea ; Durvillaea not a’ Urvillaea, 3. If capital letters are to be used for specific names they should be employed only for substantives and for adjectives derived from personal names. EXAMPLES,—Asplenium Trichomanes L.; Uromyces Trifoltt ( Hedw. ) Lév.; Trichomanes Smithii Hook. ; Galium Boryanum Walp. 4. The publication of names of bilingual derivation should be avoided, but published names are not to be rejected on ac- count of such derivation. EXAMPLES. — — is Latin-Arabic; /imbristylis is Latin-Greek ; Actiniceps is eeuctake 5. The names of hybrids may be written as follows: (2) A hybrid may be named by placing the names of the 260 CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE parent species or subspecies in alphabetical order, con- nected by the sign x ; but in hybrids experimentally pro- duced, or in which the sex of the parents is known, the female parent is to be written first, and the sex indicated by the signs 9, ¢. EXAMPLES. — Carex debilis « virescens; Digitalis lutea 2 X pur- purea g. (4) A hybrid may be named when desirable like a species or subspecies, provided the binomial or trinomial is preceded by the sign x, designating it as a hybrid. EXAMPLE. — X Salix capreola Kern. (c) A hybrid between species of different genera may be named by attaching the specific name to the generic name of the female parent, or, if the sex of the parents is unknown, to the generic name vig first in alpha- betical order. EXamPLe. — X Ammophila baltica Link = Ammophila arenaria X< Calamagrostis Epigeios. (2) A hybrid derived from parents one or both of which are of hybrid origin, may be named by including the name of the hybrid parent in parentheses. EXAMPLE. — Salix (aurita < repens) XX cinerea. (e) Preponderance of one parent over the other may be desig- nated by the signs >, <. EXAamPLes. — Mentha longifolia > X< rotundifolia ; Mentha longi- folia % < rotundifolia. Section IT, Citation of authors. 1. An author-citation following a name refers to the author by whom the name was first published ; the author’s name may be abbreviated, but never in such a manner as to result in ambiguity. EXAMPLES. — Spreng. for Sprengel, not Spr., to distinguish from Spruce and others; Michx. for Michaux, not Mich., eee from Micheli; S. Wats- for Sereno Watson, to distinguish from H. Cc. W 2. In the following cases the name of ie ree author should appear in parentheses, followed by that of the author who first published the name in its accepted form and application. CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 261 (2) A specific name originally combined with a different generic name, or a subspecific name originally combined sare a different binomial. ES.—Moneses uniflora (L.) A. Gray, for the plant originally Pepe as eee unifiora by Linnaeus and subsequently first published as Moneses uniflora by Asa Gray; Chondrophora nauseosa glabrata (A Gray) Rydberg for Bigelovia graveolens var. glabrata (2) A generic name adopted through citation hon a publi- cation issued prior to the first edition of Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum (1753). XAMPLES,—Linnaea (Gronov.) L.; Amthoceros (Mich.) L.; Vale- rianella (Tourn.) Poll, (c) A name applied to a category different from that in which it was first proposed. MPLES.— Salix cordata angustata (Pursh) Anders., originally Salix ot iI Pursh; Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd., originally Actaea a gs t.; Ardista subg. pipet Vee , Mez, origin- ally genus Pickeringia Nutt.; Kaphidostegium (Br. & Sch.) De Not., originally Riswhadasin subg. Raphidostegium Br. & ty 3. A comma between the name of the plant and the name of the author is undesirable. EXAMPLES.—Rumex L., not Rumex, L.; Phacelia congesta Hook., Phacelia scone, Hook. ; //ysanthes dubia (L. ) Barnhart, not //ysanthes oe (L.), B CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE Une Commission de Nomenclature fut nommée par le Club Botanique de l’Association Américaine pour l’Avancement des Sciences, dans une réunion tenue a Washington, D. C., le 2 Jan- vier, 1903. Dans cette réunion une série de régles de nomen- clature était présentée et renvoyée a la Commission, qui a examiné soigneusement tous les principes en jeu, et a essayé |l’application de ces principes a toutes sortes de cas. La Commission a trouvé que, dans le but d’obtenir des données plus exactes, et pour ar- river 4 des résultats plus satisfaisants, un nouvel arrangement et quelques modifications aux régles proposées a cette réunion de Washington étaient jugés convenables. Les principes ont été soigneusement comparés a ceux qui ont été énoncés dans les Lois de la Nomenclature adoptées au Congrés de Botanique de Paris en 1867, et au Congrés de Botanique réuni a Génes en 1892, ainsi qu’aux propositions faites par divers groupes de botanistes et par des particuliers, pendant les quelques années passées ; les methodes suivies par les zoologistes ont été également étudiées ; le tout, en vue d’obtenir un code de nomenclature qui puisse Satisfaire aussi bien que possible tous les interéts en jeu. L’action du Congrés international de Botanique tenu a Paris en 1900, d@aprés laquelle le sujet de la nomenclature doit étre soumis au Congrés international devant avoir lieu A Vienne en 1905, a été prise en considération, et la décision prise a ce Congres de baser un nouveau systéme de régles sur celles qui avaient été adoptées Par le Congrés de Paris en 1867, a regu notre attention toute speciale. Cette action projette la modification des Lois de Paris de 1867, dans ses différents articles, par amendement, suppression ©u substitution. Nous avons trouvé, d’ailleurs, que les Lois de Paris de 1867 ne peuvent s’adapter d’une maniére satisfaisante a la Modification ci-dessus indiquée, pour les raisons suivantes: que leur disposition n’est pas philosophique a en juger par l’experience et les connaissances modernes ; que beaucoup de principes im- pPortants n’y sont pas reconnus ou y recoivent en somme une con- sidération trop restreinte; et qu'il s’y rencontre. un manque 264 CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE d’exposé exact et défini, lequel conduit a l’equivoque. Nous recommandons donc, et avons l’intention de proposer au Congres de Vienne en 1905, que conformément aux dispositions du comité d’organisation du Congrés de 1905, le code de lois de 1867 soit amendé par la suppression de tous ses articles et la substitution du code ci-joint. J. C. Arruur, professeur de physiologie et pathologie végétale, Purdue Unt- ity. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, védacteur, Torrey Botanical Club. N. L. Britton, directeur, New York Botanical Garden STEWARDSON BROWN, comservateur des collections Matawan’ Academy of Natural soir of Philadelphia FREDERIC E, CLEMENTS, Sruksioriridioue de botanigue, State University of Nebraska. O. F. Cook, botaniste chargé d’ investigations d’ agriculture tropicale, United States Department of ahaa ; conservateur-adjoint (cryptogamie), United States National Muse a M. CouLtTER, frofesseur de or ho University of Chicago, rédac- teur, Botanical hati ¥ REDERICK V. COVILLE, boiaseisle en chef, United States oe of Agriculture ; conservateur, United States National Herbari Bey Beate gee Estacién Agronémica Central de Cuba. ALEXANDER W. EVAns, frofesseur-adjoint de botanigue, Yale Univ: TRACY “ HAZEN, vipliltew? de botanigue, Barnard College, ane "Uni- ver. ARTHUR, Seam. conservateur-adjoint ( paléobotanigue), New York Bo- te MARSHALL A. Howe, conservateur-adjoint (algues), New York Botanical Garden ;, rédacteur, Torreya. F. H. KNowiton, United States Geological Survey; conservateur ( plante a Ie United States National Museum. GEORGE T. Moore, physiologiste — du Laboratoire de physiologie vége- tale, United pot Department of Agriculture ; conservateur (algues), United States National pote rium E. L. Morris, chef du departement we biologie des Ecoles supérieures de Washington (D. C.). WILLIAM ALPHONSO MurRRILL, New York Botanical Garden H. H. Russy, professeur de physiologie, botanique et madiore médicale, et doyen de la Faculté, College of Pharmacy of the City of New York. C. L. SHear, phytopathologiste, sieges States naiouaee of Agriculture. WILLIAM TRELEASE, directeur, Missouri Botanical Garden LucIEN M. UNDERWOOD, frofesseur de Facey Cadesnbie University Davip WHITE, United States Geological eres conservateur ( gale paleozoigues), United States National Mus WILLIAM F. WIGHT, assistant, botanique pero. United States De- partment of Agriculture. MEMBRES ET SUBSTITUTS DE LA COMMISSION DE NOMENCLATURE. CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE ParTIE I, PRINCIPES. I. Le but principal d’une nomenclature formelle en biologie sys- tématique est d’obtenir la stabilité, l’uniformité et la facilité dans la désignation des plantes et des animaux. 2. La nomenclature botanique est considérée comme commengant avec l’application générale de noms binaires aux plantes (Linné, Species Plantarum, 1753). 3. La priorité de publication est un principe fondamental de nomenclature botanique. Deux groupes de la méme catégorie né peuvent pas avoir le méme nom. NoTE.— L’emploi antérieur d’un nom en zoologie n bogie pas son emploi en botanique. 4. L’application d’un nom est déterminée par rapport a son type de nomenclature. PARTIE II. CANONS. Section I, Catégories de Classification. CANON 1, Groupes alliés ou cohérents d’ individus se nomment especes. CANON 2. Les espéces sont groupées en genres; les genres en tribus; les tribus en familles; les familles en ordres; les ordres en classes ; les classes en phyla. TE. — Ordre est bps a cohorte, et phylum 4 division, conformé- ment 4 l’usage zoologiqu CANON 3, Lorsque des crepe additionnelles sont nécessaires pour la présentation commode des relations, on les obtient en reconnaissant des groupes intermédiaires dont les noms se forment en ajoutant le préfixe sous- aux noms des catégories principales ci-dessus. EXEMPLEs. — Sous-espéce, sous-genre, sous-famille, sous-ordre. Canon 4. D’autres expressions telles que groupe, section, série, division et embranchement, peuvent étre employées pour un arrangement temporaire plus commode subordonné aux cate- gories ci-dessus, mais leurs noms ne peuvent étre valides en taxinomie formelle. NOTE, — L’ expression variété est reléguée a usage horticole. 265 266 CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE Section Il, Formation des Noms. Canon 5. Les noms spécifiques et sous-spécifiques consistent en adjectifs ou substantifs latins, ou latinisés, ces derniers étant soit des nominatifs en apposition, ou des génitifs. EMPLES.— Hookerianus ; europaeus ; vulgaris ; heterophyllus; malvicola; Tulipifera,; Tuna; Engelmanni,; Sonorae; Trifolit. Canon 6. Les noms génériques et sous-génériques consistent en substantifs latins ou latinisés, ou en mots équivalents. EXEMPLES, — Rosa; Convolvulus; Hedysarum ; tried Ligquidam- bar, Couroupita; Tsuga,; Gloriosa, Impatiens; Mani Canon 7. Les noms des sous-tribus, ordres, et groupes intermé- diaires sont formés des noms des genres constituants. (2) Pour les noms de tribus ajouter -eae, de familles -aceae, d’ordres -ales, au theme du nom générique. EXEMPLES, — Roseae; Rosaceae; Rosales. (4) Pour les noms de sous-tribus ajouter -anae, de sous-famil- les -atae, de sous-ordres -ares, au theme du nom génerique. EXEMPLES. — Rosanae; Rosatae; Rosares. Canon 8. Les noms des sous-classes et groupes plus élevés con- sistent en substantifs latins ou latinisés, au pluriel. EXEMPLES. — Monocotyledones ; Angiospermae; Pteridophyta. Section III. Publication des Noms. Canon g. Un nom spécifique ou sous-spécifique est considéré comme publié quand il a été imprimé et distribué avec une description (ou en paléobotanique une figure), ou bien avec un renvoi a une description publiée antérieurement. EXEMPLES. — Coursetia arborea Griseb. F1, Brit. W. Ind. 183 (1859), est publié avec une reper Cynanchum nivale Nym. Syll. F1. Eur. 108 (1855), est publié avec un renvoi A Vincetoxicum nivale Boiss. & Heldr., publié anté- rieurement ; pa meer Whitet Ward, Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 6: 559- pl. 56, - 5, 6 (1885), une espéce fossile, est publiée avec figure, mais sans descript (a) tes noms publiés pour des subdivisions primaires d’espeéces sont considérés comme des noms sous-spécifiques, de quelque maniére — aient été désignés par leur auteur. EXEMPLES. — Juglans alba minima Marsh. Arb. Am. 68 (1785) 5 Scirpus maritimus B fuviatilis Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. ¥. 3: 324 (1836) 5 Zizia aurea var. Bebbii Coult. & Rose, Bot. Gaz. 12: 138 (1887) ; ces CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE 267 exemples montrent des divisions primaires d’espéces qu’on peut recon- naitre comme sous-espéces. (6) Dans le transfert d’une espéce d’un genre dans un autre, on maintient le nom princeps spécifique 4 moins que le nom binaire résultant n’ait été publié antérieurement. S. — Bromus giganteus L. Sp. Pl. 77, est Festuca gigantea (L.) mn es Pl. Dauph. 2: 110 (1787) ; Arum triphyllum L. Sp. Pl. 965, doit étre connu sous le nom de Arisaema triphyllum m (L.) Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2: 239 (1843), et non de Arisaema atrorubens Blume Rainehia 1:97 (1835); Laurus Sassafras L. Sp. Pl. 371, doit étre connu sous le nom de Sassafras igs se ) Karst. Deutsch. Fl. 505 (1881), et non de Sassafras officinale Nees & Eberm. Handb. Med.-pharm. Bot. 2: 418 (1831) ; cependant, iii! pusillus ian Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl. 20 (1788), quand on le transfére 4 Aynchosfora, ne doit pas étre connu sous le nom de ot rina pene (Sw.) Griseb. Kar. 123 (1857), parce que avant 1857, le méme nom binaire avait été employé pour une autre espéce, Rynchospora pam ae ney (1849 (c) Une sous-espéce élevée au rang d’espéce conserve le méme nom a moins que le nom binaire résultant n’ait été publié antérieurement. EXEMPLES. — Sparganium simplex androcladum Engelm. in A, Gray, Man. ed. 5, 481 (1867), si on le considére comme une espéce dis- tincte, devient Sparganium androcladum (Engelm.) Morong, Bull. Torrey Club, 15: 78 pete: ; cependant, Pee acuminatus robustus Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 2 : 463 (1868), ne devient pas Juncus robus- tus (Engelm.) Cénilic in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 1: 395 (1896), parce que avant 1896, le nom binaire avait été employé pour une autre espéce, Juncus robustus 8. Wats. Proc, Am. Acad. 14: 302 (1879 Canon 10. Un nom générique ou sous-générique est considere comme publié quand il a été imprimé et distribué (1) avec une description générique ou spécifique (ou en paléobotanique une figure) et un nom binaire spécifique, (2) avec un nom géné- tique et spécifique et la citation d’une description publi¢e anté- rieurement, ou (3) avec un renvoi a une description spécifique, qu’on peut associer par citation a une espéce binaire publice antérieurement. Brasenia Schreb. ex Gmel. Syst. 2: 853 (1791), est publié avec une ite générique et un nom binaire secises ae L. Sp. Pl. 919 (1753), est publié avec une desc cription spécifique et un nom binaire spécifique ; Poacites Schloth. Petrefact. 416. pl. 26, f. I, 2 Pe un genre fossile, est publié avec 268 CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE figures et un nom binaire spécifique, mais sans description; Vyssa L. Sp. Pl. 1058 (1753), est publié avec un nom générique et spécifique et la citation d’une description publiée antérieurement ; Dryofteris Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 20 (1763), est publié avec renvoi 4 une description sages qu’on peut laote par cita- tion avec Polypodium Filix-mas L. Sp. Pl. 1090 (1753), a antérieurement, puisque Adanson et Linné citent tous deux Fi/ix mas de Fuc Canon 11. Les noms de sous-tribus, ordres et groupes intermé- diaires sont considérés comme publiés quand ils ont été im- primés et distribués avec citation directe ou indirecte des genres constituants. EXemMPLEs. — Moraceae Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 266 (1847), est publié avec citation des genres constituants; Ophioglossales Engler, Syll. ed. 2, 63 (1898), est publié avec citation des Kee constituants. CaNoN 12. Un nom n’est pas considéré comme publié par sa seule citation en ae ou par une mention casuelle. EMPLES. — Echeveria spicata, cité par DeCandolle, Prodr. 3: 349 Plumieri ‘* Desv. herb,’’, cité comme synonyme de A. viscosum dans Fee, m, Fam. Foug. 2: 46 (1845), n’est pas publié, et ne rend pas invalide Acrostichum Plumieri Fée, publié comme espéce a la page 50 du méme ouvrage ; misus opuntioides Targ., cité par Bertoloni, Amoen. Ital. 316 1819), comme synonyme 8 Fucus Cae Bertol. (= Halimeda Tuna), n’est pas publié par ce seul f Canon 13. Parmi les noms rae. dans le méme ouvrage et en meme temps, ceux qui ont la précédence de position seront considérés comme ayant la priorité. EXEMPLES. — A/sine L. Sp. Pl. 272, doit étre considéré comme ayant la priorité sur Sre//aria L. Sp. Pl. 421; Aira spicata L. Sp. Pl. 63, doit étre con- sidéré comme ayant la priorité sur Aira spicata L. Sp. Pl. 64; Hibiscus Mos- cheutos L, Sp. Pl. 693, doit étre considéré comme ayant la priorité sur 4. palus- tris, qu’il précéde a la méme page. Section IV. Application des Noms. Canon 14. Le type de nomenclature d’une espéce ou sous-espece est le spécimen auquel |’auteur de la description a appliqué le nom originellement, lors de la publication. EMPLES. — Polypodium marginale L. Sp. Pl. 1091, est typifié par la désignation d’un spécimen recueilli au Canada par Kalm; Stachys arenicola ritton, Man, 792 pied est typifié par la désignation d’un spécimen venant de Staten Island, New ; Carex intumescens Fernaldii Bailey, Bull. Torrey ni 20: 418 as est ae par un spécimen recueilli a Cedar Swamp, oostook County, Maine, par M. L. Fernald. ee ee ee Tee aS a * - CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE 269 (2) Lorsque plus d’un spécimen ont été cités originairement, le type ou groupe de spécimens dans lequel le type est compris peut étre indiqué par la dérivation du nom de celui du collecteur, de la localité ou de |’hote. PLES. — Eriogonum Porteri Small, Bull. Torrey Club, 25: 41 (1808), est basé sur seam spécimens, dont le type est celui qui a - recueilli par T. . Porter; Gatllardia arizonica A. Gray, Syn. Am. 12: 353 (1884), est rie sur plusieurs spécimens, dont le celui qui a été recueilli dans |’Arizona par Palmer; Cuscuta Bip 3 Engelm. Am. Jour. Sci. 43: 336 (1842), est basé sur des spécimens provenant de -plusieurs ies dont le type est celui qui provient de Cephalanthus. (4) Entre les spécimens éligibles au méme degré, le type est celui figuré avec la description originale, ou a deéfaut de sate le premier mentionné. EMPLES. Bagesgiane% voseum S. Wats. Bot. King’s Exp. 44 pl. 6, i 6-8 (1871), est basé sur au moins trois apron dont celui qui est figuré est le type ; Arnica pat ifolia Hook, Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 331 (1833), est basé sur deux spécimens, ni ’un ni ba ice, et le pre- mier mentionné, celui qui a été recueilli par Drummond dans les bois alpins des Montagnes Rocheuses, est le type. (c) A défaut de spécimen original, celui qui est représenté par la premiére figure citée, dont on peut prouver I’identite, ou a défaut de figure, par la premiére description citée, ou a postérieurement, sert de type. LES. — Trillium sessile L. Sp. Pl. 340, est basé sur trois cita- tions, acai % seconde. typifie l’espéce, étant accompagnée d’une figure ; Centaurea Scabiosa L, Sp. Pl. 913, est basé sur un nombre de citations, dont la premiére mentionnée est le type, puisque on ne cite pas de figure. Canon 15. Le type de nomenclature d’un genre ou sous-genre est l'espéce nommée ou désignée originellement par l’auteur du nom, Si aucune espéce n’a été désignée, le type est la pre- mi¢re espéce binaire aprés l’application des conditions sui- vantes : (2) Le type doit étre choisi dans un sous-genre, une section, ou autre liste d’espéces désignées originellement comme haps LES. — Psilogramme Kuhn, Festschr. 50-Jahr. Jub. KGnigs. icietale zu ary 332 (1882), est typifié par l’espéce mentionnée en premier lieu dan seconde section Eufsifogramme, et non d’aprés des espéces social rigs la premiére section /amesonia, qui est baste sur un nom générique publié antérieurement; Pania DC. Prodr. 5: 114 270 CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE (1826), est typifié par P. maudticaulis DC., la seule espéce de la section Luphania. (6) Une espéce figurée doit étre choisie plutot qu’ une espéce sans figure, dans le méme ouvrage ; ou bien en cas d’ab- sence de figure, on doit donner la préférence a une espéce accompagnee par la citation ones asin EXEMPLES. — Lesfedeza Michx. FI. r. Am. 2: 70 (1803), est 0 par LZ. pene i Michx, Joc, = as 39 ag figurée en pre- r lieu; Basanacantha Hook, f. i nth. & Hook, Gen. Pl. 2: 82 Tai aie, est typifié par Randia sph aties (Cav.) DC., - seconde bee citée, car cette espéce a été figurée par Cavanilles, ‘ati que Randia Humboldtiana DC., Y espéce mentionnée la premiére par Hooker, n’avait : rée. (c) Les types de genres adoptés au moyen de citations de textes nonbinaires (avec ou sans changement de nom) doivent étre choisis parmi ceux des espéces originales qui recoivent des noms dans la premiére publication binaire. Les genres du Species Plantarum de Linné (1753) doivent etre typifiés au moyen des citations données dans son Genera Plantarum (1754). Note. — Le Species Plantarum ne contient aucune référence géné- rique, tandis que l’édition de 1754 du Genera Plantarum était évidemment préparée en méme temps et était en effet un volume complémentaire de l’ouvrage précédent. Le dernier ouvrage s’accorde beaucoup mieux que d’autres éditions avec le traitement suivi dans le Species Plantarum, et insi de conserver, un plus grand nombre des noms génériques de Linné dans leur application courante. EXEMPLES, — Cypripedium L. Sp. Pl. 951, un genre adopté d’aprés Tournefort, avec o. chsigetinnt du nom ere qu’il emploie, est typifié par Cypripedium Calceolus, la seule — commune aux deux auteurs ; Seselt L. Sp. Pl. pine un genre adopté d’aprés Boerhaave typifié par la seconde espéce de Linné, Sese/i montanum, qui est la premiére des x, iy commune aux deux auteurs; Silene L. Sp. Pl. 416, un genre adopté d’aprés Dillenius, avec changement du nom Viscago qu'il emploie, est typifié par Silene 3 qui est la premiére de Linné des treize espéces figurées par ; Fritillaria L. Sp. Pl. 303, un genre adopté d’aprés Tournefort, est pene par la quinquiéme espéce de Linné, Fritillaria Meleagris, qui est une des trois espéces de Fritil/aria com- munes aux deux auteurs, et elle est choisie parce qu’elle est l’espéce figurée par Tournefort, (2) Quand un nom générique pré-binaire est déplacé par la publication d’un nom générique compris dans |’usage binaire, l’application du nom déplacé a une espece sous le nouveau nom geénérique designe le type. CoDE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE 271 EXEMPLE. — Dianthus L. Sp. Pl. ie un genre adopté d’aprés Panncon avec changement du nom Caryophyllus qu’il emploie, est typifié par Dianthus Caryophylius, une des quinze espéces originales de Linné, (e) L’application a un genre d'un ancien nom spécifique d’une des espéces comprises, désigne le type. LES. — dimsonia Walt. Fl. Car. 98 (1788), est typifié per oer. Amsonia L., une ses a espéces originales Sordaria Ces. & DeN, Com See. Crit. Ital. 1: 225 (1863), est typifié par Sphaeria Sordaria Fi., ds une de ses douze aes etl (/) Pour éviter le changement dans l’application courante d’un nom générique de Linné, une espéce utile bien connue peut etre choisie comme type selon le principe énoncé par Linné (Phil. Bot. 197. 1751): “Si genus receptum, secundum jus naturae et artis, in plura dirimi debet, tum nomen antea commune manebit vulgatissimae et officinali plantae.”’ EXEMPLES. — Poa L, Sp. Pl. 67, est typifié par P. pratensis L., la plus commune des espéces originales; A/o//ugo L. Sp. Pl. 89, est typifié par WV. verticillata L., la plus commune des wt originales. Section V. Rejet des Noms. Caxox 16. Un nom est rejeté quand il a été employé antérieure- ment (homonyme). (2) Un nom spécifique ou sous-spécifique est un homonyme quand il a été publié pour une autre espéce sous le meme nom générique. Deux sous-espéces du meme genre ne doivent pas conserver le meme nom. EXEMPLES. — Acer saccharinum Wang. Amer. 36. /. 2, f- 26 (1787), est !homonyme de Acer pris as L. Sp. Pl. 1055 issi) : Se gent myrtilloides Hook. or. Am. 2: 32 (1834), est I'homo- ede Vaccinium myrtilloides rates Fl. Bor, Am. 1: 234 (1803), et doit étre rejeté, que l’on considére cette derniére a ag comme distincte ou Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 7: 66 (1834), et doit étre rejeté, malgré le fait que Zrigercn pilosum Walt. z publié en 1788 ; Carex scoparia monili- rmis Tuckerm. Enum. Meth. Car. 17 (1843), et Carex straminea monilt- Sormis Tuckerm. Joc. cit,, ne peuvent étre conservés tous (6) Un nom générique ou sous-générique est un homonyme quand il a été publié antérieurement, ou propose dans un texte imprimé, pour un autre genre. 272 CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE EXEMPLES, — Jorreya Arn. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1: = (1838), est Vhomonyme de Zorreya Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. 56 (1818), de Zorreya Raf. Jour. de Phys. 89: 105 (1819), de Torrey Sore tah ntdeck. 2: 121 (1821), et de Zorreya Eat. Man. ed. 5, 420 (1829); Rivularia Ag. Syn. Alg. Scand. xxxviii (1817), est rik de Rivularia Roth, Cat. 1: 212 (1797); Mesaea Lamour. Nouv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 3: 185 (1812), est homonyme de Nesaea Commers. ex Juss. Gen. PI. 332 (1789); Bulliarda DC. Bull. Soc. Philom. 39: 1 (1808), est Vhomonyme de Aul/liarda Neck. Elem. 2: 321 (1790). (c) Des noms semblables ne seront pas considerés comme homonymes excepté quand ils ne sont que de simples variations de l’orthographe du méme mot ; ou bien dans le cas de noms spécifiques et sous-spécifiques quand ils ne different que par la désinence adjective ou génitive. ExeEemMpLes, — Penicillus et Penicillium, Callitriche et Calothrix, Nemastylis et ear eidig pitta yllum et febaesieane etic: étre conservés ; Cyathophora et Cyathophorum, Asterocarpus sepsis ne peuvent étre conservés. Greene? et Greenit, dé rivés oe pee didicnie Greene et Green, peuvent étre conservés dans le méme el virginicus, virginianus et virginiensis, oreganus et oregonensis, Hookert et Hookerianus, ne peuvent étre conservés dans le méme genre Canon 17. Un nom est rejeté quand il y a un nom valable plus ancien, basé sur un autre membre du méme groupe (métonyme). EXEM — Meibomia Heist. ex Adans, Fam. Pl. 2: 509 (1783). = Ey sur plerestiees pea L. Sp. Pl. 748, et Desmodium Desv. Jour. ae 8 lh giane > aera est typifié par Hedysarum asperum Poi. eg a : enf. 11**; 194 ie ne peut étre maintenu comme genre, une seC- tion portant le nom Boletinus Kalchb., ce dernier ayant été établi comme genre en 1877; pig a ages aus L. Sp. Pl. 659 (1753), Sisymbrium Sin napis- trum — , Stirp. Austr. ed. 2, 52 (1769), et Sisymbrium pannonicum Jacq, Coll. 1: 70 (1786), ont bi ype différents, mais si ceux-ci sont considérés comme Se aciig a la e espéce, les deux derniers noms sont des mét- onymes de celui de inne Canon 18. Un nom est rejeté quand il y a un nom valable plus ancien basé sur le meme type (typonyme). Arundinaria Michs, Fl. Bor. his. ae ‘(1803), tous deux étant basés sur la méme espéce; Asplentum Vincentis Christ, Bot. Jahrb. 24: 109 (1897), est le typonyme de 4. Guildingii — Gard. Chron, III. 15: 70 (1894), tous acer étant basés sur le 20. 7746 de H. H. Smith, ssican de St. Vincent. Canon Ig. Un nom est rejeté quand le groupe naturel auquel le nom applique est indéterminé (hyponyme). CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE 273 (2) Un nom spécifique ou sous-spécifique est un hyponyme quand il n’a pas été rattaché a une description qui peut €tre identifice par des caractéres diagnostiques ou par renvoi a un spécimen, a une figure ou a une localité typique. EXEMPLES, — Gentiana hybrida Raf. Med. Rep. IL. 5: 353 (1808), est un hyponyme, car aucun diagnose n’en est publié; Lechea furfuracea Raf. New Fl. Am, 1: 92 (1836), est un hyponyme, car on ne peut en identifier la description. (2) Un nom générique ou sous-générique est un hyponyme quand on ne peut le rattacher, tout au moins par une citation spécifique, 4 une espéce binaire publiée anté- rieurement ou simultanément ; ou bien quand son espéce typique n’est pas identifiée. EXEMPLES. Re gripe Necker, Elem. 1: 214 (1790), et Ca/e- stam Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 1763), sont hyponymes, car leurs auteurs n’ont ni nommé d’ espéce nai, ni cité d’espéce qui ait regu antérieure- ment un nom binaire; Mudi/us Raf. Atl. Jour. 176 (1833), est un hy- ponyme, car son espéce plates: N. paradoxus, n’a pas été identifiée. Partie III. OrtTHOGRAPHE ET CITATION. Section I. Orthographe. 1. L’orthographe originale des noms doit étre maintenue excepté dans les cas suivants ; le changement ne devant en aucun cas porter atteinte a la priorité. (2) Les erreurs typographiques évidentes peuvent étre corri- gées. EXEMPLES, — Scoria Raf. est une faute d’impression au lieu de fficoria; Rumhora Raddi est une faute d’impression pour Rumohra, nommé d’aprés K. von Rumohr. (0) Noms de forme adjective d’espéces et de sous-especes s’accordent en genre avec le nom générique auquel ils sont associés, EXEMPLES. — Polygonum articulatum L,—= Polygonella articulata (L.) ocgay 5 Seema amphibium palustre L.= Roripa palustris (L.) B (c) Les noms cave ee dérivés de noms de personnes doi- vent étre féminins, et s’ils ont une autre forme primitive doivent étre corrigés. 274 CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE ExempLes. — Zippius S. F. Gray, Kantius S. F. Gray, Padlavi- cintus S, F. Gray, devraient étre changés en Lippia, Kantia, et Pallavi- cinia, et néanmoins conserver la date de 1821, quand ils furent d’abord publiés, (d) Dans le cas de noms proposés dans des ouvrages ou le v et le j sont employés comme voyelles, ou l’u et Vi comme consonnes, on doit les corriger pour les faire accorder avec l’usage moderne. EXEMPLES. — Exonymus et non Evonymus; Naias et non Najas; Neuropteris et non Nevropteris ; Rivularia et non Riuularia (Rivvlaria); ungia et non /ungia. 2. Les noms génériques doivent toujours commencer par des majuscules. EXEMPLES. — Desfontainea et non desFontainea ; Durvillaea et non @’ Ur- villaea. (os) Si les majuscules doivent étre employées pour les noms spéci- fiques, on doit les employer seulement pour les substantifs ou pour les adjectifs dérivés de noms d’hommes. ExeMPLes, — Asplenium Trichomanes L.; Uromyces Trifolit (Hedw. ) Lév.; Z7richomanes Smithii Hook. ; Galium Boryanum Walp a On devrait éviter la publication de noms dérivés de deux lan- gues, mais des noms déja publiés ne seront pas rejetes a cause d’une telle dérivation. EXEMPLES. — Liguidambar est Latin-Arabe; Fimbristylis est Latin-Grec 5 Actiniceps est Grec-Latin. UL Les noms d’hybrides peuvent étre écrits comme il suit: (2) Un hybride peut étre désigné en placant les noms des especes parentes par ordre alphabétique et en réunissant par le signe x ; mais dans les hybrides d’origine expe- rimentale, ou dans lesquels le sexe des parents est connu, le parent femelle doit étre écrit le premier, et le sexe indiqué par les signes ?, ¢. EXEMPLES. — Carex debilis X virescens ; Digitalis lutea 9 X pur purea . (4) Un hybride peut étre désigné, si l’on veut, comme une espéce Ou sous-espéce, pourvu que le nom binaire ow trinaire soit précédé du signe x, pour indiquer que c'est un hybride. EXEMPLE. — Salix capreola Kern. CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE 275 (c) Un hybride entre des espéces de genres différents peut étre désigné en ajoutant le nom spécifique au nom géné- rique qui a l’autre dans l’ordre alphabétique. EXEMPLE. — hii baltica Link = Ammophila arenaria K Pe nae “Epigeio (2) Un hybride provenant de parents dont un ou tous deux sont hybrides d’origine, peut étre désigné en intercalant le nom du parent hybride entre parenthéses. EXEMPLE, — Salix (aurita X repens) X cinerea, (e) La prépondérance de I’un ou de I’autre parent peut étre indiquée par les signes >,<. EXEMPLES. — Mentha longifolia > xX rotundifolia; Mentha longi- folia X<. rotundifolia. Section IT, Citation d’ auteurs. 1. Une citation d’auteur suivant un nom indique l’auteur par qu! le nom a été publié le premier ; le nom de l’auteur peut étre abrégé mais jamais de maniére a causer une équivoque. EXEMPLES. — Spreng. pour Sprengel, et non Spr., afin de distinguer de Spruce et d’autres; Michx. pour Michaux, et non Mich., afin de a de Micheli; S. Wats. pour Sereno Watson, afin de distinguer de H. C.. W 2. Dans les cas suivants le nom de l’auteur primitif doit étre a entre parenthéses, suivi par celui de l’auteur qui le premier a publié le nom sous sa forme et application acceptées. (2) Dans le cas d’un nom spécifique combiné d’abord avec un nom générique différent, ou un nom sous-spécifique com- biné d’abord avec un nom binaire différent. PLES. — Moneses uniflora (L.) A. Gray, pour la plante ori- ginairement décrite comme Pyrola uniflora par Linné et ensuite CIN pour la premiére fois comme Moneses uniflora par Asa Gray; Chon Phora bare tgs (A. Gray) Rydberg, pour Bigelovia coke var. glabrata A, (4) Dans le cas Pi nom générique adopté par citation d’aprés un ouvrage publié avant la premiére édition du Species Plantarum de Linné (1753). EXEMPLES. — Zinnaea (Gronov.) L.; Anthoceros (Mich.) L.; vhashaeets cice ) Poll. (¢) Dans le cas d’un nom appliqué a une catégorie differente de celle dans laquelle il a été proposé d’abord. 276 CODE DE LA NOMENCLATURE BOTANIQUE EXEMPLES. — Salix cordata angustata eae Anders., originaire- ment Salix angustata Pursh; Actaea ruéra ( Ait.) Willd., ceeene Actaea spicata var, rubra Ait.; Ardisia subg. Pickeringia ( Nutt.) Mez originairement genre Pickolnris Nutt.; Raphidostegium (Br, & Sch, ) De Not., originairement Riynchostegium subg. Raphidostegium Br. & Sch. 3. Une virgule entre le nom de la plante et le nom de |’auteur n’est pas a désirer. EXEMPLES. — Rumex L., et non Rumex, L.; Phacelia congesta Hook., et non Phacelia congesta, raps 5 Mysanthes dubia (L.) Barnhart, et non //ysanthes dubia, (L.), Barnh KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR In der Versammlung des botanischen Clubs der amerikanischen Gesellschaft zur Beférderung der Wissenschaften, gehalten am 2ten Januar, 1903, zu Washington, D. C., wurde eine Kommission fir Nomenklatur ernannt. In dieser Versammlung wurde eine Reihe von Regeln vorgeschlagen und an dieser Kommission ver- wiesen, welche alle in Betracht kommenden Prinzipien und die Anwendung derselben in jeder Richtung einer sorgfaltigen Priifung unterzogen hat. Zum Zwecke einer mehr pracisen Formulation und um zu einem befriedigenden Resultate zu gelangen fand diese Kommission dass eine neue Anordnung und eine Modification der auf der in Washington gehaltenen Versammlung vorgeschlagenen Regeln anzurathen sei, Diese Prinzipien wurden sorgfaltig ver- glichen mit denen enthalten in den Regeln der Nomenklatur ange- hommen auf den botanischen Kongressen in 1867 in Paris und in 1892 in Genua, ebenso mit Vorschlagen wie sie von verschiedenen Gruppen von Botanikern sowol wie von Einzelnen walrend der letzten Jahre gemacht waren; auch wurden die Methoden der Zoologen einem sorgfaltigen Studium unterworfen — alles dieses fir den alleinigen Zweck, um einen Kodex der Nomenklatur aus- zuarbeiten, der im Interesse aller Theile moglichst zufriendenstel- lend ist. Der Beschluss des Internationalen Kongresses zu Paris in 1900, nachdem die Nomenklatur auf den in 1905 in Wien abzuhal- tenden Kongress aufgenommen werden sollte, wurde von der Kom- Mission besonders in Erwagung gezogen und der damals ange- nommene Beschluss auf den vom Pariser Kongress von 1867 adoptirten Regeln neue Gesetze zu bauen wurde gleichfalls sorg- faltigst erwogen. Dieser Beschluss bedingt eine Modification der Pariser Gesetze durch Verbesserung, Abschaffung oder Substitu- tion verschiedener Artikel. Wir haben jedoch gefunden dass die Pariser Gesetze von 1867, genau genommen, sich den vorge- Schlagenen Aenderungen nicht anbequemen, da deren Anordnung im Lichte der neueren Erfahrungen und neueren Wissens nicht rational ist, und weil viele wichtige Prinzipien entweder nicht aner- kannt oder in zu oberflachlicher Erwagung gezogen sind; und 27 278 . KoODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR endlich, da ein Mangel von klarer Pracision viele in Zweifel lasst. Wir befiirworten daher und beabsichtigen auf dem Wiener Kon- gress von 1905 den Vorschlag zu machen dass der Kodex von 1867, in Uebereinstimmung mit den Verfigungen des Kommittees fir Organisation des Kongresses von 1905, dahin verbessert werde dass alle seine Artikel gestrichen und der beigefiigte Kodex substituirt werde. J. C. ARTHUR, Professor der Boteds: Phystologie und Pathologie, Purdue University. JOHN Hinouey BARNHART, Redacteur des Torrey Botanical Club, N.L. Britton, Direktor, New York Botanical Garden. STEWARDSON Brown, Konservator der Botanischen Abtheilung, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS, 7t//s- Professor der Botanik, University of Nebraska. O. F. Cook, Chef der Abtheilung fiir Botanische Untersuchungen in trop- ischer Agrikultur, U. S. Department of Agriculture ; Hilfs-Kurator (Arypiogamen), U. S. National Herbarium. Joun M. Coutter, Professor der Botanik, University of Chicago ; Redacteur der Botanical Gazette. FREDERICK V. CovILLe, Chef der Botanischen Abtheilung, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture ; Kurator, U. S. National Herbarium, F. S. Earnie, Direktor, Estacién Agronébmica Central de Cuba. ALEXANDER W. Evans, Hl/s-Professor der Botanik, Vale University. Tracy E. Hazen, Lehrer der Botanik, Columbia University. ArTHUR Ho.uick, Ailfs-Kurator (Paliobotanik), New York Botanical Garden. MarsHALt A. Howe, Ailfs-Kurator (Algen), New York Botanical Garden ; Redacteur der Torreya. F. H. KNowton, UW. S. Geological Survey ,; Kustos (Mesozoische Pflanzen), . S. National Museum GeorGeE T. Moore, Chef des Laboratoriums fiir Pflanzen-Physiologie, U. 5. Department of Agriculture; Kustos (Algen), U. S. National Museum. E. L. Morris, Chef der Biologischen Abtheilung an den Hochschulen 2u Washington, C. WILLIAM ALPHONSO MuRRILL, New York Botanical Garden. H. H. Russy, Professor der Physiologie, Botanik und Materia Medica, und Dekan der Facultat, College of Pharmacy of the City of New York. C. L. SHEAR, Pflanzen-Pathologe, U. S. Department of Agriculture. WILLIAM TRELEASE, Direktor, Missouri Botanical Garden. Lucien M. UNDERWOOD, Professor der Botanik, Columbia Untversi Davip Wuire, UW. S. Daa Survey ; Kustos (Palaiozoische og U. S. National Museu WILuIAM F. WiGur, poeny Abtheilung (Geographische Botanik), U. S. Department of Agriculture. MITGLIEDER UND STELLVERTRETER DER KOMMISSION FUR NOMENKLATUR,. 7 KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR Tey I. PRINZIPIEN. . Dauerhaftigkeit, Einheitlichkeit, und Bequemlichkeit in der Benennung von Pflanzen und Tieren zu sichern ist der Haupt- zweck formeller Nomenklatur in systematischer Biologie. coma bo . Die allgemeine Anwendung von binaren Namen zur Bezeich- nung von Pflanzen (Linné’s Species Plantarum, 1753) wird als der Anfangspunkt botanischer Nomenklatur betrachtet. Publikationsprioritat ist ein Grundprinzip botanischer Nomen- klatur. Zwei Gruppen ein und derselben Kategorie kénnen nicht denselben Namen tragen. MERKUNG. — Der vorhergehende Gebrauch eines Namens in — Zoolo- gie ao, dessen Gebrauch in der Botanik nicht Die Anwendung eines ~Namens ist rl Hinweis auf den nomenklatorischen Typus bestimmt. Ww ~ leit. Ti. Reerin: Sektion I. Kategorien der Klassifikation. REGEL 1. Verbundene oder zusammenhangende Gruppen von Individuen werden als Arten bezeichnet. REGeL 2, Arten werden in Gattungen gruppirt; Gattungen in Tribus; Tribus in Familien; Familien in Ordnungen ; Ord- nungen in Klassen; Klassen in Phyla. ANMERKUNG. — Dem zoologischem Gebrauch gemass ist Ordnung dem Namen Kohorte vorzuziehen, und Phylum dem Namen Division vorzuziehen. REGEL 3. Wenn noch weitere Kategorien zur bequemlichen Bezeichnung von Verwandtschaftsverhaltnissen notwendig sind, dann sind dieselben durch die Anerkennung von Zwi- schengruppen deren Namen durch die Hinzufiigung des Pra- fixes ‘unter’? zu den Namen der oben benannten Hauptkate- gorien gebildet werden zu erlangen. BEIsPIELE. — Unterart, Untergattung, Unterfamilie, Unterordnung. REcEL 4. Andere Bezeichnungen, wie Gruppe, Sektion, Reihe, Division, und Abteilung konnen zur bequemeren temporaren Anordnung in den oben benannten Kategorien angewandt werden aber diese Namen haben in formeller Systematik keine Giiltigkeit. 279 280 KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR ANMERKUNG. — Die Bezeichnung Varietat ist auf den Gebrauch in Garten- kunst verwiesen. Sektion Il. Bildung der Namen. ReEGEL 5. Arten- und Unterartennamen bestehen aus lateinischen oder latinisierten Adjektiven oder Substantiven, die letzteren vice als Nominative in a area oder als Genitive. LE. — Hookerianus ; eur sn eS is heterophyllus ; malvt- cola ; ae whens Tuna, Engelm se orae; Trifolit. ReGEL6. Gattungs- und Cae pease bestehen aus latei- nischen oder latinisierten Substantiven oder gleichwertigen Bezeichnungen. BEISPIELE. — Rosa; Convolvulus; Hedysarum,; Bartramia; Liqui- dambar ; Couroupita; Tsuga; Gloriosa; Impatiens ; Manihot. Recet 7. Die Namen der Untertribus, Ordnungen und Zwischen- gruppen werden nach einer Gattung derselben Gruppe gebildet. (2) Fir die Namen der Tribus figt man -eae, der Familien -aceae, und der Ordnungen -ales zum Wortstamme des Gattungsnamen. BEISPIELE. — Roseae; Rosaceae; Rosales. (6) Fir die Namen der Untertribus fiigt man -anae, der Unterfamilien -atae, und der Unterordnungen -ares zum Wortstamme des Gattungsnamens. BEISPIELE. — Rosanae; Rosatae; Rosares. REGEL 8. Die Namen der Unterklassen und hdheren Gruppen bestehen aus pluralen lateinischen oder latinisierten Sub- stantiven. BEISPIELE. — Monocotyledones ; Angiospermae; Pteridophyta. _Sektion Ill. Publikation der Namen. REGEL g. Ein Arten- oder Unterartenname gilt als publiziert wenn derselbe in Druckschriften in Verbindung mit einer Beschreibung (in der Palaobotanik mit einer Abbildung) oder mit Hinweis auf eine schon friither publizierte Beschreibung verteilt worden ist. BEISPIELE. — Coursetia arborea Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. a ce ist mit einer Beschreibung publiziert ; Cynanchum nivale Nym. Syl (1855), ist mit Hinweis auf rither beschriebene Bassi cia ee & Heldr. publiziert ; a Whitei Ward, Ann . §. Geol. Surv 6; 556. pl. 56, f. 5, 6 (1885), eine fossile Art, ist mit einer Abbildung patil ziert, aber ohne Beschreibung. KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR 281 (2) Die fir primare Unterabteilungen von Arten publizierten Benennungen werden als Unterartennamen behandelt wie auch immer dieselben von ihren Autoren betrachtet worden sein mdgen. BEISPIELE. — Juglans alba minima Marsh. Arb. Am. 68 (1785); Scirpus maritimus 3 fluviatilis Torr ig n. re N. Y. 3: 324 (1836) 3 Zizta aurea var. Bebbii Coult. & Rose . Gazi i122 si hei fs diese sind primare Divisionen der Arten, cues als Unterarten (4) Wird eine Art von einer Gattung in eine andere versetzt So wird der urspriingliche Artenname beibehalten, wenn das resultierende Binom nicht schon vorher publiziert worden ist. BEI E. — Bromus epee : dine Pl. 77, ist Festuca i EE (L.) vin, “Hise. Pl. Dauph. 2: 110 (1787); Arum triphyllum L. Sp. Pl. 965, muss Arisaema triphyllum (L. Tour FI,_N. ¥..a: ons (58), genannt peti nicht i atrorubens Blume, Rumphia, 1 (1835) ; rus Sassafras L. Sp. Pl. 371, muss Sassafras pst (L.) sci Deal FI. 505 tee heissen, nicht Sassafras officinale Nees & Eberm. Handb. Med.-pharm. Bot. 2: 418 (1831) ; Schoenus pustllus Sw. Nov. Gen. & Sp. a 20 (1788), indessen, zu Rynchospora versetzt, wird nicht Rynchospora pusilla (Sw.) Griseb. Kar. 123 (1857), genannt, da vor dem Jahre 1857 dasselbe Binom fiir eine andere Art, Rynchospora pusilla Chapm. (1849), publiziert wurde. (c) Eine zum Artenrange erhobene Unterart behalt denselben Namen, wenn das resultierende Binom nicht schon vorher publiziert worden ist. BEISPIELE. — Sparganium simplex androcladum Engelm. in A. Gray Man. Ed. 5, 481 (1867), wenn als gute Art angesehen, muss die Benennung Sfarganium androcladum (Engelm.) Morong, Bull. Torrey Club, 15 ; 78 (1888), ¢ erhalten ; deer acuminatus robustus Engelm. s. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 2 : 463 (1868), indessen, oye nicht Juncus bibles (Engelm.) Coville in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 1: 395 (1896), robustus S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14: 302 (1879), gebraucht wurde. REcEL 10, Ein Gattungs- oder Untergattungsname gilt als pub- liziert wenn derselbe in Druckschriften verteilt worden ist (1) mit einer Gattungs- oder Artenbeschreibung (oder in der Palaobotanik mit veiner Abbildung) und mit einem binaren Artennamen ; (2) mit einem Gattungs- und Artennamen und mit dem Citate einer schon friiher publizierten Beschreibung ; Oder (3) mit Hinweis auf eine Artenbeschreibung, welche durch Citat mit einer schon friiher mit binaren Namen pub- lizierten Art in Verbindung gebracht werden kann. 282 KKODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR BEISPIELE. — Pachysandra Michx. Fl]. Bor. Am, 2: 177 (1803), ist mit einer Beschreibung der Gattung und Art und einem binomischen Artennamen publiziert; Brasenia Schreb. ex Gmel. Syst. 2 : 853 (1791), ist mit einer Beschrei- bung der Gattung und einen binomischen erage publiziert; Sz/phiwm -L. Sp. Pl. 919 (1753), ist mit einer Beschre der Art und einen binomischen Artennamen publiziert ; Poacztes Schloth. aaah 416. pl. 26, f. 1, 2 (1820), eine fossile Gattung, ist mit Abbildungen und einem binomischen Avicnstacs seta aber ohne Beschreibung ; .Vyssa L. Sp. Pl. 1058 (1753), ist mit einem Gattungs- und Artennamen und dem Citate friiheren veréffentlichten Beschrei- bungen — Dryopteris Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 20 (1763) ist publiziert mit Hinweis auf die Beschreibung einer Art welche ane Citat mit dem friiher pub- lizierten oar Filix-mas L, Sp. Pl. 1090 (1753), in Verbindung gebracht erden kann, indem Adanson sowie Linné /7/ix mas von Fuchs citiren. aoe 11. Namen der Untertribus, Ordnungen und Zwischen- gruppen gelten als publiziert wenn dieselben in Druck- schriften mit direkten oder indirekten Citaten einer Gattung der gleichen Gruppe verteilt worden een BEISPIELE. — Moraceae Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 266 (1847), ist mit dem Citate der dazu gehérenden Gattungen publiziert ; MeN ied a Engler, Syll. Ed. 2, 63 (1898), ist mit dem Citate der dazu gehérenden Gattungen publiziert. ReEGeEL 12. Ein Name wird weder durch dessen Citation in der Synonymik noch durch zufalligen Gebrauch als giiltig pub- liziert betrachtet. BEISPIELE. — Echeveria spicata, von De Candolle citirt, Prodr. (1828), als aie: von Fouguiera formosa, ist nicht publiziert, und pee DC., auf Seite 401 desselben Bandes oars ziert, ist daher nicht ungiiltig; 4cvo- stichum Plumite ** Desv. herb.,’’ als Synonym von A. viscosum in Fée, Mém. m. Foug. 2 1845), citirt, ist nicht pair tore und Acrostichum Plumiert auf Seite ca see Werkes als Art publiziert, ist daher nicht ungiiltig ; Hormisus opuntioides Targ., citirt von Bertoloni, Amoen. Ital. 316 (1819), als Synonym von Fucus Sertolara Bertol. (= Halimeda Tuna), wird dadurch als nicht pare betrachtet. REGEL 13. Vonden gleichzeitig in demselben Werke publizierten Namen sind diejenigen welche Platzprioritat haben als priori- tatsberechtigt anzuerkennen. BEISPIELE. — Alsine L. Sp. Pl - besitzt Priorititsrecht iiber Ste//aria L. Sp. Pl. 421; Aira spicata L. Sp. Pl. 63, aga Prioritatsrecht iiber diva ~ L. Sp. Pl. 64; Aidiscus Mikchcates L. Sp. Pl. 693, besitzt hompconig ber /. palustris, da dieser Name auf derselben Seite zuerst erschei Sektion LV. Anwendung der Namen. ReGeEt 14. Der nomenklatorische Typus einer Art oder Unterart ist dasjenige Exemplar welches vom beschreibenden Autor in der urspriinglichen Publikation mit dem Namen belegt wurde. KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR 283 BEISPIELE.— Polypodium marginale L. Sp. Pl. eee ist als Typus dar- gestellt durch die Bezeichnung eines Exemplars welches von Kalm in Canada gesammelt wurde ; ann ad arenicola Britton, Man. 792 (1901), ist als Typus — durch die Bezeichnung eines Exemplars aus Staten Island, x intumescens Fernaldii Bailey, Bull. Totvey Club, 20: 418 (1893), its ‘de o dargestellt durch die Bezeichnung eines Exemplars welches in Cedar Swamp, Aroostook County, Maine, von M. L. Fernald gesammelt wurde. (2) Wenn mehr als ein Exemplar urspriinglich citirt wurde, dann kann der Typus oder die diesen miteinschliessende Gruppe durch die Benennung nach den Sammler, der Lokalitat, oder der Wirtpflanze angedeutet werden. BEISPIELE.— Zriogonum Porteri Small, Bull. Torrey Club, 25: 41 | (1898), ist von mehreren Exemplaren beschrieben, von welchen das von T. C. Porter gesammelte den Typus vorstellt; Gat//ardia arizonica A. . Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am, 12: 353 pepeireder ist von mehreren Exemplaren | beschrieben, von welchen das von Palmer in Arizona gesammelte den ; Typus vorstellt ; Cuscata Cephalanthi Engelm elm. Am. Jour. Sci. 43: 336 (1842), ist auf verschiedene Wirtpflanzen Exemplare basirt, von welchen das auf Cepha/anthus vorkommende den Typus vorstellt. (4) Zwischen gleichwertigen Exemplaren gilt dasjenige als Typus welches mit der urspriinglichen Beschreibung zu- erst abgebildet, oder im Falle dass die Abbildung fehlt, zuerst genannt wurde. | BEISPIELE. — Calyptridium roseum S, Wats. Bot. King’s Exp. 44. p/. 6, f. 6-8 (1871), ist auf wenigstens drei Exemplare basirt, von welchen dasjenige als Typus betrachtet wird welches abgebildet war; Arnica cov- difolia Hook. Fl. Bor, Am. 1: 33f£ (1833), ist auf zwei Exemplare basirt, von welchen pita Abbildungen vorhanden waren, und das erst- genannte, von Pramod) im Alpengehélz den Felsengebirgen gesammelt, gilt als Typus. (ec) Fehlt ein Originalexemplar dann dient dasjenige als Typus welches in erkennbarer Abbildung dargestellt ist oder (wenn keine Abbildung da ist) durch die zuerst citirte oder nachher ver6ffentlichte Beschreibung repra- sentirt ist. | BEISPIELE. — 7rillium sessile L. 1. 340, ist auf drei Citate basirt, von welchen das zweite als me pannines wird, da es mit einer Abbildung reprasentirt ist ; Centaurea Scabiosa L. Sp. Pi. 913, ist auf mehrere Citate basirt, von welchen das erste als — dient, da keine | Abbildungen citirt sind. | REcEL 1 5. Der nomenklatorische Typus einer Gattung oder ’ einer Untergattung ist diejenige Art welche urspriinglich vom Autor des Namens als Typus benannt oder bezeichnet wurde. 284 KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR In Falle dass keine Art als Typus bezeichnet worden ist dann dient die erste in der Reihenfolge unter den folgenden Be- dingungen dazu berechtigte binomische Art als Typus : (a) Der Typus ist aus einer urspriinglich als typisch bezeich- neten Untergattung, Sektion, oder Liste von Arten zu wahlen. BEISPIELE.— Psi/ogramme Kuhn, Festschr. 50-Jahr. Jub. Kénigs. Realschule zu Berlin, 332 (1882), ist als Typus dargestellt durch die erstgenannte Art der zweiten Sektion Zupsi/ogramme, und nicht durch Arten der ersten Sektion /amesonia, welche auf einen friiher ei Gattungsnamen basirt ist; Phania DC. Prodr. 5: 114 (1826), ist als Typus dargestellt durch P. mudticaulis DC., die einzige as in der Sektion Luphania. (4) Eine abgebildete Art ist einer nichtabgebildeten in der- selben Publikation vorzuziehen, wenn aber zu der Zeit keine Abbildung vorhanden war dann erhalt eine von einem Citate einer Abbildung begleitete Art den Vorzug. BEISPIELE. — Lesfedeza Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 70 ( ioha ist “ are ee is L. pro cures og hx. foe. cit ple 3 ; Basanacantha k. f. in Benth. & ak Gay PL as: abs ist Lab Typus sn durch die zweitgenannte Art, Randia tetracantha (Cav.) DC., welche von Cavanilles abgebildet war, wahrend Randia Humboldtiana DC., die von Hooker zuerst genannte Art, nicht abgebildet war (c) Die Typen der durch Citate nichtbinarer Literatur adop- tirten Gattungen (mit oder ohne Namensanderung) sind von denjenigen der urspriinglichen Arten zu wahlen die Namen in der ersten binaren Publikation der Gattung erhielten. Die Typen der Gattungen von Linné’s Species Plantarum (1753) sind durch die in seiner Genera Plan- tarum (1754) angegebenen Citate zu bestimmen. ANMERKUNG. — Linné’s Species Plantarum enthalten keine Hin- weise auf Gattungen, aber die Ausgabe der Genera Plantarum des Jahres 1754 war offenbar zur selben Zeit in Bearbeitung und wirklich ein ergan- agri ge desalen Werkes. Es stimmt mit der Bebsndlungawcit Plantarum befolgt wird mehr iiberein als die and Pesan und eg es daher méglich mehr Linneische Gattungsna- men in ihrer jetzigen Anwendung beizubehalte BEISPIELE. — Cypripedium L. Sp. Pl. sai eine Gattung aus Tourne- fort adoptirt mit einer Verinderung seiner Benennung Ca/ceo/us, ist als Typus dargestellt durch Cypripedium Calceolus, die einzige Art welche von beiden Autoren gemeinschaftlich gebraucht wurde ; Sese/i L. Sp. Pl. 259 eine Gattung aus Boerhaave adoptirt, ist als Typus dargestellt durch die KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR 285 zweite Linneische Art, Sese/ suicepsitr a ed saceie in Linné die erste Art ist welche von beiden Autoren ht wurde; Sedene L. Sp. Pl. 416, eine Gattung aus Dillentas adoptirt mit einer Verinderung seiner Benennung Viscago, ist als Typus dargestellt durch Silene s die erste der dreizehn Arten von Dillenius abgebildet in Linné ; Ayi/#//a L. Sp. Pl. 303, eine Gattung aus Tournefort adoptirt, ist als Typus darge- stellt durch die fiinfte Linneische Art, /vitil/aria Meleagris, eine der drei | Arten in Fritillaria eingeschlossen von beiden Autoren, und ist von den drei Arten gewahlt worden da es diejenige ist welche Toamafort iene (¢Z) Wird ein prabindrer Gattungsname durch die Publika- tion eines binaren Gattungsnamens verdrangt, dann deutet die Anwendung dieses verdrangten Namens als Benen- nung einer unter dem neuen Gattungsnamen eingereihten Art den Typus an. BEIsPIEL.—Dianthus L. Sp. Pl. 409, eine aus Tournefort. adoptirte Gattung mit einer Verinderung dessen Benennung Caryophy//us, ist durch Dianthus Caryophyllus, eine der 15 urspriinglichen Linneischen Arten, als Typus dargestellt. (e) Wird ein ehemaliger Artenname einer miteingeschlos- senen ‘Art zum Namen der Gattung angewandt, dann deutet dieser den Typus an. IELE.—A msonia Walt. Fl. Car. 98 (1788), ist als Typus dar- gestellt durch Zadbernaemontana Amsonia L., eine der zwei urpsriing- lichen Arten; Sordaria Ces. & DeN. Comm. Soc. Critt. Ital. 1: 225 (1863), istals Typus dargestellt durch Paes Sordaria Fr., eine der 12 | urspriinglichen Arten | (7) Um Veranderungen im gegenwartigen Gebrauche eines Linneischen Gattungsnamens zu verhiiten kann eine allgemein bekannte und wirtschaftlich wichtige Art, in Uebereinstimmung mit dem folgenden von Linné nieder- gelegten Grundsatze, als Typus gewahlt werden: (Phil. | Bot. 197. 1751) “Si genus receptum, secundum jus naturae et artis, in plura dirimi debet, tum nomen antea ee Penks : commune manebit vulgatissimae et officinali plantae. natagen eee a Sp. A. 67, ist fos Ac bang — durch P. pratensis L., n; Mollugo L. Sp. Pl. 89, ist als aan Pea haicks M. preteen L., die gewdbn- lichste der urspriinglichen A Sektion V. Virwerfung der Namen. REGEL 16, Ein Name wird verworfen wenn derselbe praoccupirt ist (Homonym). 286 KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR (2) Ein Arten- oder Unterartenname ist Homonym wenn derselbe als Name einer anderen Art unter demselben Gattungsnamen schon publiziert worden ist. Zwei Unter- arten derselben Gattung kénnen denselben Namen nicht behalten. BEISPIELE, — Acer saccharinum Wang. Amer. 36. FP a (1787), ist als Homonym zu betrachten von Acer ate L. Sp. 1055 (1753)3 Saag myrtiloides do Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 32 Bas ist ein Homonym Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 234 (1803), und ist ticontftl ob tan letztere als bestimmte Art betrachtet wird oder nicht ; /uscus nodosus og eas Torr . N.Y. 2: 326 (1843), ist ein cee von Juncus m halus M. A. Curtis, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 1: 132 (1835); Deermkic. pene (Walt. ) Britton, Mem. reniey Club, 5: 316 (1894), ist ein Homonym von Chrysopsts pilosa Nutt. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 7: 66 (1834), und ist verwerflich, obgleich Erigeron my Walt. im Jahre 1788 publiziert war; Carex scoparia moniliformis Tuckerm. Enum. Meth. Car. 17 (1843), und Carex straminea moniliformis Tuckerm. Joc. ey kdnnen nicht beide beibehalten werden (4) Ein Gattungs- oder Untergattungsname ist Homonym wenn derselbe schon vorher als Name einer anderen Gattung publiziert oder im Druck vorgeschlagen wurde. BEISPIELE. — Torreya Arn. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1. 130 (1838), ist ein Homonym von Zorreya Raf, Am. Mo. Mag. 3: 356 (1818), von 7orreya Raf. Jour. Phys. 8g: 105 (1819), von Zorreya Spreng. Neue Entdeck. 2: 121 (1821), und von Zorreya Eat. Man. Ed. 5, 420 (1829); Rivu- laria Ag. Syn. Alg. Scand. xxxviii (1817), ist ein Homonym von Azve- larta Roth, Cat. 1: 212 (1797); Mesaea Lamour. Nouv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 3: 185 (1812), ist ein Homonym von esaea Commers. ex Juss- Gen. Pl. 332 (1789) ; Bullierda DC. “Ball Soc. Philom. 349: 1 (1801), ist ein Homonym von Budliarda Neck. Elem. 2: 321 (1790). (c) Aehnliche Namen werden als Homonyme behandelt nur wenn dieselben ungleiche Schreibweisen desselben Wortes vorstellen, oder im Falle von Arten- oder Unter- artennamen wenn dieselben nur in den adjektivischen oder genitivischen Endungen verschieden sind. BEISPIRLE. — Penicillus und Penicillium, Callitriche und Calothrix, Nemastylis und Rinaeaple. Plerigophyllum und Pteridophyllum, kénnen beibehalten werden ; Cyathophora und Sa eo Asteroce arpus un Astrocarpus kénnen nicht beibehalten werden. Greenez und Greentt, selben Gattung beibehalten werden; virginicus, virginianus und virgini- ee oreganus und oreyonensts, Hocké und Hookerianus, kénnen nicht n derselben Gattung beibehalten nasi | | | | | | | | | | | KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR 287 a 17. Ein Name wird verworfen wenn ein Alterer giiltiger auf ein anderes Bestandteil derselben Gruppe basirter Name (Metonym) vorhanden ist. BEISPIELE, — Mezbomia Heist. ex Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 509 (1763) ist auf Hedysarum i, co L. Sp. Pl. 748, basirt, und Desmodium Desv, Jour. de Bot. II. 1 : 122 (1813), ist als typus dargestellt durch pdt atte Poir. Encycl. ot 6 : 408 (1804), folglich, wenn diese Arten als selben Gat- tung gehérend betrachtet werden, ist der Name Desmodium Ce ; Bole- topsis P. Henn. Nat. Pflanzenf. 11** : 194 (1899), kann nicht als eine Gattung . anerkannt werden mit Einschluss einer Sektion den Namen Aoletinus Kalchb. tragend, da diese in 1877 als eine Gattung eingesetzt wurde ; Siaymbeiene altis- simum L. Sp. Pl. 659 (1753), Sésvmbrium Sinapistrum Crantz Ed. 2, 52 (1769), und Sisymbrium pannonicum Jacq. Coll, 1: 70 (1786), haben verschiedene Typen, aber wenn diese als zu derselben Art gehdrend betrachtet werden, so sind die zwei spiteren Namen Metonymen von den Linneischen. Recet 18. Ein Name wird verworfen wenn ein Alterer giltiger auf denselben Typus basirter Name Sal sida Von ist. BEISPIELE.—Miegia Pers. joe ¥t*,.1OD: (1805), \is Typony Arundinaria Michx. Fl. Bor. Am 73 (1803), da be ide af dicselbe Art basirt sind ; Asplenium Vincentis Cts, Bot. Jahrb. 24: 109 (1897), ist ein yponym von 4. Guildingii Jenm, Gard. Chron. III. 15 : 70 (1894), da beide basirt sind auf H. H. Smith’s Jo. 1346 aus St. Vincent. , REGEL 19. Ein Name wird verworfen so lange die natiirliche Gruppe zu deren Benennung der Name dient unbestimmt ist (Hyponym). (2) Ein Arten- oder Unterartenname ist Hyponym wenn der- selbe nicht in Verbindung mit einer durch diagnostische Merkmale oder durch Hinweis auf ein Typus-Exemplar, eine Abbildung oder eine Lokalitat identifizierbare Beschreibung gebraucht worden ist. BEISPIELE.—Gentiana hybrida Raf. Med. Rep. II. 5: 353 (1808), ist ein Hyponym, da keine Diagnose publiziert ist; Lechea furfuracea Raf. New FI. Am. 1: 92 (1836), ist ein Hyponym, da die Beschreibung nicht identifizierbar ist. (2) Ein Gattungs- oder Untergattungsname ist Hyponym wenn derselbe durch spezifisches Citat mit einer vorher oder gleichzeitig publizierten binomischen Art nicht associierbar ist; oder wenn die Typus-Art noch nicht identifiziert ist. BEISPIELE.—Adodendrum ore Elem. 1: 214 (1790), und Calesiam Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 6 (1763), sind Hyponyme, da ihre utoren keine binomische Art fi eine Art welche vorher einen Binom erhalten hatte, citirten; ud#/us Raf. Atl. Jour. 176 (1833), ist ein Hyponym, da die Typus-Art, V. paradoxus, noch nicht identifiziert ist. 288 KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR Teit III. - RECHTSCHREIBUNG UND CITATION. Sektion I. Rechtschreibung. 1. Die urspriingliche Schreibweise ist mit Ausnahme der folgen- den Falle beizubehalten. Die Aenderungen bleiben ohne Einfluss auf Prioritat. (a) Offenbar typographische Rediet kénnen corrigirt werden. BEISPIELE.— Scorta Raf. ist ein Druckfehler, fiir Arcoria ; Rumhora Raddi, ist ein Druckfehler fiir lees. nach K. von Rumohr genannt. (4) Adjektivische Arten- und Unterartennamen stimmen im Geschlechte mit dem associierten ee iberein. BEISPIELE.—Polygonum articulatum L.= Polygonella articulata (L.) Meissn, ; Sisymbrium amphibium palustre ou = Roripe palustris (L.) (c) Nach Personen gebildete Gattungsnamen sind Feminina und sind, wenn urspiinglich in anderen Formen, zu andern. BEISPIELE.— Lippius S. F. Gray, Kantius S, F. Gray, Pallavicinius S. F. Gray, sollen verandert werden zu Lippia, Kantia, und Pallavicinia, und doch datiren von 1821, dem Jahre in welchem sie urspriinglich publi- ziert sind. (@) Die Schreibweise von Namen in Werken vorgeschlagen in welchen v und j als Vokale und u und i als Konso- nante vorkommen ist zu modernisieren. BEISPIELE. — Exonymus, nicht Evonymus,; Naias, nicht Najas; peaked oS Nevropteris ; Rivularia, nicht Riuularia ( Rivelaria) ; pornos ungia _ Saco ies oo mit grossen Anfangsbuchstaben ge- schrieben. BEISPIELE.— Desfontainea, nicht des Fontainea ; Durvillaca, nicht @” Ureil- laea. 3. Artennamen werden nur dann mit grossen Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben wenn dieselben Substantive oder von Personen- namen abgeleitete Adjektive sind. BEISPIELE. — Asplenium Trichomanes L.3; Uromyces Ti rifolit (Hedw. ) Lév.; Zrichomanes Smithii Hook.; Galium Rtas Walp. 4. Die Publikation zweisprachiger Namen ist zu vermeiden, aber publizierte Namen sind aus diesem Grunde nicht zu verwerfen. BEISPIELE. — Liguidaméar ist Lateinisch-Arabisch ; Fimbristylis ist Lat- einisch-Griechisch ; A ctiniceps ist Griechisch-Lateinisch. KODEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR 289 | 5. Die Namen der Hybriden sind wie folgt zu schreiben : (2) Ein Bastard wird durch die Namen der elterlichen Art oder Unterart in alphabetischer Ordnung und mit dem Zeichen x verbunden bezeichnet; aber in experimen- talisch produzirten Bastarden, oder wenn das Geschlecht : der Eltern bekannt ist, wird der Name der Mutter zuerst geschrieben und das Geschlecht durch die Zeichen ©, 3, gekennzeichnet. BEISPIELE, — Carex debilis virescens; Digitalis lutea 9 purpurea 3. | (4) Wenn wiinschenswert kann ein Bastard wie eine Art oder | Unterart benannt werden, vorausgesetzt dass die Hybri- ditat durch die Anbringung eines x vor dem Binom oder Trinom ausgedriickt wird. | BEISPIEL. —X Salix capreola Kern, (c) Ein Bastard zweier Arten verschiedener Gattungen kann durch die Hinzufiigung des Artennamens zum Gattungs- namen der Mutter, oder wenn das Geschlecht der Eltern unbekannt, zum nach alphabetischer Ordnung erstste- henden Se ear bezogen werden. Bel — < Ammophila baltica Link = Ammophila arenaria X A cheeaaire Epigeios. (2) Ein Bastard mit einer oder auch beiden der Eltern- pflanzen von hybridischer Abstammung kann durch die Anfiihrung des Namens der hybridischer Elternpflanze Ve in runde Klammern gesetzt werden. ; BEISPIEL,— Salix (aurita < repens) X cinerea. (e) Die grossere Bedeutung der einen Elternpflanze der anderen gegeniiber kann durch die Zeichen >, < aus- eee werden. ELE, — Mentha longifolia > X solvate > Mentha longi- Solia — - rotundifolia. Sektion If, Autorcitation. 1. Eine nach dem Namen stehende Autorcitation bezieht sich auf den Autor der den Namen zuerst publizierte ; der Name des : Autors kann abgekiirzt werden, aber nie in solcher Weise dass Zweideutigkeit dadurch entsteht. . BEIsPIELE. — Spreng. fiir Sprengel, nicht Spr., zum Unterscheiden von 290 KopEX DER BOTANISCHEN NOMENKLATUR Spruce und anderen; Michx. fiir Michaux, nicht Mich., zum Unterscheiden von Micheli; S. Wats. fiir Sereno Watson, zum Unterscheiden von H. C, Watson. 2. In den folgenden Fallen ist der Name des urspriinglichen Autors in runde Klammern zusetzen, und der Name des Autors der die Benennung in ihrer acceptirten Form und Anwendung zuerst publizierte ist demselben nachzusetzen. (2) Ein Artenname urspriinglich mit einem anderen Gattungs- namen oder ein Unterartenname urspriinglich mit einem anderen Binom verbunden. BEISPIELE. — Joneses uniflora (L.) A. Gray, fiir die Pflanze riinglich von Linné beschrieben als Pyrola uniflora, und nachher zuerst publiziert “ Moneses uniflora von Asa Gray; Chondrophora en glabrata (A. Gray) Rydberg fiir Bigelovia graveolens var. glabrata Gray. (6) Ein Gattungsname adoptirt durch Citate aus Werken die vor der ersten Ausgabe von Linné’s Species Plantarum (1753) erschienen sind. ISPIELE. — Linnaea (Gronov.) L.; Amthoceros (Mich.) L.; Vale- rianella rome -) Poll. (c) Ein Name der fiir eine Kategorie angewandt wird aber urspringlich fir eine andere vorgeschlagen wurde. BEISPIELE. — Salix cordata angustata (Pursh) Anders., urspriinglich Salix antala Pursh ; Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd., urspriinglich Acfaca spicata var. rubra Ait.; Ardisia Unterg. Pickeringia (Nutt.) Mez, ut- spriinglich die Gattung Pickeringia Nutt ; Raphidostegium (Br. & Sch.) De Not., urspriinglich Rhynchostegium Lakai: Raphidostegium Br. & Sch. 3. Ein Komma zwischen dem Namen der Pflanze und dem des Autors ist nicht wiinschenswert. BEIsPt IELE,— Rumex L., nicht Rumex, L.; Phacelia congesta Hook., nicht Phacelia pert Hook. ; Fiysanihes dubia (L.) Barnhart, nicht ois dubia, (L.), Barnhart. The effect of chemical irritation on the respiration of fungi ADA WATTERSON The effect of chemical irritation upon the growth of fungi has been the subject of considerable study for a number of years past. The results obtained by Raulin, * Richards, + Ono, t Hattori, § and others have gone to prove that certain metallic salts, in small quantities, stimulate the metabolic activity of various fungi and thereby induce a more rapid growth than is normal. This action is interpreted by Richards || as being a means by which the plant is enabled to dispose more economically of the sugar or other source of the carbohydrates required in growth. The fungi used by Richards in his experiments were Sterzg- matocystis (Aspergillus) niger, Penicillium glaucum, and Botrytis, and the substances which served as irritants were zinc, iron, cobalt and nickel sulphates, NaFl, LiCl, Na,SiO,, cocaine, morphine and amygdalin. Ono made use of the same irritants with the addition of HgCl,. Hattori experimented with CuSO,; Yasuda{ with certain alkaloids ; Hueppe ** found the activities of bacteria stimu- lated by certain poisons. Schultz ++ likewise observed an accelera- tion of fermentation in yeast following the addition of small quan- tities of poisonous substances, but whether this was due to a more * Raulin, J. Etudes chimiques sur la végétation ; deuxiéme partie. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. V. rr: 190-299. 1869. 7 Richards, H. M. Die Beeinflussung des Wachsthums einiger Pilze durch chemische Reize. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30 : 665-6 1897. f{ Ono, N. Ueber die Wachsthumsbeschleunigang einiger Algen und Pilze durch chemische ota: our. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 13 : 141-186. 1900, 2 Hattori, H. Studien iiber die Einwirkung des Kupfersulfats auf einige Pflan- zen. Jour. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 15 : 371-394. 1901. | Richards, H. M. The effect of chemical irritation on the economic coefficient of sugar. Bull. Torrey Club, 26: 463-479. 1899 { Yasuda, A. On the effect of alkaloids sites some moulds. Bot. Mag. Tokyo, i Hueppe, F, hivarngoamigest9 Einfiihrung in die Bakteriologie, 55. Wies- baden, 1896. (Not seen.) tt Schultz, H. eiteer's Archiv, 42: —. 1888. (Reference in Bot. Zeitung, 46: 610. 1888.) 291 292 WATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION rapid growth and division, or to greater activity of the individual cells, has not been determined. Experiments were likewise performed by Ono on algae with like results except that the optimum concentration of the stimu- lants was much smaller. Similar work has been done on the phanerogams by Copeland and Kahlenberg * using pure metals as stimulants, by Townsend + with ether and HCl, and by Kahlen- berg and True.t Chapin § also found an increase in the growth of certain seedlings due to the presence in the atmosphere of small amounts of CO,, larger quantities of which acted asa poison. In all of these cases the amount of stimulation is indicated by the increase in the plant body, as shown by dry weight in the case of the fungi and algae, and by the increased surface of the organs of phanerogams. It is well known, however, || that only a part of the nutrient material absorbed by the plant is used to build up its living substance ; a part is continually being oxidized to provide the necessary energy for carrying on life-processes. Fully to de- termine, therefore, the relation between the plant and its food- supply, one would have to take into account both the amount of the latter which is used as constructive material, measured by the increased weight or size of the plant, and that which undergoes katabolic changes during which CO, and other waste products are liberated. Richards’ experiments were concerned with the first factor, that is, the amount of dry substance produced and its relation to the amount of sugar used, or the economic coefficient. . Ono con- firmed his results, and in addition he determined the relative quan- tities of oxalic acid produced by fungi under normal conditions and under stimulation, finding a decrease in the latter case with all substances tried except NiSO,. To account for this Ono suggests Si ee * Copeland, E. B., and Kahlenberg, L. The influence of the presence of pure metals upon plants, inn Wisc. Acad. 12: 454-474. 1899. + Townsend, C. O. e correlation of growth under the influence of injuries. Ann. Bot. rr : 509-532. 1897. — The ray of hydrocyanic acid gas upon grains s and other seeds. Bot. Gaz. 31: 241-264, { Kahlenberg, L., and True, R. os the toxic action of dissolved salts and their electrolytic dissociation. Bot. Gaz. 22 : 81-124. 96. 2 sc . Einfluss der Kohlensiure auf das Wachsthum. Flora, gt : 348- 379. 2. | Sac W. Physiology of plants, ed. 2, 1 : 287, 523. 1900. WatTTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 293 that the carbohydrate which during normal growth is decomposed, in the processes of metabolism, to form oxalic acid, is not so transformed during the accelerated growth resulting from stimula- tion, but is immediately changed into constructive material for the plant body. Of this, the decrease in the economic coefficient (2. e., ratio of dry weight to sugar used) of the stimulated cultures seems an indication. Ovxalic acid is not, however, the only waste product of metabolism. Since, according to Pfeffer,* ‘a decreased formation of oxalic or other organic acids is accompanied by an increase in the ratio of CO, exhaled to the oxygen absorbed,” the amount of CO, given off under the varying conditions must also be reckoned with; it must be determined, that is, whether all the additional carbohydrate normally used to produce oxalic acid is now transformed into formative substance, or whether part of it may be wholly oxidized to produce larger quantities of CO,. This ratio of the dry substance produced to the amount of co, exhaled, or the respiratory quotient, was found by Kunst- mann} to vary with changing conditions, decreasing with a rise of temperature or with higher concentrations of the nutrient solu- tion. The effect of chemical stimulation was not included among the conditions. The effect of such stimulation upon respiration alone without regard to the possible acceleration of growth ensuing was studied by Jacobi,+ who obtained an increase in amount of CO, pro- duced by certain phanerogams, due to the influence of KCl, ‘NaCl, KNO,, iodine, chinin, antipyrin, oxalic acid and various organic Substances, Copeland ¢ obtained similar results; and likewise Kosinski $ in the case of fungi. * Morkowin Il found a decided * Pfeffer, W. Physiology of plants, ed. 2, 1: 527. Kunstmann, H. Ueber das Verhiltnis red oe und verbrauchter Nahrung. Leipzig. 1895. [Inaug. Diss. ] i Jacobi, B. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Substanzen auf die Athmung und | Kosinski, I. Die Athmun ng bei Hndpetseminden und unter Einwirkung vo mechanischen und chemischen Reizmittteln bei Asfergil/us niger. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. ‘| Morkowin, N. Recherches sur |’influence des anesthésiques sur la respiration des plantes. Revue Gén. de Bot. 11 : 289-303, 341-352. 1899. — Ueber den Ein- fluss ve ES ates auf die Kc ES Athmung der Pflanzen. Ber. Deut. 21:72. 3 Bot. G 294 WATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION increase in the intensity of respiration, both normal and intra- molecular, of etiolated leaves and shoots under the influence of ether, alcohol and various alkaloids. Pfeffer states * that accord- ing to Elfving and Lauren adult parts of higher plants, where stimulation is unaccompanied by growth, react in the same manner to a short treatment with ether and chloroform ; he notes how- ever that Detmer and also Bonnier and Mangin found no such reaction, Summarizing then, the results quoted, we find that small quantities of certain poisonous substances act as stimulants, increas- ing the growth of certain plants; they also increase respiration, but what relation the latter increase bears to the former is not determined. Since, however, in the case of fungi, it has been found that stimulation raises the economic coefficient of the sugar, 2, ¢., allows the plant to make use of the sugar to form a greater amount of dry substance in a given time, the question of the amount of CO, which is produced at the same time becomes one of interest. This problem was suggested to me by Dr. H. M. Richards, to whom I wish to express my gratitude for his interest and valu- able assistanee. The work was done in the botanical laboratory of Barnard College during the winters of 1901-1902 and 1902- 1903. Two kinds of apparatus have been employed in carrying on this work, one that of Godlewski described by Kunstmann f the other a modification of the Pfeffer-Pettenkofer apparatus. In all the experiments, however, the fungi used were Sterigmatocystis nigra and Penicillium glaucum. The formula for the nutrient solution was that given by Richards : ¢ KH,PO, 005g. MgSO, 0.25g- NH,NO, 1,00g. FeSO,.. trace MURAR Hiei ic covet bearcaceek Cee hess Cink 5.00g. fat Ioo cm Only the purest chemicals and sugar obtainable were used, + Kunstmann, /. ¢. ro. f Richards. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30: 667. 1897. * Pfeffer, W. Physiology of plants, Ed. 2, 1: 564. 1900. 89 WATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 295 and the water was twice distilled. The dishes and flasks in which the cultures were grown were rinsed with dilute HCl, carefully washed with double-distilled water and dried in a dry sterilizer. The spores were sown by rubbing small pieces of glass rod, exactly equal in size, upon the dry stock supply, and then trans- ferring them to the dishes by means of glass tipped forceps. It was found convenient to keep a supply of the concentrated nutrient solution on hand, containing all the ingredients except sugar. The necessary amount was diluted and the sugar added when the series was set up. At first the Godlewski apparatus used by Kunstmann was employed. This consisted, in brief, of a bell-jar enclosing two crystallizing dishes ; the smaller of these held the fungus growing on 75 c.c. of the nutrient solution, and rested upon a glass strip placed across the larger dish which contained 150 c.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of KOH. The mouth of the jar was closed with a rubber cork provided with two holes through one of which passed a thermometer, and through the other a glass tube leading to a mercury valve, with which, in turn, was connected a KOH tube in such a way that air could pass into the jar, but could not escape from it. The bell-jar was sealed to a ground glass plate by means of vaseline and the joining was then painted with two coats of shellac to make it water tight. Three jars were used, one to serve as a control, and two for the experiment ; the results given are, unless otherwise stated, the average of the two grown at the Same time and under the same conditions. The greatest difficulty Was experienced in keeping the cultures at an even temperature, approximately near the optimum for Sterigmatocystts, which is 30-34° C. The plan finally followed was to place all three jars in a zinc trough partly filled with water, the temperature of which would change more slowly than that of the air, and then to enclose the whole in a wooden box placed near a steam radiator. Under these conditions the temperature was raised to the neigh- borhood of 30° C., and varied not more than three or four de- grees during any one experiment. At the close of the experiment the fungus was killed with formalin as soon as the jar was opened, washed with distilled water, collected in weighed filter papers, dried in an oven at a 296 WaATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION temperature of 70° C., and after cooling in a dessicator was care- fully weighed. The KOH was diluted to 250 c.c.; the CO, was precipitated out of it by an equal quantity of barium hydrate, and the alkalinity of the remaining KOH was determined by titrating in the usual way with HCl of such strength that 1 c.c. of the acid = t mg. of CO,. The result was then subtracted from that obtained by treating a certain amount of the stock KOH in the same way, and thus the amount of CO, given off by the fungus was obtained. The results are given in milligrams both for the weight of the fungus and the amount of CO, given off. At the same time a series of experiments was carried on with a form of the Pfeffer-Pettenkofer respiration apparatus. The par- ticular object in using this was to determine the rate of respiration during short intervals of time. Certain practical difficulties made this impossible, however, at that time, and the attempt was abandoned. Later, the same apparatus was started again in a slightly different way ; 7. ¢., a strong solution of KOH was used and the same experiment was continued for a week at atime. It was set up in the dark room, which, being small and kept care- fully closed, could be maintained at a comparatively even tempera- ture in the neighborhood of 24° C. The air in entering the apparatus passed through three U-tubes filled with pumice stone wet with a strong solution of KOH which was frequently renewed. A Ba(OH), test-bottle was placed in the course to prove that no CO, passed over to the cultures, and the air was then distributed to these, four in number, by means of a T-tube and two Y-tubes. The cultures were grown in Erben- meyer flasks of about 250 c.c. capacity, in which only 75 c.c. of the nutrient solution was used. This brought the film of myce- lium at the level of the widest diameter of the flask and the flasks were all as nearly as possible of the same diameter. Between the culture flasks and the Pettenkofer tubes were interposed large test-tubes to prevent any possible backward flow of the KOH into the culture flasks; 150 c.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of KOH was introduced into the absorption tubes by means of a large pipette ; the stock solution was kept in a tightly stoppered bottle sealed with vaseline. At the exit end of the tubes were placed screw pinch-cocks to regulate the amount of air drawn through WaTTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 297 the apparatus, which was measured by the size and rate of flow of the bubbles of air in the tubes. Any slight difference in the rate of flow would be of no importance when the length of time during which the experiment ran—six to nine days—is taken into consideration. Between the tubes and the aspirator were inserted Ba(OH), test-bottles. The aspirator was a simple one fastened to the water faucet. At the close of the experiment the aspirator was shut off, the stop-cocks closed, the cultures immediately killed with formalin, and the contents of the tubes quickly emptied into bottles which were tightly corked. The amount of CO, absorbed was obtained by titration as before. The metallic salts used as iets in these experiments were ZnSO,, FeSO, and LiCl. In each case such a concentration was used as had been found by Richards to be most favorable for an increased growth of the fungus. A 1 per cent. stock solution of anhydrous ZnSO, was made carefully ; of this, .3 c.c. was used for 75 c.c. of the nutrient solution, giving thus a .0o4 per cent. solution or, expressed in terms of a normal (gram equivalent) solution,* .00049 ; of the FeSO,, a .082 per cent. solution was used, or .01078 normal; and of LiCl, a .162 per cent. solution Or .03822 normal. In the following tables the results of the experiments are pre- sented. In the first are given five series carried on with the Kunstmann apparatus, for three or four days at a temperature of 28°-31° C. The irritant was ZnSO, In the first column are given the dry weights of the cultures, both normal and irritated ; in the second the amount of CO, given off by each, expressed in millegrams; and in the third the ratio of the weight to the CO,. On examination of these figures it is evident that the addition of the zinc has caused an increase in the growth of the fungus and there has been likewise an increase in the amount of CO, respired. The amount of CO, respired is sometimes less than the corre- Sponding weight of the culture, sometimes more, but when one compares the ratios of the two cultures in any one series, one finds very little difference between them; that is, the increase in respiration has been | correspondingly great in both, with perhaps * Livingston, B. E, T The role of diffusion and osmotic pressure in plants, 22. 1903. 298 WaATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION a slight advantage on the side of the irritated fungus. There is one exception to this, the fourth series, where the difference is unaccountably great, owing to an unusually large evolution of CO, from the stimulated culture. The increase in the amount of CO, given off is therefore but little greater than might naturally be expected from the increased respiratory surface due to the greater growth of the fungus. The second table shows the results of five experiments per- formed with the Pettenkofer apparatus ; the cultures, being grown at a lower temperature, 20-24° C., were allowed to run for a longer time: five, six, or seven days. In these, the figures for the irritated fungus represent the average of three cultures, grown under precisely similar conditions. Here too the ratios are very near one another. It is noticeable however that the difference, such as it is, is reversed in the second table, in all but one case, and the respiration of the normal grown in the Pettenkofer appa- ratus is therefore apparently a little greater, relatively, than that of the irritated fungus. The cause of this reversal of the ratios obtained by the two methods I have not been able to determine, but the difference is too slight to be of any importance. In Tables IX and X are given the same figures as in I and II, but the averages are found for the weights, CO,, and ratios of each set of series; that is, for the series obtained by the Kunstmann method (Table IX), the average ratio of weight to CO, for the normal is .98, for the stimulated culture is 1.18; for those in the Petten- kofer apparatus (Table X) the average is 1.16 for the control as against .94 for the stimulated fungus. Bearing these figures in mind, let us refer again to Ono’s ex- periments in determining the amount of oxalic acid produced by fungi during growth under stimulation. With all the irritants used, with the exception of NiSO,, he found a more or less marked decrease in the production of oxalic acid, a decrease shown (to quote some of his figures) * by the difference between 2.58 acid for every gram of dry weight of the normal, and 0.428 for the cul- ture to which has been added .003 per cent ZnSO,._ The duration of this experiment was twenty-seven days and the temperature 16-20° C. Ono suggests three possible explanations for this de- * Ono, /. c. 174. 1900. scsi ~~ ccc ie la ie lea SOGREL ESSE MESS” 23 ETE gee Prt 3 is see: TENGCStp tT et WATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 299 crease :* (1) Although oxalic acid is a normal product of metab- olism of the fungus, it is to be regarded nevertheless as a product of incomplete oxidation, and if the metabolic activity were in- creased, more CO, might be produced and therefore less oxalic acid. (2) Thesame result would occur in case the acid should dis- appear through a further ‘‘ working-over”’ on the part of the fun- gus. Thereby it could be taken up again as building material or be decomposed without being useful to the fungus. Yet, as shown by Wehmer,} oxalic acid is poor food stuff for Aspergillus, and in the presence of a plentiful supply of sugar would probably re- main intact. (3) Those materials (carbohydrates, etc.) which in normal growth are, by metabolism, transformed in part into oxalic acid, in consequence of increase in growth due to the stimulation are not separated out in that form, but are changed directly into the fungus body, in short, are applied as formative material. Of these three possibilities, Ono concludes from his experi- ments that the third is the true explanation, since in every case the economic coefficient was much greater in the control than in the stimulated fungus. “Dieses Verhaltnis deutet also an, das die Pilze bei Anvesenheit von Zinksulfat veranlasst wurden, mit cinem verhaltnismassig kleinen Verbrauch von Zucker eine bedeu- tend gréssere kdérpersubstanz aufbauen zu kénnen.” { This was also the conclusion reached previously by Richards. § Further support is now given to this explanation by the results Presented here, since Ono’s first suggestion is thereby eliminated ; that is, the present figures show that an amount of CO, is pro- duced by the stimulated fungus which varies a little, being either more or less relatively to the weight of the fungus than that pro- duced by the normal, but still remains comparatively close to the latter. The increase in metabolic activity has, therefore, not in- creased (relatively) the production of CO, although the formation of oxalic acid under similar conditions was materially checked, and the carbohydrates formerly used in the manufacture of the latter must consequently be devoted to the building up of new Substance in the plant. a ee * Idem, 157. goo. + Wehmer, Bot. Zeitung, 49: 553. 189I- tOno, /. ¢. 160. 1900, ; : 2 Richards, H. M. The effect of chemical irritation on the economic coefficient of Sugar. Bull. Torrey Club. 26: 463-479. 300 WATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION In Table III two series are shown, in which glycerine was used instead of sugar as the source of the carbohydrate. All of the figures here are rather low, owing to the slower growth of Sterigmatocystis in such a nutrient medium; the ratios, however, bear much the same relation to one another as in the preceding series, .61 and.69 (normal) to .77 and .68 (stimulated), respectively. In the experiments recorded in Table IV, .082 per cent. (.01078 normal) FeSO, was used as the stimulant, since this concentration is near that which caused the greatest increase in growth in Rich- ards’ experiments. A .162 per cent. (.0381 normal) solution of LiCl was also tried (Tables V and VI), and although the increase in growth was not as great as might have been expected from Richards’ results, yet the evolution of CO, bears much the same relation to it as in the preceding cases. A few experiments were likewise made with Penicillium glau- cum. Though Penicilium grows well at a lower temperature than does Sterigmatocystis, yet it grows slowly, and the total weight of the normal is seldom as great as is that of Sterigma- tocystis in the majority of cases. The evolution of CO, is never- theless very active, and the number of milligrams of CO, given off exceeds that of the dry weight of the fungus. Several of these cultures were raised on the usual nutrient medium (Table VI1), and one (Table VIII) on a solution in which .5 gr. asparagin re- placed the NH,NO, as the source of nitrogen. The weight of the irritated fungus in the latter case was much greater than that of the normal, but the evolution of CO, kept pace with it to such an extent that the ratio is 1.22 as compared with 1.26 in the normal. In reviewing, then, the results recorded here, it is evident that the addition of small quantities of ZnSO,, FeSO, and LiCl has increased the rate of growth of Sterigmatocystis and Penicillium so that a larger amount of dry substance is produced within a given time than in normal cultures; that at the same time there has been an increase in the production of CO,, an increase not too great, however, to be accounted for by the enlarged area of the plant. The ratio of dry weight to CO, of the irritated fungus is therefore approximately equal to that of the normal. Taking into account previous results which show that the effect of the addi- tion of such poisons is to enable the plant to make more econom- WATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 301 ical use of the carbohydrates supplied to it, we can interpret this action as a stimulus which causes the fungus to transform more of the food material into its own substance, and less into waste products such as oxalic acid, while at the same time the respira- tion remains relatively unchanged. TEACHERS COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. TABLE I. Kunstmann apparatus. Sterigmatocystis nigra. 5 per cent. sugar solutton. A= Normal. B-=average of two cultures to which .004 per cent.* or .00049 normal (gram equivalent) ZnSO, has been added. Temperature 28—30°C Weight of Fungus. | CO, | Ratio, =| Time, ee. 5364 | I | oy on ae) 597.6 | 392.5 pes a My | A 398.5 | | 1.13 3 | 8B 607.1 | 755 mist a wae A 479-7 705 1.46 4 | B 805.1 1185 | aes’ « as) A 480.8 | 415 — + Paes 783.7 Pag | 56 é - he ae 533-6 465 i easel oR. ol 875.6 780 sa Taste II. Pettenkofer apparatus. ame as in Table I, except that B = average of three cul- tures to which .o04 per cent.,* (.00049 normal) ZnSO, has ous added. Temperature 20~24° C. Weight of Fungus. CO, state BS scsi ea 0 70 7 days B | 1138.1 | 987 (36 “ ue ay oa 673.6 768 1.14 7 B | 888.0 888 _ « VIII he 885.5 1173 1-3? 7 B 1086.6 1143 1.05 6“ IX.| A 1056.0 97 - | B 1237.2 | 1036 83 és 2 A 715 936 1.30 5 ae ee 1327 | ee ee * Calculated as anhydrous salt. 302 WATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION TABLE III. Pettenkofer apparatus. Nutrient solution a 5 per cent. glycerine instead of sugar; otherwise as in Table II. B =.004 per cent.* (.00049 normal) Weight. | 0, | Ratio. | | | Time Temp a A 489 | 300 61 | adays, | 23-25° 1194.7 920 ALL A 358.5 249 69 | ; (aie 20-24° oe i ees 498 68 TaBLe IV. Pettenkofer apparatus. Same as in Table II, but B = .082 per cent.* (.01078 normal) FeSQ,. Weight. CO, | Ratio, Time. | Temp. REIS OA 1142.5 867 | 75 6 days. 26-29° B 1691 1513 .89 XIV A 687 180 .26 G8 B 1449.4 830 57 by eee TABLE V. Kunstmann apparatus. Same as in Table I, but B= .162 per cent.* (.0381 normal) LiCl. B here was not an average of two, but a single culture. Temperature 19—28° C. | | Weight of Fungus. | co, | Ratio Res XV. | A 615.5 514 83 | 11 days - 775-5 814 1.04 TasLe VI. Pettenkofer apparatus. Same as in Table II, but B = .162 per cent.* (.0381 normal) LiCl. | Weht. Fungus. co, Ratio, | Time | Temp. _ XVI. | A 1434 ILIO 78 | 7 days 25°C. B 1501.1 5 .87 5 xvi. 4« 679 645 S| sete ets 723.7 747 et Pee plein * Calculated as anhydrous salt. WaATTERSON: EFFECT OF CHEMICAL IRRITATION 303 Tasce VII. Pettenkofer apparatus, Penicillium glaucum. Otherwise as in Table II. B = .004 per cent.* (.00049 ee citiead! 4 Weht. Fungus. | CO, a ; Ratio. | ‘Lime. | Temp. XVI. | A 489.50 | 705 | nazis] days: | 18-22°C, B 525.75 7965 9) . cae XIX. | A | 438.5 | 29 | 1.66 Roe | 19-22°C, eee | 89855. | 90 ao | Tasie VIII. Pettenkofer apparatus. Penicillium glaucum. Same as in Table VII., but .5 grams asparagin used in place of NH oe. Bes = .004 per cent. * te ge Lessiwis ZnSO, 7 = = re ee reer “Weieiu: CO, Ratio. | Time. | Temp. eee | | | XX A 354-5 450 1.26 | gdays. | 17.5-20° 932.16 | 1145 | 1.22 Rats TaBLeE IX. Kunstmann apparatus. Average of five series shown in Table I. __ 004 ~ alas cent. i Bs Heaton normal) . ZnSO, | edieat [ arate 7 of 2. | Weight | co, | Ratio Weight. | CO, | Ratio. — i | pes a ee se | 6 2.5 .67 335-2 155 46 597. } 392-5 | Hu. 398.5 | 455 ae oo cee 7.1 Fae Ill. 479.7 705 1.46 | 805.1 1185 1.4 | 08 | 415 | 6 783.7 1230 1.56 Be SIRO ge Be | See 780 | Arenge| 44556 agp 8753S | TABLE X. - Pettenkofer apparatus. Average of five series shown in Table IT ‘004 per cent.* (.00049 normal) ZnSO, ee. VOOR Normal. Boe: i oop aes: of 3. St oRee __Weight. CO, Ratio. | Weight ce, ¢ Ratio Vv 8 | 987 .86 20 90. 4 Stgbet A 673.6 768 114 | 888.0 888 | 1.00 VIII 885.5 1173 1,32 1086.6 1143 1.05 1056.0 978 ba 1 aagt@ 1036 83 os 936 1,30 | 1327.0 | 1263 95 Average. _ 759.4: |. 885.37 | 4.16 | 1207.23 | 1138.2 94 * Calculated as anhydrous salt. INDEX TO AMERICANSBOTANICAL LITERATURE (1904) he aim of this indes is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica ad — in its broadest sense, s, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, _ horticulture, sil products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. pie occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of ac Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all cards published peers the term of his subscription, Corre- Spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Bennett, A. Notes on Potamogeton. Jour. Bot. 42: 69-77. 1 Mr Several references to American species. Bennett, M. E. Are roots aerotropic? Bot. Gaz. 37: 241-259. /. 4-5. 16 Ap 1904. Britten, J. Banks’s Newfoundland plants. Jour. Bot. 42: 84-86. 1 Mr 1904, Britten, J. Vaccinium vacillans. Jour. Bot. 42: 55. 1 F 1904. Cardot, J. Notes on some North American mosses. Bryologist, 7: 39, 31. § Mr 1904. Claassen, E. On the occurrence of Fossombronia cristula in Ohio. Ohio Nat. 4: 58. 20 Ja 1904. Cockerell, T. D. A. Mutations and forms. Torreya, 4: 58, 59. 28 Ap 1904. Collins, J. F. Some erroneous references. Bryologist, 7: 32, 33- 5 Mr 1904. Cook, M. T. Galls and insects producing them, Ohio Nat. 4: 115- 139. p/. 9-12. 5 Ap 1904 ;—Appendix I. Ohio Nat. 4: 140-147. Pl. 13-15. 5 Ap 1904. Coulter,S. M. An ecological comparison of some typical swamp areas. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 15: 39-71. map. pl. 1-24. 3° Ap 1904. 305 306 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Coville, F. V. Arcterica, the rarest genus of heathers. Bot. Gaz. 37: 298-302. f. 7, 2. 16 Ap 1904. Coville, F. V. Wokas, a primitive food of the Klamath Indians. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1902: 725-739. p/. 7-77. 1904. Seeds of Mymphaea polysepala. Evans, A. W. Aefaticae of Puerto Rico—IV. Odontolejeunea, Cyclo- lejeunea and Prionolejeunea. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 183-226. f/. 8-12. 28 Ap 1904. With descriptions of Cyc/olejeunea gen, nov. and of 5 new species of Prionolejeunea. Fink, B. Further notes on Cladonias. C/adonia fimbriata. Bryo- logist, '7: 21-27. pl. 7 +f. 7. 5 Mr 1904. Greene, E. L. Some Canadian Antennarias. —I. Ottawa Nat. 17: 201-203. 4 Mr 1904. Includes descriptions of 4 new species. Grout, A. J. Anew Brachythecium. Bryologist, 7:34. 5 Mr 1904. B. rivulare tenue var. nov. Hemsley, W. B. Crossosoma californicum. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 60: Bl. 7949. Ap 1904. Native of California. Hemsley, W. B. Passifiora vitifolia. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 60: 7. 7936. 1 Ja 1g04. Native of tropical America. Hemsley, W. B. Solanum grandiflorum. Curt. Bot. Mag. II. 60: pl. 7945. 1 Mr 1904. : Native of South America. Holzinger, J. M. The genus Avaco/ia in North America. Bryologist, 7:28, 29. 5 Mr 1904. Hooker, J. D. Lysichitum camtschatcense. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 60: pl. 7937. 1 ¥F 1904. Jennings, 0. E. Notes on some rare or interesting Ohio plants. Ohio Nat. 4:61. 20 Ja 1904. Kellerman, W. A. & Jennings, 0. E. Report for 1902 on the State Herbarium, including additions to the State Plant List. Ohio Nat. 4: 69-73. 20 Ja 1904. Lawson, A. A. The gametophytes, archegonia, fertilization and embryo of Seguota sempervirens. Ann. Bot. 18: 1-28. pl. 1-4. Ja 1904. Lewton-Brain,L. Fungoid pests [attacking cotton in the West Indies]. West Indian Bull. 4: 344-348. 1904. Lyon, F. The evolution of the sex organs of plants. Bot. Gaz. 37: 280-293. f. 1-16. 16 Ap 1904. InDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 307 Mackenzie, K. K. Notes on evening primroses. Torreya, 4: 56, 57. 28 Ap Ig With a ton of Oenothera argillicola sp. nov., from West Virginia. Moore, S. LeM. Mons. A. Robert’s Matto Grosso plants.—I. Jour. Bot. 42: 33-39. pl. 456. 1 F 1904;—II. Jour. Bot. 42: 100- Ito. 1 Ap igo Includes descriptions of 17 new species in 16 genera, two of which are new genera of Acanthaceae: Tremacanthus and Salpingacanthus, Morgan, T. H. Polarity and regeneration in plants. Bull. Torrey Club, 32: 227-230. 28 Ap 1904. [Illustr.] Mottier, D. M. The development of the spermatozoid in Chara. Ann. Bot. 18: 245-554. pl. 77. Ap 1904. Nelson, A. Contributions from the Rocky Mountain Herbarium. V. Bot. Gaz. 37: 260-279. 16 Ap 1904. Includes raids de of 28 new species in 24 genera, and of Zonestus, a new genus of Composita Parish, s. Rs A Sanu oe of the Southern California Pe ardriis Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 3: 35-37- 17 Mr 1904; 49-56. f/. 2-4. 16 Ap 1904. Includes description and illustration of Cyperus Parishii Britton, sp. nov. Parkin, J. The extra-floral nectaries of Hevea brasiliensis Miill.-Arg. (the Para rubber tree), an example of bud-scales serving as nectaries. Ann. Bot. 18: 217-226. p/. 76. Ap 1904. Pek CH. New species of Fumg?. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 177- 182. 28 Ap 1904. Eleven new species in 16 genera. Reed, H.S. A study of the enzyme-secreting cells in the seedlings of Zea Mays and Phoenix dactylifera. Ann. Bot. 18: 267-287. p/. 20. Ap 1904. Robertson, C. The structure of the flowers and the sande of pollina- tion of the primitive angiosperms. Bot. Gaz. 37: 294-298. 16 Rusby, H. H. William Marriott Canby. ‘Torreya, 4: 52-56. 28 Schaffner » J. H. Ohio plants with extra-floral nectaries and other glands. Ohio Nat, 4: 103-106. 10 Mr 1904. Schaffner, J. H. Poisonous and other injurious plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 4: 69-73. 20 Ja 1904. Schaffner, J. H. Some morphological peculiarities of the Nymphae- aceae and Helobiae. Ohio Nat. 4: 83-92. Al. 5-7 +S 7,2. 15 F 1904. 308 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Spaulding, P. Two fungi growing in holes made by wood-boring insects. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 15: 73-77. pl. 25-27. 30 Ap 1904. Sumstine, D. R. A new Aydnum. Torreya, 4: 59. 28 Ap 1904. Hf, Earleanum sp. nov., from Pennsylvania. Towle, P. M. & Gilbert, A. E. The fruiting season of the hair-cap moss. Bryologist, 7: 35, 36. 5 Mr 1904. Trelease, W. Aberrant veil remnants in some edible agarics. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 15: 83-85. A/. 370-379. 30 Ap 1904. Trelease, W. An ecologically aberrant Begonia. Ann. Rep. Mis- souri Bot. Gard 15: 79-81. f/. 28, 29. 30 Ap 1904. B, untfolia Rose, sp. nov. Underwood, L. M. ‘The early writers on ferns and their collections — II. J. E. Smith, 1759-1828 ; Swartz, 1760-1818 ; Willdenow, 1765- 1812. ‘Torreya, 4: 49-52. 28 Ap 1904. Wiegand, K. M. & Foxworthy, F. W. A key to the genera of woody plants in winter, including those with hardy’representatives found growing wild or in cultivation within New York State. 1-27. Ithaca, N. Y., 1904. Woodward, B. B. Bibliographical notes. XXXI.—A. St. Hilaire’s ‘* Plantes usuelles des Brasiliens.’’ Jour. Bot. 42: 86, 87. 1 Mr 1904. a a The Warblers in pila gene ses Serre epiicst nig penn 02. issue mF) rately colored plates, Re nie ad all the plu- mages of North American Warblers,from st ings oy Loui ; hae Fuertes and Bru Hors: t accompanying these beautiful example, repres 50 observers for a total of sd Se pan ve a free copy of our Rome er, » issue, cont. t rst gpa arbler 20 cents a yma : $1.00 a saa, te cee Eg subecrider to Voli: Hiaf pla I DUBON Hee isn BY BIRD-LORE, deginning Ahnaek 1904. HE MACMILLAN ¢ CO., a FIFTH AVE., New York City | ie aes WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEVENTH YEAR ann VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, pine as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1. Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 wt Street, es N. Y. er: ne - INDEX lg, AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the ate of one cent for each card Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, Corvmpia University, New York City. PUBLICATIONS Journal o e New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news ra non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- vers of the Ga beg To others, Io oe a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 2 Vol. II, en viii + 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, vili + 244 Vol. IV, eee aii ii 238 pp ulletin of the aeesh York Botanical Garden, erm the annual | reports of the Director-in-Chief other official docu uments, and techni the results of ie ir carried out i ihe arden. Free me all members of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 ty volume. Sian I-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, an tee 1896-1900. Vol. ile. 6-8, or a 30 plates, 1901-1903. Vol. UII, No. 9, 174 pp. 15 See on. emoirs of the New te Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Goad - oo why! volume. others, $2.00. [No ak ade in exchange. ol, ‘Apannabes Catalogue of the Flora of Mon and the Yellowstone Park, by De. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of ii ca ums, An arrangement and critical eerie af the eager we A and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field book and including divarriptions of 163 new species. ‘ : ith de Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and i Derkiie ess upon Growth and nabs Ve lh bie D. T. MacDougal, first assistant and director of bie — atories. of the author’s sclasbire researches together with ral conside mae af oa pace as ‘of ee o plants. The princ rigs sean ela Po Parnes are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures butions from the ire York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by st students or members of the staff, = veniciad from journals other than above. rice, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volum Vol. I. Inclusive of Nos. 1-25, vi+ 400 pp. 35 Seiwee in the text and 34 plates. Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 48, Mutations in plants, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. No. 49. The Polyporaceae of North America—VI. The genus Polyporus, by Dr- W. A. Murrill. No. 50. The spines of Fouguieria, by Miss W. J. Robinson. No. 51. Notes on Bahaman algae, by Dr. M. A. Howe. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONx PARK, NEw YORK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEMorRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : v ol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Paygonin (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. Quarto, ae pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (189). By Per rea Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896- uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00. Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Pri ° Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. zo1~-. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3- Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Shier, Soros in apes 1895-1896. 230 pages, 76 eo Price $4.2 5 Gace $3.80 (paper). Published. ey Willard. N. Clute & Co. Bingham he Department invites canacnine flak is eons of her- barium material for any of the above nam publications. Address Professor L. M. Under wood, Columbia University, N. Y. : An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel cad Britton, Profes- aoa aga 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- n Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, aptreting pate species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, non sie the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, 5- oy Native Ferns and their Allies. Soe ae, tg9c0. By Lucien sceli Underwood, Professor of Botany, uodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Pabhebad gts “Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $1.00. : 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896— : oe cveesge 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & - Price $1 7. A ea bok of General Botany (1897). By oe Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1995- G Ctavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, Teen & Co., New York. Price $3.00. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Uur Specialties : KAHLBAUM’S' C. P. Chemicals and Reagents MICROSCOPES €& aw and ee ACCESSORIES CARL SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES Cc. P. Filters ya SCHOTT & ~ T , S BALANCES GENOSSEN d = Famous Labora- ee = tory Glassware WEIGHTS oe ee. | ie B= \nd for many other f renowned European houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. ; d / ; : ; 4 ; Not offered in exchinati 1. 1, No. 1; price, $1.00: Pee Studies of ihe types of various species of the genus ide Page _ 25 My 1889. * No. 2; not furnished separately : : 2 fies aa ee of the New Jersey coast and adjacent waters 0 “Staten | Island. Pages 87-11 24 Au 1889. ol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents Hepa epaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orieetal annis 1885-5, el. H. ae Rusby lectae. oe ey 13-140. 20 Ja Biss No. 4; price, 75 cen o. 1; not furnished separate’ ely: Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding sca ge 1%, Poateg t, 2. 108 1890 . 2, No, 2; price, 75 ce ¢ Hollick, A. Corittilatintts to the eer of Virginia. Pages 27- 23 D Le ae - = furnished separatel edgé of the geniain ee some } North Amer -108, fae md 15 Ap EPI 75 cen er 3, No 1; not furnished separat sf er, A. ig Flora of western North. Carolina and contigaoss Pages ae 20 F 1892. Vol. 3, No. 2 : ce $2.00 : : 5 T. The he Naiadaceae of North America [with aaryeiens of = | the pe les}. ais es 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr thee ee oe ites 3, No. 3; not furnished separate tely : : ; eration of the plants vasainicious in Bolivia by _—_ tr. og Pages ca 28 Apr 1893. apo _not fared spay : Vol. 4, No a: ‘not aieeaee os K. & Vail, A. M. Report on the ‘botanical conicention of peers st ring eet 1892. Sciate om vay Vol. 4, No.3 3; ooo 50.6 “Vol. 5; price, $3.00: List of Peerdaphyte Be Spermat ophyfa growing without cultivation in northeastern North A Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 D 1804. Vol. 6, No. 1; price, - Rusby, H.H. An enumeration of the plants ealectea” in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Part a Ses 1-130. 17 N 1806. |. 6, No. 2; price, 50 ce e Grout, A.J. A revision of the North A merican alice: and Brachythecia- Pages 131-210. 30 Jl 1897. Vol. 6, No. 3; price, 50 cents : Hazen, T. life history of Sphaerella aaa ( Haematococcus pluvialis) - Pages act Fabs plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Jet oe Vv No. ¢; price, ae cen Underwood, L. M. A review of the genera of ferns sees prior to 1332. 247-283. 1 D 1899. i 4 r Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents : ‘Fink, B, eigen on the lichen disiviburiol in the upper Mississippi Valley. Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899. fe ey é ; price, $3.00: Howe, M. A. The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of Cahifornia. _. 88-122. § Au ¥89q9. Pages 1-208, oe Vol. 8, No. 1; price, $1.75: Lloyd, F. E. The pe arative eniryiog of the Rubiaceae. Part ate Byes 14. 26 Au 3899. Part Il. Pages 27-112, plates 5~r5. Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: ‘Evans, A A.W. The Lgjenneae of the United States and Canada. Pages ns-8 ie Stas 16-22, I 5 Raa “Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 cen zB G. & Aig geo A. The life history of Vi a 5 bacase Pages ’ FFT. : B.S. A moose of the Erysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, abe I-9- 4 Vol. 10; price, $3.00: A Clusian | es in its relation to Aster. Pages 3I JUNE, 1904 BULLETIN OF THE ORREY BOTANICAL CLUI €bditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART : Assoriate €ditors ae ATHANIEL LoRD BRITTON DaNieL TREMBLY MacDougal — Tracy Et.oT HAZEN WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL IARSHALL Avery HOWE ss HERBERT MAULe RICHARDS — ANNA Murray VAIL President, HON. ADDISON BROWN, LLD, Vice-Presidents, HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, EDWARD W. BERRY JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D. Passaic, New Jersey. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Treasurer, FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia Universtiy, New York City. MEETINGS r to Atay inclusive = the second Tuesday, e last Wednesday, VoL, 31 : No. 6 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB JUNE, 1904 A revision of some species of Ectropothecium a ERNEST S. SALMON q (WITH PLATES 13 AND 14) Whilst studying lately some West Indian examples of the genus Ectropothecium Mitt., received from the New York Botanical Gar- den, U.S, A,, it became necessary to examine the type-specimens _ Of the following plants — £. vesiculare (Schwaegr.) Mitt., &. rute- 4 fans (Brid.) Mitt., E. malachiticum (C. Mill.) Paris, A. Poeppigia- num (Hampe) Jaeger, E. conostegum (C. Mill.) Mitt., E. favoviride _ Mitt., Z. crassicaule Mitt., Hookeria praclonga W. Arnott and the a Plant sent out under the name flypnum Montagnet Schimp. in Wright's Cuban Mosses, number 720. The result of the study 7 and comparison of type specimens and authentic examples of the __ above plants has enabled me to make the following revision. Bridels’ Leskia rutilans (1827) from St. Domingo proves to be identical with Schwaegrichen’s Hypnum vesiculare (1827) from Jamaica ; and Miiller’s Vesicularia malachitica (1898) from Porto Rico is also the same species. A specimen in Mitten’s herbarium . labeled “ Brazil” is also to be referred to £. vestculare. < Hampe’s Flookeria Poeppigiana (1844), from Peru, which has _ been sunk in E. vesiculare, proves to be a well marked variety of that species, and to be identical with Miller's Hypnum conostegum _ (1851) from Cuba and St. Domingo. Mitten’s £. favoviride (1869) _ trom Cuba is a form of this same variety Poeppigianum. £. crassicaule Mitt. (1869) from Cuba appears distinct from all the above mentioned plants. [The preceding number of the BuLLETIN, Vol. 31, No. 5, for May, 1904 (31: *39-308) was issued 18 My 1904.] 309 310 SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM Hookeria praelonga W. Arnott, from Rio de Janeiro, which has been referred to £. vesiculare, proves to be a species of Actropothe- cium allied to, if not identical with, Z. amphibolum Spruce. As regards “ Hypnum Montagnei Schimp.” the following plants have been sent out under the number 720 in Wright’s Cuban Mosses. In Mitten’s herbarium and in the Kew herbarium three distinct plants appear under the number 720, viz., &. vestculare (Schwaegr.), £. vesiculare Poeppigianum (Hampe), and £. cras- sicaule Mitt. In Miiller’s herbarium both &. vesiculare and the variety Poeppigianum are found under the number 720. The plant quoted by Mitten, ‘ Wright, inter 120,” as belonging to £. amphibolum Spruce proves to be &. vesiculare. The plant, “n. 120 ex parte” in Mitten’s herbarium, on which Mitten founded his E. flavoviride is a form of the variety Poeppigianum ; while £. crassicaule Mitt. founded also on ‘‘n. 120 ex parte’’ proves, as men- tioned above, to be a distinct species. It may be mentioned here that from Montagne’s original description of “ H. Montagnei”’ the plant appears to be Z. vesiculare Poeppigianum ; specimens from Montagne’s herbarium, however, are £. vesiculare type. The result of the above investigations shows how necessary it is in the first place, in describing the moss-flora of any country, to examine types and historical specimens in herbaria in order to remove the errors which have accumulated round certain species. My sincere thanks are due to the authorities at the Berlin Museum and the Herbier Boissier for kindly allowing me to see specimens from, respectively, Miiller’s and Schwaegrichen’s her- baria; to Mr. William Mitten, A.L.S., for kindly sending me 4 large number of specimens of Ectropothecium from his herbarium ; and to Professor F. O. Bower, F.R.S., for allowing me to examine a specimen from Walker-Arnott’s herbarium. I give below diagnoses drawn up from the examination of the type and authentic specimens, and the revised synonymy and dis- tribution. In the study of the species of this difficult genus Ectropothecium the shape and areolation of the ventral branch- Jeaves afford important specific characters. By paying attention to these points the two species F. vesiculare (Schwaegt.) and £. amphibolum Spruce, which are both variable species and often closely resemble each other, can be at once separated. SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM 311 EcTROPOTHECIUM VESICULARE (Schwaegr.) Mitt. Hypnum vesiculare Schwaegr. Sp. Musc. Frond. Suppl. 2: 167, pl. 199. 1827; C. Mill. Syn. 2: 235 (sect. Omalia sub- sect. Vesicularia) (syn. Hookeria praelonga Walk. Arnott excl.) 1851. ; Leskia (Omalia) rutilans Brid. Bryol. Univ 2: 332 (var. portori- censis excl.) 1827. Hypnum rutilans (Brid.) C. Mill. Syn. 2: 234 (sect. Omala subsect. Vesécularia) (habitat. quibusdam_probabiliter excl.) 1851. Ectropothecium vesiculare (Schwaegr.) Mitt. Musc. Austr.-Amer. 518 (synon. et habitat. peruvianis excl.) 1869 ; Jaeger, Adumbr. 2: 534 (habitat. peruv. excl.) 1879; Paris, Index Bryol. 89 (syn. et habitat. quibusdam excl.) 1895. £. rutilans (Brid.) Mitt. Muse. Austr.-Amer. 519 (habitat. quibus- dam probabil. excl.) 1869; Jaeger, Adumbr. 2 / 538 (habitat. quibusdam prob. excl.) 1879; Paris, Index Bryol. 86 (habitat. quibusdam prob. excl.) 1895. Vesicularia malachitica C. Mill. Hedwigia, 37: 251. 1898. Ectropothecium malachiticum (C. Mill.) Paris, Index Bryol. Suppl. I: 136. 1900, €curvo margine integro vel in folii apice minutissime denticulato cellulis laxis pellucidis superioribus hexagonis circ. 30-40 x 22- 25 #, foliis caulinis ventralibus minoribus e basi lata oblonga vel Subquadrata concava acuminatis acumine plus minus recurvo ten- erius areolatis, foliis rameis dorsalibus et lateralibus confertis sub- distichis planiuscule compressis patentibus siccitate plus minus Crispulis ovatis vel late ovatis interdum rotundato-ovatis breviter ¢t abrupte acuminatis interdum apiculato-acuminatis basi saepe Maequalibus praeter apicem summum ‘minutissime denticulatum ai2 SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM integris nervis binis brevissimis interdum indistinctis cellulis laxis pellucidis late et breviter hexagonis et subhexagonis circ. 20 x 25 —304 basin versus gradatim longioribus, foliis. rameis ventralibus multo minoribus et tenerioribus e basi lata ovata concava breviter acuminatis interdum subtriangularibus cellulis laxis hexagonis et subhexagonis circ. 15-20 x 40-50, foliis perichaetialibus erectis apice interdum flexuoso-patentibus superioribus caulinis majoribus circ. 1.5 mm. longis e basi ovata vel oblonga tenuiter filiformi- acuminatis enervibus cellulis superioribus longis augustioribus margine integro vel apicem versus minutissime subdenticulato, capsula in pedunculo 1-1.5 cm. longo gracili erecto purpureo laevi apice incurvo breviter et turgide oblonga vel urceolata macro- stoma maturitate infra orificium contracta badia horizontali tan- dem nutante parvula 0.75-I mm. xX 0.50-0.60 mm. raro 1.25 x I mm. leptodermatica basi ima stomatibus superificialibus paucis majore convexa plus minus longe apiculato humore vero conico- acuminato, peristomii externi dentibus lineari-lanceolatis basin versus dense striato-trabeculatis badiis apice albidis papillosis in- terni magnis quandoque emergentibus lanceolatis carinatis lacunis dorsalibus plus minus distinctis ciliis 2~3 vel apice in unum coalitis nodulosis longis interpositis, membrana basilari alta fere ad peri- stomii externi dentium medium producto, calyptra subulata latere fissa pallide virente ; floribus masculis minutis pluribus in caule prope flores femineos positis, foliis perigonialibus ovatis breviter acuminatis integris cellulis laxis hexagonis, antheridiis paraphysibus filiformibus immixtis. tab. Ind. occid ; Jamaica, ad rupes et fontes prope plantationem Richmond, c. fr., leg. D. Reider (in herb. Schwaegr.)! St. Domingo (Hispaniola), c. fr. (in herb. Bridel.)! Cuba, ad truncos putridos in sylvis, c. fr., C. Wright, zo. 120, partim, sub Aypue Montagnei, (Kew, Brit. Mus. et in herb. Mitten., etiam in herb. Miiller., sub Hypno conostego, partim)! Porto Rico, Sierra de Lares, ad arbores, c. fr., Feb. 3, 1887, leg. Sintenis (in herb. Miller., sub Ves¢cularia malachitica) | Amer. ausir; Brazil, c. fr. (in herb. Mitten.) ! Schwaegrichen’s Hypuum vesiculare was published in 1827; a good description of the species, together with figures, being given. The type-specimens collected in Jamaica, and preserved in Schwaegrichen’s herbarium, represent a rather small state of the species, with branches 3.5 mm. long, which, with the leaves, a SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM B10 measure a little under 1 mm. wide. Very rarely indeed a branch occurs which bears a very short branchlet. The dorsal and lateral branch-leaves are entire, or minutely denticulate at the extreme apex ; they commonly approach roundish-ovate in shape, with the apex shortly and often abruptly apiculato-acuminate. These leaves do not exceed 0.75 mm. in length. In the same year (1827) Bridel published a moss, from St. Domingo, as a new species under the name Leskia (Omalia) rutilans, I have seen the type of this in Bridel’s herbarium. The sheet containing it bears two labels; on one is written ‘‘ Pteri- Sophyllum rutilans N. Leskia rutilans N. L. Omalia rutilans Bryol. Univ, Saint Domingo. Balbis. Lyon. 1820." There are examples of two mosses pasted down above this label, one being the type of Bridel’s species, while the other is a species of the genus Hookeria. Over the first moss has been written in Miiler’s handwriting, “Om. rutilans ; over the second, “ Alia species.” Now this type-specimen of Bridel’s ‘Z. rutilans” agrees €xactly with Schwaegrichen’s type-specimen of “ 4. vesiculare.” One indeed was prepared for the fact of the identity of the two plants on reading Bridel’s description of his plant (‘ Laete virens, complanata, simpliciter pinnato-ramosa, ramis brevibus parallelis. Folia duplici serie disticha, subrotundo-ovata, subintegerrima, laete viridia, laxissime ovato-areolata, diaphana”’) and comparing it with the description and figures given by Schwaegrichen. It is most probably the erroneous statement made by authors with regard to the inflorescence of &. rutilans which has caused the two plants to be regarded as distinct species up to the present day. Bridel in his diagnosis makes no mention at all of the inflor- “scence. In Miller’s “Synopsis,” however, Bridel’s plant is des- cribed as “ dioicum >” In Mitten’s ‘‘ Musci Austro-Amer.” we find E. rutilans separated as being dioicous from the monoicous species £. vesiculare, E, amphibolum, etc. As a matter of fact Bridel’s plant is monoicous, and the type-specimens bear abundant male and female flowers. Miiller in his “Synopsis” compares “ H. rutilans” with H. subdenticulatum, H. conostegum, and H. Poepfi- Stanum, but not with A. vesiculare ; we may infer from this that it ‘S Most probable that Miiller had not seen at the time Schwaegri- chen’s plant. 314 SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM Bridel published his species from the single locality, ‘‘ In His- paniola unde missam Balbisius habuit et communicavit, in arbori- bus habitat.’’ Miller, however, in describing the plant in the “Synopsis” does not mention this locality, but gives, apparently by a mistake, the habitat ‘“ Portorico: Bertero.’’ For the follow- ing reason it seems possible that this mistake arose through some error of copying. As mentioned above, there are two labels on the sheet of “ Z. ruti/ans”’ in Bridel’s herbarium. On one label is written “ Leskia capillaris, ad saxa locis udis Portorico”’ in one handwriting, and to this is added, in Bridel’s handwriting, ‘ Balbis Lyon 1820.” Over the plant to which this label belongs Miller has written ‘‘ Omalia rutilans Brid.’’ It is to be noted, however, that Bridel himself has not in any way identified this moss as belonging to his ‘“ Z. ruti/ans.”’ An examination of this plant from Porto Rico shows that it belongs to a small form of Ectropothectum amphibolum Spruce — agreeing exactly with the plant sent out in Spruce Musc. Amazon. et And. wo. 1145, from the Andes of Peru, and also with examples from Cuba (collected by Liebmann) in the Kew Herbarium. It may be questioned, perhaps, if the other localities given by Miiller, viz., ‘‘ Venezuela, Cumbre de Valenzia, alt. 3,000’: Wagner 1848,” and “ Insula St. Catharina Brasiliae, loc. umbrosis pr. Destero, Jan. et Febr. 1847: Pabst” really belong to the present species. The example named “ £. rutilans’’ by Mitten, in the Kew Her- barium, from Rio de Janeiro (comm. A. Glaziou, mo. 7453 belongs to £. amphibolum Spruce ; the inflorescence is monoicous. Since Schwaegrichen’s and Bridel’s names date from the same year, we are at liberty to choose either for the present species. Schwaegrichen’s name is, however, preferable on every ground, both for the reason that a clear description, indicating the inflores- cence, together with a good figure, is given of H. vesicu/are, and that Bridel included under Z. rutilans a variety “ portoricensts,” which proves to be specifically distinct. The plant from Rio de Janeiro (collected by Jameson) pub- lished in 1824 as a new species under the name of Hookeria prae- longa by Walker-Arnott (Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc. 5: 203) was referred to by Wilson (London Jour. Bot. 7 : 278. 1848) in a note on “Hypnum scaturigenum Schwaegr.” as follows: SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM 315 “This moss may be the same species as Hookeria praelonga Arnott, and possibly, also, Hypnum vesiculare Schwaegr.’’ This remark of Wilson’s was somewhat altered by Miller, who stated in the “Synopsis,” under Hypuum vesiculare, “ Hookeria praelonga W. Arn. ex animadv. Wilsoni in Lond. Journ. of bot. 1848. p. 278, huc pertinere dicitur.’’ Mitten, also (Musci Austro-Amer. 518), quotes Hookeria praclonga ““W. Arn. ex obs. Wils.” as a synonym of Hypnum vesiculare. 1 have been able to examine the type-speci- mens of Hookeria praeclonga in Arnott’s herbarium at the University of Glasgow, and find that this plant is quite distinct specifically from E. vesiculare ; it is a species of Ectropothecium allied to E. amphi- bolum, or is possibly a form of that species. “ Hypnum Montagne,’ from Cuba, belongs in part to Z. vesz- culare type, and in part to the var. Poeppigianum described below. There is a specimen in the Kew Herbarium, labelled in Montagne’s handwriting “ Prerygophyllum Montagnei Belang. Voy. Ind. Or. Cuba,” which is undoubtedly specifically identical with Schwaeg- richen’s plant. The specimen consists of portions of two fruiting stems, and in the small size and general habit of the plant, as well as in the shape of stem- and branch-leaves, areolation, etc., this Cuban plant agrees exactly with the type-specimen of £. vesicu/are (from Jamaica) in Schwaegrichen’s herbarium. Ina few instances, however, the branches reach a length of 5 mm., and measure, with their leaves, about 1 mm. wide. The same plant, in a slightly more robust state, was sent out, under the name Aypuum Mon- tagnet Schimp., as part of zo. 720 in Wright's Cuban Mosses,— at least as regards the examples under this number in the Kew, British Museum, and Mitten’s herbaria. These specimens, whilst certainly belonging to Schwaegrichen’s species, represent a larger, More luxuriant state. Some of the branches attain a length of 8 mm., and sometimes, though rarely, bear a short branchlet. The branches with their leaves are about i.5 mm. wide. In the example in Miiller’s herbarium labeled “ Aypuuim conostegum C. Miill., Cuba, decayed logs in forests. Wright MN. 120 = H. Montagnei Sch. ex C. M.,” some of the specimens are clearly the same as the plant from Cuba (collected by Doring) described by Miller as 4. conostegumm—a plant which, as men- tioned below, I cannot separate from the var. Poeppigianum of E. 316 SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM vesiculare. Mixed with these, however, are plants which are clearly referable to H. vesiculare type, agreeing perfectly in the habit, the small size, the short branches, and small roundly ovate apiculate-acuminate branch-leaves. The plant figured natural size under the name /7. Montagnet Schimp., by Montagne in La Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Crypt. p/. 20. f. 1, has the more robust habit and regular pinnate branching of the var. Poeppigianum described below. Mitten quotes (Musci Austro-Amer. 519) under £. amphibolum, Cuba, “ Wright, inter n. 120,” but the plant referred to belongs — as the specimen in Mitten’s herbarium shows —to £. vescudare. Mitten quotes (/. c. 518) also a plant collected by Spruce in the Andes of Peru (Spruce, Musc. Amazon. et And. vo. 1145) as be- longing to &. vesiculare. In the examples under this number in Mitten’s herbarium, and in the herbaria at Kew and the British Museum, however, the plant is not £. vesiculare, but E. amphibo- Zum, showing clearly the more denticulate dorsal and lateral branch- leaves, and the characteristic shape and areolation of the ventral branch-leaves of the latter species. The same is also the case with specimens in the Kew Herbarium, from Rio de Janeiro (col- lected by Glaziou), which have: been referred to Z. vesiculare by Mitten. In Mitten’s herbarium there is a small specimen consisting of part of a stem bearing one seta (without a capsule) labelled “ Brazil.” This moss unquestionably belongs to true £. vesiculare. Unless careful attention is paid to certain points the present species is very liable to be confused with E. amphibolum. EF. vesiculare type may usually be known by its smaller size, and more compact habit, with the branches more complanate, spread- ing at right angles, and more or less arcuate ; it is, however, by certain characters shown invariably by the branch-leaves that the two species are best distinguished. In &. vesiculare the ventral branch-leaves are broadly ovate-acuminate, and the areolation 1s lax, with hexagonal and subhexagonal cells, measuring 15-20 X 40-504. In &, amphibolum the ventral branch-leaves are more longly acuminate from a narrower ovate base, or are sometimes ovate-lanceolate; the areolation is narrow, with subprosenchy- matous cells measuring 15 x 80-100. The dorsal and lateral | cape een, wane init le ee Tee ee SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM 317 branch-leaves, also, of the two species show constant differences. In £. vesiculare the leaves are subentire, the margin being minutely denticulate only at the extreme apex; and the areolation of the leaf in the upper half is remarkably lax, with the marginal cells wide. In £. amphibolun the margin is more evidently denticulate for a greater distance below the apex; the areolation is decidedly less jax, and the marginal cells are distinctly narrower than the rest, often forming a kind of indistinct border, which is most evi- dent when the leaf is viewed under a low magnification. Miller has recently (Hedwigia, 37 : 251 1898) described a moss from Portorico under the name Vesicularia malachitica, with the characters, ‘“‘ monoica ; cespites latissime expansi planissimi aeru- ginosi teneri ; folia e cellulis pro foliolo majusculis laxis chloro- phyllosis utriculo primordiali repletis breviusculis reticulata, inte- gerrima. . . . E minutissimis Vesiculariis, minutie partium omnium €t colore malachitico primo visu distinguenda.”’ Miller quotes the synonym “ Hypnum Montagnei Hpe. in Musc. Portoricens. Schwaneckianis no. 41 ”’ for his plant. I have seen the type-speci- mens of /” malachitica in Miller’s herbarium, labelled ‘ Puerto Rico, Sierra de Lares, ad arbores, Feb. 3, 1887, Leg. Sintenis.”’ The moss is certainly Z. vesiculare Schwaegr., and is identical in the aeruginose color, habit, etc., with the plant sent out as part of number 720 in Wright’s Cuban mosses, under the name Hypuum Montagnei Schimp., and which Mitten (Musci Austro-Amer.) has wrongly referred to E. amphibolum. I have not seen the calyptra of the present species, and have therefore in the diagnosis given above repeated Schwaegrichen’s description. Montagne (in La Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Bot. 532) Says of the calyptra of “ Hypuum Montagnet” “ Calyptra mature decidua longe subulata, pallide viridis, stylo residuo coronata, basi hine breviter fissa.” Ectropothecium vesiculare Poeppigianum (Hampe). Hypnum Montagnei Schimp. ex Mont. in La Sagra, Hist. Cuba, - Bot. 530 (partim). 1842; et in La Sagra. Fl. Cub. 1: 315. pl. 20. fig. I (partim). 1853. Flookeria Poeppigiana Hampe, Icon. Muse. pl. 4. 1844. Hypnum Poeppigianum Hampe ex C. Mill. Syn. 2: 235 (sect. malia, subsect. Vesicularia) 1851. 318 SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM Hi. conostegum C. Mill., 4. c. 242 (sect. Omalia, subsect. Vesicu- aria) (synon. et habitat. portoric. excl.) 1851. Ectropothecium flavoviride Mitt. Musc. Austr.-Amer. 518. 1869 ; Jaeger, Adumbr. 2: 534. 1879; Paris, Index Bryolog. 81. 1895. E. conostegum (C. Mill.) Mitt. Musc. Austr.-Amer. 519. 1869 ; Jaeger, Adumbr. 2: 537 (Brideli syn. et habitat portoric. excl.) 1879; Paris, Index Bryolog. 79 (Brideli syn. et habitat. por- toric. excl.) 1895. E. Poeppigianum (Hampe) Jaeger, Adumbr. 2: 534. (Mitteni syn. et Lindigi planta excl.). 1879. Vesicularia conostega C. Mull. Hedwigia, 3'7: 252. 1808. Monoicum, fusco- vel flavo-viride, laxe et depresse caespitosum, caespitibus intricatis mollibus, caule repente praelongo flexuoso inferne radiculoso irregulariter pinnato vel raro hic illic subbi- pinnato, ramis inaequalibus ad 7 mm. longis simplicibus vel raro parce et vage ramosis patulis vel patentibus distichis haud com- planatis cum foliis circ. 1.5 mm. latis, foliis caulinis erecto-patenti- bus imbricatis saepe apice parum uncinatis vix compressis siccitate inflectentibus dorsalibus et lateralibus oblongo- vel ovato-acumi- natis circ. 1.5 mm. longis acumine longo tenui flexuoso saepe recurvo lateralibus basi inaequalibus cellulis firmiusculis superiori- bus hexagonis et subhexagonis 50 — 70 x 12 — 15 y inferne longioribus rectangulo- ‘subhexagonis utriculo primordiali contracto repletis margine nisi in acumine minutissime subdenticulato in- tegerrimo interdum ad folii medium recurvo nervis binis brevibus plerumque inaequilongis, foliis caulinis ventralibus minoribus circ. 1 mm. longis e basi late ovali vel subquadrata abruptius tenuiter acuminatis tenerius areolatis cellulis hexagonis et elliptico-subhex- agonis 40 — 70x 13 — 05 B, foliis rameis haud complanatis multiseriatis vix compressis erecto- -patentibus imbricatis saepe plus minus uncinatis dorsalibus et lateralibus circ. 1 mm. longis ovatis nunc e basi concava she vel ovata lanceolatis nunc oblongis vel ovatis plus minus longe acuminatis (in rami parte inferiore saepe subulato-acuminatis acumine curvato) margine subintegro tenerius areolatis cellulis hexagonis et subhexagonis circ. SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM 319 40 — 60 x 13 — 15 4 nervis binis brevibus, foliis perichaetialibus erectis superioribus apice flexuosis e basi oblongo-ovata truncata filiformi-acuminatis laxe reticulatis margine integro vel subintegro, capsula in pedunculo gracili subflexuoso purpureo glabro 1.5 cm. alto apice incurvo parvula 1.25 x 0.75 mm. badia suburceolata pendula, operculo turgide conico acutiusculo, “ peristomii dentibus interni ciliis binis.”’ Hab. — Amer, austr. — Peruvia; sylvae primaevae, Cuchera, c. fr. (leg. Poeppig, 1829), Poeppig, Musci frondosi mo. 72 (Herb. Hamp.)! Andes peruvianae (Spruce) ! Ind. occid, — Cuba, ad truncos putridos in sylvis (Wright, vo. 720, sub “ypno Montagne’ Schimp., partim, = 2. flavoviride Mitt. in herb. Mitten. et = Aypnum conostegum C. Mill. in herb Miller). Cuba, Déring in Hb. Kunzeano. Sept. 25, 1843 (sub. Hypno conostego C. Mill. in herb. Miiller). St. Domingo, in monte “Tsabel de la torre,” 600 m. alt., June 3, 1887, leg. Eggers (sub #1. conostego C. Miill. in herb. Miiller). Hampe in 1844 described the present plant, from examples collected by Poeppig in Peru, as Hookeria Poeppigiana. Miiller in the “‘ Synopsis” placed the moss in the genus Aypnum — section Omalia, subsection Vesicularia — between H. rutilans and H. vesi- culare, and contrasted it with the latter species. In 1869 Mitten (Musci Austro-Amer. 518) without seeing specimens of Hampe’s plant, quoted ‘ Hovkeria Poeppigiana’’ as a synonym of Lctropo- thectum vesiculare, and since this date authors have, almost without €xception, followed Mitten in referring Hampe’s plant from Peru to Schwaegrichen’s species, £. vesiculare, from Jamaica. Jaeger (Adumbr. 2: 334), who maintains Hampe’s species and who was the first to place it in Ectropothecium, gives the reference ‘“‘ Ectro- pothecium vesiculare forma Mitt. Musc. Austr. Amer. p. 518,” this, however, is incorrect, the word “forma” not occurring in the place cited. Jaeger quotes as a locality for the species ‘‘ Nova Granada, in silvis ad flumen Magdalenae (A. Lindig).” There are examples of this plant in Hampe’s herbarium, labelled in Hampe’s handwriting, “ Hypuum Poeppigianum,” from “ Nova Granata, ad flum, Magdalenae, December, 1862 in sylvis leg. A. Lindig.” This moss, however, is certainly not the same species as is repre- sented by Hampe’s type-specimens from Peru, but belongs clearly to &, ampluibolum Spruce. The same is the case with another moss in Hampe’s herbarium labelled ‘“ Hypuum callidum Mont. 320 SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM Chile ; Huallagua super in arboribus ad Missionem Tocache Jul. 1830 Poeppig.”” On the label has been written in Miiller’s hand- writing ‘‘= Hookeria Poeppigiana Hampe,” and “ = Leskea rutilans Brid. nach Originalexempl.” Further, there isa moss in Hampe’s herbarium labelled “Musc. Andini Amazonici 1155 zu 1144. Ayprum glaucosum C. Mill. n. sp. Lctropothecium subdenticulatum Mitt. non C. Mull. Andes Peruvianae.”’ An examination of the specimen, which consists of a few stems only, shows that there is a mixture of two species here, one being Hampe’s Hookcria Poeppigiana — the plant agree- ing in every way with Hampe’s type ; while the other is EZ. awphi- bolum Spruce. In 1851 Miller published as a new species, in the section Omala, subsection Vesicularia, of Hypnum, a plant from Cuba, (collected by Doring) under the name of AH. conostegum, placing it, with the single species H. suédenticulatum in the section ‘‘ Folia denticulata, longe acuminata,” whilst 7. Poeppigianum was placed in the section “Folia integerrima, breviter acuminata.’ The following description was given: “‘monoicum; H. subdenticulato: simillimum, sed zrregulariter pinnatum, ramis siccitate distincte cur- vatis flexuosis tenerioribus subcontortis lutescentibus hic illic fusciduls, humore patentibus ; folia obsolete denticulata saepe integerrima ; pedunculus, theca et peristomium H. Péppigiani; operculum turgide conicum acutum.’’ J have seen the type-specimen, labelled “ Hypnum conostegum n. sp. Cuba: Doring in Hb. Kunzeano 25.9.1843,” in Miiller’s herbarium. It is clearly the same plant as Hampe’s Hookeria Poeppigiana, agreeing perfectly in habit, color, areolation and other leaf-characters. These Cuban examples agree with certain specimens of the var. Poeppigianum in Bescherelle’s herbarium, labelled ‘‘ Peruv. Andes ; Cocheras, Poeppig,” in showing a variation in the shape of some of the branch-leaves which point out clearly the passage to £. vesiculare type. In Hampe’s plant, as well as in Miller's type-specimens of H. conostegum, the dorsal and lateral leaves of some branches are more or less long-acuminate, while in other branches of the same stem these leaves (in the upper part of the branch) are broadly ovate and short- and abrupt-acuminate,— or even apiculate-acuminate, with slightly laxer areolation. pare, Sa = Se, SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF EcTROPOTHECIUM 321 Two other examples of “ AH. conostegum”’ occur in Miiller’s herbarium. The first, which is labelled ““ Hypnum conostegum C. M. Cuba, decayed logs in forests, Wright n. 120 = Hl. Montagnei Sch. ex C, M.,” quite agrees with the plant collected in Cuba by Doring, and, like that, often shows an approach in the shape of the branch-leaves to Z. vesiculare type. It is of interest to note, how- ever, that the main stem of some of these specimens is often thick, especially towards the apex, and that the apex of the branches is often incurved, and also that the points of the dorsal and lateral leaves of both stem and branches are slightly decurved, so that the stems have a very different appearance viewed from above and below. The second example is labeled “H. conostegum m. St. Do- mingo in monte ‘Isabel de la torre,’ 600 m. alt. 3.7.87 leg. Eggers.” This also has rather thick stems, with the points of the leaves decurved. It is, however, like the other example, clearly the same plant as Hampe's Hookeria Poeppigiana, in the type-speci- men of which the same leaf-characters are sometimes observable. With regard to the shape of the operculum — “ operculum lurgide conicum acutum’’— advanced by Miller asa distinguishing character, it may be noted here that, as Montagne (in La Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Bot. 5 32) has already pointed out, the operculum of the present plant is zz ‘he dry state apiculate or mucronate, but becomes conical acuminate on being moistened (‘operculum in statu sicco plus minus longe apiculatum vel mucronatum, humecto vero conico-acuminatum’), The FIGURES Ig and 20 which I have given on PLATE 14 show the change which takes place in the Shape of the operculum. It must be noted here that Miiller quotes in the Synopsis, under H. conostegum the locality ‘ Portorico: Bertero,” and remarks “ Leskea (Omatia) rutilans 3 Portoricensis Brid. 11, p. 332 € spec. imperfectis Hb. Brid, forma flaccidior videtur.” I have seen the type of Bridel’s plant above referred to;—the sheet bears the label, in Bridel’s handwriting, ‘2. Omalia rutilans 8 Portoricensis Bryol. Univ. Prerigophyllum pendulum N. L. Omalia Portoricensts Bryol. Univ. In Porto Ricco ad saxa et arbor. Balbis Lyon 1820.” On the sheet, above the specimens, Miller has written “ Acosta conostega mihi videtur.”’ Now this plant of Bridel’s from Porto Rico, of which a fair, fruiting example still exists in his her- gas SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM barium, is certainly not Miller's 4. conostegum, but it is identical with £. amphibolum Spruce. Mitten, in 1869, in Musc. Austr.-Amer. 518, published, as a new species ‘‘ Ectropothecium flavoviride. Ins. Cuba, Wright, n. 120, ex parte.” I have examined the type in Mitten’s herbarium, and find that it agrees well with Hampe’s 7. Poeppigiana. Whilst clearly belonging, in my opinion, to this, it is somewhat marked in possessing long-acuminate and rather narrow leaves, and in having the margin of the dorsal branch-leaves recurved at the middle of the leaf. The ventral branch-leaves in Mitten’s type are frequently subulate-acuminate. In some of the branches of the type-specimens of H7. Poeppigiana, however, the ventral branch-leaves are of exactly the same shape (while on other branches they are simply acuminate), and occasionally, also, the margins of the dorsal branch-leaves are recurved. Part of the specimen in the Kew Herbarium under the mo. 720 in Wright’s Cuban Mosses is the same plant as Mitten’s £. flavoviride. The present plant, described by Hampe as Hookeria Poep- pigiana, certainly presents characteristics which might lead us at first sight to suppose that it was specifically distinct from &. vesiculare. These characteristics are the more robust habit (shown in Hampe’s figure), the pale color, the longer stems with less patulous branches which sometimes bear secondary branchlets, and especially the different shape and arrangement of the branch- leaves. In the present plant the dorsal and lateral branch- leaves are usually longer, narrower, more acuminate and with firmer areolation than in &. vesicu/are, and the branch-leaves are more crowded and arranged in many rows, so that the branches present a very different appearance from the complanate branches of £. vesiculare type, with their marked subdistichous arrangement of dorsal and lateral branch-leaves. As pointed out above, how- ever, we find both in authentic specimens of Hookeria Poeppigiana from Peru, and of Hypnum conostegum from Cuba, some stems showing characters which clearly point to too close an affinity with £. vesiculare to allow of the present plant being given more than a varietal rank. From all forms of the variable E. amphibolum, Spruce, E. vest culare Poeppigianum may be at once distinguished by the less SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF EcTrROPOTHECIUM S20 denticulate dorsal and ventral branch-leaves, with wider marginal cells towards the apex of the leaf, and by the wider areolation of the ventral branch-leaves. I have not seen the peristome of the present plant, and have therefore, in the diagnosis given above, copied the description given by Hampe in Miiller’s Synopsis. It would appear from the figure given by Montagne that the Cuban “ Hypnum Montagnet” is E. vesiculare Poeppigianum, although the specimen in the Kew Herbarium, from Montagne’s herbarium, is certainly Z. vesiculare type (see above). It may be noted that Paris (Index Bryolog. 84) cites wrongly the reference “Mont. in Hist. Cuba, Crypt. p. §30, t. 20, f. 1” for the true Z. Montagnet (Bel.) Jaeger. The latter species, from authentic speci- mens I have seen, is distinct from £. vesiculare —although evi- dently closely allied —in the more robust habit, the branches with more densely arranged leaves, and in the branch-leaves being of a different shape, hamate at the apex, and with different areola- tion ; the ventral branch-leaves, also, are wider and more suddenly acuminate. E. crassicaule Mitt. is—as the type-specimen in Mitten’s herbarium shows — different from all the plants described above, and presents the following characters. The plant is straw-colored, with here and there branches showing a rich fuscous tinge of color ; the stem is closely pinnate, with branches of unequal length which are usually curved at the apex. The stem-leaves are very crowded, and seen from the dorsal side of the stem are imbricate in several rows. They are gradually long-acuminate from a truncate broadly ovate or oblong base, the acumen ‘is long, fine and flexuous, the margin is entire (with the marginal cells very distinct) except in the acumen, where it is obscurely and minutely denticulate, or subentire. The areolation is lax, with hexagonal or elongate-subhexagonal cells, the walls of which become sub- Porose. The ventral stem-leaves are smaller and wider, and the cells have thinner walls. They are suddenly acuminate from a Subquadrate or broadly oblong truncate base; the acumen is long and usually filiform, and is often flexuously contorted. The points of all the stem-leaves are regularly hamate, being curved towards the ground, The branch-leaves are crowded, and strongly hamate ; the dorsal branch-leaves are lanceolate and ovate-lanceolate, attenuated to a fine acumen - the margin is entire below, minutely use SALMON: SOME SPECIES OF ECTROPOTHECIUM denticulate above ; the cells are lax, and hexagonal in shape. The ventral branch-leaves are smaller, and more abruptly acuminate from a broadly oblong or subquadrate base ; the cells are more delicate, hexagonal in shape, but longer ; the acumen is long and fine. Seta about 2 cm. long; capsule pendulous. The habit is very Aypnoid (as in other species of Ectropothectum), and in the regularly hamate leaves, all turned in one direction (so that the dorsal surface of the stem and branches has a smooth or almost glossy appearance, while viewed from below the stem and especially the branches bristle with the flexuose arcuate points of the leaves) the plant recalls sucha species as ypuume cupressiforme. Mitten’s type is labeled “120 Hypuum Montagnet Schimp. in Mont. Crypt. Cub. p. 530, t. 20. Hab. decayed logs in forests. Cuba, Wright, ex parte.” In the Kew Herbarium part of the specimens under the wo. z20 in Wright’s Cuban Mosses belongs to &. crassicaule Mitt., and agrees with the type in every way except that many of the dorsal branch-leaves are a little broader, being ovate-acumiate instead of lanceolate. Explanation of plates 13 and 14 PLATE 13 Fic. 1. L£ctropothecium vesiculare (Schwaegr.) Mitt., sh ee branch. leaf, 68. Fic, 2. Areolation of same at 14 from the apex, 400. Fic. ee éolation of a dorsal branch-leaf at 4 from the apex, 400 ( Figs. 7-3 drawn from ia plant in Wright's eet no. 120, in the Kew Heibation . 4. £. amphibolum Spruce, ventral brane leaf, X 68. Fic. 5. Areolation of same at ee from the apex, X 400. Fic. 6. Areolation of a dorsal branch-leaf at % from the apex, < 400. (Figs. g-6 drawn from the plant in Spruce, Musc, Amazon. et 145.) 1G. 7. £. vesiculare (Schwaegr.) Mitt., apex of a dorsal hee leaf, X 255+ Fic. 8. A ventral branch-leaf, towards the mae of the branch, X 52. Fic. 9. Peri- chaetial leaf, x 25. (igs. 7-9 drawn from the type in ncaa ae s herbarium. ) PLATE Fics, 10, 11. £. vesiculare (Schwaegr.) aia’ a dorsal and a lateral branch-leaf, 52. Fic. 12. Areolation of the apical part of the same dorsal branch-leaf, 4C0- ( figs. ro—r2 drawn from the type in Schwaegrichen’s herbarium. . £. amphibolum Spruce ; marginal areolation of a lateral branch- leaf at be from ke apex of the leaf, 255 (drawn from the plant in Spruce Musc. Amazon. And., 20. 1748.) Fic as: 14,085." 2 peta Poeppigianum (Hampe), a dorsal and a lateral branch-leaf, & 52. Fic. 16. Marginal areolation of a dorsal branch-leaf at 4 from the apex of the leaf, 255. (Figs. z4-76 drawn from the type in Hampe’s herbarium. ) Fics. 17-22. £. vesiculare (Schwaegr.) Mitt.; 17, da two stem-leaves, from the superior side of the stem, X 52; 19, capsule, in moistened state, 25 ; 20, operculum, dry, 25; 21, part of inner peristome, 150; 22, cilia.of same, >< 255. ad drawn from the plant in Wright’s Cuban Mosses, zo. 120, in the Kew Herbarium} figs. 17, 18, 20-22 from the type in Schwaegrichen’s herbarium. ) The Polyporaceae of North America-— VII, The genera Hexagona, Grifola, Romellia, Coltricia and Coltriciella | WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL In the last article of this series (Bull. Torrey Club, 31 : 29-44. | 1904), the tough, wood-loving, central-stemmed polypores were discussed under the genus Polyporus. The genus Heragona is in | general readily distinguished from Polyporus by its lateral stem and peculiar pores, but the two genera approach very near to one another in some of their forms. Species of Grifola are large, fleshy to tough and much branched, usually growing at the bases | of trees or arising from buried wood. The genera Romellia, Coltricia and Coltriciella, although belonging to the brown-fleshed section, are conveniently introduced here because their species are | stipitate and are ordinarily associated with the stipitate forms already discussed. This latter group, moreover, is indirectly related to Grifola through the genus Romellia, with its hyaline spores, large, irregular pileus and thick, rather fleshy substance. : HEXAGONA Poll. Pl. Nov. 35. pl. 2, 3. 1816. This genus was founded upon Hexagona Mori. The genus Favolus was based on Favolus hirtus. Both genera are monotypic in origin. Unfortunately the two were interchanged by Fries, who was unfamiliar with the species, and they have been improperly used ever since. In the Systema, Fries followed Beauvais and included Hexagona under the subgenus Favolus of Polyporus. In the Epicrisis, Fries includes F. hirtus, Beauvais’ type, in the genus fexagona and follows it with H. Mori, Pollini’s type. He then begins his genus Favolus with F. europaeus, a synonym of H. Mort. The genus Hexagona comprises species with radially elongated Pores having normally six angles. In some species, the usual form of the pores is not so evident, but general appearance and habit serve to indicate generic limits. The line of demarcation between this genus and Folyporus is difficult to draw. Most of the species of Hexagona are laterally stipitate or almost sessile, but 325 326 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA some of them vary to centrally stipitate forms and a few species are regularly mesopous. All grow upon dead wood and agree closely in habit and host plants. One American species is common also in Europe, the others are limited to either temperate or to tropical regions of America. Many of them are very imperfectly known. Synopsis of the North American species 1. Tubes unequally hexagonal, the radial walls longer. 2. Tubes equally hexagonal 15. 2. Pileus white or nearly so. 3: Pileus purple or brown. 12. 3. Surface ef Ripe glabrous or minutely hairy or fibrillose, not distinctly hispid or tom Serta a aiken distinctly hispid or tomentose. 9. 4. Pileus reniform at maturity, stipe usually much reduced ; species not tropical. 5. Pileus flabelliform, stipe usually very distinct, equalling the pileus at times in ength ; species tropical 6. 5. Tubes large, surface of Peas decorated with imbricated reddish-brown fibrils, which disappear with age. 1. H, alveolaris. Tubes much smaller, Pe mouths rarely over I mm. long and 0.5 mm. broad, surface of pileus glabrous. 2. H. micropora. 6, Tubes of medium size ; pileus large and tough, margin not ciliate. 3. . daedalea. Tubes large, mouths 1-2 mm. broad and 3-5 mm. long. : ye ret: vise dents and fissured at maturity. ya re Wilsonii. Margin 8. 8. Pileus small, 5 cm. in breadth. ae: A hispidula. Pileus large, 10 cm. in breadth, 6. H. princeps. 9. Surface not tessellated. 10. Surface tessellat II. 10, Tubes large, the mouths 1 x 4 mm., becoming radially confluent and gill-like ; con- i. text only partially translucent. 7. H. fragilis. Tubes small, the mouths about half as large as in the preceding and not becoming confluent ; context thinner, wholly translucent. 8. H. floridana. 11. Pileus small, thin and fragile, the surface minutely checkered. 9. 4. tessellatula. ta. Pileus large, thick and firm, the surface coarsely checkered. 10. H. caperata 12. Pileus purple or purplish-brown, stipe lateral or excentric. 13. Pileus brown, fe distinctly central. i+ 13. Tubes merulio 11. H, brunneola. Tubes of eeu length, 12. H. purpurascens. 14. Margin entire. I 3. H. portoricensts. Margin ciliate. 14. A. hondurensts. a ne — ~ —— Sete r . MurriLL: PoLypoRacEAE OF NortH AMERICA 327 15. Pileus purple. 15. 4. indurata. Pileus yellow or brown. 16. 16. Margin papulose. 16. H. cucullata, Margin not papulose. 17. H. Taxodit. 1. Hexagona alveolaris (DC.). Merulius alveolaris DC. Fl. Fr. 6: Pe Me 2.) 5 Hexagona Mori Poll. Pl. Nov. 35. PLZ, 3. Te Boletus arcularius Schw. Syn. Car. 69. 1818. Cantharellus alveolaris Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 322. 1821. Favolus canadensis K). Linnaea, 7: 197. 1832. Favolus europaeus Fr. Epicrisis, 498. 1838. Favolus ohiensis Berk & Mont. Syll. Crypt. 171. 1856. Favolus alveolaris Quél. Enchiridion, 185. 1886.—Fairman, Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. 2: 162. 1895. This common and widely distributed species has been several times described, the earliest name having been assigned to speci- mens from Europe. No mention is made of the American plant in the description of JZ. alveolaris from southern France. The plant was apparently known to Fries under its earliest name in 1821, but in 18 38 he redescribed it under the name Favolus europaeus, ¢ven the genus being different. canadensis was described from a single specimen in Hooker's herbarium. The excellent description of F. ohiensis was drawn from several specimens sent from Columbus, Ohio, by Sullivant. In addition to the names listed above, the species has been reported under several others, notably F. Boucheanus Kl. (Linnaea, 8: 316. pl. 5. f. 2. 1833) and F. alutaceus Berk. & Mont. (Ann, Sci. Nat. Bot. Fh ats 240. 1849). The former was originally collected by Bouché on dead trunks of birch at Lankwitz near Berlin. The latter was described from Bahia, Brazil, and probably does not extend even into tropical America. Faded specimens of H. a/veolaris, col- lected especially in the South during late autumn or winter, resemble the Brazilian species in some ways, but authentic plants show them to be very distinct. Var. peponinus B. & C. of F. Boucheanus was doubtless based on these same faded forms of our common species, In the exsiccati listed, only American material is considered. The species grows upon dead wood, usually fallen limbs, of vari- 328 MuRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA ous deciduous trees. In New York it appears to be most common on species of hickory: Canada, Dearness, Macoun ; New Hamp- shire. Lobenstine ; Connecticut, White, Earle; New York, Under- wood, Clinton, Brown, Murrill, Overacker, Earle; Pennsylvania, Haines, Everhart; New Jersey, Ellis; Ohio, James, Morgan; Virginia, Murrill ; Georgia, Ravenel; Alabama, Earle ; Michigan, Flicks, Johnson ; Wisconsin, Calkins ; Montana, Anderson. 2. Hexagona micropora sp. nov. Pileus flabelliform to reniform, convex, usually umbilicate or depressed behind, 2-4 x 2.5 x 0.2-0.4 cm.; surface smooth, gla- brous, straw-colored to cream-colored, margin acute, undulate or slightly lobed, rarely reflexed, irregularly denticulate, dark brown, as if scorched: context white, 1-2 mm. thick ; tubes decurrent, somigir ai 1-2 mm. long, mouths 4-6 angled, 0.3-0.5 x 0.6—-I edges rather firm, beset with pial sharp teeth ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 3X 9/3 stipe lateral to excentric, slightly enlarged below, concolorous, minutely tomentose to sub- glabrous, I-7 mm. long, 3-5 mm. thick. The type plants of this species were collected by Miss V. S. White on a dead birch tree at Bar Harbor, Maine, August 4, 1901. Other collections are at hand from Ohio, Ae/sey ; New York, Britton ; New Jersey, Ellis ; Wisconsin, Baker. Specimens were also found in the Fries herbarium at Upsala sent from New York by Peck. In habit and general appearance it resembles /7. alveolaris, but it is much rarer and seems confined to the northern states, while the glabrous surface and very much smaller tubes easily distinguish it from that species. 3. Hexagona daedalea (Link) Merulius daedaleus Link, Disser. 1: 37. 1795. Daedalea braziliensis Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 332. 1821. Favolus brasiliensis Fr. Elench. Fung. 44. 1828; Linnaea, 5: Sihe Pe ea J. he ta. This species was originally described from Brazil, but it ex- tends as far north as Florida and is quite abundant in tropical America on fallen trunks and other decayed timber. Besides the synonyms cited above, there are doubtless several more recent ones assigned by those who have worked over South American material. On the other hand, some species have been treated as ae a ae ee Tee a ee ee wT MourRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF Norra AMERICA 329 forms of this one which are really distinct. Favolus tessellatus Mont. (Ann. Sc. Nat. II. Bot. 20: 365. 1843), a good Brazilian species, was at first determined as F. draziliensis by Montagne and later separated because of its distinctly tessellated or checkered surface and regularly hexagonal pores. Cuban specimens called F. tessellatus are plainly F. brasiliensis, and are so determined at Kew by Montagne. Exsiccatae : Texas, Wright ; Louisiana, Hale, Langlois ; Cuba, Underwood & Earle; San Domingo, Wright; Brazil, Telinck. 4. Hexagona Wilsonii sp. nov. Pileus flabelliform, applanate, 4-7 x 4-9 X 0.05-0.2 cm.; Surface radiate-striate, slightly hispid, partially tessellate, pure white, becoming cream-colored on drying; margin at maturity very thin, usually much lobed and fissured, beset with short, fugacious hairs: context fleshy-tough, membranous, white, parti- ally or wholly translucent ; tubes decurrent, white, 1-2 mm. long, 4-6 angled, mouths 1.5 X 5 mm., smaller near the margin, edges very thin, splitting into irregular teeth ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 5 X 104; stipe exactly lateral, equal, concolorous, hispid, 0.5—I cm. long, 2.5~—5 mm. thick, often umbilicate above where it expands into the pileus. This elegant species was collected by Percy Wilson (xo. 377) in July, 1902, in the Luquillo mountains, Porto Rico, three miles from the coast. Decaying logs along a mountain stream were found covered with the fruit-bodies. 5. Hexagona hispidula (B. & C.) Favolus hispidulus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 321. 1868. Collected on trunks in Cuba by Wright. 6. Hexagona princeps (B. & C.) Favolus princeps B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 321. 1868. Collected on dead wood in Cuba by Wright. The type is at ew. It is a large, handsome species. 7. Hexagona fragilis sp. nov. Pileus flabelliform, convex, depressed behind, 2-3 X 2-4 X O.1— ©.3 cm.; surface densely hispid, especially behind, faintly radiate- striate, pure white, becoming straw-colored in drying; margin 330 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA quite thick for the genus, nearly regular in outline, usually in- flexed when dry, partly hygrophanous at times, beset with short, fimbriate, fugacious hairs: context thin, white, partially translu- cent, quite fragile when dry; tubes decurrent, white, 2-3 mm. long, 4-6 angled, mouths 1x 4 mm., becoming radially confluent and gill-like, edges thin, lacerate, the divisions fimbriate ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 4-5x 10 #2; stipe lateral, subequal, concolorous, hispid, short, 5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. thick, rarely um- bilicate above. About twenty specimens of this plant were collected by Earle (xo. 585) during a recent visit to Jamaica. They were found on fence-posts made of ‘‘ star-apple”’ (Chrysophyllum). 8. Hexagona floridana sp. nov. Pileus flabelliform, applanate, depressed behind, 2x 2.5—3 x 0.2 cm.; surface finely hispid, pure white becoming straw-colored on drying, faintly radiate-striate ; margin slightly undulate, tessellate at times, fringed with numerous slender cilia : context very thin, white, membranous, wholly translucent ; tubes decurrent, white, becoming ochraceous, 1.5-2 mm. long, normally hexagonal, mouths 0.5—I x 2-3 mm., not radially confluent, edges thin, fim- briate; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 9x4; stipe lateral, subequal, scutate at the base, concolorous, hispid, 2-5 mm. long, I—2 mm. thick, always umbilicate above. This species was collected by Small & Wilson near Miami, Florida, May, 1904. About thirty sporophores in various stages of development were taken from an old decaying log in rich shady woods. 9. Hexagona tessellatula sp. nov. Pileus flabelliform, convex, depressed behind, 1-3 x 2-4 0-2 cm.; surface delicately and closely tessellate, finely hispid, becom- ing glabrous, white, yellowish when dry ; margin thin, denticulate, slightly incurved when dry, frequently brown and hygrophanous : context white, membranous, translucent; tubes decurrent, white, 2 mm. long, 4-6 angled, mouths 1x 3 mm., at length radially confluent, edges thin, lacerate ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 2-guttulate, 3x 104; stipe lateral, short, slightly enlarged below, concolorous, hispid, 3-5 mm. long, 2-3 mm. thick, usually um- bilicate above. This species was recently collected on dead wood in Cuba by Underwood and Earle (xo, 7272). About twenty fruit-bodies were preserved. Bee TTT Gee ESS ee ee ee S3e Se eae MurriLL: PoLyporacEAE OF NortH AMERICA 331 10. Hexagona caperata (Pat.) Favolus caperatus Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. 18: 171. 1902. Described from Guadeloupe collections. Easily recognized by the abundant villosity which covers the cap. Plants recently collected by Earle at Port Antonio, Jamaica, agree well with the description. 11. Hexagona brunneola (B. & C.) Favolus brunneolus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 321. 1868. Collected on dead wood in Cuba by Wright. One small speci- men is at Kew. The tubes are merulioid in their brevity, the dis- sepiments being mere lines. I was at first inclined to consider the species an undeveloped stage of H. purpurascens, but the two species were originally described at the same time and declared by their authors to be most distinct. 12. Hexagona purpurascens (B. & C.) Favolus purpurascens B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 321. 1868. Collected by Wright on trunks in Cuba. Easily distinguished from most other species by its purple color. 13. Hexagona portoricensis sp. nov. Pileus centrally stipitate, circular, deeply umbilicate, x 4 0.3 cm.; surface subglabrous, umbrinous, the centre concolorous ; Margin entire, not very thin, much inflexed when dry: context white, fibrous, 1 mm. thick, opaque; tubes somewhat decurrent, white, 2 mm. long, 4-6 angled, mouths 1 x 3 mm., smaller and More regular near the margin, edges thin, fimbriatulate ; Spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 2-guttulate, 3-5 x 8-10; stipe cen- tral, compressed, slightly tapering downward, subconcolorous, minutely tomentose, 2 cm. long, 4 mm. thick. The above description is based on wo. r45 of Earle’s Porto Rican collections. The plant was found upon decaying wood in the mountains at an altitude of 2,000 feet. It has many characters M common with A. hondurensis. 14. Hexagona hondurensis sp. nov. Pileus centrally stipitate, circular, slightly umbilicate, 2-4 x °.05 cm. ; surface faintly radiate-striate, subglabrous, fulvous, the center fuliginous ; margin thin, regular, tessellate, inflexed when 332 MurrILL: PoLyPpoORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA dry, fringed with numerous short, fugacious cilia: context white, fibrous, 0.25 mm. thick, translucent near the margin ; tubes adnate, white, 0.3 mm. long, hexagonal, radially elongated, mouths 1 x 2 m., much smaller near the margin, edges thin, subentire ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 3.5 x 9; stipe central, equal, con- colorous, pruinose to glabrous, 2-3 cm. long, 2 mm. thick. This species is described from plants collected in Honduras by Percy Wiison (zo. 640) March, 1903. They grew on dead logs by the shore of a lagoon not far from the coast. All stages are represented. 15. Hexagona indurata (Berk.) Favolus induratus Berk. Ann, Nat. Hist. II. g: 198. 1852. Collected on wood in San Domingo. The type plants are at Kew. If the tubes alone were considered, this species would belong rather with Favolus. It differs from H. cucullata in having larger tubes, and being purple in color. 16. Hexagona cucullata (Mont.) Favolus cucullatus Mont. Pl. Cell. Cuba, 378. pl. rg. f. 2. 1842: Montagne’s type from Cuba is well described and figured in the work cited. Although the tubes are regularly hexagonal, it seems best to place the species in Hexagona because of general appearance, structure and habit. Berkeley considered Favolus curtipes B. & C. (Kew Misc. 1: 234. 1849) a synonym of Mon- tagne’s species, remarking that plants collected in San Domingo exactly connect the Cuban species with that described from South Carolina. 17. Hexagona Taxodii sp. nov. Pileus reniform, applanate, umbonate-sessile, 3-6 x 6—8 x 0.2 cm.; surface glabrous, radiate-striate, cream-colored to ochraceous, marked with two or three broad undulations from center to mar- gin, which is thin, entire, irregularly undulate or lobed and de- flexed when dry: context tough, white, homogeneous, 0.5 mm. thick ; tubes dark fulvous, hexagonal, not radialiy elongated, 1.5 mm. long, I mm. wide, edges thin, finely denticulate; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 14 x 7, copious; stipe a mere scutate disk nearly a centimeter in breadth. The type collection of this species was made by Small & Wil- son near Miami, Florida, May, 1904. The sporophores were MurrILL: PoLyPpoRACEAE OF NortH AMERICA bs Bs found a few feet from the ground on a decaying standing trunk ‘of cypress (7axodium distichum) in damp rich woods near the Miami tiver. Other plants were collected near the type locality by Mr. McCullough of the Miami Experiment Station. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE favolus Friesit B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 321. 1868. First collected on decayed wood at San José, Costa Rica, and called Lavolus lacerus by Fries, who later (Nov. Symb. 104. 1851) assigned it to /. flaccidus Fr. (Linnaea, §: 511. 1830), a species collected in Brazil by Beyrich, in whose herbarium it was called Cantharedlus aequinoctialis Link. The original name was changed by Berkeley and Curtis because of Favolus lacerus Lév., described from Java. The Cuban plant at Kew seems only a form of HT. daedalea, but it is very likely that the one from Costa Rica is different. Favolus curtipes B. & C. Hook. Jour. Bot. 1: 234. 1849. “ Pileus reniform, two inches broad, one and one-half inches long, quite smooth, rigid, and tawny when dry. Stem extremely short, disciform. Pores one- -thirty-sixth of an inch broad, pale, undu- lated, and crisped ; edge white.” Said by the authors to differ from F. cucullatus Mont. in having less rigid and smaller pores and more fleshy substance. Favolus guadalupensis Lév. Ann. Sc. Nat. III. Bot. 5: 1 1846. Collected on trunks in Guadeloupe by L’Herminier. In- fundibuliform specimens of /. daedalea agree fairly well with the description of this species. Favolus velutipes Fr. Nov. Symb. 104. 1851. Collected by Oersted at San José, Costa Rica. Pileus fan-shaped, smooth, ferru- ginous ; stipe very short, pubescent. GRIFOLA S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 643. 1821. Polypilus Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 17. 1881. Meripilus Karst. Bidr. Finlands Nat. och Folk. 37: 33. 1882. Cladomeris Quél. Enchiridion, 167. 1886. The genus Grifola was founded on Grifola frondosa and five Other species with lateral stem and semicircular cap, 7. ¢@, G. blatypora, G. cristata, G. lucida, G. badia and G. varia, Of these di 334 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA last only G. cristata is congeneric with the type, the others belong- ing to Polyporus and Ganoderma. In Karsten’s arrangement of the group, P. frondosus with P. confluens and P. sulfureus form the basis of a new genus, Polypilus, Gray’s genus Grifola not being considered. So, again, Quélet establishes his genus C/adomeris on P. umbellatus and sixteen other species, ignoring the work of both Karsten and Gray. The plants of the genus Grifo/a are large and striking in appear- ance and sometimes attractive in coloring. They are intricately branched or irregularly lobed, fleshy or fleshy-tough in substance, with white context and spores and large, irregular tubes, which become friable or laciniate with age. They are usually found on or near dead wood in some form, either attached to buried sticks or roots or growing close to the base of a tree trunk. This latter habitat is a favorite one for at least four members of the genus, and the tree is usually an oak. The distribution of members of this genus is quite general. Two of our species occur also in the Eastern hemisphere and two others are represented there by nearly related plants. G. froudosa may be said to be abundant, G. poripes and G. Berkeleyi are fairly well known and the remaining three are rare, G. ramosissima being more common, however, in Europe than in America. Owing to the difficulty of handling such large forms and the changes which they undergo in drying, many mistakes are current concerning these’ plants. It is not easy to gain a just conception of an entire plant from one of its minute divisions, and in this, as well as in other groups, form and habit of growth count for much. If some of the existing errors have been eradicated by these studies, there is yet much to learn with regard to known species and more concerning those whose standing is still in doubt. Synopsis of the North American species 1. Hymenium ochraceous, becoming cate? icspie with age, plants peseate irregularly confluent, olivaceous to greenish-yellow. G. port, Hymenium at first fuliginous, TE pe 2. é. Sumstinel. Hymenium white or pallid from the first a 2. Surface of pileus gray or abil Pid to coffee-colored, stipe intricately branched, pileoli very numerous and s Surface of pileus pallid or seco stipe not intricately branched, lobes usually few in number and comparatively large. - MourRILL: PoLtyporACcEAE oF NorTH AMERICA 335 3. Pileoli lateral, spatulate or dimidiate. 3. G. frondosa. Pileoli centrally attached, circular and umbilicate. 4. G. ramosissima. 4. Sporophore of immense size, 20-60 cm. in diameter, spores echinulate, 8-9 x. . G. Berkeleyt. Sporophore small for the genus, only 8 cm. or less in diameter, spores smooth, ovoid, much smaller. 6. G. fractipes. 1. Grifola poripes (Fr.) Polyporus poripes Fr. Nov. Symb. 48. 1851. Polyporus flavovirens B. & Rav. Grevillea, 1: 38. 1872. Small plants of this species from the collections of Curtis were described by Fries in 1851. Somewhat older plants were later renamed by Berkeley and Ravenel, the name referring to the very characteristic mixture of yellow and green in the plant as it develops. Most of the herbarium specimens of this species are young and do not properly show the systematic position of the plant, its relationship clearly being with Grifola instead of Scutiger. It occurs on the ground in woods, rising from a tubercle and spreading broadly in irregular lobes. The substance is eaten by insect larvae. Specimens have been examined from Massachu- setts, Blake, Ricker ; Canada, Dearness ; New York, Long ; Dela- ware, Commons ; New Jersey, Ellis ; Ohio, Morgan ; Pennsylvania, Everhart ; Virginia, Murrill ; and Carolina, Ravenel. It is fairly Common and always eagerly picked by collectors. A good de- Scription of it may be found in the Journal of Mycology for Jan- uary, 1886. Ellis there makes some corrections in the original description of Berkeley and Ravenel. 2. Grifola Sumstinei sp. nov. 336 MurRILL: POLYpORACEAE OF NortrH AMERICA This species is found about old stumps and trunks during the autumn. It has been collected three times in as many different states. Morgan determined it as P. giganteus Pers., a European species which it resembles in habit and coloring. His specimen from Ohio is rather small and undeveloped. A still smaller plant, only 4 cm. high, is in the Langlois collection from Louisiana. The type plants of the species, however, were sent this year to the New York Botanical Garden from Pennsylvania by Professor D. R. Sumstine. They are large and well developed and show both the immature and the mature hymenium in a highly satisfac- tory manner. I take pleasure in dedicating the species to Pro- fessor Sumstine. 3. GRIFOLA FRONDOSA (Dicks.) S. F. Gray Boletus frondosus Dicks. Crypt. Brit. r: 18. 1785. Polyporus frondosus Fr. Syst. 1: 355. 1821. Grifola frondosa S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 643. 1821. Polypilus frondosus Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 17. 1881. This species is commonly found at the base of oak trees. It is very large, intricately branched, fleshy to tough, and usually grayish in color. It varies considerably and has several names. The European and American forms do not appear to differ very much, and I have also been unable to distinguish it in herbarium material from such species as P. intybaceus and P. anax, the shape of the spores being rather variable and uncertain in this group. Quite a full description of the present species is given in the Journal of Mycology for January, 1886. Exsiccati are very abundant. Most European collectors have distributed it and it has been reported from nearly every state in this country, ¢ S» lowa, Macbride, Fitzpatrick ; Ohio, Morgan, Lloyd; District of Columbia, James; Pennsylvania, Everhart; Louisiana, Langlois ; Canada, Dearness. Atkinson, in his Studies of American Fungi, discusses the species at length and gives two illustrations of it from original photographs. 4. Grifola ramosissima (Scop.) Boletus ramosissimus Scop. Carn. ed. 2.2: 470. 1772.— Schaef. Fung. pl. rrz. 1763. MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA Sat Boletus umbellatus Pers. Syn. 519. 1801... Polyporus umbellatus Fr. Syst. 1: 354. 1821. Cladomeris umbellata Quél. Enchiridion, 167. 1886. Cladomeris ramosissima Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9: 95. 1903. This species closely resembles G. frondosa in size, habit and general structure, but the pileoli are centrally attached and circular in form instead of dimidiate and spatulate. It is likewise much rarer than G. frondosa both in this country and in Europe. Per- soon’s name seems a very appropriate one, but it is antedated by that of Scopoli. Quélet used this species in establishing his genus Cladomeris, a synonym of Grifola. In America, the plant is reported but rarely. Atkinson found it at Ithaca and refers to it in his Studies of American Fungi. Specimens are at hand from Pennsylvania, Everhart; Connecticut, Underwood & Earle ; and Ohio, Z/oyd; the last accompanied by a fine protogravure of the entire living plant. 5. Grifola Berkeleyi (r.) Polyporus Berkeleyi Fr. Nov. Symb. 56. 1851. Polyporus subgiganteus Berk. & Curt. Grevillea, 1: 49. 1872. oe Beatiei Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 30: 36. 1878. This species was described from a single pileolus sent to Fries from Curtis’ North Carolina collections. It fully warrants the ex- pression used by Fries in describing it: ‘‘ Nobilissimus inter omnes mihi cognitos Polyporos.” I have seen plants two feet in width and over a foot high, with several lobes six to nine inches in diameter, They usually grow under oak trees, often between the enlarged bases of the main roots, and are in close connection with some supply of humus, either from buried wood or very rich leaf- Mould. The surface of the pileus is light yellowish-brown, darker toward the center, the tubes irregular, light yellowish-brown, fragile and somewhat toothed. It is easily distinguished from its American allies by the size, color and breadth of its lobes. oly- Porus Beatiei Peck and Polyporus subgiganteus 'B. & C. are not Specifically distinct. The former was collected in Maryland and Well described in manuscript by Miss Banning ; the latter is rep- resented at Kew by a pais pileolus collected by Wright in Con- necticut. 338 MurrILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA Specimens are at hand from Massachusetts, banker ; Canada, Dearness ; Missouri, Demetrio ; Ohio, James, Lloyd ; West Virginia, Nuttall ; Pennsylvania, Everhart; New York, Banker ; Virginia, Murrill, ULloyd’s photogravures 23 and 24 exhibit the appear- ance and habit of the living plant most accurately and beautifully. It seems fitting that this magnificent plant should be so well rep- resented. It is also appropriate that it should bear the name of a man who has done so much for American mycology. 6. Grifola fractipes (B. & C.) Polyporus fractipes B. & C. Grevillea, 1: 38. 1872. Little is known of this species beyond the collections of Curtis and Ravenel in South Carolina and an occasional plant reported from adjoining states. The specimens at hand are better devel- oped than those at Kew, with older and larger pores, and show a close relationship rather with species of Grifola than Polyporus. Although the stipe is not branched in these specimens, it is dis- torted and tubercular at the base as though united with other pilei that were as yet immature. So far as the general structure of context and hymenium goes the species exhibits very close sim- ilarity with typical G7rzfola forms. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE Polyporus anax Berk. Grevillea, 12: 37. 1883. Described from Ohio. Apparently not specificially distinct from G. frondosa. Polyporus lactifiuus Peck, Bull. Torrey Club, 8: 51. 1881. Described from dried material and notes sent by Miss Banning from Maryland. It seems different from G. Berkeleyi only in hav- ing milky juice, a character possessed by other members of this genus and probably present in G.. Berkeleyi in its young stages. Romellia gen. nov. Hymenophore large, irregular, annual, spongy to corky, epixy- lous ; stipe simple, variously attached, surface of pileus anoderm, hispid ; context ferruginous, tubes irregular, thin-walled, spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, cystidia none. The type of this genus is Boletus sistotremoides Alb. & Schw., better known as Polyporus Schweinitsii Fr. The plant is a large and striking one, quite common in Europe and America, and has MurriLL: PoLypoRacEAE OF NortTH AMERICA 339 figured under several genera since it was first described as a Boletus. Soon after being transferred to Polyporus, it was assigned to Daedalea because of its irregular pores, then to Polystictus because it seemed nearly allied to 2. perennis. Queélet, however, overlooked this relationship and classified it under Cladomeris with Polyporus frondosus, P. imberbis, etc., largely on account of its hyaline spores. The species may be easily confused in some of its forms with Polyporus hispidus, but its normal form is stipi- tate, while P. Azspidus is always dimidiate and the spores of the former are hyaline while those of the latter are of a deep golden hue. From the genus Co/tricia, apparently its nearest ally, it differs in having hyaline spores, a more spongy context, differently colored tubes and a very variable stipe. I take pleasure in dedicating this genus to my friend Lars Romell, the distinguished mycologist of Stockholm, Sweden. Romellia sistotremoides (Alb. & Schw.) Boletus sistotremoides Alb. & Schw. Conspec. Fung. 243. 1805. Polyporus Schweinitsii Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 351. 1821. Icon. fv. IOS ..3.. 1870. Daedalea epigaeca Lenz, Schwam. 62. 1831. Polyporus tabulaeformis Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 4: 302. 1845. Polyporus Spectabilis Fr. Nov. Symb. 48. 1851. Polyporus hispidioides Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. Se- 21... 1880: Polystictus Schweinitsii Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 18. 1881. Cladomeris Schweinitsii Quél. Enchiridion, 169. 1886. The description of this fungus as given by the original authors is sufficiently clear and complete and the plant is so well known as to require little comment upon its appearance and structure. On account of its exceeding variability, well-known mycologists, such as Fries, Berkeley and Peck, have been led to rename it in Certain of its forms. P. tabulaeformis, for example, is an old plant of P. Schweinitet! from Augusta, Georgia, sent to Berkeley by Wray, while a similar specimen sent by Curtis from North Caro- lina to Fries received the name P. spectabilis, the type of which Still exists at Upsala. Fries was deceived by the firm, corky sub- Stance and very changed aspect of the plant in its older stages. 340 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA Peck was led to separate the rather rare dimidiate form of this species found on the trunks of trees under the name P. /uzspidiordes, because of its resemblance to P. hispidus. All of these forms and others which have received no distinct names seem to grade imperceptibly into one another, so that their separation would seem impossible even if desirable. The plant is an illustration of one of those unsettled types found more than once in this family which are blessed with overflowing exuberance of vitality and have several ways of expressing it. Thus, for example, while it usually attacks coniferous trees it may also be found on deciduous wood; while occurring commonly on the roots or at the base of its host, it may ascend to a height of fifty feet on the trunk, and while usually central-stemmed, the stipe may be lateral or even wanting. It is a very fine, large, highly-colored plant, well-known for its destructive effects upon coniferous trees both in Europe and America. Specimens nearly two feet in diameter were collected the past summer on the roots of larch trees at Mendel Pass in the Italian Tyrol. According to Schrenk, who has studied the species in New England, the fruit bodies appear in July and August and are greedily devoured by beetles soon after the spores are matured. During the discharge of the spores, drops of a yellow liquid were collected by him from the hymenium, which were found to contain certain fungous sugars. It is probable that these sugars have something to do with the distribution of the spores among the roots of new host plants. Some of the localities where this widely distributed fungus has been collected are given below. It is not rare in Asia and Europe and seems even more abundant in North America: Finland, a7- sten ; England, Plowright ; Tyrol, Bresadola & Murrill ; Newfound- land, Waghorne ; Canada, Macoun ; Vermont, Burt ; Connecticut, White ; New York, Earle, Peck ; New Jersey, Ellis ; Delaware, Com- mons ; Oregon, Carpenter ; Washington, Macbride ; South Carolina, Shear ; Louisiana, Langlois; Alabama, Earle & Baker ; Mexico, Smith. COLTRICIA S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 644. 1821. S#ilia S.. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pi i: 645. 1821. Polystictus Fr. Nov. Symb. 70. 1851. MurriLL: PoLtyporRACEAE OF North AMERICA 341 Pelloporus Quél. Enchiridion, 166. 1886. Mucronoporus Ell. & Ever. Jour. Myc. 5: 28. pl. 8. 18809. Onma Karst. Finlands Basidsv. 326. 1889. Nanthochrous Pat. Cat. Tun. 51. 1897. The genus Coltricia was established by S. F. Gray in 1821 upon three species, C. connata, C. nummularia and C. leptocephala. The first, which is considered the type of the genus, is the Boletus perennis of Linnaeus, a well-known plant of wide distribution, placed under the genus Polystictus in Saccardo’s Sylloge. The other two are typical species of the genus Polyporus in the nar- rowest sense. Gray placed them in Coltricia because they had the “stem central, cap orbicular, umbilicate, membranaceous,” while important differences in structure were disregarded. The genus Strilia, based on S. cinnamomea (Jacq.), has no claim to distinction and was evidently erected through error or lack of proper material. The genus Polystictus, separated as an experiment by Fries in 1851, is based on Polystictus parvulus, a close ally of P. perennis, and must therefore stand as a synonym of Coltricia. The genus Pel/oporus included P. perennis, P. tomentosus and other allied species with corky or coriaceous context, ferruginous substance and spores and terrestrial habits. The first species listed is P. trigqueter, a wood-loving form of P. circinatus, in which the stipe has become lateral and rudimentary. In a former article (Jour, Myc. 8: 95. 1903), P. trigueter was considered more nearly related to P. radiatus, which also has a spiny hymenium and grows on tree-trunks, and the genus Ped/oporus was there treated as a synonym of /zonotus Karst. Since the proper posi- tion of P. trigueter is determined Pelloporus must now be con- sidered synonymous with Co/tricia. The genus Mucronoporus was based on M. circinatus, M. dualis, M. tomentosus and nine other species quite different in Structure from the three mentioned, but resembling them in having 4 spiny hymenium, which was the distinguishing feature of the §enus. In observing this feature exclusively, a number of other Species, as varied an assortment as the family affords, have been since added to the original twelve. The genus Ovwia, with the Same distinctive character as Mucronoporus, was established later in the same year upon Onnia circinata and Onnia tomentosa and 342 MuRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA is therefore a synonym of Mucronoporus and Coltricia. As to the standing of such genera as Hymenochaete and Mucronoporus, based solely on the presence of cystidia, opinion has been divided, but a brief study of various forms will show that this character is pos- sessed exclusively by no one group of fungi and that it varies abundantly even within the limits of a single species. It often affords a convenient clue to the identification of species, but should be accompanied by stronger and more permanent characters in the separation of genera. The species of the present genus are terrestrial or wood-loving plants found in dry soil in woods or attached to decayed sticks or roots beneath the ground or growing at times upon much-decayed logs and stumps. Some of the species have a peculiar fondness for places where fires have been built; others are able to adapt themselves to very varied localities, growing now upon rich soil and again upon dead standing tree-trunks. In appearance, they are usually circular, central stemmed, brownish plants with rusty context and spores and a brown hymenium, which is covered with a yellowish or whitish powder when young. Cystidia are rarely present. The consistency of the pileus varies from coriaceous to spongy and the surface from concentrically zonate to smooth. As to distribution, the members of the genus are about equally divided, half of them being cosmopolitan and the other half local. The smallest plant of the group is C. cianamomea, the largest C. Memmingeri, a new species known from one locality only. Synopsis of the North American species 1. Pileus concentrically zonate, context thin a Pileus azonate, context rather thick and spongy. © vs Fileus shining cinnamon, strigose, striate, thin, flexible, slightly asia pike the mar- often fimbriate or pseudo-ciliate . C. cinnamomee- Pileus dull rusty cinnamon to hoary, velvety to glabrous, nt depressed, the margin thicker and less fimbriate 3: 3. Tubes small, 0.5 mm. or less in diameter. 2. C. perennis. Tubes large, I mm. in diameter. 3. C. parvula 4. Context homogeneous, hymenium free from spines 5 Context duplex, soft above and woody below, Ssiocaitare beset with spines A. Gs mean 5. Pileus ferruginous to fulvous, 5 cm. in diameter, surface finely tomentose, stipe swollen and soft at the base. 5. Co ileus darker, fulvous to chocolate-colored, 10 cm, in diameter, surface rough and shaggy, stipe scutate and firm at the base, 6. C. Memminger- MurrRILL: PoLyporaAcEAE OF NortH AMERICA 343 1. Coltricia cinnamomea (Jacq.) Boletus cinnamomeus Jacq. Collect. 1: 116. plo 2. 4786. Strilia cinnamomea S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 645. 1821, Polyporus oblectans Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. Bi-§ i 8S4s. Polyporus splendens Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 26: 68. 1874. Polyporus subsericeus Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. a3: a7, 1880. Polystictus cinnamomeus (Jacq.) Sacc. Michelia, r: 362. 1878.— Atkinson, Stud. Amer. Fungi, 192. 4. 782. 1900. This species appears to be truly cosmopolitan, being found in both hemispheres in tropical as well as in temperate regions. In habitat it differs from its nearest American allies in growing more commonly on mossy soil or much-decayed wood and rather spar- ingly on sandy soil, thus showing a preference for almost pure humus rather than for sterile soil very poor in humus. In ap- pearance it is small, slightly depressed, silky and shining, well de- serving the name, P. splendens, assigned to it by Peck. Its first name, however, refers to its cinnamon color and dates back to the days of Jacquin, who received it from Westhofen in the month of September. His description plainly refers to our plant : ** Totus cinnamomeus, etiam in substantia interna. Stipes solidus, teres, villosulus, plus minus uncialis, erectus, calamo graci Pileus in centro infundibuliformis, in limbo planus, lineam unam alteramve crassus, aiuaeea uncialis, supra sericeus nitidus et ad tactum holoserici ae mollis, subtus poris angulatis totus refertus. Sponte ex- iccatus colorem servat, nec putrefecit, haces dumtaxit evadit, et parumper limbo cris- patur. Crescit inter muscas in humo Only two characters in ee pees need comment. While the species is usually slightly depressed, it is sometimes more or less infundibuliform, as our own plants show, and Jacquin seems to have got some of the latter kind. The term /ragi/is seems to have been incorrectly or rather freely used. Fries questions its Correctness, while S. F. Gray stumbles over it into erecting the genus Srrz/a, which differs from Coltricia only in being fleshy in- Stead of membranaceous. P. oblectans was described from Australian ‘adhered Berke- ley’s description, though unusually complete, does not differ ma- . terially from that of Jacquin and the type plants cannot be distin- Suished from American specimens. Soon after Peck named the 344 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA American plant Cooke referred it to P. odlectans, while Peck soon discovered that P. sp/endens was preoccupied by a Brazilian species and changed the name to P. sudsericeus. The following American exsiccati are in the New York Botan- jcal Garden herbarium: Canada, Dearness ; Iowa, Holway; Maine, White ; Connecticut, Underwood & Earle; New York, Peck, Loben- stine, Earle, Gerard ; New Jersey, Ellis ; Pennsylvania, Everhart, Barbour ; Ohio, Morgan ; West Virginia, Nuttall ; Georgia, Under- wood, Stevenson; Alabama, Earle ; Colorado, Underwood & Selby. 2. COLTRICIA PERENNIS (L.) Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9: QI. 1903. Boletus perennis L. Sp. Pl. 1177. 1753.— Sowerby, Eng. Fung. fe 11 FS eas | Boletus coriaceus Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 2: 465. 1772.— Bull. Herb. France, p/. 28. 1780. Boletus subtomentosus Bolt. Hist. Fung. 2: 87. pl. 87. 1788. Boletus confluens Schum. Saell. 2: 378. 1803. Polyporus perennis Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 350. 1821. Coltricia connata S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit, Pl. 1: 644. 1821. Polystictus perennis Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 18. 1881. Pelloporus perennis Quél. Enchiridion, 166, 1886. This species appears to be common throughout the northern hemisphere in temperate regions, occurring in woods on dry ex- posed soil, especially where fires have been kindled, or rarely in moss or leaves. When young, it is ferruginous-cinnamon in color with punctiform tubes and thin substance; as it grows older the pileus becomes more depressed, the tubes longer and more decur- rent, the sterile marginal band disappears and the whole plant ap- pears thicker and firmer; in age the color becomes hoary, the zones are more marked, much of the tomentum disappears and the tubes and margin become more or less fimbriate. These changes often appear very marked when collections made in autumn are placed beside those of midsummer. The present species is at once distinguished from C. parvula by its much smaller tubes and from C. cixnamomea by its larger size, more deeply depressed center and less shining surface. Speci- mens have been examined for the principal herbaria and published MourRILL: POLyPORACEAE OF NorrH AMERICA 345 exsiccati, among which the following will indicate the distribution of the species: Finland, Karsten; Sweden, Starbéck ; Saxony, Krieger ; Hungary, Linhart; Belgium, Westendorp & Wallays ; France, Fautrey; England, Massee, Plowright ; Canada, Macoun ; Maine, B/ake, Flarvey, Ricker, Macdougal ; Massachusetts, Fursten ; Washington, Macbride ; Wisconsin, Calkins ; Michigan, Jinus ; Minnesota, Hofway ; New York, Shear, Peck ; New Jersey, Ellis. 3. Coltricia parvula (K1.) Polyporus parvulus K\, Linnaea, 8: 483. 1833. Polyporus connatus Schw. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. AS 1Sds F834. Polystictus parvulus Fr. Nov. Symb. 70. 1851. Polyporus focicola B. & C. Jour. Linn, Soc. Bot. 10: 305. 1868. is species was described from plants in the Hooker her- barium collected by Dr. Richardson in America. Klotsch had hardly published his description before Schweinitz described the same plant under the name Polyporus connatus. When Fries es- tablished the genus Polystictus, this species was listed first, thus becoming its nomenclatorial type. Later it was renamed P. focicola by Berkeley and Curtis, the reason not being assigned. The plant occurs only in North America and is confined, so far as is known, to the states south of Massachusetts. As with C. perennis, it usually grows on earth mixed with ashes and charcoal from fires built in woods. There is no difficulty in distinguishing it from C. perennts ex- cept in middle ground occupied by both species, where they have a tendency to approach each other in varieties. There can be no doubt that the two species are intimately related in origin and the inference is that C parvula is an offspring of the cosmopolitan Species induced by conditions existing at one time in the more southern parts of North America. They are at present, however, So distinct that a plant collected in Georgia may with little hesita- tion be called C. parvula, while one from Canada may with equal certainty be labeled C. perennis. The following collections of C. Parvula are at hand: North Carolina, Curtis; South Carolina, Ravenel ; Georgia, Harper; Alabama, £ar/e ; Delaware, Com- mons ; Pennsylvania, Everhart, Jeffries & Haines. In every in- Stance the collection was made on soil where fires had been built. 346 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NoRTH AMERICA 4. Coltricia tomentosa (Fr.) Polyporus tomentosus Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 351. 1821. Polyporus dualis Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 30: 44. 1878. Pelloporus tomentosus Quél. Enchiridion, 166, 1886. Macronoporus tomentosus Ell. & Ever. Journ. Myc. 5: 28. 1889. Onnia tomentosa Karst. Finlands Basidv. 326. 1889. Xanthochrous tomentosus Pat. Cat. Tun. 52. 1897. This species has frequently been collected by North American mycologists, but has rarely been correctly determined by them. Some European botanists are no less confused by the two Friesian species, P. fomentosus, described in 1821 and P. circinatus, de- scribed in 1848. At Upsala there is no type specimen of the latter species, while types of P. tomentosus correspond in all respects with our common species, the hymenium bearing the same kind of spines and the context being dual instead of homogeneous. In- deed, I have seen nothing in any foreign herbarium to indicate that P. circinatus is specifically distinct from P. tomentosus. This fungus usually grows on or near the ground beneath pines, spruces and other coniferous trees. Collections are at hand from Bavaria, A//escher ; Sweden, Romell; Canada, Macoun ; Maine, Curtis; New Hampshire, Minus ; Vermont, Burt, Massachusetts, Clarke; Pennsylvania, Stevenson; New York, Peck; New Jersey, Ellis ; West Virginia, Nuttall; Colorado, Underwood & Selby. 5. Coltricia obesa (Ell. & Ever.) Polystictus obesus Ell. & Ever. Bull. Torrey Club, 24: 125. 1897: This species was collected at Newfield, New Jersey, and at Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, growing on buried pine branches. It is thick and spongy in texture, depressed, rusty cinnamon, azon- ate, with dark cinnamon stipe, which is central and usually much enlarged below. The spores are elliptical, ferruginous, 7-8 X 4~ 5. No spines are present. The plant resembles Coltricta pe?- ennis in color, but is larger, thicker, more fragile and entirely free from zones. From C. /omentosa, it differs in being darker in color, homogeneous in texture and free from cystidia. Type specimens are now in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. MurRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA 347 6. Coltricia Memmingeri sp. nov. A large dark brown plant with rough shaggy surface and short thick stipe much dilated at the base. Pileus very irregular, circular to dimidiate, convex to plane or depressed, 10 x I cm.; surface fulvous to dark seal brown, ornamented with long imbri- cated scales of the same color, margin alutaceous, pubescent, sterile, subacute, undulate: cortex corky, fragile, azonate, 0.5-1 cm. thick, thinner towards the margin, concolorous ; tubes adnate, I-4 mm. long, 1-3 to a mm., umbrinous, apparently blackening with age, mouths circular and whitish when young, becoming an- gular, irregular and concolorous or darker with age, dissepiments entire to dentate: spores ovoid, smooth, light ferruginous, usually 2-guttulate, 4 x 7 4; hyphae golden-yellow; cystidia none ; stipe central or excentric, at times confluent, very short, thick, angular or flattened, dilated at the base to twice its thickness above, re- sembling the pileus in color, surface and substance, I-3 x 3-5 cm. The above description was made from specimens collected at Blowing Rock, North Carolina, by Mr. E. R. Memminger, Sep- tember 1, 1901, and sent to the Underwood herbarium. Accord- ing to the accompanying field notes, it is a rare species and one of peculiar habits, being found on steep clay banks with its short stipe broadly spreading at the base, reminding one of a sea-ane- mone, and its pileus irregular and deformed by the steepness of its habitat and soaked with moisture from the wet clay soil and the surface water that trickles past it. In some ways it suggests forms of P. Schweinitzit, but differs widely in the color of its tubes and spores as well as in its shaggy surface and peculiar stipe. In Many ways it forms a climax to the series which begins with C. cinnamomea and ends with C. odesa, the plants increasing in size, thickness, irregularity, variability and roughness as one Proceeds, I take pleasure in dedicating the species to its discoverer, Mr. Memminger. The type plants are now in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. SPECIES INQUIREND-E Polyporus simillimus Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 32: 34. 1879. This species was based on plants collected at Brewerton, New York, on burnt soil where C. parvula grew. It is Said tn closely resemble C. parvula when looked at from above, but 348 MurritLt: PoLyPpoORACEAE OF NortH AMERICA to have much smaller tubes and slightly longer spores, which are tinged with red at times. It is also very close to old plants of C. perennis collected in autumn. Additional collections should de- - cide whether it is a good species or only a variety, as it was first considered by Peck. Coltriciella gen. nov. Hymenophore small, annual, tough, epixylous ; stipe attached to the vertex of the pileus ; surface of the pileus anoderm, zonate ; context spongy, fibrous, ferruginous, tubes angular, one-layered, dissepiments thin ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, ferruginous. The type of this genus is Polyporus dependens B. & C., a very rare plant found thus far only on dead pine logs in South Carolina and New Jersey. In some ways it resembles the genus Porodiscus, the species of both being small and epixylous with vertically attached stipes, but the two genera are very distinct as regards more important characters, such as the structure of the context and spores. From Coltricia, its nearest ally, the present genus differs chiefly in being uniformily epixylous and in having a pend- ant vertically-attached pileus. The name I have chosen refers to its general resemblance to Coltricia, this resemblance being best seen in Coltricia cinnamomea, which grows very frequently on wood in a state of advanced decay. Only one species is known. Coltriciella dependens (B. & C.) Polyporus dependens B. & C. Ann. Nat. Hist. II. 12: no. 44. 1853. Grevillea, 1: 37. 1872. Polystictus dependens Sacc. Sylloge Fung. 6: 213. 1888. This very rare and interesting little fungus was first collected by Curtis in South Carolina on decorticated pine wood lying on the ground. It has since been found at Newfield, New Jersey, once under a decaying oak log and twice on a dead pine. The first of these collections on pine seems to have been quite abundant, since there are still in the Ellis collection about twenty-five speci- mens of it. Ellis says that they grew from the upper surface of the hollow in a rotten log, where they were found on July 3°, 1883. On April 21, 1890, Dr. F. W. Anderson discovered a few plants growing on a rotten pine knot near Newfield. Iam inclined to think that the collection made under the dead oak log was really growing on chips or sticks of pine. The nomenclature of the royal palms O. F. Coox In two previous discussions of botanical nomenclature * the royal palms and their relatives have served as instances of the prevailing taxonomic confusion. The West Indian species which in general practice for many years past have constituted the genus Oreodoxa are, in all probability, generically distinct from either of the two Venezuelan species placed under Oreodoxa when that genus was first described by Willdenow in 1804.+ Detailed reasons for this view were included in a ‘‘Synopsis of the palms of Porto Rico,” t where a new royal palm found in that island was described under the name Roystonea boringuena. In a recent fascicle of the Symbolae Antillanae,§ the important work on West Indian botany now being issued by Professor Urban of Berlin, the royal palm of Porto Rico is admitted to be distinct from that of Cuba, but is given the name Oreodoxa caribaea. Unsystematic methods of systematic study have resulted in endless nomenclatorial complications which should not be dis- cussed, perhaps, outside technical monographs. The royal palms, however, are among the most conspicuous members of the vege- table world, and the errors which have been made in dealing with them are not without practical interest as samples of the confusion Which could be avoided by adherence to the more simple and practical system of nomenclatorial procedure sometimes termed the “ method of types.”’ , Like many of his contemporaries, Martius, the great German Palm specialist of the first half of the last century, largely dis- seatded the work of his predecessors, in the sense that he “emended ” generic descriptions with the greatest freedom and did not hesitate to apy generic names to move of ae not * The. See of Gees in biliakeat “nolencladtte: Science, IL. 12: 475. 1900. Types and Synonyms. Science, II. 15: 648. 1902 + Mem. Acad. Roy. Berlin, ets 37-1807. t Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 552. gol. @ Dammer, U., and Urban, I. Pa/mae. Symbolae Antillanae, 4: 126. 1903. 349 350 Cook : NOMENCLATURE OF THE ROYAL PALMS related to those for which they were originally proposed. Martius seems to have had no personal acquaintance with either of Will- denow’s two original species of Oreodoxa from Venezuela. The first he left nominally in the genus and the second he referred to /riartea, but the centre of gravity, as it were, was shifted to the West Indian species unknown to Willdenow. Wendland, whose knowledge of the palms of the Caribbean region advanced far be- yond that of Martius, did not show any corresponding improve- ment of nomenclatorial policy. He completed the removal of both the original species from Oreodoxa, assigning the first (0. acuminata) to Euterpe, and the second (O. praemorsa) to a new genus Catodlastus, leaving the West Indian royal palms in full possession of the name Oreodova, though with no defensible title. There seems to be no reason for setting aside Wendland’s opinion that O. acuminata is a Euterpe rather than an Oreodoxa, in the Martian sense, but the name Euéerpe is not available for any American palm,* and a new name would be required for the group to which O. acuminata belongs unless Oreodoxa be restored to its original place in the system. Messrs. Dammer and Urban rejected Wendland’s idea of the affinities of Oreodoxra acuminata and consider it congeneric with the West Indian royal palms because seedlings supposed to belong to O. acuminata} have the primary leaves of the germinating plant simple and entire, while those which follow have the apex bifid and long-produced. It is not explained why similarities of the seedlings should be supposed to cancel differences of the adult palm, and such an argument would prove too much in the present case, because Acrista, and probably several other genera, related and unrelated, have primary leaves of the character described. Generic diagnoses of palms have commonly taken into account only floral characters. Perhaps the use of the seedlings may lead in time to an appreciation of other vegetative features. The cespitose, “stoloniferous”’ habit of Ovreodoxa acuminata, for example, furnishes as important evidence of relationship as the seedling, and this supports the association of the type of Oreodoxa TD egg tre ak ee: ace” ae * See page 351 : + No indication of the origin of these seedlings is given, nor of the manner in which they were specifically identified as belonging to Oreodoxa acuminata. i) ey 8 CA eae era Cook: NOMENCLATURE OF THE ROYAL. PALMS 351 with the many other slender cespitose “ stoloniferous ” “ Euterpe” palms of the South American continent, rather than with any of the insular types. This indication of alliance is strengthened, moreover, by the remainder of Willdenow’s description, especially the tripartite style and globose longitudinally sulcate seed. The gamosepalous calyx, and the large woody spathe, are also char- acters of the related continental genus O¢wocarpus. Kunth described in 1815 additional species of Oreodoxa from Colombia (O. Sancona and O. frigida) with a tubular three-lobed calyx and three styles, so that these characters of Oreodoxa can scarcely be ignored as errors on the part of Willdenow. The genus Roystonea, to which the West Indian royal palms belong, is unique in the possession of a spherical or ovoid rudi- mentary pistil in the staminate flowers, while all the other related genera retain the more primitive character of a conical or columnar pistillode three-lobed at the apex. According to Willdenow and Kunth the true Oreodoxa of the mountains of South America is peculiar in having the flowers bisexual, which would represent a still more backward stage of development. If these authorities were in error they were deceived, evidently, by large three-styled pistillodes of the staminate flowers which would, however, be even more signi- ficant of the probability that the affinities of Oreodoxa do not lie with Roystonea, whatever be its relationships with Oenocarpus and other continental genera. There are thus many indications favoring, and none opposing, the opinion of Wendland, that Orecodoxa acuminata is a“ Euterpe,” or, to speak with more nomenclatorial circumspection, that it is a genus of the considerable series of American palms to which the name Euterpe was applied by Martius, Wendland, and others. It would, in other words, have been more nearly correct to have applied the name Orcodoxa to the mountain palm of Porto Rico (Acrista) than to have made it supplant Roystonea, Acrista being obviously nearer to the cespitose continental species of “« Euterpe” than are the robust and otherwise rather specialized royal palms. The use of the name Euterpe in the above discussion is an apparently necessary concession to history, though an unfortunate One, since it has been shown elsewhere that Euterpe has no true place in American botany, having been proposed originally for an 852 Cook : NOMENCLATURE OF THE ROYAL PALMS unrelated East Indian palm.* In De natiirlichen Phanzenfamitien, Professor Drude recognizes six genera of American palms of the group in which Euterpe and Oreodoxa are placed, though he dis- tributes them among three separate series of Old World genera, from the Malay region and the islands of the Pacific and Indian Oceans. They seem, however, to constitute a compact natural group, as coherent in their characters as they are in their geographical distribution, and worthy of taxonomic recognition as a distinct tribe. The genera of the tribe Acr7steae may be separated by the fol- lowing diagnostic characters : 1. Staminate flowers with spherical or ovoid ae and sessile stigmas ; pistillate eae united into a six-toothed cup. Genus RoysTONEA Cook ; ge vee UN B. K.) Cook, Cuba. Staminate flowers with conical or cclumnar pistillodes 3-parted at apex ; stamens and staminodes free, 2. 2. Ripe fruit with stigma-scar basal. Genus HyospaTHE, Martius; type, 7. e/egans Martius, Brazil. Ripe fruit with stigma-scar lateral or apical. KS 3. Leaves ere divided below, entire above, ending in a large simple bifurcate blade. Genus Prestora Hook. f.; type, P. pubigera (Griseb. & Wendl.) Hook. _f., Trinidad Leaves divided throughout into equal or graded narrow pinnae. 4+ 4. Stamens ; inflorescence interfoliar.. Genus JessENIA, Karsten; type, /- serene © =e Brazil. Stamens 6; inflorescence distinctly infrafoliar. 5- 5. Internodes short, leaf-bases not long-sheathing. Genus OENOCARPUS Martius ; types O. distichus Martius, Brazil. Internodes long, leaves with long sheathing bases. 6. 6. Calyx al staminate (or bisexual?) flowers with sepals united at base. Genus OREODOXA Willd. ; type, O. acuminata Willd., Venezuela. Calyx asa three distinct broadly imbricate sepals. t 7- Trunk attenuate, increasing in thickness with age ; spathes ensiform, flat ; branches of spadix subtended by large spathe-like bracts; seeds with uniform albumen. Genus PLEcTIS; ¢ type, P. Oweniana sp. nov., Guatemala, * Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 556. 1901. t Plectis gen. nov. Trunk solitary, very tall, slender and tapering, the diameter increasing with age: Leaves long-sheathing at base; petiole short; pinnae very numerous, narrow wly linear, horizontal or droopin hes numerous, coriaceous, but thin and flexible ; outer spathes short ; two long ensiform complete spathes ; a large lanceolate-ligulate incomplete spathe bad the lowest branch of the spadix ; a small ligulate spathe or bract subtends each of the ot other branches. Cook: NOMENCLATURE OF THE ROYAL PALMS 353 Trunk columnar ; spathes fusiform or subcylindric; branches of spadix with bracts rudimentary or wanting ; seed deeply ruminate. 8. 8. Stigma of ripe fruit lateral ; embryo basal; ete not stoloniferous. Genus AcRISTA Cook ; type, A. magn: Cook, Porto Ric Stigma of ripe fruit subapical ; em Glave ‘calle rous, cespitose. Genus Catis Cook; type, C. Murtiana ae (Euterpe oleracea Martius), Brazil. | A similar history of nomenclatorial lawlessness is concealed behind the exclamation point of certainty with which Messrs. Dammer and Urban associate the specific name caribaea and the royal palm of Porto Rico. Jacquin described from the Carib Islands in 1763 an Areca oleracea, which Martius assigned to the genus Euterpe, but he disregarded the priority of Jacquin’s specific name oleracea and made a new Euterpe oleracea of his own from Brazil. When Sprengel undertook the revision of Linnaeus’ Systema Vege- tabiliunt, published in 1825, he found both these oleracea species claiming entry under Zw/erpe, and renamed Jacquin’s plant Euterpe caribaca. Martius himself placed Euterpe caribaea Sprengel as a synonym under Oreodoxa oleracea in the third volume of his //s- toria Naturalis Palmarum (page 166), after he had come to look upon the royal palms as generically distinct from Euterpe. It seems certain, moreover, that Sprengel and Martius were dealing with a single palm. How Messrs. Dammer and Urban have brought the two species into the oleracea-caribaea complica- tion appears utterly mysterious, unless it be that they have disre- “2 SY eb os ae Meee ruits small, subglobose, with a very prominent subapical stigmatic scar ; pericarp thin, an fleshy ; a layer of coalesced fibres adhering to the smooth seed ; albumen uniform ; embryo basal. Plectis Oweniana sp. nov. Trunk smooth, ringed with leaf-scars, 25 meters and upwards; diameter at base 25-30 cm.; at cia ro cm. or less; supported on a conical mass of thick roots with large fibrous root-ca eaf-sheaths over 1 50 cm. long; petiole 37-47 cm. long by 2.7 wide at apex ; rachis 267 cm, tapering more or less and produce ed into a slender fiber as long as the terminal pinnae ; total length of leaf 481 cm., basal pinnae 67 cm. by 1.1 cm., middle pinnae 81-93 cm. by 3. 5 cm., terminal pinnae 37 cm. by 1.2 cm. or less, generally split With age into narrow grass-like shreds 5 mm. or less in width. Upper surface of rachis flat at base but gradually narrowed upward, the cross-section becoming subtriangular. Habitat : steep slopes and summits of mountains in the vicinity of Senahu, Alta era Paz, Guatemala, at an elevation of 600-9c0 meters. It is said not to occur in the Coban district further west. Native name in the Kekchi language “‘ Aaluute’’ ; also called ‘‘¢ernera”’ by the ladino population of Alta Vera Paz, 354 Cook : NOMENCLATURE OF THE ROYAL PALMS garded the above history and relied entirely upon the finding in Sprengel’s herbarium of a specimen of the Porto Rican royal palm erroneously identified as Euterpe caribaca.* They do not, how- ever, give any reason for believing that Sprengel had this specimen in hand or in mind while revising the Systema, and there are sev- eral points of internal evidence which forbid such a supposition. The name caridaea was not proposed for a new species ; the name for which it was substituted being given at the end of the descrip- tion ‘(Areca oleracea Jacq.).” There is no mention of Porto Rico, the only locality given being that of Jacquin, ‘‘ /ws. Carib.” a term which seems not to have included Porto Rico, Jamaica and the other larger Antilles, which were frequently mentioned by name. Sprengel shows care and discrimination in the indication of localities, and wrote ‘ Jud. occ.’ and “ Jus. Antill. minor” when plants were known from different islands of the West Indies. Finally the description of Euterpe caribaea definitely excludes the royal palm of Porto Rico by stating that the fruit is somewhat curved, “‘fructibus oblongis subincurvis,” a peculiarity mentioned by Jacquin in the same words, and known to exist only in the royal palm of the southern islands of the lesser Antilles.+ With these facts in view it seems apparent that the discovery of Sprengel’s mislabeled specimen does not bring his Euterpe cart- baea any nearer to Porto Rico than before, nor does it alter three- quarters of a century of botanical history in which this name has remained in oblivion as a synonym of Oreodoxa oleracea, a period of disuse which under a consistent application of the Berlin fifty year rule would have rendered its resuscitation impossible, what- ever its original merits. * The Caribbean royal palm, Roystonea oleracea, formerly called Oreodoxa oleracea, has been reported from Porto Rico more than once, but its occurrence is not authenti- cated. The Porto Rican specimens distributed from Berlin as Oreodoxw oleracea (Sin- tenis 20. 7525), stated to have been identified by Professor Drude, do not sci fo this genus, but ie skegi Acrista monticola. tanists may hold that Sprengel should be followed in changing the name of Jean s wera on the ground that the Brazilian oleracea of Martius had pri asa s of Euterpe, but if the name caribaea is to be taken away from Jacquin’s oleracea ny the Carib Islands and used for the royal palm of Porto Rico (to — oringuena ), it is evident that the older and more southern species would still need of a name, so that even the motive of economy is lacking as a justification for ine arbitrary change proposed at Berlin. Cook: NOMENCLATURE OF THE ROYAL PALMS 355 The few readers, if any, who may have had the curiosity to follow along this barren path of unnecessary error may be the better able at least, to understand why systematic study has come to be looked upon, more and more, as an unproductive part of the biological field. The history of the nomenclatorial vicissitudes of the royal palm is no unique instance, and is not brought for- ward as an indication of any special carelessness or perversity on the part of Professor Urban or Dr. Dammer. It is a fair and typical example of the taxonomic methods, or lack of meth- ods, which still render much of the systematic work of even the larger botanical centers a waste of the time, not merely of the specialists now writing, but also of their successors who must some time unravel the skeins so industriously tangled. The method of types, requiring the fixed and definite application of names, is as essential for taxonomy as the multiplication table for mathematics, dates for history, or latitude and longitude for geog- raphy. It is so axiomatic, indeed, that it escaped formulation by DeCandolle and other eminent taxonomists, and is evidently stil] unconsidered by European botanists. The recent announcement of a botanical congress, to be held in Vienna in 1905, provides that all proposals of nomenclatorial reform must be based on DeCandolle’s Paris Code of 1867. The method of types is more fundamental however, than anything in the Paris Code, and once admitted to the serious consideration of taxonomic workers is soon found to justify a thorough recasting of nomenclatorial leg- islation. This task is already well advanced in America, though not yet entered upon by our trans-Atlantic colleagues. The present vast confusion of names and methods has tended, no doubt, to discourage the entrance into systematic biology of those who appreciate that life is short, and that names and classi- fications are not the final objects of scientific study. Nevertheless, the fact that nine tenths of the difficulties of formal nomenclature can be permanently removed by consistent adherence to a few simple rules will have its effect in time, and biological taxonomy May ultimately Serve its original purpose of rendering nature and science more accessible, instead of artificially multiplying labor and confusion. Notes on Colorado plants GEORGE E. OsTERHOUT OREOBROMA TRIPHYLLA (Wats.) Howell Claytonia triphylla Wats. This peculiar little plant was collected near timber-line in the mountains east of Steamboat Springs, Routt Co., Colorado, July 15, 1902. In flower it has the appearance of a small Claytonia, and the thread-like stem beneath the soil is from a corm similar to the species of that genus. It has been reported only from the mountains much farther west. OREOBROMA NEVADENSIS (Gray) Howell Calandrinia nevadensis Gray. Collected in the valley of the Bear river at Steamboat Springs, Routt Co., Colorado, June 18, 1903. It seems not to have been feported from Colorado or adjacent territory. Cymoprerus Parrvi (C. & R.) Jones. Mature fruiting specimens of this species were collected at Mc- Coys, Eagle Co., Colorado, June 14, 1903. At first sight it does not differ much from Cymopterus acaulis (Pursh) Rydb. but the fruit is considerably larger. I think its collection has been reported only a few times and never before from Colorado. AGOSERIS AGRESTIS Osterhout, Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 645. Further field-study has convinced me that this is not a valid Species, but a robust form of thé variable Agoseris glauca (Pursh) Greene. Separated from the intermediate forms it appears to be a 800d species but really grades into the older species. “Arabis Tugocarpa sp. nov. A perennial many-stemmed from the root, the stems attaining a length of 1 to 1. 5 cm., pubescent below and leafy to the Inflorescence, the leaves small and auriculate, but the auricles Small; the radical leaves oblanceolate, acuminate, 2 to 3 cm. long eluding the narrowly winged petiole, pubescent with forked hairs, 357 358 OsTERHOUT: NOTES ON COLORADO PLANTS but not thickly so, and the margins ciliate; the flowers light purple, the calyx- lobes spatulate, scarious- -margined, 2 mm. long, and the corolla-lobes 5 mm. long; the pods rugose, about 3 cm. long, reflexed, on pedicels 5 mm. ‘long, the valves one-nerved ; the seeds ina single row, nearly round, slightly ge a little more than I mm. in diameter ; cotyledons accumbent Collected at Malta, a seatton on the Denver & Rie Grande Rail- way near Leadville, Colorado, June 20, 1903, zo. 2800. Collected also at the same place in 1Igoo. vAulospermum angustum sp. nov. Perennial from a deep-seated fleshy root ; stem naked, crowned with a cluster of leaves and the peduncles, the whole 2 or more dm. in height ; leaves narrowly ovate in outline, on short petioles, 0.5 to 0.75 dm. long, bipinnatifid, the segments small and the whole leaf glaucous ; the fruiting peduncles much longer than the leaves, I to 2 dm. long ; the umbel 5 or more rayed; involucre none; involucels of few subulate bractlets; rays about I cm. long, pedicels 3 to 4 mm. long; the fruit 6 to 7 mm. long, the 5 carpel-wings narrow and subequal ; the oil-tubes 4 to 5 in the intervals (mostly 5) and 6 on the com- missure ; flowers yellow. — Collected in the valley of the Bear river between Steamboat Springs and Hayden, Routt Co., Colorado, June 17, 1903, 70. 2783. - Senecio Fendleri lanatus var. nov. Several-stemmed from the root, usually branched, very leafy to the inflorescence ; leaves linear, pectinate pinnatifid, the divisions crenate-toothed, upper leaves reduced and becoming bract-like ; the whole plant very lanate to the inflorescence ; peduncles short, heads numerous and crowded, almost I cm. long, the bracts very nearly glabrous ; rays none. Collected along the sides of a dry gulch at Wolcott, Eagle Co., Colorado, July 11, 1902, no. 2667. New WInpsor, CoLoRADO. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1904) The aim of this Index is to include all current \botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon “Avert material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense. Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of Ea An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany. Reprints are not waeaionsl unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey “shape al Club, » W. H. Check list of Hamilton County, Ohio, plants, exclusive of the lower cryptogams. Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 20: 199-230. 5 My 1904 Aikin, W. H. List of medicinal plants, wild or cultivated, growing in the vicinity of Cincinnati, Ohio, with notes as to the parts used for Medicinal purposes. Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 20: 231-234. 5 My 1904 Ames, 0. Additions to the orchid flora of Florida. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 17: tr5§-117. 19 My 1904. Anderson, J.B. The blue gum: a brief study of Eucalyptus globulus and others of the same genus in California. Forestry & Irrig. 10: 65-70. Fuigog. [Illust.] Anderson, M. P. The protection of our native plants. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 71-79. Ap 1904. Andrews, A. L, Bryophytes of the Mt. Greylock region, — III. Rhodora, 6 72-75. 6 Ap 1904. Bailey, W.W. The Eucalyptus. Am, Bot. 5: 91-93- [Ja 1904. ] Bailey, W.W. An odd distribution of common plants. Am. Bot. 6: 41-43. [My] 1904. Bailey, W.W. Willows ; ‘*pussey’’ and others. Am. Bot. 6: 23, P+ FAp] 1904. 359 360 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Batchelder, F. W. A point of honor. Nature Study (N. H.), 4 181-185. p I Discusses the occurrence of the swamp white cedar at Manchester, N. H. Beal, W. J. The future of white pine and Norway pine in Michigan. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 106, 107. I9go4. Beal, W. J. Some of the changes now taking place in a forest of oak openings. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 107, 108. 1904. Bessey, C. E. A weedy fernwort. Fern Bull. 12: 58. [My] 1904. Notes occurrence of A/arstlea vestita as a weed in Nebraska. Bradshaw, M. F. Southern California solanums. Am. Bot. 6: 21 22. [Ap] 1904. Brandegee, K. Notes on Cacteae. Zoe, 5: 189-194. 18 Ap 1904. Includes new species in Cereus (3) and Mamillaria (2). Brandegee, T. S. A collection of Mexican plants. Zoe, 5: 176-182. 18 Ap Igog4. Includes new species in 7helypodium (2), Spermacoce, Gentiana, Gilia, Castilieia, and Arynitzkia. Brandegee, T. S. Palms of Baja California. Zoe, 5: 187-189. 18 Ap 1904. With a description of Zrythea Brandegeei C. A. Purpus sp. nov, Britton, N. L. George Washington’s Palms. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 25-28. pl. 20, 22. F 1904. Broadhurst J. ‘The protection of our native plants. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 98-101. My 1go4. Brown, R. L. Wood structure of elms, maples and oaks as a means of identifying species. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 1rog—112. 1904- Burnham, E. J. ‘A freak of nature.’’ Nature Study (N. H.), 4 201-203. p Igo An abnormal chuskee of pine cones. Burnham, S. H. Ferns of Ann Arbor, Mich. Fern Bull. 12: 59, 51. [My] 1904. Cardot, J. & Thériot, I. moh mosses of Alaska. Harriman Alaska Expedition, 5: 251-328. f/. 30-40. 1904. Reprintea from Proc. Wise pone Sci. 4: 293-372. pl. 17-27. 31 J] 1902. Cardot, ‘ & Thériot, I. New or unrecorded mosses of North Amer- ica. Bot. Gaz. 37: 363-382. pl. 26-25. 17 My 1904- ee ge as of 24 new species in 15 genera. Chase, A. The North American allies of Scirpus lacustris. Rhodora, 6: 66-71. pl. 52, 57. 6 Ap 1904. Includes a description of S. heterochaetus sp. nov. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 361 Chodat, R. & Hassler, E. Plantae Hasslerianae, soit énumération des plantes récoltées au Paraguay. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4: 169- 196. 31 Ja1go4; 257-292. 29 F 1904; 475-489. 30 Ap 1904. Includes new species in int ctigieot Sphinctanthus, Alibertia, Mapouria, Palt- courea, Rudgea, Coussarca, Faramea, Borreria (4), Staélia, epee Dipladenia» ndropogon, Paspalum (2), we ‘cum, Setaria, Aristida, Chloris, Pappophorum, Eragrostis, Hassleropsis gen, nov. gre Bacopa (3), Scoparia ax Pithecolobium (2), Acacia and Mimosa. Christ, H. Loxsomopsts costartcensis nov. gen. et spec. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4: 393-400. p/. 7. 30 Ap 1904. Clute, W. N. The measurement of variation in Zguisetum, Fern Bull. 12: 15-18. [Mr] 1904. Clute, W..N. New or rare ferns from the southwest. Fern Bull. 12: 43-45. [My] 1904. Clute, W.N. A new species of Eguisetum. Fern Bull. 12: 20-23. [Mr] 1904. £. Ferrissii sp. nov., from Illinois. Clute, W. N. Raynal Dodge. Fern Bull. 12: 51, 52. portrait. [My] 1904. Clute, W. N. Sarah Frances Price. Fern. Bull. 12: 25. portrait. [Mr] 1904. Cockerell, T. D. A. Notes on TZetraneuris linearifolia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 17: 111, 112. 18 My 1904. Coker, W. C. Chapel Hill liverworts. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 20: 35-37. 1904. Copeland, E. B. New and interesting California fungi. Ann. Myc. Si 1-8. Bo 1 a 16 -F 1904. Includes new species in Coprinus (4), Battarea (2) and Podaxon. Cummings, C. E. The lichens of Alaska. Harriman Alaska Expedi- tion, 5: 65-152. p/. 8, 9. 1904. Includes descriptions of new species in Verrucaria and Pertusaria. Curtiss, A, H. The fern flora of Florida. Fern Bull. 12: 33-38. [My] 1904. ee Daniels, F. P. Ecology of the flora of Sturgis, Mich., and vicinity. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 145-159. 1904. Daniels, F. P. The flora of the vicinity of Manistee, Mich. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 125-144. 1904. Druery, C. T. Fern varieties. Fern Bull. 12: 52-54. [My] 1904. Eaton, A. A, Dodge’s fern. Am. Bot. 5: 117. [F 1904.] 362 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Eaton, A. A. The genus “guwisetum in North America. Sixteenth paper. Fern Bull. 12: 23-25. [Mr] 1904; Seventeenth paper. Fern Bull. 12: 39-43. [My] 1904. Eaton, A. A. A preliminary list of Preridophyta collected in Dead County, Florida, during November and December, 1903. Fern Bull. 12: 45-48. [My] 1904. Evans, A. W. Hepaticae of Alaska. Harriman Alaska Expedition, 5: 339-372. pl. 41-43. Reprinted from Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci, 2: 287-314. p/. 16-18. 10 O 1900. Fedde, F. Was ist Platystemon leicocarpum Fisch. et Meyer? Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 22: 92-95. f. 7, 2. 24 Mr 1904. Identifies P. emarginatus Greene as the original P. /eiocarpus F. & M., and gives the new name ?. Greeneanus to the plant called P. /etocarpus by Greene. Fetherolf, J. M. Asplenium ebenoides. Fern Bull. 12: 26. [Mr] 1904. Foster, A.S. Hercules’ club. [2chinopanax.] Am. Bot. 6: 6-8. [Mr] 1904. Foster, A.S. Shittimwood. [Ahamnus Purshianus.] Am. Bot. 6' 47, 48. [My] 1904. Gagnepain, F. Zingibéracées et Marantacées nouvelles de 1’ Herbier du Muséum (11e note). Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 50: 586-599. Ja 1904. Includes new species of Costus and Calathea (2), described from cultivated plants, probably of American origin. Giesenhagen, K. Sorica Dusenii n. gen. und n. sp., ein im Farnsorus lebender Askomycet. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 22: 191-196. pl. 137. 27 Ap 1904 On Polypodium crassifolium from Brazil. Gleason, H. A. The dwarf white trillium. Am. Bot. 6: 43-45: [My] 1904. Graves, F.M. Helenium nudiflorum in Groton, Connecticut. Rho- dora, 6: 79, 80. 6 Ap 1904. Greene, E. L. Some Canadian antennarias.—II. Ottawa Nat. 18: 37-39: 6 My 1904 Descriptions of 5 new species of Av‘ennaria. Greenman, J. M. New species of Mexican plants. Zoe, 5: 183-187: 18 Ap 1904. New species in Cerastium (3), Arenaria, Dalea, Nama and Eupatorium (2)- Guérin, P. Recherches sur le développement et la structure anatom- ique du tégument seminal des Gentianacées. Jour. de Bot. 18: 33-39- Ja 1904; 37-52. f. 1-20. F 1904; 83-88. f. 27-25. Mr 1904- INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 363 Guillet, C. Relationship between the weather and plant growth: a comparative study of the last two springs. Ottawa Nat. 18: 40-54. 6 My 1904. Harger, E. B. Some introduced plants of Connecticut. Rhodora 6: 78. 6 Ap Igo04. Hariot, P. & Patouillard, N. Description de Champignons nouveaux de l’Herbier du Muséum. Bull. Soc. Myc. France, 20: 61-65. 30 Ap 1904 Includes two new American species: Calvatia Diguett, from California, and Zig- noella cubensis, from Cuba, Harris, J. A. A new theory of the origin of species. The Open urt, 18: 192-202. Ap 1904. With a Zortrait of H. de Vries, of whose mutation-theory it treats. Hemsley, W. B. Chloraea crispa. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 60: p/ 7955- 1 My 1904. Native of Chile. Hemsley, W. B. Dicentra chrysantha. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 60: 7. y 1904 Native of California. Hemsley, W.B. Marsdenia Imthurnii. Curt. Bot. Mag. Il. 60: Pl. 7953. 1 My 1904 A new species; native of British Guiana. Hennings, P. Fungi fluminenses a cl. E. Ule collecti. Hedwigia, 43: 78-95. 24 Mr 1904. ae Includes two new genera, Perisporiopsis and Balansiella, and 41 new species in 33 genera. Hennings, P. Ueber die auf Hevea-arten bisher beobachteten parasit- ischen Pilze. Notizbl. Kénigl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 4: 133-138. f/. I5 A 04 Includes new species in Dothidella, Aposphaeria and Ophiobolus. Hieronymus, G. Selaginellarum species novae vel non satis oognitae. II. Selaginellae e subgenere (vel sectione) Heterophyllo. Continu- atio prima. Hedwigia, 43: 1-64. 29 F 1904; 65. 24 Mr 1904. Includes many Mexican, Central American and South American species, of which 13 are described as new. Hill, E. J. Remarks on some fernworts of western New York. Fern Bull. 12: 18~20. [Mr] 1904. Kalbfleisch, A. S. Polystichum acrostichoides and some insects that infest it. Fern Bull. 12: 48-50. [My] 1904. 364 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Kaufman, P. Gleanings from sea and mountain. Am. Bot. 5: 85- 88. [Ja 1904. ] Notes on the flora of Avon, N. J., and of Griffin’s Corners, N. Y. (Catskill Mountains. ) Klugh, A. B, The orchids of Wellington County, Ontario. Am. Bot. 5: 105-109. [F 190 Klugh, A. B. ‘Treasure trove. Fern Bull. 12: 26. [Mr] 1904. A note on the ferns of Wellington Co., Ontario. Knight, 0. W. Cleome serrulata in Maine. Rhodora,6: 79. 6 Ap 1904. Leavitt, R. G. Trichomes of the root in vascular cryptogams and angiosperms. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 273-313. p/. 16-79. Ap 1904. Lindau, G. Acanthaceae americanae III. Bull. Herb. Boissier, I. 13-328. 31 Mr 1g04; 401-418. 30 Ap 1904 Descriptions of 45 new species in 16 genera, of which 5 are new: Stetrosanchezia, Encephalosphaera, Chalarothyrsus, Trybliocalyx and Juruasia. Lister, A.& G. Notes on Mjcefozoa. Jour. Bot. 42: 129-140. pi. 459. 1 My 1904. Contains various references to American material. Livingston, B. E. Physical properties of bog water. Bot. Gaz. 37: 383-385. 17 My 1904. Longyear, B. 0. A preliminary list of the saprophytic fleshy fungi known to occur in Michigan. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 113-124. 1904. MacDougal, D. T. Botanical explorations in the southwest. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 89-98. p/. 27 +f. 137-17. My 1904. Magnus, P. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntniss der ee Uredi- nopsts. Hedwigia, 43: 119-125. pl. 7, 2. 24 Mr 1904. Deals wholly with American material, describing two new species from Cayuga Lake, N. Y. Maublanc, A. Espéces nouvelles de Champignons inférieurs. Bull. Soc. Myc. France, 20: 70-73. 30A 4. Includes new Mexican species and varieties in Vizella, Phyllachora, Coniothyrium and Aeidium Milesi, M. & Traverso, G. B. Saggio di una monografia del genre Triphragmium. Ann, Myc. 2: 143-156. pl. 5. 15 Ap 1904- Of the nine species recognized, three occur in America. Nelson, A. New plants from Wyoming, XV. Bull. Torrey Club, 31+ 247. 18 My 1904. ; Includes new species in Eriogonum (2), Linum, Anogra, Pachylophus, Lavauxt4, Gentiana, Hedeoma, Castilleja and Symphoricarpos ; and Chondrophylla, a new genus of Gentianaceae. ¢ INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 365 Nye, H. A. Bulblets of AMcrostylis ophioglossoides. Rhodora, 6: 79 6 Ap 1904. Opperman, M. A contribution to the life history of Aster. Bot. Gaz. 37: 353-362. pl. 74, 75. 17 My 1904. Osmun, A. V. Further stations for Botrychium matricariaefolium in Connecticut. Rhodora,6: 80. 6 Ap 1904. Parish, S.B. The fern flora of California. Fern Bull. 12: 1-15. [Mr] 1904. Ramaley, F. Anatomy of cotyledons. Bot. Gaz. 37: 388, 389. 17 My 1904, ’ Rehm, H. Ascomycetes Americae borealis. Ann. Myc. 2: 32-37. 15 F 1904; 175-178. 15 Ap 1904. Includes 19 new species in 17 genera. Rhodes, A. L. Response of roots to chemical stimuli. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 112. 1904. ; Robertson, A. English herbals. Pop. Sci. Mo. 65: 65-67. My 1904. Robinson, B. L. Diagnoses and synonymy of some Mexican and Central American eupatoriums. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 247-254. 20 F rgo4. With descriptions of nine new species of Lupatorium. Robinson, B. L. New spermatophytes of Mexico and Central America. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 265-271. 20 F 1904. Includin ng new species in Hechitia, oS Parnassia, Pentstemon, Piptothrix, Brickellia (2), Verbesina (2) and Zia Robinson, B. L. Notes on the genus Mimosa in Mexico and Central America. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 257-261. 20 F 1904. With descriptions of 6 new species. Robinson, B. L. Notes on some polygonums of western North America. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 261-265. 20 F 1904. With descriptions of 3 new species.of the section Avicudaria, Robinson, B. L. Synopsis of the mikanias of Costa Rica. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 254-257. 20 F 1904. With descriptions of 3 new species of A/tkania, Rose, J. N. William M. Canby. Bot. Gaz. 37: 384-388. portrait. 17 My 1904. Rusby, H. H. Beverages of vegetable origin. Jour. N. Y. Gard. 5: 79-86. Ap rgo4. Saccardo, P. A., Peck, C. H. & Trelease, W. The fungi of Alaska. Harsiman Alaska Expedition, 5: 11-64. f/. 2-7. 1904. Includes descriptions of 39 species in 35 genera. 366 INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Sadebeck, R. Einige kritische Bemerkungen iiber Exoasceen. IL. Ueber Exoascus Sebastianae nov. spec. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 22: 119-133. pl. 9. 24 Mr 1904. On Sebastiania brasiliensis. Sanford, S. N. F. The range of Saururus cernuus extended into Rhode Island. Rhodora, 6: 77, 78. 6 Ap 1904. Sargant, E. The evolution of monocotyledons. Bot. Gaz. 37: 32 5— 345- 17 My 1904. Saunders, D. A. The algae of the expedition. Harriman Alaska Expedition, 5: 153-250. p/. 10-29. 1904. Reprinted from Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 3: 391-486. f/. 47-62. 15 N 190I. Sempers, J. F. The young fringed gentian. Am. Bot. 6: 2-4. [Mr] 1904. Slosson, M. A new hybrid fern from Vermont. Rhodora, 6: 75-77: 6 Ap 1904. < Dryopteris Pittsfordensis hybr. nov. Small, J. K. Report on exploration in tropical Florida. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 49-53. Mr 1904. Smith, I.S. The nutrition of the egg in Zamia. Bot. Gaz. 37: 346-352. f. 7-6. 17 My 1904. Stuckert, T. Une nouvelle Mimosée, Prosopis schinopoma, de la Re- publique Argentine. Bull. Acad. Internat. Géogr. Bot. 13: 87. 5 Mr 1904. Sydow, H. & P. Neue und kritische Uredineen. Ann. Myc. 2: 27-31. 15 F 1904. Including new American species in Gymnosporangium, Phragmidium, Uredinopsts and Uredo (2). Sydow, H. & P. Novae Fungorum species. Ann. Myc. 2: 162- 174. 15 Ap 1904. Includes 35 new American species in 23 genera. Trelease, W. Alaskan species of Sphagnum. Harriman Alaska Expe- dition, 5: 329-337. 1904. Trelease, W. The ferns and fern allies of Alaska. Harriman Alaska Expedition, 5: 373-398. p/. 4g +f. 2. 1904. Ule, E. Ules Expedition nach den Kautschuk-Gebieten des Amaz0- nenstromes. Fiinfter Bericht. Notizbl. Kénigl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 4: 107-114. 30 Ja 1904. Ule, E. Ules Expedition in das peruanische Gebiet des Amazonen- stromes. Sechster Bericht. Notizbl. Kénigl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 4° 114-123. 30 Ja 1904. VOE.- 31; FE13 ButL. TorRREY CLUB E. S. SALMON, DEL. ECTROPOTHECIUM VOL. 31, Priig CEUR BuLL. TORREY E. 8» SALMON, DEL. ECTROPOTHECIUM aa ie ei We 5 CY, a The Warblers in Color BIRD-LORE began in its December, 1903, issue, the publication of as series of accu- n the p rately colored plates, repres g all u- mages of North American Warblers,from draw ings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes and Bruce Horsfall. The text accompanying these —— plates h ompiled by Prof. W Cooke from the records of the Bi cal a vey and gives the average ti on of hese birds at hundreds of eye often for long sg The dat ata for e Redstart, for example, d work of over ! 5 “aainhy Until the supply is eyseunt we will SI} ni x give a. z 20 pees: ‘ning the first two aapigs Sas “pe cents a apace $1.00 a year pla to every subscriber VI of DUBON Bae ETIES sy BIED- LO RE, beginning phon claaay 1904. THE MACMILLAN C0., pe FIFTH AVE., New York Cily THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SENENTH YEAR anno VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as wellasamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, pai Gee Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. RE ae Rens ee INDEX xX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE s Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on ear catalogue cards; these are furnished to siitbete a t the e of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club FRANCIS E, LLOYD, Cotumpia University, New York City. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, sain aaah con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of es interes Free mem- bers of the Garden. To others, 10 ay a copy Agen [ Not een in exchange] Vol. I, 1900, vili+- 213 pp. Vol. Il, 1508 viii + 204 pp. Vol. ITI, 1902, vili-+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, en, Mii + 238 pp Bulletin of the sg York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles ho mbodying the rassiity ey a ome carried out in g Garden. Free ys bay members of "the Garden ; to others, $3.00 on volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 4 oe sei er 12 a toh § goo. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 , 30 oid ee 1903. Vol, III, 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903. emoirs of the New tax Botanical yc Price to members of the Gaiden, £3 00 pe volume. th $2.00. [No ee in exchange Annotated Catale of the Flora of, cance and the “Yellowstone Park, ee fe om Axel Rydberg, Gaatant curator of the museums. An a pees = critical pears ion of the Pteridophytes and Phaner ran of the region es from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species ix oe 492 fgg Pov: 8vo, with detailed map. Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and igs 8 by Ps tT, Raisin 0 first assistant and director of a _ om ratori An the rs extensive gears together with a ral condensed a the scution Py light to o plants. The cae morphological ceatees are illustrated. pp. Roy. 8vo, wi ith x 176 Seuais Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers reg id students or members of the Pree = reprinted ros "journals other than a oe eegeapthogues $5.00 pe : lachuslie ye Nos. 1-25, vi -+ 400 tai 98 spinal in the text and 34 plates. Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 48. Mutations in plants, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. No. 49. The Polyporaceae of North America—VI. The genus Polyporus, by Dr. W. A. Maurrill. No. 50. The spines of Fouguieria, by Miss W. J. Robinson. No. 51. Notes on Bahaman algae, by Dr. M. A. Howe. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PaRK, NEW YOR « CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY + scans OF THE DEPARTMENT : A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Pobgoni (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. she 178 pages, 84 plates.. Price $6.0 Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North pee Potentilleae (1898). By Per ht Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : (2) — Lal ra Lal | N ur Lamal oo oo N I Load ao Ke) iS) so) ] ° oO - Nos. 176-200. 1Igo1I-1g02. Price $5.00. . Nos. 201~. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. ext-book of General me (1896). By Albert Schneider, Pench in Botany, 1895-1 Oct 230 pages, 76 plates. Brea $4.2 5 ee $3.80 (paper). Published By Willard N. Clute & Co. Bin nghamt e Department invites propositions saative ‘ ohn of her- bar for any of the above named publications. Address copes L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of oo? 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- a 2 Oo OY ANAW N Z e, 4) Ld N nN | . i un edad Oo Lael oO \o ~I | i] oo © o a, Len 1 (= QO (a7 KH MI ° oO Three volumes, he octavo. Vol. 1, 612 Pt il Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, for oe three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $1o. 5. Oe aati Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth aaa tg00. By Lucien Tidices Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1 Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $1. 6. 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896— uodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. nee $1 1.50. tetera mitt ata aca erect a enna Te fo S =] ee: Os se) ot oO a at A Toa book of General Botany net) By Carlton Clarence Curtis, “ene in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 0, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Publi shed. by Longmans, Green & Co. » New York. Price ~ ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus | Sole Agents for eo a= C. A. F. : Our Specialties : KAHLBAUM’S MICROSCOPES <2 Se C. P. Chemicals oe be? ae a and Reagents te. ACCESSORIES CARL 4 hi SCHLEICHER © jets Ie & SCHULL’S © MICROTOMES De ee cane Wnts C. P. Filters” —_——— ae Sere Lee wo aa SCHOTT & GENOSSEN’S- BALANCES fie Famous Labora and + tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other renowned European a o pas houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. _ A series of technical papers on botanical se publisked at irregular intervals. Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchan Vol. 1, No.1; pric | Bailey, L. H. Pig i of the types 3 various secs = the genus Carex. Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : Martindale, I. C. Marine — i the pe Joy, coast and adjacent waters of ace f etna, Pages 87-11 4 Au Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cen R. fepaticae Bolivianae, S Andibus cage pion annis 1885-6, a I. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja ie Vol. 1, No. 4; — 75 cen! ae BE. L. On sche fruits, Page ee 30 My 1890, Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : Reserve food-materials in buds and poe ese Pages: 2. 10S 1890. Vol. amas ; price, 75 cen es A. Coriniiaedions to the en éf of Virginia. Pages 27-56, zee D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separate Soot oe. Bg Nate to the knowledge of 5 eznoon ‘of some North Amer __ Pages 57-108, plates 5-79. 15 A i No. 4; price, “ cents: Vol. 2, — W.5B. The genus Pe/ygala in North America. Pages 109-132. Fak 1801. ol. 3, No 1; not furnished separatel eller, A. A. Flora of western North OES and contiguons_ tory. “See 1-39. 20 F 1892. Vol. meee oui 2+ price, ee .00 : The Natadaceae of N, h America digas illustrations of all tbe spe J- ss ae rhe plates 20-74. an Mr 1893 ¢ Vol. 3, No. 3; not furnis separately : enumeration of the Lat collected in Bolivia by ign tang tite. 1.] P Daiges e 28 Apr 1 4, No. 1; not paaebaa separately : ieee. Hepaticarum. Part I, Bibliography. tes tot Vol. 4, No. 2; not frmised separately = a ee Vail, A.M. Re tic wing ou season of pai Pages 02-201, yt ae 8 N a+. No. 3; price, 50 cents _An coumertion of the plants collected i 203-274. 10 Mr-17'Ap Vol. 5; price, $3. L sp of Pteridophyta and ae matophyta growing Cee cultivation in northeasterm merica. Page i. 4 D 1893-31 D Pas 1. 6, No. 1; price, $1.2 Rusby, H. H. “An enumeration of the plants ieee in Bolivia by Miguel Bang- Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896. No. 2; price, 50 ce Grout, A.J. A revision of Ae North American ita and ABrachythecta:, Pages 131-210. 30] og 6, No. 3; price, 50 cents Haz ee ee life ca y of Sphaevella lacustris { Mavieetocnaias pluvialis). Paces eee ete 86, op eo red). 8 Je 1899. - No. 4; price, 50 cents: ' Underwood, L. M. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899 y 1. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: Fink, B. Notes on the lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley. Pages” 285-307. 1 D 1899. Vol. 7; price, $3.00 } Howe, M.A. The epaticae and Axthocerotes of California. Pages — plates 88-722. § Au 1899. : I. 8, No.1; price, $1.75 : Lloyd, F. EB. The eeaacubce spe ee of the Rubiaceae. Part I. es = 2 plates r-g. 26 Au 1899, Part Pages 27-112, Ge s 5-15. 15 Fig 1. 8, No. 2; price, $1. 4 vans, A.W. The ‘ éjeuneae of the United States aes Canada. Pages I! 3-183, Ne i se 46-22, 15 F rg02. Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 ce Britton, BE. G. & ay fog Sev The life history of Sa ia lineata, Pages 185-25 plates 23-37 30 Au Vol. 9; price, $3.00 : 4 _ Salmon, E.S. A monograph of the Evysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, plates 1-9. 4 oO “1900. oy w l. 10; price, $3. ie Burgess, E. S. —— of vid amet botany in its wate to Aster. Pages xi _ 1-447. 22 N 1902 ee ~ Vol. 11, No. 1; price, e : Grisiths D. The North fais Sordariaceae. at E-134, plates 7-19. My I. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75 : sie ye» The pins. and Chactephivialoae of the United States. Page® 135- 250, plates 20-42. 200 1902. nee I. 12, No. 1; price, $1.50: Northrop, A.R. Flora of New Providence and Andros {Bahama Islands). Pages 10 D r9o2. oe as ni 198, plates 2a Address: TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, Columbia University, New York City JULY, 1904 BULLETIN : OF THE Editor < JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART a Associate Editors ee NATHANIEL Lord BriTTON DANIEL TREMBLY MacDousaL WILLIAM ALPHONSO MurRiLe THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, : HON, ADDISON BROWN, LLD. Vice-Presidents, HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, EDWARD W. BERRY - JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. Passaic, New Jersey. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Treasurer, FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia Universtiy, New York City. MEETINGS Meetings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, at 8:00 P.M., at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St.; the last Wednesday, at 3:30 P.M., in the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden. PUBLICATIONS All neg ler and other business communications relating to the publics - of the Club should be addressed to the wearint Francis E. Lloyd, Columbia Uni versity, New Seek City. Monthly, established 1870. “ Price, $3.00 a year; single numbers 3° cents. Of former volumes, only 2, 3, 5, 13, 20, 21, and 24-30 can be supplied — rately ; certain numbers of ke volumes are available, but the entire stock of som numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended fr Editor, New York Rctuiticst Garden, Bronx Park, New York Cit Torreya. pide perme 1901. Price, $1.00 a year. iscucssele in tended for publication in TorREYA should be addressed to Dr. Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Bolen Bae Bronx Park, New York City. Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See last pages of cover.) talogue of ne and Pteridophyta within 100 miles of - , $1.00 Preliminary Ca’ New York City, 1888. Price. VoL. 31 No. 7 BU Cie Ty iN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB JULY, 1904 Chemical notes on “ bastard ’’ logwood * BENJAMIN C. GRUENBERG AND WILLIAM J, GIES During the past few years the growers of logwood in Jamaica have been greatly disturbed by an apparent increase on their properties of an unmerchantable variety of the plant known as _ “bastard” logwood.+ The exportation of this wood along with . teal logwood has served to condemn all the logwood from the _ districts which have shipped it.t - “ Bastard’? logwood differs from the genuine varieties, from _ the dyer’s standpoint, in yielding little or no hematoxylin, but, instead, a yellowish-green pigment which is of no value and which, when admixed with the commercial extract, reduces the character- datic tinctorial properties of the latter. Chips of the “ bastard’ ood present a yellow, pale pink, white or even chocolate- Colored surface instead of the dark red or deep purple, bronze- tinted color of the best Jamaican or Mexican logwoods of commerce. There appears to be considerable uncertainty, even When the trees are cut down, as to whether a tree is really a ‘mulatto ” (“bastard”) tree or not. What is known as a “mulatto”’ tree is frequently dark enough when first cut to lead = * a . : te ening with age as all the good wood does, it remains the same color or color or becomes lighter rather than darker. The “ bastard ” tree . ©. * From the New Vork Botanical Garden, New York. Some of the chemical work Was done in the laboratory of physiological chemistry of Columbia University. _ t Fawcett: Bulletin of the Botanical Department, Jamaica, 3: 179. 1896. Clipping from a Kingston, Jamaica, newspaper, sent to Dr. D. T. MacDougal Hon. William Fawcett (September, 1901). [The preceding number of the BuLLeTin, Vol. 31, No. 6, for June, 1904 (31: 9-366, A/.13, 74) was issued 24 June, 1904. ] 367 368 GRUENBERG AND GiES: NoTEs ON “ BASTARD” LOGWOOD seems to be perfectly dry, and even when the chips are soaked for a long time in water, they give out no dye.* Various theories have been advanced to explain the apparent increase in the “bastard” logwood in Jamaica. Professor F. S. Earle, after a thorough study of the situation in Jamaica, came to the following conclusions : + 1. “ Logwood is a variable plant showing marked differences in form, color and texture of leaf; time of blooming; form and extent of ribs on the trunk; color of bark and especially in the color and dye-producing quality of the heart-wood. Four well- marked varieties are said to be recognized in Honduras and three are usually recognized in Jamaica, but there are many other intermediate forms.” 2. “ Bastard’? wood is not the result of disease or of any lack of vigor. The trees producing it are perfectly healthy and normal. 3. “It is not the result of soil or climatic conditions, since ‘bastard’ and normal trees are found growing side by side under absolutely identical conditions.” 4. “It is not the result of immaturity. Aged trees may pro- duce ‘ bastard’ wood, while in normal trees the heart-wood, as soon as formed, contains a good percentage of hematoxylin. These facts seem to point to heredity as the probable cause of the trouble. That is, that certain trees produce only ‘bastard’ wood because they grow from the seed of a ‘ bastard’ tree; or in other words that ‘ bastard’ logwood represents a variety of Haematoxylon campechianum that normally produces little or no hematoxylin, just as one Honduras variety has smaller, shorter, thinner and lighter colored leaves.” Some time before Professor Earle made his investigations in Jamaica we began, at Dr. MacDougal’s suggestion, a comparative study of logwoods from that island, in the hope of finding definite chemical differences, other than purely tinctorial ones, between “red logwood” and the “bastard” variety. Unfortunately out work in collaboration was soon unavoidably interrupted. ¢ present here very briefly, however, such of our notes in this connection as may be of general interest. , 5 * Cradwick : er to the Chairman of the Experiment Station, Kingstom Jamaica, 1902 ( April t Earle: Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, 4: 3. 1903- GRUENBERS AND Giles: NOTES ON “ BASTARD’’ LOGWOOD 369 ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION OF HEART-WooD, — Elementary analysis of typical samples of (1) the red logwood of commerce, (2) a “bastard” variety somewhat resembling it and (3) a second specimen of the “bastard” type yielding hardly any pigment to water gave the following results : TABLE I. PERCENTAGE ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION OF SUBSTANCE DRIED TO CONSTANT EIGHT AT 110°C.* | L. | Il. III. oe ae “Red” Logwood. paras | “* Bastard” (medium was | 1) “ Bastard ” ’ (poorest quality). | Ct | HY] ast. of ) mw | am | oe | H | Ash. 2 51.91 | 5.98 | 1.80 || pe ai a ee ee | 51.04 | 5.67 | 2.03 - 2. | .52.00 5-80 | 2.06 || §1.77 | 6.03 | 1.68 || 51.35 5-74 — a+ S222" | 5.76 | b.78 51.45 | 6.03 | — | 51.00 | 5.58 | Av. | 52. 5-84 | 1.86 || 51.56 | 5.96 | 1.63 || 51-13 | 5.66 | ary SUMMARY OF AVERAGES | is | II. HI. | General Average. see | | | Carbon 52.01 51.56 51.13 51.57 Hydrogen, | 5.84 5.96 | 6 ‘82 1.86 . 1.63 | 1.94 1.81 as eee | 42.15 | 42.48 3.21 42.61 The most significant feature of these results is the decreasing amount of carbon in the “bastard” wood. The differences are too slight to warrant any emphasis, but are such as might be due to a lower percentage of hematoxylin, which is a pigment of high carbon (and low oxygen) content — C,,H,,O,. The data of the second series of analyses, given in TABLE II, show that the wood was not decomposed in the process of drying to constant weight at 110° C-. (first series) and that, therefore, the Previous results were not influenced by that procedure. GENERAL COMPOSITION OF SEEDLINGS. —In TABLE III we pre- nent the results of some analyses of seedlings of “red” logwood Lt Daly heart-wood was employed in this work. This was converted into sawdust and aoe such portions as passed through a very fine sieve were taken for analysis. methods of analysis were those which are now in general use. a, figures for sont nd hydrogen are calculated (from the data of direct analysis), for ash-free ft Calculated, by hoa for ash-free — 370 GRUENBERG AND Gres: NOTES ON ‘“‘ BASTARD ’’ LOGWOOD TABLE II. PERCENTAGE ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION OF SUBSTANCE: DRIED TO CONSTANT ~ > WEIGHT AT 20 C ¢ H H,O 3 H H,O 1 | 46.90 | 5.40 | 7.95 | 46.58 5.28 7.97” 2 46.98 B24. | — | 46.87 5-45 = 3 | 47.08 5.20 — | 46.58 5.45 | a Average. 46.99 | 5-28 7.95 | 46.68 5-39 | 7:97 __ and of the “bastard”? variety. The condition of the seedlings at the time of analysis is shown in FIGURE I. The outward appearance of the two kinds of seedlings was practically the same. Likewise, the differences among the figures in our table for general chemical composition are too slight to warrant any other conclusion than that the seedling metabolism was, in gen- eral, essentially the same in both varieties. The analyses were made 12 months after seeds were planted. TABLE III. GENERAL COMPOSITION OF LOGWOOD SEEDLINGS.* Water. | Solids. ‘ ie sume IO (eng i er Total. Organic. Inorganic Red. Bastard. Red. |Bastard., Red. Bastard, Red. unin age S) “VN 3 . 51.2 22) 43-73 48.78} 41.08 | 45.94| 2.65 | 2-84 ¢ | 63.57 | 60.68} 36.43 | 39.32| 34.72| 36.50| 1.71 | 2-82 Upper stem, @ 43.77 38.34) 56.23 | 61.66 54.40 | 58.29) 1.83 | 3-37 5 | 39.06 | 34.01 | 60.94 | 65.99| 59 08 | 63.99) 1.86 | 2-00 ¢ |} 43.68 | 45.89| 56.32 54.11| 54.61 |52.50| 1.71 | 1-61 Lower stem, 2 | 43.19 | 39.99) 56.81 60.01, 55.62 58.32| 1.19 | 1-99 b 36.83 | 32.97 | 63.17 67.03 | 61.63 | 65.24| 1.54 1.79 € | 43-39 44.46 | 56.61 55.54 | 55-41 | 54.14) 1-20 | 1-40 67-93 | 61.66 | 32.07 | 38.34 30.52 | 35.39 . 1-55 2.95 79.58 34.68 29.42 | 33-20 27.70. 1.48 | 1. 49.17| —— | 50.8 4 3-96 Roots, BS eK Ge Nv Analyses were made by the usual drying and incineration methods. The pot. tions Beenie to comparative analysis were approximately of the same morphological location _in each variety. The most significant differences seem to be the slightly larger proportion of water in the ‘‘red’’ wood and the relatively greater quantity solids, especially inorganic matter, in the ‘* bastard’’ samples Leaves, * {sods | 60.05 [{ 32-67 ‘a 95 {37.08 36.93 | { 2.59 | 5°. ot Paeoraer, 6.87 | Ne eee | | | Re CD BE EEE OOO GRUENBERG AND GIES: NOTES ON “‘ BASTARD”? LOGWoOD 371 CONCLUSIONS FROM THE GENERAL ANALYTIC DATA. — All of the preceding analytic results make it evident that the chemical differ- ences existing among these logwoods are quantitatively very slight. They also make it appear probable that the variations in the dif- ferent samples of the wood are chiefly variations in the chemical FIGURE 1, Seedlings of logwood, one year old. a, ‘‘red log wood.’’ b, ne — ‘echo estas Both grown from seeds obtained from “* Old Hope” plantation, Jam characteristics of the pigments themselves, which, as is well known, Possess as a rule high tinctorial qualities even when they occur in Only very small amounts. Our results in this connection would also indicate that there are no striking structural differences among these varieties of logwood. They suggest, likewise, that even 372 GRUENBERG AND GIES: NOTES ON “‘ BASTARD’’ LOGWOOD metabolic tendencies in these logwoods are essentially the same, varying only, perhaps, in the course of events which involve rela- tively slight quantities of pigment.* TINCTORIAL DIFFERENCES. — The foregoing results having shown that the differences among these logwoods were chiefly if not solely tinctorial, we next endeavored to ascertain the extent of the pigmentary variations. Our first experiments in this connection were efforts to deter- mine the relative tinctorial intensity of extracts of different samples of heart-wood sawdust made with equal volumes of various sol- vents under similar conditions of temperature, shaking, etc., from the same quantities of material dried to constant weight at 110° C.+ Among the samples were several inferior qualities of red wood from dead and decaying trees. Taste IV gives our first results in this connection. The fig- ures in that table denote the relative positions in a series of ten extracts —1 indicating weakest coloration, 2 the pigmentation of next higher intensity and so on to 10 showing the most decided tinctorial effect. The shade of color varied with each extractant, as would be expected. The following observations were made in this connec- tion, on the color of the series of extracts referred to in TABLE IV. if hicoMaaig yellowish-brown to — reddish-brown. ¢ Il. 0.2 per cent. HCl—faint yellow to orange. III. 2.0 per cent. HCl—faint yellow Shieigh reddish-brown to bright red. IV. 0.01 per cent. H — chocolate coloration throughout. V. 0.15 per cent. KOH — deep chocolate coloration throughou VI. 0.5 per cent. Na,CO,—chocolate coloration sucueett Nex than in V, greater than in IV. VII, Saturated borax solution — faint yellow to deep reddish-yellow. VIII, Ether — faint yellow to orange. IX. Absolute cee — faint yellow to red. Acetone — faint yellow through greenish-yellow to yellowish-red. XI. Acetic ether — faint yellow to deep reddish- “yellow ; brighter than in Vil. es These conclusions are in harmony with those drawn from other standpoints by Professor Earle (quoted on page 368). They were arrived at independently by us ant " were included in our report, in December, 1902, to the Botanical Society of America, before we were aware of Professor Earle’s deductions. Science, II. 17: 338. 19> + Drying occurred rapidly and seemed to have no transforming effect on the dust. This fact was noted before in another connection (page 369). { The coloration intensities are indicated progressively from 1 to 10 (see Lescs Iv). Individual exceptions are not referred to. GRUENBERG AND GiEs: NOTES ON “ BASTARD ” LOoGWoop 373 XII. Chloroform — no color in some, faint yellow in others, XIII. Benzol — no color in any. TABLE IV. RELATIVE PIGMENTATION OF VARIOUS KINDS OF LOGWOUD. Extractant. Pee ee ele ee eee pe ed be | | j——_-|-_——— I, Water. | a) | [ee ae ae ee ee ee 9 Il. 0.2% HCl tot ae ae | 6 Se eee 8 Ill. 2.0% HCl. Tf SO Bi | a a eee a IV. 0.01 % KOH. I 2 4. )-9,4°8 6 7 81-9. | 10 V. 0.15 % KOH. te i ee ee Ce eB ee ee ae a VI. 0.5 %'Na,CO, ae ae oe eh aa nee VIII. Ether. ee ee ee OR Sey eh, a i oe IX. Absolute wht | ee ne cali 24 O | S04 i oe ee . Acetone, See el ae pd ee Eee ae eee Oh, as ay ad Sap dy. _XI. Acetic ether. | I | ay eee eg ee eee ae Average. 1.2 | 2.3| 3.4] 4.6| 5.4| 6.1 | 6.7| 7.6) 8.2) 9.5 A—“ Bastard ’’ (very poor), 4—** Bastard”’ (very poor). C—Immature wood of varying tints D—* Purple’’ (from tree on extremely poor marly bank ; tree ma- ture, but dead in nearly all ar including the roots), £—Immature wood of varying G—Red (tap root of nearly dead tree). /—Red (from roots of dead tree). tints. «Bastard ’”’ (mediu H—Red (tree over ripe ; a bored by ants). J—Red (best grade). More important, however, than the variations in the shades of color in the extracts was the fact, already noted, that the seguence of coloration intensity (in extracts made under like conditions in detail in each series) varied with each solvent (raBLE IV). This result not only shows that the colors of the woods are not due merely to different amounts of the same pigment but also proves that the pigmentary differences are caused either by varying pro- portions of at least two pigments, or by the same pigment radical in more than one chemical condition — in combinations, it may be of different solubilities and stoichiometric relationships, and of different dissociable tendencies. Relative tinctorial differences and variations are further shown in the following sample data, which indicate the quantity of water in cc. added to 10 cc. of 0.5 % Na,CO, extract (TABLE IV) in order to make the tinctorial intensity Sc ccaveately the same throughout the series.+ is sample contained several pigments. One of these was purplish and quite unlike any in the other samples. The pigment was especially soluble in water. It h an he volume of water furnished the basis of coloration for the comparative observation 374 GRUENBERG AND GIES: NOTES ON ‘“‘ BASTARD ’”’ LOGWOOD TABLE Vv. Sample of Logwood. | Water Added. 7 Sample of f Logwood. | Water Added. | io 2 A $5 C.c | c 7.5 C6 B 3-5 D* 10.0 F | 5:5 H | 10.9 E | 7.1 | 8s | 12.2 G 7.1 qT | 17.8 The letters correspond to those in TABLE IV. The tinctorial sequence after the above dilution is different from what it was before dilution as may be seen from the following etynsiet 4 TasBLe VI Bir pig ibe ts) | er | 8 | oe Before dilution (TABLE IV). 4) 8) £-)¥ |p.) G |B lets After dilution (TABLE V). meet let 64 Crp yw ae The above facts are in further harmony with the foregoing conclusions regarding cause of coloration effects and_ relative differences. Dilute aqueous extracts of two samples of red logwood and of one medium grade “ bastard’ wood all showed a similar yel- low color, by transmitted light. The shades of color did not differ noticeably except in degree. In stronger extracts of equal concentration the first two appeared more reddish. Treatment with alkalies, volatile and non-volatile, turned the color of the red logwood extracts to a blood-red, passing into purple, whereas in the “‘ bastard” extract the shade of yellow was merely deepened, passing into the dull brown color of faded oak leaves. Dilute and concentrated mineral acids turned the yellow of the dilute aqueous extracts of the red wood into a color rang- ing from orange to bright red. In the “bastard” extract no such change was perceptible. These differences in the behavior of the two sets of aqueous extracts toward acids and alkalies correspond to the differences be- tween the reactions exhibited toward the same reagents by @ * This color was of the same intensity as the rest, but not the same shade. See SOene, Bins ey eK milar change in sequence of tinctorial intensity after dilution was noted in other cia also. GRUENBERG AND Gres: NOTES ON ‘BASTARD’ LOGWOOD 375 freshly prepared solution of the commercial “ extract of logwood,”’ and a solution four weeks old that had faded to’a straw-yellow. The chemical alterations. undergone by the aqueous solution of the commercial extract are accompanied by such a decided change in color and in chemical properties that from a com- parative study of such extracts we expected to learn something definite regarding the actual differences between the pigments in the heart-wood of “red’’ logwood and in that of the bastard variety. We were unable, however, to do so. Experiments were started to determine, if possible, the relations of light and of air to the discoloration of solutions of logwood extracts. In a few weeks all the preparations had been attacked by growths of Penicillium, Rhizopus and other fungi. After filtration the solutions showed no appreciable differences in shade or color. But on diluting these filtered solutions with two parts of water and eventually with eight parts, differences were readily observed. The solutions which had been in the light showed no change in color, whereas those kept in the dark had become distinctly yellow. The extracts to which the air had free access manifested the greatest changes. SOLID MATTER IN LOGWOOD EXTRACTS. — We desired to ascer- tain, in comparative determinations, the quantities of solid matter in aqueous extracts of the various logwoods under investigation. The absolute amount of solid substance in 100 c.c. of the extract was always small —less than 0.02 gram. In the drying process slight decomposition seemed to result and perfectly constant weights could be obtained only after a long time. Although the absolute changes in weight were only very small, the proportion- ate variations in quantities so slight were quite large. For these reasons no comparative observations were attempted in this con- nection. The use of very large volumes of extract, to reduce the comparative effects of the variations referred to, was impracticable. The general question of the physiology or chemistry of pig- ment-formation in the heart-wood was not approached at all, nor were the histological characters of the varieties compared. There can be no doubt that “bastard” logwood is, as Prof. Earle also concludes (see page 368) a distinct variety or subspecies 376 GRUENBERG AND Gigs: NOTES ON “ BASTARD’? LOGWOOD of Haematoxylon campechianum, notwithstanding the slight mor- phological differences that distinguish it from the ‘‘ red logwood”’ and ‘ blue logwood.” The differences in the floral organs between Fite Mientetissiaunn tat ah eran or seth A ae a oo* So, i Vig a ’ sie ens aah bf petal i Natural sire “ce ot om (e) <> on —> —?0 eae ee age. -7* Pets, ist Petey pistil stamens :< These drawings, which were made from specimens collected by Hon. William as near Morant Bay, Jamaica, show all the morphological differences that have been observed in the flowers of three varieties : a, “ blue logwood.’’ 4, ‘‘red logwood.”’ ¢, ‘‘ bastard logwood.”’ s are widest in the blue and narrowest in the bast ard, e pistil of the blue is thicker than that in the red and the bastard. “The style in the bastard is slightly curv n the bastard the stamens are smaller than in the others, and there is less differ- ence between them. appear from the data at hand that the differences noted exceed the ordinary individual variations for the species of Haematoxylon the three varieties are shown in FIGURE 2, which was made from drawings sent by Mr. Fawcett, of the Jamaica Botanical Gardens. That there are species which are not at all distinguishable from one another externally, but which vary in their physiological prop- ee ~< ~* GRUENBERG AND GIES: NOTES ON “ BASTARD” LOGWOOD 377 erties, is a recognized fact,* and the “ bastard’ logwood may sim- ply be a new example of the same phenomenon. A parallel case would seem to be furnished by the black locust (Robinia pseuda- cacia), the wood of which is described by Sargent} as being “reddish, greenish-yellow or white, according to locality”; but the yellow and white varieties occur side by side in at least one locality. SUMMARY. 1. The most significant fact shown by elementary analysis of the heartwood of typical specimens of logwood was the lower car- bon content of the poorer wood, which may be due to lower pig- ment content, hematoxylin being a compound containing nearly twice as much carbon as oxygen. 2. No morphological differences are discernible between red logwood and bastard logwood in the young seedlings. 3. Analyses of the various seedlings agreed too closely to warrant any conclusion but that the metabolism of the seedlings was essentially alike in the two varieties. 4. The chemical differences between red logwood and ‘“ bas- tard” logwood are very slight, and are probably due to differences in amount of pigment. 5. Extractions with various solvents gave solutions of different colors, and also of varying orders of intensity in the several series, indicating the presence of at least two pigments in varying pro- portions, or a pigment radical in different combinations. 6. This was confirmed by the fact that the order of coloration intensity of a series of extracts was altered by diluting with water. 7. Aqueous extracts of the two varieties of logwood gave differ- ent reactions to acids, alkalies and other reagents. The differences are parallel to those between a fresh aqueous solution of com- mercial logwood “ extract,’ and the same solution after it had become discolored on long standing. 8. Attempts to determine the conditions of the discolorations of solutions of commercial “ extract,” failed to yield definite results, but indicated, in general, that darkness and air are favorable to the change. New York BoranicaL GARDEN. * DeVries: Mutationstheorie, ¢2>022. 2901 reepents Catalogue of the forest trees of North America, 15. Washington, 1880. : . A sige Lag oN at . | : y kar ah, cs ii : ie ay . ort. oe ree ae ae ETE ae 8 MOEN iss ” , 2 de ree Hy Po pil oe oa Necks ale i od en a Studies in Sisyrinchium—X. The species of California EuGENE P, BICKNELL The blue-eyed grasses of California, as shown by the collections which have passed under review in a study of the group, are com- mon in many parts of the state and in nearly all parts are repre- sented by one or more species, forming a noteworthy if not every- where conspicuous element in the flora. The widely diversified topographical features and sharply contrasted climatic conditions embraced within the great area of the state might well lead us to expect some striking reflection in so responsive a genus as Szsyrinchium occurring throughout, more especially since so many other sections of the United States have been found to possess a more or less characteristic group of species, and yet it has long been commonly supposed that scarcely more than a single species belonged to the California flora. In fact since Dr. Watson, in 1877, separated the most conspicuous Cali- fornia species from its eastern relatives under the name of Sisyrin- chium bellum this name has been in common use for almost all specimens collected within the boundaries of the state.* Within these boundaries, however, is an interesting group of Species few of which appear to extend far beyond them. How many species make up this group cannot as yet be determined. Six or seven come out clearly enough from the mass of specimens which have been available for study, and others might be proposed on evidence perhaps sufficient yet not altogether convincing. For the present seven species are recognized. Of these Sisyrinchium bellum, the most conspicuous, appears also to be the most abund- ant. It proves, however, to be not at all of general distribution *The e yellow-flowered pa formerly included in Sisyrinchium are here excluded from consideration, having alre been separately treated under the revised genus fydastylus, (Studies in ‘Sipriteckinn'-= VIII . Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 570-592. 1901.) even more distinct eo Olsynium of Rafinesque takes over another plant long accepted as a Sisyrinchium, the Sisyrinchium grandifiorum Douglas, as already pointed tudies in Sisyrinchium— VII. Bull. Torrey Club, 27: 237. 1900.) 379 é 380 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM throughout the state, being restricted, or very nearly so, to the coastwise counties, through which it ranges from San Diego, and doubtless Lower California, northward into Mendocino County, from beyond which no specimens have been forthcoming. This species bears the distinction of having flowers of larger maximum size than any other species of the United States, although surpassed in both the size and beauty of its flowers by Szsyrinchium Macounu of Vancouver Island. In the Sierra Nevada region, northward from about the middle of the state, and beyond into Oregon, Szsyrinchium bellum is re- placed by a slighter and smaller-flowered plant, Szsyreuchium Greenet sp. nov., which appears to be generally representative of that region, while in the valleys and mountains of the southern part of the state away from the coast another species, Sisyrinchium East- woodiae sp. nov., appears to be equally representative. A further, somewhat obscure species from the southwestern ranges nearer the coast is admitted as Sisyrinchium hesperium sp. nov. Four species appear from the extreme eastern parts of the state, one very dis- tinct and apparently local species, Sisyrinchium funereum sp. NOV., in the southeast, and three, Sisyrinchium halophilum Greene, Sisy- vinchium leptocaulon Bicknell and Sisyrinchium orcophilum sp. nov., all simple-stemmed plants, mostly in the Sierra Nevada region. SISYRINCHIUM HALOPHILUM Greene, Pitt. 4: 34. 1899. Inyo County, Bishop ; Owen’s Valley, alt. 5,000 ft., May 15, 1897, VW. E. Jones, Herb. Missouri Bot. Gard. (not U. S. Nat. Herb., as cited in error Bull. Torrey Club, 26: 451. 1899) ; Sierra Nevada Mts., 1875, /. G. Lemmon, U. S. Nat. Herb. These specimens are stouter and broader-leaved, with thicker roots and perhaps larger flowers than the type, but are without perfect flowers and fruit and can be referred to no other species at present described. The range of S. halophilum may be extended to Idaho, Wyom- ing and Colorado. From these states come a series of small, slender plants which, while contrasting markedly with the speci- mens from California cited above are brought closer to them by somewhat intermediate characters found in the Nevadatype. The principal differences from the latter are more slender, less clustered roots, slenderly prolonged outer bract and apparently larger and darker-colored, thinner-walled capsules. BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM 381 There seems, indeed, good reason to suspect the existence of a group of closely related simple-stemmed species inhabiting nearly the same general region, which on present material it is impossible to disentangle effectually from S. halophilum and S. leptocaulon. SISYRINCHIUM LEPTOCAULON Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club, 26: 451. 1899. Sierra Nevada Mts., near Lake Tahoe, 7. Bal//, July 20, 1884, Herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Tuolumne Co. : Soda Springs, Herb. Cal. Acad. Sci. Lassen Co.: Milford, June 26, 1892, 7. S. Brandegee, Herb. Cal. Acad. Sci. The original description of S. /eptocaulon was drawn from the Specimen first above cited together with other material from Ne- vada and Utah less evidently distinct from S. halophilum. Of the additional specimens here recorded, that from Soda Springs, while clearly related to the Lake Tahoe type, shows a greater size for the species and a wider divergence from S. halophilum than has hitherto appeared. The stiff, narrowly margined stems are 45-70 cm. tall and about 1.5 mm. wide; the broadest leaves, nearly 2.5 mm. wide, are strongly rather few-nerved and more or less white- glaucous ; the bracts are finely close-striate, the outer one stiffly short-pointed, scarcely surpassing the inner, and 2—2.5 cm. long ; inner scales crowded, sometimes exceeding the shorter bract ; pedicels close-fascicled, somewhat exserted; capsules pale, thick- walled, finely rugulose, 2.5-5 mm. high; seeds 2-3 in a row; a mature seed is nearly 2 mm. in diameter, irregularly compressed- Subglobose and very minutely rugulose. It is impossible to derive a clear understanding of either this spe- cies or S. halophilum from the scant material so far collected. While extreme examples of each appear obviously distinct, their relation- ship is confused by certain specimens which cannot be satisfactorily assigned at the present time. As already intimated there is good reason to believe that more than two species enter into the problem. ‘Sisyrinchium oreophilum sp. nov. Stems simple, or occasionally developing a single terminal peduncle with subtending leaf, 10-25 cm. high from slender fibril- lose roots; pale glaucescent green, showing some discoloration when dry. Leaves about half the height of the stems, firmly 382 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM erect, becoming rather strongly. nerved, 1-3 mm. wide, tapering- acute, the edges smooth;. stems .75-1.50 mm. wide, ‘narrowly wing-margined, finely cartilaginous- -denticulate to smooth ;. spathes narrow, the bracts rather prominently but not very closely fine- nerved, the hyaline edges narrow; outer bract 1.5-4 cm. long, narrowly attenuate, abruptly pointed or often obtuse, usually sur- passing the inner one 2-10 mm., but sometimes longer, rather closely united-clasping for 5-7 mm. and with sharply keeled edges ; inner bract usually abruptly scarious-obtuse and bluntly apiculate; inner scales little more than half the length of the bracts; pedicels erect, slightly. exserted, often reddish-purple ; flowers violet-purple; perianth 8-1o mm. long, the segments mucronulate-aristulate, slightly if at all emarginate ; stamineal column 5 mm. long or less; anthers small, about 1 mm. long; ovary oblong, puberulent; capsule sparsely puberulent, brown, thin-walled, globose or obovoid, 2.5—5 mm. high, many: seeded. Mariposa County: Yosemite Valley, May-June, 1900, /. 7. Bioletti, Herb. Cal. Acad. Sci. (type) ; Yosemite Valley and Moun- tains, 7. Torrey, 1865, Herb. Columbia Univ.; Sierra Nevada Mountains, 8,000 ft., south fork of San Joaquin River, July, 1900, Hi. M. Hall & H. P. Chandler, no. 652. Placer County: Downer Lake, July 25, 1895, Edward L. Greene, Herb. E. L. G. Modoc County: 1894, Ma S. Baker and Frank Nutting, Hers. EL. G Appearing nearer to S. angustifolium than any species seen from west of the Rocky Mountain region, and variously sugges- tive, as well, of some of the simple-stemmed western species, but showing material differences from each one. It is a smaller plant than S. angustifolium with less unequal and more obtuse bracts of somewhat different nervation, smaller flowers with small anthers and more glandular-puberulent ovary, the capsules also more or less sparsely puberulent. In the relative length of the bracts this species nearly agrees with S. occidentale, but it differs notably in much smaller flowers, less acute and differently shaped bracts, especially the narrower inner one, weaker and less narrowly margined, mostly rough- edged stems and more slender roots. S. segetum is also much larger flowered, as well as taller and more slender, more densely tufted, narrower leaved and with slen- derly very acute bracts. . f Bic i ee BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM SES S. halophilum and S. leptocaulon both differ essentially from S. oreophilum by their thicker roots and smaller, thicker-walled, pale capsules. The only other simple-stemmed species of any of the Pacific states, S. dahvense and S. sarmentosuin, need no comparison with S. oreophilum, the former being a much larger plant in every way, and the latter differing conspicuously by its narrowly prolonged. foliaceous bracts, besides narrower and weaker leaves and stems. and smaller flowers. ‘Sisyrinchium Greenei sp. nov. Mostly 25-45 cm. high, from fibrous, sometimes slightly thick- ened roots, pale or glaucescent green, often darkening or becom- ing brownish in drying. Leaves commonly about half the height of the plant and 1-3 mm. wide, sometimes rather thin and soft or becoming firm, varying from linear-attenuate and straight to acum- inate and somewhat curved, narrowly acute, the delicate nerves ap- proximate, or becoming well separated on the broader leaves, the edges smooth ; stems commonly terminated by one or two, or even three, slender but mostly short peduncles subtended by a usually shorter erect bractal leaf, sometimes bearing a leaf and axillary peduncle lower down, casually simple with terminal spathe, 1-3 mm. wide, narrowly thin-margined or winged, the edges smooth or ob- scurely denticulate near the node ; peduncles 3—10 cm. long, often extremely slender, slightly diverging and mostly a little unequal ; Spathes often purplish, usually narrow, 15-20 mm. long, the bracts rather firmly fine-nerved, equal, or either one slightly the longer, the outer one mostly acute, sometimes slightly foliaceous and be- coming 2.5 cm. long, united-clasping below for .o5~.07 mm., the inner one often scarious, obtuse ; inner scales mostly about three- fourths the length of the bracts ; flowers on slender, slightly exserted pedicels, delicate, pale violet-blue, about 10 mm. long, the seg- ments short-aristulate ; stamineal column 5-6 mm. long ; ovary glandular-puberulent ; capsule subglobose or obovoid, brown, firm-walled, 3-7 mm. high ; seeds numerous, apparently medium- Sized, Sierra Nevada Mountains from about midway in the state north- ward, extending into Oregon, ascending to at least 6,000 feet. Flowering mostly in June and July, although beginning to bloom in May, or even earlier, at lower altitudes. Named in honor of Professor Edward L. Greene. Siskiyou County : North side of Mount Shasta, 5—gooo feet, June 11-16, 1897, H. &. Brown, no. 351 (type). 384 BICKNELL: STUDIES IN SISYRINCHIUM Modoc County: June 14, 1893, JZ. S. Baker. Plumas County: Near Pratville, Mountain Meadow, 5,500 ft., July 2, 1897, VM. E. Jones ; July, 1896, 1897, 1898, Mrs. R. M. Austin. Butte County: Little Chico Creek, May, 1896, Colby, July, 1896, Mrs. R. M. Austin. Placer County : Applegate, May, 1899, Mrs. Helen Smith. An inhabitant of the mountainous region of the north and northeastern part of the state, there replacing S. del/um of the coastwise counties and ascending to high altitudes. It is ordinarily'a smaller, more delicate plant than S. ded/um, paler green in color and drying paler, and with much smaller flowers. So considerable, however, are the variations shown by the series of specimens at present necessary to refer to this species that little doubt need be entertained that more than one species is involved. Confident segregation, however, must await critical study of more complete material. The type of S. Greenei may be taken as H. E. Brown’s no. 354; from Mt. Shasta, of which I have seen four good sheets from as many herbaria and which is somewhat intermediate between €X- . tremes of the series. Certain specimens from high elevations in Plumas County, as well as from Klamath Lake, Oregon (July, 1893, Mrs. &. M. Austin), are extremely delicate and slender throughout and bear only one or two terminal peduncles ; other specimens are con- siderably stouter with broader and thinner leaves. M. DEPAUPERATA KiTcHELU Wolle. Fic- URE 2. This name, as suggested by W. and G. S. West, should be retained for the form figured by Wolle (Desm. U.S. pl. 37, f 3 1, 2. 1884), with the shorter and consider- ably wider polar lobe. It is much larger than the previous form. M. DEPAUPERATA Wollei var. nov. FIGURE 3. This name is proposed for the variety figured by Wolle as 47. Kitchelii var. (Desm. U. S. ed. 2. pl. 42. f. 2. 1892) and by W. and G. S. West as M. depauperata Nordst. (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. II. Bot. 5: p/. rg. f. r). This is nearer the typical form but is one-half larger, the sinus more open, the apical lobe shorter and the upper portion of the basal lobes considerably narrower than the lower. A typical specimen measures long. 150 /, lat. 140 p, lat. lob. pol. 96 y, lat. isth. 26 #. Very common in Lake Watuppa, M. muricata (Bailey) Ralfs. This species was found in but one locality, Carver's Pond, Bridgewater. An average specimen measured long. 161 4, lat. 127 #, lat. isth. 31 y, lat. lob. pol. 78 w. Inthe Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. II. Bot. 5: 240, p/. rg, f. 7, W. and G. S. West give the varietal name tumida to a form which “ differs from the typical form in having a central protuberance near the base of each semi- cell.” Which should be considered the typical form is somewhat doubtful. In Bailey’s original figures a side view and an oblique view are given. In looking over his original drawings and notes several end views were found. Three out of four of these had the basal protuberance, in two cases even more marked than in the CusHMAN: NOoTES ON MICRASTERIAS 397 figure given by W. and G. S. West. It was a custom of Bailey’s to mark the drawing he considered as typical to distinguish it from the rest. This he did by writing the word “standard ”’ close to the particular drawing. In this case it is found with a speci- men of the basal view with very decided .prominences. It would therefore seem that the original specimens possessed by Bailey and from which he wrote his description were of the form called above var. tumida by W. and G. S. West. As this character is very variable in any lot of specimens and as the typical specimens seem to have had this character the value of the varietal name tumida is somewhat in doubt. Boston Society OF NATURAL HIsToRy. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flcra— XI, PER AXEL RYDBERG ‘Juncus balticus vallicola var. nov. Stem from a horizontal rootstock, rather stout, 6-8 dm. high, terete, 2-4 mm. in diameter ; sheaths at the base short, dark brown, bladeless ; bract 1-2 dm. long ; bractlets broadly ovate, scarious, brown, abruptly acuminate ; inflorescence open; its branches 4-8 cm. long ; sepals narrowly lanceolate, slightly if at all scarious on the margin, attenuate at the apex, about 6 mm. long; petals much broader and shorter with broad scarious margin, about 5 mm. long ; anthers about 4 times as long as the filaments; capsules short ovoid, obtusish and mucronate, shorter than the petals. This variety has the open inflorescence and general habit of var. “4itoralis but the fruit of var. montanus. It differs from both, how- ever, in the long-attenuate sepals. It grows in wet ground, both in alkaline and sandy or gravelly soil in the valleys of the Rocky Mountain region, Wyomine: Point of Rocks, 1901, £. D. Merrill & E. N. Wil- cox, O64 (type)* ; Big Sandy River, 730; Steamboat Mountain, 1900, Aven Nelson, 7075. Cotorapo: Mancos, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 438. Uran: Antilope Island, Stansbury. x Juncus truncatus sp. nov. : J. alpinus insignis Coult. Man. 358 (in part as to the Colorado Specimens). 1885. Stems slender, 3-5 dm. high, terete or slightly flattened ; leaves I-3 dm. long, slightly flattened laterally or nearly terete, I-2 mm. in diameter, septate ; sheaths with scarious margins which end in rounded auricles, which are I-1.5 mm. wide ; bract 1-3 cm. long, lanceolate or subulate, brown with green back ; inflorescence open, _ 2-5 cm. long, irregularly cymose with 4-10 heads ; bractlets ovate, brown, acuminate-cuspidate ; heads 6—-g mm. in diameter, 5—10- flowered ; petals and sepals lanceolate, dark brown, about 3 mm. long, acuminate, longer than the capsule which at maturity 1s truncate or slightly emarginate at the apex: seeds not caudate. NUS sige mat ences ee $$ * Unless otherwise stated the types are preserved in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 399 400 RypBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA This species is most nearly related to /. xevadensis, J. Mertensianus and /. Richardsonianus, with which three it has been confused. It differs from the first in the truncate capsule, from the second in the paniculate inflorescence and not caudate seeds, and from the last in the dark acuminate petals and sepals and the short capsule. It grows in wet meadows at an altitude of 1800-2700 m. CoLorapo: Meadow Height, 1898, Shear & Bessey, 4323 {type); Elk River, Routt County, 1894, C. S. Crandall. - Wyomine: Copperton, 1901, F. Tweedy, 4335; North Fork of Clear Creek, Big Horn Mountains, 1898, 7. A. Williams ; Grand Encampment Creek, 1897, Aven Nelson, 3981. v Juncus brunnescens sp. nov. Juncus xiphioides montanus Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St Louis, 2: 481 (in part). 1868. Stem 4-6 dm. high, flattened laterally and more or less winged ; leaves 1-2.5 dm. long, 2-5 mm. wide, equitant, laterally flattened, long-attenuate, septate ; sheaths with scarious margins, abruptly contracted above, but scarcely auricled; bract linear- lanceolate, 2-5 cm. long, green; panicle open, 5-10 cm. long, with from 10-60 small heads ; bractlets ovate-lanceolate or ovate, abruptly acuminate, scarious and light brown; heads 5-12- flowered ; petals and sepals subequal, lanceolate, acuminate, about 3 mm. long, light brown with green midrib; stamens usually 6, sometimes 4 or 5 ; style about equaling the petals ; capsule lance- ovoid acute. This was included in /. xiphioides montanus by Engelmann, but the first specimen cited by him belongs to a distinct plant with few, large, dark brown heads. This has received the name /. saximontanus by Aven Nelson. Besides the character mentioned, the scarious margins of the leaf-sheaths in the latter nearly always end in small auricles, a character by which it differs from all the species of the group. //. drunnescens grows in wet places in the mountains of Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona, while /. 544 montanus ranges from Alberta and British Columbia to Colorado and California. Cotorapo: Pagosa Springs, 1899, C. F. Baker, 245 (type): New Mexico: Bear Mountain and Mangus Springs, Rusby, 447 C, 417 Dand 417 F. Arizona: Flagstaff, 1898, MacDougal, 304; San Pedro Val- RYDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 401 ley, J. W. Toumey, 6 ; Fort Verde, E. A. Mearns ; San Francisco Mountains and Clifton, Ruséy, gr7 A and 4177 E. ~ Juncus parous sp. nov. Stem 3-6 dm. high, laterally flattened and distinctly winged ; leaves equitant, laterally flattened, septate, 2-3 dm. long, 3-5 mm. wide; sheaths with scarious margins that taper upwards and without any indication of an auricle; bracts 1-2 cm. long, green with more or less scarious margins ; heads few, 1-8, often clustered, 15—20-flowered ; bractlets lanceolate, light brown;* petals and sepals lanceolate, sharply acuminate, subequal, light brown or greenish on the back; stamens usually 6; style shorter than the petals; capsule oblong, acute, shorter than the petals; seeds This is still more closely rélated to /. saximontanus than the former, but is easily distinguished by the light-colored heads and the total lack of auricles. It grows in mountain meadows of Colo- rado and New Mexico. CoLorapo: Fort Garland, 1896, C. L. Shear, 3666 (type) and 3668 ; North Cheyenne Cafion, 1896, and Pike’s Peak, 1895, £. A. Bessey. New Mexico: Organ Mountains, 1897, £. O. Wooton, 615. ¥ Juncoides subcapitatum sp. nov. Stem 3-4 dm. high, glabrous ; leaf-blades lanceolate, acumi- nate, glabrous, 4-10 cm, long, 5-10 mm. wide ; bracts 2.5—3 cm. long, lanceolate, foliaceous; inflorescence compact, consisting of 6-10 heads, conglomerate and forming an irregular head ; bract- lets ovate, those subtending the individual flowers about half as long as the sepals; these and the petals subequal, 1.5-2 mm. long, ovate, acuminate, dark brown but lighter on the midrib ; Capsule broadly obovoid, obtuse, shorter than the petals ; seeds about 1 mm. long, ellipsoid, obtuse, dark brown, minutely punctate. Notwithstanding the capitate inflorescence, the large foliaceous bracts, and the shorter capsule, it is most closely related to /. parvi- Jiorum, which it resembles in leaves and flowers. The type grew Near timber-line on a mountain above Silver Plume. Cotorapo: Silver Plume, 1895, C. L. Shear, g611. - Allium macropetalum sp. nov. Bulb obovoid, about 4 cm. long and 2 cm. thick, coated with long loose fibers; leaves about 2 cm. long, almost equaling the 402 RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA scapes, 2-4 mm. wide ; sheaths very broad, loose and scarious ; scapes a little over 2 dm. high, stout, 3-4 mm. thick, often 2 or 3 from the same set of sheaths: umbel many-flowered ; bracts usually 3,-ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, about 2 cm. long, veined with purple; pedicels stout, about 2 cm. long; the outer in fruit spreading or reflexed; petals and sepals lanceolate, long-attenu- ate, fully 1 cm. long, white, scarious, with a prominent purple mid- vein; capsule 5-6 mm. long, with 6 conspicuous oblong crests which are over 1.5 mm. high. This species is perhaps most nearly related to A. Geyert, but stouter, usually with 2 or 3 scapes, loose sheaths, longer and more attenuate petals and sepals, larger conspicuous crests, and longer bulb with very fibrous coat. Cororapo: May 14, 1898, C. S. Crandall. v Allium Pikeanum sp. nov. Bulb obliquely ovoid, about 1.5 cm. long and 8-10 cm. thick ; coat membranous except the outer layer, which is fibrous-reticu- lated; scape 8-15 cm. long, almost equaled by the narrowly lin- ear leaves: bracts usually 3, lanceolate, 8-10 mm. long and very soon reflexed; umbels with 10-15 flowers, but no bulblets ; pedicels about 1 cm. long ; petals and sepals subequal, ovate, acu- minate, red-purple ; filaments subulate, dilated below, about three- fourths as long as the petals; capsule slightly crested above. This is most nearly related to A. reticulatum and A. Geyert, but distinguished by the small reflexed bracts, the dark flowers and the small bulb with only the outermost layers of the coat fibrous. It grows in the higher mountains of the Pike’s Peak region at an altitude of 3,c00-3,800 m., while the other species mentioned be- long to the plains. Cororapo: Halfway House, 1896, C. L. Shear, 3721 (type); South of Pike’s Peak and Bald Mountain, 1895 and 1896, E, A. Bessey ; Peak Valley, 1901, Clements, 426. ’ Corallorrhiza ochroleuca sp. nov. Whole plant light yellow; stem 2-4 dm. high, not bulbous- thickened at the base; sheaths loose and rounded and mucronate at the apex ; raceme 10-15-flowered; flowers 15-20 mm. long, light yellow, unspotted ; petals and sepals 7-8 mm. long, oblong- lanceolate, acute, with prominent midvein; lip ovate, sinuate but neither lobed nor toothed ; spur small and adnate to the ovary. In general habit, this resembles a large C. mu/tiffora, but dif- RypDBERG: Rocky MountTAIN FLORA 405 fers in the yellow color of the plant, the unspotted flowers and the entire lip. It grows at an altitude of 1400-2500 m. NEBRASKA: War Bonnet Cajion, 1890, 7: A. Williams, 48 (type). Cotorapo: Echo Cajion, near La Veta, 1900, F. K. Vreeland, 649. ' Salix pachnophora sp. nov, A shrub 2-3 m. high or perhaps sometimes higher: stems yellowish ; branches dark bluish with a bloom; leaves oblong- lanceolate or oblanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, or on vigorous shoots 1 dm. long, acute at both ends, densely white-silky beneath, glab- rous or when young slightly silky above, rather thin, with promi- nent veins beneath ; pistillate aments subsessile, 1~3 cm. long; bracts almost black, ovate or oblong, acutish or obtuse; pistils subsessile; ovary grayish-silky, ovoid, 3-5 mm. long; styles slender, about 1.5 mm. long; stigmas slender, deeply 2-cleft ; staminate aments about 1.5 mm. long, subsessile ; bracts similar ; stamens 2, filaments glabrous, distinct. This species is evidently mo st nearly related to S. de//a and S. subcoerula, differing from the former in the smaller aments and cap- sules and the presence of bloom on the branches and from the latter by the sessile and naked aments. It grows in the moun- tains at an altitude of 2,300 to 2,500 m. CoLorapo: Chambers lake, 1899, Agricultural College of Colo- vado coll. (type); Rico, Dolores Co., 1899, Geo. E. Osterhout, 2505; along Uncompahgre River near Ouray, 1901, Underwooa & Selby, 256. New Mexico: Beulah, 1901 & 1902, 7. D. A. Cockerell. ~ Atriplex oblanceolata sp. nov. Suffruticose dioecious perennial with decumbent base and as- cending branches, about 2 dm. high; leaves oblanceolate or spat- ulate, 2-3 cm. long, obtuse or acutish, densely white-scurfy on both sides, entire, short petioled, or sometimes nearly sessile ; pis- tillate flowers in small axillary clusters; fruiting bracts ovate in outline, slightly dentate, tubercled or irregularly crested on the back ; staminate flowers brown in small terminal panicles. This species is most nearly related to A. Nuttall and A. eremi- cola. From the former it differs in the decumbent low habit, the more distinctly petioled leaves and the brown panicled staminate flowers (in A. Nuttallii they are yellow and arranged in interrupted spikes). It is more like A. eremicola, from which it scarcely differs except 404 _ RypBerG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA in the tubercled or appendaged bracts, which are broadest below instead of above the middle. Cororapo: Delta, Sept. 3, 1897, /. H. Cowen (Agric. Coll. “Colo., xo. 4077) (type), Hotchkiss and Smiths Fork (wo. 4070). Wyvominc: Gardiner River, 1899, Aven & Elias Nelson, 5995 » Hams Fork, 1900, C. C. Curtis ; Fort Steele, 1901, Tweedy, 450. ’ Atriplex odontoptera sp. nov. A shrubby dioecious perennial : stems with shining white more or less flaky bark; leaves narrowly oblanceolate, acute or ob- tusish, 2-4 cm. long, entire, white-scurfy on both sides ; pistillate flowers axillary ; fruiting bracts united to near the apex ; united portion with 4 laciniate dentate wings, 3-4 mm. broad, reticulate and ribbed ; free portion subulate, scarcely as long as the width of the wing ; staminate plant unknown. This species is most nearly related to A. canescens, differing mainly in the laciniate-toothed wings. It grows on plains at am altitude of 1,000—1,600 m. Wyominc: Buffalo, 1900, F. Tweedy, 3302 (type); four miles below U. L. Ranch, 1896, Knowlton, 160 ; Steamboat Lake, 1900,. Osterhout, 2330, in part. ¥ Coriospermum emarginatum sp. nov. Annual, perfectly glabrous or with a few hairs on the bracts, _ branched near the base, 3-4 dm. high: leaves narrowly linear, 2-4 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, cuspidate-pointed ; bracts except the lowest ovate, 5-7 mm. long, acuminate, scarious-margined, — much broader than the fruit ; fruit plano-convex, 2.5—-3 mm. long and about 2 mm. wide, almost without a trace of a wing-margin. In habit this species resembles mostly C marginale, but dif- fers in the lack of the wing-margins of the fruit characteristic of that species. In this respect it more resembles C. vil/osum, but is a-much more slender plant and glabrous. Wyomine : Laramie, i897, A. Nelson, 4282 (type). Cotorapo: A specimen in the Torrey herbarium without any other data. v Claytonia rosea sp. nov. Scape about 1 dm. high, slender, from a small corm 10-15 mm. in diameter ; basal leaves rare, long-petioled ; blade 1-2 cm. long, spatulate ; stem-leaves linear or narrowly linear-lanceolate, sessile, 2-5 cm. long, 1-ribbed or faintly 3-ribbed, acute, rather fleshy ;. \ RypBERG: Rocky MounraiN FLORA 405 sgpals rounded ovate, rounded at the apex, about 5 mm. long, half as long as the pink obovate petals; inflorescence 5~10-flowered, -Short, little exceeding the leaves, bractlets lanceolate ; capsule shorter than the sepals ; seeds about 2 mm. long, black and very glossy. ; The few specimens of this species that are found in our her- baria bear a variety of names, as C. caroliniana, C. caroliniana lanceolata, C. caroliniana sessilifolia and C. lanceolata sessilifolia. The original C. /anceolata Pursh is a much larger plant with broad, strongly 3-ribbed stem-leaves, elongated inflorescence and large flowers, the sepals being about 6 mm. long. The type of C caroliniana sessilifolia Torr., is a plant somewhat resembling the present species, but with somewhat broader leaves abruptly con- tracted at the sessile base and with acutish sepals. Neither in the herbarium of the New York. Botanical Garden nor in that of Columbia University is found any other specimen matching the original collected by Bigelow. Most species of C/aytonia are found near water or in damp places. The type of C. rosea was collected on rather dry hills, at an altitude of 2200-2300 m. CoLtorapo: La Veta, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland, 6300 (type) ; “Colorado,” G. C. Woolson; 1875, W. A. Henry; Graham’s Peak, 1899, C. F. Baker, 305. Wyominc: Pole Creek, 1894, Avex Nelson, 27. Cerastium pulchellum sp. nov. how decumbent perennial with horizontal cespitose rootstock : stems 5-10 cm. long, finely viscid pubescent; leaves oblong to oval, obtuse or rarely acutish, about 1 cm. long and 4 mm. wide, subsessile and slightly connate at the base, viscid pubescent on both sides; peduncles 1-1.5 cm. long ; inner sepals oblong ; outer oval, scarious- -margined both on the side and at the rounded apex, about 4 mm. long; petals obcordate, 10-12 mm. long. This species is nearest related to C. Zarlet and C. behringianum. From the former it differs in the low habit, the very obtuse scar- ious-tipped sepals and the short blunt leaves; from the latter in the large petals and the scarious-tipped sepals. . It grows in the mountains at an altitude of about 3900 m. Cotorapo: Hayden Peak, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 573. 406 RypsBerc: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA ‘Arenaria polycaulos sp. nov. Arenaria saxosa Coult. Man. 35, 1885, and Gray, Syn. FI. 1°: 240, in part; not A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 18. Perennial with a long tap-root, giving rise to numerous pros- trate or spreading stems about 1 dm. long, slender, finely scabrous puberulent ; leaves ovate or ovate lanceolate, spreading, about 5 mm. long, finely puberulent; pedicels 5-10 mm, long; sepals ovate-lanceolate, short-acuminate, scarious-margined, 3-4 mm. long ; petals 5-6 mm. long, obovate, entire. This plant has generally been known as A. saxosa, but the type collected by Wright differs considerably from it, being sub- ligneous at the base, with short erect stems, lanceolate almost erect leaves and narrower sepals. A. folycaulos grows on dry hills at an altitude of 2600-3000 m. | Cotorapbo: Silverton, 1898 (type; collector not given, but specimens received from the Agricultural College of Colorado) ; 1895, Tweedy, 773 ; Mt. Harvard, 1896, F. E. Clements, 54; Gray Back Mining Camps, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland, 6288 ; La Plata P. O., 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 444; Dark Cafion, 190!, Clements, 115 ; Breckenridge, 1896, Shear, 4558 and 4545. Arizona: Mt. Humphrey, 1883, Rusby, 537; 1897, &- E. Kunzé ; San Francisco Mts., 1892, Toumey, 487. “ Arenaria Tweedyi sp. nov. Perennial, densely cespitose with somewhat ligneous base; leaves fleshy, linear-filiform, 2-3 cm. long, less than 1 mm, wide, somewhat curved; stem usually less than 1 dm. high, glandular puberulent especially on the inflorescence; this an open cyme; bracts lanceolate, scarious-margined ; pedicels about 1 cm. long; sepals lanceolate, acute, about 5 mm. long, scarious-margined and decidedly glandular puberulent ; petals about 8 mm. long. This is most nearly related to A. wintahensis A. Nelson, differing in the fleshy not pungent leaves and the more glandular puberu- lent inflorescence. It grows in the mountains at an altitude of about 3600 m. CoLorapo: La Plata Mountains, 1896, Frank Tweedy. ’ Arenaria Eastwoodiae sp. nov. Perennial with a cespitose base ; stems about 2 dm. high, pef- fectly glabrous ; leaves filiform, stiff, pungent, 1-2 cm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, minutely scabrous-ciliolate on the margin below, dilated RYDBERG: Rocky MounrtTAIN FLORA 407 and somewhat connate at the base; inflorescence elongated ; bracts subulate to lanceolate, scarious- -margined ; pedicels erect, 1-2 cm. long, glabrous ; sepals linear-lanceolate, about 6 mm. long, glabrous, long-attenuate, equalling or slightly exceeding the petals. This is most nearly related to A. Fendleri but is more slender and glabrous. It grows on dry hills. CoLoraAbo : Grand Junction, 1892, Alice Eastwood. ‘Arenaria Fendleri Porteri var. nov. Like the type but low, 1-2 dm. high, very glandular; leaves short; branches of the inflorescence short and ascending. It i is common on dry mountain ridges of Colorado. As type I take the following : Cortorapo: Gray’s Peak, 1878, M. £. Jones, 776 (type in herb. Columbia University). “ Alsinopsis macrantha sp. nov. Perennial, cespitose, diffusely branched and spreading, perfectly - glabrous ; branches I dm, long or less; leaves subulate-filiform, obtuse, 5-10 mm gn: g, 0.5 mm. wide, t-nerved ; pedicels 1 cm. or less long ; sepals lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long, very acute, scar- lous-margined, strongly 3-nerved ; petals oblong, 7-8 mm. long. The type sheet is labelled Arenaria verna L., which it resem- bles much in habit, in the sepals and in the back of pubescence, but it differs in the large petals and the 1-nerved leaves. Cotorapo: Little Kate Basin, La Plata Mts., 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 678. ¥ Silene Antirrhina vaccarifolia var. nov. Stem-leaves broad, lanceolate, elliptic or oblanceolate ; stem stouter than in S. Antirrhina proper ; bracts more or less scarious- margined below ; flowers and capsule larger. In the Rocky Mountain region the typical S. Antirrhina is rather rare and evidently an introduced plant found in waste places and fields. It is there represented by two native forms, the pres- ent with broad leaves and large flowers and the next with narrow leaves and small flowers. Ipano: Lewiston, 1896, A. A. & £. Gertrude Heller, 3153 (type in herb. Columbia University); Upper Ferry, Clearwater River, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller, 190. 408 RypDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA Montana: Big Horn River, 1891, Zweedy. Cotoravo: Foothills, Larimer County, 1895, /. H. Cowen, 82; near Golden, 1878, MZ. E. Jones, 279; Rist Cafion, 1897, /. A. Cowen. “Silene Antirrhina depauperata var. nov. Like the species but more slender and few-flowered ; calyx in fruit very short; petals none or small, not exceeding the calyx- lobes ; blade cuneate, truncate or emarginate at the apex. British CotumpBiA: Lower Arrow Lake, 1890, /. 1. Macoun (type). CoLorabo: 1874, G. C. Woolson. Arizona: Tucson, 1894, 7, W. Toumey. Soutu Dakota: Lead City, 1892, P. A. Rydberg, 557. Wasuincton : W. Klickitat County, 1891, W. WN. Suksdorf. WyominG: Hartville, 1892, Aven Nelson, 493. NEBRASKA: Dismal River, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, 1349. Urtan: City Creek Cafion, 1880, JZ. Jones, 1839. ~ Lychnis striata sp. nov. Perennial with more or less cespitose base; stems 3-5 dm. high, finely puberulent and more or less viscid above ; basal leaves” and lower stem-leaves narrowly oblanceolate, 5—15 cm. long with a more or less distinct petiole ; upper stem- leaves sessile and linear- lanceolate; inflorescence narrow with erect branches; calyx densely viscid puberulent, strongly 10-nerved, in fruit somewhat extended by the capsule, 10-12 mm. long and 5 mm. wide ; its lobes oblong, obtuse, somewhat scatious-margined ; petals exserted, about 15 mm. long; claw long, narrowly cuneate, fully equaling the calyx ; blade short, two-cleft, with obtuse lobes. This species is most nearly related to LZ. Drummondii, but differs in the exserted petals and the more strongly 10-nerved a It grows at an altitude of 2000-3300 m. CoLorapo: Cameron Pass, 1896, C. F. Baker (type), an 1899; Silver Plume, 1895, P. A. Rydberg. Wyomine : Battle, 1901, Tweedy, 4535, also Headwaters of Tongue River, 1898, 163; Yellowstone Lake, 1899, Aven & Elias Nelson, 6634. Uran : Evanston, 1869, S. Watson, 154. RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 409 “Atragene pseudo-alpina diversiloba var. nov. A peculiar form with merely ternate leaves, the segments of which are more or less cleft or lobed, some rounded at the apex ; staminodia conspicuous, spatulate or oblanceolate. This may be a distinct species, but the material is too scant. The most striking character is the conspicuous staminodia, which in the species are narrowly linear or more often lacking. Cotorapo: Mountains near Denver, 1869, B. H. Smith (type herb. Columbia University). “ Stanleya glauca sp. nov. Tall, perfectly glabrous, 4-6 dm. high, bluish green; lower leaves 1-1.5 dm. long, more or less pinnatifid with linear-lanceo- late or oblong lobes, the terminal usually much longer than the . rest; upper leaves usually entire, linear-lanceolate ; racemes 3-4 m. long, sometimes branched below; sepals and petals lemon- yellow ; the former oblong, about I Cth long, deciduous ; petals of about the same length, long-clawed ; claws more or less pubes- cent, about twice as long as the oblong blades ; fruiting pedicels about I cm. long, more or less spreading ; stipes about 1.5 cm., slender ; pod proper about 5 cm. long and 1.5 mm. thick, some- what arcuate, but neither tortuose nor torulose ; seeds oblong, dark brown, minutely pitted. This species is perhaps most nearly related to S. integrifola James, which, however, differs in the following respects : the stem lower, leaves thicker and broader, oval or broadly oblanceolate ; the lower, if lobed, with broad and short lobes; claws of the petals broader at the base, shorter, scarcely longer than the oblong spatulate blades. .S. glauca grows on the dry hills and table lands at an altitude of 1,200-2,500 m Cotorapo: Prairie, Entrance Soldier’s Cafion to Sulphur Springs, 1895, /. H. Cowen (type); McElma Cajion, 1901, /. &. Vreeland, 871; plains near Fort Collins, 1896, C. S. Crandall ; near Badita, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland, 6120 ; Dixon Cajion, 1899, - Mancos, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 412; Pueblo, to; Gardin of the Gods, 1894, Z. A. Bessey ; Pike's Peak, 1894, I. F. Alten. ’ Schoenocrambe decumbens sp. nov. Stem slender, decumbent, 2-3 dm. long, as well as the whole plant perfectly glabrous, more or less branched ; leaves narrowly 410 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA linear, 2-6 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, I-nerved, rather thick and more or less glaucous ; raceme rather few-flowered, lax ; pedicels 3-5 mm. long, ascending ; sepals oblong, about 4 mm. long, light yellow ; petals yellow, 6-7 mm. long, spatulate or oblanceolate, obtuse, gradually narrowed into a more or less distinct claw ; pods 3-4 cm. long, about 0.75 mm. in diameter, usually more or less arcuate, beak (7. ¢., portion above the end of the valves) about I mm. lon This species is closely related to S. /:nifolium, but differs in the more slender and more branched decumbent stem, usually nar- rower leaves, smaller flowers, and more slender pods, which are more or less arcuate and with a more distinct beak. It grows on dry plains and hills. Montana: Melrose, 1895, P. A. Rydberg, 2671 (type) 5 Sheri- dan, 1895, Z. A. Fitch. Uran: Thistle Junction, 1900, S. G. Stokes. Cotorapo: Gypsum, 1894, C. S. Crandall. New YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN, INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1904) aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its seers t sense. Reviews, and pape ich relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, EE misnofactored Saties of aise origin, or laboratory methods are not i d no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An ccna exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany. Reprints are not snnionst unless they differ pa the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. This Index 1s reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Allen, C. E. Chromosome reduction in Zi/ium canadense. Bot. Gaz. 37: 464-470. 20 Je 1904. Bailey, L.H. Plant breeding: being five lectures upon the ameliora- tion of domestic plants. Ed. 3. i-xiii. 1-334. New York, 1904. [Illust. ] Bailey, W. W. Wild roses. Am. Bot. 6: 61, 62. [My] 1904. Barrett, 0. W. The Ileren: arare root crop. [Calathea Allouya.] Plant World, 7: 150, 151. Je 1904. E.W. Teratology of seedling beans. Torreya, 4: 92. 8 Je 1904. [Illust.] Britton, E.G. Extremes meet. Plant World, 7: 97-99. Ap 1904. Notes from southern Florida. Britton, N. L. Scirpus coloradoensis sp. nov. Torreya, 4: 93. 8 Je 1904. Britton, N. L. Visurnum molle Michx. Torreya, 4: 69. 13 My 1904. Bush, B. F. The genus Othake Raf. Trans. Acad. Sci. St Louis, 14: 171-180. 8 Je 1904. A segregate of Polypteris ; two new species are described. 411 412 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Campbell, D. H. Resistance of drought by liverworts. Torreya, 4: 81-86. 8 Je 1go4. Chrysler, M. A. Anatomical notes on certain strand plants. Bot. Gaz. 37: 461-464. 20 Je rgo4. Clements, F. E. The development and structure of vegetation. Bot. Surv. Nebraska, 7: 3-175. 1 Ap 1904. Cook, 0. F. The nomenclature of the royal palms. Bull. Torrey Club, 32: 349-355. 24 Je 1904 A new monotypic genus, Plectis, from aaenisier is described. Coville, F. V. & MacDougal, D.T. The Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution. i-vi. 1-58. p/. r-29 +f. I-4. Washington, ‘‘ N 1903.’’ [Ja 1904.] Carnegie Inst. Publ. No. 6. Duvel, J. W. T. The vitality and germination of seeds. U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 58: 1-96. f. 7, 2. 28 My 1904. Eastwood, A. Some new species of western Polemoniaceae. Bot. Gaz. 37: 437-447. 20 Je 1904. New species in Polemonium in Linanthus (2), Navarretia (2) and Gilia (2). Eggleston, W. W. A canoe trip on the St. Francis River, northern Maine. Torreya, 4: 65-68. 13 My 1904. Grout, A. J. Mosses with hand-lens and microscope. 2: 87-166. pl. 11-35 +f. 36-76. New York, My 1904. Hemmendorff, E. Ueber die vegetative Vermehrung in der floralen Region bei EZpidendrum elongatum Jacq. Ark. Bot. 1: 515-529: pl. 29, 30. 17 F 1904. Hus, H.T. A. The work of Hugo de Vries. Sunset Magazine, 13: 39-42. fortr. My 1904. Kearney, T. H. Are plants of sea beaches and dunes true halophytes? Bot. Gaz. 37: 424-436. 20 Je 1904. Kobbé, F. W. Notes on the local flora. Torreya, 4: 68, 69. 13 My 1904. Lloyd, F. E. The pollen tube in the Cucurbitaceae and Rubiaceae. Torreya, 4: 86-91. 8 Je 1904. MacDougal, D.T. Improving vegetable edibility. The Twentieth Century Home, 1°: 66, 67. Je 1904. [Illust.] Malme, G. 0. A. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der siidamerikanischen Aristolochiaceen. Ark. Bot. 1: Masters, M. T. A general view of the genus Pinus. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 560-659. p/. 20-27. 5 My 1904. 521-551. pi. 71-33. 5 Mr 1904 - INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 413 Morris, E.L. The bush morning-glory. [Zpomoea leptophylla Torr.] Plant World, '7: 111-113. p/. 5, 6. My 1904. Murrill, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America— VII. The genera Hexagona, Grifola, Romellia, Coltricia and Coltriciella. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 325-348. 24 Je 1904. Romellia and Coltriciella are new genera. Nehrling, H. The beginning of spring in Florida. Plant World, 7: 93-96. Ap 1904;—II. Plant World, 7: 118-122. My 1904; —III. Plant World, 7: 137-140. Je 1904. Osterhout, G. E. Notes on Colorado plants. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 357, 358. 24Je1g04. [lIllust.] Includes new species in 4raéis and Aulospermum. Peirce, G. J. Notes on the Monterey pine. Bot. Gaz. 37: 448-455. J. I-5. 20 Je 1904. Peirre, L, & nr I. Sapotaceae. Symb. Antill. §: 95-176. 20 My 1904. _ [Illust.] An enumeration of the Antillean and many South American species, with descrip- tions of 34 new species in 8 genera. Plowman, A. B. The celloidin method with hard tissues. Bot. Gaz. 37: 456-461. 20 Je 1go4. Putnam, B. L. In Pennsylvania woodlands. Am. Bot. 6: 62, 63. [My] 1904. Rolfs, P. H. Wither-tip and other diseases of citrous trees and fruits caused by Colletotrichum gloeosporoides. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 52: 1-22. pf. 7-6 +f. 7. 3 Mr 1904. Safford, W. E. Extracts from the note-book of a naturalist on the island of Guam. —XVII. Plant World, 7: 81-87. Ap 1904; — XVIII. Plant World, 7: 113-118. My 1904;—XIX. Plant World, 7: 141-146. Je 1904. Salmon, E.S. A revision of some species of Ectropothecium. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 309-324. fl. 13, 14. 24 Je 1904. Schulz,0.E. Smi/ax Linn. Symb, Antill. 5: ine 20 My 1904. A monograph of the Antillean species, of which 21 are recognize Scofield, C. S. The glumes of ‘‘ beardless’’ barley. cn World, 7: 146-149. pl. 8. Je 1904. Smith, A. M. Corrected and enlarged list of plants found on the Adirondack League Club tract. Adirondack League Club [Year Book], 1904: 43-61. [1904.] Smith, E. F. & Swingle, D. B. The dry rot of potatoes due to Fusarium oxysporum. U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 55: 1-64. pl. i-8 +f. 7. 16 F 1904. 414 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Smith, J.D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central American republics, XXVI. Bot. Gaz. 37: 417-423. 20 Je 1904. Descriptions of 13 new species and varieties in 9 genera. Swingle, W. T. The date palm and its utilization in the southwestern states. U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 53: 1-155. p/. 2-22 + jf. 1-8. 28 Ap 1904. Thaxter, R. Notes on the AM/yxobacteriaceae. Bot. Gaz. 37: 405- 416. pl. 26, 27. 20 Je 1904. Includes descriptions of 8 new species in 3 genera. Townsend, C. 0. A soft rot of the calla lily. U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 60: 1-47. pd. r-9 +f. 1-7. 30 Je 1904. Underwood, L. M. Cvropteris triangularis in Alaska. Fern Bull. 12: 58. [My] 1904. Urban, I. Bibliographia Indiae occidentalis botanica. Continuatio III. Symb. Antill. 5: 1-16. 20 My 1904. Urban, I. Celastraceae. Symb. Antill. 5: 48-94. 20 My 1904. A monograph of the Antillean representatives of this family, of which 9 genera and 38 species are recognized; there are new species in Ce/astrus, Maytenus (8), Rhacoma (3), Tetrasiphon gen. nov., Schaefferia (2) and Elaeodendron. Van Tieghem, P. Sur les faisceaux médullaires de la tige et du péd- oncle floral des Godoyées. Jour. de Bot. 18: 43-64. F 1904. Watterson, A. The effect of chemical irritation on the respiration of fungi. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 291-303. 18 My 1904. Wiegand, K. M. Analytical key to the families of angiosperms. X1-XXIv. 190 Prepared for use as pages xi-xxiv of Britton’s Manual, Worsley, A. Notes on some plants and ferns found about Petropolis (S. Brazil), February and March, 1900. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 28 : 525-532. My 1904. With a description of Mavica Helenae sp. nov. Zahlbruckner, A. Lichenes acl. Damazio in montibus Serra do Oure Preto Brasiliae lecti in herb. Barbey-Bossier asservati. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4: 134-136. 31 Ja rg04. The Warblers in — BIRD-LORE began in its Dec 1903, issue, the publication of a series of a accu- e fe) long Se ie The data for the Re ds tar t, fur exampl th over pie, wor 7 years! 1 the supply ts exhausted we will give a free copy of our December, 1903, <, containing the first two colored Warbler 20 cents a number $1.00 a year lates, to every subscriber to of LISHED FOR THE AUDUBON SOCIETIES sy BIRD-LORE, deginning February 1, 1904. THE MACMILLAN CO., 66 FIFTH AVE., New York City THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEMENTH YEAR and VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, RTE as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, SNES 1 a de INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the e of one cent for each card Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of e Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, CoLumsta University, New York City. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden ce ae of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, ——— con- otes, news and non-technical articles of pie gece Free mem- a a ‘iis Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy; $1. Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii+-213 pp. Vol. IL, 1908, vii 204 pp- Vol. II 1902, viii-+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 pp Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual repos of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embody! the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free 2 all members of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, Ig0I- 1903. Vol. III, No. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903. moirs of the New BSc ee pare Price to members of the Garden, - oo per volume. others, $2. [Not offered in, exchange. n An at has Catalogue "of the? Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Pa: Hk, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of . An arrangement of the museum and critical discussion y ae Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with enh map. Vol. ag poe Influence of Light and Sam a ie Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant — An account of the author’s extensive researches ecw with a general c seaestion 3 the relation of light to plants. The principal pel ges Sstiitat are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures _ Contri from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written ve sagopa ts or members of resi and reprinted from journals other than a 25 cents each. $5.00 p ume a ol. £, Inclusive a Nos. 1-25, vi + 400 * sae figures in the text and 34 plates, Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25.CENTS EACH. No. 50. The spines of Fouguieria, by Miss W. J. Robinson. No. 51. Notes on Bahaman algae, by Dr. M. A. Howe. The Polyporaceae of North America—VII, The genera Hexagona , Col- tricia, aa Coltrictella, by Dr. W. A. Murrill. No. 53. Delta and Desert Vegetation, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEw YoRK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vs 1. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Pvirdoxam (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, a cy Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6. ol. 2. A Monograph of the North Avance Potentilleae (1898). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896- Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price fe) Vol. 2 Ss. 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-10 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos.:r01-125. 1896-1897 rice $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert age ae Faetiee in Botany, 1895-1896. Oct 230 pages, 76 pg Price the 25 eae $3.80 (paper). Published. By Willard N. Clute & Co. Bingham - epartment invites plopeaitiane relative - exchanges of age barium material for any of the above named publications. Addres — is L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City n Illustrated Fl hit ‘of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of ood 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Bro Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, iccesting ee species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for oe three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10 5. + Naive Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 cea Published i Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $:.60. wood, Professor of Botany, 1896—. ‘ Duodecimo, 2 236 pages, 1o plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. | Price $1.50. 7. A Text- book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, oo, in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Eeagiatik Green np Ca, New York. Price $3. oo. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND ' ry Corner 18th Street NEW YORK “MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for a Uur Specialties : MICROSCOPES «2 and ACCESSORIES —— MICROTOMES —_ BALANCES and WEIGHTS tory Glassware \nd for pyre renowned Europ houses in our COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. Vol ©. 1; price, $1.00; 2 sxe ; Bailey, L. H. BBoiig of the types =e various species of the genus Carer. Pages — 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately Martindale, I.C. Marine — = he New Jersey coast and adjacent waters of Staten Gok Pages 87-1 1889. Vol. i, is 3; price, 75 cen coger Ber flepaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus i Nes wee annis itis ait, a . H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja fee 1. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ce Sturtevant, H. L. On eres fruits. Pages ayes 30 x 1890. . 2, No. 1; not furnished separately See ted, B.-D.= Kes a Soe materials in buds and swine — Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents z Vail, A. M. & Ho ee — pees ic to the Sine: of Virginia. Pages eee oe plats 3, 4. 23 D 1890 Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately im, T. Contributions to the knowledge of ae A apis ‘of some North Amer : ican plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-79. 15 A Vol. 2, No. 4; price ae ot Wheelock, W. E. The genus 7o/yga/a in North Amnick: Pages 109-132. 30 D 1891. ss = - Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : Small, J. K. & Heller, A. oe Flora of western North Carolina and ee: 2 territory, Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. : Vol. 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 T. The Natadaceae of North Aetics covith diiustratinecs of all the se re Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. idan , No. 3; not furnished separately _ Rusby, H. sssimeatbb of the plants collected in Bolivia os Miguel Bang. = Parts. oe Bags see 28 Apr 1893. Vol. 4, No. 1; ink hibcishink segarkicly Underwood, L. M. Index Héfaticarum. Part I, Bibliography. Pages or Je 1893. ; ol. 4, No. 2; not famised seperately: eS ‘Small, J. K. & Vail, A. M. Report on the botanical exploration southwestern Virgini 8 val the season of oc Pages 92-201, plates 75-82. 18 N aor Ap 1894. Vol. 4, No. 3; ene | 50 cents: enumeration of a in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. me Tees m5 6 : oe ~ reas doy as. Arachis lmpa ees 275-296, 4 ite 88. ‘ses, as Vol. 5; price, $3.00: eS eeu of Se and Stemateiyt growing heli a cultivation in northeastern ~ Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 D 1894 6, No. 1; price, $1.25: Rusby, H.H. An enumeration Z the Aeon: collected in Bolivia by Miguel Baie Part 3.. Pages 1-130. 17 . 6, No. 2; price, 50 cents Grout, A _J. A revision of the North ‘Anibvicans Feshociaitas and Brachythecia. ages 131-210. 30 Jl 1897. Vol 0. 3; price, 50 cents Haz T. E. The life history of Sie ‘ella lacustris telsistaaeg pluvialis}. Paes 211-246, plates 86, 87 (colored ). 899. Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents : Underwood, L. M. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899. , Wo: 5; price, 25 ce : Fink, B. Notes on the lichen distribolian in the upper S heme Valley. Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899. Vol. 7; price, $3. Howe, M.A. The /efaticae an ee aay = California. Pages 1-208, plates 88-122. 5 Au 1899. Vol. 8, No. 1; price, oe Lloyd, F. BE. The ge age embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part I. Pages 1-26, plates 1-4. 26 Au1899, Part II, Pages aie ae 5-15. 15 F 1902. Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00 vans, A.W. The / nai of the United id ae Canada. Pages 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 14 Se 8, No. 3; price, 75 ce “ - Britton, E. G. & Taylor, A. The life history of aes lineata, Pages 185-211, — plates 23-31. 30 Au 1902. 4 : Vol. 9; price, $3.00: Salmon, B.S. A FO of the Erysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, plates 1-9. 4 0 1900. 10 ; price, $3.00: oie Burgess, E. S. i of ad se botany in its relation to Aster. Pages i-xil, I- ~447- 2zN-1 Vol. 31, No. 1; price spree D. The North American Sordariaceae. Pies 1-134, plates ee 30 My Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75: Hazen, T The Clothricaceae ‘end Chaetophoraceae of the United States. Pages 535- 250, ght 20-42. 20 O 1902. 12, No. 1; price, $1.50: Northrop, A. R. Flora of New Providence and Andros (Bahama Islands).- Pages «I-98, plates 1-79. D 1902. Address: TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, Columbia University, New York City- AUGUST, 1904 NO. 8 BULLETIN : - TORREY BOTANICAL €ditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART “Associate Editors coe NATHANIEL LorD BritTON DaNicL TREMBLY MAcDouGAL Tracy ELLioT HAZEN WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL MARSHALL Avery Howe HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS — a ANNA Murray VAIL | CONTENTS : BN ng i ee es po ee a LOBER? THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, HON. ADDISON BROWN, LLD. Vice-Presidents, HENRY H> RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD 5S. BURGESS, Px.D. Recording Secretary, ie Corresponding Secretary, EDWARD W. BERRY JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D. Passaic, New Jersey. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Treasurer, FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia Universtiy, New York City. MEETINGS Se fone twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, :00 P.M., at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St.; the last Wednesday, at ee 30 P.M., in the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden. PUBLICATIONS subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publications s of a Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, Francis E. Lloyd, Columbia Uni- versity, New York City. Bulletin. Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single numbers 3° : cents. Of former volumes, only 2, 3, 5, 13, 20, 21, and 24-30 can be supplied sepa- — _ fately ; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended for publication in the BuLLETIn should be addressed to Dr. John Hendley Barnhart, Editor, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Torreya. Monthly, established roor. Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts im) tended for publication in ToRREYA should be addressed to Dr. Marshall A. Howe; Editor, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. oe Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See last pages of cover.) Preliminary Catalogue of oo and Pteridophyta within 100 miles of | New York City, 1888. Price, $1.00. VoL. 31 | No. 8 BLE LN OF THE ~ TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB AUGUST, 1904 Th Polyporaceae of North America—VIII. Hapalopilus, Pycnoporus, and new monotypic genera WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL HAPALOPILUS Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 18. 1881 This genus was established upon a single species, H. xidulans _(Fr.), the chief distinguishing characters being an anoderm surface nd fleshy-tough context. In his work on Finland basidiomycetes ublished in 1889 Karsten reduces Hapalopilus to a subdivision of he genus /nxonotus, throwing white-spored and brown-spored forms together. The forms treated under this genus in the pres- . Sublilacinus differs from the other species in growing upon con- ous instead of deciduous wood. In distribution the species differ widely. H. rutilans occurs her abundantly in the temperate regions of North America and rope, 1. gilvus is exceedingly common throughout North ‘merica in both temperate and tropical regions and /. Licnordcs is common tropical American species. The other three are as yet nown only from their type localities, which are southern. A very line of division exists between H. rutilans and the other es, which latter bear distinct evidence of recent common When the great variability of . gi/#us is taken into con- tion, it appears to be only a question of a comparatively time before several new species will be evolved. The preceding number of the Bu1LETIN, Vol. 31, No. 7, for July, 1904 (31: 14,) was issued 29 July, 1904.] 415 416 MurRILL: PoOLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA | Synopsis of the North American species 1. Hymenium concolorous, pileus smooth, entirely devoid of zones or furrows, context soft and friable, spores 2. 3-5 i. ila Hymenium differently colored, pileus rarely smooth, context rigid or corky, not friable. 2. 2. Hymenium lilac-colored, tubes 1 cm. or more in length, pileus concentrically sul- cate. 2. H. sublilacinus. Hymenium dark brown, tubes less than 0.5 cm. in length, pileus smooth or zonate. 3. . Context rigid, pileus azonate or with few and indefinite markings. 4 Context flexible, pileus plainly and definitely multizonate. 3. H. lienotdes. bo > . Context bright ferruginous, hymenium fulvous to fuliginous, spores elongated, : 4. A. gilvus. Context pallid, hymenium subfulvous, spores subglobose to ovoid, 3-4 #4 in diameter. ‘witinclus. aie? Context brown, hymenium brownish-gray, pileus reddish-brown, finely hispid behind, spores ovoid, 3 X 3.5u. 6. H. hispidulus. 1. Hapalopilus rutilans (Pers.) Boletus suberosus Bull. Herb. France, 11: 354. pl. 482. 1791 Not B. suberosus L. Sp. Pl. 1176. 1753. Boletus rutilans Pers. Icon. et Descrip. 18. pl. f. 4. 1798-1900. Polyporus nidulans Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 362. 1821. Polyporus rutilans Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 363. 1821. Flapalopilus nidulans Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 18. 1881. Lnonotus nidulans Karst. Finlands Basidsv. 332. 1889. ; This species seems to have been described independently under different names by both Bulliard and Persoon, though the name assigned by the former had been previously used by Linnaeus When Fries studied the plant he gave it the name P. widulams, following it with Persoon’s P. rutilans, which, he naively remarked, was perhaps a variety of P. nidulans. The two species were kept distinct by Berkeley, but he had little and poor material and ev dently did not know them very intimately. a The plant appears to grow on most deciduous wood, being" found on birch, dogwood, hazelnut, hickory, oak and other decid- uous trees, with a preference in this country, perhaps, for hickory: : Collections: are at hand from Paris, Patoutllard ; Connecticut Underwood, Earle, White; Pennsylvania, Rau, Stevenson; tee York, Underwood ; Kansas, Cragin ; lowa, Macbride ; Greenland, Rostrup ; Austria, Bresadola. . MurRILL: PoLyporRACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 417 2. Hapalopilus sublilacinus (Ell. & Ev.) Mucronoporus sublilacinus Ell. & Ev. Bull. Torrey Club, 2'7: 50. 1900. This species was collected by Langlois on pine logs in Louisi- ana and very doubtfully and provisionally assigned to H. gi/vus. In some ways it does resemble that species, but it is larger, with concentrically furrowed surface and long, lilac-colored tubes. The spores are hyaline, but very distinct from those of 1. gi/zus. 3. Hapalopilus licnoides ( Mont.) Polyporus licnoides Mont. Pl, Cell. Cuba, 401. pl. 16. f. 2. 1842. Polystictus licnoides Fr. Nov. Symb. 92. 1851. Polystictus subglaber Ell. & Macbr. Iowa Univ. Bull. Nat. Hist. 3: 193. 1896. This well-known fungus is exceedingly common in tropical parts of America, occurring on dead wood of various kinds and presenting a variety of forms according to locality and habitat. The best early description of it is that made by Montagne. Fries may have described the species under P. crocatus, but this is not yet well determined. According to Romell, Polyporus xerophyl- faceus Berk. (Hook. Jour. Bot. 8: 200. 1856), described from Brazilian collections, is a synonym of the present species. Speci- mens from Guadaloupe in the Paris herbarium are named /omes Khortalsti Lév., which latter isa Sumatran species. Young plants collected in Nicaragua by C. L. Smith have recently received the name Polystictus subglaber, said to differ from P. dicnoides in having smaller pores and no spines. Resupinate forms from the southern states are usually known as P. crocatus, possibly because this species was once so identified from South Carolina. In many ways #7. “icnoides and H. gilvus are strikingly alike and approach very near to each other in some varieties, but they are usualiy readily distinguished by the numerous concentric zones which ornament the surface of the former species. Spores and cystidia correspond closely. H. gi/vus extends much farther north, however, and is abundantly collected where H. /icnoides is never found. Among the numerous collections of this species examined are the following : Jamaica, Underwood, Earle ; Cuba, Underwood & Earle; Mexico, Smith; Nicaragua, Smith; Louisiana, Langlois ; Florida, Martin, Calkins, Lloyd. 418 MurrILL: PoLyPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA 4. Hapalopilus gilvus (Schw.) Boletus gilvus Schw. Syn. Fung. Car. 70. 1818. Polyporus gilvus Fr. Elench. Fung. 104. 1828. Polyporus calvescens Berk. Ann. Nat. Hist. 3: 390. 1839, Polyporus omalopilus Mont. Pl. Cell. Cuba, 423. 1842. Polyporus carneofulvus Berk. in Fries, Nov. Symb. 68. 1851. Polystictus purpurcofuscus Cooke, Grevillea, 15: 24. 1886. Owing to the abundance and wide distribution of this species in America it has figured in many collections and received several different names. This renaming has been due partly to the ig- norance of foreign botanists and partly to the importance which varieties assume when studied apart from abundant representative material. .The type specimens grew on maple and sweet gum in the Carolinas, where the plant is still found in great abundance. Old specimens from New Orleans were so changed in appearance that Berkeley described them as P. ca/vescens, The thinner trop- ical form collected in Cuba was called P. omalopilus by Montagne, - while the stratified form occasionally assumed under tropical con- ditions is known as Polyporus carneofulvus Berk., or Polyporus holosclerus Berk. Still another variation, sulcate, thicker and tinged with purple, was collected on hickory in South Carolina (Ravenel 3034) and described by Cooke as P. purpureofuscus. In addition to the above specific names, other names with which we have nothing to do have been assigned to our plant, thus increasing the confusion ; as, for example, P. scruposus Fr., P. isioides Berk. and P. pruinatus Berk. & KI., all applied origi- nally to Indian or African species. The present species is too well known to American mycolo- gists to require further description. It is found on decayed wood of deciduous trees throughout ; and except in the Gulf states and south where A. licnoides occurs it need not be confused with other species. Collections are at hand from Canada, Dearness ; Penn- sylvania, Barbour, Sumstine ; Delaware, Commons; New York, Earle, Burnham, George, Underwood, Murrill ; New Jersey, Els, Murrill; Missouri, Demetrio; Ohio, Selby, Morgan; Kansas, Cragin; Wisconsin, Baker ; Nebraska, Clements, Williams ; Vit- ginia, Murrill; Georgia, Harper, Ricker; Alabama, Earle, Baker ; Florida, Ca/kins; Louisiana, Langlois; Mexico, Smith; Cuba, MurrI.L: PoLyPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA 419 Earle, Underwood ; Jamaica, Earle, Underwood ; Porto Rico, Earle; Trinidad, Lloyd. 5. Hapalopilus fulvitinctus (B. & C.) Polyporus fulvitinctus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 313. 1868. This species was collected on dead wood in Cuba by Wright. It differs from HY. gi/vus chiefly in having smaller and more rounded spores and paler substance; while in surface characters and consistency the two species are much alike. I know of no collections of the plant except those at Kew, and our knowledge of its habits and distribution is most meagre. 6. Hapalopilus hispidulus (B. & C.) Polyporus hispidulus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 319. 1868. Collected on decayed wood in Cuba by Wright. Known only from the rather scanty type collections at Kew. Pileus reddish- brown, finely hispid except near the margin, context brown, hy- menium brownish-gray, spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 3 x 3.5 4, immature, hyphae very pale ferruginous. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE Polyporus crocatus Fr. Epicr. 477. 1836-1838. Described from Leibman’s Mexican collections. Transferred to Polystictus in Novae Symbolae, 91.1851. Probably a form of P. dicnoides Mont. I hesitate to reduce P. /icnoides to synonymy, however, without further investigation. Polyporus sordidus Berk. in Fries, Nov. Symb. 80. 1851. Name changed to Polyporus sordidulus in Cooke’s enumeration of polypores owing to the discovery of another species bearing the former name. Polyporus endozonus Fr. Nov. Symb. 54. 1851. Collected by Oersted on trunks in the Island of San Juan. I have not seen the type of this species. It is said to be very thick and narrow, with smooth, rigid pileus, roughly fibrous context and very small short pores, which become dark umber withage. Fries treats it next to P. scruposus and it is certainly not far from AH. gi/vus, but the pileus is too thick and the substance too fibrous for this species. 420 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA PYCNOPORUS Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 18. 1881 This genus was founded upon a single species, Pycuoporus cin- nabarinus (Jacq.), and characterized by its author as follows: ‘“Pileus suberosus, intus floccosus. Pori sat firmi.’”’ In North America there are two species of the genus, both of them very attractive, abundant and well known. One occurs chiefly in tem- perate regions and the other is extremely common in the tropics. In the southern United States the two approach quite near each other in some of their forms so that it is not easy to distiuguish them. Synopsis of the North American species Pileus thick smooth, opaque; plant abundant in temperate regions. 1. £. cinnabarinus, Pileus thin, often zonate, brilliant red; plant abundant in the tropics. 2. P. sanguineus. I. PYCNOPORUS CINNABARINUS (Jacq.) Karst. Rev. Myc. Ai 1G: 1881 Boletus cinnabarinus Jacq. F\. Austr. 4: 2. pl. 304. 1776. Boletus coccineus Bull. Herb. France, 364. pl. sor. fir. 1791. Polyporus cinnabarinus Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 371. 1821. Trametes cinnabarina Fr. Nov. Symb. 98. 1851. _ This species was known for some time in Europe before re- ceiving the name assigned to it by Jacquin. The type specimens were sent from Carinthia by Wulfen, and Jacquin states that it is parasitic on trees in subalpine districts of Austria. It is now known to occur on various deciduous trees in Europe, Asia and North America. Bulliard’s fine figures were made from plants growing on cultivated cherry. Fries assigned it to his new genus Trametes in 1851 and Saccardo has listed it under two genera in his Sylloge. Its nearest ally is P. sanguineus, a tropical species, from which it differs in being thicker, more opaque in color, ano- derm, and in having larger tubes with thicker dissepiments. There is also no zonate form of P. cinnabarinus. The sporophores appear in this latitude in the latter part of June and mature quickly. In the earlier stages they are very soft, spongy and elastic, light orange in color and clothed with numerous slender delicate hairs which give them a pruinose ap- pearance. Later the hairs disappear, the color becomes darker MurRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA 421 and the margin thicker. Not infrequently the old sporophores revive and take on an additional stratum of tubes, the new growth extending outward and upward over the former margin so as to entirely conceal it from view. Exsiccatae: Finland, Karsten ; New York, Clinton, Blake, Mur- rill; New Jersey, Anderson ; Pennsylvania, Barbour, Sumstine, Stevenson ; South Carolina, Ravenel; West Virginia, Nuttall , Virginia, Murrill. 2. Pycnoporus sanguineus (L.) Boletus sanguineus LL. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 2: 1646. 1762. Aylometron sanguineum Paul. Icon. Champ. pl. f. 3, 4. 1793- Polyporus sanguineus Mey. Fl. Esseq. 304. 1818. Polystictus sanguineus Fr. Nov. Symb. 75. 1851. This highly attractive fungus has been known from ancient times on account of its great abundance and brilliant coloring. The type locality is given by Linnaeus as Surinam, South America, but herbaria are abundantly supplied with it from most tropical regions the world over. Paulet’s figure is cited only because of his generic name; no drawing could be poorer than this one, which seems to be only a mechanical design for the corner of his plate, resembling the plant in color but in no other way. As to habitat and host, this species exhibits little choice, oc- curring on standing or fallen dead trunks and structural timbers of almost any kind of deciduous or evergreen tree. According to Swartz, it was formerly eaten by the negroes in its young stages ; but it is certainly too tough for any ordinary use in this way. Of the large number of exsiccati examined, I need mention only a few: North Carolina, Raas/off ; South Carolina, Ravenel, Du Bois; Georgia, Frank, Harper; Florida, Lloyd, Small & Carter; Cuba, Underwood & Earle, Britton, Shafer ; Jamaica, Earle ; Porto Rico, Howe ; Hayti, Vash ; San Domingo, Wright ; Bahamas, Minns ; Trinidad, Lloyd; Mexico, Smith ; Nicaragua, Smith ; Honduras, Wilson ; Columbia, Baker ; Uruguay, Lorentz ; Paraguay, Balansa; Bolivia, Rusby; Peru, Pearce; Bonin Islands, Wright. g Abortiporus gen. nov. Hymenophore annual, tough, humus-loving ; stipe normally central, often obsolete ; context yellowish- -white, duplex, spongy 422 MurriLL: PorypoRacEAE OF NORTH AMERICA above, woody below, tubes thin-walled, mouths polygonal ; spores subglobose, smooth, hyaline. The type of this genus is Boletus distortus Schw. (Syn. Fung. Car.71. 1818), a very variable species found about old stumps in various localities in the Eastern United States. The name assigned to the genus refers to the usual aborted form of the fruit body, in which the tubes with their abundant contents appear prematurely before the development of the pileus is complete. Abortiporus distortus (Schw.). Boletus distortus Schw. Syn. Fung. Car. 71. 1818. Polyporus abortivus Peck, Bot. Gaz. 6: 274. 1881. The ordinary form of the fruiting body of this species has the appearance of being badly aborted in its development, only a few of the pilei reaching their full size. In its arrested form the pileus is a mass of pores filled with spores. The species has been badly confused with P. rufescens of Europe, but a study of that species in the field easily shows a very marked difference. A small speci- men of our plant is to be found in the Paris herbarium under the name of Polyporus pulvillus Mont., but this name was never pub- lished for it so far as I know. The specimen is from South Carolina. This species occurs about stumps, roots and other dead wood of deciduous trees, such as the oak, maple, Az/anthus, etc. Its distribution is quite general throughout the eastern part of North America and it has been found as far west as Wisconsin and Texas. Exsiccatae: Canada, Dearness; Connecticut, Earle; Dela- ware, Commons ; New Jersey, Fillis; Pennsylvania, Kav, Gentry, Herbst; Ohio, Lloyd, Morgan, Dawson; Missouri, Demetrios Wisconsin, Miss Pattérson ; Alabama, Earle & Baker ; Louisiana, Langlois ; Texas, Gentry. Cyclomycetella gen. nov. Hymenophore annual, tough, epixylous, sessile, anoderm, 200- ate ; context thin, fibrous, brown, tubes short, thin-walled, mouths polygonal, becoming concentrically elongated in some species by the splitting of the radial walls; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, ferruginous. MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorRTH AMERICA 423 This genus is based upon Boletus pavonius Hook. (Kunth, Syn. Pl. r: 10. 1822), described from Colombia. Its nearest ally is the old-world genus Cyclomyces, erected by Fries in 1830 upon Cyclomyces fuscus. In this latter genus the tubes are continuous concentric furrows, while in the species of Cyclomycetella which come nearest to Cyclomyces the concentric appearance of the hymenium is caused by the partial splitting of the radial walls in age; and the formation of furrows is by no means constant. Cyclomycetella pavonia (Hook.). Boletus pavonius Hook. in Kunth, Syn. Pl. r: 10. 1822. Polyporus pavonius Fr. Epicr. 477. 1836-1838. Polyporus todinus Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. Bot. 16: 108. 1841. The type plants of Hooker’s species were collected by Hum- boldt in Colombia, or New Granada as it was then called, and named for U/va pavonia because of the concentric lines of the pileus. Montagne’s types were from Guiana, collected by Lepri- eur. He first thought that these plants were P. striatus (Hook.), but later placed them midway between this species and P. tada- cinus Mont., making no mention of Hooker’s other species, /. pavonius, described just before. Other closely related species are found in South America. J. striatus Hook. (Kunth, Syn. Pl. 1: II. 1822), was described from plants collected by Humboldt in Peru, and has since been found in Venezuela. P. vespilloneus Berk. (Hook. Jour. 8: 1856) was described from Juan Fernandez Island and later reported by Mon- tagne from Chile. All these species show very recent common origin. P. Hasskarlii, a Ceylon species, has several times been erroneously reported from Cuba. Cycloporus gen. nov. Hymenophore annual, tough, anoderm, terrestrial, orbicular, centrally stipitate ; context soft, spongy, ferruginous ; pores at first polygonal, soon becoming continuous concentric furrows, dissepi- ments thin, lamelloid; spores ovoid, smooth, ferruginous. The type of this genus is Cyclomyces Greenet Berk. (Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 306. p/. rz. 1845), a very rare plant found in temperate regions of North America.’ The genus Cycloporus dif- fers widely from Cyc/omyces in being terrestrial and stipitate instead of epixylous and sessile. 424 MvurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA Cycloporus Greenei (Berk.) Cyclomyces Greenet Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 4: pl. rz. 1845. This remarkable plant has been eagerly sought for by collec- tors since its discovery in New England by Greene and still the number of specimens found is hardly a dozen. It may at once be distinguished from all other pore-fungi by its concentric, gill-like tubes and central stem. It grows on the ground in woods. Specimens have been examined from Massachusetts, Greene, Sprague; New York, Peck; Connecticut, Earle; New Jersey, Gentry ; lowa, McBride ; West Virginia, Nuttall; Vermont, Far- low. Five of these collections are in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Globifomes gen. nov. Hymenophore large, woody, encrusted, perennial, epixylous, compound ; context ferruginous, punky, tubes cylindrical, thick- walled, stratose : spores ovoid, smooth, ferruginous. The type of this genus is Boletus graveolens Schw. (Syn. Fung. Car. 71. 1818), a rather rare plant first found in Georgia and the Carolinas, but later discovered as far west as Iowa. The genus is readily distinguished among its allies by its compound pileus, which consists of numerous small, closely imbricated pileoli united into a compact rounded mass. The genus Xy/opilus of Karsten (Hattsv. 2: 69. 1882), 1s also described as having a compound pileus, but Xy/opilus crassus (Fr.) Karst., its type species, is very probably only an abnormal form of a European species of E//vingia ; and even if this type plant were found to be normal the genus G/obifomes would remain sufficiently distinct. Globifomes graveolens (Schw.) Boletus graveolens Schw. Syn. Fung. Car. 71. 1818. Polyporus conglobatus Berk. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 303. 1845. fomes graveolens Cooke, Grevillea, 13: 118. 1884. This species was first sent to Schweinitz from Georgia, but was later found in North Carolina. Plants sent from Ohio to Berkeley were thought to differ sufficiently from those growing on oak to justify a new name. The heavy odor of the fruiting plant is MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA 425 thought to be responsible for the common name of “ Sweet Knot,” by which it is known in some sections. The most common host of this species is the oak, especially Quercus nigra; but it also occurs on beech. The fruit bodies are found on old dead trunks. Exsiccatae: Rav. Fung. Car. 3: 8; Ell. N. A. Fung. 603; Ohio, James, Cheney; lowa, Macbride; Pennsylvania, Sumstine. Nigrofomes gen. nov. Hymenophore large, perennial, epixylous, sessile; context woody, purple, tubes cylindrical, stratose, thick-walled, black ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline. The type of this genus is Polyporus melanoporus Mont. (PI. Cell. Cuba, 422. 1842), found on trunks of trees in tropical America. The genus is readily distinguished from its near allies by its purple context and black tubes. Nigrofomes melanoporus (Mont.) Polyporus melanoporus Mont. Pl. Cell. Cuba, 422. 1842. This species is the darkest-colored of the perennial polypores. It was first described from collections made in Cuba by Ramon de la Sagra. Underwood has also collected it several times in Jamaica and Florida and Smith has found it in Nicaragua. It is probably more or less common throughout tropical America on decaying trunks of various broad-leaved trees. Poronidulus gen. nov. Hymenophore annual, tough, sessile, epixylous, at first sterile and cup-like, the fertile portion developing from’ the sterile ; con- text white, fibrous, tubes short, thin-walled, mouths polygonal ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline. The type of this genus is Boletus conchifer Schw. (Syn. Fung. Car. 72. 1818), avery common and abundant species on dead elm’ branches. The development of the fruit-body is peculiar, being in two stages, the first ending with the formation of a cup-shaped Sterile body, from which the fruit-body proper later develops. This preliminary pileus begins as a knot of whitish mycelium, 426 MourriLtL: PoLypoRACEAE OF NorRTH AMERICA which soon ceases to grow at the center, while the hyaline borders continue to grow upward and form a cup resembling spe- cies of Midularia. The margin of the cup is thin and entire or undulate and becomes darker like the center when the limit of growth is reached, while the concentric zones within very plainly show the progress of the development. The cup varies from deeply infundibuliform to shallow or even flat at times and the central portion which has ceased to grow is much cracked radially to accommodate itself to the growing exterior. The pileus proper usually arises from one side of the cup near its base and expands laterally into a reniform, zonate hymeno- phore considerably larger than the sterile portion. At times the pileus does not develop beyond the surface of the cup and at other times a developed pileus becomes proliferous at several points and give rise to new sterile and fertile portions. Since the formation of the cups continues throughout the growing season, many are overtaken by winter and are found among the new ones the following spring. The old pilei rarely remain over winter, being fragile and readily devoured by insect larvae. Poronidulus conchifer (Schw.) Boletus conchifer Schw. Syn. Fung. Car. 72. 1818. Boletus virgineus Schw. Syn. Fung. Car. 72. 1818. This species was first described from North Carolina, but it is known to be common in many parts of North America on fallen branches and dead limbs of the elm, its only host. Under the first name Schweinitz described forms that showed the cups at- tached to the developing pilei; under the second he placed fully developed fruit bodies showing little trace of the sterile part from which they sprang. The plant is confined to North America. Among collections examined are the following: Massachusetts, King ; Connecticut, White; New Hampshire, Minus ; New York, £arle, Murrill; New Jersey, Earle, Murrill; Ohio, Lloyd; Vit- ginia, Murrill; Alabama, Earle; Kansas, Bartholomew. MurRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA 427 A brief synopsis of the genera treated in articles I-WIII of this series Surface of hymenophore covered with reddish-brown varnish, context corky. Ganoderma. Surface of ele ogi not as above, or, if so, context woody. Hymenophore annual. Tubes Hiss and radially elongated. Hexagona. Tubes not as above. Hymenophore stipitate. Stipe compound. Grifola. Stipe simple. Context white. Plants fleshy, terrestrial. Scutiger. Plants tough, epixylous, Pileus saverted eubie from lenticels. Poradtscus. Pileus erect, not e Context sso ti firm. shes gies Context duplex, spongy above, woody be Prieta: Context brown, Hymenium concentrically lamelloid, Cycloporus. Hymenium poroid. spores white. Romellia. Spores brown Pileus erect, stipe central. Coltricta. Pileus inverted, pendent. Coltriciella. Hymenophore sessile. hite. Tubes at length separating from the context, surface smooth. Piptoporus, ‘Tubes not separating from the context, surface zonate. oronidulus. Context red. Pycnoporus. Context brown. Spores white. Hapalopilus. Spores brown. Cyclomycetella. Hymenophore perennial. Context and tubes white or pal menium at first ke by a volva, Cryptoporus. Hymenium free from the — fomes. Context and tubes brown or dar Hymenophore subsessile, See. the numerous pileoli arising from a ommon trunk or tubercle. Globifomes. Hymenophore truly ae either simple or imbricate. Pileus covered with a horny crust, context punky. Elfvingia. Pileus not tant with a horny crust or, if encrusted, context hard and woody. Pyropolyporus. Context and tubes dark purple or black. Nig rofomes. MurRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA INDEX TO GENERA TREATED IN ARTICLES J—VIII oF THIS The citations refer to volumes 29, 30 and 31 of the BULLETIN. Abortiporus...... 31: COMMA asco. 31: Coltriciella....... 31: seeeee Cycloporus ...... 31 Elfuingia oo... 30 POLES eee Ganoderma ..... 29 Globifomes ...... 31 SRP MGIS: cise tous 31 a Note on the sexual generation and the development of the seed-coats in certain of the Papaveraceae CHARLES H. SHAW (WITH PLATE 15) During the past two years the writer has mounted and exam- ined material in some quantity of Sanguinaria, Chelidonium and Eschscholtzia, The facts in hand indicate that the embryo-sac phenomena do not widely depart from those described, for instance, in genera of the Ranunculaceae. The following are some of the facts observed. . Annual phases of Sanguinaria.—Material of Sanguinaria has been gathered at various seasons in order to obtain a complete view of the annual life-cycle. The flowers of the plant begin to be formed nearly a year before they appear, viz., in May of the preceding year, while the seeds of that season are becoming ma- ture. The stamens develop more rapidly than the carpels. By August the anthers are well formed, with four-lobed outline in cross-section, and the sporogenous tissue is beginning to be dif- ferentiated from that of the anther-walls. Cell-division proceeds during autumn, the size of the anther as a whole meanwhile in- creasing. The cells lying toward the periphery of the sporoge- nous mass begin to degenerate and by November the spore- mother-cells are seen as richly filled cells lying among the more or less disorganized tapetal cells. In this condition the winter is passed. Division of the mother-cells begins very early in the spring. Material killed on February 4, 1903, after several days of very mild weather, shows figures of dividing nuclei. Develop- ment of the spores and the final formation of the anther-wall seem, as might be expected, to be somewhat controlled by the weather, but are completed during this period, between the renewal of growth and blooming. The ovules begin to appear about August as undifferentiated outgrowths of the placental tract, but develop- ment lags behind that of the anthers. The integuments are not developed till the close of winter, at the time when the micro- 429 430 SHaw: NOTE ON THE PAPAVERACEAE spores are being formed from their mother-cells. No trace of the megaspore mother-cell is visible when growth is renewed in late winter. Sanguinaria is therefore in this respect like Sa/zr and Populus, whereas certain other plants, most definitely Epigaea and Erythronium, have been observed to reach the mother-cell stage during the preceding season. The division of the megaspore mother-cells and the formation of the embryo-sac take place during March and early April. Al- though the development of the microspores has kept far in advance, the flower at blooming is proterogynous. As is well known, the phases from pollination to maturity of seeds occur in April, May and June. Structure of the pistil—In Sanguinaria, Chelidonium and Esch- scholtzia, an open canal leads from the ovary to the exterior. Hairy outgrowths of a kind with those of the stigma project into the passage but generally do not close it, and continue down the two placental ridges. Thus the hairy outgrowths of the stigma, of the interior of the stylar canal and of the placental ridges form a single continuous tract. This is highly developed in Sanguin- aria, less so in Chelidonium and Eschscholtzia, but distinctly in all. The path of the pollen-tubes is among these hairs and the loose superficial cell-layers from which they spring. The tubes pass through the micropyle and penetrate the nucellus in the usual manner. The embryo-sac.—The embryo-sac exhibits the typical number and arrangement of nuclei (PLATE 15, FIGURES I AND 2). The polar nuclei are often met with, lying close together. In the antipodal region are found features of interest. The antipodal cells reach an unusual size, and the nucellar cells in their vicinity acquire thickened walls. In Zschscholtzia the antipodals continue to en- large for a brief period during the early formation of the endosperm nuclei and then decrease and disappear before the endosperm cells are cut out. In Chelidonium (PLATE 15, FIGURE 2), the antipodals are rela- tively smaller than in Eschkscholtzia but they persist longer and may be seen after walls have formed about the endosperm cells. For Sanguinaria also the statements in regard to Chelidonium hold true. In all three forms the cells in the nucellus adjacent to the anti- | - Ssai2 Sa S eee SHaw: NOoTE ON THE PAPAVERACEAE 431 podals acquire thickened walls (PLATE 15, FIGURE 1). This tissue increases during the enlargement of the sac and the formation of the endosperm. It can scarcely be doubted that to this tract, together with the enlarged antipodals, some nutritive significance attaches. The size of the nucleoli is noteworthy both in the nuclei of the embryo-sac and those of the surrounding cells. Practically all of the strongly staining substance of the nuclei is included in them. It is difficult to entertain any other idea than that these nucleoli embrace the chromatin. DEVELOPMENT OF THE SEED-COATS IN SANGUINARIA The integuments arise shortly after renewal of growth in the spring as two folds growing up around the nucellus. Each con- sists throughout most of its extent of three cell-layers (PLATE 15, FIGURE 3). Following is a description of the differentiation and destiny of each of these: (@) The secundine.—The inner of the three cell-layers under- goes anticlinal division as the ovule enlarges, so that at the time when the egg-apparatus is formed the cells are still nearly isodia- metric (PLATE 15, FIGURE 4). At this time they have the appear- ance of active cells with abundant protoplasm and well-developed nuclei. Very soon, however, their anticlinal division becomes less active and at the same time they are stretched by the expanding embryo-sac. By the time that the endosperm nuclei have spread to the wall of the embryo-sac this layer is losing its organization, and thereafter appears only as an ill-defined rudiment (PLATE 15, FIGURES 5 AND 6). The middle layer of the secundine has almost from the first less protoplasmic contents. At the time of the completion of the €gg-apparatus it appears highly vacuolated with larger cells and degenerating nuclei. This is the first of all the layers to break down, the cells losing their form shortly after fertilization. The outer layer of the secundine does not become vacuolated to so great a degree as the one last named and it persists some- what longer. But it shares the fate of the other layers of the secundine, appearing while the endosperm is forming only as a mass of distorted and fragmentary cell-bodies. 432 SHaw: Notre ON THE PAPAVERACEAE (6) The primine.—The persistent parts of the seed-coats are formed exclusively from this tissue. The inner layer is marked almost from the first by its richer contents of protoplasm and active nuclei (PLATE 15, FIGURE 3). Anticlinal division nearly or quite keeps pace with the swelling of the ovule, so that at the time of the completion of the egg-apparatus (PLATE 15, FIGURE 4) the cells are nearly or quite isodiametric. Shortly after that period a great anticlinal elongation takes place and this layer be- comes the first in prominenee as it is destined to be in importance of all the cell-layers (PLATE {5, FIGURE 5). From an early date a sort of cuticular layer is formed on its inner surface where it comes in contact with the secundine (PLATE I5, FIGURE 5). The cells continue to be well filled with protoplasm and to have promi- nent nuclei. About the time when endosperm cells begin to be cut out, crystals of calcium oxalate appear within this layer, and these later accumulate to a considerable degree. While the endo- sperm is maturing, their layer still further increases in size and becomes greatly indurated. It forms the most important part of the testa, exceeding in thickness all the other layers together (PLATE 15, FIGURE 6). The middle layer of the primine undergoes both perielinal and anticlinal division so that in the later stages it is several cells deep (PLATE I5, FIGURES 4, 5,6). All these cells become highly vacu- olated, increase in size, and toward the last become compressed by the enlarging inner layer of the primine and almost disappear. The outer layer of the primine undergoes comparatively few divisions and these are all anticlinal. Although the cells become much enlarged, they are not distorted by pressure nor in any way disorganized, and developing thick walls on every side, they con- stitute the outer hard and shining coat of the seed (PLATE 15, FIG- URE 6). The caruncle arises just outside the vascular tissue of the taphe, and its enormous cells are thin-walled, but by no means poor in contents. Despite the ready ecological explanations ad- vanced, the significance of this caruncle is still, to the writer at least, a mystery. In Eschscholtzia the development of the integuments resembles that in Sanguinaria, but with the difference that the principal layet of the testa is composed of smaller cells which have relatively little induration. Suaw: Note ON THE PAPAVERACEAE 433 In Chelidonium, however, a more considerable difference exists. Both primine and secundine persist and take part in the formation of the seed-coat. In fact the outer cell-layer of the secundine is rather the most indurated of the four or five cell-layers which give protection to the endosperm. SUMMARY In Sanguinaria the microspore mother-cells are formed during the season preceding blooming, but their division and the forma- tion of the ovular integuments and of the embryo-sac occur after renewal of growth in the spring, just before blooming. In Sanguinaria, Chelidonium and Eschscholtzia an open canal extends from the carpellary cavity to the exterior. In the above-mentioned forms the antipodal cells are very prominent, especially so in Eschscholtzia, and the adjacent nucel- lar cells are thick-walled and rich in contents. In Sanguinaria and Eschscholtzia the secundine eventually dis- appears and the inner cell- layer of the primine constitutes the most important element of the testa. In Chelidonium both primine and secundine persist and take part in the formation of the seed-coat. Explanation of plate 15 ll drawings were made with camera lucida. Figures 3, 4, 5 and 6 are drawn to the same scale. Fic. 1. Embryo-sac of Aschscholtzia. Fic. 2. Embryo-sac of Chelido nium Fic. 3. Section through the sertegernicenth of Sanguinaria, immediately after their formation ; a, secundine, 4, primine. IG. 4. The same at the time of completion of egg-apparatus. The middle layer of the primine has undergone division IG. The same at the time ‘hes endosperm cells are being cut out. The secun- dine is breaking dow Fic. 6. The same at maturity of seed, showing the inner layer of the primine greatly enlarged and indurated and containing crystals of calcium oxalate. Observations on the germination of Phoradendron villosum and P, californicum W. A. CANNON A few years since, when in California, I had the opportunity of studying the structure and noting certain physiological peculiarities of Phoradendron villosum.* The study was confined almost en- tirely to mature forms, only a few relatively young plants were secured, and no seedlings were seen although I searched diligently for them. Neither was I successful in germinating the seeds. _It is with the idea of supplementing that work with some account of the younger stages of the life history of the mistletoe that this sketch is presented. Among other things I showed in the preceding paper that the spreading of the mistletoe in the host occurs in the cortex only, a fact well known,t} and also that this takes place because the haustoria are supplied with secreting cells from which probably exudes a solvent capable of dissolving the cell-walls of the host. It however was noticed that not all of the host-tissues were af- fected by the haustoria. For instance, their enzymes were appar- ently incapable of dissolving the suberized walls of the cork as well as the lignified grit-cells in the cortex, and this may account in part for the fact that the haustoria do not penetrate into the woody central portion of the stem. Of course in the latter instance other questions enter, as for instance the necessary change in function of the haustoria to water-absorbing organs, but as regards the grit-cells there can be no doubt. These were frequently noted lying within the tissues of the parasite and completely enclosed by them, which means that at an early stage in the development of the plant the grit-cells, like the other and adjacent cortical cells of the host, came into contact with the solvent secreted by the * The anatomy of Phoradendron villosum Nutt. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 374. Igol. % {Kerner and Oliver. Natural history of plants, 1: 216.— Peirce. On the Structure of the haustoria of some phanerogamic parasites. Ann. Bot. 7: 317. 1893- 435 436 CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON parasite, but they, with lignified walls, unlike the latter whose walls were unmodified, were unaffected by this fluid. The question at once arises as to whether the seedlings of the mistletoe secrete enzymes which can dissolve suberized, cuticularized or lignified cell-walls, and thereby gain entrance into the host at nearly any point, or, as may be the case in the haustoria of mature plants, only unmodified walls are affected. Ofcourse it may be that cuticularized walls can be dissolved and neither of the other two. I have no evidence to offer in the latter alternative, but it is notice- able that the mistletoe is almost never parasitic on itself * in spite of the fact, which will be given later, that the seedlings often ger- minate in contact with its own branches. Dr. MacDougal informs me, however, that several instances have been known of the par- asitism of one loranth on another in Jamaica. The mistletoe is provided with a cuticularized epidermis with communication to the exterior through stomates only. In the vicinity of the Desert Botanical Laboratory occur two species of mistletoe, P. vi//osum and P. californicum. The former has white berries and broad leaves, the latter has red berries and is nearly devoid of leaves. P. villosum occurs here mainly on the native ash and native cottonwood and appears to be quite like the California plant studied by me. The other species has a different habit of growth. It generally hangs from the branches of the host, and is found mainly on the cat-claw (Acacia Greggit), and mesquite (Prosopis juliflora). 1 have seen it also on palo verde (Parkinsonia microphylla); and 1 believe that it occurs on the creosote bush (Covillea tridentata), but I have not seen it on this — plant. The distribution of the mistletoe from tree to tree is likely always effected by the agency of birds, but its distribution in a tree may be brought about in another manner also, and thus it is fre- quently accounted for by the position of the older plants. In cases where infection has occurred on the higher branches of the host it frequently happens that numerous younger plants of the parasite will be placed directly under this pioneer, as if they ee ee ol *In Kerner and Oliver’s work, /. ¢., it is said that on one occasion mistletoe, prob- ably Viscum, was seen growing on Loranthus. It, however, is not clear whether the place where the Viscum seedling gained an entrance was cuticularized or suberized. oS ee Ser lr seta a * CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON 437 were derived from its seeds. This habit is of much use to the collector, since he has but to mark a tree in which a large bunch of mistletoe is growing in the top, and if there is sufficient growth beneath, he is sure to find at the proper time of the year an abun- dance of seedlings. Thus it must frequently happen that the mistletoe seeds ger- minate without having”been first passed through the alimentary tract of birds, and, in fact, although I did not determine more closely the conditions under which they best germinate, these do not appear to be other than that the seeds must be mature. A large amount of heat is not required, and also it may be that germi- nation is not dependent on rains. In February, March and April germinating seeds of both species of mistletoe were seen in great abundance. The seedlings were found on all portions of the mesquite, including leaves, and on cat-claw and ash. That is, the seeds germinated on the old bark at the base of the tree as well as on last year’s growth. I observed them also on dead twigs that were detached from any tree, on mesquite thorns, and even on the mistletoe itself. Also seedlings of P. californicum were taken from branches of the ash whither the seeds had been carried by birds. It thus appears questionable whether the character of the substratum has any influence whatever on the germination of the mistletoe seeds. It is of interest to note that the seeds of the mistletoe are for the most part ripe and fallen by the time the leaves of the host make their appearance. This has one great advantage to the par- asite, namely, that of being better able to reach the twigs and branches of the host than would be the case when these members are covered with leaves. As it will be seen later this is especially important in the case of the mesquite and its mistletoe. Although water may not be a factor in inducing the germina- tion of the seeds, it may assist in their dissemination ; however I have made no direct observation on this point. When the seeds fall and become attached to a branch, they are so firmly fastened by means of the adhesion to the branch of their viscid contents, that they are dislodged with difficulty (FIGURE I). It is quite pos- sible, and here again I have no proof of the truth of the statement, that the firmness of the attachment is of considerable importance 438 CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON to the seedling in permitting it to press the tip of the radicle firmly against the host. After attachment is secured, the radicle is sent out ; it turns in most cases directly toward the host and comes into contact with FicureE I. Seeds of P. vil/osum, showing manner of attachment to the cottonwood branch. The shaded area represents the viscid substance which glues the seeds to the host. it, and not until then forms the expanded tip whose distal epithe- lium@functions as the secreting organ. The color, form and size of the hypocotyl in the two species of mistletoe are unlike. The hypocotyl of P. californicum is slender, reddish in color and may FicureE 2. Seedling of P. vi/lvsum on cottonwood. This seedling penetrated last season ; the tip of the haustorium is being transformed into a sinker for the absorption of water attain a length of .7 cm. although it is usually shorter. The hypo- cotyl of the other form is short, rarely much exceeding the seed- coat, stout and greenish in color. The structure of the hypocotyl in both is clearly like that of the mature plants, 7. ¢., the outer epi- CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON 439 dermal wall is strongly cuticularized, and hence the hypocoty] is xerophytic. This not only ensures against rapid drying out but probably the converse of that, making impossible, perhaps, the absorption of water should it chance to come during the early stages of germination. The cotyledons probably never emerge from the seed until foothold has been secured by the root, and this may not take place under several months from the time germination commences ; they are thus unlike those of Loranthus, which appear much more quickly. * FicurRE 2 shows a young plant of P. villosum on a cottonwood branch. It was collected in January and the seed presumably was one that ripened and began to germinate the previous season. The seed-leaves, however, had not yet left the seed-coat ; they were closely pressed together like the young leaves in old plants. There are three well-marked periods in the life of the young mistletoe plant: 1, the growth of the hypocotyl and the formation of the disc ; 2, penetration; and 3 (probably after the establishment of a connection with a water supply), the erection of the cotyledons. Some very interesting work is to be done on the causes that influence the radicle to turn towards the host. In P. vd//osum this almost always occurs at once but in the other species the radicle may bend and twist in a variety of ways before the host is touched. However, in the end the tip of the radicle touches the substratum and flattens into a disc-shaped organ, likely as a result of the pressure caused by the resistance of the host. The young disc was not especially studied; it has been long known that it secretes a substance which aids the penetration of the haustorium. The discs increase in size by the multiplication of cells about the periphery, and in older forms, in which penetration has already taken place, secreting cells of the disc are confined to the outer portion (FIGURE 3). These are as usual elongated, they have dense protoplasmic content and conspicuous nuclei. Penetration is effected unlike in the two species, and in the instances cited, the manner of penetration is dependent on the * Keeble. Loranthaceae of Ceylon. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, II. 5: 91. 1895. t Compare the account given in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. 3" : 160, and by Keeble, oc. cit, supra. 440 CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON structure of the host. I would not say that the mistletoe does not gain entrance in these hosts in any other way, but I have seen nothing that would indicate that it does. In the case of the ash, the mistletoe seeds, P. vzllosum, falling on the younger and smooth branches send out their hypocotyls and these attach themselves at once to the substratum. The branches are provided with prominent lenticels and if one of these chances to be directly beneath a disc, the epidermal cells of the disc enter it, dissolving or pushing to one side, or both, the cells of the host, and at length find themselves in the cortex. This is © not a matter of solution entirely, since the host-cells at the side FiGure 3. Secreting cells at the edge of the disc of such a young mistletoe as that shown in the preceding figure. The cells are evidently active, but a study of the sec tion from which the sketch was made does not show that the host tissues are being dissolved as the sketch would indicate. of the haustoria give evidence of having been subjected to pres- sure by them, and the walls of such cells, as will appear directly, are suberized. That-is, as far as I have been able to determine, and to express the matter in another way, the cell-walls of the host which make up the lenticels and which had been affected by the solvent, were not suberized, as is shown by the following tests- In the section from which FricuRE 4 was sketched, the walls of the host-cells which were immediately in front of the tip of the haus- torium, and for a distance back equal to about one third of its length, gave the cellulose reaction with iodine and sulphuric acid ; they were colored blue, while the lignified portions of the central CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON 441 cylinder, the hard bast, as well as the suberized cork cell-walls were colored yellowish, the reaction for corky and for lignified tissue. And it was observed that the cell-walls of the host adja- cent to the upper two thirds of the haustorium reacted to the test for suberized walls, and these were the cells which were seen to be compressed in a direction parallel to the surface of the haus- torium, and which probably somewhat earlier had been moistened with the secre- tions of the haustorium. Naturally the cells nearer the tip of the haustorium, whose walls were of cellu- lose, gave no indications of pressure. It appears prob- able, therefore, that the en- trance was made by press- ing the loosely constructed tissue of the lenticel to one a side, and afterwards, when FicurE 4. P_villosum onash. The haus- the deeper cortical cells torium is making its way between the hard bast of the cortex, but does not dissolve them. , whose walls were of cel- mistletoe ; cam, cambium. lulose were reached, the solvents secreted by the haustorium became for the first time of service to the growing root by making the resistance of the host less, as well as by preparing the host-tissues for absorption. The general forms of haustoria which have penetrated in the manner above outlined, and on this host, as compared with those of the haustoria on the mesquite, point also to this conclusion. In the former the haustoria are most frequently wedge-shaped, in the latter they may be more or less spread out and brush-formed (FIGURE 4) and in the latter also there were no evidences of pres- sure exerted by the mistletoe qn the host’s tissues. Penetration in the other species, it can thus be seen, takes. place in quite another manner. This presumably, in part at least, is due to the differences in the structure of the branch of the two hosts. The axillary buds of the mesquite are closely enwrapped by protecting scales, and the internodal portions of the branch are 442 CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON usually somewhat roughened and appear not to bear lenticels. Therefore the mistletoe seedling that would penetrate the mesquite branch must be able to make its way through the outer cork either by pressure or by dissolving the periderm, or entrance must be gained at some other point, as at the axillary buds. The latter solution of the problem has been made. Even in older mistletoe plants it frequently happens that one can identify their place of attachment as being axillary, and in the younger ones the host sometimes sends out leaves from the same FicureE 5. P. Californicum penetrat- Ficure 6, P. Californicum ing the cortex of the mesquite ; the branch- entering the cortex of the mes- ing of the haustorium, which frequently quite in the region of the axillary may be seen, is shown. bud. , mistletoe seedling ; sb, the scale bases. axillary buds. And I have seen branches of the mesquite on which as many as half-a-dozen successive buds bore mistletoes. The manner of infection is as follows: seedlings which are attached to the internodal portion of the branch secrete solvents, as the discoloration of the cork immediately under the discs of the haustoria show, but they do not effect the penetration ; such seed- lings, however, as are attached either to the buds, or to the branch but close to them, and whose hypocotyls reach the buds, are those which at length gain admission into the sub-cortical host-tissues. The hypocotyls are pushed between the bud-scales to their base, the discs are formed in that position, and the secreting cells are thus brought at once in contact with cellulose cell-walls. These are penetrated without difficulty and, as mentioned above, appa! ently without exerting any pressure on the host (see FIGURE 5). BE rt age ee CANNON: GERMINATION OF PHORADENDRON 443 Although the method of securing an entrance into the hosts is in the two species of mistletoe and the two kinds of host plants above considered unlike in certain particulars, they agree in this, namely, that the solvents secreted by the haustoria of the parasite do not in either case dissolve suberized cell-walls, and apparently cannot doso. For this reason the points of admission open to the mistletoe are determined solely by the character of the host-sub- stratum, whether its cells are loosely put together, as in the lenti- cels of the cottonwood, or the place where the parasite seeks ad- mission has cellulose cell-walls. Finally, it should be stated that the above conclusion is based on anatomical evidence alone, and that the subject should be taken up from the experimental standpoint before the conclusion can be definitely accepted as valid. And this experimental work I hope sooner or later to undertake. DESERT BOTANICAL LABORATORY, Tucson, ARIZONA. Two new species of American wild bananas with a revision of the generic name RoBeERT F. Griccs At the time of publication of a former paper * I was not aware that antedating Linnaeus’s application of the name He/iconia, to the plant called by the Indians “ Azhai,’ is a description of the same plant under the name of Bzkai by Adanson (Fam. Pl. 2: 67. 1763). This necessitates the use of that name instead of Heliconia. It will be a matter of some pleasure to those whose sense of justice is gratified when they see the name given by the original describer of a plant retained, that Bzkaz, which was mani- festly a generic name as first applied by Plumier, though not used binomially in the technical sense, can now be restored. Otto Kuntze, in his Revisio Generum Plantarum (2: 684. 1891), used Plumier’s name with an a suffixed, probably to latinize it more perfectly ; and applied it to all the species he knew. There were, however, several species which he overlooked, and it seems proper that these, together with a number of others described since his paper was published, should here be transferred from He/iconia to the older genus as follows: Bihai aurantiaca (Ghiesb.), Bihai Bihai (L.), Bihai borinquena (Griggs), Bihai Burchellii (Baker), Bihai Champneiana (Griggs), Bihai choconiana (Watson), Bihai Collinsiana (Griggs), Bihai crassa (Griggs), Bihai distans (Griggs), Bihai elongata (Griggs), Bihai episcopalis (Vell.), Bihai humilis (Jacq.), Bihai latispatha (Benth.), Bihai librata (Griggs), Bihai lingulata (Ruiz & Pavon), Bihai platystachys (Baker), Bihai purpurea (Griggs), Bihai rostrata (Ruiz & Pavon), Bihai rutila (Griggs), Bihai spissa (Griggs), Bihai tortuosa (Griggs). Each of these was originally described, with the same specific name, under e/iconia, by the author cited in parentheses. The two species of Bifai described below were discovered by Messrs. Cook, Collins and Doyle of the United States Department *On some species of Heliconia. Bull. Torrey Club, 30: 641-664. December, 1903. 445 446 Griccs: NEW SPECIES OF AMERICAN WILD BANANAS of Agriculture, in the spring of 1903. The types of both are in the herbarium of the Department of Agriculture at Washington. Bihai reticulata sp. nov. Leaf 94 cm. long, 37 cm. broad, petiole and base 70 cm.; blade elliptical, acute at the tip, cuneate at the base, thin, glabrous, not glaucous, main veins about I cm. apart, finest veins nearly I mm. distant, connected by cross-veinlets forming square meshes (an unusual character, for the veins of most species are so close together as to make the cross-veinlets so short that they are not often noticed even under a glass; this feature is strikingly brought out by the remarkable coloration of the under surface of the leaf); all the veins from the midrib down, including the cross-veinlets, bright red contrasting strongly with the body of the leaf and giv- ing it a very noticeable screen-like appearance ; inflorescence sessile, upright, about 25 cm. long, nearly if not quite glabrous, of 12-15 bracts ; rachis stiff and straight; bracts close, overlapping at their middles, ascending at angles of 45—60°, lowest sterile bract 15 cm. long, 8 cm. broad, long-acute, the middle ones suborbicular, 8 cm. long, 10 cm. broad, rounded at the base, with a very short- acuminate tip; flowers large, longer than the branch-bracts, red and yellow (fide Cook). Cook & Collins 149, Buena Vista, Costa Rica; photo 5547- Growing in a deep ravine. This plant with its broad branch-bracts rather closely packed on the rachis, belongs to the subgenus Zaeniostrobus. But its sessile inflorescence makes it unusual in that section. It is not close to any of the described species, differing from all either in the absence of a peduncle or in the inflorescence being much nar- rower with smaller bracts. It seems to be distinct also from all other species of the genus, whether of the same subgenus or not, in the colored venation of the leaves. Bihai longa sp. nov. Stem 6 m. long, inclined (fide Collins), leaf-surfaces radially disposed; leaves 1.52 m. long, about 50 cm. broad, acute, obliquely cordate at the base, rather thick and firm, glabrous except along the midrib, covered below with a bloom so extremely dense as to be as thick as the body of the leaf itself and to givé the under surface a feeling like that of felt; petiole about I m. long ; inflorescence pendulous, nearly 2 m. long, peduncle 25 c™» stout, glabrous; rachis flexuose, flexible, short-tomentose, inte ig pe oe ee a [i —— iti; aaipacas: — asia —_— emanating fC. T_T. a Ty TT. 2 Se GRIGGS: NEW SPECIES OF AMERICAN WILD BANANAS 447 nodes 2~6 cm.; bracts many, 27 in the type, all but the last one reflexed, ovate, acute, varying from 7 cm. long at the tip to 16 cm. at the base and from 5—8 cm. wide, tomentose on the outside, at least near the base, and densely ferruginous-pubescent within : flowers almost as long as the branch-bracts pina at the base of the inflorescence, flower-bracts triangular, cm. broad, 5 cm. long, densely velvety pubescent on the pase: glabrous within. El Pez, road from Buena Vista to San Carlos Valley, Costa Rica, Cook & Collins 47, photo 5459. The present species is closely related to &. Collinstana, and probably more closely to B. pendula. From the former it is dis- tinct in the hairy inflorescence, twice or three times as long, the stouter rachis, the ovate rather than lanceolate branch-bracts. From &. pendula it differs in being fully twice as large, in the very glaucous, not green, leaves, in the hairy not glabrous, broader, branch-bracts. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1901-1908) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in gine or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense Reviews, and papers nn, aa exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, an no attempt is made to index the literature ‘a bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. ex 1s reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted; each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Alwood, W. B. Orchard Studies —VIII. On the occurrence and treatment of fire blight in the pear orchard.’ Va. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 11: 49-66. 7 76-20. Ap 1902. Alwood, W. B. Orchard Studies— XIII. Some observations on crown gall of appletrees. Va. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 11: 185~—212- SJ. 27-37. S 1902. Alwood, W. B. Orchard Studies—XV. The bitter rot of apples. Va. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 11: 249-279. pl. z-g. N 1902. Arechavaleta, J. Flora Uruguaya. 2: i-xlviii. 1-160. Montevideo, 1903. Anal. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, vol. 5. Arthur, J.C. Thecornsmut. The Book of Corn, 278-288. f. 79-87. New York, 1903. | Beal, W. J. A study of plant leaves. Mich. Agric. Coll. Elem. Sci. Bull. 9: 80-107. f. 67-126. Ap 1903. Blankinship, J W. The loco and some other poisonous plants in Montana. Mont. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 45: 75-104. 7 #-F:..-Je 1903. Britcher, H. W. Variation in 7Z?i//ium grandifiorum Salisb. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 86: 169-196. f/. 8-73. N 1903. 449 450 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Brotherus, V. F. Axdracaceae, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam, 1°: 265-268. f. 162-165. gol. Brotherus, V. F. Aryales, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1°: 277-384. f. 171-241. 1901; 385-480. f. 242-3737. 1902; 481- 576. fF. 332-433. 1903. Buckhout, W. A. The effect of smoke and gas upon vegetation. Ann. Rep. Pa. State Coll. 1900-01: 297-324. Al. 1-4. Igol. Burrill, T. J. & Blair, J. C. Prevention of bitter rot. Ill. Agric: Exp. Sta. Cire: 56: 1-3. Jl 1902. Campbell, R. Canadian fungi. Can. Rec. Sci. 9: 89-99. 31 D 1903. Chodat, R. & Hassler, E. Plantae Hasslerianae, soit énumération des plantes récoltées au ioettad Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4: 61-92. 31 D 1903. Includes new species in ee Buetinera, Solanum (4) Cestrum and Manettia, and new varieties and forms in various genera Col, A. Recherches sur Picasa! sécréteur interne des Composées. Jour. de Bot. 17: 252-288. f. 7-22. S 1903; 289-318. f. 23-28. N 1903. Davis, J. J. Third supplementary list of parasitic fungi of Wisconsin. Trans. Wisc. Acad. 14: 83-106. S 1903. Issued in advance of publication of the volume. Davis, W.T. Additions to our local fauna and flora. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, 8: 5. 9 F 1901. Davis, W.T. Local notes on vanishing wild flowers. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, 8: 29, 30. 8 F 1902. Davis, W. T. Two additions to the list of Staten Island plants. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, 8: 30, 31. 8 F 1902. Duss, A. Division, nomenclature & habitat des Fougéres & Lyco- podes des Antilles francaises. 1-113. Lons-le-Saunier, 1903- No lycopods are mentioned. Duss, A. Enumération méthodique des Muscinées des Antilles fran- caises. I.—-Hépatiques. 1-41. Lons-le-Saunier, 1903. Various new species are enumerated, but not described. Duss, A. Enumération méthodique des Muscinées des Antilles fran- caises. II.— Mousses. 1-39. Lons-le-Saunier, 1903. Various new species are enumerated, but not described Elliott, D. G. A list of mammals collected by Edmund Heller, in the San Pedro Martir and Hanson Laguna mountains and the accom- INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 451 panying coast region of Lower California. Field Columb. Mus. sa 79] Zool. 3: 199-232. pl. 33-378. Je 1903.’ collector’s field notes, on pages 199-206, and the plates, give a description of the uss de of these mountains Fairchild, D. G. Penita Gulf dates and their introduction into America. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 54: 1-32. p/. 7-4. 19 D 1903. Fernald, M. L. Two northeastern allies of Sa/ix /ucida. Rhodora, 6: 1-8. 29 D 1903. Descriptions of S. /ucida intonsa var. nov. and S. serissima sp. nov Fletcher, J. Macrae’s coral-root ( Corallorhiza striata Lindl. .). Ottawa Nat. 17: 76. 18 Jl 1903. Gagnepain, F. Zingibéracées de ]’Herbier du Muséum (8e note). Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 50: 189-204. 25 My 1903. Discusses West Indian species of Renealmia, Gallardo, A. Netas de teratologia vegetal. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, III. 2: 525-537. 24 D 1903. Gallardo, A. Notes morphologiques et statistiques sur quelques anom- alies héréditaires de la Digitale (Digztadt’s purpurea L.). Rev. Gén. Bot. 13: 163-176. 15 Ap 1gol. Gallardo, A. La riqueza de la Flora Argentina. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, III. 1: 329-339. 28 N 1902. Gandoger, M. Solidago yukonensis Gdgr, espéce nouvelle de |’ Amérique arctique. Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 50: 213-215. 25 My 1903. Goetting, A. E. Sandstone habitats of Pe//aea. Fern. Bull. 10: 85. Jl 1902. Goff, E.S. Investigation of flower-buds. Ann. Rep. Wisc. Agric. Exp. Sta. 18: 304-316. f. 87-96. gol. < Goff, E. S. A study of certain conditions affecting the setting of fruits. Ann. Rep. Wisc. Agric. Exp. Sta. 18: 289-303. / 61-80. Igot. Gossard, H. A. Fungous diseases [of the white fly, A/eyrodes Citri]. Fla. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 67: 621-627. p/. 7. Je 1903. Gossard, H. A. Sooty mold [of critus fruits]. Fla. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 67: 619, 620. 7. 7. Je 1903. Guillet, C. A double Zril/ium grandiflorum. Ottawa Nat. 17: 76. 18 Jl 1903. Hedgcock, G.G. & Metcalf, H. Eine durch bakterien verursachte Zuckerriibenkrankheit. Zeits. Pflanzenkr. 12: 321-324. 12 F 1903. 452 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Hemsley, W. B. Aniba megacarpa Hemsl. Hook. Ic. Pl. IV. 8: pi. a7st; a752: N- 1903. New species ; native of Trinidad. Hemsley, W. B. Lryngium crassisguamosum Hemsl. Hook. Ic. Pl. IV. 8: pl. 2765. N 1903. w species from Mexico; two other new related Mexican species, Z. Palmeri and E. globosum, are described in the accompanying text. Hemsley, W. B. Zvyngium medium Hemsl. Hook. Ic. Pl. IV. BY #1. 2707. N 1903. New species ; native of Mexico. Hemsley, W.B. Zryngium pectinatum Presl. Hook. Ic. Pl. IV. 8: pl. 2766. N 190 3° Native of Mexico; two new related Mexican species, £. guatemal. d £. stenolo- ext, éum, are described in the accompanying t Hemsley, W. B. Sapium stylare Muell. Arg. Hook. Ic. Pl. IV. 8: pl. 2757. N 1903. ‘ Native of Venezuela and Ecuador. Hess, A.W. A few of the common fleshy fungi of Ames. Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 61: 148-153. f. 7-rz. Jl 1902. Hill, A. J. Resurrection plant: Zewista rediviva Pursh. Can. Rec. ie: 218, FER, 3E-D 4903. Hollick, A. List of fungi, collected at Tottenville, Oct. 4th, 1890. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, 8: 25. 14 D 1901. Hollick, A. Plantae. Maryland Geol. Surv. Eocene, 258, 259. A/- 64. f. 11-126. 901. A new species and a new variety of Carfo/ithus. Hollick, A. A recently introduced grass. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, 8: 16, 17. 11 My 1901. festuca capillata Lam. Holm, T. Biological notes on Canadian species of Viola. Ottawa Nat. 17: 149-160. A/. 4, 5. 5 D 1903. Holmberg, E. L. Amaryliidaceae platenses nonnullae. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, III. 2: 77-80. 3 Jl 1903. Includes descriptions of new species in Zephyranthes and Hippeastrum. Hutt, W. N. Pear-blight. Utah Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 85: 45-52: N 1903. Jepson, W. L. The live oaks of the University of California campus. University Chronicle [Univ. Calif.], 179-185. N 1903. Jones, C. H., Edson, A. W. & Morse, W. J. The maple sap flow. Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 103: 41-184. p/. 1-77 + f. I-5: 1903. I milling, __, amma, a INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 453 Jones, L. R. Vermont grasses and clovers. Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 94: 137-184. f. 7-372. My 1902. Jones, L. R. & Edson, A. W. Potato scab and its prevention. Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 85: rog-r20. f. 7, 2. Igo. Jones, L. R. & Edson, A. W. Report of the botanists [for 1g00-or]. Ann. Rep, Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. 14: 227-256. gor. [Illust.] Potato diseases and their remedies; a peculiar rot of Greening apples in I t bird vetch or wild pea ( Vicia Cracca L.); two weedy plants new to America ( Berteroa incana and Lathyrus tuberosus) ; ete. Jones, L. R. & Morse, W. J. Report of the botanists [for 1901-02]. Ann. Rep. Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. 15: 209-248. 1902. [lllust.] Potato diseases and their remedies ; siecle ae and their remedies ; etc. Jones, L. R. & Morse, W. J. Report of the botanists [for 1902-03]. Ann. Rep. Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. 16: 153-190. p/. 1-5 +f. 1-8. Igo Occurrence of plant diseases in Vermont in 1903; potato diseases and their reme- dies ; notes on certain threatening weeds ; the shrubby cinquefoil as a wee Kennedy, P. B. Summer ranges of Eastern Nevada sheep. Nev. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 55 : 1-56. p/. 7-77. N ges With descriptions of the plants of the ranges, pages 27-51, A/. z Knowlton, F. H. Fossil flora of the John Day Basin, eis Wes Geol. Surv. Bull. 204: 1-153. p/. 7-7. 1902. Includes descriptions of 44 new species in 22 genera. Knowlton, F. H. Report on fossil wood from the Newark formation of South Britain, Connecticut. Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 21°: 161, 162... 2608. Lewton-Brain, L. Fungoid diseases of cotton. West Indian Bull. 4: 255-267. f. 1-3. 1903. McKenney, R. E. B. The wilt disease of tobacco and its control. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant. Ind. Bull. 51': 1-6. f. 7. 18S 1903. Merrill, E. D. Botanical work in the Philippines. Bur. Agric. (Philipp.) Bull. 4: 1-53. pZ 25 S 1903. Merrill, E. D. Report on investigations made in Java in the year es Forestry Bur. (Philipp. ) Bull. 1: 1-84. p/. 7-70. 15 O 1903. 9-55 are occupied by ‘‘ Plantae Ahernianae,”’ a list of plants collected in the P hiliping under the direction of Capt. Ahern during 1901 and 1902. There are new species in Evodia, Semecarpus, Palaguium, Vitex and Z7imonius. Merrill, L. A. & Eliason, B. F. The grain smuts : their cause, nature, and methods of prevention. Utah Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 84: 35- 44. N 1903. Moore, R. A. Oat smut in Wisconsin — prevalence and method of = 454 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE eradication. Wisc. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 91: 1-15. f 7, 2. F 1902. Moore, R. A. On the prevention of oat smut and potato scab. Wisc. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 98: 1-23. f 7, 2. F 1903. Munson, W.M. Dandelions. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 95: 109- 113. f. 28-374. S$ 1903. Munson, W. M. Ginseng. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 95: 117- 120. f. 35-38. S 1903. Munson, W. M. Hawkweeds. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 95: 114-116. 5S. 1903. Nelson, A. & E. E. The wheat-grasses of Wyoming. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 59: 1-34. p/. 7-5. N 1903. Newman, C.C. Brown rot of peaches and plums. So. Car. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 69: 1-12. Mrigo2._ [Hllust.] Noack, F. Die Krankheiten des Kaffeebaumes in Brasilien. Zeits. Pflanzenkr. 11: 196-203. Al. g. 30N Igot. Pammel, L. H. The Canada thistle and dandelion. Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 61: 143-148. f 2-6. Jl 1902. Pammel, L. H. Miscellaneous notes on fungus diseases. Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 61: 139-142. 7. 7. Jl 1902. Pammel, L. H. Some weeds of Iowa. Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 7O: 295-531. f. 1-169. D 1903. Perkins, J. Zwei neue Meliaceen. Notizbl. Kénigl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 4: 78, 79. 30 Au 190 Two new species from the Philippines. Price, R. H. & White, E. A. The fig. Tex. Agric.,Exp. Sta. Bull. 62: 15-29. f/. r-1r. (Digo1.) 1902. Rich, F. A. & Jones, L.R. A poisonous plant: the common horse- tail (Zguisetum arvense). Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 95: 185-192: f. I, 2. Je 1902. Ritzema Bos, J. Die Hexenbesen der Cacaobiume in Surinam. Zeits. Pflanzenkr, 11: 26-30. f. z, 2. 16 Mr. 1901. Sadebeck, R. Jsvetaceae, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1: 756-768. f. 455-462. 1901; 769-779. f. 463-466. 1902. Selby, A. D. Studies in potato rosette II. Ohio Agric. Exp. 5t@- Bull. 145: 15=28. f z-g. N 1903. Selby, A. D. & Hicks, J. F. Clover and alfalfa seeds: their purity, vitality, and manner of testing. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 142: 109=130. p/. 1-4. Je 1903. | | | | | Se gh ES OG lg OS le. is << a mat? INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 455 Sellards, E.H. Permian plants — Zaeniopfteris of the Permian of Kansas. Kan. Univ. Quart. A, 10: 1-12. A/. 7-g. Ja 1901. Snyder, H. The chemistry of plant and animal life. i-xvii. 1-406. f. 1-102. New York, 1903. : ‘Sodiro, L. Contribuciones al conocimiento de la flora Ecuatoriana. Monografia II. Anturios Ecuatorianos. i-xxxii. 1-231, 1-7. fi. I-28. Quito, 1903. Descriptions of 164 species of Anthurium, of which 18 are new. Sodiro, L. Contribuciones al conocimiento de la flora Ecuatoriana. Monografia III. Tacsonias Ecuatorianas. 1-30. Quito, 1903. Anal. Univ. Quito, vol. 18, Describes 29 species of Parca of which 4 Spegazzini, C. Mycetes argentinenses (Series IJ). Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, III. 1: 49-89. 29 Jl 1902. Includes descriptions of 84 new species in 63 genera; two of the genera, Phaeoso- lenia and Urohendersonia, are new Spegazzini,C. Notessynonymiques. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, atk. (2 7-9. 21 F 1903. Sprague, T. A. Paragonia pyramidata Bur. Hook. Ic. Pl. IV. 8: t. 2771, 2772. N 1903. Native of tropical America, Sprague, T. A. Xy/lophragma pratense Sprague. Hook. Ic. Pl. IV. 8: pl. 2770.98 1903. Native of Peru; the genus is a new one, based on Tecoma pratensis Bur. & K. Schum., with another species in Brazil. Starnes, H. N. The fig in Georgia. Ga. Exp. Sta. Bull. 61: 45-75. pl. 1-15 + f. 1-3. N 1903. Stone,G. E. Edible weeds and pot-herbs. Mass. Board Agric. Nature Leafl. 19: 1-5. 1903. [Illust.] Stone, G. E. Peach leaf-curl (Zxoascus deformans (Berk. ) Fuckel). Mass. Board Agric. Nature Leafl. 13: 1-4. /. 7, 2. 1902. Stone, G. E. Poison ivy (Rhus Toxicodendron L.). Mass. Board Agric, Nature Leafl. 9: 1-4. 7. 7-7. 1g0!. Stone, G. E. Quince rust (Gymnosporangium spp. Syn. Roestelia Spp.). Mass. Board Agric. Nature Leafl. 11: 1-3. f. 7, 2. got. Storer, F.H. Notes on the occurrence of mannan in the wood of some kinds of trees, and in various roots and fruits. Bull. Bussey Inst. 3: 47-68. 1903. Stuart, W. A bacterial disease of tomatoes. Ann. Rep. Ind. Agric. Exp. Sta. 13: 33-36. pi. 7 +/2z. Igot. 456 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Stuckert, T. Notas sobre algunos helechos nuevos 6 criticos para la Provincia de Cordoba. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, III. 1: 295- 403, 13.N 1902. Stuckert, T. Tres Orquidaceas interesantes para la Republica Argen- tina. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, III]. 2: 11-13. 6 Mr 1903. Ule, E. Ule’s Expedition nach den Kautschuk-Gebieten des Ama- zonenstromes. Vierter Bericht. Notizbl. Kénigl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 4: 92-98. 30 Au 1903. Ant tabel L. M. The Department of Botany and its relation to the New York Botanical Garden. Columbia University Quarterly, 4: 278-292. 1903. [lllust.] Underwood, L. M. Four recently described ferns from Jamaica. Bull. Dept. Agric. Jamaica, 1: 136-138. 1 Jl 1903. Van Es, L. & Waldron, L. R. Some stock poisoning plants of North Dakota. N. Dak. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 58: 321-362. p/. I-7: D 1903. Van Tieghem, P. Structure de l’ovule des Dichapétalacées et place de cette famille dans la classification. Jour. de Bot. 17: 229-233- S 1903. Van Tieghem, P. Sur les Batidacées. Jour. de Bot. 17: 363-379: D 1903. Waldron, L. R. Noxious weeds and how to kill them. N. Dak. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 56: 199-243. p/. 1-5 +f. 1-10. Je ee Warnstorf, C. Sphagnaceae, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. - 248-262. f. 151-160. gol. Wheeler, H. J. & Adams, J. E. A further study of the influence of lime upon plant growth. R. I. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 96: 21-44- J. 1-4. Au 1903. White, D. Summary of the fossil plants recorded from the Upper Carboniferous and Permian formations of Kansas. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 214: 85-117. sical Includes 6 new species in 4 gener Wildeman, E. de. Caleedlavis violacea Cav. Ic. Sel. Hort. Then- ensis, 4: 147-149. pl. 154. O 1903. Native of Chile. Wildeman, E. de. Gaylussacia resinosa Torrey et Gray. Ic. Sel. Hort. Thenensis, 4: 139-141. p/. 152. O 1903. Zahlbruckner, A. Zichenes, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam: *: 49-96. f. 30-47. 1903. Zon, R.G. Effects of frost upon forest vegetation. Forestry Quart. 2: 14-21. 1903. BuLi. Torrey Crus VOLUME 31, PLATE 15 ’ %6 OO) ee mee OAD i | AQAA 5 PS, b (sae 5 8) as, oS Ye (> Sy SS I Sire Sa)9 Roy" mG cose raya fay M6 we éz$ Alas Nae | h os ek Wis ene fuss x ASontey Sean EMBRYO-SAC OF ESCHSCHOLTZIA AND CHELIDONIUM SEED-COATS OF SANGUINARIA Onin ei ‘ The Warblers in @Color #:p-1orr began in its December, 1903, issue, the publication of a series of accu- tely colored plates, uae all the plu- es of Nor i y a) ings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes and Bruce fall. t accompanying ern pe WwW s i of these birds at hundreds of pro ‘ten for long Eperiehs The dat a for the Re dst yc L 1 work of ple 50 waeheeene for a total of 427 yea Until the su, bby ts @x Sie: we will 20 cents a number; $1.00 a year y ISHED FOR THE AUDUBON SOCIETIES sy BIRD-LORE, beginning February 1, ae THE MACMILLAN CO,, 66 FIFTH AVE., New York City THe PRYOLGCIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEVENTH YEAR ann VOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indi ispensable to the working bryologist, San as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, ‘pais N.Y, eee INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the ate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-i sere may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Clu FRANCIS E. LLOYD, Corumsia University, New York City. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of a payne Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy; $1. [Not “ofsred TL exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii 213 pp. Vol. nt 1501, viii _ 204 pp- Vol. Il 1902, viii 244 pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 p ulletin of the nein’ York Botanical Garden, perenne the annual | ree of he Di Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical a the results of in satus carried out in the Garden. eo! sg ‘members of the arden; to dans, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos, 1- -» 3 maps, << IL Ree 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 lata, Ps 1903. Vol. No. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903. oirs of the ae tae Botanical Gar — Price to members of the Garden, ét. oo per volum thers, $2.00. [Not ewoath in exchange. ] I. An hetetated Gatingss af the fig 4) ios and the i el Rydberg, assistant curator of the mu jail An arrangemen Parke, oe Per Ax th 7 critical — of the Pectioieees ay uceress of the region wi notes from th eld book and — descriptions of 163 new species. ix . 402 pp- Roy. 8 vo, with detailed m: eye The Influence of Light nee Deekues sol Growth and Development, by Dr. i sages: ig oe director. An account of the author’s oy hin ne Mame aah r with a ral pc ary a of the relation of a to p ‘Se, The p woes “morphological pio are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp. Roy with ie figu nan tributions from the New Y Botanical Garden. A series of was al papers written by students or a i of one i ~ reprinted from journ po than above, Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 Pie Vol. I. Inclusive of Nos. 1-25, Saco - Bowes in the text and 3 Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi + 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 50. The spines of Fouguieria, by Miss W. J. Robinson. No. 51. Notes on Bahaman algae, by Dr. M. A. Howe. 0. 52. The Polyporaceae of _ America—VII. The genera Hexagona, Col- tricia, and Coltrictella, by Dr. W. A. Murrill. No. 53. Delta and desert vegetation, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEw YORK city PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : ¥ ol. ie as of the North American Species of the Genus Fics (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Hotaten, 1895-1898. Qua “ee 178 pages, 84 plates. Price Vol. nograph of the Nocth American Potentilleae (189%). By Per pee Bucher Fellow in Botany, oe Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 1886-1892. Price $5.00. = o ma al 2 _ | iS) On Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos ©. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos, 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7 S. I51-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current) List of separate numbers available on application. Text-book of General Ps atta (1896). By Albert Schneider, deuce in Botany, 1895-1 Oct 230 pages, 76 Abid Pree - asd Ange BP $3.80 (paper). Published. . Willard N. Clute & Co. Bin N.Y. he Department invites bese ate goo er to ‘exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address 4 an the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the uthern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor —- — 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in te text, ivsteating: every p esc Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9. a for = three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10 §. Our Meta Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth ad 1900. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published ty Henry Holt & Co., New York. Price $1.00 6 Moulds, Mildews, and. oot By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1 Duodecim, 236 pages, 10 aes Published by Henry Holt & Co. Be 1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, sage in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 60 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, Green & Co. .» New York. Price $3.00. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Cy Aad, KAHLBAUM’S C. P. Chemicals Our Specialties : MICROSCOPES and Reagents and ACCESSORIES ARL eDeeele SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES Cc. P. Filters SCHOTT & I N’S BALANCES GENOSSE Famous Labora- a 3 tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other renowned European houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. wa “ series of technical papers on botanical se published at ange intervals Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchan Vol. 1, No. 1; price, $1.00: oie pote of the types of various sab of the genus Carex. Pages oat Saks Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : Marine see 0 of the go5 i coast and adjacent waters of Martindale, I. C. Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cen Hepaticae eg as in A pear! Batvine Soe annis rae a : PEE, ara Rusby lecta Pages 113-140. a 1890. a No. a. price, 75 cents: — On seedless fruits. Pages 141-187. 30 My aa Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : ands fot: materials in buds and surrounding parts. Tae ted, B.D. Re -26, PES eo TOS eS No, 2; price, 75 cents: ay D Bio. a Contributions to the botany of Virginia. Pages 21-36 No. 3; not fuseien separa tely : es 57-108, plates cone Oo. 4; ne 75 seat eae Mer 3, No1; not furnished : , A. A. Flora of ae eg Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. es % : es be, * No. 2; pric eS § e Naiadaceae of North Aaa aaa ‘Mustatons of all t Paget 165, plates ang. 15 Mr 1893. : .. Vol. 3, No. 3; not furnished separately : n enumeration of the plats collected in Bolivie pri separately : western } North eceeage and c by, H. =e mw A hee ay Pages 1-67. 28A ry oe Vol. 4, No. 1; Sik nia aselatny uncer é ve M. Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Big. oie oe ol. 4, No. 2; not fucished separately = sor _K. 8 Val A.M M. a on the botanical exploration during the of 1892. Pages. 92-201, _— 5-82. ie oe ( about 6. ¢, gynostegium, > about 6. f pollinia, X 14. PLATE 18 Asclepias kansana Vail. a, flower. 6, calyx-segments. ¢, hood, front view. d, hood, side view. ¢, gynostegium, f, pollinia. yg, basal leaf. 4, upper stem leaf. The figures were all drawn from no. at collected by J. B. Norton, 1896. PLATE Ig Asclepias Bicknellii Vail. a, flower. 4, calyx-segments. c, hood, front view. d, hood, side view. ¢, stegium. f, pollinia. g, aay leaf. 4A, stem leaf. The figures were all drawn ear the type specimen, when fresh. i ees The North American species of Hymenoxys T.D.- Av GOCKERREL (WITH PLATES 20-23) Much interest has been excited in Colorado by the discovery of the existence of rubber in the roots of the plant recently de- scribed as Picradenia floribunda utilis. It appears that sheep-herders have for years been in the habit of chewing the roots of this plant, obtaining thereby a product which served for chewing-gum. Mr. F. R. Marsh, of Denver, conceived the idea of turning this sub- stance to commercial use, and at the present time arrangements are being made for its extraction on a large scale. When Mr. Marsh presented the matter to me, asking that it should be investigated, I was naturally quite skeptical; but my wife undertook to make the necessary chemical tests, and obtained the excellent results she has described in Science (Il. 19: 314. 19 F 1904). In Colorado, the plant in question is sometimes referred to as rabbit-weed ; but I believe that several Compositae are confused under this name. Mr. E. C. Van Diest tells me that the Mexi- cans call it pengué, but here again it may be that two or more things are confused. He states that it is poisonous to sheep in the spring — probably on account of its mechanical rather than its chemical properties. Finding the plant of so much interest, I undertook a botanical investigation of it and its allies. It soon became apparent that the whole genus required revision, and this paper was accordingly pre- pared. The possibility of the undertaking has depended entirely upon the kindness with which several botanists responded to my requests for the loan of specimens, Dr. Rose sending all the material of the National Museum, Dr. Trelease that of the Missouri Botanical Garden, Miss Eastwood that of the California Academy of Sciences, Prof. Aven Nelson that of the University of Wyoming, Prof. E. O. Wooton that of the New Mexico Agricultural College, and his own herbarium ; and last but not least, Dr. E. L. Greene 461 ~~ 462 CocCKERELL: NortTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF HYMENOXYS sent a series of especially interesting and important plants from his collection. To all of these my thanks are due. Hymenoxys is separated from < 165. E. Vertical section of the epidermis parallel tp the surface but through or near to its inner layer, showing cross-sections of stomal chimneys (ev), and palisade tissue (p). At s¢ is a stoma, with some of its boundary cells attached. 165. F. Transverse section of the epidermis, showing the inner epidermal layer (tep) and an isolated stoma (58 Fas E165. The daily periodicity of cell-division and of elongation in the root of Allium WitLiaAmM E. KELiicotr CONTENTS PAGE I. Introduction . ... west 52 2. Summary......... 530 3. Methods ,. 531 4. Daily periodicity of cell-division 533 A. Under normal conditions 533 (a) Description of typical observation 533 (4) Comparison of other observations 535 (¢) Comparison of observations on Podophyllum...... Levaxtees 537 B. Effects of sotationie 250 ko ee ee 538 5. Daily periodicity of elongation 543 (a) Description of typical observation 544 (4) Comparison of other observations,............+.csseereeneeeees 545 6. Relation between cell-division and elongation 549 1. Introduction It is a well-known fact that rhythmic variation in the rate of growth is widespread, perhaps universal. It is similarly known that the nature of the rhythm varies considerably in different plants, so that there is no uniform hour at which the rate of growth is highest or lowest: each form seems to have its own peculiar rhythm. Perhaps this is one reason why there is at present so little uniformity of opinion among those who have studied the phenomena of growth in various plants, as to the factors in- volved in the production and maintenance of this rhythm. One Possible factor has been overlooked almost entirely, namely, that of cell-division. As a matter of fact very little is known concern- ing the actual relations between cell-division and growth. Prac- tically the only record of any observed correlation between cell- division and elongation is that of Ward,* who observed that, in Bacillus ramosus, ‘the period of cell-division entails more or less cessation of growth ”’ (page 294), and that (pages 301-2) ‘periods --*Ward, H. M. On the biology of Baci/lus ramosus (Fraenkel), a schizomycete of the river Thames, Proc. Roy. Soc. 58: 265-468. 1895. §29 530 Ketticotr: PERIODICITY IN ROOT OF ALLIUM of slowest growth . . . were the approximate moments of inser- tion of the septa, and consequently, moments when elongation would be going on with the least rapidity... .” Concerning the correlation of these processes in higher forms nothing at all is known. Not only has there been no real attempt to correlate the processes of elongation and cell-division in a given organ, but there is a complete lack of knowledge concerning the course of cell-division alone in a growing part. And while much is known with regard to the daily rhythm of elongation or growth of organs, in nearly every instance the organ observed has been aérial and therefore subject to very profound and rapid environmental dis- turbances accompanying the alternating conditions of day and night. As far as can be discovered the only observations on the daily periodicity of growth of subterranean parts are those of Strehl* on the roots of Lupinus, and MacMillan + on the potato-tuber. It seems, therefore, that here is an opportunity for profitable investigation : to determine whether there is a rhythmic daily variation in the rate of cell-division of a growing organ ; to deter- mine whether there is a definite daily rhythm in the growth or elongation of a subterranean part which is growing under much more uniform conditions than the aérial parts ; and finally, if such rhythms are found to exist, to determine whether there is any correlation between the processes of cell-division and elongation. The observations described in this paper were designed to attack these questions, and it is believed that the results have been defi- nite enough at least to warrant further serious investigation. I wish to take this opportunity to express my very consider- able indebtedness to Dr. C. C. Curtis, Columbia University, under whose direction these observations were carried out, for his ever ready aid and valuable counsel. 2. Summary The principal facts brought out in this paper are the following * . Inthe root of A//iwm there are two maxima and two minima in the rate of cell-division during twenty-four hours. : 2) an Strehl, R. eoeoees iiber das Lingenwachsthum der Jer Wurzel und des hypokotylen Gliedes. Leipzig t MacMillan, C. On the sean: periodicity of the potato-tuber. Am. Nat. 25° 462-469. 1891. ee fe ob ~ ws - - 34 ~— — KeELLicorr: PERIODICITY IN ROOT OF ALLIUM 531 2. The primary maximum occurs shortly before midnight (11 p.m.) and the primary minimum about 7 a.m. The second- ary maximum occurs about 1 p. m. and the secondary minimum about 3 p. m. 3- There is no correspondence between the rate of cell-divi- sion and slight variations in temperature. 4. In the root of Podophyllum, maximal and minimal points occur at almost the same hours as in A//ium. 5. Tap-water alone or with various substances in solution, seriously affects the course of cell-division. In some cases there may be recovery and partial return to the normal condition. 6. Under normal conditions of growth, the rate of elongation of the root of AM/ium exhibits a daily rhythm showing two maxima and two minima during twenty-four hours. 7. Elongation is most rapid (primary maximum) about 4 or 5 P.m., the secondary maximum occurring about 7 a. m. The primary minimum is about 11 p. m. and the secondary minimum about noon, 8. Periods of rapid cell-division coincide with low rate of clongation, and during rapid elongation the rate of cell-division is lowest. 3- Methods (@) CELL-DIVISION Sound average-sized bulbs of A//imm were selected and allowed to germinate at ordinary room-temperature in moist sand or pine Sawdust until the roots were from 50 to 100 mm. in length: this was usually after from four to six days. Then at definite inter- Vals, usually of about two hours, throughout 24-hour periods, two root-tips from different parts of the bulb were taken for exami- Nation. The tips were fixed 20 minutes in acetic-alcohol (glacial acetic I part, 70 per cent. alcohol 2 parts), sectioned longitudinally 10 microns thick, and stained in Delafield’s haematoxylin. It is believed that the method used in determining the relative Numbers of dividing cells in the different tips entirely obviated error due to differences in the size of the tips. From each, the three sections passing nearest the axis of the root were selected and the area to be examined determined in the following way. At 532 KELLICOTT: PERIODICITY IN ROOT OF ALLIUM a distance of 5 micrometer spaces (eye-piece micrometer ruled in millimeters, ocular 3, objective Zeiss A, tube-length 140 mm.) from the growing point of the tip (the root has a attained a uniform diameter at this point) its diam- d | eter was measured carefully. An imaginary line De - 2 was then drawn across the section at a distance + from its extremity of twice its diameter. The area examined was that below this transverse line [t] (FIGURE I), and was found in every instance to contain practically all of the actively dividing cells of the undifferentiated tissue. The number of dividing cells within the cor- Ficure i. Dia- responding areas of the three selected sections was a 12 ele aia then carefully counted. The dividing cells were DD iametersspace tabulated in three groups. The first group in- from apex cluded those cells in the early stages of mitosis ‘ ave extend up to the time of the formation of the equatorial tip — 15. plate, 7. ¢., all stages of the prophase. The sec- ond group included those cells in metaphase and early anaphase up to the time when the divergence of the chromo- somes is complete. The last group included the cells in late ana- phase up to the time of the reconstruction of the nucleus and formation of the new cell-wall. These groups were then added and the average of the three sections taken as the number char- acteristic of the tip. In order to avoid error due to the comparison of tips of differ- ent sizes the areas of the sections were reduced to a common area and the proportional numbers of dividing cells calculated. The average area of the sections was about fifteen micrometer squares > therefore the numbers of cells in sections having larger or smaller areas than this were calculated proportionally. This method of comparison is justified by the fact that the size of a part or organ is determined by the number of cellular elements contained in it and not by variations in their size.* Several counts were made in given areas of large and small root-tips of Allium, and this was found to be true. 4 ‘ * Amelung, E. Ueber mittlere Zellengrésse. Flora, 77: 3 6 6. 1893. sus burger, E. Histologische Beitrige. 5: 117-118. 1893. KELLICOTT: PERIODICITY IN ROOT OF ALLIUM 533 The series of Podophyllum used as a check were treated in the same manner except that the smaller size of these tips necessitated their reduction to an average area of nine micrometer spaces. (4) ELONGATION In determining the periodicity of elongation the method of direct observation was used. Onions were grown in pine sawdust in pots with a narrow glass slip set in one side. Roots frequently grew almost vertically along this glass and would be exposed Properly to moisture and air in the pot. These bulbs were of course grown entirely in the dark-room. When the roots were about 35-40 mm. long they were observed by candle-light through a horizontal microscope and the temperature recorded, at one- or two-hour intervals during a 24-hour period. 4. Daily periodicity of cell-division A. UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS (2) Typical observation.—We shall consider first the rhythm of cell-division under normal circumstances of growth. To illustrate more fully the method employed and to furnish a basis for compari- son, one of the records has been reproduced completely in TABLE I. This table shows that by far the larger proportion of cells in the process of mitosis were in the prophase, as would be expected, since the preparation for and inauguration of mitosis occupy a much longer period than the later phases, which are passed through very rapidly. The table shows also how remarkably similar are the conditions of the root-tips examined at the same hour. This Similarity is much closer than was expected on account of the numerous factors liable to cause individual variations. It will be Seen that atg a. m., 11 a. m. and 1 p. m., for example, the num- bers of dividing cells are almost identical in the two tips, while only in a few instances, such as at 5 p.m., 9 p.m. or I a.m, were there differences at all considerable. The final averages of this table are represented in the form of a curve in FIGURE 2, curve J, which shows graphically the rate of cell-division during a 24-hour period. The curve is remarkably regular, with two maxima and two minima. Cell-division is most rapid (primary maximum) at II p. m., the secondary maximum 534 KeELLicotr: PERIUODICITY IN ROOT OF ALLIUM TABLE I NuMBERS OF DIVIDING CELLS IN ROOTS OF SINGLE BULB OF ALLIUM i | Dividingcells. | T Ire-| A A . ip Area ividing cells, Total re verage verage Time. | pois | examined = una “Late ‘e dividing Sina fo ae ch — | ‘ | =a =e mes | | | 25 | 9 7 3546 | | ee a) 8) a) ae) we) we | aa as ie ae Nae ween o> | | 33 ee i ee a ees 36 2 4 42 47 | 47 eB 8 as se S| ae | 6| 44 53 | | } 12.5 | 33 ee a 47 56 54 Se ce 2 44 53 II a. m. P7ee ——|———_| Cx aOR SI ae Se gay | / | eo ee eae a © 47 | | sh Pe ccperemne) Gt nt Oba 4; 53 60 53 ae Se ene Sk Sk kc, ee i te aera 4| 54 62 13 er oe a | .s5 59 61 te ae Se ee A : Se a ee ee a ne | ae = =f 6 Saige els ee ie a ee ae ee. ot ae Pine pie eG | 62 63 ee a et ee ae ee ee eet Be sacs | 26 A Seneca Ou? SAE ten” Eo eae. eee ae 2| 3 | 38 39 L233 sok We ded tee = Se OM | ° a ESP TEN le SGD ce ee Near Cian tae 3 P ey, 27 23 o | 3 | 26 | 33 | 35 12 ewe eo ae hee ee 31 ae oie Ee as) ee | ce | pomeege g ges | aa | | 135+ | 26 2 | 2) ee | ae eb ae Ee oe ee oe ee fae m.| 19° eee ee Be itll En a ee ook oes Oe i aie ae Pal 4 | oP om bee ee AS: b AB 158 se el eee i 6.18 | 82. 4 Le em Bae | | Page | oes | | | | sd | 39 4 8 5r | 64 | 65 oi yk El fea eee | | 42 oe an, 8 Mg | S| | pe ee ee Ge ee a 59 | | on are @ ge 60 he eae | m8 se eS | ae 53 8 ra 65 b. 90 | 672%) 5 2 o.| 7 72 | Dime. Or J a | lS , ; | 64 a es 69 | 79 | 13+ | 72 eh wh 83 4 | Be | cE aL av ola Rtas, ae Pas oT a res | a | «| 72 | . Poe Cee 93 | Cm} ta. | 3 ae ee [eh ae ua aoe Ee EE Mee Soke | ae ‘5 8 ee ae : a 4 | 76 83 i Leer Kettuicotr: PERriopicity IN ROOT OF ALLIUM 535 Tasre I—Continued Dividing cells. | Total | Total re-| Average Average ke Tempera- Area | : Time Liat z a ieee een eres | divid duced to fi hi oft era esariamcinig) NE ST alls. | screed Ba ona pee ngs 37 I Pigg 45 13-- 38 Bit Bh ee 5° | 48 2 i Ta.m ee oe 3 de ses a Pee < a Ee See 57 AG ts He ae ee 69 11-4 40 eee 66 44 5 2| 5! 68 eee Bee Se 15 35 3 2 40 40 aad 35 8 oy eee | 44 3 a.m 14° ee Sew tt, 20: Lleol, SER MGs AM bd Oe ag 42 48 I 6 55 47 $7-+ 46 fs) 2} 48 42 44 - 44 Ob §-pe8 nea De i 23 I 2 26 pt Fase 7 4. m. 18° 16 26 I 1 | 28 267 55) 26 24 22 2 kei BS 23 occurring at I p.m. The primary minimum in the rate of cell- division occurs at 7 a. m. following the primary maximum, the Secondary minimum at 3 p. m. following the secondary maximum. Thus there are two regular waves of cell-division during each twenty-four hours, a more extensive wave extending from late in the afternoon until early in the morning, and occupying therefore Practically all of the dark period ; its crest occurs shortly before midnight. A less extensive but otherwise similar wave occupies the light period of the day extending from early morning until late in the afternoon. The crest of this wave occurs about noon. Both of these waves are remarkably regular with only the slight- est secondary fluctuations. : The temperature of the air around the bulbs is recorded in the Same diagram. It will be seen that there is no correspondence between these slight variations in temperature and the rate of cell- division, (4) Comparisons of other observations, — FIGURE 2 includes curves derived similarly from two other series of root-tips. Curve /T is introduced simply as another illustration of the normal type of curve such as curve J, Here the tips were cut less frequently SO that all points of curves J and // do not correspond exactly. _ 536 KELLICOTT: PERIODICITY IN ROOT OF ALLIUM The primary maximum occurs at 8 p. m., the secondary maximum at noon; the primary minimum at 5:30 a. m. and the secondary minimum at 5:30 p.m. It is unnecessary to give further exam- ples of this character ; in general it was found that under normal conditions of growth, cell-division was most active an hour or two before midnight and about noon, and was least active about 6 a. m. and 4 p. m. Curve IIT in FIGURE 2 is introduced with its accompanying temperature curve to illustrate a very peculiar exception to this general rule. Cell-division here followed a perfectly normal rt i— 4 . be » oa \ fe + 7 * i Ae V. PAN. \ w\ KAS 1 RS \ Leer ee ae 4 fle . , iat onal ae eset rai Rood og Zt mee meat OEE Ss ces < 44. The single pycnidium from Fig. 1. >< 44. Fig. 3. Macrophoma and Diplodia spores. >< 280. Fig. 4. Chlamydospores sprouting. >< 192. Fig. 5. Longitudinal section through pycnidium in leaf, 192. Fig. 6. Macrophoma and Diplodia spores from a hanging drop culture. ahnier 280. P x 2 Fig. 7. Penilex to Fig. 5, more highly magnified and somewhat diagrammatic. Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of opcineien growing above wasting < afe- Figs. 3, 6 and 7 are drawn with a camera lucida. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora — XII. Per AXEL RYDBERG * Draba coloradensis sp. nov. Annual, leafy below, often branched, 5-10 cm. high; leaves obovate, entire, 1—2 cm. long, 0.5—1 cm. wide, subsessile, coarsely hirsute, hairs often branched but not truly stellate ; peduncles 5 cm. or in fruit often 10 cm. long; raceme short and corymbi- form at first, more elongated in fruit ; sepals oval or oblong, ob- tuse, I.5—1.75 mm. long ; petals white, 3-3.5 mm. long, spatulate, emarginate ; fruiting pedicels 4—5 cm. long, divergent ; pods linear- oblong, 10-12 mm. long and nearly 2 mm. wide, hirsute; style none, This species belongs to the D. caroliniana group. From that Species it differs in the hirsute pods, stouter habit and larger leaves; from D. micrantha in the large petals, the larger leaves and the more elongated raceme in fruit; and from D. cuneifolia in the entire leaves and the larger pods. It grows on river flats, dry hills and plains at an altitude of about 1500 m. Cotorapo’: Fort Collins, river flats, lower Armstrong, 1897, collector not given (type) ; plains near Denver, 1870, £. L.Greene ; Mancos, 1891, Alice Eastwood. v Draba streptocarpa Grayana var. nov. Low and densely cespitose, almost pulvinate ; flowering stems '—3 cm. high, almost scapose ; stem-leaves few and reduced ; even the basal leaves much smaller than in the type. It grows at an altitude of 3600-4000 m. CoLorapo: Gray’s Peak, Aug. 1895, P. A. Rydberg (type) ; same locality, 1892, C. S. Crandall 31; mountain west of Como, 1895, Crandall & Cowan 41. ~ Smelowskia lineariloba sp. nov. Densely cespitose ; caudex densely covered by the bases of the dead leaves; leaves 2-3 cm. long, pinnately divided to the midrib into linear acute divisions, finely stellate and the petioles Ciliate ; stems about 1 cm. high, few-leaved ; inflorescence at first , DDD 556 RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA short and corymbiform, in fruit elongated ; sepals oblong, pubes- cent, about 3 mm. long; petals clawed, 5-6 mm. long, white or pink ; blades broadly spatulate ; fruit 11-12 mm. long and about I mm. wide, tapering at both ends. This species is nearest related to S. americana, but differs in the narrow segments of the leaves and the long narrow pod. It grows on high peaks of Colorado at an altitude of 3,600—4,200 m. Cotorapo: Douglass Mountain, 1878, 7. £. Jones 447 (type in herb. Columbia University) ; Hindsdale Co., 1878, 7. M7. Pease; near Ironton, 1899, C. C. Curtis. v Sophia purpurascens sp. nov. Stem very slender, diffusely branched above, glabrous and purplish ; lower leaves not known, having all fallen off; upper leaves simply pinnate with linear-oblong divisions, slightly stel- late ; racemes slender; sepals broadly oblong, over 1 mm. long, light yellow, almost equaling the similar petals; pedicels ascend- ing in fruit, 4-5 mm. long, 0.75 mm. thick ; fruit very slender, 5-8 mm. long, linear, 3-6-seeded, nearly cylindrical and tapering somewhat at both ends, slightly torulose ; seeds in one row. This is perhaps nearest related to S. zucisa and S. leptophylla, but differs in the slender purple stem, the diverging branches above, the slender inflorescence, and slender short pod. It grows in the mountains at an altitude of about 3,300 m. Cotorapo: Red Mountain, south of Ouray, 1901, Underwood & Selby 275. ’ Sophia ramosa sp. nov. Stems 3-6 dm. high, finely but sparingly stellate, branched, especially above; branches ascending or diverging, forming with the stem an angle of 45° or more; leaves once or twice pinnate, sparingly stellate; divisions linear or linear-oblong ; '@- cemes oblong ; petals oblanceolate, pale yellow, slightly longer than the sepals; pedicels in fruit 7~8 mm. long, ascending ; PO somewhat clavate, 8-10 mm. long, erect or strongly ascending, about 1 mm. thick ; seeds in two more or less distinct rows; styles almost none. This species is perhaps nearest related to S. intermedia, but differs in the spreading branching, the smaller and paler petals, and the shorter pedicels and style. It grows in waste ground at an altitude of about 2,750 m. Cotorapo: Pitkin, 1901, Underwood & Selby 413. RypDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 557 ‘ Arabis oblanceolata sp. nov. "9 Perennial, somewhat branched at the base, 3 dm. or more high; basal leaves petioled, sparingly stellate-pubescent, 3-10 cm. long; blades oblanceolate, acute, entire; stem-leaves sessile, lanceolate, sagittate-auricled at the base ; sepals oblong, acute, 3-4 mm. long, white-hairy near the apex; petals dark reddish- purple, 7-8 mm. long, spatulate with a long claw; pedicels in fruit ascending, about 12 mm. long; pods ascending, about 5 cm. long and 2 mm. wide, glabrous ; seeds in 2 rows; style none. This is perhaps nearest related to A. Crandallii Robinson, but is a larger plant, less stellate, with much larger basal leaves and pods, and the flowers are much darker. It grows at an altitude of about 3,000 m. CoLorapo: Valley Spur, 1901, Underwood & Selby 454. ~Arabis Selbyi sp. nov. Perennial, with a basal rosette of leaves; basal leaves ob- lanceolate, 5~10 cm. long, short-petioled, acute, sinuate-dentic- ulate, green but stellate on both sides, not ciliate; stems 4~5 dm. high, branched ; stem-leaves linear-lanceolate, sagittate at the base ; racemes long and lax; sepals linear, green, obtuse, about 3 mm. long, sparingly stellate ; petals red-purple, narrowly ob- lanceolate, long-clawed ; fruiting pedicels 3-4 mm. long, di- vergent; pods divergent, about 3 cm. long and 2 mm. wide, obtuse at both ends ; style obsolete; seeds in 2 rows. This species is perhaps nearest related to A. /ignifera and A. br achycarpa. ‘From the first it differs in the large, denticulate basal leaves, the stouter branched stem and the narrow dark petals. The latter has hispid ciliate as well as stellate leaves. A. Selbyi grows in caiions and neighboring meadows at an altitude of 2,300—2,800 m. Cotorapo: West of Ouray, 1901, Underwood & Selby 207. ’ Erysimum oblanceolatum sp. nov. Biennial ; stem 4-6 dm. high, strigose, rather simple ; leaves Narrowly oblanceolate, 5-12 cm. long, entire or sinuate dentate ; the lower petioled, sparingly strigose ; racemes elongated ; sepals linear, about 6 mm. long, about equaling the claw of the light yel- low petals ; blades of the latter broadly spatulate or almost orbi- cular; the whole length of the petals about 15 mm., fruiting pedi- cels about 8 mm. long, ascending or spreading ; pod tetragonal, ascending, about 8 cm. long, almost straight, not twisted, about 1.5 mm. thick; style about 1 mm. long. 558 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA This is intermediate between £. e/atum and E. Wheelert. The former has longer petals, the claws of which are much longer than the sepals and the leaves are usually more dentate. From Z. Wheeleri it differs in the light yellow petals. It grows on foot- hills and plains at an altitude of 1,500—3,000 m. CoLorapo: Georgetown, 1895, P. A. Rydberg (type); La Plata P. O., 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 906 ; mesas near Pueblo, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 6193; Williams Cafion, 1894, £. A. Bessey. WyominG: Buffalo, 1900, 7. Tweedy 3595. vErysimum radicatum sp. nov. Perennial with a tap-root, branched at the base ; stems 1.5 dm. or less high, slightly strigose ; leaves linear-oblanceolate, sinuately toothed, 4-7 cm. long, strigose ; raceme short and dense ; sepals fully 1 cm. long, linear, acutish, equaling the claws of the petals ; the latter light yellow, about 15 mm. long; blades broadly spatu- late, almost orbicular ; fruiting pedicels about 8 mm. long, ascend- ing ; pods ascending, tetragonal, about 4 cm. long. This is somewhat related to“Erysimum nivale (Cheiranthus nivalis Greene) but differs in the basal rosettes of sinuate-dentate leaves. It grows at an altitude of about 3,800 m. CoLorapo : Bottomless Pit (Pike’s Peak), 1901, Clements 447 (type); also in 1900 at the same place. “ Opulaster bracteatus sp. nov. A shrub a meter or two high; bark of the stems brownish- gray, more or less flaky ; that of the young twigs yellowish-green, glabrous or nearly so; stipules linear-lanceolate, about 5 mm. long, pubescent ; petioles 1-3 cm. long; leaf-blades 3-7 cm. long, ovate or cordate in outline, 3—5-lobed and doubly crenate, acute, glabrous or nearly so on both sides, somewhat paler beneath ; corymb rather many-flowered ; bracts obovate or spatulate, often foliaceous and more or less persistent, pubescent ; hypanthium sparingly stellate; sepals oblong-ovate, obtuse or acutish, about 3 mm. long, densely stellate on both sides ; petals white, rounded- ovate, 4—5 mm. long; carpels 2, densely stellate, united at least half their length ; styles ascending. This resembles mostly O. intermedius in habit and leaves, but has the fruit of O. monogynus. It differs however from both in the conspicuous persistent bracts. It grows along streams in the foothills of northern Colorado. RYDBERG: Rocky MOoUNTAIN FLORA 559 Cotorapo: New Windsor, 1898, G. E. Osterhout 2 3 (type) ; also Buckhorn Creek, 1897, and Cheyenne Cajfion, 1895 ; foot- hills west of Fort Collins, 1893, C. & Baker. » Opulaster glabratus sp. nov. A shrub about 1 m. high; bark of the stems gray and flaky, that of the old branches dark brown and of the young shoots yel- lowish or reddish ; petioles’ 1-2 cm. long ; leaf-blades rounded- ovate, orbicular or sometimes slightly reniform, 2-3 cm. long, glabrous, slightly paler beneath, 3~-5-lobed, obtuse ; corymb rather small, glabrous ; bracts small, lanceolate, deciduous ; hy- panthium almost glabrous ; sepals oval or rounded-ovate, obtuse, sparingly stellate beneath, densely so above, about 3 mm. long ; petals rounded-ovate, about 4 mm. long, pink or white ; carpels 2, united to above the middle, densely stellate. This resembles in habit a small-leaved O. intermedius, but is closer related to QO. monogynus, differing in the larger, less dissected leaves and the less stellate and larger calyx and hypanthium. The type grew at an altitude of between 3,000— 3,800 m. CoLorapo: West Spanish Peaks, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 6027 (type); Turkey Creek, 6026 ; Rist Canon, 1898 and 1899 (collectors not given). “ Holodiscus microphyllus sp. nov. A low shrub; bark of the stems dark. brown; that of the branches light, yellowish or brownish, soft-strigose ; leaves spatu- late-cuneate, I-I.5 or rarely 2 cm. long, evenly serrate, with Strong nerves beneath, finely strigose or glabrate above, densely Soft-pubescent beneath, at first almost white, in age more glabrate ; inflorescence small, 3-5 cm. long, its branches short and few- flowered ; sepals about 1 mm. long, ovate, as well as the peduncle and pedicels soft-villous ; petals broadly obovate, a little exceed- ing the sepals; hairs of the carpels copious, about equaling the Stamens, This has gone under the name of H. dumosus, but the original Spiraea dumosa Nutt. is a larger plant with large inflorescence and larger incised or doubly toothed leaves, and apparently the same as S. discolor Pursh. _ Uran : Alta, Wahsatch Mountains, 1879, W@/. £. Jones 1142 "(type in herb. Columbia University) ; Uintahs, 1869, S. Watson 560 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 305 in part; Stansbury Island, 1850, Stansbury ; Southern Utah, 1877, E. Palmer 136. Cotorapo: Chicken Creek, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 863. ~ Potentilla Bakeri sp. nov. Perennial ; stem rather stout, about 4 dm. high, rather loosely hirsute, branched; basal leaves usually digitately 7-foliolate ; petioles 6-8 cm. long, loosely hirsute ; leaflets oblanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, strongly veined, coarsely silky on both sides and slightly grayish tomentose beneath, cleft to about three-fourth to the mid- rib into oblong acute lobes; stem-leaves similar but smaller and short-petioled, usually only 5-foliolate or the upper 3-foliolate ; in- florescence open, usually flat-topped and corymbiform ; hypan- thium and calyx silky-hirsute and slightly tomentulose ; bractlets linear-lanceolate, about 3 mm. long and half as long as the ovate or ovate-lanceolate acuminate sepals ; petals obcordate, a little ex- ceeding the sepals; stamens about 20; achenes smooth and shin- ing ; style filiform. In my monograph I included the only specimen then at hand in P. viridescens, but it has deeper dissected leaves and more spreading pubescence than that species. Specimens of the present species are found in collections under the name of P. Blachkeana, P. candida and P. flabelliformis. Yt can, however, not well be confounded with any of these, except perhaps P. candida, which it resembles in general habit and leaf-form. P. candida is, how- ever, a small plant with leaves intensely white on both sides. P. Bakeri grows at an altitude of 2,100-2,700 m. Cotorapo: Grizzly Creek, 1896, C. F. Baker (type) ; Doyle's, 1901, 647; banks of Grizzly, 16 miles from Walden, 1894, Crandall 1224. Rosa Underwoodii sp. nov. Shrub, 1-2 m. high; bark of the old stems gray; that of preceding year’s branches purplish and of the new twigs purplish or green; prickles infrastipular and scattered, strongly curved, 7-10 mm. long, with an oblanceolate base, 5-10 mm. long ; SUP ules narrow, the lanceolate free portion about 5 mm. long, gland- ular-dentate ; leaves 5-10 cm. long; petiole and rachis puberulent and with sessile glands; leaflets 2-4 cm. long, obovate oF oval, usually obtuse, doubly serrate, glabrous on both sides or finely — puberulent and slightly paler beneath; flowers usually solitary, re a ee RYDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 561 sepals lanceolate, acuminate, about 2 cm. long, erect and per- sistent in fruit, tomentulose above, glandular and bristly beneath, often with linear lobes; petals obcordate, about 2. 5 cm. long and fully as wide ; hip in fruit more or less pear-shaped, about 3 cm. long and 2 cm. in diameter, sparingly bristly. This species has the general habit of R. Nutkana and R. Mac- Dougalii, but differs from both in the curved prickles. It has bristly fruit as the latter, but the fruit is more tapering at the base and the bristles fewer. It grows in the mountains at an altitude of 2,300—2,700 m. Cotorapo: Hills about Box Cajion, west of Ouray, I9go1, Underwood & Selby 122 (type) and 113, La Plata Cafion, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 860. ~ Rosa oreophila sp. nov. __ Ashrub 2-3 m. high ; bark reddish, glossy ; prickles mostly infrastipular or lacking, weak, 5 mm. long or less, curved with elliptic bases ; stipules broad, finely pubescent and glandular- denticulate on the margin ; free portion ovate, 5-15 mm. long ; faves 7~10 cm. long, 5—7-foliolate ; rachis and petiole finely pubescent and with sessile glands ; leaflets 2~3.5 mm. long, ovate or oval, acute or obtuse, glabrous and dark green above, sparingly and finely pubescent and paler beneath, coarsely serrate ; flowers mostly solitary ; sepals narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, finely pu- Scent on both sides and glandular-denticulate on the margins, crect and persistent in fruit; petals obcordate, 2—2.5 cm. long ; hip glabrous, when ripe fully 2 cm. long, often acute at the base. This js perhaps nearest related to the preceding, but differs in the smooth and more rounded fruit and more slender prickles. It §rows at an altitude of 2,300—2,500 m. Cotorapo : Four-miles Hill, Routt Co., 1896, Baker (type); Dix P. O., 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 474; Box Caiion, Ouray, 1901, Underwood & Selby r21a and 6. . Astragalus oreophilus sp. nov. Erect perennial, 3-6 dm. high; stem sparingly strigose, branched with almost erect branches; leaves about 15 cm. long, with 7~23 leaflets ; stipules triangular to lanceolate, strigose, acuminate, free from the petioles but more or less united with each other across the back of the stem ; petioles 2-4 cm. long ; leaflets oblong or elliptic, about 3 cm. long, strigose on both sides, 562 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA glabrate above ; peduncles 0.5—1.5 dm. long; inflorescence race- mose, 5-10 cm. long; bracts lanceolate, acuminate, 3-5 mm. long ; pedicels very short; calyx-tube nearly cylindric, about 5 mm. long, gibbous above, white-pubescent with short hairs; lower calyx-teeth subulate, about 1.5 mm. long; the upper lanceolate, shorter and slightiy broader; pod oblong, about 1.5 em. long and 5 mm. thick, often sparingly hairy when young, in age glabrous, almost terete, leathery, completely 2-celled. This species has been confounded with A. Mortonii and some- times with A. canadensis. The former is found only in the Columbia Valley region and is characterized by the intermixed black hairs on the calyx, and by the more hairy pod which is distinctly sulcate on the lower suture. 4. orcophilus is really closer related to A. canadensis, but differs principally in the short bracts and calyx- teeth. In A. canadensis the bracts are linear-lanceolate, long-at- tenuate, the lower almost as long as the calyx, and the calyx- teeth longer, fully half as long as the tube. A. orcophilus grows in the foot hills at an altitude of 1,500-2,200 m. CoLorapo: Pagosa Springs, 1899, C. F. Baker 419 (type) ; near Boulder, 1902, F. Tweedy 5154; Stone Prairie, Larimer Co., 1897, G. E. Osterhout; Wahatoya Creek, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5990; Durango, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 478. “ Astragalus Shearii sp. nov Perennials with horizontal rootstock; stems slender, strigose and striate, about 2 dm. high; stipules triangular, strigose, free from the petioles, but slightly united across the back of the stem ; leaves 3-5 cm. long with 13-19 leaflets; these 5-8 mm. long, oblong, obtuse or retuse at the apex, glabrate above, grayish strigose beneath; peduncles 4—5 cm. long; raceme short, 5-10- flowered ; calyx-tube campanulate, about 4 mm. long, strigose, partly with black hairs; teeth triangular; corolla reddish-purple, nearly 1 cm. long ; pod oblong, 12-14 mm. long, glabrous, reticu- late, sessile, almost terete in cross-section; the lower suture 1- truded and forming a narrow partial partition. In general habit somewhat resembling A. Halli’ and A. flex uosus, but the structure of the pod places it nearest to A. elegans: CoLorapo: Twin Lakes, 1896, C..L. Shear 3317. ¢ Homalobus Wolfii sp. nov. . Low depressed cespitose perennial ; stems intricately branched, less than 1 dm. long, covered by the scarious, strongly-veme® RYDBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FLORA 563 hirsute-strigose triangular stipules; leaves pinnate with 5 approxi- mate leaflets ; these 3-4 mm. long, lanceolate, strongly condupli- cate, grayish hirsute, spine-tipped; racemes 1~2-flowered, very short-peduncled in the axils of the leaves ; calyx-tube scarcely 2 mm. long, grayish strigose ; teeth subulate, about 1 mm. long; corolla ochroleucous, about 4 mm. long. A species related to and confounded with WZ. tegetarius (Astragalus fegetarius S. Wats.), but the latter is a larger plant, has long-peduncled raceme exceeding the leaves, and longer calyx teeth, which about equal the tube in length. Cotoravo: South Park, 1873, john Wolf 243 (type in herb. Columbia University). “Homalobus Clementis sp. nov. Perennial, slightly branched, erect or ascending ; stem glab- tate or slightly strigose, about 2 dm. high; stipules broadly tnangular, strigose, abruptly acuminate, more or less united across the back ; leaves 5-7 cm. long, with 11-21 leaflets; these oblong or lanceolate, acute, 7-12 mm. long, glabrous above and spar- ingly strigose beneath ; inflorescence 7-10 cm. long, 8—12-flow- ered; bracts lanceolate, small; flowers very short-pediceled ; calyx-tube campanulate, about 3 mm. long, strigose with ries hairs, teeth lanceolate-subulate, about half as long; corolla bluish- Purple, about 8 mm. long; pod oblong, latterally compressed, Sessile, about 1 cm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, black-hairy with very Short hairs; both sutures prominent, the upper almost straight. This species is perhaps closest related to Homalobus winga- tensis (4, wingatensis) ; but that species is grayish canescent and ‘Sa glabrous pod. HH. Clementis grows at an altitude of 2,500- 3,000 m., CoLorapo : Sangre de Cristo, 1896, / Clements 354 (type) ; Marshall Pass, 1901, C. F. Baker 489. ’ Homalobus decurrens sp. nov. Perennial with a rootstock, somewhat cespitose ; stems erect, 3-4 dm. high, slightly strigose and angled, stipules lanceolate, racemes slender, 1-1.5 dm. long, lax, 5—10-flowered ; bracts subu- late ; calyx-tube campanulate, about 2.5 mm. long, more or less 564 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA black-hairy ; teeth nearly 2 mm. long and subulate; pod fully 2 cm. long and 3 mm. wide, sessile, linear, straight, glabrous. This species is nearest related to H. campestris and H. hylo- philus ; but differs from both in the peculiarities of the terminal leaflets. It has broader and less hairy leaflets than the former and narrower and longer than the latter. It grows on hillsides. Cotorapo: Estes Park, 1895, G. E. Osterhout (type) ; also in 1900; Gray-Back Mining Camps, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5960. - Ceanothus subsericeus sp. nov. A small shrub, apparently not spiny ; bark of the stems gray or brown; of the twigs light gray and finely pubescent ; leaves short-petioled ; petioles 3-6 mm. long ; blades elliptic or elliptic- lanceolate, acute at both ends, 2-3 cm. long, more or less gland- ular-denticulate, 3-ribbed, sparingly strigose above, grayish-silky beneath ; umbels axillary and terminal ; peduncles 3-10 mm. long ; pedicels 5-10 mm.; calyx about 3 mm. in diameter ; sepals semi-orbicular ; petals white, broadly spatulate, clawed, 1-5 mm. long ; fruit dark brown, about 4 mm. in diameter, slightly 3-lobed above. This species is intermediate between C. ovalis pubescens and C. Fendleri, 1n habit it resembles most the latter, but differs in the denticulate leaves and in not being spiny. From the former in the smaller size, the silky, instead of villous, pubescence and the principally axillary umbels. C. sudbsericeus grows in the foothills at an altitude of about 1,800 m. Cotorapo: Larimer Co., 1895, J. H. Cowen (type); “ Cole- rado,” 1874, G. C. Woolson. “ Sphaeralcea Crandallii sp. nov. Perennial, about 6 dm. high; stem simple, sparingly stellate ; petioles 3-4 dm. long; leaf-blades cordate in outline, 5-lo ed, about 5 cm. in diameter ; lobes lanceolate, coarsely toothed ; 1" florescence mostly terminal ; pedicels and calyx sparingly and finely stellate ; bractlets subulate, nearly equaling the Janceolate long-attenuate sepals ; petals white or nearly so, about 2.5 cm. long, cuneate and slightly emarginate ; fruit not known. This resembles a small S. rivudaris, but differs in the long bractlets and the lanceolate sepals. It grows at an altitude of about 2,000 m. CoLorapbo : Steamboat Springs, 1894, Crandall 97. RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 565 . Sphaeralcea grandiflora sp. nov. A meter or two high; stem glabrous below, stellate above ; petioles of the lower leaves 1-2 dm. long ; blades cordate or reniform in outline, maple-like, g-15 cm. wide, deeply 5—7-lobed ; lobes lanceolate or triangular, coarsely toothed with triangular teeth ; flowers in small axillary clusters, but at the end of the stem the subtending leaves become diminished and the inflorescence resembles a congested panicle; pedicels and calyx densely hirsute- pubescent with long stellate hairs, the branches of which are 1-2 mm. long ; bractlets lanceolate, about half as long as the tri- angular-ovate, acute or somewhat acuminate sepals ; petals pink- ish, 3 cm. or more long ; fruit spherical, and deeply retuse at the apex ; carpels membranous, smooth on the sides and bristly on the back, rounded at the apex ; seeds reniform, brown, muricate. A close ally of S. rivu/aris, but differs in the larger flowers, the broader bractlets, the long hairs of the calyx, the usually blunter leaves and more rounded carpels. It grows at an altitude of 2,200-2,800 m. Cotorapo: Mesa Verde, 1901, /. K. Vreeland 882 (type); West of Ouray, 1901, Underwood & Selby rgog (in fruit). “ Touterea laciniata sp. nov. v lades oblanceolate, acute; staminodia similar and imitating another set of petals ; filaments nearly filiform, 34 as long as the petals This species is closely related to 7. speciosa, but differs in the deeply dissected leaves and more slender stem. In general habit it resembles somewhat 7. multiflora, for which it has been mis- taken ; but that species has broader, obtuse petals, more dilated filaments, and more diverging branches. T. /actniata grows on dry hillsides at an altitude of 1,500-2,200 m. Cotorano : Pagosa Springs, 1899, Baker 470 (type) ; Durango, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 496 ; Cafion City, 1900, Osterhout ; Antonito, 1898, Earle. 566 RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA ’ Touterea sinuata sp. nov. A decumbent biennial, 3-4 dm. high; stems stout, white, pubescent, much branched ; lower leaves 10-15 cm. long, lanceo- late or oblanceolate, tapering at the base, sinuately lobed of dentate; lobes or teeth broadly triangular, but often obtusish ; upper leaves broadly lanceolate, or even ovate, sessile and cuneate or rounded at the base; flowers numerous, usually with 1-2 linear bracts; sepals lanceolate, tapering into a subulate tip, soon re- flexed, about 8 mm. long; petals golden yellow, 15—20 mm. long; oblanceolate, acute ; staminodia similar ; filament slightly dilated; capsule 2.5-3 cm. long, 7~8 mm. thick; seeds winged, about 3 mm. This species is also a close relative of 7. speciosa, differing in the decumbent, branched habit and the broad leaves. The type grew in a cafion at an altitude of about 1,800 m. Cororapo: Boulder, 1895, Rydberg. “ Acrolasia gracilis sp. nov. Annual, 3-5 dm. high, at first simple, but later branching; leaves 5-10 cm. long, deeply pinnatifid to near the midrib ; rachis and lobes 2-3 mm. wide; the latter oblong or lanceolate, obtuse ; floral leaves lanceolate, sessile, pinnatifid or toothed, rarely entire; sepals lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long; petals obovate, 6-7 mm. long, strongly striate ; capsule sessile, linear-cylindric, 2.5-3 cm. long and about 2 mm. thick; seeds more or less prismatic, muricate. This is Nuttall’s Trachyphytum gracile, a specimen of which is in the Columbia University herbarium. The species was never published, however. The name appears only as a synonym under Mentzelia albicaulis in Torrey and Gray’s Flora, 1: 534 I think, however, that it is well distinct from A. albicaulis or Bartonta albicaulis Hook. The latter is characterized by the smaller petals, only 3-4 mm. long ; the middle and upper leaves are often entire or with an entire lower and upper portion and only with a few lobes in the middle. In Hooker's type specimen the leaf-lobes are very few and Urban and Gilg confused it with A. integrifolia, claiming that Mentzelia dispersa Wats. (which is the same aS A. tntegrifolia) is the typical form of Mentzelia albicaults. A, m- tegrifolia (Wats.) Rydb. and A. compacta (A. Nels.) Rydb. are however, easily distinguished from the other species by the short linear-oblong, obtuse sepals, only % as long as the petals, and by am? RypBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 567 the seeds, which are apparently smooth, the fine murication being seen only under a strong lens. A. gracilis grows in sandy soil, on hillsides and in river bottoms at an altitude of 1,500~2,500 m. Cotorapo: Foothills, Larimer County, 1895, 7. H. Cowen (type) ; Ridge below Tobe Miller’s, Cowen; Salida, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 74 (in part); mesas near Pueblo, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5865. Wyominc : Fort Steele, 1901, Tweedy 2573 and 4574. Ipano: Common, 1892, /sabel Mulford. “OREGON”: Nuttall’s specimens of Zrachyphytum gracile. © Acrolasia latifolia sp. nov. Stout annual, 3-5 dm. high, branched ; leaves sessile, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, coarsely toothed or entire, 5-10 cm. long, 2- cm. wide; sepals lanceolate, 2.5—-3 mm. long; petals obovate- Spatulate, about 5 mm. long; capsule linear, cylindric, 2.5—3 cm. long, about 2.5 mm. thick, sessile ; seeds prismatic, muriculate. This has been mistaken for A. integrifolta on account of its broad, merely toothed leaves, but the sepals and seeds place it in the 4. albicaulis group and nearest the preceding and A. cteno- Phora. It grows on hills at an altitude of 1,200—2,400 m. Cotorapo : Mountains between Sunshine and Ward, 1902, Tweedy 5149 (type); Boulder, 1901, Osterhout 2471; Larimer County, 1895, Cowen. ~ Epilobium ovatifolium sp. nov. Plant 2-6 dm. high, propagating by turions; stem glabrous xcept the decurrent lines which are more or less crisp-hairy, “Specially above ; leaves sessile or nearly so, ovate or ovate-lan- ceolate and acute, or the lowest oval and obtuse, 3—4 cm. long, entire or denticulate, glabrous; petals purple or rarely rose, 5—7 mm. long ; pods 5-6 cm. long, 1.5~2 mm. in diameter, sessile, More or less crisp and glandular hairy ; seed a little over 1 mm. long, abr uptly contracted above, but without neck ; coma white, ut 6 mm. long. The type specimens are labeled E. Hornemannit Reichenb. Which it resembles somewhat in general habit; but that species Propagates in an altogether different way and the leaves are more or less petioled, The present species is more closely related to * Grevistylum and E. glandulosum. It differs from the former 568 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA mainly in the seeds, which lack the hyaline neck characteristic of that species. From £. g/landulosum it is separated by the smaller size of the plant and of the flower, and by the light green leaves, which lack the coarse toothing of that species. It may also be con- fused with 2. adenocaulon, but that species has smaller and lighter flowers, propagates by leafy rosettes and has usually distinct although short petioles. £. ovatifolium grows in wet places, espe- cially in springs, in the mountains of Colorado and Utah at an alti- _ tude of 2,300—3,800 m. Cotorapo: Near Empire, 1892, Patterson 205 (type); Red Mountain, 1901, Underwood & Selby 297; Bob Creek, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 855; Uronton Park, 1901, Underwood & Selby 3036; Columbine, 1901, Tweedy 4429; headwaters of Sangre de Cristo Creek, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5847. Utau: “Southern Utah,” 1877, Palmer 155. ~ Epilobium rubescens sp. nov. Stem 3-4 dm. high, strict and simple, often more or less red- dish, glabrous below, crisp-hairy above and more or less on the decurrent lines ; leaves 3-4 cm. long, perfeetly sessile, lanceolate, rounded at the base, denticulate, very acute, slightly crisp-hairy beneath when young ; petals white, about 4 mm. long ; pods 4-5 cm. long and 1.5 mm. thick, more or less crisp-pubescent ; seeds without neck, brownish, smooth, about 1 mm. long ; coma white, 5-6 mm. long. This species is perhaps most closely related to £. adenocaulon, but differs in the perfectly sessile leaves and simpler habit. It grows in wet places up to an altitude of 2,700 m. Cotorapo : Pagosa Springs, 1899, Baker (type); Middle Park, 1892, Beardslee. - Epilobium stramineum sp. nov. Stem 5—6 dm. high, simple, light and more or less straw-col- ored, glabrous below, more or less pubescent and somewhat glandular in the inflorescence ; leaves sessile, light green, lanceo- late, tapering at both ends, denticulate, 4-5 cm. long, 1-1-5 5 wide, very acute ; petals white, 4-5 mm. long ; pod 4-5 cm. long and I mm. wide, more or less crisp and glandular ; seeds light- brown, without a neck ; coma white. This has been taken for E. Drummondit, but the type of that species has narrow, almost linear leaves, and is seldom over 3 dm. Pome : RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 569 high. £. stramineum grows at an altitude of 2,400-3,200 m. in the mountains of Colorado, while the range of E. Drummondti ex- tends further north. Cororapo: Idaho Springs, 1905, Rydberg (type); Pagosa Peak, 1899, Baker 487; Sangre de Cristo Creek, 1900, Rydberg & Bessey 5848 ; Chicken Creek, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 341. - Epilobium Palmeri sp. nov. Perennials _propagating by turions or occasionally with more leafy rosettes ; stem 4-6 dm. high, branched, glandular pilose, nearly terete, usually reddish or brownish ; leaves sessile or nearly 80, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, rounded or obtuse at the base, acute, denticulate, 3-4 cm. long, more or less pubescent ; petals pink or light purple, about 5 mm. long ; pod 4-6 cm. long, 1.5 mm. thick ; seeds brown, more or less papillose, without a beak ; coma white or in age somewhat tawny, 6-8 mm. long. The type was named £& tetragonum 1.., which species is not found in the United States. It resembles much &. érevisty/um and £ ovati~folium in habit, but is characterized by the pubescent stem and leaves, ; Uran : “South Utah,” £. Palmer 156 (type in herb. Columbia University), IDaHo: Moscow, 1900, ZL. R. Abrams 848. Moytana: Camp Glazier, 1901, Umbach 327. Cotorapo: Tobe Miller’s Ranch, 1897, 4. Fry. ~ Gayophytum intermedium sp. nov. __Profusely branched glabrous annual; stem white and shining, with more or less peeling bark, 3-7 dm.vliigh, erect ; leaves one’ »F nearly so, light green ; sepals about 1.5 mm. long, soon spr ea % ing or reflexed, yellowish : petals 1.5-2.5 mm. long, rose re yellow base ; capsule 8-12 mm. long, nearly twice as long as the reflexed pedicel, somewhat clavate and torulose, somewhat Sttigose when young ; seeds 1.75 mm. long, glabrous. This Species is intermediate between &. aiffusum and £. ramo- Sissimum in some respects. The flowers approach the latter more in size but the former in coloration. The pod is comparatively longer than in either. In both it is scarcely longer than the Pedicels, £. intermedium grows in sandy soils in Colorado at an altitude of I,500~3,000 m. 570 RypBERG: Rocky MounNTAIN FLORA Cotorapo: Ouray, 1901, Underwood & Selby 193 (type); mountains between Sunshine and Ward, 1902, 7zweedy 5092; near Boulder, 50gz ; Chamber’s Lake, 1899, and 1896, Baker ; Veta Pass, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5860; Ward, 1901, Osterhout 2460; Caribou, 1891, Penard 122; Empire, 1892, Patterson 208. Wyominc : West De Lacy’s Creek, 1899, Aven & Elias Nelson; Headwaters of Clear Creek and Crazy Woman River, 1900, Tweedy 3640; Dayton, 1899, 7weedy 2609; Biscuit Geyser Basin, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 4578. “ Anogra cinerea sp. nov. Branched perennial, stem 3-4 dm. high, whitish, cinereous, strigose when young ; leaves lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, mostly subsessile, 3-5 cm. long, sinuate-dentate or denticulate, cinereous ; calyx glabrous or sparingly long-hairy, acuminate ; tips free and rather long; petals 15-18 mm. long; pods divergent at right angles to the stem, 3—3.5 cm. long, almost straight. This species is nearest related to “Anogra latifolia (Ocvothera pallida latifolia Rydb.), but differs in the almost glabrous not cinereous calyx and the narrower leaves. CoLorapo: Between Bent’s Fort and Pueblo, 1885, /remont 234 (type in herb. Columbia University); Denver, 1895, Pammel 202. SoutH Dakota: Banks of Cheyenne River, 189I, i pee. Wilhams. Wyomine : St. Antony, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox 876 (this with more hairy calyx). ‘ Anogra Vreelandii sp. nov. Perennial ; stem erect, strict, 3-5 dm. high, white and shining ; leaves narrowly lanceolate, about 5 cm. long, short-petioled or the upper sessile, glabrous, except occasionally strigose-ciliate on © margins, sinuate-dentate ; calyx sparingly hairy, acute; the tps free but very short; petals about 2 cm. long, obcordate, white turning pink ; pod cylindric, divergent at right angles or reflexed, usually somewhat curved upwards. The species is a close relative of A. pallida, but differs in the silky hairy calyx, the very short calyx-tips and the darker gree? foliage. It grows at an altitude of about 1800 m. Cotorapo: McElmo Cajfion, 1901, Vreeland 861. the , qu =I oe RyDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA Pachylophus hirsutus sp. nov. Cespitose, almost acaulescent perennial ; leaves oblanceolate in outline, 1-2 dm, long, more or less petioled, runcinate-pinnately lobed or divided, hirsute-villous, especially on the margins and the veins ; teeth or lobes acute; hypanthium 8-12 cm. long, slender, widening upward, conspicuously hirsute, at the throat 1-1.5 cm. wide; sepals lanceolate, 3—4 cm. long, soon reflexed ; petals ob- cordate, 3~4 cm. long; pod 4~—5 cm. long, lance-ovoid, about I cm.in diameter, sessile ; ridges low and rounded, slightly if at all tubercled. In general habit, this species resembles most P. macroglottis and P. marginatus. From the former it differs in the hairy hy- panthium and calyx, the more hairy leaves and the longer and less tubercled fruit. From the latter it is distinguished by the sessile pod and always subacaulescent habit. /. Airsutus grows at an altitude of 2,200~—3,000 m. CoLorapo: Georgetown, 1895, Rydberg (type); mountains between: Sunshine and Ward, 1902, 7iveedy 5094; South Park, 1872, Wolf 132; Ruxton, 1896, Clements 213; Pike's Peak, 1896, Shear 3713; Mancos, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 141; Georgetown, 1885, Patterson; vicinity of Como, 1895, Cowen ; also 1896, Shear 4576; Empire, 1893, Bethel; Como, 1895, Crandall 8 ; Pennock, 1896, Crandall ro. Uran : Salt Lake City, 1880, JZ £. Jones 7746 ; Diamond Valley, 1902, Gooding 840. * Pachylophus caulescens sp. nov. More or less caulescent perennial ; stem 1-2 dm. high, angled, leaves with the long petioles about 2 dm. long; blades lanceolate °F ovate-lanceolate, about 3 cm. wide, pubescent on the margins and veins, sinuately dentate with a few lobes on the petiole ; hy- Panthium about 9 cm. long, glabrous, at the throat nearly 1.5 cm. wide ; petals about 2. 5 cm. long, obovate ; pod sessile, about 3 cm. long, lance-ovoid with rounded low ridges. : In habit the species resembles P. eximius, but that species has @ hirsute hypanthium and calyx and the ridges of the fruit with Most foliaceous crests, Cotoravo: Palisades, 1894, Crandall 12 (type in herb. Col- Umbia University), 572 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA Gaura coloradensis sp. nov. Herbaceous, biennial or perennial with fusiform root; stem 5-7 dm. high, strict, but somewhat branched, finely strigose, more or less red; leaf-blades narrowly oblanceolate, 5-10 cm. long, gradually tapering below into a short petiole, or the upper sessile, callous-denticulate, finely strigose; inflorescence slender and rather lax, 1.5-2 dm. long ; hypanthium about 2 cm. long, finely strigose ; sepals about 1 cm., linear-lanceolate, reflexed ; petals about 8 mm. long, spatulate, pink, short-clawed ; filaments about equaling the petals; anthers brown, about 4 mm. long; fruit 8-10 mm. long, fusiform, 4-angled, tapering below into a short and rather slender stipe-like base. In habitat and pubescence this species resembles most G. Pitch- eri, but the leaves are oblanceolate instead of lanceolate and the fruit is that of G. sinuata. G. coloradensis grows in meadows at an altitude of about 1,500 m. CoLorapo: Fort Collins, 1895, Cowen (type); east of College, 1897, Crandall 1308 ; east of Poudre, 1895, Cowen 1632. - Suida interior sp. nov. Cornus Baileyi Coult. & Evans, Bot. Gaz. 15: 37, in part. 1890. A shrub 2-5 m. high; bark of the old stems grayish, of the young shoots brownish ; young shoots, petioles and inflorescence densely pubescent with short villous hairs ; leaves elliptic or oval, acute at both ends, 5-9 cm. long, finely short-strigose on bo sides and more or less villous on the veins and in their angles be- neath ; hypanthium strigose ; sepals minute, about 0.5 mm. long or less ; petals linear-lanceolate, about 4 mm. long; fruit white, about 5 mm. in diameter ; stone elliptic, slightly oblique, longe! than broad, nearly smooth. This species was included in the original description of Cornus Baileyi, but is quite different from the type thereof from the lake- ‘shores of Michigan. This has conspicuous sepals and has a more flattened stone, channeled on the edge and with square shoulders. In reality, S. zzterior is much more closely related to S. stolon- ifera (Cornus stolonifera Michx.), especially the western variety described below, but differs in the villous pubescent instead of sparingly strigose twigs and inflorescence. In S. stolonifer . and its variety the stone is usually broader than long and very oblique: S. interior grows on river banks west of Mississippi River. RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 573 NEBRASKA: Dismal River, 1893, Rydberg rarg (type) ; St. James, 1893, Clements 2626 , Pine Ridge, 1889, Webber; Cedar Island, 1854, Hayden, Sourn Daxora: Piedmont and Little Elk Creek, 1892, Ryd- berg 735; Cobbs Creek, 1894, Z. A. Williams. CoLorapo: Merker, 1902, Osterhout 2602; Walsenburg, 1896, Shear 4774; Caiion City, 1896, Clements ror. Wyominc : Dayton, 1899, Tweedy 2631 and 2632. Suida stolonifera riparia var. nov. ~ Leaves usually oval or elliptic, acute, thinner, lighter green and less pale beneath than in the eastern type; bark on young twigs brownish ; Sepals and fruit smaller. In the field this variety looks very unlike the eastern S. Stolonifera, It grows as a high bush on river banks and is as far as I know not stoloniferous. In the eastern plant the leaves are comparatively thick, darker green above and very pale beneath, and the young shoots bright red. The plant of the interior may represent a distinct species, but on account of the lack of good diagnostic characters it is perhaps better to regard it at present as a variety of the eastern plant. The variety is the only form found in the region of the Rockies and the Great Plains. It is common from Manitoba, the Mackenzie River, to Alaska and south to Nebraska, Colorado and Arizona; as the type may be designated : Cororano: Crystal Creek, 1901, Baker 257. ~ Aletes obovata sp. nov. leaves 1-2 dm lo i irs of leaflets; these 9 . long, pinnate with 4-5 pairs o ; broadly obovate, its si long, more or less cleft and toothed With short ovate teeth, strongly veined beneath; scapes I-3 dm. neh round-angled and striate; bracts none; branches of the Umbel > ; mm. long and t. 5 mm. in diameter; ribs rather thick ; oil-tubes Tin the intervals, 2 on the commissure, rather large ; seed-face ony slightly concave. ; his species has been confused with the closely related A. @caults, which is easily distinguished by its rhombic, deeply cut 574 RypDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA leaflets with lanceolate, acuminate lobes and smaller fruit about 4 mm. long. Cotorapo: Near Morrison, 1889, Greene (type, in mature fruit, in herb. Columbia University); Golden, 1892, Crandall (in flower); Lower Boulder Cafion, 1901, Osterhout 2433 (in young fruit). “ Phellopterus camporum sp. nov. Perennial with a deep-seated thick tap-root ; leaves twice to thrice pinnatifid, petioled, pale-green ; petioles 4—7 cm. long; ulti- mate divisions oblong, obtusish, 3-6 mm. long; peduncles 5-20 cm. long, usually exceeding the leaves; involucres of white hya- line bracts ; branches of umbel- about 2 cm. long in fruit ; bractlets orbicular, 5-7 mm. long, with greenish center and broad white hyaline border, 7~13 nerved ; pedicels short, in fruit only 3-5 mm. long ; flowers white ; fruit with the very broad wings 10-13 mm. long and 9-11 mm. wide; oil-tubes 3-4 in the intervals, 6-7 on the commissure ; seed flattened with broadly concave face. The specimens has been determined as P. purpurascens East- woodiae, but it is evidently well distinct from that as shown by 4 duplicate of the type in the herbarium of the N. Y. Botanical Garden; the bractlets are larger and many-nerved, the flowers white and the fruit is longer than in the variety mentioned. It grows on dry mesas at an altitude of 1,500—16,00 m, - Cotorapo: Pueblo, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5825 (tyP® in flower) and 582¢ (in fruit). ’ Pseudocymopterus montanus mutifidus var. nov./ Low, about 2 dm. high ; lower leaflets broadly rhombic in out line, thrice pinnate; the upper twice pinnate ; ultimate divisions linear ; fruit smaller and more rounded. On high mountains, at an altitude of 2,700—3,600 m. “New Mexico: Range between Sapello and Pecos rivers, 190 Cockerell. Cororapo: Ironton, 1899, C. C. Curtis; Cumberland Basi, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 619; West Indian Creek, 19: Rydberg & Vreeland 5798 ; Ironton Park, Underwood & Selly 358. | ‘Pseudocymopterus aletifolius sp. nov. Densely cespitose acaulescent glabrous perennial with a er thick root and short caudex, covered by the broad striate bases RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 575 dead leaves ; leaves once or twice pinnate, dark green, glabrous, stiff and shining, 1-2 dm. long ; petioles about equaling the blades, striate ; leaf-segments obovate to rhombic-cuneate, deeply cleft; lobes usually 3-toothed with lanceolate acuminate teeth ; scapes I-1.5 dm. long; involucres lacking; branches of the umbel very unequal, in fruit 1-5 cm. long; bractlets linear-sub- ulate, 4~5 mm. long ; pedicels also very unequal, in fruit 1-8 mm. long ; sepals conspicuous, in fruit 1-2 mm. long; flowers yellow ; fruit 5~6 mm. long, 2.5—3 mm. wide ; lateral wings evident but rather narrow ; dorsal ribs acute or slightly winged; seed flat- tened and with somewhat concave face; oil-tubes usually solitary in the intervals, This species is evidently most closely related to P. amisatus, but easily distinguished by the very unequal branches of the umbel, the longer, usually less winged fruit and especially by the leaves, which (although much firmer) resemble closely those of Aletes acaulis, The plant evidently connects the two genera Aletes and Pseudocymopterus. The fruit of the present species is also intermediate between A. acaulis and P. anisatus, and were it not for the flatness of the seed and the lateral wings of the fruit, it might have been referred to Aletes. It grows in the mountains of Which Pike’s Peak is the center, at an altitude of 2,000—2,600 m. CoLoRApo : Minnehaha, 1901, Clements 94 (type); same local- ity, 1895, EA. Bessey ; North Cheyenne Cafion, 1895, £. 4. Bessey, and 1892, C. S. Sheldon ; South Cheyenne Cajion, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5815; Cheyenne Mountain, 1892, Adice East- wood ; Manitou, 1900, Clements ; Ruxton, 1896, Clements air; Halfway House, 1896, Shear 3709 (Rydberg & Vreeland’s speci- mens are in flower, the others in fruit). VOLUME 31, PLATE 24 Buti. TorREY CLuB a .O IQS9 OD & OM2GQn0CO Y BRASS Oo OSs50 oO STOMATA OF HOLACANTHA MACROPHLOMA AND DIPLODIA INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1904) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica being used in its broadest sense, . Gevieen and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, rege: manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory me s are not inclu eh as no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. ae occasional — 1 made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical cia is | a wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from t Prriisor Some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the edi to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. : This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to eee at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards hi ~~ sate Bes subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his ee ar ee spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the 7 1 Club. Botanical C Barnhart, J. H. The date of Pursh’s Flora. Torreya, 4: 132-136. 39 S 1904. | Berger, A, Opuntia rutila Nutt. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 109, Ifo. To Jl 1904. [Tlust. ia F E. Ww. Bee in bark formed by branches. Torreya, 4: 142, 143. 30S 1904. Bicknell, - “ — new violets from Long Island. ‘Torreya, 4: s29°139. 36 S rH04. Descriptions of three new species. ae Britton, N. L, Explorations in Florida and the Bahamas. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 129-136. f. 18-23. Jl 1904. Britton, N.L. A new species of Bradburya. Torreya, 4: 142. 30 S 1904. 8. floridana. Sie. - L. & Rose, J. N. Lenophyllum, a new genus of gaat laceae. Smiths. Misc. Coll. 47: 159-162. pl. 20+/. 18, 19. O 1904. The ae Sedum guttatum Rose, and two new species are described. ae Buchanan, R.E. A contribution to our knowledge of ae ev : . ment of Prunus americana. Proc. Iowa Acad, Sci. 11: 77-93 6-8. 1964 577 578 INDEX Tro AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Chodat, R. Polyga/aceae Schwackianae sive enumeratio Polvgalacea- rum acl. Schwacke in Brasilia lectarum. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4: 910-913. 31 Au Igo4. Chodat, R. & Hassler, E. Plantae Hasslerianae soit énumération des plantes récoltées au Paraguay. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4: 548-563. 31 My 1904; 688-693. 30 Je 1904; 824-839. 30 Jl 1904; 879-909. 31 Au 1904. Includes new species in Mimosa (9), Piptadenia, Bauhinia, Cassia (3), Caesal- pinia, Sweetiopsis gen. nov., Lupinus, Tephrosia (3), Coursetia (2), Arachis (2), Desmodium, Galactia (2), Rynchosia and Eriosema (2). Chrysler, M. A. The development of the central cylinder of Araceae and Liliaceae. Bot. Gaz. 38: 161-184. p/. 72-75. 23 S 1904. Clearman, H. M. A geological situation in the lava flow, with refer- ence to the vegetation. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 11: 65-68. 1904. Cockerell, T. D. A. The North American species of Aymenoxys. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 461-509. p/. 20-23. 4 O 1904. Includes 4 new species, and many new subspecies and new names. Coker, W. C. On the spores of certain Coniferae. Bot. Gaz. 38: 206-213. f. 1-24. 23S 1904. Coulter, S. & Dorner, H. B. A key to the genera of the forest trees of Indiana, based chiefly upon leaf characters. 1-11. Lafayette, Ind. 1904. Cratty, R. I. Flora of Emmet County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. II: 201-251. 1904. Dams, E. LZchinocactus denudatus Lk. et Otto. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 44,45. 15 Mr1goq. [lllust.] Dams, E. Mamillaria trichacantha K. Sch. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 45- 15 Mrigoq. [Hllust.] Dams, E. Mamillaria Wrightii Eng. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 6-1 15 Ja 1904. [Illust.] Davis, B. M. Studies on the plant cell. —I. Am. Nat. 38: 367- 395. f. 7-7. 1 Aurgo4; —II. Am. Nat. 38: 421-469. f. 4-8: 24 Au Igo4. Dennert, E. At the deathbed of Darwinism. 1-146. Burlingto? Iowa. 1904. Earle, F.S. Botany at the Cuban experiment station. Science, Il. 20: 444, 445. 30S 1904. Fink, B. Two centuries of North American lichenology. Proc. rom Acad. Sci. 18: 11-38. 1904. With a portrait of Edward Tuckerman. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 579 Hackel, E. Zwei neue Griser aus Chile. Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 54: 289-201. Aur Stipa uspallatensis sp. nov. and 7risetum Buchtienii sp. nov. Harper, R.M. The type-locality of Avenaria brevifolia. Torreya, 4: 138-141. 30S 1904. [Illust. ] Herre, A.C. The growth of Ramalina reticulata. Bot. Gaz. 38: 218, 219. f. 7. 23S 1904. Howe, M. A. Collections of marine algae from Florida and the Bahamas. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 164-166. Au 1904. Johnson, D.S. The development and relationship of Monoclea. Bot. Gaz. 38: 185-205. p/. 16, 17. 23 S 1904. Knowlton, F.H. Fossil plants from Kukak Bay. Harriman Alaska Expedition, 4: 149-162. pl. 22-33. 1904. With descriptions of 9 new species in 7 genera. Lehman, E. A. North Carolina fungi. The Academy (Winston- Salem, N. C.) 27: 4031-4037. f. I-g. 5 1904. Lloyd, F. E. A visit to the Desert Botanical Laboratory. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. §: 172-177. f. 27, 28. S$ 1904. Lloyd, F. E. & Bigelow, M.A. The teaching of biology in the secon- dary school. j-viii. 1~491. New York. 1904. Lucas, F. A. Variation in the ray flowers of the common cone-flower (Rudbeckia hirta). Am. Nat. 38: 427-429. f. 1-4. 24 Au 1904. Miller, K. A, ‘The lichens of «The Ledges,’’ Boone County, Iowa. Proc. Towa Acad. Sci. 11: 139-146. 1904. Millspaugh, C.F. Plantae Yucatanae. Fascicle II. Field Columb. Mus. Publ. 92. (Bot. Ser. 3: 85-151.) 26 Ap 1904. [Illust.] This fascicle comprises the Compositae ; every species is illustrated ; new species are described in Parthenium, Salmea, Encelia and Plagiolophus. Mottier, D. M. Fecundation in plants. i-viii, 1-187. f/ 1-75. Washington, 1904. Carnegie Inst. Publ. No: 15. Mueller, H. A. A preliminary list of the flowering plants of Madison County [Iowa]. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 11: 261-279- 1904. Murr, J. Chenopodien-Studien. Bull. Herb. Boissier, HI. 4: 989- 994. pl. 5,6. 308 1904. Includes descriptions of several new American subspecies and varieties. Murrill, W. A. A new polyporoid genus from South America. Tor- Teya, 4: 141, 142. 30 S 1904. Phylloporia ; the type, P. parasitica sp. nov., native of Columbia. 580 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Nash, G. V. An agave in flower. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 178- 181. f. 29, 90. S 1904. Nash, G. V. Effects of the past winter on shrubs. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 136-151. Jl 1904. Peirce, G. J. Artificial parasitism: preliminary notice. Bot. Gaz. 38: 214-217. 23S 1904. Robinson, C. B. The ferns of northern Cape breton. Torreya, 4: 136-138. 30S rgo4. Savage, T. E. A buried peat bed in Dodge township, Union County, Iowa. Proc. lowa Acad. Sci. 11: 103-109. p/. 70. 1904. Schumann, K. Einige vernachlissigte Kakteen. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 55,56. 15 Ap 1904. Schumann, K. Lebensbeschreibung beriihmter Kakteenkenner. Charles Plumier. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 77-79. 15 My 1904; 94-96. 10 Je 1904. Schumann, K. Neue und wenig gekannte Kakteen von den Anden Siid-Amerikas. III. Montas. Kakteenk. 14: 26-29. 15 F 1904- [Illust. ] Opuntia pachypus sp. nov., from Peru, Schumann, K. Neue oder wenig gekannte Kakteen aus dem Anden- gebiete Siid-Amerikas. (Schluss.) Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 99» 100. 10 Je 1904. Cereus iguiguensis sp. nov., from Chile. Seemen, 0. von. Das von H. Pittier und A. Tonduz in Costa-Rica gesammelte Quercus-Material. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4 : 651-659- 30 Je 1904. With descriptions of two new species. Sheldon, E. P. The forest wealth of Oregon. 1-52. Portland, Oregon, 1904. __[Tllust.] Shimek, B. Ferdinand Reppert. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 11: xi. 1904. Small, J. K. Report upon further exploration of southern Florida. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 157-164. f. 24g-26. Au 1904. Thellung, A. Zefidium-Studien. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 4: 695~ 716. 30 Je 1904. With descriptions of Z. neglectum sp. nov. (from the United States) and L. costa- ricense sp. nov, Vail, A.M. Studies in the Asclepiadaceae — VIII. A new species of Asclepias from Kansas and two possible hybrids from New York. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 457-460. 7. 16-19. 4 O 1904. ORE began in its December, The Warblers in peeks iting issue, ve publication of a series of accu- rately — ed pre idiver etn ma = plu- rth Am draw ings “ah pies Agamte Fuertes sts Bruce Horsfall, he text accompanying these oe plates has been compiled by Prof. W. t long aes ods. The data for bee edstart, for d work of over 50 pCR fora dpe of 427 y Until the supply ts ex Hekgenart we wie? 20 cents a number; $1.00 a year ates, to every subscriber to Vol. VI of HED FOR THE AUDUBON “i ETIES sy BIRD-LORE, beginning February 1,1904. THE MACMILLAN CO., 66 FIFTH AVE., New York Ci ily THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEMENTH YEAR ann YVOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. ¥. Se at: INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, Corumpia University, New York City. The Editor still has in his hands separates of the Code of Botanical Nomenclature PUBLISHED IN THE MAY NUMBER OF THIS JOURNAL While the supply lasts, they are offered for sale at Twenty-five Cents each, or Five Copies for One Dollar POSTAGE INCLUDED Address, J. H. BARNHART, Tarrytown, New York I PUBLICATIONS ‘The New York Botanical Garden 1 of the New York Botanical Gar den, oe Leer con- taining cera news and non-technical articles of sags aoe all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, . 1g a copy; $1. 'INe t yee in exchange,] Vol. I, 1900, met 2 p. Vol. Il, 1508, eh ough pp. Vol. III, 1902, vili+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, wei Mii + 238 pp Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, — the annual | reports of the Director-in- Chief ox and other official documents, and technical the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. ire ree “po = members of the Gar ers, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and I plates, 1 1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, oo 1903. Vol. iI, No. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903. Mem of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange. Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the vse ~g cg a and = Yellowstone d men ix + 492 pp. y. 8vo deta ore Vol. IL. The ptiady af Light and + SS upon Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s extensive researches together with a general consideration of the relation of light to plants. The principal preter features are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of ae ~_* and reprinted from "journals aga’ than above. ice, 25 cents each. $5.00 Vol. I, Inclusive of Nos. 1-25, vi geared ay Sa in the text and 34 plates, Vol. If. Nos. 26-50, vi-+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 50. The spines of Fouguieria, by Miss W. J. Robinson. No, 51. Notes on Bahaman algae, by Dr. M. A. Howe. No. 52. The Polyporaceae of North America—VII. The genera Hexagona, Col atrict, and Coltricielia, by Dr. W. A. Mumill. No. 53. Delta and desert vegetation, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Bronx Park, Nw YorK CITY al — . - ——— | PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1, MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. uarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. SS onograph of the North American Potentilleae (189%). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT ! Vol. 1, Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895~1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101=125, 1896-1897 rice $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos, 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—-(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3: A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Uctavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 5 partment invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the so2d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- Sor of Botany, 1891~1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages Vol. 2, 642 pages ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every Species described. eee Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes ; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 00, ately, $10 Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Co., New York. Price $1.00. 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- Wood, Professor of Botany, 1896—. Cc Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 0 Price $1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897) . By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for Our Specialties : WAHT BAUM MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals and Reagents and ACCESSORIES = CARL SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES Cc. P. Filters SCHOTT BALANCES GENOSSEN’S Famous Labora and tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for many other renowned European houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB __ A-series of technical papers on botanical emer vabihed at irregular intervals. Price 83.00 a volume. Not offered in exchan Vol. 1, No. 1; nee $1.00: Bailey, L. H. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. hes I-85. 25 My 1889. ee Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separat Martindale, I. C. Marine alegre of the New Jersey coast we adjacent waters of po rateo Island. Pages 87- 24 Au 1889. fe Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: Spruce, R. Hepa epaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis 1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja seg Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen : = _ ‘Sturtevant, E. L. On seedless fruits. Pages I see 30 My 1899, aus ol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : af - Biaated, B.D. Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding eae Pages = 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10 S 1890. aan Vol. 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: ae : Vail, A.M. & vaecgerits A. Contributions to the botany of Mcrae Pages os = plats ap ie Dir rs ste 3; not furnished separate tely eae Vol Holm, T. Contributions to the knowledge of the germination af some North Amer ‘ ican plants, Pages 57-108, ais 5-19. 15 Ap 1891. Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents: : ee od W.E. The genus Polyga/a in North America. Pages 109-132. 30 5 ose Vol. 3, No1; not furnished separately : Heller, A. A. Flora of western North Carolina and. contiguous Pages 1-39. 20 7 1892. Vol. 3, No. 2; price, $2.00: e - The Natadaceae of North America [Ww with illustrations of all the ge me has 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. = . VER ws ae »H.H. An enumeration of the plants ee in Bolivia a by Miguel Bang : ae Pages 1-67. 28 Apr 1893. es Report on ee! ‘eee of | season of we vicar io 201, Bt Tite Vol. 5; price, $3. “Last of Preridophyta and Stermatophyta growing eee cultivation in northeastern = orth America. Pages 1-377- 4 D 1293-31 D 1894. ol. 6, No. 1; price, $1.2 Rusby, H. Hor iecege gre of the ro pieced 3 in Bolivia by Miguel Baek Part 3: Poca 1-130. 17 N 1806 5 ee ie Vol. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cents A.J. A revision of the North American eS ectaceae and Brachythecia. _ Pages 1 31-210. 30 Jl 18907 ee eae Pack ee Mazen, T. he life hist ory of Sphaerella eee Peeekie cus posit. Pages cla plates 86, 37 GS ealered ). 8 Je 1899. Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 ce gga gg L. M. A review of the genera of ferns ea prior to 1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899. : Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: Fink, B. ogre on the lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley. Pe silage D 1899. a sd Vol. 7; price, $3.00 4 M. A. The Aepaticae and agilecotes of ‘Caldiortis Pages 1-208, plates 5 Au 1899. a ie - Ste VOL. G6: 4; es 75: F. EB. The comparative embryology of the Rudiaceae. Part I. Pages 1-26, . Mate 4 26 An’ stat Part II. Pages 27-112, plates 5-15. 15 F 1902. “ee 8, No. 2; price, $1.00 : w bk L seuneae of the United States and Canada. Pages I! 15 F a ol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 cen Taylor, i. /_ life a of Sree lineata. Pages 854 cae ae: 10: Price, $3.00: : Pre-Clusian b its relation to dee: BULLETIN OF THE JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART Assoriate Editors THANIEL LorD BRITTON DANIEL TREMBLY : ! A L Avery Howe s 3 : ANNA, Murray VAIL ( ELtiot HAZEN THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, : HON. ADDISON BROWN, LLD. Vice- Presidents, - HENRY. H. RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD S$. BURGESS, Pu.D. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, EDWARD W. BERRY JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. Passaic, New Jersey, Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. me : Tr . FRANCIS E, LLOYD Columbia Universtiy, New York City. e in twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, :00 P.M., at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St.; the last Wednesday, at 3850 E. .M., in = Museum canbe of the New York Botanical Garden. oa » only 2s 35 5 13, 20, 21, lage iene el st the entire stock of some 4 VoL. 31 ; No. 11 Bist Ty. OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB NOVEMBER, 1904 Desmids from Newfoundland JosEPH A. CUSHMAN ( WITH PLATE 26) The material here reported upon was collected at Rose au Rue, Newfoundland, September 10 and 11, 1903, by Dr. Glover M. Allen. It consisted of but two bottles of material, one containing Sphagnum from a pond on an alpine hilltop, the other containing portions of leaves of water-plants with a little of the sediment Washed from them. From the lateness of the season and the — Small amount of material the twenty species represented a fair _ number for such circumstances. Certain species were especially _ abundant, 7; etmemorus, Cylindrocystis, Mesotaenium and Cosmarium being the genera most frequently met with. These are, I believe, . the first desmids that have ever been reported from any part of the ‘sland. The following were found : _ Desmrpium: Bartevi (Ralfs) De By. Diameter of filament, 25 2. But one filament of this species was found, but that was of the ical American form figured by Nordstedt (K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. ndl, 22°: p/. 2. Ff. 4. 1888). Wolle seems, as Nordstedt says, to have been wrong when he says that this species has a twisted filament and that “the lateral margins are straight, not bicrenate.” In all the specimens I have seen, the crenae of the margin have always been apparent and I have not yet seen a twisted filament. The figure referred to above seems to be typical of the American (he Preceding number of the BULLETIN, Vol. 31, No. 10, for October, 1904 (31: 523-580, p/. 24, 25) was issued t N 1904.] 581 582 CUSHMAN: DESMIDS FROM NEWFOUNDLAND MESOTAENIUM ENDLICHERIANUM Naeg. Long. 35 4; lat. 124. Very common in the second bottle of material mentioned above. CyLINDROCYSTIS AMERICANA W. & G. S. West. (PLATE 26, FIG. I.) Long. 40; lat. 18 p. Although this is slightly smaller than the typical form, it has the same proportions and the same characteristic shape. Frequent in the first collection. CYLINDROCYSTIS sp. ? Long. 37.4 4; lat. 24.8 4; lat. apic. 15 p. Very finely but sparsely punctate, slightly constricted in the middle. But one specimen of this character noted. Penium Diaitus (Ehrenb.) Bréb. Long. 160-180 p; lat. 63-71 p. Varying somewhat in size and form, fairly common. PENIUM CLOSTERIOIDES Ralfs. Long. 98 »; lat. 29 p. Few of this species noticed. TETMEMORUS BREBISSONII TURGIDUS Ralfs. (PLATE 26, FIG. 2.) Long. 174-198 ; lat. 40-44 ps. Very common among the moss in the first collection. TETMEMORUS LAEvIS (Kitz.) Ralfs. (PLATE 26, FIG. 3.) Long. 133 4; lat. 25 p. Not as common as the other two species of this genus. TETMEMORUS MINUTUS De By. (PLATE 26, FIG. 4.) _ Long. 62-65 p; lat. 15-16 p. The commonest species in the collection. EUASTRUM AMPULLACEUM Ralfs. (PLATE 26, FIG. 5.) Long. 87»; lat. 47»; lat. lob. pol. 22 p. Somewhat smaller than the form usually found ; frequent. Euastrum Allenii sp. nov. (PLare 26, Fic. 6.) Long. 105 ; lat. 49 ; lat. lob. pol. 33; lat. isthm. 184 E. submagnum, circiter duplo longius quam latum, modice CoP” strictum, sinu lineare: semicellulae septemlobae, lobis lateralibus CUSHMAN: DeEsMIDS FROM NEWFOUNDLAND 583 retusis, lobis polaribus truncatis : supra isthmum tumore instructae : membrana sparse scrobiculato-punctata. This species is very distinct. The peculiar rectangular form and its multilobate character will at once distinguish it. It is named for Dr. Glover M. Allen, who collected it. EvasTtRUM BINALE Ralfs. Long. 18 y; lat. 15 p. Not at all frequent : in second collection. EUASTRUM ELEGANS (Bréb.) Kitz., var. Long. 25 »; lat. 15; lat. isthm. 44. In the second collection, rare. XANTHIDIUM ARMATUM Bréb. (PLATE 26, FIG. 7.) Long. s. spin. 148 y; lat. s. spin. 93 4; lat. c. spin. 115 7; lat. isthm. 45 pL. Central series of four granules: several specimens found in the first collection. Considerable variation was seen in the two semi- cells of the same specimen. The form figured was the most common. SSeS : = Micrasterias conferta Novae-terrae var. nov. (PLATE 26, Fic. 8.) Long. 102; lat 93; lat. isthm. 124; lat. lob. pol. c. SP. 37 This in some of its characters is like the var. hamata of Wolle, but the polar lobe is less widely separated from the lateral ones, the polar lobe not so wide at the apex and distinctly spinose. The edges of the lateral lobes adjacent to the polar lobe have a median angle, but not greatly developed. The constrictions are more open and the ultimate portions not so elongated as in the var. hamata. CosMaRIUM IMPRESSULUM MINOR Turner. (PLATE 26, FIG. 9.) Long, 164; lat. 12 4; isthm. 3.5 4. This form is common in the two collections. exactly like the forma minor of Turner in shape and measurements. It seems to be CosMartum pseUDopyRAMIDATUM Lund. Long. 50~56 ; lat. 31-33 4; lat. isthm. 9-10. Very common in the collections, varying slightly in size. STAURASTRUM DUBIUM West. Long. 282. lat. 22; lat. isthm. 10 2. Very common. 584 CUSHMAN: DESMIDS FROM NEWFOUNDLAND STAURASTRUM NANUM Wolle. (PLATE 26, FIG. 10.) Long. 25 y; lat. c. acul. 31 y; lat. s. acul. 22 y; lat. isthm. 8 z. Common in the first collection. STAURASTRUM CRENULATUM (Naeg.) Delp. Lat. c: proc. $7 x. A single empty cell ‘found. BosTon SociETy OF NATURAL Hisrory. Explanation of plate 26 Fic. Cylindrocystis americana W. & G. S. West. > 600. Fic. Tetmemorus Brebissonti turgidus Ralfs, >< 600. Fic T. laevis (Kiitz.) Ralfs. >< 600 T. minutus De B 600. Luastrum ampullaceum Ralfs. >< 600. £. Allenii sp. nov. > 600. Xanthidium armatum Bréb. >< 600. Micrasterias conferta Novae-terrae var. nov. X 600. Cosmartum impressulum minor Turner. >< 1200, Staurastrum nanum Wolle. x 1200. a PRS So 8 3 of 2 ae e Ps y — Q oad An anomalous structure on the leaf of a bean seedling W.T.Horng A number of red Valentine beans were placed in the soil of Some pots in the physiological laboratory of the New York Bo- tanical Garden on September 12, 1903, and the preparations were covered with bell-jars. The seedlings which soon arose were somewhat drawn, being grown under a high temperature and in a relatively highly humid atmosphere. When the bell-jars were removed a structure which was appar- ently a root was noticed on one of the plants just below the cotyledons, On the same plant an apparently similar organ but some- what smaller was noticed on the back of one of the leaves, appressed to the midvein. The bell-jar was replaced to prevent in- jury to the unusual structures by drying. Ficure 1 shows the plant one week from Planting the seed, the root-like structures ata and 4. Both were without chlorophyl and had the appearance of strong root-tips, the upper being more slender toward the tip. FicuURE 1. Bean seed- After being kept for another week ling, showing ae neither had apparently made farther growth ee or and the lower was turning brown at the tip. It was removed, fixed in Flemming’s fluid and imbedded in par- affine. Longitudinal sections showed that it had a root-cap and the arrangement of tissues characteristic of a true root. It had bent strongly away from the light and downward. The other structure was left for a week longer, when, as it showed NO sign of changing further and the plant under the bell-jar was be- Coming unhealthy, the whole leaf was cut off and examined. The Mmidvein was cut in pieces, fixed in Flemming’s fluid and imbedded in paraffine, The free part of the root-like organ was about 5 mm. 585 586 Horne: ANOMALOUS STRUCTURE ON LEAF OF BEAN long, and it could be traced back along the midrib as a white ridge to about 1 cm. from the base of the leaf. It was bent slightly away from the light and by the position of the leaf was directed downward. No root-cap could be seen. Trans-sections were made at vari- ORE > O22): ye Oe; fs cS =S ce mm Pes FiGuRE 2. Transverse section of midrib, about 9 mm. from base, of the leaf bearing the anomolous appendage. ous points and stained with saffranin- Delafield’s haematoxylin. At about 7 mm. from the base of the leaf the structure of the mid- rib is normal, only a very slight ridge showing at its lower side. At 2 mm, farther the ridge is distinct with the narrow celled par- Se rr Bip FrGuRE 3. Longitudinal section of terminal portion of structure shown at 6 in figure 1. Xas enchyma about the bundle somewhat increased below the ridge but the fibrovascular elements not disturbed (FIGURE 2). At 8mm. farther the ridge has increased in size and a group of slightly nar- rower cells occupies nearly half of the space from the bundle to the epidermis. At 5 mm. farther the ridge is larger and the group of more slender cells is narrower and extends out towards its axis; the parenchyma is shrunken at one side. At g mm. farther the organ has reached its full size and commenced to separate from the midvein. An axial strand of slender cells is distinctly differentiated. here and entirely separated from the vascular bundle of the mid- Lig | Sota See eres HorNE: ANOMALOUS STRUCTURE ON LEAF OF BEAN 587 rib, At 4 mm. farther the organ is very nearly free from the midrib and shows the same internal structure as where it has be- come separated. The outer end was sectioned longitudinally. The epidermis is contiuous to the tip and set with short hairs The body Figure 4. Part of a section such as that shown in figure 3, enlarged. > 200. of the structure is parenchyma, the inner cells being larger and longer. There is a distinct axial strand composed of much narrower cells varying considerably in length and some hav- : : : : j : "Ue SS FIGURE 5, Tip of a section such as that shown in figure 3, enlarged. X 200. ing oblique and some square ends. The central strand is much broader in the first two millimeters from the end and has devel- oped in it numerous lignified vessels with simply reticulated or spirally thickened walls. At about 2 millimeters from the end 588 HorNnE: ANOMALOUS STRUCTURE ON LEAF OF BEAN the lignified elements disappear and the central strand becomes much narrower. FIGURE 3 shows somewhat diagrammatically the relation of the different parts. FiGuRE 4 shows a section at about the center of the group of vessels, and FIGURE 5 shows the struc- ture of the tip. The first structure was a true root formed in a somewhat un- usual position, The second is probably best regarded as an an- omalous appendicular structure. The stimulus of high tempera- ture and humidity probably favored the growth of these unusual structures. ———— een. -ceetenibieeen —ta —— — jueves ae The nomenclature of Calonyction bona-nox Homer D. House The species described in Dr. Small’s recent Hora of the south- eastern United States, as Calonyction bona-nox,* is known under the common name of moonflower. A study of available herbarium material shows that two very distinct species are represented, and in an effort to determine their proper status a formidable array of synonymy is encountered. The condition of affairs was pointed out by Kuntze f in 1891, and briefly the facts are as follows: In the first edition of Species Plantarum, Linnaeus describes Convol- mlus aculeatus t and Ipomoea alba.§ Later, Linnaeus combines them under the name of lpomoea bona-nox,|| and includes there nearly all of the citations given under the two previously named Species, Lpomoea alba is again taken out under the name of Con- volvulus &randifiorus,§| and given the same pre-Linnaean citation as Ipomoea alba with an additional citation. These changes may be shown by the following tabulation. —S_- . Pre-Lj ‘ Convoluvutus | [pomoea Ipomoea Convolvulus -Linnaean citations. aculeatusL | alba L. | bona-nox L. | grandifiorus 1762. | L f 178. 3- BSS eta Re Hort. Cliff, 496 ae ae ee ed Bod aad ly t. 276. f. 3. x | x | Re, gotm™ 553 Hist. 1: 4. 96. f. 1. x Roe | Be uppl. 371. x | Rheny ans 296, | x po K6 | res | “ ed. Mal. x1: ; H baa? Nes, I: 4, 50 | | x x ae tne The genus Calonyction Choisy ** is based upon the characters of large salverform corolla, exserted stamens and thickened *Small, J. K. Flora of the Southeastern United States, 961. 1903. t Kuntze, O. Rev. Gen. 442. 1891. Il Sp. Pl, Ed. 2, 228. 1762. { Linn. f. Supplement, 136. 1781. ** Choisy. Mem. Soc. Phys. Genev. 6: 440. 1833. —Conv. Or. 59. 1834.—In DC 1845. ie Prodr, 9: 345. 589 590 HousE: NOMENCLATURE OF CALONYCTION pedicels. The type is Calonyction speciosum Choisy, * which includes at least the Linnaean species Convolvulus aculeatus and C. muricatus. The revised nomenclatorial status, therefore, of the two species under consideration may be presented as follows : ¥YCalonyction aculeatum (L.) comb. nov. Convolvulus aculeatus L. Sp. Pl. 155. 1753. Ipomoea bona-nox L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 228. 1762. In part.— Jacq. Hort. Schoenb. 1: 16.. 1797: Convolvulus latifiorus Desr. Encyc. 3: 537. 1790. Calonyction speciosum Choisy, Mem. Soc. Phys. Genev. 6: 441. 1833.—In DC. Prodr. g: 345. 1845. In part, excl. vars. f and j, at least. Calonyction bona-nox Boj. Hort. Maurit. 228. 1837.—Small, PIS. 0 S.961. - 190%. Ipomoea aculeata. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 442. 1891.—Blume, Bijdr. 715. 1825 (according to Choisy but not according to Kuntze).—G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4: 270. 1838. Convolvulus foliis cordatis, caule aculeato L. Hort. Cliff. 496. Convolvulus americanus, subrotundts folits, viticulis spinosis Pluk. Alm. 115. Convolvulus maximus, caule spinulis, etc. Sloane, Jam. 55; Hist; 1-: 15r. Smilax aspera Indiae occidentalis Bauh. Pin. 296. about 1.5 cm. long, all, or Type Locatity: Tropical America. Distripution : Florida ; western Mexico to Central and South America ; West Indies and the tropical regions of the Old World. * Choisy, 7. ¢. House: NOMENCLATURE OF CALONYCTION 591 ILLustRATIONS : Pluk. Alm. p/. 276. f. 3; Sloane, Hist. 1: pl. 96. f. 1; Jacq. Hort. Schoenb. 1: pl..36; Cav. Ie..3: pl. 300; Gaertn. Sem. 2: pl. 134. f. 3; Vell. Fl. Flum, 2¢:f/.' 54; Bot: Repos. 6: p/. 4o3; Bot. Mag. pl. 752, Bot. Reg. p/. 889, and pt. 917. Among the many sheets examined the following may be cited: FLoripa. Newport, Key Largo, Pollard, Collins & Morris 770, 1898. Everglades, west of Miami, Small & Nash, 1901. Snapper Creek, south of Cocoanut Grove, Small & Nash, 1gOl. Miami, Small & Carter 675, 1903; A. P. Garber, June, 1877; Britton 479, 1904. . Myers, Lee Co., A. S. Hitchcock 225 and 226, 1900. Steamboat Key, Zracy 6789, 1900. Eustis, Lake Co., Vash 1333, 1894. Jupiter Inlet, A. A. Curtiss 5543, 1895. Mexico. Lower California, C. A. Purpus 530, 1901. Maleje, Lower Calif., Palmer 33, 1887. Tres Marias Isl., Nelson 4269, 1897. Mazatlan, W. G. Wright 1212, 1888. Chapala, Jalisco, Palmer 727, 1886. Orizaba, F. Muller 3017, 1855. Oaxaca, Holway 3735, 1899; Chas. L. Smith 904, 1894. Yucatan, Gaumer 330. West Inpies. Matanzas, Cuba, Britton & Shafer 264 and 577, 1903. Pinar del Rio, Cuba, Palmer & Riley 657, 1900; Shafer 529, 1903. Cienequinta, Santa Clara, Cuba, Comés 716, 1896. Santiago, Cuba, Hamilton 6 and 9, 1902. Porto Rico, Mr. & Mrs. A. A. Heller 375, 1899. The form with 3~5-lobed and subhastate leaf-blades is described aS var. heterophylla by Kuntze,* but cannot be regarded as a sub- Species. ~ Calonyction album (L.) comb. nov. lpomoea alba L. Sp.-Pl. 163.3 753- Lpomoea bona-nox L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 228. 1762. In part. Convolvulous grandifiorus L. f. Suppl. 136. 1781. /pomoea longifora R. Br. Prodr. 1: 484. 1810. Calonyction grandiflorum Choisy, Mem. Soc. Phys. Genev. 6: 442. 1833.—Conv. Or. 60. 1834.—In DC. Prodr. 9: 346. 1845 . Calonyction speciosum var. y pubesceus Choisy, in DC. Prodr. 9: 345- 1845. *Kuntze. Rev. Gen. 442. 1891. 592 House: NOMENCLATURE OF CALONYCTION Munda Valli Rheede, Mal. 11: 103. Similar to C. aculeatum. The stem not muricate, but covered with a thin, whitish, often rough or pubescent bark: peduncles and pedicels very stout: leaf-blades ovate, deeply cordate, entire, acuminate, of a thick and somewhat coriaceous texture, prominently reticulate-veined and slightly pubescent beneath: sepals ovate, thick and coriaceous, rounded or blunt at the apex, apparently never appendaged: corolla larger than in the preceding species, 12-18 cm. long, the limb 8-15 cm. broad. TYPE LOcALITty: Malabar. DistrisuTion: Florida Keys; Bahamas and St. Vincent. Also St. Domingo and St. Thomas (fide Choisy). Common in the tropics of India and the East Indies. Perhaps introduced into America. ILLusTRATIONS: Rheede, Mal. 11: pl. 50; Jacq. Hort. Vind. 3: pl. 69. The following specimens have been examined from North America and compared with old world specimens : Froripa. Elliotts Key, Syval/ & Nash, Nov. 6 and 7, 1901; N. L. Britton 378, 1904. BawAmas. South Cat Cay, Millspaugh 2416, 1904. Rum Cay, Coker 445, 1903. Salt Cay, New Providence, John I. & Alice R. Northrop 244, 1890. St. Vincent. H. H. & G. W. Smith, March, 1890. A perplexing array of synonymy can be attached to each of the above species, but no attempt will be made to assign these numerous names at the present time, lest mistakes in so doing might be misleading as regards the identity of the two species above described. NATIONAL MusEuM, WASHINGTON, D. C. The Polyporaceae of North America—IX, Inonotus, Sesia and monotypic genera WILLIAM A. MurRRILL Continuing the work begun in article VIII of this series upon colored sessile forms, an attempt is here made to treat in their Proper relations plants with brown context and spores, constituting the genus /nonotus, and plants with brown context, hyaline spores ' and daedaleoid or lamelloid tubes, constituting the genus Sesza. A few genera are also added that contain only a single species each. Inonotus Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et FI. Fenn, 6:90. 1870 Snoderma Karst. Medd. Soc, Faun. et Fl. Fenn. Si 99. 1879. fnodermus Quél. Ench. 173. 1886. This genus was based upon four species, /. cuticudaris (Bull.), L. hispidus (Bull.), Z unicolor (Schw.) and £. hvpococctnus (Berk.). he two last can hardly be considered congeners of the first. The type species is /. cuticularis, not found in America. Karsten in later publications included also /. fibrillosus, 1. vulpinus, [. tri- queter, I. radiatus and J. nidulans in the genus, although some of them have hyaline spores. These he divided into two groups, One in which the pileus is spongy-fleshy and anoderm and the Other containing species with a dry, thin, fibrous cuticle. To the first group, such species as /. cuticularis and Lf. hispidus belonged, while 7. radiatus and J. fibrillosus were in the second group. This second group at first constituted the genus /noderma of Karsten, but the name is untenable, because preoccupied by Inoderma of S. ¥. Gray for a genus of lichens. Quelet’s genus Lnodermus was not only preoccupied so far as the name was con- cerned, but was founded upon /. /ispidus (Bull.), one of the orig- inal typical species of Znonotus Karst. The species here included in the genus Jzonotus are brown, sessile, usually anoderm, with fibrous context and brown-tinted spores. There is considerable Variation in spore coloration, the spores of some species being 92 594 MurriLL: PoLypoRACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA very deeply colored, while others are so pale as to appear almost hyaline, especially when not fully matured. The largest species is /. hirsutus, sometimes over 30 cm, in diameter, while the smallest, /, pusz//us, is rarely over two or three millimeters across. As regards the distribution of our species, two, I. hirsutus and J. radiatus, occur in Europe and in temperate North America; three others, /. perplexus, [. dryophilus and I. amplec- fens, appear to be confined to temperate regions of North America; while the remaining six are known only from certain localities in tropical America. Synopsis of the North American species 1. Spores deep brown in color. sg Spores faintly tinted with brown. 5 2. Surface of pileus hirsute, tubes luteous, margin obtuse ; plants of large size and two ntimeters or more in thickness. . L. hirsutus. Stace of pileus conspicuously OMe margin acute ; plants of medium size and one centimeter or less in thic ese Surface of pileus glabrous or Eee tomentose. 3. Pileus 8 cm. or more in width, rigid, ferruginous throughout, margin rather obtuse. ; aod, dryophilus. Pileus 5 cm. or less in width. . = Surface of pileus very rimose, tubes 2 cm. long. 4. 1. texanus. Surface of pileus rugulose and zonate, but not rimose, tubes 1 cm. long. 5. 1. jamaicensts. 5. Pores scarcely visible to the unaided eye. Pores conspicuous. 7- 6. Pileus thick, azonate, margin obtuse, hymenium dull. Ge corre Pileus thin, zonate, margin very sharp, hymenium glistening. 7, L. Wilsonu. 7. Plants minute, only a few millimeters across, erumpent from lenticels of dead twigs. 8. J. pusillus. Plants of medium size. 8. % Surface soft, anoderm, sporophores growing on living shrubs, often encircling the smaller branches. 9 Surface hard, becoming encrusted, sporophores found on decaying wood. _ Lt. radiatus. 9. Hymenium very concave, umbrinous, margin sharp and depressed. 10 ie amplectens. Hymenium plane or nearly so, becoming almost black, margin — blunt and not depressed. . 1. fruticum. 1. Inonotus hirsutus (Scop.) Boletus hirsutus Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 2: 468. 1772. Boletus spongiosus Lightf. Fl. Scot. 1033. 1777. Boletus hispidus Bull. Herb. Fr. p/. 210. 1784. pl. 493. 179}: Boletus flavus Poll. Fl. Ver. 3: 607. 1824. Polyporus hispidus Fr. Syst. Myc. 8's 362) 3189. Polyporus endocrocinus Berk. Lond, Jour. Bot. 6: 320. 1847. | Inonotus hispidus Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. §: 39. MurrILL: PoLyporAcEAE oF NortH AMERICA 595 1870. Tnodermus hispidus Quél. Ench. 172. 1886. As one would naturally suppose, such a large and attractive plant as this did not long remain unnoticed by the early mycolo- gists. Micheli refers to it as the “ hairy and obscure agaric with golden hymenium.” Batarra figures it and calls it Agaricus fava- _ stnosus uvidus, Scopoli describes it as a Boletus with reddish hispid Surface and white or reddish hymenium occurring on the trunks and branches of trees; and he assigns to it the specific name /zr- sutus. Bulliard not only described it well under his name Boletus hispidus, the name by which it is best known, but he also made two excellent plate figures of it showing its stages and varieties. Under one name or another it has received attention from nearly all writers who have treated this group. To the stranger in Europe there are few more attractive species ‘mong the fungi. It grows in considerable abundance on the sycamore, ash, oak, beech, walnut, etc., often infesting a large Part of the trunk and emerging in brilliantly colored sporophores from wounds made in pruning or other openings into the heart- Wood. These sporophores sometimes measure a foot and a half in diameter and are clothed above with a dense coat of long red- dish hairs which become black with age. The hymenium is at first white but soon becomes yellow, yielding a yellow dye when treated with water. In Sweden, this species is rare and occurs only on ash. It is also rare in the northern United States, but is somewhat more -‘ommon farther south ; although it is by no means so abundant lere as in Europe. Its principal host in America is the oak. A year or two ago I collected seven large sporophores on a decayed Spot in a living oak trunk at Fort Lee, New Jersey. This was in September and the fruit-bodies were already much decayed. Plants collected by Lea on hickory in Ohio in the latter part of August, 1 844, were so advanced as to seem new to Berkeley, who - Ramed them Polyporus endocrocinus, remarking that the species was 596 MurriLL: PoLyPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA allied to P. Schweinitzit, but was distinguished by its saffron-colored substance and strigose-squamose pileus. The two specimens col- lected are still at Kew and are practically identical in form and appearance with my own collections made in September. The species has also been found by Commons in Delaware, Ellis in New Jersey, Memminger in North Carolina and Dr. Martin in Florida. European exsiccati are too numerous to mention here. 2. Inonotus perplexus (Peck) Polyporus perplexus Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 49: Ig. 18096. This species was described from plants collected by Peck on beech trunks in Oneida County, New York. It is hairy-tomen- tose to setose-hispid, resembling /. cuticularis and J. hispidus. Its spores are ferruginous and broadly elliptical, being smaller than those of /. hispidus. The same plant was distributed by Shear in his New York Fungi, zo. rzo, under the name of Polyporus radl- atus. His specimens were found at Alcove, New York, on a dead beech trunk. Plants were recently determined for me by Prof. Peck, although he thinks the types were destroyed while the her- barium was housed in the state capitol. The present species is well named P. perplexus, since it has troubled more than one mycologist and collector during the last quarter of a century, some calling it P. cuticularis because of its hairy surface and others passing it for P. radiatus on account of its general appearance and evident close relationship with that species. During the past summer I had the opportunity of study- ing a large number of the fresh and growing sporophores on the trunk of a living sycamore maple in Bedford City, Virginia; and found the velvety, bright ferruginous surface and the sharp, sterile margin very characteristic. It seems to range much farther south than /. radiatus and is also more commonly collected, although neither can be said to be abundant. Specimens are at hand from Pennsylvania, Stevenson ; Dela- ware, Commons ; Maine, Hodson ; Georgia, Underwood ; Virginia, Murrill roos5 ; Alabama, Earle ; Louisiana, Langlois ; Mississippi, Tracy. The hosts given are oak, spruce (?), and maple. It oc- curs on trunks and logs of either dead or decaying trees. F | | — Morriti_: PoryporaceaE or Nortu AMERICA 597 _ 3. Inonotus dryophilus (Berk.) | Polyporus dryophilus Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot::6::: 3215: 2844: The types of this species were sent from Ohio by Lea, who collected them on living trunks of red oak. The fruit-body is large and rigid, anoderm, ferruginous throughout, whitened ex- ternally by a fine canescence, with thin, angular, brown pores. The species resembles Polyporus aryadeus, but is smaller and more’ rigid and has larger and differently colored pores. In some re- Spects it is allied to Hapalopilus gilvus, but the spores are deep ferruginous instead of hyaline and the pileus is much thicker, with a more obtuse margin. Excellent specimens are to be seen in the Ellis collection, which were found by Morgan in Ohio in 1885, He reports this species as occurring at the base of living oak trees and on oak logs. 4. Inonotus texanus sp. nov. Pileus ungulate, attached by the vertex, 3x 5x4 cm.; surface fulvous to fuliginous, concentrically and radially rimose, especially M age, the separated areas imbricated ; margin very obtuse, concol- °rous : context corky, concentrically banded, fulvous to umbrinous, very thin, only one-tenth the length of the tubes in thickness ; tubes 3 cm, long, 2~3 to a mm., tawny chestnut, polygonal, edges a entire ; spores ovoid, smooth, very dark brown, I1—2-guttulate, Xow The above description is based upon a single rather old sporo- Phore collected by Underwood on a mesquite (?) tree near Austin, Texas, November 24,1891. Although young stages are not rep- resented, still the characters as shown are very distinct. 5. Inonotus jamaicensis sp. nov. Crusted, minutely rugose, ci sae : Margin with dark-brown or black zones; margin regular, often obtuse : context fibrous, fulvous, only a few millimeters thick ; tubes Tem. long, 4 toa mm., larger by confluence, fulvous, polygonal to irregular, edges thin, entire; spores ovoid, smooth, deep ferru- Sous, 1-2-guttulate, very copious, 5X 7 #. The type plants of this species were collected by Underwood on the Mabess river, Jamaica, at an altitude of 3,000 ft., April 23, 1903. None of the young stages was found. Judging from the & 598 Murriti_: PoLypoRACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA fruit-bodies, the host must have been the small dead or dying branches of some broad-leaved tree. 6. Inonotus corrosus sp. nov. Pileus conchate, clasping, simple or imbricate, 3x 5 x I—4 cm.; surface ferruginous to fulvous, furrowed and much corroded in age ; _margin entire, obtuse, tomentose, honey-yellow: context thick, spongy, fibrous, ferruginous, perforated by insects soon after ma- turity ; tubes very short, only 1 mm. long each season, 8 to a mm., fulvous, subcylindrical, edges entire, obtuse to acute ; spores lenticular, smooth, pale ferruginous, 4 in diameter, 1 » thick, hyphae deep ferruginous. The type plants of this species were collected by Earle, xo. 203, near Hope Gardens, Jamaica, October 27, 1902. They grew upon a dead vine clinging to a tree. Two or three years growth were represented in the much weathered and wormeaten central parts of the sporophores, while the latest growths stood out in marked contrast. The flattened appearance of the spores may be due to desiccation, but this character is fairly constant. A single sporophore of this species was also collected in the island of New Providence by Britton, zo. 246, Aug. 24, 1904, growing on a small dead twig. What appear to be specimens of this same plant are placed at Kew under Polyporus chrysites Berk., a species described from the region of the Rio Negro river in Brazil as thin and leathery, while the various plants bearing that name at Kew are mostly thick and soft or even hard and perennial. Specimens collected in Cuba by Wright should probably belong to /. corrosus instead of to P. chrysites. 7. Inonotus Wilsonii sp. nov. Pileus dimidiate, applanate, sessile, 2-3 x 4-6 x 0.5 cm. ; sur- face anoderm, velvety-tomentose, fulvous, marked with a few shallow concentric furrows; margin thin, entire, concolorous, sulcate, deflexed in drying : context soft, punky, homogeneous, ferruginous-fulvous, 1-3 mm. thick, separated from the tubes by a very thin black layer; hymenium ferruginous, glistening, tubes 1-2 mm. long, 6-9 to a mm., isabelline within, mouths polygonal, regular, edges thin, entire ; spores lenticular, smooth, pale ferrug- inous, 3—4 # in diameter, 1—1.5 y thick. This species was collected by Percy Wilson, xo. 438, on decay- Fp a i eA eS Uns ee Bred NE eG pO ee ie Sat MurriL_: PotyporackAE oF Nortu AMERICA 599 ing logs in Honduras, Feb. 16, 1903. It resembles some plants called P. chrysites at Kew, but is quite distinct from that species. The shape of the spores as given above may be due to extreme desiccation. 8. Inonotus pusillus sp. nov. Pileus sessile, convex, flabelliform, tapering to a narrow base, rumpent from lenticels, 2 x 2 x 0.5-1 mm. ; surface ferruginous to fulvous, silky-striate, subzonate, shining, margin pallid, acute, often depressed: context thin, fibrous, ferruginous; tubes um- brinous, comparatively large, 2-4 to a mm., polygonal, becoming itregular, much exceeding in length the thickness of the context ; mouths at first whitish-pulverulent, dissepiments thin, entire : Spores small, ovoid, 3.5 x 5 4, pale ferruginous, copious, hyphae concolorous. This species is based upon plants collected by Dr. Edward Palmer, no. 1520, at Manzanillo, Mexico, in 1892. The tiny brown sporophores were found in large numbers emerging from the lenticels of small dead branches of /acguinia, It was appar-- ently recognized as a new species by Ellis and Galloway and dis- tributed by them jointly under the genus-name Zyametes, and later listed by Patouillard (Tax. Hymen. 101. 1900) as a species of NXanthochrous, The tentative name first proposed for the species is here made use of, but according to present usage I am, unfortu- nately, not permitted to cite the authors, since no description accompanied the name. This is one of the very smallest plants met with in the Polypo- *aceae. Two other tiny plants are of interest in this connection, — Porodiscus pendulus, which is also erumpent from lenticels, but has hyaline spores ; and Coltriciclla dependens, which is more like the Present species in general appearance and structure, but is stipt- tate instead of sessile, having the stipe attached to the vertex of . the pileus like the handle of a tiny bell. 9. Inonorus rapraTus (Sowerby) Karst. Boletus radiatus Sowerby, Eng. Fung. pl. 196. 1799. Polyporus radiatus Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 369. 1821. Polyporus glomeratus Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 24:78. 1873. Lnoderma radiatum Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun, et Fl. Fenn. 5: 39. 1879. 600 MurrILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA Inonotus radiatus Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 19. 1881. This species was first described from specimens collected on a decaying stump in Sussex, England. In the description, Sowerby refers to its habit of emerging from the substratum in a small woolly mass and then growing in a radiating manner with this mass as acenter. He describes the pileus as zoned, with yellow margin, and the texture as woody. Berkeley mentions hazel stems as its favorite host in England. In Sweden it is abundant on hazel and birch, while in Germany and Austria it is found mostly on alder, which last is its most common host in America. The form found on a prostrate sugar maple trunk and described as P. glomeratus by Peck, in 1873, hardly differs sufficiently from the typical form to constitute a distinct species. With the two forms before me, I can find no specific distinguishing character either with the unaided eye or with the microscope. This similar- ity was long since noticed and published by Cooke. The relations of Polyporus scrobiculatus, and various forms included in /zonotus radiatus by Karsten, to the typical form of this species do not come within the scope of the present paper. Specimens are at hand from England, Plowright; Berlin, Magnus, Hennings; Tyrol, Bresadola; Sweden, Murrill; Canada, Macoun ; Connecticut, Underwood ; New York, Peck, Earle. 10. Inonotus amplectens sp. nov. Pileus hemispherical, clasping, concave beneath, 1-3 cm. in diameter, 1-2 cm. thick; surface soft, velvety, dark yellowish orange, margin at first obtuse, entire, straw-colored, becoming thin, undulate or toothed, deflexed and concolorous: context soft, spongy-fibrous, ferruginous ; hymenium at first honey-yellow, be- coming umbrinous, tubes 2-4 mm. long, 2-4 to a mm., larger by confluence, umbrinous within, mouths at first closed by a yellow- ish membrane, subcircular, regular, entire, becoming large, irreg- ular, coarsely toothed and concentrically split into irpiciform plates ; spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 1-2-guttulate, 4 x 6 p. Type specimens of this plant were collected by R. M. Harper, 7990a, on the Ocmulgee river near Lumber City, Georgia, Sept- 11, 1903. The fruit-bodies were found encircling living twigs of Asimina parvifiora(?). The upper surface of the plant resembles Inonotus fruticum (B. & C.), but the hymenium is very distinct. ia MurritL: PoLyporacEaE oF NortuH AMERICA 601 11. Inonotus fruticum (B. & C.) Polyporus fruticum B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 310. 1868. This species was named from its habit of growing upon shrubs. In shape it varies from thin and dimidiate to nearly spherical, ac- cording to its position on the branch and the size of the branch. If on a small twig it frequently encircles it. The pileus is very soft and spongy and the pores become almost black. Orange and Oleander are mentioned as hosts. Several well-preserved speci- mens are among Wright’s Cuban collections at Kew. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE Polyporus aureonitens Pat. & Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 42: 25. 18809. This species is based on material collected in New York by Peck and described by Patouillard. It occurs on birch, alder and maple. There are several specimens of it in the herbarium here collected in Massachusetts, Connecticut and New York. In his riginal publication, Peck says it is related to P. radiatus, but is distinguished by its paler color, often lineate-zoned pileus and paler Spores. In a recent letter to me, Dr. Peck distinguishes P. g/om- fraius from P. aureonitens as follows: “2. glomeratus differs from P. aureonitens in its darker colors, more uneven surface of the pileus, entire absence of concentric lines or narrow zones on the Surface of the pileus, which is more irregular and wavy on the Margin, and never shining. Its spores in mass are of a brighter, ticher, yellow color. The two are readily distinguished at sight Y any one who has seen them growing.” By referring to Sowerby’s description of the young stages of .. radiatus, it will be seen that the zonate pileus and yellow mar- gin are present in that species. Also excellent European speci- Mens from Bresadola and others, called by them young P. radtatus, seem to differ in no particular from New York specimens of P. aureonitens, Tt can hardly be imagined that two such eminent Mycologists as Peck and Patouillard could have confused Ameri- “an and European species in this way, but they may not aes had at hand good material of the young stages for comparison. In View of the above facts, I have thought it best to defer the settle- 602 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA ment of the question at least until I can study our American form in the field. Sesia Adans. Fam. 2: 10. 1763 Serda Adans. Fam. 2: 11. 1763. Glocophyllum Karst. Hattsv. 2: 79. 1882. Lenzitina Karst. Finlands Basidsv. 337. 1889. The genus Sesta was founded upon Vaillant’s figures of S. /ur- suta (Schaeff.) drawn from specimens collected on the timbers of a boat at St. Cloud, Paris. The genus Serda is based upon a re- supinate form of the same species collected at the same time and place and figured inthe same work. In establishing the genus Gloeophyllum, Karsten overlooked Adanson’s genera already founded and later even overlooks or purposely changes his own generic name to Lenzitina. All four names above mentioned are strictly synonymous, being founded on the same type species. Karsten listed three other European species, ZL. adietina (Bull.), L. cinnamomea (Fr.) and L. septentrionalis Karst., as congeners of the type. The species of this genus have white spores, brown substance and normally daedaleoid or lamelloid tubes. Abnormal poroid forms quite frequently occur. All the species are found on decay- ing wood, and, as is often the case, some grow only on the wood of conifers, while others are confined to deciduous wood. 5. hir- suta is abundant in the northern hemisphere on coniferous wood of all kinds, S. Berkeleyi is rare on coniferous wood in tropical America; S. pallidofulva is abundant in North America on wood of deciduous trees, while its place is taken in tropical America by S. striata. The species are all of medium size, easily distin- guished by striking characters. Synopsis of the North American species 1. Context ferruginous to chestnut. Context avellaneous to umber. 3 2. Surface hirsute. gs hirsuta. Surface finely tomentose or glabrous. 2. S. Berkeley 3. Furrows broad, a millimeter or more in width, pileus very thin, : multizonate. 3. 5. ae Furrows narrow, only a half of a millimeter in width, pileus rather thick, usually devoid of zones. 4. 5. P altedef s [ MourriLL: PoLypoRACEAE OF Nortru AMERICA 603 1. SESIA HIRSUTA (Schaeff.) Murrill Agaricus hirsutus Schaeff. Fung. Hist. pl. 76. 1762. Agaricus saepiarius Wulf. in Jacq. Collect. 1: 347. 1786. Agaricus boletiformis Sowerby, Eng. F ung. pl. 478. 1814. Dacdalea saepiaria Fr. Obs. Mye. Ts: JOS ISLS, Lenzites saepiaria Fr. Epicr. 407. 1838. Lenzites rhabarbarina B. & C. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 12: 428. 1858.—Grevillea, 1: 35. 1872. Sesia hirsuta Murrill, Jour. Myc. g: 88. 1903. This species is very abundant in the north temperate zone on logs, stumps and various other decaying wood of pine, fir, spruce, hemlock, juniper and other coniferous trees. It varies consider- ably in its wide range. In the higher regions of Colorado and adjoining states, for example, it is large and coarse and almost shaggy ; while in the southeastern states, on the other hand, it is thinner and less densely hirsute than the typical European form, with more delicate, easily lacerated gills and a somewhat dif- ferently colored surface. The latter form was described from South Carolina by Berkeley and Curtis as Lenzites rhabarbarina, but I Cannot distinguish it specifically from many of the typical speci- mens of S. hzrsuta. It has been quite frequently collected in the South by Earle, Langlois, Britton, Schrenk and others. Another form, called var. porosa by Peck, is very distinct and would con- Stitute a good species if it could be proven to be constant. In one instance Peck found a number of specimens on a single pine trunk that were all alike poroid. Further observation might establish a definite form found sometimes alone and sometimes growing with € species under consideration. From the large list of specimens examined in connection with this Study the following are listed to show the range of the species : Canada, Macoun, Dearness ; New York, Peck, Jelliffe, Underwood ; Maine, Miss White ; New Jersey, Eilis; Connecticut, Miss White ; Ohio, Morgan; Colorado, Underwood & Selby ; Montana, Rya- berg & FB. Bessey, Andirson; Tennessee, Murrill 689; Virginia, - Murrill r21, 152; Alabama, Earle, Schrenk; Florida, Britton ; | Louisiana, Langlois; Sweden, Murrill; Switzerland, Murrill ; Tyrol, Bresadola, Murrill. 604 MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA 2. Sesia Berkeleyi (Sacc.) Daedalea rhabarbarina Berk. & Cooke, Grevillea, 6: 130. 1877; not D. rhabarbarina Mont. Daedalea Berkeleyt Sacc. Syll. Fung. 6: 381. 1888. This species was described from specimens collected on pine stumps near Gainesville, Florida. The fruit-body is larger than inany other American species and the surface is only slightly tomentose, becoming glabrous with age. The margin is much lighter than the surface, being tawny-orange in color and contrasting vividly with the dark umber of the older growth. It is also more porous than most species of Sesia, the tubes rarely becoming more than sinuous, though it is sometimes lamellate in parts of the tropics where the fruit-body grows quickly. The only specimens at hand are those collected by C. G. Lloyd in Florida and by Smith in Nicaragua and Mexico. 3. Sesia striata (Sw.) Agaricus striatus Sw. Prodr. 148. 1788.—FIl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1920. 1806. Daedalea striata Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 334. 1821. Lenzites striata Fr. Epicr. 406. 1838. Lenzites protracta Fr. Nov. Symb. 45. 1851. This species was the first of two plants listed by Swartz in his Prodromus under the genus Agaricus, the second being Schiso- phyllum alneum, also common in Jamaica. The brief description, “A. acaulis, convexus ferrugineus pubescens, margine integy, lamellis alternis interruptis cinereis,” is, as usual, much amplified in his later work. Specimens from Mexico, still to be seen in the Fries herbarium at Upsala, were described by Fries as L. protracta, a name which has been generally assigned in Europe to a very different plant. Fries also called some of the Mexican collectiens-of this species L. umbrina. Sesta striata is quite abundant on decaying wood in various parts of tropical America, as the following partial list of specimens will show : Colombia, Baker; Nicaragua, Smith ; Honduras, W il- son 200, 276; Mexico, Smith; Cuba, Underwood & Earle 5°} 740,750, 1526, 1562, Shafer ; Jamaica, Underwood 740; Earle 82, Be reer ET rerrseeerpeeree oo — ; MurriL_L: PoLypoRacEAE OF NortH AMERICA 605 96, 178, 145, 161, 180; Porto Rico, Earle 53 > New Providence, Mrs. Britton ; Florida, C. G. Lloyd. 4. Sesia pallidofulva (Berk.) Daedalea palidofulva Berk. Hook. Lond. Jour. 6: 322. 1847. Lenzites vialis Peck, Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 26: 67. 1874. This species was described from material collected by Lea in Ohio in 1842. The type plants were taken from a dead log ina log fence in March. According to Berkeley, it stands exactly inter- mediate between Daedalea and Lenzites. Specimens sent to Fries by Berkeley are still to be seen in the herbarium at Upsala and they correspond in all points with the plant known as Levzttes malis Peck, described from. specimens found on railroad ties in New York by Peck in 1874. The present species is a very common one in the United States, occurring abundantly on railroad ties and other dead timber of oak, willow, ash and other deciduous trees and more rarely on conif- fous wood ; though the broad general distinction between this Species and S. hirsuta in regard to host usually holds good, the former being common on coniferous wood and the latter on de- Ciduous wood. In appearance, there is considerable difference in the two species, S. pallidofulva being less brightly colored, and less distinctly zoned, with the furrows closer, shorter and more Porous. The margin also is white when fresh and turns dark when bruised. There is a close resemblance between this species and ZL. trabeca (Pers.) Fr., which occurs on deciduous wood in Europe. The following specimens are at hand: Canada, Dearuess ; New Jersey, Elfis » New York, Barnhart, Murrill, Peck ; Ohio, Morgan, GG. Lloyd; Indiana, Underwood ; Louisiana, Langlois ; Ken- tucky, Miss Price , Tennessee, Murrill 494, 495, 542, 579 * Iowa, Macbride, Holway ; Pennsylvania, Rau, Banker. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE Lenzites mexicana Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. Bot. 20: 360. 1843. Collected on dead wood in the province of Oaxaca, Mexico, A by Andrieux. Apparently a stipitate and otherwise abnormal form 606 MurrRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NorRTH AMERICA of S. striata, but Montagne is decidedly opposed to this opinion and specimens are not at hand to settle the question. Compare his remarks on this point : “Si l'on ne considére que l’hyménium de ce Levwziées, il est évident qu’on le distinguera mal du Z. striata; mais si l'on ob- serve la disposition du duvet dressé et comme conglutiné qui forme les zones concentriques, la profondeur des sillons qui sepa- rent ces zones, et l’aspect rugueux et peluché qui en résulte, carac- téres que je ne rencontre dans aucun des nombreux individus du L, striata, on se convaincra promptement que, quoique voisines, ces deux espéces ne sauraient étre confondues.”’ Daedalea Burserae Pat. Jour. de Bot. 3: 341. 1889. De- scribed from plants found on rotten wood of Bursera gummifera in Mattinique by Duss. It is said by the author to be easily dis- tinguished from all its congeners by the yellow powder which covers its pores in the young stages. I have not seen the type plants. cato, zonato sulcatoque rugoso, rufo-brunneo vel atro-violaceo nigricante, zonis obscurioribus, margine pallidiori, acuto ; intus cinnamomeo ; hymenio poroso-labyrinthiformi vel sinuoso-lamel- loso, subochraceo vel subcinerescente.”’ This species is very near to Sesia Berkeleyi. Further study of the type plants, however, is necessary in order to decide whether or not the two species are synonymous. ISCHNODERMA Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl, Fenn. 5: 38. 1879 This genus was founded upon /sch. resinosum (Schrad.) and four other European species, the one here mentioned being the nomenclatorial type. Karsten describes the genus as follows : ‘““Receptaculum pileatum, sessile, primitus subcarnoso-Suc- cosum dein induratum, crusta tenuiore tectum. Hymenium heter- ogeneum. Pileus azonus. Pori integri, demum subsecedentes. Ischnoderma fuliginosum (Scop.) Boletus fuliginosus Scop. Fl. Carn, ed. 2. 2: 470. 1772: Boletus rubiginosus Schrad. Spic. Fl. Ger. 168. 1794- ee ee — ee F. _—- Boletus resinosus Schrad. Spic. Fl. Ger. 171. 1 794. Trametes benzoina Fr. Epicr. 489. 1838.—Icon. pl. 08 fF 2, | This large and striking species was originally described from Carniola by Scopoli. It is quite abundant in temperate regions of Europe and North America on fallen trunks of basswood, beech, maple, fir, spruce, etc. On account of its habit of growing be- neath logs, the fruit-bodies often persist in a good state of preser- vation until the following spring. Logs are frequently found entirely covered on the under side with these extensive hymeno- Phores. Whether the form found on coniferous wood is the same as that occurring on hard wood is an old question. There seems to be usually some difference in size and color, but after examin- ing a large assortment of specimens, it seems impossible to distin- Suish the forms specifically either in this country or in Europe. More specimens from coniferous trees in this country would doubt- less throw light on the question. The following specimens have been examined in the Garden herbarium : Ell. N. A. Fung. 406 ; Shear, N. Y. Fung. 772; Kel- lerman, Ohio Fung. zo5,; Canada, Dearness, Macoun ; New York, Earle, Atkinson, Miss Overacker, Murrill ; Delaware, Commons ; Pennsylvania, Sumstine ; West Virginia, Nuttall ; Virginia, Ricker ; Ohio, James, Lloyd, Kelsey, Kellerman ; Michigan, Merrow ; Wis- Consin, Baker ; Alabama, Earle; Florida, Calkins ; Tyrol, Bresa- dola & Murrill. MurRILL: PoLyporRaCEAE OF NortH AMERICA 607 Laetiporus gen. nov. Hymenophore annual, epixylous, fleshy, anoderm, caespitose- Multiplex ; context cheesy to fragile, light-colored, tubes thin- walled, fragile, bright yellow, mouths irregularly polygonal ; Spores smooth, hyaline. This genus is based on A 'garicus spectosus Batarr. Fung. Hist. 68. pl, 34. f. B. 1755, commonly known as Polyporus sulphureus rr. It may be at once distinguished from species of Grifola by its yellow color and arboreal habit. The generic name chosen Tefers to the brilliantly colored hymenium. Laetiporus speciosus (Batarr.) Agaricus speciosus Batarr. Fung. Hist. 68. p/. 34. 7, B. 1755. Boletus sulphureus Bull. Herb. France, p/. 429. 1788. -Foletus' citrinus Planer, Ind. Plant. Erf. 26. 1788. 608 MurrRiLL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA Polyporus sulphureus Fr. Syst. 1: 357. 1821. Polypilus sulphureus Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: | 1881. Polypilus spectosus Murrill, Jour. Myc. 9: . 1903. This species is widely and abundantly distributed both in Europe and America and is exceedingly well known on account of its size, conspicuous habitat, and bright attractive coloring. The mycelium spreads widely through the trunks of deciduous, and even evergreen, trees, causing serious damage, while the sporophores appear annually in caespitose-multiplex masses at knot-holes on the affected parts. The various names under which the plant has been known all refer to the bright color of these sporophores, which are usually reddish-yellow above and sulfur- yellow below, fading to almost white with age. A few of the numerous collections in which this plant figures are noted here: Sweden, Murrill; Maine, Miss White ; Connecticut, Mss White ; Delaware, Commons ; New York, Peck & Earle; Pennsylvania, Everhart & Haines ; New Jersey, Ellis, Murrill ; Alabama, Earle ; Louisiana, Langlois ; Mexico, Smith. Trichaptum gen. nov. Hymenophore annual, epixylous, sessile, dimidiate ; context brown, firm and leathery below, very loosely fibrous and darker above ; tubes short, thin-walled, mouths polygonal, becoming labyrinthiform ; spores smooth, hyaline The type of this genus is Palssarus trichomallus Berk. & Mont. (Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 11: 238. 1849), described from Guiana. It resembles the old-world genus Fwnalia erected by Patouillard in 1900 with P. mons-veneris Jungh., P. leoninus Kl. and P. funalis Fr. as typical species and P. trichomallus Berk. & Mont. in a subsection ; but it may be easily distinguished from Funalia by its darker sonterd and daedaleoid hymenium. While splitting often occurs, rendering the hymenium irpiciform, the splitting is not so radical as in Funalia. The name chosen refers to the loosely woven context. Trichaptum trichomallum (Berk. & Mont.) Polyporus trichomallus Berk. & Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 11: 238. 1849. funalia trichomaila Pat. Tax. Hymen. 95. 1900. a MurRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NortTH AMERICA 609 The type plants of this species were collected in the eastern part of Guiana by Poiteau and fully described by Montagne. It has since been frequently collected in many parts of South America and ranges northward to Central America and the West Indies. Plants seen in some herbaria labelled P. heteromallus are only large zonate forms of this species. A decidedly sinuous hymenium is present in specimens recently collected in Cuba and Jamaica. Collections are at hand from Bolivia, Wilams ; Co- lombia, Baker ; Nicaragua, Swuth ; San Domingo, Massee; Ja- maica, Underwood 2833; Cuba, Underwood & Earle 1131. Pogonomyces gen. nov. Hymenophore annual, epixylous, dimidiate-sessile to flabelli- form, thickly covered with rigid hairs ; context dark-brown, punky, tubes short, thick-walled, mouths small, circular; spores smooth, hyaline. This genus is founded upon Boletus hydnoides Sw. (Prodr. 149. 1788), described from Jamaica. It may at once be distinguished from 7) vichaptum by its small, cylindrical, very thick-walled tubes. The name selected refers to its thick covering of bristly hairs. Pogonomyces hydnoides (Sw.) Boletus hydnoides Sw. Prodr. 149. 1788.—Fl. Ind. Occid. 3: 1924. 1806. Boletus hydnatinus Bosc, Gesell. Natur. Freunde Mag. 5: 84. O4.f. 3. 1811. Polyporus pellitus Mey. FI. Esseq. 304. 1818. Boletus crinitus Spreng. Vet. Acad. Handl. 51. 1820. Boletus fibrosus Hook. in Kunth, Syn. Pl. i: 10, 1822. Polyporus Feathermanni Rav. Grevillea, 6: 130. 1877. This very abundant tropical species was first described in 1788 from Jamaica. In enlarging his original brief description for the Flora of the West Indies, Swartz also enlarged his description of the type locality to read: “ On trees in the mountains of Jamaica.” In 181 1, Bosc describes and roughly figures the same plant, it Marking that ‘‘one might use it as the type of a new genus. Meyer later described it from South America under the name of Poly porus pellitus, and Sprengel from Porto Rico, as Boletus crint- us. Its most recent name was assigned by Ravenel to specimens ‘ _ Collected by Featherman at Gainesville, Florida. 610 MurRRILL: POLYPORACEAE OF NORTH AMERICA The great abundance and striking appearance of this species account for the attention which it has received, but should tend rather to lessen than to increase the list of synonyms. Every expedition to the southern states or the West Indies discovers quantities of it. The following list of specimens will indicate its range: Florida, Martin, Calkins, Small & Carter 1319, 7331, 1332, 1351; Britton 127, 128, 343, 366, 448, 477, Louisiana, Langlois 1280; Cuba, Underwood & Earle 374, 1524, 153%, 1538; Porto Rico, Earle 30, 52, Underwood, Wilson 114; Haiti, Nash 24; Jamaica, Earle 200, 4256, 189, 619; Yucatan, Millspaugh ; Colombia, Baker ; Nicaragua, Smith, Shimek; Mex- ico, S7zth, SPECIES INQUIRENDAE Trametes ocellata B. &.C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 319. 1868. Investigation had indicated that this species also was synonymous with P. hydnoides, but the recent discovery of a large-pored specimen by Small and Nash on Totten’s Key, Florida, reopens the question and further comparison and probably more material will be necessary in order to settle it satisfactorily. The evanes- cent membrane mentioned by the authors in connection with this species appears to be present also in ?. hydnoides and cannot serve as a distinguishing character. New York BotTanicaAL GARDEN. On Pisonia obtusata and its allies N. L. BRITTON Pisonia obtusata was described by Jacquin in Hort. Schoenbr. 3: 36 (1798), and figured at p/. 374 of that work; a detailed de- Scription is given of the plant which came from the island of New Providence, Bahamas, ‘in insula providentiae.”’ light years later, in 1806, Swartz in Fl. Ind. Oce. 3: 1960, described another /i- sonia obtusata, which came from the island of Saint Bartholomew, one of the Windward Islands, south of St. Thomas. Grisebach in Fl, Br. W. L., 71, credits the species to Swartz and not to Jac- quin, making no mention of the type locality in the Bahamas, and this blunder is continued by Heimerl in Engler’s Bot. Jahrb, 21: 625, in his monograph of West Indian Nyctaginaceae, although he cites Jacquin’s original description and figure, placing it, how- €ver, after his citation of Swartz. This all goes to show that attention to type localities is desirable. In looking over the collections of Bahamian plants made by Professor Coker, during the exploration conducted by the Geo- graphical Society of Baltimore in the summer of 1903, and those made by me in the summer of 1904, I have had occasion to iden- tify the Pisonia obtusata of Jacquin, which is well illustrated by Several specimens.. Contingent upon his error in the proper identification of the Species, Heimer] has described (oc. cit.) the Bahama plant as /%sonza calophylla, which thus becomes a synonym of P. obtusata Jacq. A further part of the history of the misidentification of this Species is to be found in the reference of the plant of southern Florida to Pisonia obtusata Sw., by Chapman, South. Fl. 374; by Sargent, Silva, 6: 111. p/. 297, and by pan, Fe ee U.S. 411; this has nothing to do with either the Prsonia obtusata of Jacquin or with that of Swartz; Heimerl has included it in his _ Pisonia discolor longifolia (loc. cit. 627), making, I believe, a further _€tror in supposing it to be only a form of P. discolor Spreng., the _ type locality of which is Jamaica. 611 612 BRITTON: PISONIA The Pisonia obtusata of Swartz has been referred, together with P. coccinea Sw., which came from Haiti, to P. zxermis Jacq., origin- ally from Cartagena on the mainland of South America, but with- out the present opportunity to examine type-specimens I am unable to verify this reference; Heimerl places P. coccinea Sw., in the related genus Meea. FPisonia Pacurero H.B.K. is referred by Grisebach and by the Index Kewensis to P. imermis, and plants from the Windward Islands, Porto Rico and Jamaica, as well as numerous South American specimens, certainly appear to be con- specific with the one figured on plate 24 of the Botany of the Herald; if Herr Heimerl had stopped to compare the plate of Jacquin illustrating P. ob‘usata with this illustration, I think he could not have failed to have noticed that they represent two entirely different species, although he cites them both under F. obtusata Sw. I have a further criticism to make of current generic references of these trees to the genus Pisonia L., the type species of which is P. aculeata L., a woody vine with recurved prickles and clavate gland-bearing fruit; the trees under consideration being wholly unarmed and with red drupe-like fruits, the smooth fleshy or juicy exocarp completely enclosing the hard ribbed anthocarp ; that they can be congeneric with P. aculeata it is quite impossible to believe after seeing them growing in proximity with it in the Bahamian coastal thickets, and from an examination of the litera- ture bearing on Pisonia I conclude that the generic name Torrubia Vell. Fl. Flum. 139 (1825), is the first one available for them, having as its type 7. opposita Vell. loc. cit., from maritime woods at Santa Cruz, Brazil. The Floridian and West Indian species known to me are as follows: 1. Torrubia obtusata (Jacq.) Pisonia obtusata Jacq. Hort. Schoenbr. 3: 36. pl. 374. 1825 Pisonia calophylla Heimerl, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 625. 1896. Leaves oval or elliptic, thick, rounded at the apex, 6-9 ™ long, about twice as long as wide, often revolute-margined, — upper ones subcordate, the lower sometimes rounded or 4 litte narrowed at the base ; petioles stout, 3~5 mm. long; fruit bright red, shining, juicy, the anthocarp 5~8 mm. long. Low coppices and scrub lands, mostly near the sea, island of BriTTON: PISONIA 613 New Providence, Bahamas, Cooper 18 and 23 ; Curtiss 126 ; Coker sand 252 ; Brace 163, 183 and 189, Britton & Brace 176 and 484. 2. Torrubia rufescens (Griseb.). Pisomia calophylla rufescens Heimerl, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 626, 1896. Fisonta rufescens Griseb.; Heimer], loc. cét., as synonym. Leaves thick, flat, obovate, finely and densely tomentulose beneath, rounded or truncate at the apex, cuneately narrowed at the base, the stout petioles 1-1.5 cm. long. Cuba, Wright 464. 3. Torrubia Cokeri Britton, sp. nov. Glabrous, the twigs gray. Leaves firm, obovate, 8 cm. long or less, 3~4 cm. wide, rounded at the apex, narrowed or some- what cuneate at the base ; petioles stout, about 1 cm. long; flow- ers sessile, the perianth and corymb-branches minutely tomentu- lose; staminate perianth about 3 mm. long, bluntly 5-toothed, about one-half as long as the stamens. Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, Bahamas, Coker gor (type); Cuba, Linden 1988. This is included by Heimerl in his P. calophylla, in so far as Linden’s specimens are concerned, but it is certainly distinct ; Wright’s Cuban numbers 2047 and 2042, cited by Heimer! under P. calophylla, 1 have not seen. 4. Torrubia suborbiculata (Hemsl.) Pisonia suborbiculata Hemsl.; Duss, Ann. Inst. Colon. Mar- seilles, 3:62. 1897. A low glabrous shrub, 2.5 m. high or less, with round or broadly obovate glaucous leaves less than 4 cm. long, their peti- oles extremely short; fruit pulpy, cylindric, red and glaucous when ripe, Known only from Martinique ; Duss 1467 and 4397. 5. Torrubia discolor (Spreng.) Pisonia discolor Spreng. Syst. 2: 168. 1825. Leaves oblong-elliptic, thin, 8 cm. long or less, 2-4 cm. wide, obtuse at the apex, narrowed at the base, slender-petioled ; antho- carp about 6 mm. long, about one-half as thick as long ; fruit ob- long, red, the pulp rather thin. The type is from Jamaica; the species is also known from Haiti (according to Heimerl), and from Cuba, Wright 2040; Combs 446 ; Britton & Wilson 72. 614 BRITTON: PISONIA 6.’ Torrubia longifolia (Heimer). Pisonia discolor longifolia Heimerl., Bot. Jahrb. 21:627. 1896. Pisonia obtusata Chapm. South. Fl. 374. 1860. Not Jacq. Leaves thin, the blades obovate to spatulate, 5 cm. long or less, or on young shoots longer, 2 to 4 times as long as wide, rounded or often emarginate at the apex, the very slender petioles 8-13 mm. long; fruiting corymbs dense or loose ; fruit very juicy, shining, bright red to magenta red, obovoid-cylindric to globose- obovoid, often depressed at the top, the anthocarp 5-6 mm. long. Type from the Bahamas, where it is very abundant in coastal coppices. Bauamas: New Providence, Brace 129 and 387 ; Coker 15 and 41; Britton & Brace 164, 166, 178 and 292, Andros, Northrop 517; St. George’s Cay, Coker 316; Watling Island, Coker 472. Froripa: Key West, Blodgett, “large tree flowering in the summer ;” same island, Blodgett, ‘shrub 10-15 feet ;” Indian River, Curtiss 2338; Palm Beach, Curtiss 5379 ; Miami, Garber, Britton gog; Annette Key, Simpson 342, shoots showing the ob- ovate nearly veinless leaves; Bull Key, Small & Carter 657 and 660. Cusa: seashore near Matanzas, Ruge/ grz. 7° Torrubia Bracei Britton, sp. nov. A slender tree, 5 m. high or less, the bark gray. Leaves thin, green on both sides ; petioles very slender, 6-8 mm. long ; blades narrowly obovate, 5 cm. long or less, rounded at the apex, cune- ate-narrowed at the base; fruiting pedicels about 0.5 mm. long; fruit very juicy, oblong-obovoid, twice as long as thick, claret-red, truncate at the top; anthocarp 7-8 mm. long, 2 mm. thick. Coastal coppice, Ft. Montague, New Providence, Bahamas, Britton & Brace 168, August 23, 1904. This grows in company with the next preceding species and with P. odtusata, and is certainly different from either of them. 8. Torrubia inermis (Jacq.). Pisonia inermis Jacq. Select. Am. 275. 1763. Pisonia obtusata Sw. F1. Ind. Occ. 3: 1960. 1806. Not Jacd- This type is from Cartagena, South America. The species, 48 I understand it, is widely distributed in northern South America and in the West Indies south of the Bahamas. It is said by Hei- merl to grow in Florida, but our collections from that State do not contain it. BRITTON: PISONIA 9. Torrubia floridana (Britton). Pisonia floridana Britton ; Small, Fl. SE. U. S. 411. 1903 Known only from Rock Key, Florida, and readily distin- guished from the other species by its dense pubescence Key to the above-mentioned species Petioles stout. Petioles 3-15 mm. long; blades 6-9 cm. long. Petioles 3-5 mm, long; leaves subcordate. 1. 7. obtusata. Petioles 1-1.5 ng; leaves cuneate or narrowed at the base. Leaves densely brown-tomentulose beneath : rae Be et eaves glabrous on both sid es. Petioles only 1 or 2 mm, long; blades 4 cm. long or less, Petioles slender, T. Coker 4. Tr. LTS, Leaves glabrou Leaves teem at the apex or emarginate. Leaves oval or oblon 5. Z. discolor. Leaves obovate or obls an i obose- bees: ‘as longer than thick ; ae 5-6 m gtfolia. Frit Ohare: -obovoid, twice as long as thick; coer Fira long. Leaves pointed, sometimes only bluntly acute. 8. 7 inerwis, Leaves eas pubescent, small. 9. 7. floridana. Ai F ys a ; 3 ’ 4 ae . ee “ : | - : - INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1904) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in ae or based upon American material ; the word Amer- ica oe used in its broadest sen ws, and papers which one exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, Re diiechivad products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in Some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. This Index is reprinted anys on niet 5 furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for ea ard. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each subscriber must take all ate sponte Peas the term of his subscription. Corre- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. Atwell, C. B. Propagation by petiole-buds. Plant World, 7: 252. 4. Bailey, W. W. Some unusual woody plants. Plant World, 7: 174, 175. Jl 1904. Barrett, 0. W. The guapa, an egregious economic. Plant World, bia) 226,226) 8 1608: Barrett, 0. W. ‘Tanier, the oldest crop. Plant World, 7: 248-250. O Tgo4. Bergen, J. Y. Transpiration of sun leaves and shade leaves of Olea europaea and other broad-leaved evergreens. Bot. Gaz. 38: 285- 296. f.7-rr. 20 O 1904. Berry, E. W. Otto Kuntze on Sequoia. Torreya, 4: 153,154. 29 O 1904. Bessey, C. E. ‘The chimney-shaped stomata of Holacantha Emoryt. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 523-527. p2. 2¢. 1 N 1904. Bicknell, E. P. Juncus aristulatus in New England. Rhodora, 6: 174,175. 6 Au 1904. Braunton, E. Denisons of the Desert. Preston School Outlook, 4°: 1-4. Autgo4. [Illust.] Braunton, E. Flora of Amador County [California] — June collec- tions. Preston School Outlook, 4’: 23, 24. Au 1904. 617 618 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Braunton, E. Flora of Amador County [California] — July collec- tions, 1904. Preston School Outlook, 4°: 22. S 1go4. Britton, N.L. The Floridaroyal palm. Torreya, 4: 152. 2901904. Burns, G. P. Heterophylly in Proserpinaca pallustris L. Ann. Bot. 18: 579-587. pl. 38. O 1904. Clark, A.G. Zyriosteum perfoliatum in Massachusetts. Rhodora, 6: 179, 180. 6 Au 1904. Clark, H. L. Notes on Maryland plants. Rhodora, 6: 176, 177. 6 Au 1904. Clinton, G. P. North American Ust//agineae. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 31: 329-529. O 1904. A monograph, recognizing 30 genera and more than 200 species and varieties. Coville, F. V. & Wight, W. F. Arctic plants collected [in northern Alaska]. Prof. Paper U. S. Geol. Surv. 20: 130-134. 1904. Davis, B. M. The relationships of sexual organs in plants. Bot. Gaz. 38: 241-264. 200 1904. Driggs, A. W. The Connecticut flora at the St. Louis Exposition. Rhodora, 6: 180. 6 Au 1904. Emerson, J. E. Relationship of Macrophoma and Diplodia. Bull. Torrey Club, 32: 551-554. p/. 25. 1 N 1904. Fernald, M. L. Pyrola asarifolia Michx. var. incarnata n. comb. Rhodora, 6: 178, 179. 6 Au 1904. Fink, B. A lichen society of a sandstone riprap. Bot. Gaz. 38: 265- 284. f. 1-5. 200 1904. Fitzpatrick, T. J. The June flora of the Ochevedan mound. Plant World, 7: 220-223. S 1904. Ganong, W. F. An undescribed thermometric movement of the branches in shrubs and trees. Ann. Bot. 18: 631-644. f. 52-57: O 1904. Goetting, A. E. On lonely rocks and sand-edged bluffs. Plant World, 7+ 470-192. Jl 1904. Griggs, R. F. A vegetable mimic. Plant World, 7: 196-198. pl. 2. Au 1904. A species of Amphitecma, with pods resembling those of cacao. Hitchcock, A. S. Notes on North American grasses, IV. Bot. Gaz- 38: 297-299. 200 1904. Holway, E.W. D. Mexican Uredineae. Ann. Myc. 2: 391-397 30 S 1904. Includes new species in Puccinia (7), Aecidium and Uromyces (2). INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 619 Kellicott, W. E. The daily periodicity of cell-division and of elonga- tion in the root of Adium. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 529-550. f. z-8. 1 WN 1904. Lloyd, F. E. Bau des Gerstenkornes und Physiologie der Keimung. Allgem. Brauer- und Hopfen-Zeitung, 44: 2767-2769 f. I-9. 8 O 1904. Translation from Ann. Rep. Sci. Sta. for Brewing. Merrill, E.D. New or noteworthy Philippine plants, II. Bur. Gov. Lab. Philipp. Publ. 17: 1-47. 7. 1-3. 1 O 1904. With descriptions of 57 new species in 37 genera. Murrill, W. A. A new species of Polyporus from Tennessee. Torreya, 4: 150, 151. f. r-g. 29 O 1904. Nash, G. V. The palms of Florida. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 194-199. O 1904. Petri, L. Sul valore diagnostico del capillizio nel genere ‘‘ Zy/os- toma’’ Pers. Ann. Myc. 2: 412-438. 30S 1904. [Illust.] Post, T. von & Kuntze, 0. Lexicon generum Phanerogamarum inde ab anno MDCCXXXVII._ i-xlviii. 1-714. Stuttgart, 1904. Rick, J. Fungi austro-americani exs. fasc. I.. Ann. Myc. 2: 406- 410. 30S 1904. Includes the description of a new species of Pseudohydnum. Rick, J. Ueber einige auf Bambusarten wachsende tropische Hypo- Creaceen, Ann. Myc. 2: 402-406. f. 7-7. 30S 1904. Includes a description of A/é/leriella nutans sp nov. Robinson, W. J. A visit to the botanical laboratory at Cinchona, Ja- maica. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5; 187-194. f- 31-35- O 1904. Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XI. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 555-575. I N 1904 With descriptions of 43 new species and varieties in 24 genera. Salmon, E.S. On the identity of Ovudariopsis Patouillard and Hariot with the conidial stage of Phy//actinia Lév. Ann. Myc. 2: 438- 444. pl. 7. 30S 1904. Schmitt, J. Monographie de l’ile d’ Anticosti (Golfe Saint-Laurent). I~vVi, 1-370. f. 7-46 + map. Paris, 1904. The botanical portion, comprising chapters VI to XI, occupies pages 129-234. Schneck, J. Hybridization in the honey locust. Plant World, 7: 252, 253. O 1904. Shear, C.L. The black fungi. Plant World, 7: 172-174. Jl 1904. Stevens, cA Oogenesis and fertilization in 4/bugo [pomoeae-pandu- ranae. Bot. Gaz. 38: 300-302. f. 7, 2. 20 O 1904. 620 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Underwood, L. M. ‘The early writers on ferns and their collections — III, W. J. Hooker, 1785-1865. Torreya, 4: 145-150. 29 O 1904. Waters, C. E. Geotropism of Polyporus. Plant World, 7: 224. S 1904. Weingart, W. Cereus coniflorus spec. nov. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 118-120. 10 Au I9go4. Supposed to be a native of Haiti. Weingart, W. Peireskia amapola Web. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 83- 10 Je 1904. Weingart, W. Peireskia Bleo DC. und Peireskia grandifiora Haw. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 131-134. 15S 1904. Wercklé, C. Heteromorphismus epiphytischer Cereen. Monats. Kakteenk. 14: 62, 63. 15 Ap 1904. Wildeman, E. de. Zryngium Serra Cham. Ic. Sel. Hort. Thenen- sis, 5: 25-28. p/. 166. Jl 1904. Native of Brazil and Uruguay. Wolfe, J. J. Cytological studies on Wemalion. Ann. Bot. 18: 607- 630. pl. go, gi +f. 52. O 1904. Woodward, R. W. Notes on two Connecticut grasses. Rhodora, 6: 477; 173; 6 Au toog. VOLUME 31, PLATE 26 BuLL. TorRREY CLUB © DESMIDS FROM NEWFOUNDLAND BIRD-LORE _— in its December, The Warblers in Color ul issue, the publication of a series of accu- : rately c olor ed plates, representing " the e plu- mages of North A 4 ings "y Louis pees Fuertes and a Horsfall, The text accompanying these beautiful plates has es compiled by Pro rd 20 cents a number; $1.00 a year plates, to every subscriber Vol. VI of LISHED FOR THE AUDUBON SOCIETIES sy BIRD-LORE, beginning yaw 1904, THE MACMILLAN CO,,66 FIFTH AVE., New York City THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEVENTH YEAR ann MOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, Su as well asamateur, Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued.on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at th rate of one cefit for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, Cotumspia University, New York City. The Editor still has in his hands separates of the Code of Botanical Nomenclature PUBLISHED IN THE MAY NUMBER OF THIS JOURNAL While the supply lasts, they are offered for sale at Twenty-five Cents each, or Five Copies for One Dollar POSTAGE INCLUDED Address, J. H. BARNHART, Tarrytown, New York I PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, os con- taining notes, news and non- oe . articles of ae ae Free to all mem- bers of the Garden, To others, ents a copy; $1. Not t offered in exchange.] Vol it 1900, vill 2 ep pp. Vol. Il, 150% vill + 04 pp. Vol. III, 1902, viii-+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 pp etin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and tec ee | articles a 2 the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free ee Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 44 3 a plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, tanks Ae PyoL is No. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903; No. 10, I14 pp., 1903. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange. Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora vg os ane os hatha Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the mu: eat and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanero ae oles one with notes fia the author’s field k and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix Be Rig pp. Roy. 8vo, with detailed map. Ui. The Influence of Light and Darkness she som Growth and Development, by i DBT MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s exten nsive researches together with a general consideration of Ka arpa . ond to a a ae ooo Fre perce pets are illustrated. xvi+ 3 Roy. 8vo with 176 Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by af students or members of the staff, andureprinted from journals other than above, Price, 25 — each. $5.00 og volume. Vol. I. Inclusive of Nos. 1-25, vi-+ 400 pp. 35 figures in the text and 34 plates. i) Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi-+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 54. Chemical notes on bastard logwood, by B. C. Gruenberg and Dr. w. J. Gies, No. 55. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XI, by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. No. 56. The Polyporaceae of North America—VIII, by Dr. W. A. Murrill. No. 57. Studies in the Asclepiadaceae—VIII. A — of Asclepias from Kan- sas and two possible hybrids from New York, by Miss ail. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX Park, Nw YorK CITY PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . MEMoIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus ecco (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, pe a a Quarto, be pages, 84 plates. Price A Monograph of the North te Potentilleae (189%). By Po rie Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1 Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. Text-book of General od (1896). By Albert Sehtider, hg ate in Botany, 1895-1896 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 See $3.80 (paper). Published. ‘ Willard N. Clute & Co. Bin nghamton _ The Department invites propositions relative : peers of her- um material for any of the above named publications. Address Proeoo L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of ote 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Bro Three ee volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 12 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages ; Vol. 3 588 pages; 4162 figures in a text, lostantng ey Species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, tg for es three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ate y; $10. 5: Our Raiive Ferns and their Allies. emer le 1Tg00. By Lucien Mais Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1 odecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published Henry Holt & Co., New York, Pri 1.00. 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- Wood, Professor of Botany, 1896— c Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 0. Price $1. A Text: ee of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. ctavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published a Longmans, Green & ee. New York. Price $3.00. ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Our Specialties : MICROSCOPES @ and ACCESSORIES = CA dikes zy SCHL & SCHULL'S MICROTOMES C. P. Filters CHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S d Famous Labora- - tory Glassware WEIGHTS And for rete other renowned Eur houses in our tine COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FoR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. and Reagents Pa ee SS EE At SEs ee ae et ey Ct A series of technical ap on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. ‘os $3.00 a volume. offered in exchange. . 1, No. 1; price, $1.00 icy. 7 H. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Car Pages 1-85. “25 My 1889. ge . oe ee . Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : Martindale, I. C. Marine oe of the 1880 tise: coast and adjacent waters of ~ Staten Island. Pages 87-1 24 Au a Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents Bprace, » R. Hepaticae Bolivianae, i - Andibus Boliviae orientale; annis 1885-6, a HLH. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja ey Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ¢ ent E.L. On seediess fruits. Pages 141- pr 30 My 1890, e: Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : Halsted, B. D. Reserve food- materials in buds and surrounding parts. Pages _ 1-26, plates 7, 2. 10 S 1890. = . 2, No, 2; price, 75.cen : Vail, A.M. seen A. cules to the 24 oF Virginia. Pages 27-56, plates 3, 4. 23 D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : ee Holm, T. ~Conkribetions to the knowledge of the Pee of some North Amer- po iat Pages 57-108, plates 5-79. | 15 Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents: ae The genus Palvvate in North America. Pages 109-132. 30 te Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately ‘Small, J. K. & Heller, A. A. —_ of western North Carolina and contiguous neon Pages 1-39. 3, No. 2; price, $2.00: = Naiadaceae of North America ae illustrations of all the spe- ‘ces Pages 1-65, oo: 20-74. 15 Mri 3, No. 3; not nate separate! H. An enumeration of the plants collected in Paliv by Miguel Bang. [Part oy ‘Pages 1-6. 28 Apr 1893. Vol. 4, No. 1; not furnished separa’ = L. M. idles Hepaticarum. Part I, eae Pages I-91. 10 ; Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately oe J. EK. & Vail, A. M. Report on the botanical ake oration of southwestern inia during the season of 1892. Pass 92-201, plates 75-82. 18 N 1893-17 ce 1894. os mete a No. 3; price, 50 ce ws HL. n of the plants collected in polivie oe Mipuct Bang. Part 2. gm apieraey ic ira7 Apt 1895. pe Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 5 it a 8. Arachis lepopicn Le Pages were pat 837-85. 5 Je 1895. _ Vol. 4, No. 5; price, ~ cents a S The Riese American species - of Physals and related genera, 374. 15 5 1896. oe Vol List of de cottashvie and Be et growing vithout coliivation in northeastern. Pe North America. Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 1. 6, No: 1; price, $1.25: as iety H. S enumeration af the plants Gitected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Be : Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1806 ee : Vol. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cen A revision Of the North American ine: and Brachythecta. Ji 1897. : Grout:'A _ Pages at 30 ee 1. ; ete price, 50 cents Hazen, T. e histo haerella lacustris ¢ Hacnatieeiias pluvialis) --— ee 21 pad a em “86, 87 ( ret j. 8 Je 1899. Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents : Underwood, L. M. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832. Pages. "ales 1 D 1899. Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: Notes on the lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley. rae gr tae 1 D 1899. a7 price oes aes WV ; $3.00: ‘Howe, M.A. The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. Pages 1-208, plates a a 8, No. 1; price, $1.75 : ‘ E _E. The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part I. — 1-26, eee 26 Au 1899. Part II. Pages 27-112, plates 5-15. 15 F 1902, — Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: ite The fade Lennie of the United States and Canada. Pages 113-1 1s i eae t ee wa Hees 75 cents — ‘( AL The life history of Vitioris lineata, by ae 1902, i 5S OL SG; rice, $3.00: = monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, ae - 4 _Vol. 10; ~! oan $3.00 _ Vol. 11, No. i: es 1.75: riaceae. a 1-134, fates 1-19. . in its ‘absce to Aster. DECEMBER, 1904 NO. 12 BULLETIN OF THE €pditor JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART ‘a Associate Cditors | DANIEL TREMBLY MacDoucat Etuiot Hazen WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL & Avery Howe : HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS — ANNA Murray VAIL | a |e we i] x i=) og = =~ ~ =] = - THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ty HON. ADDISON BROWN, LLD. Vice- Presidents, HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, a EDWARD W. BERRY JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D. Passaic, New Jersey. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Treasurer, Seer oe : FRANCIS E. LLOYD i.e ae nae tre 2 Columbia Universtiy, New York City. MEETINGS = ie satiny: twiceeach month from October to May bidacen: the second Tuesday at 8:00 P.M, at the ee Pharmacy, aps Were Sith Sk tlt Weinesda - PUBLICATIONS —) other business communications eee to the publica Vol. 31 Ko? 42 | BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 4 - DECEMBER, 1904 3 Notes on the blackening of Baptisia tinctoria Jutia T. EMERSON Any one who is accustomed to the aspect of our dry open fields or sandy hills in the summer can not have failed to notice _ the Wild Indigo (Yellow Indigo Broom, Baptisia tinctoria (L.) R. Br.). The bright yellow flowers and small three-parted leaves make a very conspicuous plant. In early July, on Cape Cod, 4 before the flowers are open the plants are green, but a few weeks _ later a black twig or branch will be noticed, and by August often whole plants will be black, even the flowers. If a green leaf is 7 pinched or injured so that the epidermis is broken, there will pres- ently be a black spot at the injury, and it is generally the branches ES which have been stepped on or have suffered from an insect bur- _ Towing into the stem near the ground, which are the first to show a this very characteristic blackening. It is not always due to an 3 ‘injury ; an apparently healthy plant will be so black that one can a easily believe that a good substitute for indigo could be found in _ it, and indeed during the Civil War this was tried ; while in drying it is well known how dark a specimen it makes. The following facts were noted at the Marine Biological Labor- atory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, during some studies made at Dr. True’s suggestion and with his kind assistance, upon the Cause of the blackening of the leaves of Baptista tinctoria. It was thought probably to be due to an oxidizing enzyme, and various €xperiments were tried to prove whether or not this was the case. It may be well to say a word about the “enzymes. Effront * aes a ex aaa Ne pc * Effront, J. Les enzymes et leurs applications, 63, 64. 1899. (The preceding number of the ample Vol. 31, er 11, for November, 1¢04 1: 581-620, f/. 26), was issued 26 N 1 1 622 EMERSON: BLACKENING OF BAPTISIA TINCTORIA has classified them into three large groups according to the effects which they produce : A. Soluble hydrating ferments or enzymes. B. Soluble oxidizing enzymes. C. Enzymes causing molecular decomposition. It is with the middle group that this paper is concerned. The oxidizing enzymes are found in both animals and plants, are widely distributed in all the parts of plants and in every kind of plant from bacteria to the phanerogams. Laccase, the first of the oxi- dases to be discovered (in 1883 by Yoshida, a Japanese chemist), makes lacquer; malase acts on fruits and causes apples and pears to turn brown when exposed to air; and others are connected with the ripening of olives or are found in wine. Without giving them actual names, like the foregoing, there are two kinds of OXI- dases generally recognized by the differences of their reactions, one “oxidase,” which oxidizes guaiaconic acid (the characteristic reactive in the guaiac resin) to guaiac blue without the aid of peroxide of hydrogen, and the other ‘“ peroxidase,’ which oxidizes it only when this substance is present.* There is a third, catalase, which according to Loew 7 is of general occurrence in the vegetable kingdom. In this paper only very general experiments are described, but the methods of preparation of the material and ways of applying , the tests are the ones usually adopted for this kind of work. Preparation of material. — Fresh stems were gathered and the leaves stripped off; flowers also were used when present, but not the pod or thicker stems, as these could not easily be sufficiently broken up. The leaves were ground up in a mortar with quite fine sand, which had been previously treated with dilute hydro- chloric acid and washed until no acid reaction could be detected with litmus paper, then dried in the sun. When ground, the leaves were covered with distilled water and left to macerate for a period of a half to one hour; the extract was next filtered, the leaves being squeezed in a cloth as dry as possible and thrown away. The filtrate was treated with three times its bulk of strong EE eee eae eS Do rege * Loew, O. — and Selene of cigar leaf eitinecs, a7; wn S. Dept Agriculture ee 0. 59.) + Loew, O. Ciiatae: pe **. S. Dept. Agriculture Rep. No. 68.) 1901. oF SE Fas: VaR ye edt IRE a Sia eae p> Bras SL Tae italien Lay eS, EMERSON: BLACKENING OF BAPTISIA TINCTORIA 623 alcohol and left for an hour or two, to precipitate chlorophyl, proteins and other matters; this precipitate, dissolved in dis- tilled water, was filtered again, and this solution used for the experiments. Kinds of extracts made.—I\t was found that as soon as the pounded leaves were exposed to the air they turned from green to black in less than half an hour, whereas those not so much exposed kept green. So two kinds of extracts were made, one in which the pounded leaves were at once covered with water, when only those near the top became black, another in which the pounded leaves were left for twenty-four hours to get as black as possible in the air, and then extracted as usual. The first method gave a dark brown solution which kept growing darker so that it was difficult to see the color-reactions ; the second gave a clear amber- colored extract, free from the products of oxidation, easily show- ing the slightest reaction to color tests, but otherwise acting like the first. In order to get purer enzyme solutions, a portion of the Original solution was treated with three times its bulk of alcohol and filtered, dissolving the precipitate in water, and this process was repeated, thus securing second and third extractions much lighter and clearer and rather more sensitive than the first. In general 95 per cent. alcohol was used for the first treat- ‘Ment, and 80 per cent. for the second and third. Although some absolute alcohol was also used for the first extraction and gave “much heavier precipitates, it was too expensive to use in the necessary quantities. There was little difference in the amount of precipitate between 95 per cent. and 80 per cent. alcohol. Tests for enzymes. — When the extracts were ready they were tested by taking about ten cubic centimeters in a tube and adding a few drops of solution of gum guaiac (2 grams of guaiac in 100 Cubic centimeters of absolute alcohol) ; then the solution turned an opalescent blue, becoming slightly darker when shaken, and aclear blue on adding 95 per cent. alcohol, which dissolves the €xcess of guaiac. This showed that an oxidase was undoubtedly Present. Upon the addition of one drop of hydrogen peroxide, the solution turned a very deep blue, and this color would last Several hours without fading. This second reaction suggested the Presence of a peroxidase. These two tests were used in all the 624 EMERSON: BLACKENING OF BAPTISIA TINCTORIA experiments, the colors given above being considered the normal reaction and any variations, as the rapidity in the change, or shades of blue, were taken to mark disturbance in the action of the enzyme. It was found that the guaiac solution did not keep its power more than three or four days. The best reactions were produced the day it was made up. Green * considers that it is not safe to rely upon the guaiac test as a method of recognition for an oxidase, as several ordinary chemicals and mineral compounds also yield a blue color with it, and says the surer way is to isolate the enzyme and prove its presence by its action. On the other hand Loew f considers that ‘such objections are groundless when fresh organized tissues are underinvestigation. Other oxidizing influences are easily recognized by control tests, which the careful worker will not omit to make. . . . Such blue reactions are not restricted to certain limits of temperature as the reactions of oxidizing enzymes are.” Temperature experiments. — These were made by putting five or ten cubic centimeters of the enzyme solution into tubes and exposing them for five, ten, fifteen and thirty minutes as nearly as possible to the same temperature, by means of water baths. Ex- posures begun at 55° C. and up to 75° C. showed no difference from the normal. At 75° C. for shorter exposures the guaiac or oxidase reaction was slower in appearing and not such a good blue, and the hydrogen peroxide or peroxidase coloring became greener and clear, instead of deep blue. For longer exposures the reactions were still slower. At 79° C. to 81° C. for thirty minutes the guaiac reaction was very slight; the peroxide light blue, and the color faded. At 85° C. for five or ten minutes there was almost no reaction to gum guaiac, and the peroxide reaction was green and clear and slow ; while at 86° to 87° C. for twenty and thirty minutes there was no reaction to either. Therefore the thermal destruction point is 86° C. for long exposures and 87° C. for shorter times, that of the oxidase being probably a few degrees lower than that . for the peroxidase ; the third extractions were a trifle more sensi- tive than the original one. * Green, J. R. The soluble ferments and fermentation. 1899. t Loew, O. Physiological studies of Connecticut leaf tobacco, 31. (U. *- Dept. Agriculture Rep. No. 65.) 1goo. EMERSON: BLACKENING OF BApTISIA TINCTORIA 625 These conclusions are drawn from over fifty experiments made under the same conditions with the various solutions, each solu- tion being tried at least twice, generally more often, at each degree of temperature between the extremes indicated. A little different temperature test was made by holding branches with the leaves on in water at 70°, $0", 90° and 100° C. for five, ten and fifteen minutes, then mashing the leaves and pre- cipitating with alcohol and testing as usual. In this way the en- zyme was not destroyed until the branch had been at 90° C. for fifteen minutes, and even then there was a little reaction with hydrogen peroxide. At the boiling point of water the oxidase was destroyed by a five-minute exposure, the peroxidase by a ten- minute exposure. Even this high temperature for less than five minutes does not quite destroy the enzyme, and this fact was no- ticed with a solution which gave reactions when brought once to the boiling point, and ceased only when boiled several minutes. The leaves on the branches when exposed to the lower degrees for short periods turned dark or black on drying, while the boiled ones remained green. These temperature results correspond fairly well with those given for the maple leaf by Woods.* He found that in the plant tissues both the oxidase and the peroxidase will stand somewhat higher temperature than in aqueous or alcoholic solutions. The ©xidase of a hard maple leaf is usually destroyed by heating five Minutes at 70° C. in an aqueous solution ; the peroxidase requires five minutes at 80° C. In the leaf, however, it took fifteen min- utes at 85° C. to destroy them, while both were destroyed in a 50 per cent. alcoholic solution in three minutes at 70°-72° C. The enzymes of other leaves behaved in a similar manner. The tobacco oxidase is destroyed between 65° and 66° C. and the perox- idase between 87° and 88°C. On this subject Loew ¢ says: ‘‘ The temperatures thus far observed which render enzymes inactive are Not constant under all conditions; the acidity of the plant juice, the degree of dilution, the duration of the heating, and the pres- _ of certain salts have a modifying influence on the vilictin ai of Cen- . F. The destruction of chlorophyll by ciliiing een enzymes. * Woo tralbl, fi ‘Pacaale Abt. 2. 5: 745-754. 1599. t Loew, O, Physiological studies of Connecticut leaf tobacco, 21. 1900. 626 EMERSON: BLACKENING OF BAPTISIA TINCTORIA the temperature at which the change to the inactive modification takes place.’’ He then gives destruction temperatures for several oxidases in various plants, which vary from 60° to 95° C. Citric acid tests — Ten cubic centimeters of the enzyme solution were put in tubes, then by means of a burette I cc., .5 cc., and .2 cc. of citric acid of different strengths were added, the tubes set aside for an hour and then tested with the solution of gum guaiac and hydrogen peroxide. Citric acid (normal) was used to begin with, then one fourth normal, one eighth normal and one sixteenth normal, each one tried in three tubes with the three different amounts of acid. The normal solution gave no result at all, ex- cept a heavy brown precipitate. The quarter normal, when only two tenths cubic centimeters were added, gave a weak guaiac reaction and a gray-blue peroxide coloration. With one half a cubic centimeter of the one eighth normal solution there was a fair reaction with both, but not normal in color, the good colors being reached only with .2 cc. of the one sixteenth normal solution. In all but the last there was a precipi- tate ; in the stronger solutions this was brown, in the weaker blue, and in most the color faded. No definite conclusions could be drawn from these results. Sodium hydroxide tests. —These were made in the same way as those with citric acid: a one quarter normal solution was the strongest used (ten grams in one litre of water), the weaker ones being one quarter, one eight and ore sixteenth of that. Results follow : One quarter normal—no reaction with either guaiac or hy- drogen peroxide, a clear yellow liquid. ;i; normal, giz normal, gy normal (to cc. {normal and 3o ce. (5 cc. }normal and 35 cc. (24 cc. } normal and 37% H,0. fh ec. HQ, in a few cases gave Most of these experi- All gave guaiac reaction, a slight reaction to guaiac, ments gave a guaiac reac- though greenish instead of none to H,O,. .2 cc. and tion, but none with H ,O, blue, and with .5 an nd .2 cc. less gave generally a guaiac until only .2 cc. was used. there was a reaction to reaction, occasionally one H,0,, though green instead with H,0,. of blue. The sodium hydroxide solution gave a yellow color to the EMERSON: BLACKENING OF BaPTiISIA TINCTORIA 627 enzyme solutions which was noticeable even in the weaker ones, making the color reactions greenish instead of blue. There was no precipitate in any and the color faded in most of them. In these results it is seen that it is the oxidase which is more resis- tant, while in the thermal tests it was the peroxidase. Loew * states that in the majority of cases the oxidase will prove the more energetic of the two but it succumbs much more quickly to noxious influences, as alcohol or heat. A few experiments were tried with both citric acid and sodium hydroxide, using for each .5 cc. of $ normal solution (where a slight though decided reaction to both guaiac and hydrogen per- oxide was observed), and then heating the tubes. It was found that the thermal destruction point was thus reduced from 86° to 79° C, MISCELLANEOUS EXPERIMENTS 1. The experiments given above seemed to prove that there were two oxidases and it was thought probable that catalase was also present, but although two attempts were made to prove this neither was successful. Hydrogen peroxide was poured on freshly chopped leaves and though bubbles came off, when col- lected they proved to be only air, not oxygen. However, when hydrogen peroxide was dropped on freshly made hand-sections of the stem many air-bubbles came off, especially from the wood and xylem, which action may have been due in part to catalase, as this property of developing oxygen by decomposition of hydrogen peroxide is one which Loew } proved to belong to catalase. 2. Tubes with enzyme solution were exposed to sunlight and strong light for several hours, together with controls wrapped in black paper, so that all were at the same temperature, but all gave perfectly normal reactions. 3. A solution of hydroquinone was made up (one gram in 100 cubic centimeters of distilled water), and equal amounts of this and the enzyme solutions, and one tube of distilled water and hydroquinone were put aside in the dark, for twenty four hours. As no result was apparent for this period they were left for a spt oew, O. | Curing and fermentation of cigar leaf tobacco, 30. 1899. t Loew, O. Physiological studies of Connecticut leaf tobacco, 23. 1900 — Loew, O. Catalase. gol. 628 Emerson: BLACKENING OF BAPTISIA TINCTORIA week; then the solutions had all become a rich, red, clear sherry color, that with distilled water also having a reddish tinge. 4. One drop of twenty per cent. ferric chloride turned a solu- tion of freshly chopped leaves in water a deep black, showing the presence of tannin, but none could be detected in the alcoholic extracts. 5. The various extracts seemed to be quite neutral, that is, they produced no change in either blue or pink litmus paper, even when kept some days so that there was a decided musty or cider smell. A few drops of chloroform do not affect the action of the enzymes and keep the solutions from growing musty. In the field those branches which had turned black were in general injured in some way, by being stepped on, blown over or sometimes some insect eggs were found in the hollow stems of older branches. These are some suggestions as to the possible cause for the starting of the action of the enzymes. In the plants which are described in Woods’ interesting paper he enzymes show much greater activity in or near the cells which are injured in a leaf than in the normal green cells. He suggests that the insects which cause punctures may “inject substances possibly related to saliva into the wounds which they produce, and it may be the irration caused by these substances which is responsible for the increase of oxidase and peroxidase.’’ He also states that these enzymes rapidly destroy chlorophyl and that ‘under certain conditions not yet well understood” they “ either become active or else are produced in abnormally large quantities, causing variegations and various diseases.”’ * ‘The oxidizing enzymes are evidently contained in the plas- matic living part of the cell, and not in the cell sap which fills the vacuoles. On the other hand, the matters easily oxidized by them and representing products of metabolism or by-products of certain synthetical operations are mostly contained in the cell sap. These matters, often of a chromogenic character, are, of course, produced in the plasmatic parts, but secreted rapidly into the cell sap. When the cells die the soluble substances locally separated in the cytoplasm and the cell sap intimately mix, since the coagulating protoplasm, becoming easily permeable, can no * Woods Fete peer a Tl: tees * EMERSON: BLACKENING OF BAPTISIA TINCTORIA 629 longer retain any soluble matters—as, for example, oxidase. Thus after death the direct action of the oxidase on the oxidizable mat- ter of the cell sap sets in with a production of colored bodies, as is the case in the tobacco leaves. This action can also be noticed very well in the juice pressed out from the fresh leaves, since this juice, containing cell sap as well as soluble matters previously con- tained in the protoplasm, turns brown rapidly on coming into con- tact with air. The darkening of the juices of potatoes, beets, and other plants depends upon the same principle.” * It might be concluded from these two extracts that though present in the whole plant of Baptista tinctoria, the enzymes have become particularly active in the blackened parts, and that these black parts have become susceptible to the enzyme from having lost their vitality from some cause. The black leaves do not seem dead, and always contain plenty of chlorophyl. Of course the blackness is the product of oxidation, but my observations would Suggest a possibility that there is a pigment as well, which gives the extreme dark color, so much darker than the same product in potatoes and beets and tobacco, and so different from the white and green of variegated leaves. SUMMARY The blackening of the leaves of Baptista tinctoria is due to oxidizing enzymes. There are at least two enzymes, an oxidase which gives an opalescent blue with gum guaiac solution and is destroyed by heat at about 83°-84° C., and a peroxidase which gives a deep blue with hydrogen peroxide and which has a thermal destruction point of 86°-87° eH Both enzymes can be destroyed with dilute solutions of citric acid and sodium hydroxide. I wish to express my gratitude to Dr. D. T. MacDougal and Dr. W, J. Gies of the New York Botanical Garden, for their kind assistance and advice in revising this paper. le 3 Loew, Oe Physiological ‘studies of Connecticut leaf tobacco, 40, ve 1900. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora— XIII Per AXEL RYDBERG ‘ Dodecatheon multiflorum sp. nov. Plant glabrous, perennial with a very short caudex and cluster of fibrous roots; leaves about 2 dm. long, sinuate-denticulate, ob- tusish, narrowly oblanceolate, tapering below into a short petiole ; Scape stout 3-4 dm. high; bracts linear-lanceolate, 1-2 cm. long ; flowers 10-20; the longer pedicels often over 1 dm. long; calyx- tube 5-6 mm. long, more or less turbinate at the base; lobes lanceolate, about 5 mm. long; corolla bluish violet, paler in the throat but without any markings ; lobes oblong, obtuse ; filament- tube obsolete ; anthers narrowly linear-lanceolate, acute, 7-8 mm. long; connective narrow, lance-subulate, with a longitudinal groove, but not rugose; capsule about 12 mm. long, cylindric- ovoid, septicidal. In habit this species resembles D. radicatum and D. paucifiorum, but differs in the stamens, which are almost without a filament- tube. In river valleys at an altitude of 2400-2700 m. CoLoRADO : Sangre de Cristo Creek, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5781. Wyominc: Elk Mountains, 1899, Lzttle & Stanton. 4 ’ Dodecatheon radicatum sinuatum var. nov. _ Leaves more elongated than in the type, oblong, rarely elliptic, sinuate, thin. Cotorapo: Foothills, Larimer County, 1890, Crandall (type); Buena Vista, 1892, C. S. Sheldon ; Fort Collins, 1896, Baker. ’ Gentianella Clementis sp. nov. Annual, usually more or less branched, 2-4 dm. high; stem sharply angled ; internodes usually longer than the leaves; these 3-6 cm. long, the basal ones spatulate, the cauline ones lanceolate, acuminate, truncate or even subcordate at the base, sessile ; pedun- cles 1~4 from the axils of the leaves, more or less elongated 1-6 cm. long ; sepals linear, acute, usually very unequal in length, the longer often 24 as long as the blue or greenish-yellow corolla ; corolla 15-18 mm. long; lobes ovate-lanceolate, acute. 632 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA This belongs to the Ammare//a group of Gentiana and is perhaps most nearly related to G. plebeja, which, however, has shorter ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute or obtuse stem-leaves, lower stem and shorter and more nearly equal calyx-lobes. G. Clementis grows in the mountains from South Dakota and Montana to Colorado and Arizona. As the type I regard the following : Cotorapo: Minnehaha, 1go1, Clements 253. Frasera speciosa stenosepala var. nov. Usually with very numerous flowers ; sepals narrowly linear, some of them usually equaling or exceeding the petals ; petals large, about 15 mm. long or more; floral leaves very long and narrow. | In the mountains and foothills of Colorado and Wyoming. As the type may be regarded : CoLorapo : Foothills, Larimer County, 1895, Cowev. vFrasera speciosa angustifolia var. nov. Low, 3—4 dm. high ; basal leaves very short ; stem-leaves nar- rowly linear-lanceolate ; floral leaves, except the lower, shorter than the branches of the inflorescence ; petals rather small, about 12 mm. long. On dry hillsides from Montana to Colorado. As the type may: be regarded : Montana: Lima, 1895, Shear 3369. ~ Gilia scariosa sp. nov. Perennial with a tap-root ; stems one to several, simple, strict, 3-6 dm. high, glandular-puberulent throughout ; leaves numerous, alternate, pinnatifid with linear-filiform spinulose-tipped divisions, more or less white-villous when young, glandular-puberulent ; inflorescence a narrow, strict, interrupted thyrsus ; branches very short, few-flowered ; calyx-tube about 6 mm. long, puberulent, scarious except the green angles; teeth short, broadly rounded- ovate, abruptly contracted into a subulate acumination ; corolla pink, 3-4 cm. long; tube narrow, very gradually broadening upwards ; lobes ovate-Janceolate, acute, about 8 mm. long ; stamens very unequally inserted ; capsule obovoid, about 1 cm. long. This is closely related to G. aggregata, but differs in the scari- ous calyx with short, abruptly cuspidate-acuminate lobes. The lobes of the corolla are also acute rather than acuminate. The Sere =: RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 633 _ Species is common in Colorado, in open valleys. It was first col- _ lected by James in Long’s expedition; but James’ specimen in the Torrey herbarium is a mere scrap. I have therefore selected as the type a better specimen, viz. : . CoLtorapo: Veta Pass, 1896, C. L. Shear 3590. =| Gilia congesta crebrifolia Wats, King’s Exp. 5: 268, in part. 1871. Not G. crebrifolia Nutt. Low perennial, more or less woody at the base, more or less cespitose ; flowering branches 5~10 cm. high, more or less pu- _ bescent with white, crisp hairs or puberulent ; leaves linear-fili- _ form, entire or the upper rarely with 1-2 similar lobes, tipped with a pungent point ; flowers in capitate clusters, which are usually on * naked peduncles ; bracts similar to the leaves but smaller ; calyx villous with short subulate pungent teeth ; corolla 4-5 mm. long, white ; lobes oblong, obtuse, a little over 1 mm. long. This has been mistaken for G. crebrifolia Nutt., but that species has much shorter fleshy leaves and very short copiously leafy flowering stems. It is nearer related to G. beridifolia, from which it differs in the entire leaves and solitary heads ending the “4 _ branch es. _- Wyominc: Headwaters of Tongue River, 1898, dears 576 _ (type). : Cotorapo: Arboles, 1899, Baker 534. Uran: Bear River Valley, 1869, Watson 977. ’ Gilia spergulifolia sp. nov. : : : v Gilia roseata sp. nov. Perennial with a woody base, cespitose; flowering branches about 1 dm. high, purple-tinged, more or less villous or crisp- hairy ; leaves pinnatifid with linear-filiform pungent-pointed lobes, branches ; bracts similar, shorter, rose-tinged and more villous ; _ calyx also very pubescent and rose-tinged; lobes subulate an nd - spinulose- pointed ; corolla about 8 mm. long ; its lobes 4-5 mm. long, elliptic, obtuse. This species is nearly related to G. zberidifolia, but dilfeias in the larger flowers (in G. tberidifolia the corolla-lobes are rarely over - 2 mm. long), the rose-colored bracts, purplish stem and more _ Solitary heads. Cotorapo: Grand Junction, 1892, Alice Eastwood. Hen ech CE Fes $e Fe ose A SEs oe te 53S lee ests 42d tv 850545 354 ee 634 RypBERG: Rocky MounNrTAIN FLORA ’ Gilia polyantha sp. nov. Perennial with a short woody base; stems several, 3-4 dm. high, striate and simple up to the inflorescence, glandular-puber- ulent; leaves 3-4 cm. long, pinnatifid, glabrous or with a few white hairs; lobes linear-filiform, pungent-pointed ; flowers nu- merous in a narrow thyrsus; calyx campanulate, about 5 mm. long, more or less scarious at the sinuses; lobes broadly ovate- triangular, abrubtly cuspidate-pungent ; corolla white, about I cm. long, funnelform-salvershaped ; lobes about 5 mm. long, lance- oblong, obtusish; filaments about equaling the corolla-lobes, somewhat incurved. This has been mistaken for G. sltiflora Nutt., but is more closely related to G. Macombii Torr., differing mainly in the shorter corolla and shorter pubescence. CoLoraAbo: Pagosa Springs, 1899, Baker 538. ’ Gilia Tweedyi sp. nov. Annual, branched, 2-4 dm. high ; stem and branches glandu- lar-puberulent, especially the upper part ; leaves 2-3 cm. long, pinnatifid, with lanceolate cuspidate lobes; flowers paniculate ; pedicels 1-8 mm. long ; calyx about 3 mm. long, scarious between the green ribs; lobes lanceolate ; corolla funnelform, about 4 mm. long, bluish ; capsule ovoid, about 4 mm. long. This species is related to G. znconspicua and G. minutifiora. From the former it differs in the smaller corolla, of which not only the corolla-tube but also the throat is included in the calyx; from the latter it differs in the pinnatifid leaves. G. Tweedy? grows in river bottoms and on sandy soil, at an altitude of 1000- 2200 m. Wyominc: Encampment, Carbon County, 1901, 7iweedy 4422 (type) ; between Sheridan and Buffalo, 1900, Tweedy 3487; Fort Steele, 1901, Tweedy 4421; also, 1898, Aven Nelson 4802. ’ Gilia Crandallii sp. nov. Perennial with a woody tap-root ; stem 3-5 dm. high, sparingly puberulent, glandular above, rather stout, much branched ; basa leaves 3-10 cm. long, spatulate or oblanceolate, serrate or pinna- tely lobed, with lanceolate teeth or lobes ; lower stem-leaves often similar ; the upper narrower and usually entire ; calyx glandular, about 5 mm. long; teeth lanceolate, scarious-margined ; corolla salvershaped, about 15 mm. long, rose color; tube about I mm. RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 635 wide below, about 2 mm. at the throat ; lobes oblong-spatulate, acutish ; capsule about 5 mm. long, acute. This has been mistaken for G. Haydeni, but that species is a much more slender plant with shorter calyx, scarcely scarious- ‘margined lobes, minute subulate stem-leaves and shorter (3.5 mm. long) obtuse capsule. It is more closely related to G. subnuda, but differs in the branched stems and the finer and sparser pube- scence. It grows in dry soil, especially on ‘‘sage-plains,” at an altitude of Ig00—2100 m. Cotorapo: Durango, 1898, Crandall 2053 (type) and 20¢0 ; also 1896, Tweedy 448 ; Mancos, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 404; also 1901, Vreeland 885. ¥ Polemonium robustum sp. nov. Perennial with a woody caudex; stem 4-10 dm. high, more> or less short-villous and above glandular ; leaves 6-10 cm. long, glandular-pubescent ; leaflets 11=17, lanceolate or lance-oblong, acute, 1.5-2.5 cm. long; the upper confluent and decurrent on the rachis ; inflorescence much branched and corymbiform, but the main axis usually overtopping the branches; calyx glandular-villous, 7-8 mm. long; lobes lanceolate; corolla rose or purplish, 12-15 mm. high; lobes rounded and obtuse. This species is a close relative to P. foliosissimum, but differs in the large flowers and the more conical or obovoid inflorescence. It grows in the mountains of Colorado, especially along streams, at an altitude of 2400—3000 m. Cotorapo: Bob Creek, La Plata Mountains, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 274 (type); Keblar Pass, 1901, Baker 796; Clear Creek Cafion, 1885, Patterson rog; Sangre de Cristo Creek, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5718; Veta Pass, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5717. » Polemonium Grayanum sp. nov. Perennial with a cespitose rootstock ; stems about 1 dm. high, glandular-villous ; leaves 3-5 cm. long, glandular-villous ; leaflets at least of the basal leaves more or less verticillate, obovate or Spatulate/ 2-6 mm. long, obtuse ; calyx about 18 mm. long, villous with white hairs; lobes linear-lanceolate ; corolla about 2 cm. long, campanulate-funnelform with a wide tube ; lobes rounded. This species is nearest related to P. vzscosum Nutt., but is char- acterized by the long white hairs on the calyx. It grows on the 636 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA higher peaks of Colorado among rocks, at an altitude of 2700- 4000 m. Cotoravo: Gray’s Peak, 1895, Rydberg (type); also 1886, Letterman 323 ; Graymount, Letterman 322 ; Central City, 1869, Leville. Phacelia sericea ciliosa var. nov. Usually taller than the typical P. sericea, often 5 dm. high, not silvery, green; pubescence very sparse and short, except some long silky hairs on the pedicels and lower portion of the stem. This variety has been mistaken for P. Lyadlit and P. idahoensis. It has been confused with the first on account of the similar pubes- cence, but P. Lyall is a much smaller plant and with less deeply dissected leaves. It resembles P. zdahoensis very closely in gen- eral habit, but in that species the stamens are only slightly ex- serted and the corolla smaller. The variety has the same range as the species, but grows usually at a lower altitude. As the type may be taken: : Cotorapvo: North of Merker, 1902, Osterhout 2679. ‘ Lappula Besseyi sp. nov. Biennial ; stem 5-10 dm. high, hirsute, branched above ; lower leaves petioled, 6-15 cm. long; blades spatulate or oblanceolate, obtuse, hispidulous and hirsute on the veins ; upper leaves sessile, lanceolate; inflorescence branched; bracts small; pedicels in» fruit 4-5 mm. long, more or less reflexed; corolla dark blue, scarcely over 1.5 mm. wide; fruit about 3 mm. wide; marginal spines distinct and in one row; back flat, spineless, but minutely hispidulous. In general habit this species resembles most ZL. floribunda, but is distinguished by the very small flowers and fruit. It grows in caiions at an altitude of about 2400 m. Cotorapo: Cheyenne Cajion, 1895, &. A. Bessey (type); also in 18096. Lappula angustata sp. nov. Biennial or short-lived perennial ; stem strict, hirsute, 6-8 dm. high ; lower leaves petioled, 9-15 cm. long, strigose or hirsute on the petioles; blades narrow, linear-oblanceolate, mostly acute ; stem-leaves linear-lanceolate, sessile ; inflorescence with strongly ascending branches ; pedicels reflexed in fruit, about 5 mm. long; corolla blue, about 4 mm. wide; fruit 4-5 mm. wide ; marginal RYDBERG: Rocky MounNrTAIN FLORA 637 prickles united 4%—¥ their length into a distinct wing, the alter- nate ones usually much smaller; back slightly keeled, without prickles, minutely hispidulous or glabrous. In habit this species also resembles Z. flortbunda, but is dis- tinguished by the narrow leaves and the united marginal prickles of the fruit. These characters would place it near ZL. scaberrima, which, however, has a different pubescence. SoutH Daxora: Oreville, 1902, Rydberg Sgr (type). CoLorabo: La Veta, 1896, Shear 3670. Oreocarya argentea sp. nov. Cespitose perennial ; stems 3—4 dm. high, hispid; basal leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, obtuse, 5-6 cm. long, densely white- or yellowish-pubescent, partly with stiff bristle-like hairs, partly with ‘fine hairs, but all strictly appressed; stem-leaves oblanceolate, with the bristles more spreading ; inflorescence narrow and virgate ; calyx in fruit 8-10 mm. long, hispid ; its lobes linear-lance- _ olate ; corolla white, less than 5 mm. long; its tube included and limb ‘56 mm. wide; nutlets about 3.5 mm. long peers and with more or less distinct cross- ridges. This species is perhaps nearest related to O. sericea, which, however, is a much smaller plant and has mammillate-papillose nutlets without cross-ridges. It grows on dry hills in Colorado. Cotoravbo: Rifle, Garfield County, 1900, Osterhout 2122. v Oreocarya eulophus sp. nov. or less cespitose perennial; stem about 2 dm. high, hispid with yellowish hairs ; basal leaves numerous, spatulate, 4-5 cm. long, finely cinereous and appressed hispid; stem-leaves oblanceolate, with the hispid hairs more spreading and often yellowish ; inflorescence a narrow and almost spikelike thyrsus ; calyx in fruit about 7 mm. long, yellowish hispid ; its lobes lance- olate ; corolla white, 10-12 mm. long; tube exserted from the calyx; limb about 5 mm. wide; nutlets 4-5 mm. long, with irregular honeycomb-like crests, This species is a near relative of O. fulvocanescens and O. cristata, but easily distinguished in fruit by its nutlets. It grows on gravelly hills at an altitude of 1800-2300 m. Cotorapo: Dolores, 1892, Crandall (type); McCoy’s, 1903, Osterhout 2750. Urau: Price, 1900, Stokes. 638 RYDBERG: RocKy MOUNTAIN FLORA ‘Mertensia picta sp. nov. Perennial, perfectly glabrous, except the hispidulous-ciliate margins of the leaves and calyx-lobes ; stem 3—5 dm. high, pale and somewhat bluish below, more or less angled; lower leaves petioled ; blades oval or elliptic-ovate, 5-g cm. long, obtuse or acutish, rounded or somewhat truncate at the base, finely pustu- late but not hairy on the surfaces, thin ; upper leaves lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate and subsessile ; inflorescence leafy and with short branches ; pedicels and calyx more or less pustulate ; calyx-lobes linear-oblong, obtuse, in fruit nearly 2 mm. long, the back with a thickened pale spot; corolla blue; its tube 6-7 mm. long and 2-3 mm. wide; throat and limb together 5-6 mm. long, the latter about 5 mm. wide; filaments dilated, about 2 mm. long and wider than the anthers ; nutlets ovate in outline, strongly and irregularly reticulate-crested on the back. This is closely related to MZ. ciliata but distinguished by the pale-spotted and thickened calyx-lobes. Cotorapo: Estes Park, Larimer County, 1903, Osterhout 2823 (type); Mount Baldy, 1901, Clements 288. ’ Mertensia polyphylla platensis var. nov. Like the species, but the calyx-lobes linear, fully 3 mm. long ; basal leaves large; blades about 1 dm. long, cordate at the base and cuspidate at the apex. Along streams at an altitude of 3000 m. CoLtorapo: Bob Creek, La Plata Mountains, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 780 (in part). v Mertensia alba sp. nov. Perennial ; stem pale, 6-8 dm. high, more or less branched ; lower leaves petioled, upper sessile ; blades lanceolate or elliptic- lanceolate, acute or acuminate at both ends, glabrous beneath, his- pidulous-strigose above and on the margins; pedicels and calyx strigose ; lobes linear-lanceolate, acute, about half as long as the tube of the white corolla; corolla-tube about 8 mm. long, and 4 mm. wide ; throat and limb together of about the same length ; the latter 8-10 mm. wide; nutlets irregularly crested-tuberculated, and finely pubescent. This is a species of the M/. paniculata group and nearest related to M. pratensis, but it lacks the dense white pubescence of the calyx characterizing that species and the corolla in all specimens seen is white. CoLorapo: La Plata River, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 825. ” RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 639 ’ Mertensia Viridula sp. nov. Perennial with a cespitose rootstock ; stems slender, 2-3 dm. high, glabrous; leaves glabrous beneath, hispid-strigose above ; the lower petioled, the upper sessile; blades of the basal ones spatulate, obtuse ; those of the stem-leaves acute, elliptic, or the upper lanceolate; pedicels strigose; calyx glabrous, except the base and the margins of the lobes ; these broadly lanceolate, about 2.5 mm. long; corolla blue; tube about 4 mm. long; throat and limb of about the same length ; filaments broader than the anthers ; nutlets muricate and somewhat irregularly ridged. This species resembles JZ. viridis A. Nels. closely in habit, but the dilated conspicuous filaments associate it with JZ Linearifolia and JZ, ovata, from which it is distinguished by the broader calyx- lobes.’ It grows in the mountains at an altitude of 2700-3800 m. Cotorapo : North Cheyenne Cajion, 1894, Z. A. Bessey (type); West Spanish Peak, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5683. “ Mertensia Parryi sp. nov. Perennial with a cespitose rootstock ; stems about 2 dm. high, glabrous; leaves glabrous beneath, hispidulous-strigose above, only the basal ones petioled and spatulate ; stem-leaves sessile, _ lanceolate or oblanceolate, about 5 cm. long; inflorescence small - and short; pedicels strigose; calyx glabrous except the very base and the ciliate margins of the lobes ; these narrowly linear- lanceolate, about 3 mm. long; tube of the blue corolla about 5 mm. long and about equaling the length of the throat and limb together; limb about 8 mm. wide; filaments evident but short, broader than the anthers. This species is nearest related to J/. ovata Rydb., but differs in the narrower leaves and the comparatively longer corolla-limb. In M. ovata the tube is longer than the throat and limb together. MM. Parryi grows in the higher mountains. Cororapo: Alpine ridges lying east of Middle Park, Parry 286 (type); Estes Park, 1903, Osterhout 2848 ; Cameron Pass, 1896, Baker ; Alpine Tunnel, 1897, Shear 3853. © Mertensia perplexa sp. nov. Perennial with branched rootstock; stem about 3 dm. high, leaves sessile ; the lower oblanceolate ; the upper ovate, glabrous beneath, minutely hispidulous-strigose above ; pedicels minutely 640 RypBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA hispid-strigose ; the hairs with pustulate bases; calyx glabrous except the ciliate margins of the lobes; these oblong-lanceolate, acute or obtuse; corolla blue, about 12 mm. long; tube equaling the throat and limb; the latter 7-8 mm. wide; tube densely vil- lous at the base within; anthers subsessile, inserted a little below the throat. This species is evidently nearest related to J/. alpina, notwith- standing the much larger size and erect habit. The corolla 1s almost twice as long as in that species. CoLorapo: Mountains south of Ward, Boulder County, Igo1, Osterhout 2439. v Mertensia canescens sp. nov. Low and cespitose perennial with woody caudex ; stems about 1 dm. high, strigose ; leaves linear or linear-oblanceolate, grayish strigose on both sides; pedicels and calyx strigose ; calyx-lobes linear-lanceolate, acute, about 2 mm. long, on the margin ciliate with longer hairs ; corolla blue, about 8 mm. long ; tube 1. wide and about as long as the throat and the limb, the latter about 3 mm. wide; anthers subsessile at the margin of the corolla-tube. Closely related to JZ. alpina, it is easily distinguished by the canescent and narrow leaves. It grows on the mountains at an altitude of 3360-3600 m. Co.torapo: Berthaud Pass, 1903, 7zvcedy 5664 (type) ; moun- tains northwest of Como, 1895, Cowen 1808. ’ Stachys teucriformis sp. nov. Perennial, 4—6 dm. high ; stem round-angled, glandular-villous ; lower leaves short-petioled, the upper sessile ; blades oblong or oblong-ovate to ovate, cordate or truncate at the base, 5-10 cm long, crenate, pubescent on both sides; calyx glandular, villous, its lobes linear-lanceolate, long-aristate, about equaling the tube ; corolla 12-15 mm. long, light rose, with reddish-purple veins and blotches ; upper lip narrow and nearly straight ; lower lip large, 3-lobed ; lateral lobes triangular ; middle lobe rounded-reniform. The species is closely related to S. scopulorum, but differs from it inthe larger corolla, the longer calyx-lobes and the usually broader leaves. The type sheet contains two specimens: one 0 S. teucriformis and one of Teucrium occidentale, and the two are sO alike in foliage that it is hard to distinguish them except by the flowers and bracts. RYDBERG: RocKY MOUNTAIN FLORA 641 Cotorapo: New Windsor, 1894, Osterhout (type); McCoy, 1898, Shear & Bessey 5302 ; Colorado Springs, 1896, Shear 5789. “ Monardella dentata sp. nov. Cespitose perennial, somewhat ligneous at the base; stems slender, light brown, about 3 dm. high; leaves short-petioled ; blades ovate, 1.5—2 cm. long, serrate-dentate, finely pubescent and minal, solitary, about 1.5 cm. in diameter; bracts lanceolate, obtuse, nearly 1 cm. long, finely canescent, strongly veined, rather thick, of fully as firm structure as the upper leaves ; calyx about 8 mm. long, grayish pubescent ; lobes lanceolate ; corolla about 12 mm. long; its lobes linear, 4 mm. long. This has been mistaken for JZ. odoratissima, but is easily dis- tinguished by the distinctly toothed leaves and the narrow firm bracts. CoLtorapo: Gray’s Peak, 1872, JZorrey. “ Solanum interius sp. nov. Annual, more or less branched; stem 3-6 dm. high, usually with narrow denticulate margins or wings, finely pubescent with short white appressed crisp hairs; leaves with short winged peti- oles, sparingly pubescent above, usually densely grayish-strigose beneath; blades deltoid or rhombic, 3—7 cm. long, acuminate, usually sinuately lobed or dentate with acute or acuminate lobes or teeth ; peduncles 2—4 cm. long, strigose ; inflorescence corymbi- form, rarely umbelliform; pedicels in fruit about 1 cm. long, recurved but scarcely reflexed; calyx-lobes ovate, 2 mm. lon abruptly acute, in fruit appressed or spreading ; corolla yellowish- white ; lobes ovate, acute, 3-4 mm. long; filaments very short, less than 0.5 mm. long, glabrous; anthers oblong, about 2 mm. long, yellow, obtuse, opening by terminal pores; berry greenish black, nearly 1 cm. in diameter. This has gone under the name of S. xzgrwm throughout the _ interior region where it is a native plant; but the true S. mgrum of Europe has almost glabrous leaves with rounded lobes if lobed at all, very obtuse sepals, subumbellate inflorescence and usually reflexed pedicels in fruit. . S. zwterius is in reality more closely related to S. Douglasii, which, however, differs in the much larger and bluish corolla. It is with some doubt I propose this species as new, as several North American species were described by 642 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA Dunal in De Candolle’s Prodromus ; but our plant does not agree with the description of any of these, except perhaps that of S. plerocaulon ; a specimen of the latter cited by Dunal is in the herbarium of Columbia University, and this shows that it is more closely related to S. xodiflorum than to S. nigrum. ‘S. interius grows in river valleys and on sandy soil among bushes at an altitude of 600-1800 m. NEBRASKA: On Middle Loup River, near Mullen, 1893, Ryd- berg 1385 (type). Kansas: Reno County, 1897, Hitchcock 362-a. Cororapo: Near Boulder, 1902, Zweedy 5236, Timnath, 1899, Osterhout ; along Platte River, Denver, 1878, M/Z. E. Jones 605; Cation City, 1896, Shear 3777; Bent’s Fort, 1846, Lé. Abert. Arizona: Chiricehun Mountains, 1894, Zoumey. New Mexico: Mesilla, Dona Ana County, 1898, Wooton 50. / “Pentstemon strictiformis sp. nov. Perennial with a woody caudex ; stems 3—5 dm. high, glabrous and strict, simple; basal leaves petioled, 5-10 cm. long ; blades oblanceolate, obtuse, glabrous and slightly glaucous; stem- leaves sessile, lanceolate, acuminate, 4-8 cm. long ; inflorescence more or less secund; calyx-lobes lanceolate, acuminate, 8-10 mm. long, more or less scarious and dentate on the margin; corolla violet-purple, funnelform, somewhat gibbous, about 2.5 cm. long and limb nearly 2 cm. wide; anthers long-villous with white hairs ; sterile stamen villous with yellow hairs. This is closely related to P. strictus, but differs mainly in the long-acuminate sepals. It grows up to an altitude of 2800 m. Cotorapo: Mancos, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 76 (type); Gray-Back Mining Camp, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 5630; Arboles, 1899, Baker 602. v Pentstemon oreophilus sp. nov. Perennial branched at the base, perfectly glabrous throughout, 2-4 dm. high; basal leaves oblanceolate, obtuse, short-petioled ; stem-leaves lanceolate and sessile, 5-10 cm. long, acute or acu- minate ; inflorescence dense and usually more or less one-sided, calyx 8-10 mm. long; lobes lanceolate, long-acuminate with toothed scarious auriculate sides ; corolla funnelform, more or less gibbous, bluish purple, 12-15 mm. wide at the mouth; lower lip Re ee re ee ee ae RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 643 more or less bearded within; anthers hispidulous on the margin and more or less short-hairy on the back and sides ; sterile stamen with yellow beard at the end. This is closely related to P. glaber and P. alpinus, differing from the former in the lower habit and the shape of the calyx- lobes, which in P. glader are orbicular or short ovate and with very scarious erose margins. P. alpinus Torr. (= P. riparius A Nels.), is more or less puberulent throughout. P. oreophilus grows at an altitude of 1800-3600 m. Cororapo: Eldora to Baltimore, 1903, Ziveedy 5777 (type) and 57z0; Halfway House, 1896, Shear 4781; Manitou, 1896, Clements 171; Larimer County, 1893, Crandall, Quartz Ridge, Pike’s Peak, Clements 113; South Cheyenne Cafion, 1895, £. A. Bessey ; mountains near Empire, 1892, Patterson 256. ~ Pentstemon cyathophorus sp. nov. Perennial and more or less cespitose at the base, glabrous throughout or the basal leaves minutely puberulent ; stem very strict, 3-4 dm. high; basal leaves spatulate, petioled, 3-6 cm. long ; lower stem-leaves also spatulate ; the others ovate or orbic- ular, often abrubtly acuminate or mucronate ; bracts round, ovate or orbicular, abruptly short-acuminate, the upper usually scarious- margined and erose, reniform and the pairs together resembling a cup; calyx 6-8 mm. long ; lobes lanceolate, scarious-margined and more or less erose-dentate ; corolla pink-purple, a little over 12-15 mm. long, more or less open-funnelform from a narrow tube, little oblique and scarcely gibbous ; anthers glabrous; sterile stamen spatulate at the apex and with a yellow beard. This is closely related to the northern P. acuminatus and has been mistaken for it, but differs in the scarious-margined and toothed calyx-lobes and upper bracts. It grows in mountain meadows at an altitude of 2500-3000 m. CoLorapo: Pearl, 1901, Zzeedy 4307 (type) ; Grizzly Creek, 1896, Baker; also 1894, Crandall 1438; North Park, 1896, Osterhout 59; also 1891, Crandall 1439. v Castilleja brunnescens sp. nov. Perennial with a short cespitose caudex ; stems 3—5 dm. high, more or less pubescent and purplish; leaves narrowly linear- lanceolate, more or less distinctly 3-nerved, 4-5 cm. long, finely pubescent ; bracts ovate to oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or rounded 644 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA at the apex, entire or with a short tooth on each side, tinged with pale brown ; calyx about 2cm. long, densely and finely pubescent, cleft about equally deep in front and on the back; each division with 2 lanceolate lobes, about 3 mm. Jong; corolla about 3 cm. long ; upper lip about 1 cm. long ; lower about 3 mm. This species may be most closely related to C. confusa Greene, but is easily distinguished by the light brownish color of the obtuse bracts. On account of this light color the type-specimens were labeled C. pallida, which it resembles somewhat but has an alto- gether different corolla. It grows in the mountains at an altitude of 2700-3300 m. : CoLtorapo: Cameron Pass, 1896, Baker (type); Gray’s Peak, 1871, Purter; Red Mountain, south of Ouray, 1901, Underwood & Selby 293; Pike’s Peak, 1894, &. A. Bessey. -Castilleja obtusiloba sp. nov. Perennial with a very short caudex ; stem very sparingly hairy, 3-4 dm. high ; lower leaves oblong-lanceolate, 3-nerved, minutely pubescent, 3-4 cm. long, entire ; the upper broader, 3-cleft ; lateral lobes lanceolate ; the middle one oblong, obtuse ; bracts similar, but broader, purple; middle lobe elliptic, rounded at the apex ; calyx about 2.5 cm. long, almost equaling the corolla, equally deeply cleft in front and on the back; lobes short, oblong and rounded at the apex ; corolla yellowish and purple-tinged ; upper lip nearly 1 cm. long ; lower nearly 3 mm. This species is perhaps a near relative of C. rhexifolia and C. ~ confusa, but easily distinguished by the peculiar bracts and short and very obtuse calyx-lobes. It grows at an altitude of about 2700 m. Cotorapo : Leroux Park, Delta County, 1892, Cozwez. ~ Castilleja pubetula sp. nov. Perennial with a short cespitose caudex ; stems less than 1 dm. high, finely puberulent ; leaves 2-3 cm. long, pinnately divided into linear lobes or entire and linear, finely puberulent ; bracts similar, but shorter and broader, tinged with yellowish, often more villous; calyx more or less villous, 1-1.5 cm. long, deeper cleft in front than on the back; lobes lanceolate, acute; corolla yellowish, 18-20 mm. long ; upper lip 6-8 mm. long; lower lip 3-4 mm., very gibbous. This species has been taken for C. brachyantha Rydb. (C. érezt- | RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 645 flora A. Gray); but that species is a much taller plant and the galea is about three times as long as the lower lip. It grows at an altitude of 2500-3600 m. CoLorapo: 1872, Parry (type, in herb. Columbia University): Empire, 1903, 7weedy 5742, Berthoud Pass, 1903, Zweedy 5741. ~ Valeriana trachycarpa sp. nov. Perennial with a thick fleshy root; stem glabrous or nearly so, 5-7 dm. high; basal leaves oblanceolate or spatulate, 7-18 cm. long, finely puberulent, especially on the margins and veins ; entire or with a few linear lobes, thick ; stem-leaves 1-2 pairs, pin- natifid with linear lobes; inflorescence large and branched ; corolla of the staminate plant 2.5-3 mm. wide; that of the essentially pis- tillate plant about 1.5 mm. wide; fruit broadly ovate, not hairy, but strongly rugose. This is closely related to V. edulis and V. purpurascens, but the former has pubescent ovary and fruit and narrower bracts, and the latter has narrower fruit, narrower leaves, more slender inflo- rescence and smaller staminate flowers, only 2 mm. wide; V. trachycarpa grows at an altitude of 2500-3000 m. Cotorapo: Red Mountain, 1901, Underwood & Selby 352 (type); Alpine Tunnel, zzz, Marshall Pass, 1901, Baker 48r ; Rabbit Ears Pass, 1896, Baker. ~ New Mexico: White Mountains, 1897, Wooton 320. ’ Valeriana ovata sp. nov. Perennial with a rootstock ; stem about 3 dm. high, glabrous ; basal leaves entire, petioled, glabrous; petioles 2-6 cm. long; blades ovate, usually truncate or slightly cordate at the base, acute, entire or sinuate; stem-leaves 2-3 pairs; lateral lobes oblong to linear-lanceolate ; the terminal one lanceolate or of the lower leaves elliptic; inflorescence small and corymbiform ; corolla funnelform- salvershaped, about 8 mm. long ; limb of the fertile flowers about 4mm. wide; of the staminate ones ‘about 6 mm. wide ; fruit ovate, glabrous. This species belongs to the V. septentrionalis group, but is characterized by its basal leaves. It grows on wooded hillsides at an altitude of 2400-2900 m. Cotorapo: Cameron’s Cove, 1901, Clements 241 (type). New Mexico: Cafion four miles east of Santa Fe, 1897, Heller 3613 ; Elizabeth Town, 1897, Berg. 646 RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA v Coleosanthus albicaulis sp. nov. Brickellia Wrightit and B. californica A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1°: 106; both in part. 1884. Shrubby at the base, 0.5-1 m. high; bark of the older wood brownish, striate and fissured, that of the younger branches straw- colored or grayish, hirsute-puberulent, more or less flaky ; leaves short-petioled ; blades broadly cordate, 2-5 cm. long, strongly veined, thick, scabrous-puberulent, crenate-dentate ; inflorescence consisting of small axillary clusters scarcely exceeding the leaves, of 2-6 heads on short peduncles ; heads 10-20-flowered ; involucres turbinate ; lower bracts short-ovate, the inner linear, all acutish or obtuse, greenish straw-color; corolla cream-color ; pappus white. This has been confused mostly with C. Wright, but the type of that species has more ovate leaf-blades, longer petioles, longer flower clusters, which exceed the leaves, and purple-tinged involu- cre, the bracts of which are very obtuse or rather rounded at the apex. It is rather nearer’Coleosanthus reniformis (Arickedlia rentformis A. Gray); from which it differs mainly in the longer, cordate, not reniform leaf-blades and larger and sharper teeth. It» grows on the foothills and in cafions at an altitude of 1500-2500 m. CoLorabo: Manitou, 1900, Clements (type) ; Larimer County, 1891, Cowen; Lower Boulder Cation, 1901, Osterhout 2411; Spring Cafion, 1897, Crandall 2785 ; Manitou, 1896, Shear 4589; Golden, 1895, Shear 3267 ; Mount Harvard, 1896, Clements oe oe Golden, 1895, Rydberg ; Boulder, 1885, Letterman. Urau: Salt Lake City, 1880, W E. Jones 1921; Wahsatch Mountains, 1869, Watson 495 ; Provo, 1887, Tracy & Evans 709. | vGrindelia serrulata sp. nov. Biennial or perhaps short-lived perennial; stem glabrous, about 6 dm. high ; leaves sessile, oblanceolate or oblong, acutish, very viscid, 3-5 cm. long, finely and densely serrate ; inflorescence corymbiform ; involucre very viscid, about 15 mm. broad ; bracts subulate, very squarrose and reflexed; ligules 7-8 mm. long, I- 1.5 mm, wide; pappus-awns apparently smooth; barbules seen only under a compound microscope. This is nearly related to G. perennis and G. squarrosa, From the former it differs in the closely and sharply toothed leaves, and from the latter in the oblanceolate instead of ovate or oval leaves. grows on plains at an altitude of about 1500 m. - RYDBERG: RocKy MOUNTAIN FLORA 647 Cotorapo: Fort Collins, 1891, Cowen (type); Denver, 1869, B. LH. Smith. P, , Grindelia aphanactis sp. nov. af 8 Apparently perennial ; stem 3-4 dm. high, glabrous and stri- ate ; leaves very viscid, oblanceolate, acute, 4-7 cm. long, sharply dentate and sessile, or the lower more or less pinnatifid and peti- oled ; inflorescence corymbiform; heads about 15 mm. broad; bracts very viscid, subulate ; all very squarrose and the lower re- flexed ; rays none; awns of the pappus apparently smooth. This species has been confused with G. zuda Wood, but that species has broad leaves and large heads and resembles in general habit more the radiate G. sguarrosa. G. aphanactis grows in gravelly soil. Cotorapo: Durango, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 526 (type). New Mexico: Lincoln, Zar/e. -~Gutierrezia linearis sp. nov. Shrubby and branched; leaves linear, about 3 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, puberulent and viscid, punctate ; heads 5-6 mm. high ; -involucres campanulate, slightly turbinate at the base; bracts scarious-margined ; the outer ovate or obovate, the inner elliptic, obtuse ; inflorescence corymbiform ; ray- and disk-flowers each 3~4. This species resembles G. /ongifolza in habit but has the head of G. diversifolia. It grows at an altitude of 1800-2300 m. New Mexico: Gray, Lincoln County, 1900, Earle 474 (type). CoLorapo: Gunnison, 1901, Baker 827; Red Rock Cajfion, 1896, £. A. Bessey. ’ Gutierrezia scoparia sp. nov. Woody only at the base; flowering herbaceous branches nu- merous, about 3 dm. high, puberulent, mostly simple up to the inflorescence ; leaves linear, 3—5 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, puberu- lent ; inflorescence corymbiform ; involucre oblong-turbinate, over 5 mm. high ; outer bracts lanceolate, inner oblong ; disk- and ray- flowers each about 4. This is closely related to G. diversifolia, but has a longer, more turbinate involucre and narrower bracts. It grows at an altitude of 1500-2100 m. 4 Cororavo: Manitou, 1901, Clements 16 (type) ; Boulder, 1902, Tweedy 4888. - ; rd me ae at 648 RypDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA v Chrysopsis caudata sp. nov. Perennial, with a thick tap-root and a very short, erect and much-branched caudex ; stems many, erect, purplish, hirsute with long white hairs; lower leaves oblanceolate, tapering into a short petiole, silky-strigose on both sides, 3-5 cm. long ; middle leaves similar but sessile, uppermost elliptic or oblong ; heads congested in small clusters at the end of the branches and subtended by the uppermost leaves ; bracts linear-lanceolate, hirsute, the innermost with a subulate usually brownish and spreading tip ; disk about 15 mm. wide ; rays bright yellow, about 12 mm. long and 3 mm. wide. This species is closely related to C. vil/osa, but differs in the sessile heads subtended by oblong leaves and in the subulate tips of the involucral bracts. It grows on hills at an altitude of 1500- 2950 m., Cotorapo: Ruxton Dell, 1901, Chments 143 (type); near Boulder, 1902, Zweedy 4897. imate : vChrysopsis amplifolia sp. nov. nial, with a tap-root, rather simple ; stem 3-5 dm. high, ties Fes pubescent and sparingly hirsute ; ee leaves spatulate, strigose, obtuse or slightly mucronate, middle and upper leaves broadly oblong or elliptic ; the upper cordate or truncate at the base, 3-4 cm. long, 12-15 mm. wide; inflorescence corymbi- form ; heads usually subtended by oblong leaves ; bracts hirsute- strigose, linear-lanceolate, acute; disk 15 mm. ‘or more wide ; rays golden yellow, about 12 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide ; achenes densely strigose-canescent. This is also closely related to C. villosa, but distinguished by the ample upper stem-leaves with subcordate or truncate bases and the large sessile heads. It grows on plains and foothills at an altitude of about 1500 m. Cotorapo: Longmont, 1902, Zweedy 4898 (type); Ward, 1901, Osterhout 2444. “Chrysopsis horrida sp. nov. Perennial with a tap-root, more or less cespitose ; stems about 2-3 dm. high, hirsutulous and hispid, more or less branched, especially above ; leaves obovate, broadly oblanceolate or oblong, subsessile, except the lower, densely hirsute with short hairs and -slightly glandular-puberulent : heads corymbose, peduncled, about 8 mm. high ; disk 1 cm. or less wide ; rays about 8 mm. long and I-1.5 mm. wide; achenes 2 mm. long, canescent ; pappus about 5 mm. long, yellowish, RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA ~ 649 This has been taken for C. Aispida, but the original Diplopappus fuspidus Hook. is less hairy with longer hairs and more viscid ; the leaves are narrowly oblanceolate and petioled and the heads larger, the disk being 12-15 mm. wide. C. horrida grows on dry hills and plains at an altitude of 1200-1600 m. Cotorapo: New Windsor, 1900, Osterhout 2326 (type), and IQ0I, 2362; Platte, Hrémount. NEBRASKA : Pumpkin Seed Valley and Lawrence Fork, 1891, Rydberg rgr. / vChrysopsis alpicola sp. nov. Cespitose perennial; stems about 1 dm. high, silky-villous, numerous; leaves oblanceolate, about 3 cm. long; nearly all petioled, white-silky strigose or the pubescence more spreading on the petioles ; heads solitary, subsessile, about 1 cm. high; bracts linear-lanceolate, hirsute, acute; disk about 12 mm. in diameter; fays about 8 mm. long and 2 mm. wide; achenes white silky- hirsute. This is perhaps most closely related to C. Bakeri, but is much lower, more silky, with sessile heads and more hirsute involucre. It grows on the higher mountains, at an altitude of about 3500 m. CotorApo: Clark’s Peak, 1896, Baker. v Solidago rubra sp. nov. Stout, about 3 dm. high ; stem pubescent or at the base merely puberulent, reddish; basal and lower cauline leaves broadly oblance- olate, 6-12 cm. Jong, firm, bluish-green, glabrous, pinnately veined, Serrulate and minutely scabrous on the margins, acute, petioled ; upper stem-leaves sessile and lanceolate ; inflorescence paniculate but very narrow and elongated ; heads about 8 mm. high. and as _ broad; bracts narrowly linear-lanceolate, acute, ciliolate on the Margin ; rays rather pale yellow, about 4 mm. long and 0.7 mm. wide ; achenes strigose. This species is related to S. scopulorum, but is distinguished by the stouter habit, the broad leaves, the compound and dense in- florescence. Cotorapo: North Park, 1899, Osterhout 5. ’ Solidago laevicaulis sp. nov. Rather tall, 4-7 dm. high; stem glabrous up to the inflores- cence, light-colored and shining ; basal leaves narrowly oblanceo- 650 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA late, indistinctly if at all triple-nerved, rather thin, obtuse, 5-10 cm. long, entire or crenate above, glabrous except the scabrous margin ; lower stem-leaves similar ; upper stem-leaves narrowly lan- ceolate, sessile ; inflorescence paniculate, but rather narrow, with numerous heads; branches nearly erect; heads about 8 mm. high ; bracts narrowly linear-lanceolate, acute, ciliolate on the margin ; disk about 8 mm. wide; rays numerous, about 4 mm. long and nearly 1 mm. wide; achenes sparingly strigose. This is nearest related to the preceding, but taller and more slender, with narrower leaves and glabrous stem. It approaches the S. serotina group but has neither triple-nerved leaves nor secund branches. It grows in the mountains of Colorado and southern Wyoming at an altitude of 250c—3300 m. Cotoravo: North Park, 1899, Osterhout 4 (type); Berthoud Pass, 1903, 7weedy 5857. Wyominc: Copperton, 1901, Zweedy goo9. “Solidago radulina sp. nov. Perennial; stem 3-4 dm. high, grayish-puberulent; basal and lower cauline leaves spatulate, obtuse, crenate at the apex, finely puberulent ; upper stem-leaves elliptic or spatulate, acute ; inflorescence narrow and elongated, paniculate; heads about 4 mm. high; bracts oblong, obtuse, or the inner linear, ciliolate on the margin ; rays about 2.5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; achenes hir- sutulous. This species is intermediate between S. zana and S. pulcher- rima, but differs from the former in the taller habit and the elon- gated inflorescence and from the latter in the broader and shorter stem-leaves. In leaf-form it resembles somewhat S. radu/a, but is a smaller plant, with smaller leaves and narrow inflorescence, the branches of which are short and only somewhat secund. The type grew at an altitude of 1800 m. Uran: Cottonwood Cafion, 1869, Watson 558 (type in herb. Columbia University). Cotorapo: Meadow Park, 1895, Shear 5049. ’Solidago serra sp. nov. Perennial with a rootstock ; stem simple up to the inflorescence, about 6 dm. high, more or less pubescent especially above ; leaves lanceolate, about 8 cm. long, acuminate, sharply toothed, rather RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 651 thin, glabrous on both sides; inflorescence paniculate ; branches arching and secund; heads numerous, 3-4 mm. high; bracts linear or linear-lanceolate, acute; rays I-1.5 mm. long, less than 0.5 mm. wide; achenes hirsutulous. This is closest related to S. canadensis, but differs in the gla- brous leaves and the less pubescent stem. It may also be con- fused with S. serotina and S. elongata, but the former has much larger heads, fully 5 mm. high, and in the latter the inflorescence is narrower, rhombic in outline and with ascending scarcely arched branches. CoLorapo: Yampa, 1898, Shear & Bessey 5274 (type). Wyomine : Copperton, 1901, 7weedy 4007. v Solidago polyphylla sp. nov. Tall, sometimes a meter high; stem strict, simple and puber- ulent up to the more hirsutulous inflorescence ; leaves narrowly lanceolate, sessile, acute at the base, acuminate at the apex, dis- tinctly triple-nerved, serrate above the middle with small distant teeth, thick and firm, green, scabrous above, more softly short- pubescent beneath ; inflorescence panicled ; branches more or less arching and secund ; heads about 5 mm. high ; bracts ee acute ; rays I1.5—2 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide; achenes hispidulou This species is closely related to Ss procera and has isn mis- taken for it. It differs from that species in the larger heads (in S. procera only 3-4 mm, high), the more compact inflorescence, the more toothed upper leaves and the shorter pubescence on the stem and lower leaf-surfaces. CoLorapo : Cafion City, 1896, Clements 295 (type); Gunnison, 1901, Baker 899; Engelmann Cafion, 1901, Clements goo. New Mexico: Roswell, 1900, Earle 346. Solidago viscidula sp. nov. Low, about 2 dm. high; stem finely pubescent, reddish ; basal ~ leaves and lower stem-leaves narrowly linear-oblanceolate, finely puberulent and somewhat viscid, denticulate, obtuse or acutish, indistinctly triple-veined ; upper stem-leaves sessile ; inflorescence Paniculate but flat-topped, branches scarcely secund; heads Numerous, small, about 5 mm. high ; bracts linear, obtusish, viscid ; rays pale, about 2 mm. long and 0.5 mm. wid This is closely related to S. missouriensis, but is distinguished _ by the viscid inflorescence and the indistinctly triple-nerved leaves. Cotorapo: Grand Lake, 1888, Holway. 652 RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA - Oligoneuron canescens sp. nov. Solidago rigida humilis Porter Syn. Fl. Colo. 63, 1874. Not S. humilts Niall. Stout perennial ; densely yellowish-canescent throughout ; stem simple up to the inflorescence, 5-7 dm. high; basal leaves long- petioled ; blades oval, 7-12 cm. long, thick, canescent on both sides, in age scabrous, ‘distantly crenutate with small callous teeth ; upper stem-leaves oval, sessile, entire or sinuate, crenulate, very densely canescent ; inflorescence corymbiform but much congested ; heads about 1 cm. high; bracts oblong, striate, canescent ; rays 3-4 mm. long, less than 1 cm. wide, light yellow ; achenes slightly hairy above, otherwise glabrous. This differs from O. rigidum Small (Solidago rigida L.) in the shorter leaves, the smaller and denser inflorescence, the dense yellowish-canescent pubescence, and the achenes which are appar- ently always slightly hairy above. It grows on prairies and in valleys at an altitude of g00-1800 m. Wyominc : Buffalo, 1900, 7zeedy 3717 (type); Dayton, 1899, Ziveedy 2077 ; Devil's Tower, 1899, LZ. W. Carter. Nepraska: Plummer Ford, Dismal River, 1892, Aydberg 1666. SoutH Dakota: Custer, 1892, Rydberg 7609. Nortu Dakota: Tower, 1891, Wright. ‘Chrysothamnus patens sp. nov. Shrubby, half a meter or so high; stems white-tomentulose when young, soon glabrous and yellowish green; leaves 6-8 cm. long, about. 1 mm. broad, soon glabrous, spreading or even reflexed ; bracts lanceolate, acute, carinate, glabrous, in 5 vertical rows of about 3 each ; corolla-lobes about 1 mm. long, lanceolate, acute, in age more or less spreading; achenes strigose. This is closely related to C. graveolens, but differs in the nar- row, spreading leaves. It grows on dry hills at an altitude of 1300-2100 m. CoLorabo: 1873, Wolf 452 (type); Grand Junction, 1901, Underwood & Selby 4986; 1900, Stokes; Manitou, 1900, Clements ; Alamosa, 1896, Shear 3753; Zola, 1901, Baker 668. v Chrysothamnus Newberryi sp. nov. rubby below ; stem white-tomentose, rather slender ; leaves erect, linear-filiform, I-nerved, slightly tomentulose when young ; RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 538 the upper smaller ; involucres turbinate ; bracts in about 5 vertical rows, usually 3 in each row, narrowly lanceolate, attenuate into a long slender subulate spreading tip, carinate, slightly tomentulose and webby ; achenes narrow, tapering downwards, strigose-pubes- cent ; corolla narrowly tubular-funnelform ; lobes erect, lanceolate. This species is closely related to C. Parryt and C. Howardi, but the former differs in the broad, 3-nerved leaves and broader bracts, and the latter by its spreading arcuate leaves, broader bracts, depressed habit and elongated upper leaves, which usually equal or exceed the heads. C. Newberryi grows on dry hills. New Mexico: Cafion Largo, 1859, ezwéerry (Macomb’s Ex- pedition ; type in herb. Columbia University). CotorApo: Mesa Verde, 1892, Lastwood. v Sideranthus annuus nom. nov. Aplopappus rubiginosus A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 17: 130. 1884. Not Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2: 240. 1842. A little comparison between the descriptions of A. radbiginosus in Torrey and Gray’s Flora and in Gray’s Synoptical Flora will show that they are drawn from different plants. The first line in Torrey and Gray’s description, viz. “ suffruticose ? branching from the base, viscidly pubescent and cinereous”’ and further down “scales of the involucre . . . in about 2 series, nearly equal, loose, at length spreading ’’ do not at all fit the plant of the upper Platte, for that plant is strictly annual, simple at the base and branched above, viscid but can hardly be called cinereous ; the bracts are in 4 or 5 series, well imbricated and the outer much shorter. The type of Aplopappus rubiginosus was collected by Drummond, and a specimen is in the Gray herbarium. This is very unlike the plant of the upper Platte region, which is de- scribed in Gray’s Synoptical Flora, but agrees fully with the description of Torrey and Gray. It is more closely related to A. phyllocephalus DC., but perhaps distinct. ~ Aster griseolus sp. nov. Perennial with a horizontal rootstock; stem 1-1.5 dm. high, hirsute with ascending hairs, rather simple ; leaves linear, 3-5 cm. long, sparingly hairy on both sides, sessile, acute, entire ; heads about 1 cm. high, 1-4 in a small corymb; bracts oblanceolate or 654 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA linear, the outer obtuse, the inner acute, green or the inner white on the sides below, pubescent on the back, but not bristle-pointed ; rays purple, about 8 mm. long and 1 mm. wide ; achenes pubescent. This is nearest related to A. griseus Greene, but differs in the small size, the narrow short sessile leaves, and the pubescence which is not reflexed on the lower part of the stem. A. grzseolus grows on the higher mountains of Colorado. CoLtorapo: Mt. Harvard, 1896, Clements 37 (type); Twin Lakes, 1896, Shear 34099. “Aster Underwoodii sp. nov. _ Perennial with a horizontal rootstock ; stems simple up to the inflorescence, 2-3 dm. high, often purplish, more or less hirsute- strigose ; lower leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, tapering into a winged petiole, glabrous except the ciliolate margin or slightly pubescent when young; the other stem-leaves sessile and the uppermost linear-lanceolate ; inflorescence racemiform or corymbi- form with 4-8 heads ; these fully 1 cm. high; bracts oblanceolate, the outer obtuse, the inner acutish, all with a rather thick green tip, pubescent on the back; rays purple or bluish, about 1 cm. long and I-1.5 mm. wide ; achenes hirsute. This is related to A. adscendens and A. Nelsonii. From the former it differs in the hairy bracts and from the latter in the broad leaves. It suggests also A. griseus, but has shorter and almost glabrous leaves. It grows at an altitute of 2500-3000 m. Cororapo: Ironton Park, 1901, Underwood and Selby 318 (type) ; Eldora to Baltimore, 1903, Zizveedy 5831. v Aster Osterhoutii sp. nov. Tall, branched and leafy, about 1 mm. high; stem striate, glabrous below, hairy in decurrent lines above ; leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, 5-12 cm. long, 8 mm. wide or less, scabrous- ciliolate on the margin, otherwise glabrous, entire-margined, sessile and half clasping ; those of the branches much smaller ; inflores- cence open-paniculate ; heads nearly 1 cm. high; bracts in 4-5 series, the inner linear, acute, the outer oblanceolate, apiculate, green and with white margins below ; rays white or oer pinkish, nearly 1 cm. long and fully 1 mm. wide. This species is related to A. salicifolius, but differs in the narrow, thin, entire leaves. Mr. Fernald, to whom some of the specimens had been sent, named it A. salicifolius caerulescens Gray, but that RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 655 has very narrow, linear outer bracts and usually purplish or bluish rays. A. Osterhoutii grows along ditches at an altitude of about 1500 m. _ Cororapo: New Windsor, 1899, Osterhout 2506 (type); also 1898, 9, and 1900, 2328. v Aster corymbiformis sp nov. About 3 dm. high; stem strict, branched above, pubescent on decurrent lines; leaves linear, 5-8 mm. long, s cabrous on the margins, otherwise usually perfectly glabrous, half-clasping ; in florescence leafy, corymbiform ; heads about 8 mm. high ; bracts linear-lanceolate, very acute, glabrous, rather firm, with an oblan- ceolate green tip, in about 3 series of nearly equal length; rays white or purplish, about 7 mm. long and I mm. wide. This is perhaps nearest related to A. paniculatus, but in habit reminding somewhat of A. adscendens. From the former it differs in the strict habit, the corymbiform inflorescence and the entire leaves. From A. adscendens it differs in the more numerous heads and the bracts, the outer of which at least are oblanceolate and obtuse in A. adscendens. Cotorapo: West Cliff, 1896, Shear 3460 (type); also 3873 and 3879, Parlin, Gunnison Co., 1901, 4. H. Smith 114 and II6 (?). v Aster Tweedyi sp. nov. Perennial with a horizontal rootstock; stem simple, usually purplish, pubescent only on decurrent lines, about 4 dm. high ; leaves oblanceolate, acute, glabrous except the ciliate margin, rather firm, often 1 dm. long; the lower with a winged petiole ; the upper sessile and half clasping ; inflorescence paniculate, leafy ; heads about 1 cm. high; bracts in about 3 series, linear or ob- lanceolate, not very unequal in length, the outer mostly green and obtuse, the inner with green tips and midrib, whitish on the sides below ; rays rose or purple, 8-10 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide . This species is related to A. adscendens but differs in the stouter habit, broader and firmer leaves and larger heads. It grows in valleys at an altitude of 1500-2600 m. Wyomine : Copperton, 1901, Zweedy 4096 (type); Big Horn Mountains, 1899, Tweedy 2523; Laramie, 1897, Elias Nelson 152, Cotoravo: Laramie River, Larimer County, 1897, Osterhout 2518, A new Asplenium from Mexico * WILLIAM R. MAXxoNn For nearly twenty years the specimen described below has lain among the undetermined material of Asfl/enium in the United States National Herbarium. Recent studies in this genus have failed to discover any species to which it may be referred, and the writer has come to the conclusion that it represents a species hitherto unnoticed. It may be known as: Asplenium modestum sp. nov. Fronds 5, about 8 cm. high, borne from a stoutish suberect rhizome: stipes 0.5—2.3 cm. long, naked, greenish, sulcate: laminae 4.5~6 em. long by 1.5 cm. broad, somewhat cori- aceous, oblong-lanceolate, with six to eight pairs of subopposite to alternate, distant to close-set, short-stalked pinnae ; pinnae ovate- deltoid to irregularly rectangular, broadly ex- cised below, the lowermost pinnately parted into three cuneate lobes (the superior, and in some cases the inferior, quite free), which in turn are deeply and sharply cleft, the margins thus coarsely and unequally fimbriate ; succeed ing pinnae less deeply parted, commonly only the superior lobe free; venation obscure, nye ites flabellate-pinnate : sori rather short, two . db Splenium modese three to each lobe; indusia suberose, sactalhe ROE REE concealed by the mature sporangia. Founded upon a single sheet, 70. 27674, in the United States National Herbarium, collected in southwestern Chihuahua, Mexico, August to November, 1885, by Dr. Edward Palmer (xo. z62). The type sheet bears two plants, one fully mature which may stand as the type, and a second plant which though very young is without doubt the same. * Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 657 658 Maxon: A NEW ASPLENIUM Asplenium modestum is apparently an aberrant member of the lanceolatum group of Hooker and Baker’s Synopsis Filicum, its nearest Mexican allies being, perhaps, A. szcropteron Baker and A. Glenniet Baker, the latter hardly distinct from the Asiatic A, exiguum Bedd. From these, however, it differs conspicuously in many particulars, but notably in its wholly green stipes and in its broad divided pinnae, the lowermost scarcely at all reduced. The flabellate aspect of the pinnae is pronounced and should serve at once to distinguish the species. The writer is indebted to Mr. H. D. House for the accom- panying drawing, which represents at natural size one of the five fronds of the type-specimen before mentioned. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1904) The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by Americans, published in oe or based upon American material; the word Amer- ica bein ng ts ed in its broadest sense. ws, and papers ache relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor to errors or omission their kindness will be appreciated. ndex is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not ea 3 each subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscriptio e- spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of we Torrey Botanical Club. Ami, H.M. Giant puffball — Lycoperdon giganteum. Ottawa Nat. G7 12%. “19 5 F904. Bailey, W. W. Bittersweet and ivy. Am. Bot. 7: 28, 29. [O] 1904. Bailey, W. W. Collecting plants for identification. Am. Bot. 7: g-11. [Au] 1904. Bailey, W. W. Pond lilies. Am. Bot. 6: 81-83. [Je] 1904. Bernard, C. Le bois centripéte dans les feuilles de Coniféres. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 17: 241-310. f4. 7 +/f. 1-88. 1904. Blanchard, W. H. ‘Two new blackberries. Am. Bot.7: 1-4. [Au] 1904. i cea Rubus vermontanus sp. nov. and a new variety of the same. Briquet, J. Zadiatae et Verbenaceae austro-americanae ex itinere Reg- nelliano primo. Ark. Bot. 2°: 1-27. pl. r-g. 20 Je 1904. Includes new species in Savia, Myptis, Verbena, Lantana Be Lippia (2). Britton, E.G. The effect of illuminating gas on trees and shrubs. Torreya, 4: 172, 173. 2t Nroog. {[Illust. ] Britton, E.G. Myophi/a—a new genus to the United States. Bry- ologist, 7: 69-71. fl. 0+f. 777. 25 1904. Britton, E.G. When doctors disagree. Bryologist,7: 78. 25S 1go4. 659 660 INDEX To AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Britton, N. L. On Pisonia obtusata and its allies. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 611-615. 26 N 1904. Discusses the Floridian and West Indian species of Zvrrudia, with descriptions of 2 new ones, Britton, N.L. Rynchospora Pringlei Greenman. ‘Torreya, 4: 170. 21 N 1904. Identifies this species with R zdianolensis Small. Campbell, D.H. The affinities of the Oa and Marsihaceae. Am. Nat. 38: 761-775. 7. 7-9. N 1904. Cardot, J. An answer to Mrs. E. G. Britton’s last article ‘* Notes on nomenclature.’” Bryologist, 7: 80, 81. 2S 1904. Cardot, J. Le genre Cryphacadelphus. Rev. Bryol. 31: 6-8. 1904. Carrier, J.C. La flore de l’Ile de Montréal, Canada. Bull. Acad. Internat. Géogr. Bot. 13: 268-281. 31 Au 1904. Chamberlain, E. B. New stations for Maine plants. Rhodora, 6: 194, 195. 21S 1904. Chamberlain, E. B. Plantago elongata in Massachusetts. Rhodora, 6: 211, 29 O 1904. Clarke, C. H. Curbstone mosses. Bryologist, 7: 74. 25S 1904. Clute, W. N. Concerning forms and hybrids. Fern Bull. 12: 85, 86. [Au] 1904. Clute, W.N. ‘The fourth meeting of fern students. Fern Bull. 12: 84, 85. [Au] 1904. Clute, W. N. The green russula or verdette. (Russula virescens.) Am. Bot. 7: 21-23. [O] 1904. [Illust.] Clute, W. N. A new form of the Christmas fern. Fern Bull. 12: Clute, W. N. Railroad botanizing. Am. Bot. 6: to1-104. [Au] 1904. Clute, W. N. Raising prothallia of Botrychium and Lycopodium. Fern Bull. 12: 83, 84. [Au] 1904. Clute, W. N. ‘The star fern. Hemionitis palmata. Fern Bull. 12 71,72. [Au] 1904. [Ilust.] Cockerell, T. D. A. AHymenoxys insignis. Torreya, 4: 170. 21 N 1904. Col, A. Recherches sur l’appareil sécréteur interne des Composées. Jour. de Bot. 18: 110-133. f. g¢-g7. Ap 1904; 153-175. f. 42- 44. My 1904. Collins, F.S. \ sailor’s collection of algae. Rhodora, 6: 181, 182. 21S 1904. INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 661 Colozza, A. Contribuzione all’anatomia delle O/acaceae. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. II. 11: 539-565. 29 O 1904. Colozza, A. Note anatomiche sulle foglie delle Humiriaceae. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. Il. 11: 235-245. 5 Je 1904. Cook, O. F. Natural selection in kinetic evolution. Science, II. 19: 549, 550. 1r Ap 1904. Cushman, J. A. Desmids from Newfoundland. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 581-584. p/. 26. 26N 1904. Including a new species in Auastrum and a new variety in Aficrastertas. Davenport, C. B. Statistical methods with special reference to biolog- ical variation. Second, revised ed. i-viii. 1-223. f. z-z7. New York, 1904. With a bibliography. Davenport, G. E. The death of William Wendte. Rhodora, 6: 209, 210. 29 O 1904. Davis, B. M. Studies of the plant cell. —III. Am. Nat. 38: 571- 594. f. 9-17. 30S 1904;—IV. Am. Nat. 38: 725-760. f. r2- Day, M. A. Juncus effusus var. compactus in New Hampshire. Rhodora, 6: 211. 29 O 1904. Deane, W. Note on Aydrophyllum canadense. Rhodora, 6: 184, 185. 21S 1904. Derganc, L. Kurze Bemerkungen iiber etliche Pflanzen. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 10: 108-112. 16 Jl 1904. Devoted ‘chiefly to Androsace, which is combined with Primuda, and many species are re-named under the latter genus besides those so treated by Kuntze in 1899. Earle, F. S. Mycological studies. II. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 289-312. 30 Je 1904. With descriptions of 52 new species in 39 genera. Eaton, A. A. The California gold fern. Fern Bull. 12: 77, 78. [Au] 1904. Eaton, A. A. Is Asplenium lanceum American? Fern Bull. I2: 79, 80. [Au] 1904. Eaton, A. A. Jsoefes Amesit: a correction. Fern Bull. 12: 8g. [Au] 1904. Ernst, A. Siphoneen-Studien. II. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 16: 199- 236. Al. 7-9. 1904;—lIII. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 16: 367-382. pl. 20. 1904. Evans, A. W. Notes on New England Hepaticae, —II. Rhodora, 6: 165-174. 6 Au1g04; 185-191. Jl. 57. 21S 1904. Includes a description of Lepidozia sylvatica sp, nov. 662 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Fernald, M. L. The American representatives of Pyrola rotundifolia. Rhodora, 6: 197-202. Recognizes the validity of P. americana Sweet and P. grandiflora Radius. Fernald, M. L. The identity of Andersson’s Sa/ix fellita. Rhodora, 6: 191. 21S 1904. Freeman, E. M. Symbiosis in the genus Zo/iwm. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 329-334. 18 O 1904. Fries, R. E. Eine Leguminose mit trimorphen Bliiten und Friichten. Ark. Bot. 3°: 1-10. p/. 7,2. 21 Jl 1904. Neocracca Kuntzet minor var. nov., from Bolivia. Giesenhagen, K. Capnodium maximum B. & C. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 22: 355-358. 14S 1904. Gleason, H. A. Additional notes on southern Illinois plants. ‘Torreya, 4: 167-170. 21 N 1904. Gleason, H. A. A new sunflower from Illinois. Ohio Nat. 5: 214. flelianthus illinoensis sp. nov. Graves, C. B. Some unusual Connecticut plants. Rhodora, 6: 195, 196. 215 1904. Graves, C. B. An undescribed variety of goldenrod. Rhodora, 6: 182-184. 21S 1904. Solidago rugosa sphagnophila var. nov., from Connecticut. Greene, E.L. A nameexplained. Torreya, 4: 173,174. 21 N 1904- Derivation of name Xo/isma Raf. Grout, A. J. A peculiar peaseedling. Torreya,4: 171. 21 N 1904. [Illust. ] Harper, R. M. Two hitherto confused species of Zudwigia. Torreya, 4: 161-164. f. 7,2. 21 N 1rgo4. With a description of Z. maritima sp. nov. Harris, C. W. Lichens— Stereocaulon, Pilophorus and Thamnolta. Bryologist, 7: 71-73. f. 2; 2.. 2 5 1904. Hemsley, W. B. x Zygocolax Veitchii. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 60: pl. 7980. 1O 1904 A bigeneric hybrid (Zyg s ieslio < Colax), native of Brazil. Hieronymus, G. Plantae Lehmannianae in Guatemala, Colombia et Ecuador regionibusque finitimis collectae, additis quibusdam ab aliis collectoribus ex iisdem regionibus allatis determinatae et descriptae. oe bi Seae sai boar 560. 250 19 clu spec Trichom kee Pica ( re Loxomopsis, nae See (6), Po ean “Dibsien (2), Blechnum, Gymnogramme (5), Adiantum, Polypodium (11) and Elapho,lossum (7). _- species INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 663 Hock, F. Ankémmlinge in der Pflanzenwelt Mitteleuropas wiihrend des letzten halben Jahrhunderts. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 17: 195~_ 210. 1904. Hoffman, R. Notes on the flora of Berkshire County, Massachusetts, Rhodora, 6: 202-206. 29 O 1904. Hollick, A. Additions to the paleobotany of the Cretaceous formation on Long Island. No. IJ. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 403-418. p/. 70-79. £0 D 1904. Includes descriptions of 9 new species in as many genera. Holzinger, J. M. A moss new to North America. Bryologist, 7: 77. 2S 1904. Hone, D.S. Minnesota Helvel/ineae. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 309-321. pl. 48-52. 18 O 1904. Horne, W. T. An anomalous structure on the leaf of a bean seedling. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 585-588. 7. 7-5. 26 N 1904, House, H. D. The nomenclature of Calonyction bona-nox. Bull. Tor- rey Club, 31: 589-592. 26 N 1904. House, H. D. Some rare ferns of central New Jersey. Fern Bull. 12: 80-82. [Au] 1904. Howe, M.A. Exogenous origin of antheridia in 4nthoceros. Torreya, 4: 175, 170. 2 eae: Hus, H. T. A. Spindle formation in the pollen-mother-cells of Cassza tomentosa L. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. III. Bot. 2: 329-354. p/. 30-372. 30 Ap Ig04. Kellerman, W. A. & Gleason, H. A. Notes on the Ohio ferns. Ohio Nat. 5: 205~210. 9 N Igo4. Kirkwood, J. E. The comparative embryology of the Cucurditaceae. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 313-402. p/. 58-69. 7 O 1904. Knowlton, C. H. Notes on the flora of Day Mountain, Franklin County, Maine. Rhodora, 6: 206-209. 29 O 1go4. Lagemann, J. H. Plants used in the manufacture of intoxicating drinks. Jour. Columbus Hort. Soc. 19: 1-4. Mr 1904. Leavitt,C. K. Observations on Cal/ymenia phyllophora J. Ag. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 291-296. p/. 44, 45- 18 O 1904. Léveillé, H. & Guffroy,C. Monographie du genre Oxothera. 139-258. Le Mans, ‘‘1905”’ [1904!]. _ [Illust.] This second fascicle includes various new names applied to old and well known ie 664 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Lindman,C.A.M. egnellidium novum genus Marsiliacearum. Ark. Bot. 3°: 1-14. f. r-ro. 1 Jl 1904. Rk. diphyllum sp. nov., native of southern Brazil. Loew, E. The nectary and the sterile stamen of Pextastemon in the group of the Fruficosi A.Gr. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 17: 85-88. 1904. Lowe, J. D. Axacamptodon splachnoides Brid. Bryologist, 7: 77- 2S 1904 Notes the occurrence of this moss in Connecticut. Lyon, H.L. ‘The embryogeny of Ginkgo. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 275- 290. pl. 290-437 +f. A-E. 18 O 1904. Macoun, J. M. The flora of the Peace River region. Ottawa Nat. 18: 115-118. 195 1904. Malme, G. 0. A. Die Gentianaceen der zweiten Regnell’schen Reise. Aik. Bot. 3° * 4-25, Af 2, 22°24 Fl 1904. includes one new species of Chelonanthus. Malme,G.0.A. O-xyfefali species novae vel ab auctoribus saepe con- fusae. Ark. Bot. 3°: 1-19. fl. r+ f.7, 2. 21 Jl 1904. With descriptions of 6 new species. Malme, G.0. A. Ueber die Asclepiadaceen-Gattung Zweedia Hooker & Arnott. Ark. Bot. 27: 1-20. pf. 1 +f. 7-g. 11 My 1904. Malme, G. 0. A. Ueber die Asclepiadaceen-Gattungen J/itostigma Decaisne und Amé/ystigma Bentham. Ark. Bot. 3': 1-24. pl. 2+ J Pye Ub JO: 4004. Recognizes 10 species of Mi‘ostiyma, of which 5 are new, and 3 of Amdélystigma, of which I is new Millspaugh, C.F. A new Bahaman £uphorbia. Torreya, 4: 172: 21 N 1904. £. cayensis sp. 0 Miyaké, K. Ueber das Wachstum des Bliitenschaftes von Zaraxacum. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 16: 403-414. f/. 27. 1904. Moulton, D. H. Tenth annual meeting of the Josselyn Botanical So- ciety of Maine. Rhodora, 6: 192, 193. 21S 1904. Mueller, O. Observations on Laminaria bullata Kjellm. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 303-308. p/. 47. 18 O 1904. Murrill, W. A. A key to the perennial Polyforaceae of temperate North America. ‘Torreya, 4: 165-167. 21 N 1904. Murrill, W. A. The Polyforaceae of North America—IX. /onotus, Sesta and monotypic genera. Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 593-610. 26 N 1904. ncludes 6 new species of /onofus, and 3 new genera, Laetiporus, 7) richaptum and Pogonomyces, based upon species previ INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 665 Newcombe, F. C. Thigmatropism of terrestrial roots. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 17: 61-84. 1904. Osmun, A. V. Lguisetum variegatum in Connecticut. Fern Bull. 12: 89. [Au] 1904. Overton, J. B. Ueber Parthenogenesis bei 7hahictrum purpurascens. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 22: 274-283. pi. 75. 23 Je 1904. Pampanini, R. Sassifragacee dell’Erbario Webb. Nuovo Géiorn. Bot. Ital. II. rm: 79-82. 15 Mr 1go4. Among the specimens listed are plants from South America collected by Pavon, Gardner, eels and others. Parish, S. B. Additions to the California fern flora. Fern Bull. 12: 82, 83. [Au] 1904. Penhallow, D. P. The anatomy of the North American Coniferales, together with certain exotic species from Japan and Australasia. Am. Nat. 38: 243-273. f. 7-16. 16 Je 19043 331-359. f. 77-jr. 1 Au 1904; 523-554. /. 92-49. 305 1904; 691-723. N 1904. Petri, L. Osservazioni sul genere Zylostoma Pers. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. Il. 12: 53-69. 15 Mr1g04._ [Illust.] Piccioli, L. II legno e la corteccia delle Cistacee. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. II. 11: 473-504. f. 7-20. 29 O 1904. Pilger, R. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der monécischen und diécischen Gramineen-Gattungen. Bot. Jahrb. 34: 377-416. fl. 5, 6. 16 Au 1904. Polley, J. M. Observations on Physalacria inflata (S.) Peck. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 323-328. f/f. 537. 18 O 1904. Price, S. F. Contribution toward the fern flora of Kentucky. Fern Bull. 12: 65-70. [Au] 1904. Prince, S.F. Some ferns of the cave region of Stone County, Missouri. Fern Bull. 12: 72-77. [Au] 1904. Rettig, E. Ameisenpflanzen-Pflanzenameisen. Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der von Ameisen bewohnten Pflanzen und Beziehungen zwischen beiden. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 17: 89-122. 1904. Rolfe, R. A. Epidendrum Endresit, Orchid Rev. 12: 145. f. 2¢4. 190 Native of Costa Rica. Rolfe, R. A. Preroglossaspis ecristata. Orchid Rev. 12: 136. My 1904. Refers the Floridian orchid Cyrtopodium ecristatum Fernald ( Triorchos ecristatus Small, Eulophia ecristata Ames) to the African genus Pteroglossaspis. 666 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Rolfe, R. A. Zygopetalum Mackaii and its allies. Orchid Rev. 12: 324-327. N 1904. A group of Brazilian species. Schaffner, J. H. Leaf expansion of trees and shrubs in 1904. Ohio Nat. 5: 210-213. 9g N 1904. Schaffner, J. H. Six nutating plants. Ohio Nat. 5: 214, 215. 9 N 1904. Schaffner, J. H. ‘Twigs of the common hackberrvy. Ohio Nat. 5: 215, 216. 9 N 1904. Schindler, A. K. Die Abtrennung der Hippuridaceen von den Halor- rhagaceen. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 77: 1-77. 16 Au 1904. Shafer, J. A. Notes on Cuban plants. Torreya, 4: 170,171. 21 N 1904. Singhof, L. Ueber den Gefassbiindelverlauf in den Blumenblattern der Iridaceen. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 16: 111-146. A/. 5 +f. 1-25: 1904. Smith, A. M. James Lawrence Bennett. Bryologist, 7: 79. 25 1904. Sodiro, L. Plantae ecuadorenses. III. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 78: 1-16. 25 O 1904. I des new species in Eleocharis, Rynchospora (2), Carex (2), Tropacolum (3), Norantea (2) and Cynanchum. Starback, K. Ascomyceten der ersten Regnellschen Expedition. III. Ark. Bot.:2°: i-29: pf. 7, 2. 23M Foa4. Includes descriptions of 28 new species in 23 genera. Van Tieghem, P. Structure de la tige des Calycanthacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VIII. 19: 305-320. Jl 1904. Van Tieghem, P. Sur les franges sécrétrices des stipules et des sépales chez les Godoyées. Jour. de Bot. 18: 105-109. Ap 1904. Van Tieghem, P. Sur les Luxembourgiacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VIII. 19: 1-96. Ap 1904. behead ames American ; 12 genera are saleacree ty kaarig Hilaireila is new 5 six ‘*new ’’ although previously p by Van Tieghem. Votsch, W. Neue systematisch-anatomische Untersuchungen von Blatt und Achse der Theophrastaceen. Bot. Jahrb. 33: 502-546. 15 Mr 1g04. Warner, F. M. Observations on Endocladia muricata (P. and R.) J. Ag. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3: 297-302. pl. 46. 18 O 1904. : saccharu * Millefolium, 152,186 INDEX TO VOLUME 31 New names, and the final m are in bold- lg ala 421, 427, distortus, | Abutiton Abutilon, 154, 157, Avicennae, | Acacia — 436 das carpum, 143, See lisa 143, 44, 131, ‘ yi (ca ean 143, Aco Calamus, 135, Seats conostega, 321 Acrista, 350, 351, 353, monticola, 353, 140 Acristeae, Acrolasia abicauti, hh 567, ie cue 566, ctenophor 7, grac ee in sia. nad S07, latifolia’ yea alba, 16 Actinea chrysant themoides, 500 Actinella, 462, biennis, 477, se chrysanthemoides 462, 500 ie ign 494, 495) ea ita, 499; Pal. 462, Richardsoni, 466, 468, | ie ea canescens, gy Richard- | soni floribundus, Rusbyi, 496, texana, 49 4 formation, 67 Adiantum Capillus-Veneris, 16, pela 16, Wi dinea ee Aecidium, 3, 8, ane ee s, 7, Clema- | tidis, 7, spiictianthellae 5, ae 6, vy Mer ten: 6; Nap: ngage tale, 7, qn smodi ii, 6 : ae um, 2, recedens, 7, Pimiiehaiies, re ves a tan _ eae 595, bo “eee 603; ca rufescens, 181, cothu beer. | igs ‘aa ede * telede ma ie imus, i rutilescens, 180, saepiarius, lidip 180, speciosus, ra sphaerosporus, 181, striatus, 604 Agoseris agrestis, se glauca, 357 gy nia Eupato 154, parviflora, Asroryron, "ads repens, 154, 157 ba, 152, 154 _ Agrostis Ailanthus. Aletes ao 573, 575, obovata, 573 6 embers of new combinations, face type. | Algae, Bahaman, 93 lium, 529-550, Geyeri, ade macro- petalum 401, Pikea num, 402, retieulatum, 402, “tricoecum, 147, nea 13 Allium, ge ee none in root of, Alnus, ee rugoSa, 135, I41, 144, lata 529 serru- lope ecurus geniculatus, 152, 154 Alsine media, 152 Alsino eg amacrantha, 407 Althaea r Amaranthus al us, 157, graecizans, 157, 158, nos 556, 157 ee. fae Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, 153, 157, 158, trifida, Be 136, ae tied 157 Amelanchier canadensis, na modi pipiens for the Advance- nt os — ie yes Bictewiopee! cr b, Non men peaesany noua de Techanerer Tedexe to, (1901-1903), 51, 101, 169, 449, (1904), 231, 305, 359, 411, 511, 577, 617, 659 | Aupelopets quinquefolia, 135 nantherix conni » 24 _Anaphalis margaritacea, 154 | Andromeda, 128, Parlatorii, 79 ndro nego sta contorts nt 83, scoparius, 150, nicus, 152, 154 | Anemonela ‘halictroides, ae /An ra albicaulis, 242, cinerea, 570, latifo lia, 570, palli ae ie viola- cea, 242, Vre elandii ly 670 Anomalous ahaa on Prt leaf of a bean seedling, 585 pariah Dlantasinifola, 15 ee 56, Sale 156 spi gee ta odorata, E52, dedtlon unifloru Aplopappus adic uk tian 653, rubi- whi Apoce andr a baat 154 heinia prec a , £46 Arabis i rugocarpa, Acaiis, ve 128, nudicaulis, mata, Ravniana, 79, ae 78, trifolia, 147 Arctium Lappa, 153, 156, 67 357; Selbyi, i 147, pal- transver- 157, 227 668 IN ca oleracea, 353, 354 eas E iae, 406, Fendleri, | 07, dleri Porteri, 407, polycau- los, 406, saxosa, 406, icta, 150, Tweed 6, wintahensis, 406, erna, 407 Arisaema Dracontium, 147, triphyllum, | 147, 153 ARTHUR, J. New spec of Ure dineae, 1. Taxonomic sacs ae = Sa gohvee oan 113 Asaru — Rertepias amplexicalis, beter A Bick- C nellii, 459, nuti, 153, 154, peer a , 459, incarnata, 136 138, ermedia, 459, ansana, Bee. purpurascens, 154, 4 Syriaca, 153, 157, 458— Asclepias, A. new species of, 457 Asimina parviflora, 60 / agus officinalis, 156 Aspergillus, 291, 299 Aspidium acrostichoides, ae margi- m, m, 658, Filix- foemina, 147, Glennie, ost ane tae 658, de i modestum, 65 Asplenium paca oe co, A new, 657 Aster, 153, Reread a: 654 655, corymbiformis, 655, Lie tatriy 150, ericoides, 153, uides dep peratus, 8, 653, ec: € 148, Nelsonii, 654, Osterhoutii, 654, 655, paniculatus, 655, puni 153, Salicifolius, 654, salicifolius caerulescens, 654, Tweedyi, 5 Underwoodii, 654 Astragalus canadensis, 562, elegans, i 36 Dh cs Ili, -562, ensis, ara? pseudo-alpina diversiloba, Atriplex canescens, 404, eremicola, 403, hasta cabin 157, Nuttallii, 403, obl ta, 403, odontoptera, eure ge 71 Aulos angustum, 358 Avena tie: 154 Azalea nudiflora, 144 nea praeen 529 , Notes ven ctseouiensaea: flora, 26 n, 93 15, 26, uni- Bananas, Two new species of Ameri- can wild, DEX | Ba rbharea sigh 147,152, 156, vul- | gar I4 ‘Bartonia aibicauis, 566 Bean seedling, An pa struc- ture on ae leaf of a, 58 Benzoin Benzoin, 141, 144, Berry, E. W. dditions t Te flora of the Matawan formation, 67 ‘Bessey, C. . Chimney- shaped sto- mata of Holacantha Emo h | I bergi, 166, utahensis Studies in Sisyrinch- ium, 3 Bicuculla cxcullaria t45, 193 Bidens bipinna BPAT,, 183, 157; cone Hata; 155, ing discoides, 153, fron- dosa, ry ey) godin 14t, 253 Bihai, 445-447, aurantiaca, 445, Bihai, 445, borinquuena, 445 r- chellii, 445, Champneiana, 445, choconiana, 445, “Clambake ae 447, crassa, 445, distans, 445, elongata, 445, episcopalis, 445, humilis, 445, latispatha, 445, librata, Ae, lingulata, 445; chys, » 445, reticu- lata, ry te servo 445, rutila, 445, Spissa, 445, tortuosa, 445 irches ew tts ee 595, frondosus, fart eat 606, gilvus, 418, graveo- squamosu SLOT mbe 447, Vit Se pie ure 169, 231, 305, 577, 617, 6 otanical nomenclature, — of, 249 359, 411, 449, 511, Dig ee Baptisia tinctoria, 621, 629 Botrychium virginianum, 669 INDEX Botryophora, ~ Conquerantii, 96, 97,| 246, pilosa, 246, puberula, 644, oc enaens | rhexifolia, 644 Botrytis, 29 'Catherinea angustata, 64 Bout elona ar 86, 87, Havardii, | Catis, 353 sriana 353 87 Catoblastus, Rachinlatenake, < 185 | Ca ey coerenhel, 93, paspaloides, Brachyelytrum erectum, 15 | Brickellia californica, 646; reniformis, C slopyltam prconlaei 145 646, Wrightii, 646 | Cayapo ace BRITTON, Four new orth | He oleoiene Fendleri, gee ovalis pubes- American bir ches, sos. © isonia | cens, 564, Subsericeus, 564 obtusata and its allies, 611 Re cseacinlonaned oe crenatum, 74, Bursa Bursa-pastoris, 152 hae scr age Bursera gummifera, 606 Ce 128, Scns 144 bee tis. pores Cacalia floridana, 27, ovata, 27, me lanthus pepe de £35; - 236; Caesalpin aad anthemoi ides, 500 Calami ay Cin opodium, 136 Cerastium behringianum, 405, Earlei Calandrini ia nevaden sis, 357 405, oblongifolium, 150, pulchellum, ae = ornia species of Sisyrinchium,| _ 495 cosum, , vulgatum, 156 Ceratolejeunea, 200 Calliechoe involucrata. Cercis canadensis, 144 llitris, 70, quadrivalvs C rus, 29, 41 Calonstion, sto 59 aantontard m™m, 590, Chaetochloa glauca, 156, 157 album, 591, “bona-nox x, 589, 590, Cheiranthus nivalis, 5 ebony ae eciosum, 590, | Chelidonium, 429, 430, 433 osum pubescens, 591 Chelone glabra, 148 Caloporus, 29, 30 — ange p ibe cei Effect on respira- Caltha palustris, ig ungi, _ Calystegia Sepium, 137 Chemica notes on “bastard” logwood, : ee Tnisop iris. 146, ai Sen 8 Recta on the Chenopodinm album 156, 157; horadendron, 43 ambrosioides withelivineiei 156, Ca a ae “aeauinoctialis, 333, alveo- peng rip 156, idum, laris, 327, ari 240, olffii, 2 antua, 48, Chimaphila en deat 24 Capriola Dactylon, 154 sath ng -shaped stomata die Tianhe. Capsella Bu rsa- _pastoris, r5 Carbon monoxi and hee gases, In- Chosidrophylla, ae americana, 245, flue of, 167 Fremontii Cardamine ibosa , 1835 Chondrophyton TT aaGe. homboidea, 135, rotundifolia; i rysanthemum Leuc sie £52, Lobe s arvensis, 156, Jadcenlaties, 141, cae cblonsifotis, e 56, 157 Carex, 140, 152, pennsylvanica, 147, somyxeae, 116 Chrysophyllum, a squarrosa, 140 “Chr hirysapogon sical Carpinus "arama “ee ores ie 639, amplifolia, Carpites Myricaru Wien & audat , 49; ata, 648, Cakpolithus ern i juglandiformis, hispid, 649, Mh 648 649, pini- 81 : fo 2, 26, villosa, Carya alba, 143, muicrocarpa, 143, Chrysospenia m phrad 13 pore 14 Chrysothamnus graveolens, Ft How- Cassia emarginata, 5 nee 653, berryi, 652, 653, Castala, 524 Parryi, 633, pa » 652 Castanea, ii Earn 143, 145,|Cichorium Intybus, 156, 15 sativa Americ cuta maculata, 136, 137, 141, 153 Castilleja brachyanh, 644, brevi- | Cimicifuga racemosa, 147, I flora, : runnescens, 643, | Cinna latifolia, coccinea, pact confusa, 644, obtusi- | Cinnamomum, 12 loba, 644, pallida, 644, pilifera, | Cissites, 128 670 Citrullus vulgaris, 158 Cladomeris, 333, 334, ramosissima, 337, Schweinitzii, 339, umbellata, 337 Cladothrix lanuginosa | Clavaria myceliosa, "182, pusilla, 182 laytonia catuhinune: 405, carolinia la lata, , cCarolinana _ sessili- foli 5; neeolata, 405, lanc lata sessilifolia, 405, rosea, 404, 405, Clinopodium vulgare, 136, 154 Clitocybe ane 178, cerussata, 178, icei na, Clitopilus tcaliaatouin 79 Closterium eb sgaeaey erectum, 161 Cnicus arvensis, 156 Coccocladus occ ee si alis, 95, occiden- | talis Conquerantii, 96, occidentalis laxus 9 » 95; Cockere.tt, T. D. A. North American e species of Hymenoxys, 461 Cocos nucifera, 551, 554 Cc e la nomenclature botanique, 63 Code of botanical nomenclature, 249 Coleosanthus albicaulis, 646, reni- formis, 646, Wrights, 646 Coleosporieae, eM. Coleosporiu Collinsonia japedenats Collybia dryophila, 1 70, qe Tae 179, onata, 178 er 194, 205, 213, Goebelii, otc Desmids from, 161 Colorado. plants, Notes on, 357 Coltr 325; 339, so yebeavt 427, cl omea, 3 347, 348, apg 341, 344, peo ith ah 341, Memmingeri, 342, oh nummularia, 341, Po tal 342, 346, 347, pa 5s 344, 345, 347, perennis, ie 344- 6, 348, tomentosa, 342, : Coltrici jella, 325, 348, 427, Sevan: dens, 348, 599 Selerehicnges 20 Commelina eididers; 146, 154; vice i 46, 157 some West American Conferva, 135, umbilicalis, 95, umbili- ca pears stem, 81 Convolvulus, 590, ona ie 590, arvensis, 156, grandifloru 589, os latiflorus, os area sepium, 137, 154, Cook, O. a _ Nomenclatare of Ge royal palms, 3 5, | aia Gre C on: 7, virginiana, 153 INDEX rallina Flabellum, 94 be ara ae multiflora, ochro- Coriospermum emargi ee 404, marginale, es villosum, 404, Cornus, 128, Amomum, 137, Baileyi, 572, florida, ay 145, sericea, 137, Influence of carbon mon- sin and other gases upon plants, 16 | Corylus americana, c osmarium, 581, balteum pon at 162, Bot trytis, mpr resulum minor, 583, laeve ie 2e margaritife 162 Men me ee 2, pseudopyramidatum, 5 Covillea tridentata, 4 1 ae seg 427 Cu Cacavitts Culmites ana I Cunila Mariana, 154, prdgern 154 Se een ites, 72, 81, 82, elegans, 69, 70, squa A Dy radia 73 uphea ea HEH 154 CusuMan, J. A. Desmids from south- western Colorado, 161. Notes on Micrasterias f southeastern Massachusetts, 493 Desmids from Newfoundland, Sec atps ope ris, 184, 185, 192-210, 3-205, 2 217, Chitonia 194, 196, 197 eng oh 209, vexistipa, 192, 108, 202, 204, 208-210, peruviana, 106. 197, 205, 20 Cyclolejeunea, Vegetative reproduction Cyclomyces fuscus, 423, Greenei, 423, sige a aaron Lp gpa i 427, » 423 Cycloporus, 423, 427, Greenei, 424 Hoosen aaa 581, 582, americana, 562 Sripitetes acaulis, 357, Parryi, 357 Cynodon Dactylon, 154 ees glossum, virginicum Ps eae oe 140, inflexus, 151, strigosus, coped acaule, 147, hirsutum, 147, 148, parviflorum 147, 148, pubescens, Cyitoacive Myrica, 99 Dactylis glomerata, 152, 154 ‘i * INDEX peonore Annulus, 98, digitata, 98, 8 Dactales, Habecaeges’ oe i Sa 606 3 a ig eer pailidofubye. bas. rhabarbarina, 604, saepiaria, 603, striata, 604 Dahlia, 548 Daily periodicity in the root of Allium, Dammara borealis, 70, cliffwoodensis, 6 Mechanics % tow Ricinus communis s Conquerantii, 96, pres talis, 95, vermicularis, 9 Datura ‘Stramo onium, 156, as7.-Tatula, ‘Ca rota, 152, 156, 157 o om poled ses AE re on southwestern Psa Be I -Desmodiu Dianthus prolifera, I on Di — cucullari Dicerandra Grcanitolin, 12, odora- mae 2 Dicranella heterophylla, 64 i jeunea, 183, 184 osp mii ceee du bia, 4; "serotina, Diplasiolejeunea, 205 Diplodia, 551-554, cor iaeg 554 Diplopappus ae 49 Dirca palustr Disti a. spicata, 8 Dodecat pc, Er 7; O35, i- “sag 631, oe xz: colic n si a Draba caroliniana ao coloradensis, eifolia 5, Persson 5S5, itcinas rpa ivan, 55 Drepanolejeunea, 186, 191, inchoata, 196 Drosera intermedia, 141, rotundifolia, pe zoyteris —— 145, margi- 45 nalis, 145, spinulosa, er nocysti lobata? 144 rum, 19 A apelaemmdt virginicum, 15 Logline 309-324, ok bolum, ef ° 319 Montagnei, igianum, 309, 318, rutilans, 309, 311, 313, 314, sub- 671 rca epiner i 320, vesiculare, 309, 311 313, 325-317; 323, vesi- calare Se leet 410; 315,13 E%) Efiee : of chemical nanenege on the respiration of fun Effects of solutions ples cell-division ot m,; $3 in root of Alliu Eleusine indica 154, 15 lfving 424, ; Relationship of Macro- phoma an nd Diplodia Votes on the blackening of Riniieia tinctoria, 21. Endophyllum Sempervivi, 118 Ephedra, Ephemerum tenerum, 17 8 n ; 567, oe 567, 568, 569, Pal 569, bescens, 568, stra ramineum, "568, 569, tetragonum, 569 “ceyiecnal oe 146 Equis 15 Bro cng 17; mplex, ee 156, bellidifolium, , 154, pulchellus, 147 Eriocaulon compressum, 20, decangu- ] eptangulare, 14, texense, 20 Eragrostis amabili, 17, mex , 87, sim 4 240, flavum, 2309, ffusum, 2 flavum getius, 239, Jamesii, 239, Jamesii favescens 239, Jonesii, 240, microthecu 240, salinum, 240, fomentostm, a an 239 Ervum, 118 age integrifolium, 23, 24, eee foliu ludovicianum, 23, ludov cianum, 23, 24, virgatum, 23 Erysimum elatum, 558, nivale, 558, oblanceolatum, 557, radicatum, 558, Wheeleri, 558 een 430, americanum, 145, Eschscholtzia, 429, 430, 432, Euastrum mii, 582, eka um, <. binale, 583, Didelta, 162, ceil verrucosum, 162 Eucallitris, 71 Paes i, siommaialy 78 Euglena Evonymus americanus, 144, atropur- 14 Eupatoriam ageratides, 152, aromati- 150, incarnatum, 25, perfolia- 672 tum, 152, purpureum, I4I, F405 192; 155 ber. Euphorbia corollata, 154, Cyparissias, 15 Euterpe, 350, 351, 352, caribaea, 353, 354, oleracea, 3 A. W 3 Evans, A. . Hepaticae of Puerto | Rico, 183 Explorations in the coastal plain of Georgia, eager Fagopyrum, 59, 61 oie 143, 145, 149, ae 27, ame oes, 14 i dg am rab alutaceus 327, alveo- laris, 327, Boucheanus, 327, ou- cheanus peponinus, 27, braziliensis, 328, 329, brunneolus, 331, canadensis, 327, Ccapera 331, cucullatus, 332, 333, curtipes, 332, 333, Curtisil, 36, europaeus, 325, flaccidus, 333, Friesii, 333, anak. 333, hir- , 325, hispidulus, 329, induratus, » lacerus, mel S, 44, 3 ohiensis, 327, princeps, 329, pur- purascens, 331, tessellatus, 329, velu- atavina, 75; Bemanines. 750 ‘ cuspi sae 75, elastica, bie ie rau tida a, 75, n a, 75; Peruni » pro- ‘ote Fay A oR he as he 75 Blois, autumn 18, dipsacea, , Frankii, 18, sn "11, perpusilla, Ron 18, 19, spadicea, « Vah 18 Flammula Rekandian 180, ie os 17 Plaveria, 463, australasica, 463, re- panda, 46 Floerkea proserpinacoides, 146 Flora of the ae awan formation, Addi- tions to th Flora, Rocky Ne atin 399, 555, 631 tag 427, graveolens, 424, Khortalsii, Wacerilnetac hee Macdougalii, 45-48, splendens, 45-4 Fou seb The 5 of, w North American ig 165 am ston, 154 raser a angustifolia, 632, 6 emeeteeen, 131, 138, 143, 155 =] Oo “I ae Lal Frullan Funalia, ages trichomalla, 608 Fungi, Effect of chemical irritation on : the. respiration of, 291 Fungi, New species of, 177 70 Frenelopsis, 70, Hoheneggeri, 71, 72 205 INDEX Fungi on Hymenoxys, 508 Gaillardia, 462, 463, 487 Galeorchis spectabilis i 148 Galinsoga parviflora, 1 ‘Gali m Aparine, - Cains: 147 Peers rma, tiie — influe Bod Pe 57, 167 Ceaiibents cake 145 | aura coloradensis, 572, Pitcheri, Paks sinuata, 72 aylussacia resinosa, 14 a erly pe diffusu um, 560, yee diu 9, ramosissimum, 569 Pn, oath 1. 68 |Gentiana, 245, 632, acuta, 244, Fre- montii, 245, renga A 244, hu- milis, 245, onantha, 244, 245, phage — rostrata americana, tenella emuuslis Clementi, 631; - 692; plebeja, 632 pete ee in, 9 um maculatum, 147, 153 aes eae 25, georgiana, 25, paupercula, Page see aes ‘St a eee me aes Chemical notes ** bas- 36 8 Gilia aggregat "632 ongesta crebri- folia, 633, Crandallii, 634, erebri- folia, 633, Haydeni, 635, iberidifolia, Macombii, 634, multiflora; 634; ro ESS sa, 632, spergulifolia, me , Tweedyi, 634 leichenia Ay pray Zippei, 67 a ~~ fom 427, graveolens, locophtm, 602 Gossypium, Gri pith D ron some West an smuts, Catoln snk rere 427, 607, badia, 333, Berkeleyi, 334, 335, 337, 338, cristata; 333, 334, fractipes, . 335) 338, frondosa, 333-338, lucida, ue anid eared _ 333, a 334) 335) 334 , Sumstinei, ae pevawees . Griccs, R. F. Two new species of i wild bananas with a re- GruUENBERG, B: C. Chemical notes on oe ” “bastard” logwood, 367 Gutierrezia diversifolia, 647, linearis, FORT EO EN Re Te ee » 646, squar-— ee ED SED eg tee sean Poa ri INDEX 647, longifolia, il rshepataa 647 Gymnospermous con _ megaee Nea 63, 64, campechianum, : sail Ham eh virginiana, 14 Ec alopilns 415-419, 427, fulvitinc- 416, sublilacinus, 415-41 Be iccce. 2 _ 212 R. M. Harper, Explorations in the eae plain of Georgia during the sea of 1902, —yipcntetireaing Phyto- Beg ae TW. sketch of extreme southeastern Pen sylvania, 125 Hedeoma fai 5 245, pulegiz: Ss, 152, codes 9g ate Hedera Helen ee Helianthella Pi edenets 5 igereiishe annuus, 59, 61, 157, 158, giganteus, = Helicon Hetiopsis Oe 141, 153, laevis, Helvetl gracilis, 182, panormitana, vensii, 182 Hiepatica Hesatics 147, t ge 147 Hepaticae of Puerto Ric bia ee 4; Ta 136, T4t, 146, He ee americana, 146 Hexaclinis, 71 Hexagona, 427, alveo- oO ae laris, 326, 327, “branneols, 526, 331, ucullata, 327, 6, 139 Hicoria, 127, glabra, 143, microcarpa, 143, ovata, 14 Hieracium Gronovii, ik paniculatum, 47 150, scabrum, 147, nosum, Hilaria, 8 Holacantha rai 523 Holcus lanatus, 154 Holodiscus Pit 559, microphyl- lus, Stemalobus campestris, bee Clem S, 56 675 ! apne Si. oe at a17:. —322, praelonga, 309-311, 314, ai5 Horne, W malous nadia on Hou H. D: SED ni of Ca- ise ss bona-nox, ‘4 9 naan caerulea, 15 , M. A Notes on pare algae, recuse, 548 Hybrids, Two possible Asclepias, 457 ls Hintyleis 3 Hydrangea arborescens, 16, quercifolia, Piyerustis re bi Pc 148 Hydrochloa fluit Hydrophyllum hia kara Hygrolejeunea, Hymenochaete Hymenopappus siiidesicrles 474, radia- 145, 153 tu Hiymenoxys, agi Pos oe se canesce cen bien: ee i = oa Bes i 485, 496, canescens nevadensis, ti , dec S ukihe, 564, tegetarius, wry ona nsis, 563, Wolfii it 466, 503, 508, chrysanthe- oides ; Mea rnsi, 506, regu themoides sah ce » 466, 502, 503, 504, vee prone ibemoides Sle een BOT; 503, .505 — 465, 481, 494, 496, Cooperi argyrea, 465, 496, Cooperi Grayi, B 493, floribunda, 464, 476, 477, 485- 490, 492, 493, 506, 508, 509, flori- rizonica, 464, 487, is 491, intermedia, 464 87-491, evo eana, 462, eleni- byi, 465 ’ Rus 493, a 497, *Gubintegra, 465, 480, 494, 4 674 INDEX 498, texana, 466, 490, ae ee alpinus insignis, 152, 399, balti- 462, Vaseyi, 465, 468, 493, 494 vallicola, 399, biped iy 20, Hymenoxys, North America species of, | race nescens, 400 ae 22; : Tertensianus, 260, vaden 400, Hyospathe, oie ait 352 parous, 40%, Pe tedensecne. 400, Hypericum aur 13 saximontan 400, 401, pi ne atus, Hypnum datieune 319, conostegum, 399, xipbioides montanus, 309, 312, 313, 315, 318-322, cupressi- | Jungermannia convexistipa, ne denti- forme, 4, glaucosum, 320, Mon- ine ig 213, 214, lunulata, 186, patin- tagnei, 300, 310, 312, 315-317, 319; fer ruviana, 196, pee wre ears: (ya's: . pigianum, 313, ides 186, tortuosa 317, 310; 320, pie 311, 313, 319, | Juniperus virginiana, 143 145 scaturigenum, subdenticulatum, | Jussiaea diffusa, 136, repens, 136 33, 320, si Veo 300, . 3 6; 319 Sieniee latifolia, 16, 144, 145, Hypoxis erecta, 147, hirsuta, 147 er as, A new species of ger ae 457 Idria, 48 eet , W. E. Daily periodicity of Ilex, 33, 128, nig aary: 141 cell- division ia aces in Impatiens aurea, 140, 146, 153, biflora, the root of Alliu 436, 140; 146,: 153; -tulva; ss _ der ieee * Someckeua sp 3 Index to American botanical literature | toshertiuts, 623 (1901 #3553 ’ 9, | Koellia flexuosa, 150 - hie ( 231, 305, 359, 411, 511, 577» | Lachenalia luteola, 22 arbon monoxide and other | — aulon Ss ised seiner ei plants, 57, 167 Lactuca scariola, 156, 157 Inoder i ettpairas. 607, speciosus, 607 idevsink sel hispidus, 595, radiatum, 48 59 Pe MAT ofc 4, 29 2 ervo-oti 341, 415, 593-602, amplec- leoea gustata, 636, Besseyi ens, 594 seyi, ten: 600, corrosus, 594, 508, | sam one 636, 637, scaberrima, oe epee 593, 596, dryophilus,! 637, virginiana, 152 594, 597, fibrillosus, 593, fruticum, Laricopsis, 6 594, 600, 601, hirsutus, 594, his- Lauru rus, 128, pea 77, plutonia, 77, pidus, 593, 595, 596, hypococcinus, proteaefolia, 93; censis, 594, 597, nidulans, | Lavau aE 243, 244, triloba, 243, 593, 416, perplexus, 594, 596, pusil- us, 594, tal sons 593, 594, 599, | Lejeunea, 193, 205, par paes ig 184, 600, texanus, 504, 5097, triqueter, cath oo 293; unicolor,” 393, vulpinus, 593, 203, 214, yrorienaves 190, Wilsonii i ’ ’ oes, 188, 189, 190, Chitonia Ipomoea aculeata, 590, alba, 589, 591, bona-nox a, 352 vialis, 605 ier’, 127, 128, cinerea, 143, nigra, Lenziting, 602, abietina, 602, cinna- mom 602, tr gah or 602 Juncoides campestre, ie. bagel Leomrus Cardiaca, 154 subcapitatum, 4 Lepidium pratitiiie 154, 157; 158 rear 194, 196, convexistipa, 183, 184, na ; 589, 590, 591, longiflora, decora, 218,219, 22 denticulata, gI 214, 218, 210, i Shae 366 pee —— 350 196, leptocardia, 183, o2, lunu- Iris versicolor, 135, 140, 153 ata, 186, neice pee 224, Ischnoderma, 606, fuliginosum, 606, | martinicensis 186, Mougeotii, 198, resino: su 606 ruviana, 183, 196, serrulata, 221, Isnardia palustris, 135 Sieberiana, 188, stachyclada, 198, Isoetes melanospora, 18, reine 18, eetenengnriog 198, tortuosa, 186, | riparia, 131, saccharata, 130, vagans, ai edcnatcn. 219, 220, 221 Ixophorus glaucus 150, 154, viridis, 154 | Lemn in 134,18 ce Lenzites pO ee it protracta, 604, | Jacquinia, 590 rhabarbarina, 603, saepiaria, 603, : Jasminum sempervivum, 118 rete 604, 606, trabea, 605, umbrina, : Jessenia, 352, po lycarp : ; INDEX Lepidodendron, vi Lepiota brunn escens, 177, Glatfelteri, 177 Leptamnium virginianum, shee —— i 15 177, eristata; 146 Tol, Peas exocellata, 191 148 _naveictag tikifolia, rutilans, 309, 313, portoricensis, 311, | 314, , rutilans 314, 321 Lespedeza virginica, 150 Leucampyx er tadee Leucoporus, Liagora ann Lilium haa super gone spree Tea, T8607 47, vulgaris, | 463 ulata, 99, valida, suit e, 148, i ae 220, Lin pas sr 241, ee ariiena Malva rotundifolia, Malvastrum coccineu Marasmius Capeienci. cae om perforans, ih ede: 185, Mackaii, pee Marshallia hag ers 27, ram 27 Massachus No on Mi eonoins Es sout atheaster 393 ation, "Ploxa of the, 67 ane 466, 502, 505, bits 154 A new Asplenium from a, i Mechanics Ps — Pica capi in Rici- communis, Mesdeola “virginica iy te abc 63°..6 marasmioides, 44 virginicum, 30, 41, Melati dispersum, 21, Melilotus alba, 152, 156, 157, officinalis, lum, 241 157 Liparia rine 147 _Menispermites, 28 Liquidambar, 127, cate einay. 135, 143 | Menispermum canadense, 144 Liriodendron, 77, 127, 128, Tulipifera, | Mentha, 53) spicata, rat; 153 £43 [8455-2 55 | Me entzelia albicaulis, 566, dispersa, 566 pape ee 77, angustifolia, 77,| Meripilus, 333 lacerat Mertensia alba, 638, alpina, 640, Liter. cae American erga ai ae anescens, 640, ciliata, 638, liness- =. 405,359, Ad: RET, S77, folia, 639, ovata, 630, i ita: 6, [OF Parryi, 639, perple 639, Mies Cardinale, 141, 146, 153, flac-| picta, 638, polyphylla platensis, cidifolia, 25, ay Fae Nuttallii, | 638, pratensis, 638, sibirica, 6, vir- 153, syphilitica, 141, 14 3 at a, 145, viridis, 639, viri ridula, Logwood, Chemical notes Ori “Hastard:” | 67 Lolium psi Loranthu Ludwigia Cac ateta. 136, palustris, 13 47 152 c 2 Lupinus, iS Luzula campestris, Lychnis Drummondii, 408, striata, 408 Lycopodium accent 150, clavatum 150, de se ideu 150, lucidulum, , obscurum, Icons eeciation, 154, virginicus, ris phleoides, 84 oars nummularia’ 146, 154, quad- rifolia, 153 MacDoveat, D. Influence of car- bon monoxide and other gases upon plants, 57, 167 - esaie ao 462, 499, Bigelovii, 462 rophoma, 551-554 ~btr 128, ampl Pe, alia fornica, 76, mee ig 76, grandi- ic 22, pseudoa a, 76, speci nies "96, senitolia. 76, pice eed 76 hectic re sms 327, daedaleus, 328 Sapermnen a dana, 27, sulcata, 27, osa, \csembryanihemam, 63, 64 Se oca Nciawiasae. 581, peisaereba 582 Metzgeriopsis, Mex An hia pelis "teh Micraster 395, cana rec ericana spi parades me _apicuata, or rcnkate eihrlete Novae- ite ae, eas” Gana ea depau- depauper rata 205 ie hota from, 657 144 panes ree 94 , Yradiosa Wollei, 394 rotata, 163, simplex, 394, truncata, 39 Micrasterias pls sc npiepentea Massa- Notes on, chusetts, | Pcie cate crassum, 94, ‘arabilicateie 94, 95 676 INDEX oo 2s | North American birches, Four new, 6 4 | 165 ae ingens, 141, 153 Raids oe Polyporaceae, 29, 325, Mitchella repens, 150 415 Mitella diphylla, 147 | North “American species of Hymen- ohare undulatum, 64 Ne xys, Molinia, 4 Note on The sexual a and th Motlugo ve op 156 & Tape ane of the seed-coats in cer- arda fist of the Pa mewn 3 9 Siac asia patina Ok 641, odoratissima, | Psa on Bahaman ea 641 tes on 7 “blackening = Baptisia “a neh uniflora, 148 tinctoria i. eae a Palate and regenera- | E otes on Colorao plants 257 n plan 227 |Notes on Micrasterias ngs southeast- We os a bene 70 | ern Massachusetts Morus rubra, uphar adv us rubra, 144 ena Mucronoporus, 341, 342, circinatus, 34r, er Dookie a, DS; sSeod 134, 136, orbicu- dualis, 341, sublilacinus, 417, tomen- ata, tosus 341, 346 Nyssa rc Oa 145 Munda Valli, 592 Murari, A. Polyporaceae of Oakesia sessilifolia, sp No ee America, 20;; 325, 415, 503 S sipaater =m As ging: Musa, eee on a pee of Mesa eaiclden 152 horadendron, 435 Myosotis palustris, 135, 141, 153 piece Myrica, 73, 128, acuminata, 74, cliff- Odontolejenne, i 92, 193, 2 205, woodensis, 73, granulosa, 74, 21I, 213, convexistipa, Ho Jnatats, hakeaefolia, 74, Heerii, 73, parvula, a 86, coe mirabilis, 205, 74, Schenkiana, 74, Studeri, 74, peruviana, 196, sapere! 186, 188- thulensis, 74; ap rreyi, 74, Ungeri, 74, 191, subbifida, 194, 196, vindobonensis, ss gs apogis Vege fates Cae a beens Fie ilaecee rs" tio IQI Myrsine, Oedogoni, 5 rpus, 351, ars pists 352 Sages cae 154, altissimus, 154, 157 peseroie biennis, casepitosa, Nas officinale, 135, palustre, 135 243, pallida atl, 79 "triloba, 244 ee 12 Oligoneuron canes 652, rigidum Nendo aceroides, 143 — oe, New plants from Wyom- Olayuiae, 379 ig Omalia, 311, 317-320, rutilans, 313, Se Ra hy 1 t 134 Neomeris gunulata, 98, 99, Cokeri, 97, Canike 35 98, dumetosa, 98, 99, Eruca, 98, On Pants obtusata and its allies, 611 Kelleri, 98, 99 Onagra biennis, 154, 157, 15 Nepeta Cataria, 152, Glechoma, 152 se oat circinata, 341, tomentosa, New Asplenium from KICO, O57 34 New North American Birches, 165 Penden: ‘sensibilis, 136, 140, 141 New plants from Wyoming, 239 nonis spino On pel fa gece 6, molle, S mea bracte la ew species of fungi, Bids atus, 558, tu 559, iiteomedius, 558, 559 New species of Uredin New York, epi possible Aictepias hy- brids fro Mentooathek” Demedds from, 581 Nidularia, 426 : Nigrofomes, 425, 427, melanoporus, Ore 8 2 3 > 5. & S) naa nevadensis, 357, triphylla, Nitella, 65, : Cenace argentea, 637, cristata, 637, Nomenclature, Botanical, 249, 263, 277 eulophus. S, 637, fulvocanescens, 637. Nomenclature of Calonyction bona-nox, sericea, 63 ie 5 f eodoxa, 9-354, acuminata, 350- Nomenclature of the royal palms, 349 _ (| es basbaee: 349, frigida, 351, ole- (eRe hee Ba, Aas INDEX racea, 353, 354, praemorsa, 350, San- cona, 35 H Origanum vulgare, 153 Nios once umbellatum, 146, 153 i 134 ntium aquaticum, Orthovarpus pilosus, 246 ryza ce Tongistylis, 147 Osmunda cin 140, oe Clay- toniana, irs ies pedo 40, 141 OsterHouT, G. E. Notes on “Colorado plan ay Ostrya virginiana, 143 Oxalis bie Tae stricta, 147; 154, stricta, 147, 154, 157, violacea, 147 Pachylepis, Pachylophus caespitosa, 243, caules- cens, 5 = ximius, 571, glabra, 242, 243, hirs Pde maerawiotiin: 571, marginatus, Palms, onuueabure of the royal, 349 Panax quinquefolium, 16, 24, trifolia, 147 Panicum anceps, 154, mei Bees oA, dichotomum, 148, 150, lati- folium, 150, microcarpon, 148, niti- dum, 154, obtusum, 88, rostratum, ; Parkinsonia en lla, 436 ia Parnassia fimbri Parsonsia peti ye 154 Pa ge aad pet ed ah Eon, 230, a. rata his " pecsahinis metaieina: is ‘hee racemosa, Pecx, C. H. a fone of fungi, 177 Pecopts ris Zipp 145 , perennis, 341, 344, to- 346, eisodae, 341 gue, Pes iiitem, 375, glaucum, 63, 291, 294, | 300, Penium closterioides, 582, closterioides | — natum, 161, Digitus, 161, Pennsylvania, cpa daa dia cuit sketch | 25 utheaster ie cens, 422, ttitilans, 416, Polycodium stamineum, 144, a sanguineus, 420, , scab 30 ats race biflorum, 15, giganteum, 32, Schweinitzii, 338, 339, 347, 596, scrobiculatus, 600, scruposus, 418, Polygonum Lagan: 22, aviculare, 157, 419, similis, 39, simillimus, 347, scandens, 152, hirsutum, sordidulus, 4109 sordidus, 41 aoa aban ake ¥5a, “154, -.Per- spectabilis, 339, “plendens, 343, 344, Sicaria, 156, sagittatum, 141, scan- squamosus, 29, 40, stipitarius, 39, dens, 152, t he 150 43, striatus, 423, subgiganteus, 1 S375 se fag 333, frondosus, 336, spe- subsericeus, Iphureus, iosus, 60 saphure eus, 608 334, 607, 608, tabacinus, 423, tabulae- Pin satis um vulen e, formis, 339, entosus, 346, trachy- Setageeres re North America, 29, pus; 42,, Iricholoma, 31, 35, 36; 37> 325; 4 5 38, 39, 43, 44, trichomallus,: 608, Polyporelis, 29, 30, brumalis, 33, Poly- Tuba, 31, 34, Tuberaster, 29, Ulmi, poru 29, 40, wiiellats 334 oes urribili- Polyporas, 29, 325, 427, abortivus, 422, catus, 209, iiporu cs Oe Acicula, 30, 31, 34, aemulans, 31, 36, varius, 42, Mestinoes, oe virgatus, myodalin po As. HEI -546,20 498, 30, 32, xerophyllaceus, 417 = ulariellus, 31, 36, arcularius, 31, Polystictus, 340, 341, cinnamomeus, 37, aureonitens, 601, Beatiei, 337, 343, crocatus, 419, dependens, 348, Berkeley 337; brumali Is, 33, ‘Ca 1- licnoides, 417, obesus, 346, parvulus, , 42, calvescens, 418, car- 341, 345 — 339, 341, 344, pur- bonarius, 29, ¢ fulvus, 418, ¢ i pureofusc nguineus, 421, » 30, 31, 40, 43, chrysites,| Schweinitzii, ie ence 417 598, 599, cinnabarinus, 420, circi- Pontederia cordata, 134, i 2, columbiensis, 31, oe con- | Populites tenuifolius, 74 flue Pp ribs, Se Cowellii, 31, "30, Crick: Porella, lus, 31, 34, 43, crocatus, 417, 419, Porodiscus, — 427, pendulus, 599 Curtis 1, 37, cuticularis, 596, cyathi- | Poronidu lus 425, 427, conchifer, formis, 43, delicatus, 30, 33, de- pendens, 348, dibaphus, 31, 33, dis- Porto Rico, see Puerto Rico coideus, 31, 32, 35, dryadeus, 597, ulacca oleracea, 15 dryophilus, 597, dualis, 346, elegans, Potentitle Bakeri, 560, Blachkeana, 32, 37, 41, 42, endocrocinus, 595, en-| 560, can adensis, 119, 150, 152, 154, dozonus, 419, fasciatus, 29, Feather- candida, 560, flabelliformis, 560, nor- , , » 32, , é vegi 54, viridescens, ) virens, 335, Pes, 39, 44, focicola, | Prenanthes alba, 154, altissima, 154 345, fractipes, 33, 338, frondosus, 29,| Prestoea, 352, ; 2 334, 336, 339, fruticum, 601, ful- Prionolejeunea, 183, 184, 185, 193, 202, vitinctus, 419, funalis, 608, gig: anteus, 204, 205, 211-224, aemula, 215, 219, 336, gilvus, 418, 419, glomeratus, 220, 221, 223, aequitexta, 217, 218, 599, ce asso gracilis, 43, hapalus, 219, 221, angulistipa, 203, bicristata, ‘ads skarlii, 423, hetero — 219, denti iculata, 213, e bourne , 609, Mispidioides, 339, 340, hispidulus 223, 224, Helleri, 222, 419, hispidus, 339, 340, 595, holo oa innovata, 215-217, Brg necoduie a DA ee 7 ete alo Soa Sa ae eee INDEX 679 184, 205, 216, subobscura, 216, va-; Rhizopus, 375, nigricans, gans, 217, validiuscula, 216, vul- | Rhododendron nudiflorum 2 Ae I see ae FAS, (FSG Wi te 144, Prosopis juliflora, 436 By 254, 87 Be tonto cladus sabintgrifotis, 69 ieeke ee Baldwinii, 19, ciliaris, 19, aang ites 152 “4 iata, 19, solitaria, 15, 19, Tracyi, acm 28, ea ae 143, sero- ms Riceia, 18, Sullivantii, ear p ia ae aletifolius, 574, pene H. Me Ja beane of carbon anisatus, 575, montanus multifidus, onoxide and other gases upon see 57, 167 Pteridium aquilinum, Ricinus communis, 89 Pecrigophylium niet 321, rutilans, Riddellia, 507 13 Robinia pseudacacia, 377 ried aquilina, inner W. J. Spines of Fouquieria, Pterygophyllum Montagne 315, pendu- , 321, rutilan = eae Mountain flora, 399, 555, 631 Paccinelia seldom Ro omellia, tte 348; 427, it i Puccinia, TIS, Sadan, 508, sc moides, a ee 4, Bakeriana, 3, c Ro oh of ean Daily periodicity in, densis, 2, columbiensis, 8 clr aaae 508, Diplachnis, 4, effusa, 2, Fer- picts Nasturtium, 135, palustris, 135 gussoni, 2, Helianthellae, 4, Malva- Rosa luci $35, acDougalii, 561, cearum, 120, Parnassiae, 3, Siever- nutkana, 361, oreophila, 561, Un- iae, 3, suaveolens, 119, Violae, 2 derwoodii 5 Puerto Rico, Hepaticae of, 183 Royal palms, ‘Nomenclature of the, 349 Pycnanthemum linifolium, 151 , | Roystonea, 35 a5%: rinquena, 349, Pycnoporus, 415, 420, 427, cinnabari- oleracea, eee gia em nus, 420, sa ineus, 420, 421 Rubus, 155; ca sauiedia 154, nigrobac- Pyrola rotundifolia, 147 cus, 135, 1 Pyropolyporus, 427 Rudbeckia hirta, 153, 157, laciniata, 136, 141, 153, 155 Quercus, 127, alba, 143, 145, aquatica, Rumex acetosella, 154, 156, crispus, 156, ntein flora, 399, 555 landica, 145, myrtifolia, 22, mgr, | Ryerss 4 462 , cinea, 143, densiflora, 182 157, obtusifolius, 1 I digitata, 143, Emoryi, 498, eopri- | Russula, 148, luteobasis, noides, 74, a, 143, flexuo Mou B tudies on the Rocky 22, 75, Prinos, 143, rubra, 143, 145, Rudkinii, | Sagittaria nee 138, isoeti- 7, apa 145, virginiana, 22, west- formis, 14, latifolia, 136, 137, 138 1 falica, 74 pusilla, 138, —— 138, subulata, 138, variabilis, Radula, 205, complanata, 209, Hedin- Salix P27. 125.4 as ee 135, 136, bella, geri, 208, tjibodensis, 208 403, floridan 21, pachnophora Ranunculus abortivus, 147, bul- 403, pee Geneon 8 403, tristis, 145 bosus, 152, caida ogg a7, Piss ie. Satmon, E. 8S. Revision of some spe- 147, septentrionalis, cies of Ectropothecium, 309 gpg Cae i aa Py e portori- Salomonia ager 147, 153 cens | Salvia lyrata, 153 Regeneration in a | Sambucus ertonate 135, 136, 137) Agee betwe wal division and | 14%, 1 Sitida. |Sanguinaria, 429-433, canadensis, 16, I lodia Sa pindus Morrisoni, 78 “Stone ba ae fungi, Effect of chemical | frente aria peeepegee 154, I 6 Relationship ae Secueaubhive and Di- 5 ocean on, 291 | Sarr acenia x minor, 22, purpurea, Revis of some species of Ectro-| 23, 141 pothecium, 309 | Sassafras, 127, 128, officinale, — pro- | i 45 Rham 128 Rhapi aohivihent Hystrix, 16, 19 | Sax Rhipocephalus Phoenix, 94 | Schizophyllum anew, 604 oO os ~ ° 5 « “I on w rh ia ry 2 Lal 680 INDEX eee decumbens, 409, lini- sng 410 oe $, 140, 152, lacustris, 139 Snckina fe stucacea, es integrifolia, 153, serrata, Scutize. 335, 427, griseus, 32 Sed Seed-c co ats in Sanguinaria, 431 Seed- ti st in Ricinus communis, Mechanics of, 8 se nae ee 4 383: aureus Pansat ae. _ mophilus, os eet aia Sequoia, 72, gracillima, oa heterophylla, 69, Langsdorfi, 60, Rei chenbachi, 68, 604, 606, neeaieiog rey ie 605, pa alli- dofulva, 602, 605, striata, 602, 604, 60 Setaria glauca, 150, 154, 156, viridis, I 4 Suaw, C. H. Note on the sexual gen- eration and the development of the seed-coats in certain of the Papa- veraceae, Sicyos angulatus, 144 Sideranthus 653 Sieglingia roi ipa 154 —. cornet, Silen irrhina, pon Antirrhina de- pauperata, 408, Sti eg vac- olia, 407, stellata, 14 a 385, F gpes a 380, 387, peices florum, 379, Greenei, 380, 383, 384, halophi, 330,381, 383. hespe- 390, idahoense, 383, hal ahs: 381 380, occidentale, yi oreophilu 380, = » 383, sarmentosum, 383, segetu 382 Bisgtinsicur Studies in, 379 Sitanion pia be 87 Sium cicutaefoli 153 Seaeiccakia’ meer Tg 556, lineari- loba Smilacina racemosa, Smilax, 144, 590, pei, 21, glauca 145, herbacea, 147, rotundifolia, 148 ican, 83 Solanum carolinense, 157; a 641, interius, 641, 642, nigrum, nodiflorum, 642, pterocaulon, 642 Solea consoler. 145 Solidago, 155, 158, amplexicaulis, bicolor, 148, caesia, 148, 15 Ryne a sis, 651, elongata, 651, rie ilis, 652, laevicaulis, “ 49, Missouriensis, 651, mollis, 8, nana, 650, nemoralis, 153, polyphylla, ray Sad 651, pu rula, 150, pulcherrima, 650, radula, 650, radulina, 650, Riddellii, 26, rigida, 652, gida humilis, 652, rubra, 649, rugosa, 153, 141, scopu- fe) , 649, serotina, 153, 650, 651 serra, 650, vise dula, 65 Sophia, 483, isa, ae intermedia, 556, Peoria Wi A purpurascens, Yr Sorosporium pense iad: 83, Erioch- loae, 8 seta ema foetida, 140, = 153 Specularia aap ta 15 Spermogonium, Importance ar the, 113 Sphaeralcea Cr anda allii, 564, sane flora, 565, rivularis, 564, 5 hae 54 Sphaeropsis palmarum, aoe hee es of Fouquieria, piraea discolor, 5509, ee Pa 559 ‘sbriageat polyrhiza, 134, 135, 138 Spirogyra, 13 St Eakin a5 136, 137, 141, scopu- 640, teucriformis, 640 auca, 409, integediotin 409 Staphylea trifolia, 144 Staurastrum crenulatum, 584, dubium, 583, echinatum, 163, Johnsoni, 163, i 163, » 78 Ss see 295, 300, nigra, 63, Stipa eminens Naeehpats. 88, Vaseyi, Stomata of Holacantha, 52 trilia, 340, cinnamomea, pl 343 Strobilites —— Strophostyles ulos Vigatancns 157 Studies in Sisyrinchium, Suida interior, 572, Pasigaso 572, 573, stolonifera ripar 573 slopcipet ricarpos panned 247, teto- 8, 246 Syn ea arpus, 141 Syndesmon thalictroides, 14 Syntherisma sanguinalis, 134, a 157 rE beta cd Lemmoni Syrin 48 Taeniostrobus, Talinum rcs: 150 : INDEX icing officinale, 152, Taraxacum, 6 eunea, deer ation diatichow: m, one Sealing ~ the spermo , Tetmemorus, 58 , Brebissonii turgidus, e 7 145, polygamum, 135; ; , 146, 153 Thaspium korelgias 147, trifoliatum aureum, ies pide “Dhomberi, 88 Ear cia uites Ho ES | 71 Thysane lla ages 2 hysano-Lej Ms ea, I =a Tiarella cor ifolia, Tilletia perience $8, Wilcoxiana, Torrubia, 612-615, Bracei, 614, 615 Cokeri, 613, 615; discolor, bk 615, fi 615 multiflora, 566, speciosa, 565, 5 Trachylejeunea, 202, 7 213 Trachyphytum ea? Tradescantia om virginiana, 145, 153 Trametes, 599, errr a a Tricapelliten striatus, 81 Trichaptum, 608, 609, trichomal- lum, Tricholoma < hseaerta radicans, viscosum, 178 214, rigidum, Trichostema dichotomum, 154 alis ame ricana, 147 iow agrarium, 150, 56, aureum, 150, eee 152, tak pratense, wien hha co pro- 154, Triodia cupre 54 Triosteum perotiatum, 145 Triticum vulgare, 5 Tsuga c snadensis, 149, 15 Two new speci of catia wild ~~ s with a aptcnis of the generic nam ae Typha “angustifolia, 140, latifolia, 134, 136, 438, cinna- | 681 Udotea reo ip aanel 94, flabellata, 94, 94 Ulv 423 Uredineae, New species of, 1 redo Parnassiae, 3, Superior, . Uromyces, 118, Cayaponiae, 2, He 2, Pav oniae, 1, S tecaane Urtica strum divaricatum, des, 84, Scolochloae, 86, strangu- ans, 87 Uvularia floridana, 21, grandiflora, 147, perfoliata, 15, 147, 153, puberula, 21, peeenieaiic. ‘21, 14 Vaccinium stamineum, = racemosa, 15, I Studies in ae Anica ae, 45 Valeriana eagiie. 645, ovata, 645, pur- sie oly cee septentrionalis, 645, chycarpa, eee oe Pscanponittalia 146, 153 Vallisneria spiralis, 1 Ve ; aoa aicgianae: ioc in Odontole- jeu Verlaan 4 vir a 140, 141, 153 : v scum Blattaria, 150, 154, 156, 57 157 Vernonia noveboracensis, TAs 154 m 7ero americana, 134, officinalis, 154, serpyllifolia, 154 esiculari 3II, 317-320, conostega, 418, malachitica, 309, 311) 312, 3F7 b , 79, acerifolium, 144 ‘ dentatum, 144, 145 mattewanense, 80, prunifolium, saree 147, pubescens, 147, rotundi- folia, 150, tripartita glaberrima, 16, villosa, 147 Vitis amr 144, labrus: ipari cordifolia, 144, 144, Triparia, i , 144, vulpina roa) 135 Wa ae ag eps ae TER ect of chemical irri- tation on the sheen ha of fungi, 291 t American smuts, 83 Widdri ngtonia, 70, 71 Widdringtonites, 70 682 Wolffia rae, colum- biana, 13 Wyoming, hae plants from, 239 134, 138, Xanthidium amet 163, armatum, 583, hastiferu 163, hastiferum eine longis spinum, 163, hasti- m Tow Sa a aia rium, 15 156, 157, struma- INDEX Xanthochrous, 341, 599, tomentosus, 346 | oc ie aaa aplifolia, 16 44 Xylar Xylo ae anguineum, 421 | Xylopilus, vires crassus, 424 | zea Mays, 59 Zizania aquatica, 446, 138 PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY . Memoirs OF THE DEPARTMENT : To Lt, A ead of the North American Species of the Genus Poiygoni (1895 ). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- Curator of the Pel pcs, 1895-1598. “Quart, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.0 2. A Monograph of the North Anionic Potentilleae (1898). By Per ite Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. N Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897 rice $5.00 Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. Vol. 9. Nos, z0o1-. 1903—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. Text-book of pina: aid (1896). By Albert Schneider Fellow in Botany, 1895-1 230 pages, 76 plates. Pa $4.25 Sapte $3.80 (paper). Published. Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, The Department invites pee relative ‘ mee of une barium material for any of the above named publications. Addre Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Uaiverdty, WY. Gity, 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in "the text, Hieseiaag. every species described ished by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. Seayg Edition) t9ce0. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. uodecimo, 158 pages, 3s figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co., New York, Price $1.0 6 Moulds, Mildews, ae Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896— odecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. sre $1.50. 7 Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, paitee in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00 ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND 205-211 Third Ave., Corner 18th Street NEW YORK MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus Sole Agents for ss O9eF ae? Uur Specialties : cs A KAHLBAUM’S C. P. Chemicals MICROSCOPES and Reagents and ACCESSORIES CARL SCHLEICHER & SCHULL’S MICROTOMES C. P. Filters — SCHOTT & BALANCES GENOSSEN’S = Famous Labora and eas ; tory Glassware WEIGHTS | And for many other renowned European houses in our line. COMPLETE LINE OF Bacteriological Apparatus WE HANDLE EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY Inspection of premises cordially invited. ember, BIRD-LORE tty in its Dec The Warblers in paves ee issue, the publication of a series of accu- ely colore t i s Agassiz Fuertes and Bruce accompanying these eg rof. W. es the average times of migration of se birds a dreds of localities, often e da a for the Re rt, for i d work 50 observers for a total of 427 years! he aan 7s exhau we wil tues e copy ur December, 19003, 1ssue, ; containing the de two c ag Yu gems 20 cents a poses $1.00 a year es, to every subscriber Vol. VI of pla J ED FOR THE AUDUBON SOCIETIES sy BIRD- eS was foie Sua Bap 1904. THE MACMILLAN CO,, 66 pea AVE., New sarendinns City THE BRYOLOGIST WITH THE JANUARY, 1904, NUMBER BEGINS ITS SEVENTH YEAR anp MOLUME It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. Ws Address, MRs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, INDEA. bO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the rate of one cent for each card. Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club, FRANCIS E. LLOYD, CotumptA University, New York City. The Editor r still has in rile hands separates of the Code of Botanical Nomenclature PUBLISHED IN THE MAY. NUMBER OF THIS JOURNAL While the supply lasts, they are offered for sale at Twenty-five Cents each, or Five Copies for One Dollar POSTAGE INCLUDED Address, J. H. BARNHART, Tarrytown, New York I PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden _ Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, Binptrstih con- ning notes, news and non-technical articles of et interest. Free to all mem- “oa of the Garden. To others, 10 i a copy; $1. a year. [Not dies in exchange.] Vol. r 1900, viii + 213 Vol. II, 1908, vill 204 pp. Vol. III, — 1902, vili-+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, bi vii ‘ee 238 pp the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying me members of t Garden ; to others, #3.00 Soe volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 p » 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 Pp-; 30 a at 1903. Vol. III, No. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, een, ; No. 10, 114 pp., 1903. Memoirs of ngs Aaa York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the ay ty OO per Vv e. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchan An ae ee Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone An P; y' oO C n arrange and critical discussion of the nig oe and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field ge and i es descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. oy. 8vo, wi tailed m Vol. Il. tg Influence Light and Taka SS ah Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, ass ——. director. An account of the author’s extensive researches toge - er with a general consideration of the px nts = a 2 Rg The principal rapa aa ological ‘ittiees are illustrated. xvi LES . 8vo with 176 figures. Fi Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or i of the gerd ite reprinted from journals other than above, Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per Vol, I, Inclusive of Nos, 1-25, vi + 400 pp. i ie in the text and 34 plates, Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates, RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No. 54. Chemical notes on bastard logwood, by B. C. Gruenberg and Dr. W. J. Gies, No. 55. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XI, by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. No. 56. The Polyporaceae of North America—VIII, by Dr. W. A, Murrill. No. 57. Studies in the Asclepiadaceae—VIII. A apne of Asclepias from Kan- sas and two possible hybrids from New York, by Miss A. M. Vail. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEw YORK City MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB A series of technical ae on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. Vol. 1, No. 1; price, $1.00: = Bailey, L. H. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : < Martindale, I.C. Marine algae of the Wes — sey coast and adjacent waters of 2 Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au Vol. 1, No. Lge 75 cen : ae Hepaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus atviae Gectetin annis 1885-6, a eS HH. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja 1890. Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen - Sturtevant, E. L. On seedless fruits. Pages ee 30 My. ee Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : B. D. Reserve food-materials in buds and ‘Saline parts, Pages © 1-26, plates r, 2. 10S 1890. : Vol. 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: neepeae ‘Vail, A.M. & a A. Contributions to the botany of Virginia. Pages 27-56; roe: plates 3s 4- 23 D 1890. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : : a Holm, ui ig Contributions to oat knowledge of the oy arene of some North Amer- ee ants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-79. 15 Ap 1891 See: ‘Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents slock, W.E. The genus Polyga/a in North Rance. eos eae 30 D r8or. Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : Small, J. K. & yes , A. A. Flora of western North Carolina and contiguois territory. Pag 1-39. 20 F 1892. Vol. 3, No. 2 ; price, $2.00: Morong, T. The Waiadaceae of North America » Yieas illustrations of all the spe- cies): Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893 * Vol. 3, No. 3; not furnished separat soe Rusby, H. An enumeration of the plants collected in eae by —— Bang. - [Part 1. - ‘Pages 1-67. 28 Apr 1893. Vol. 4; No. 1; not furnished separately: ee : L. M. Index Lepettio nes. Pat i, Peptngriphy. Pee 1-91. +e nee -Wol. 4, No. 2; pat larethed sepia aoe = , J. K. & Vail, A.M. Report on the botanical ane on of sccthw cance ; during the season of (1892. Pages 92-201, © hee rife. ASN1 Hae 17 - -Wol. 4, No. 3; price, 50 cents : : 3 An enumeration of the plants collected in . Bolivia by Miguel 1 Bane : 203-274. 10 Mr-17 Ap 1895. ‘Vol. 4, No. 4; ee ie ts hy} Sree oe B85. Roe “Vol. No. ae price, 75 cents: — i ae - American : of Physa Vol. 5; price, $3.00: ae a Peeridophyta and es Bathig ke ita growing without cultivation in northeastern _ orth America. Pages 1-377. 4 D 1293-31 es 6, No. 1; price, $1.25: Sanmig: HE An enumeration of the plants cas in Bolivia by Miguel Baise Part 3. cee 1-130. 17 N 1896. Vol. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cents Grout, A.J. A revision of the North American Sethinattae and Brachythecia, : Pages 131-210. 30 Jl 1807 Wo. 3; price, 50 cents Hazen, T. EB. The life history of Sphaerella lacustris heen pluviais). Pages 211-246, siete: 86, a7 (colored). 8 Je 1899. Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents : Underwood, L. M. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832... Pages. oar 283. rD 1899. = - Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: ——— ik, B. Notes on the lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley. Pages. 285-307. 1 D 1899. aor . 75 price, $ . 3-00 isieee M. A. he Megan and Anthocerotes of California. Pages 1-208, pla. aes: 5 Aut 8, No. 1; price, $1.75 : ae He F. EB. The Seine eaticeatons of the Rubiaceae. Part}. Pages I-: eg Au i899. Part Il. Pages os 112, plates 5-15. 15 F 1902. ee “Wol, B, No. 2; price, $1.00 : Th Lgeuneae of the United he and Canada. . 1902. Pages 113-1 ol. 8, No. 3; piace ents: Sas The life peery of Vittarta lineata. Pages 185.